hsg loại 20 đề tập 1 (lấy giải cao)

TEST 1 Phần 1: Part 1. You will hear a group of art history students going out an art gallery with their teacher. For questions 1-5, choose answer (A, B, C or D) which fits best according to what you hear 1. Burne-Jones believed that a painting A. ought to be true to nature B. must have a moral point C. should play an instructive role in a modern industrial society D. need not have practical value 2. It appears that the story of the King and the Beggar Maid was A. a well-know Victorian tale B. popularized by a poet C. brought to the artist’s attention by his wife D. taken up by novelists at later stage 3. According to the students, how did the painter approach the work? A. He wanted to portray the beggar realistically B. He copied part of the painting from an Italian masterpiece C. He had certain items in the painting made for him D. He wanted to decorate the clothing with jewels 4. The student thinks that in someway the painting depicts A. an uncharacteristically personal message B. the grate sadness of the artist C. the artist’s inability to return the girl’s love D. the fulfillment of the artist’s hopes and dreams 5. What was people’s reaction to the painting? A. They recognized Frances Graham as the model for the Beggar Maid B. They realized how personal the painting was for the artist C. They interpreted the painting without difficulty D. They did not approve of the subject matter of the painting Your answers 1

Part 2. You will hear an interview with Cindy Talbot on the radio program, Young hero or heroine of the week. For question 1-5, listen and answer the questions 1. How did Cindy react when she heard the thunder? ……………………………………………………………………………………………… …… 2. How did Cindy regard her decision to take shelter from the storm? ……………………………………………………………………………………………… …… 3. What were Rod and Mark doing when they saw Cindy? ……………………………………………………………………………………………… …… 4. What was Rod and Mark’s initial reaction to Cindy’s story? ……………………………………………………………………………………………… …… 5. What effect has the experience had on Cindy? ……………………………………………………………………………………………… …… Part 3: You will hear an interview on a train with two friends, Jane and Chris, chefs who both won prizes in the National Railway Chef of the Year competition. For the questions below, decide whether the following statements are True (T) or False (F). Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes 1. Christ’s attitude to the competition was that the conditions were similar to his normal routine. 2. Both Chris and Jane feel that the unique thing about their job was the need to be focused on the job. 3. Chris and Jane would like to have more freedom of choice about what they cook on board the train. 4. Chris said that losing his concentration when cooking caused his worst disaster. 5. Reacting to Chris's suggestion for the future, Jane would be able to take part in that kind of activity. Your answers 1

Part 4. Listen to the news about Reindeer and fill in the blanks of the news summary with the missing words

Polar bears aren't the only (1)______________ Arctic animal threatened by climate change. Scientists believe reindeer are at risk as a warming world makes their main winter food source disappear. But reindeer on one Alaskan island are surprising researchers. Historically, the reindeer population on St. Paul island ate (2) _________, a small type of plant or fungus that grows on rocks in areas with cold weather. However, climate change has made it harder for lichen to grow on this island, and the reindeer ate the lichen faster than it could grow back. Researchers thought that the reindeer population would starve without access to lichen, but these reindeer have found another way to (3)_____________. Reindeer are not (4)_______________ to Alaska, and they were introduced to (5)________ areas around the state in the late 1800s, in order to provide an alternative food source for residents of (6)__________ villages. In communities like St. Paul, where grocery prices are (7)___________, residents depend on reindeer to feed their families. And to make it through winter, the reindeer need something as well. Fortunately, after the reindeer on this island depleted the lichen supply, they went (8)_____________. They began digging and discovered new sources of food: roots and grass shoots. Plants like these grow more quickly than lichen in the warmer, wetter conditions introduced by climate change, and the reindeer’s ability to adapt to their new diet is a good sign for the survival of the species. However, reindeer researchers are not so (9)___________. They warn that global reindeer populations are still in danger, as climate change warms and alters their (10)_______________, as are many other animals that depend on colder conditions to survive. Adapted from “When Their Food Ran Out, These Reindeer Kept Digging” http://www.npr.org/2017/02/18/514523987/when-their-food-ran-out-these-reindeer-keptdigging Copyright © 2017 NPR. Your answers 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

10.

Phần 2: Part 1: A. PHRASAL VERB AND PREPOSITIONS 1. The love of life shone______the author’s book, giving me as much inspiration as I could ever ask for. A. through B. over C. into D. upon

2. You shouldn’t take ________ more than you can handle, otherwise you’ll suffer from stress. A. on B. over C. out D. away 3. He’s so stubborn and stupid. I just couldn’t get ________ him that she can never make money from gambling. A. over B. out of C. across to D. out of 4. The success of our project hinges _________ Mike’s ability persuade the locals to move to the renewal quarter. A. in B. on C. about D. over 5. The government’s plans to reduce crime came _________ for a lot of criticism from freedom groups. A. across B. around C.in D. with 6. Before they open the new factory, a lot of the young people round here were __________ the dole. A. on B. in C. over D. above 7. The two countries met at the conference to iron _______ their differences. A. on B. Out C. over D. into 8. He tried to paper _______ the country’s deep-seated problems. A. over B. with C. Into D. down 9. Linda chats so much; she could talk the hind leg _______ a donkey. A. up to B. over C. off D. under 10. I’m going to put my head _______ for a while as I feel very tired. A. down B. over C. up D. through B. COLLOCATION AND IDIOMS (10PTS) Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 1. I had to get through a lot of__________tape, but I finally got the documents I needed. A. red B. blue C. link D. yellow 2. The hospital staff pulled out all the _______ to make sure the children had a wonderful day. A. roadblocks B. barricades C. plugs D. stops 3. Neither side is prepared to _____ an inch in the negotiations. A. stir B. budge C. push D. bend 4. Congressman Saunders fired the opening _______ during a heated debate on capital punishment. A. salvo B. barrage C. cannonade D. burst 5. I like the way people here always queue up. Back home we just push and shove, and the devil take the ________! A. outermost B. foremost C. hindmost D. utmost 6. The manager attached himself to the luncheon club and became a _______ fixture there.

A. perennial B. enduring C. stable D. permanent 7. I was so hungry, and that meal was absolutely delicious! It was just what the _______ ordered. A. scientist B. doctor C. expert D. healer 8. Although the Government has increased allocations to the social sector by as much as 40 per cent, State funding still falls ________ short of needs. A. well B. totally C. severely D. abjectly 9. Last week’s violence was _______ condemned by foreign governments. A. grimly B. roundly C. roughly D. bitingly 10. . Let me know of any pertinent developments, keep me in the ______. A. sphere B. ring C. circle D. loop Part 2: Read the passage below which contains 10 mistakes. Identify the mistakes and write the corrections in the corresponding numbered boxes. Russia election: Vladimir Putin wins by big margin line 1

Vladimir Putin will lead Russia for other six years, after securing an

line 2

expected victory in Sunday's president election.

line 3

Mr Putin, who has ruled the country as neither president or prime minister

line 4

since 1999, got more than 76% of the vote, official results shows. The main

line 5

opposition leader, Alexei Navalny, was barred from the race. Addressed a

line 6

rally in Moscow, Mr Putin said voters had "recognised the achievements of

line 7

the last few years".

line 8

Speaking to reporters after the results announced, he laughed at a question

line 8

about running again in another six years. "What you are saying is a bit

line 10

funny. Do you think that I will stay here until I'm 100 years old? No!" he

line 11

said. The scale of victory - which had been widely predicted - appears to be

line 12

a markedly increase in his share of the vote from 2012, when he won 64%.

line 13

Mr Putin's nearest competitor, millionaire communist Pavel Grudinin,

line 14

received about 12%. The race also included Ksenia Sobchak, a formal

line 15

reality TV host, and veteran nationalist Vladimir Zhirinovsky - they got less

line 16

than 2% and about 6% respectedly. Mr Putin's campaign team said it was an

line 17

"incredible victory". "The percentage that we have just seen speaks for

line 18

itself. It's a mandate which Putin needs for future decisions, and he has a lot

line 19

of them to do," a spokesman told Russia's Interfax. (Adapted from http://www.bbc.com/news/world-europe-43452449)

Line Example 1

Mistake other

Correction another

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Part 3: For questions 1 - 10, choose the correct answer to fill each space. Write your answers in the corresponding boxes provided below the passage. Very few of us would admit putting much trust in horoscopes and the fact that the movements of astronomical bodies _________ (1) to earthly occurrences affecting peoples' everyday lives. We all know about the zodiac signs which reflect the position of the sun, the moon and the planets at the moment of a man's birth and about the peculiar characteristics _________ (2) to them by astrologers. We say we will take these phenomena with a pinch of salt while we keep _________ (3) our eyes over them in every tabloid we lay our hands on. Most frequently, we expect horoscopes to predict the future, to ___________ (4) our optimistic mood with a piece of comforting information or to ___________ (5) our ego by confirming the superlative features that we tend to attribute to our zodiacs. However, there's no scientific evidence to ___________ (6) the assumption that human existence is so closely __________ (7) with the parameters of the celestial bodies. Our curiosity in horoscopes may, then, _________(8) our sheer fascination with the unexplained or the unpredictable as well as in the enticing insight into the future that the horoscopes offer, thus establishing the sense of our __________ (9) an extreme power over our own lives. An additional explanation is that humans tend to have a soft ____________ (10) for any form of flattery, which is the fact to which astrologers and the horoscope writers seem to attach the greatest deal of weight. 1.A. rely B. correspond C. match D. compare 2.A. identified B. associated C. incorporated D. ascribed 3.A. running B. sending C. fixing D. putting 4.A. restore B. adjust C. upgrade D. reassure 5.A. boost B. escalate C. revitalize D. improve 6.A. conclude B. concede C. corroborate D. confound 7.A. fused B. adhered C. coalesced D. intertwined 8.A. stem B. crop C. rear D. dawn

9.A. disposing 10.A. pit

B. wielding B. dot

Your answers:

C. effecting C. spot

D. committing D. nick

10.

Part 4: For questions 1 - 10, fill each of the following numbered blanks with ONE suitable word and write your answers in the corresponding boxes provided below the passage. BICYCLE SAFETY Having to obey rules and regulations when riding a bike is (0) __one__ of the first experiences children have of the idea of obeying the law. However, a large number of children are left to learn the rules by trial and (1) ______, instead of being guided by experienced (2) _______. Every year, hundreds of children visit the doctor or the hospital casualty department (3) ______ crashing on their bikes. This could be easily prevented by (4) _______ them the basics of bicycle safety. Ideally, children should be allowed to ride only in safe places, such as parks and cycle tracks. When this is not possible, and they are permitted to go on the (5) ______, it is important to teach them some basic safety principles. First, they ought to learn and obey the rules of the road, which (6) _______ traffic signs, signals and road markings. Second, they should always wear a helmet. Studies have shown that wearing bicycle helmets can (7) ______ head injuries by up to 85 per cent. In many places, helmets are required by law, particularly (8) _______ children. Finally, children should be made to understand (9) _______ importance of riding in areas that are brightly lit and of wearing clothes that make (10) _______ clearly visible on the road. Your answers:

10.

Part 5. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each of the questions. (12 pts)

Legend has it that sometime toward the end of the Civil War (1861-1865) a government train carrying oxen traveling through the northern plains of eastern Wyoming was caught in a snowstorm and had to be abandoned. The driver returned the next spring to see what had become of his cargo. Instead of the skeletons he had expected to find, he saw his oxen, living, fat, and healthy. How had they survived? The answer lay in a resource that unknowing Americans lands trampled underfoot in their haste to cross the "Great American Desert" to reach lands that sometimes proved barren. In the eastern parts of the United States, the preferred grass for forage was a cultivated plant. It grew well with enough rain, then when cut and stored it would cure and become nourishing hay for winter feed. But in the dry grazing lands of the West that familiar bluejoint grass was often killed by drought. To raise cattle out there seemed risky or even hopeless. Who could imagine a fairy-tale grass that required no rain and somehow made it possible for cattle to feed themselves all winter? But the surprising western wild grasses did just that. They had wonderfully convenient features that made them superior to the cultivated eastern grasses. Variously known as buffalo grass, grama grass, or mesquite grass, not only were they immune to drought; but they were actually preserved by the lack of summer and autumn rains. They were not juicy like the cultivated eastern grasses, but had short, hard stems. And they did not need to be cured in a barn, but dried right where they grew on the ground. When they dried in this way, they remained naturally sweet and nourishing through the winter. Cattle left outdoors to fend for themselves thrived on this hay. And the cattle themselves helped plant the fresh grass year after year for they trampled the natural seeds firmly into the soil to be watered by the melting snows of winter and the occasional rains of spring. The dry summer air cured them much as storing in a bam cured the cultivated grasses. 1. What does the passage mainly discuss? A. A type of wild vegetation

B. Western migration after Civil War

C. The raising of cattle

D. The climate of the Western United

States 2. What can be inferred by the phrase "Legend has it" in line I?· A. Most history book include the story of the train. B. The story of the train is similar to other ones from that time period.

C. The driver of the train invented the story. D. The story of the train may not be completed factual. 3. The word "they" in line 4 refers to ………….. . A. plains

B. skeletons

C. oxen

D. Americans

4. What can be inferred about the "Great American Desert" mentioned in line 7? A. Many had settled there by the 1860's. B. It was not originally assumed to be a fertile area. C. It was a popular place to raise cattle before the Civil War. D. It was not discovered until the late 1800's. 5. The word "barren" in line 7 is closed in meaning to …………… A. lonely

B. uncomfortable

C. infertile

D. dangerous

6. The word "preferred" in line 8 is closed in meaning to ………….. A. favored

B. available

C. ordinary

D. required

7. Which of the following can be inferred about the cultivated grass mentioned in the second paragraph? A. Cattle raised in the Western United States refused to eat it. B. It had to be imported into the United States. C. It would probably not grow in the western United States. D. It was difficult for cattle to digest. 8. Which of the following was NOT one of the names given to the western grasses? A. Mesquite grass

B. Bluejoint grass

C. Buffalo grass

D. Grama

grass 9. Which of the following was NOT mentioned as a characteristic of western grasses? A. They contain little moisture

B. They have tough stems

C. They can be grown indoors

D. They are not affected by dry

weather 10. According to the passage, the cattle help promote the growth of the wild grass by ……………" A. eating only small quantities of grass. B. continually moving from one grazing area to another.

C. naturally fertilizing the soil. D. stepping on and pressing the seeds into the ground. Part 6. Read the following passage and do the tasks that follow. (12 pts) AAfter hours of driving south in the pitch-black darkness of the Nevada desert, a dome of hazy gold suddenly appears on the horizon. Soon, a road sign confirms the obvious: Las Vegas 30 miles. Looking skyward, you notice that the Big Dipper is harder to find than it was an hour ago. BLight pollution—the artificial light that illuminates more than its intended target area —has become a problem of increasing concern across the country over the past 15 years. In the suburbs, where over-lit shopping mall parking lots are the norm, only 200 of the Milky Way’s 2,500 stars are visible on a clear night. Even fewer can be seen from large cities. In almost every town, big and small, street lights beam just as much light up and out as they do down, illuminating much more than just the street. Almost 50 percent of the light emanating from street lamps misses its intended target, and billboards, shopping centres, private homes and skyscrapers are similarly overilluminated. CAmerica has become so bright that in a satellite image of the United States at night, the outline of the country is visible from its lights alone. The major cities are all there, in bright clusters: New York, Boston, Miami, Houston, Los Angeles, Seattle, Chicago, and, of course, Las Vegas. Mark Adams, superintendent of the McDonald Observatory in west Texas, says that the very fact that city lights are visible from on high is proof of their wastefulness. “When you’re up in an airplane, all that light you see on the ground from the city is wasted. It’s going up into the night sky. That’s why you can see it.” DBut don’t we need all those lights to ensure our safety? The answer from light engineers, light pollution control advocates and astronomers is an emphatic “no.” Elizabeth Alvarez of the International Dark Sky Association (IDA), a non-profit organization in Tucson, Arizona, says that overly bright security lights can actually force neighbours to close the shutters, which means that if any criminal activity does occur on the street, no one will see it. And the old assumption that bright lights deter crime appears to have been a false one: A new Department of Justice report concludes that there is no documented correlation between the level of lighting and the level of

crime in an area. And contrary to popular belief, more crimes occur in broad daylight than at night. EFor drivers, light can actually create a safety hazard. Glaring lights can temporarily blind drivers, increasing the likelihood of an accident. To help prevent such accidents, some cities and states prohibit the use of lights that impair night-time vision. For instance, New Hampshire law forbids the use of “any light along a highway so positioned as to blind or dazzle the vision of travellers on the adjacent highway.” FBadly designed lighting can pose a threat to wildlife as well as people. Newly hatched turtles in Florida move toward beach lights instead of the more muted silver shimmer of the ocean. Migrating birds, confused by lights on skyscrapers, broadcast towers and lighthouses, are injured, sometimes fatally, after colliding with high, lighted structures. And light pollution harms air quality as well: Because most of the country’s power plants are still powered by fossil fuels, more light means more air pollution. GSo what can be done? Tucson, Arizona is taking back the night. The city has one of the best lighting ordinances in the country, and, not coincidentally, the highest concentration of observatories in the world. Kitt Peak National Optical Astronomy Observatory has 24 telescopes aimed skyward around the city’s perimeter, and its cadre of astronomers needs a dark sky to work with. HFor a while, that darkness was threatened. “We were totally losing the night sky,” Jim Singleton of Tucson’s Lighting Committee told Tulsa, Oklahoma’s KOTV last March. Now, after retrofitting inefficient mercury lighting with low-sodium lights that block light from “trespassing” into unwanted areas like bedroom windows, and by doing away with some unnecessary lights altogether, the city is softly glowing rather than brightly beaming. The same thing is happening in a handful of other states, including Texas, which just passed a light pollution bill last summer. “Astronomers can get what they need at the same time that citizens get what they need: safety, security and good visibility at night,” says McDonald Observatory’s Mark Adams, who provided testimony at the hearings for the bill. IAnd in the long run, everyone benefits from reduced energy costs. Wasted energy from inefficient lighting costs us between $1 and $2 billion a year, according to IDA. The city of San Diego, which installed new, high-efficiency street lights after passing a light pollution law in 1985, now saves about $3 million a year in energy costs.

JLegislation isn’t the only answer to light pollution problems. Brian Greer, Central Ohio representative for the Ohio Light Pollution Advisory Council, says that education is just as important, if not more so. “There are some special situations where regulation is the only fix,” he says. “But the vast majority of bad lighting is simply the result of not knowing any better.” Simple actions like replacing old bulbs and fixtures with more efficient and better-designed ones can make a big difference in preserving the night sky. Questions 1- 6 The first six paragraphs ofthe reading passage are letteredA-F. Choose the most suitable headings for paragraphsA-Ffrom the list of headings below. NBThere are more headings than paragraphs, so you will not use them all. List of Headings I.Why lights are needed ii.Lighting discourages law breakers iii.The environmental dangers iv.People at risk from bright lights v.Illuminating space vi.A problem lights do not solve vii.Seen from above viii.More light than is necessary ix.Approaching the city 1)Paragraph A 2)Paragraph B 3)Paragraph C 4)Paragraph D 5)Paragraph E 6) Paragraph F Questions 7-10 Complete each of the following statements with words taken from the passage. WriteONEorTWO WORDSfor each answer.

7)According to a recent study, well-lit streets do not....................or make neighbourhoods safer to live in. 8)Inefficient lighting increases....................because most electricity is produced from coal, gas or oil. 9)Efficient lights....................from going into areas where it is not needed. 10)In dealing with light pollution....................is at least as important as passing new laws. Part 7. You are going to read some reviews of art events. For questions 1 - 10, choose from the reviews (A-F). The reviews may be chosen more than once. In which review is the following mentioned?

Institutions could suffer because of a thoughtless act.

Many different styles offered by artists in Europe.

A substantial amount of time needed to complete one piece of

work. Land and sea treated very differently.

Paintings about other paintings.

Man's negative impact on the environment.

Finding ways to payoff debts.

A primitive style of interior decoration.

Showing how something is set up for public viewing.

Fantasy images based on a real environment.

Reviews of art events A Ben Cook and Phil Whiting Landscape, such a dominant theme in Cornwall, has the chalk and cheese treatment from two artists showing in Penzance this month. At Cornwall Contemporary Gallery Ben Cook

" uses abstract vocabulary to make almost entirely conceptual references.

charcoal applied with a brush, knife and 'whatever' - recalls a terrain smarting from the brute force of man's misuse of it. This is not the celebrated, picturesque Cornwall we so often see but its dirty, rain-soaked underbelly, a landscape left bereft by voracious mining and haphazard industrial development. B Shanti Panchal

It is almost thirty years since Shanti Panchal first came from India to study art in London, where he has lived ever since. This retrospective at Chelmsford Museum elucidates his distinctive, radical water-colourist's achievement. Growing lip in a Gujarati village, he decorated local houses with Images of birds and animals. As a Bombay art student, cave paintings and images from Jain temples inspired him, and as a student in Europe, he was drawn to medieval icons. It is erroneous to say that his work is characterised by poignant nostalgia for India. The paintings are not nostalgic. Rather they evoke with subtle clarity what it is like to be exiled and dispossessed while at the same time rooted inalienably in nature and the cosmos. Every watercolour is multi-layered, giving a similar surface to Buddhist cave

paintings. It can take days in order to face Nhat is going to happen in a piece. Each picture takes weeks and sometimes months. Recent pictures include portraits and even a homage to Frida Kahlo, a painter that Shanti respects immensely. C Iwan Gwyn Parry Ian Gwyn Parry's first solo exhibition at Martin Tinney Gallery in Cardiff is a significant event. Until now the artist has shown mostly in North Wales. Now there is an opportunity to experience, further south, a coherent and powerful assemblage of his latest work. It is clear the show will be something special. For these remarkable landscapes and seascapes appear to have emerged from deep within his psyche and are a highly imaginative response to a coastal terrain familiar to the artist. There is a strong sense of mysticism, the painting suffused with ethereal vapours and incandescent light; there are restless swathes of deep orange and yellow. The seascapes are haunting and elemental while the landscapes are more reflective studies in grey, black and white. His oil The Irish Sea, for example is on an awesome scale, its seething waters of churning paint intensely lit by a low sun. Definitely a show not to be missed. D Art auctions

Of the top three Modern British sales last month, it was Christie's who kicked off the, proceedings, but not without controversy. Bury district council, in their wisdom, auctioned a major painting by LS. Lowry so as to cover a £10 million shortfall in their finances. The £1.2 million hammer price, less expenses, will not make all that much difference but the issue has raised the wrath of the Museums Association, who in future, could block lottery and National Arts Collection Fund resources in all aspects of museum and gallery development. Bury may well live to regret their foolhardy action as current and future donators will also not be encouraged to gift works of art which could be sold on a whim. Bonhams followed ten days later with a good but not exceptional sale of which a solid 70% was sold and totaled £2.3 million. It was then Sotheby's turn to shine which they succeeded in doing, with 80% of lots sold and an impressive total of £7.7 million, though some way behind their arch rival. Records were broken for works by Sir Winston Churchill, former British Prime Minister. E Andrew Grassie Andrew Grassie's exhibition at Maureen Paley Gallery is aptly entitled 'Installation', since it provides a look backstage at the rituals involved in hanging an exhibition before it officially opens to the public. To achieve this, Grassie devised and followed a pre-determined strategy, namely: "Install a series of paintings at the gallery depicting last year's previous exhibitions during their installation. Each painting should hang at the very spot from which the image was taken, enabling the viewer to compare views of the space." The result is five jewel-like paintings, each one painstakingly copied from a mid-installation photograph taken by Grassie before the opening of the previous year's shows. The paintings are executed with such detail that it is difficult at times to uncover the illusion that these are photographs rather than paintings. F Story Alexia Goethe has selected fourteen artists, including six resident in the UK and four from Leipzig, for her show 'Story'. She seeks to demonstrate that whatever technique is used - painting, text, video, photograph or concept - and regardless of style, the artist is telling a story. The tales being told made me come away feeling a sense of recovery. Tales of politics, war, social unrest, personal tragedy, to name just a few, are depicted here. Jin Meng who now resides in Europe, produces exquisitely framed views from the present onto China's past. Political statues, glimpsed from a deserted bedroom, evoke the vast changes sweeping his birthplace. Jean Tinguely's kinetic assemblages

illustrate how the mechanical is subverted into the amusing and the desirable. This is an eclectic mix of treasures that can't fail to shock, amuse and move Part 8: 1.Where the real cause of the decline in the competition’s popularity lies is still debatable. (SPOT) → It is open ................................................................................................... 2. People who often talk too much about unimportant things do not appeal to me. (DONKEY) → I’m not in ............................................................................ 3 It’s bad I failed to do my share of the job. (WEIGHT) → I would like ........................................................................................ 4. That this celebrity keeps her own affairs away from public attention is of great importance. (PROFILE) → It is advisable that this .................................................................................................................. 5. Looking back, I have a feeling that they gave the deceptive information about the case. (BOOKS) → In................................................................................................. 6. I don't mind which make of car you choose. It is of …………………………………………………………………… make of car you choose. 7. You should always be grateful for what you are given. horse You should ………………………………………………….. the mouth. 8. He promised to look into my case personally. assurance He ………………………………………............………….. look into my case personally. 9. The prisoner was unrepentant about the suffering he had caused. remorse The prisoner ........................................................................... the suffering he had caused. 10. She‘s only happy when somebody does all her jobs for her. DANCES She‘s only happy when ..................................................................... Part 9: Write an essay about 350 words regarding the topic: The best way to solve the world's environmental problems is to increase the cost of fuel. To what extent do you agree or disagree?

______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________

ANSWER KEYS Phần 1:

Part 1. You will hear a group of art history students going out an art gallery with their teacher. For questions 1-5, choose answer (A, B, C or D) which fits best according to what you hear SOURCE: CAMBRIDGE ENGLISH PROFICIENCY MASTER CLASS FOR THE 2013 EXAM. PAGE 32

Your answers 1. D

2. B

3. C

4.B

5.C

TAPESCRIPT Teacher Now, let’s move along the next gallery…whose turn is it to tell us about the nex painting? Amanda, is it you? Amanda Yes, this is the one I’ve prepared Teacher Good…now I’ve got one or two questions for Amanda to guide us through this painting, so if you could all pay attention, we can get started…Brian…thank you. Now, as you can see it’s a pre-Raphaelite painitng, so we’re talking 1880,1890…and what can you tell us about this-and other pre-Raphaelite paitings for that matter-compared for what came before? Amanda well, there was a very definitely a reactiona against some of the earlier concerns – for example the pre-Raphaelites didn’t believe in the idea that it was important to be true to nature or realistic… this is a good example – it’s by the painter Burne-Jones, completed in 1884, and it shows a lot about his philosophy of paiting… Teacher Ok. And what was it exactly? Amanda Well in his own words,…is it ok if I use my notes? Teacher Yes of course Amanda He said that a painting should be’a beautiful romantic dream of something that never was, never will be, in a land that no-one can define or remember, only desire’ Teacher So in other words the very opposite of realism – no practical lessons for modern industrial societies or whatever Amanda Yes, exactly, and this paiting is in many ways very typical of Burne-Jones – in fact his wife later said it was his most distinctive work, the one that really summed up what he thought Teacher OK tell us about the story it tells Amanda It’s called King Cophetua and the Begga Maid, and it’s based on an old legend from early medieval times about a king who falls in love with a beggar girl, and finds that his love for her is grater than all his wealth and power Teacher Was it a well-known story? Amanda Yes – most people knew it well, but only through reading Tennyson’s poetry, in which he wrote about it, rather than from the original story Teacher So it’s another example of what we were talking about earlier – the link between the romantic movement in literature and the movements in art … do go on Amanda In the painting, the artist imagines the King sitting at the girl’s feet, gazing at her adoration. Burne-Jones said he was determined that the King should look like a king and the beggar should look like a Queen, and he had certain details such as the crown and the maid’s dress specially made for him so that he could capture the detail. The setting has echoes of 15th century Itallian art, particularly Mantegna and Crivelli, and it’s all elaborately decorated with highly wrought textures and jewel-like colours. If you look at the clothing you can see what I mean. The two characters in the background have got these rich following clothes, and there’s the same richness in the King’s following cloak

Teacher So what is he trying to tell us about here… what about these anemones… do they have any particular significance do you think? Amanda Yes, the maid is holding a bunch of anemones, and if you look closely you can see that some of them have fallen on the steps by the King. The flowers are a symbol of unrequited love, and there’s a lot of personal feeling in this paiting, as there is in much of his work. At the time he was doing this, Burne-Jones had met and fallen in love with a girl called Frances Graham, but she then married someone else. So it’s likely that the King represents Burne-Jones and the represents Frances Graham, and the painting shows his feelings about losing the woman he loved Teacher Are there any other themes that the audience in 1884 would have recognized apart from on this personal level? Amanda Yes, to the general public it would have had a completely different meaning, whichs they have recognized quite easily – they would interpret the paiting as being about the rejection of worldly wealt and the elevation of love above everything else Teacher Yes, absolutely… and that was a message that was very close to Burne-Jone’s heart and was very relevant for late Victorian Britain… Well thank you Amanda, and now we’ll move on to the next artist Part 2. You will hear an interview with Cindy Talbot on the radio program, Young hero or heroine of the week. For question 1-5, listen and answer the questions

SOURCE: CAMBRIDGE ENGLISH PROFICIENCY MASTER CLASS FOR THE 2013 EXAM. PAGE 55

1. How did Cindy react when she heard the thunder? She was worried or she was sort of unnerved. 2. How did Cindy regard her decision to take shelter from the storm? She said that it was not wise thing to do so 3. What were Rod and Mark doing when they saw Cindy? They were on their way back home after driving around in the forest. 4. What was Rod and Mark’s initial reaction to Cindy’s story? They didn’t think there was a grain of truth. 5. What effect has the experience had on Cindy? She says that she is not really a quitter and she is really determined to go on hiking.

TAPESCRIPT Exam narrator You will hear an interview with Cindy Talbot on the radio programme, Young hero or heroine of the week. For the questions 1-5, choose the answer (A,B,C or D) which fits best according to what you hear Presenter Hello, and welcome to our programme, Young hero or heroine of the week. The subject this week is Cindy Talbot, a final-year college student, who was on the third day of her five-day solohiking trip through Colorado’s National Forest when something really extraordinay happened to her – she was struck by lightning. Apparently, lightning kills nearly a hundred Americans each year, more than hurricanes or tornadoes, and to survive a direct hit is almost a miracle. Luckily, Cindy was rescued and we are fortunate to have her with us in the studio today Cindy Hi! Presenter Tell me, Cindy, what was atually doing when the lightning struck? Cindy Well, I’d noticed the thunderclouds gathering and I was, like, resting on a rocky peak people call Eahle Peak, when I heard the thunder rumbling in the distence, and I was sort of unnerved. I gotta say I though the thunder sounded kinda ominous. So I said to myself, “Cindy, you’d better get moving” you see I didn’t want to get caught in a storm like that. But, I was to late, I guess. I remember when the downpour started… and it must have lasted for about an hour, at least an hour. I knew it

wasn’t going to stop just lik that, so I found shelter under some trees Presenter I suppose that seemed the best thing to do at the time Cindy To tell the truth it’s not a very wise thjing to do considering it was an electric storm, or so I’m told! But I did’nt hav much oppinion. Everything happened so quickly and there didn’t seem to be anywhere else nearby where I might find shelter. But eventually the sun came out and the rained strted to move away, so I came out from under the trees to dry off a little bit. And then, I’d just put my backpack on – it has a metal frame by thw way! – when the whole world explored, and I felt an electrical charge surging though my body. It was literally’a bolt out of the blue’! i realized that by some miracle I was still alive and had to get help. But I couldn’t move my legs, so I had to crawl. It was heavy going, but after about an hour I reached a wet, muddy kind of track in a clearing in the forst Fortunately for me, Rod and Mark, the two guys who came to my rescue, had just happened to on their way back home in their pick-up. They run a trapping company, and they… they’d been driving around in the forest checking their traps, I think. If they hadn’t come along at that moment, I’m not sure I would have survived the ordeal. When they sew me and heard my story, I don’t think they thought there was a grain of truth in what I was saying at first! Rod told me later that he thought what I’d told him was a bit far-fetched, to say the least! They said they’d seen this weird-looking object- seemed to be kind of sprawling across the road … not moving, but it wasn’t a fallen tree – it looked human. I though, ‘Gee, thanks!’ Anyway, they’d jumped out of the truck to get a closer look, and they found me. They managed to get me to the nearest hospital in record time, and, well, in a few days, I was on my feet again. Thanks to the guys. But I’ve still got a scars on my back, on my hips and foot, too. And I’m scared to death of lightning now Presenter I suppose lightning’s not normally something to be terrified about. But you’ve just got to know what you’re doing, haven’t you? So do you feel the experience has had any long-term effect on you? Cindy Hmm, I think it’s made me lealize that I’m not more resilient than i thought. I’m not really a quitter and I’m determined, really determioned to go hiking Presenter But perhaps not in electric storms? Cindy Ican’t promise that, I’m afraid! Presnter Cindy, thanks for talking to us today Part 3: You will hear an interview on a train with two friends, Jane and Chris, chefs who both won prizes in the National Railway Chef of the Year competition. For the questions below, decide whether the following statements are True (T) or False (F). Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. SOURCE: CAMBRIDGE CERTIFICATE I ADVANCED ENGLISH 6- TEST 1

Your answers 1. T

2. F

3. T

4. T

5. F

TAPESCRIPT GREG. Servinq more than 200,000 meals a year would be a challenge for any chef, but step up constraints of time, space and a demand for culinary excellence and you have the life of a railway chef. Chris and Jane, the idea of having to cook in cramped surroundings, with limited ingredients and a very tight schedule, as you did in the recent competition, must have been a terrifying prospect ... CHRIS. Well, hardly - I actually operate under those restrictions every day! JANE. That's true, of course, we both do - but there's always the added danger that things can go wrong, and the challenge of preparing a top-quality, threecourse meal for four which costs no more than £50 - and in front of all those judges!

GREG. Well, Jane, you were a runner up and Chris came first. I gather you faced some stiff competition from the other finalists. JANE.. No doubt about that. All the chefs who entered the competition were brilliant in their own way - but someone has to win! But the real problem is trying to be creative as the train hurtles through the countryside at over 100 miles an hour - there's little room for mistakes - and you have to be able to keep your balance! CHRIS. Actually, I'd only been a railway chef for three months. And I can tell you that life on board is no easy ride. There's no nipping out to get the extra bunch of parsley, or a lemon. GREG. But you're used to working under pressure all the same, aren't you? How do you set about being organised? CHRIS.You've just got to make sure you're focused on the job. Being able to keep an eye on a dozen things at once is also an advantage! GREG. But do you actually enjoy what you're doing? JANE. There's plenty of scope to express yourself as a chef in the job - and the open kitchen means that customers will often compliment you personally on the food. That's one of the biggest highlights of the job. CHRIS. I'd certainly go along with that. Very few restaurant chefs have the chance to experience that. GREG. And what about the menus, who decides what to cook? JANE. They're decided in advance for the whole railway network by two extremely famous chefs, who are actually brothers. I suppose we both find it restricting. CHRIS. Hmm. I do get a bit frustrated from time to time - think I could be a little more adventurous - but it's all a question of adaptability - which I suspect Jane is better at than I am! JANE. Not at all - I can be quite inflexible when the mood takes me! GREG. So what would be a typical routine for you both? CHRIS. You have to start at around 5.30 in the morning - check that all the ingredients have been delivered - then it's a mad rush to get everything ready. JANE.. And precious little time to rest any other time during the day, as you often have to set tables on other trains and help other staff. Timing's particularly tight, you see. In other restaurants orders come in and go out over two or three hours, but we have to turn round before the passengers reach their stations. It's all a bit nerve-racking. GREG. So what motivated you to do this in the first place? CHRIS. I've been on the move ever since I left college. So when I got engaged, I decided it was time to settle down. So when I saw this job, it seemed a reasonable compromise between personal commitments and my reluctance to stay in one place. JANE. For me it was something that just caught my eye - not just ordinary run of the mill stuff. And, if you get the time, you get a good view out of the windows! GREG. And how do you stop things from spilling over when the train moves? CHRIS. It's not a problem for me. I was a chef on a liner, so I've got plenty of experience of cookery in motion! JANE. Yes, but I think it helps if you only half fill saucepans with boiling water - even so, they often spillover and you start saying nasty things to yourself about the driver - and it's not usually his fault! CHRIS. Let's just say that you quickly learn not to put things under the grill without keeping an eye on them! GREG. Has either of you had any major disasters? CHRIS. [laughs] I'd only been in the job for three days and I had this huge roast in the oven. I opened the door, turned around for a moment, distracted, I suppose, and it just flew out. Fortunately it landed in the sink, so it was okay.

GREG. And what qualities would you say it was necessary for a railway chef to have? JANE. From my point of view, dedication and determination - you won't get anywhere without these! CHRIS. And, let's admit it - a sense of humour. There have been times when I would have resigned long ago if I hadn't had that! GREG And what of the future? CHRIS. Who knows? - perhaps the first chef on a trip to the Moon? JANE. Now, that would be a challenge! But somehow, I doubt I'll be with you on that one. I'm terrified of flying! GREG. Well, now, if you don't mind, we thought our listeners might be interested in the recipes for your prize-winning meals .. Part 4. Listen to the news about Reindeer and fill in the blanks of the news summary with the missing words Adapted from “When Their Food Ran Out, These Reindeer Kept Digging” http://www.npr.org/2017/02/18/514523987/when-their-food-ran-out-these-reindeer-keptdigging Copyright © 2017 NPR. Your answers 1.beloved 2. lichen 3. survive 4. native 5. remote 6. rural

7. astronomical

8. underground

9. optimistic

10. habitat

TRANSCRIPT When Their Food Ran Out, These Reindeer Kept Digging SCOTT SIMON, HOST: Reindeer populations are being threatened by climate change. A warming world makes their main winter food source disappear. But as KUCB's Zoe Sobel reports, reindeer on one Alaskan island are surprising researchers. ZOE SOBEL, BYLINE: You'd think it'd be easy to spot a herd of 400 reindeer on a treeless island with tundra as far as the eye can see, but it's not. LAUREN DEVINE: Yeah, they were right here. SOBEL: That's Lauren Devine of the Ecosystem Conservation Office. She helps manage the reindeer on St. Paul Island. Though on this windy day, she's hunting them. So far, no luck. Then a man who works in this remote area approaches our truck. UNIDENTIFIED MAN: Hey, you guys looking for the reindeer? DEVINE: Yeah. UNIDENTIFIED MAN: You see that green patch right there? DEVINE: Yep.

UNIDENTIFIED MAN: They were just past it. DEVINE: When? UNIDENTIFIED MAN: About two hours ago. DEVINE: Oh, perfect. SOBEL: Reindeer aren't native to Alaska. They were brought to rural villages across the state in the late 1800s. In communities like St. Paul, where grocery prices are astronomical, Devine says residents depend on reindeer to feed their families. And to make it through the winter, the reindeer need something, too. DEVINE: Reindeer all over the world depend on lichen. They're very high in sugars and starch, and they're considered, like, a Snickers bar for reindeer in the winter. SOBEL: But the reindeer ate the lichen here faster than it could regrow, and now it's gone. Without lichen, reindeer experts would expect to see malnourished or starving animals. In some places, that's already happening. But the animals on St. Paul are thriving. Greg Finstad is with the University of Alaska Fairbanks Reindeer Research Program. He came to study and evaluate the island's reindeer and environment. On a visit to St. Paul Island last year, he saw something he'd never witnessed before. GREG FINSTAD: That the reindeer are doing something really very interesting. They have managed to find other things to eat. They've gone underground. SOBEL: Finstad discovered instead of lichen, the reindeer are digging up roots and grazing on grass. He says that's good news. Lichens thrive in Arctic climates, but the Arctic is warming faster than the rest of the globe. These higher temperatures mean more wildfires, erratic rainfall and better conditions for other plants that can crowd out the lichen. All of this could mean less lichen for reindeer. Plus, a warmer climate means what used to be snow is now rain. In Russia a few years ago, that created an icy barrier so thick the reindeer couldn't stamp through it to get to the lichen. Tens of thousands starved to death. That's why Finstad thinks it's important that the reindeer in St. Paul are finding something else to eat. FINSTAD: There's a lot of scientists, researchers, reindeer producers waving their arms in the world. Oh, climate change, it's the death of reindeer and caribou. But you know what? We have forgotten to tell the reindeer and caribou. Things change, and they change with it. MARK BOYCE: I would say no. SOBEL: Ecology professor Mark Boyce of the University of Alberta is not convinced. BOYCE: (Laughter) In the - I mean, it's an island population and a very small sample of our global populations of reindeer and caribou. And the general pattern has been one of decline, so I guess I'm not very optimistic.

SOBEL: Still, on this Alaska island for now, reindeer are doing just fine. And hunting them is more popular than ever. For NPR News, I'm Zoe Sobel in St. Paul. SIMON: And this report comes from Alaska's Energy Desk, a public media collaboration that's focused on energy and the environment. (SOUNDBITE OF MIKHAIL SAASKIA'S "LOOKING FOR ALASKA") Copyright © 2017 NPR. All rights reserved. Visit our websiteterms of useandpermissionspages atwww.npr.orgfor further information. NPR transcripts are created on a rush deadline byVerb8tm, Inc., an NPR contractor, and produced using a proprietary transcription process developed with NPR. This text may not be in its final form and may be updated or revised in the future. Accuracy and availability may vary. The authoritative record of NPR’s programming is the audio record.

Phần 2:Part 1 : A. 1. A 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. C 6.A 7. B 8. A 9.C 10. A 1. The love of life shone______the author’s book, giving me as much inspiration as I could ever ask for. A. through B. over C. into D. upon Shine through = If a quality shines through, it is strong and easy to see, usually in a particular situation 2. You shouldn’t take ________ more than you can handle, otherwise you’ll suffer from stress. A. on B. over C. out D. away Take on = begin to have, use, or do something 3. He’s so stubborn and stupid. I just couldn’t get ________ him that she can never make money from gambling. A. over B. out of C. across to D. out of Get across to = manage to make someone understand or believe something 4. The success of our project hinges _________ Mike’s ability persuade the locals to move to the renewal quarter. A. in B. on C. about D. over hinge on/upon sth=If one thing hinges on another, the first thing depends on the second thing or is very influenced by it 5. The government’s plans to reduce crime came _________ for a lot of criticism from freedom groups. A. across B. around C.in D. with Cam in for = hứng chịu,nhận ( chỉ trích,kết quả không tốt0 6. Before they open the new factory, a lot of the young people round here were __________ the dole.

A. on B. in C. over D. above On the dole =sống nhờ tiền trợ cấp của chính phủ 7. The two countries met at the conference to iron _______ their differences. A. on B. out C. over D. into Iron out= put something into a finished state by solving problems, removing differences, or taking care of details 8. He tried to paper _______ the country’s deep-seated problems. A. over B. with C. into D. down Paper over = hide an unpleasant situation, especially a problem or disagreement, in order to make people believe that it does not exist or is not serious 9. Linda chats so much; she could talk the hind leg _______ a donkey. A. up to B. over C. off D. under Talk the hind leg off a donkey = nói lải nhải,chuyện không đâu 10. I’m going to put my head _______ for a while as I feel very tired. A. down B. over C. up D. through Put one’s head down =sleep B. 1.A 2.D 3.B 4.A 5.C 6.D 7.B 8.A 9.B 10.D 1. I had to get through a lot of__________tape, but I finally got the documents I needed. A. red B. blue C. link D. yellow Red tape = official rules and processes that seem unnecessary and delay results 2. The hospital staff pulled out all the _______ to make sure the children had a wonderful day. A. roadblocks B. barricades C. plugs D. stops pulled out all the stops = do everything you can to make something successful 3. Neither side is prepared to _____ an inch in the negotiations. A. stir B. budge C. push D. bend Won't budge an inch' nghĩa là không động đậy, không nhúc nhích; ngoài ra còn nghĩa bóng là không thay đổi ý định, ý đã quyết -> không suy chuyển/lay chuyển .4. Congressman Saunders fired the opening _______ during a heated debate on capital punishment. A. salvo B. barrage C. cannonade D. burst opening salvo formal=the first in a series of questions, statements etc that you use to try to win an argument 5. I like the way people here always queue up. Back home we just push and shove, and the devil take the ________! A. outermost B. foremost C. hindmost D. utmost

The devil take the hindmost' = ác quỷ sẽ bắt người chạy sau cùng, vậy nên bạn phải chạy thật nhanh -> mỗi người phải tự thân tìm kiếm thành công cho chính mình, đặc biệt trong các tình huống gặp phải cạnh tranh 6. The manager attached himself to the luncheon club and became a _______ fixture there. A. perennial B. enduring C. stable D. permanent be a (permanent) fixture=to be always present and not likely to move or go away 7. I was so hungry, and that meal was absolutely delicious! It was just what the _______ ordered. A. scientist B. doctor C. expert D. healer just what the doctor ordered=exactly what is wanted or needed 8. Although the Government has increased allocations to the social sector by as much as 40 per cent, State funding still falls ________ short of needs. A. well B. totally C. severely D. abjectly fall well short of =to fail to reach an amount or standard that was expected or hoped for, causing disappointment: 9. Last week’s violence was _______ condemned by foreign governments. A. grimly B. roundly C. roughly D. bitingly roundly condemn/criticize etc=to condemn, criticize etc someone strongly and severely 10. . Let me know of any pertinent developments, keep me in the ______. A. sphere B. ring C. circle D. loop keep sb in the loops: cập nhật thông tin cho ai đó biết Part 2: Line Mistake Correction Example 1

other

another

president

presidential

neither

either

shows

show

Addressed

Addressing

announced

were announced

laughed at

laughed off

markedly

marked

formal

former

respectedly

respectively

10.

make

Part 3: Your answers:

1.B 6.C

2.D 7.D

3.A 3.A

4.A 9.B

5.A 10.C

Part 1: For questions 1 - 10, choose the correct answer to fill each space. Write your answers in the corresponding boxes provided below the passage. Very few of us would admit putting much trust in horoscopes and the fact that the movements of astronomical bodies _________ (1) to earthly occurrences affecting peoples' everyday lives. We all know about the zodiac signs which reflect the position of the sun, the moon and the planets at the moment of a man's birth and about the peculiar characteristics _________ (2) to them by astrologers. We say we will take these phenomena with a pinch of salt while we keep _________ (3) our eyes over them in every tabloid we lay our hands on. Most frequently, we expect horoscopes to predict the future, to ___________ (4) our optimistic mood with a piece of comforting information or to ___________ (5) our ego by confirming the superlative features that we tend to attribute to our zodiacs. However, there's no scientific evidence to ___________ (6) the assumption that human existence is so closely __________ (7) with the parameters of the celestial bodies. Our curiosity in horoscopes may, then, _________(8) our sheer fascination with the unexplained or the unpredictable as well as in the enticing insight into the future that the horoscopes offer, thus establishing the sense of our __________ (9) an extreme power over our own lives. An additional explanation is that humans tend to have a soft ____________ (10) for any form of flattery, which is the fact to which astrologers and the horoscope writers seem to attach the greatest deal of weight. 1.A. rely B. correspond C. match D. Compare closely/directly correspond to/with sth: match something, or be similar or equal to something 2.A. identified B. associated C. incorporated D. Ascribed Ascribe to : believe or say that something is caused by something else 3.A. running B. sending C. fixing D. Putting run one's eye over: look quickly at the whole of something 4.A. restore B. adjust C. upgrade D. reassure Restore: make it possible for someone to have a quality or ability again that they have not had for a long time 5.A. boost B. escalate C. revitalize D. improve Boost one’s ego : khẳng định,đề cao cái tôi của bản thân 6.A. conclude B. concede C. corroborate D. confound Coroborate the assumption/theory : add proof to an account, statement, idea, etc. with new information 7.A. fused B. adhered C. coalesced D. intertwined Intertwine with : twisted together or closely connected so as to be difficult to separate 8.A. stem B. crop C. rear D. dawn Stem: stop something unwanted from spreading or increasing 9.A. disposing B. wielding C. effecting D. committing wield power/influence/authority etc:to have a lot of power or influence, and to use it 10.A. pit B. dot C. spot D. nick Have soft spot for : có sự yêu thương, có lòng thương cảm hay nhân ái đối với một người hay một vật. Part 4:

1. error

2. adults/people

3. after

4. teaching

5. road

6. include

7. reduce

8. for

9. the

10. them

Part 5. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each of the questions. (12 pts) 1. A

2. B

6. A

7. C

3. C

4. D 8. B

5. C 9. C

10. D

A. A type of wild vegetation

B. Western migration after Civil War

C. The raising of cattle

D. The climate of the Western United States

1. Đoạn văn chủ yếu bàn về điều gì? A. Một kiểu thảm thực vật hoang dã B. Sự di cư của phương Tây sau Nội chiến C. Việc chăn nuôi gia súc D. Khí hậu miền Tây Hoa Kỳ Clue: in the dry grazing lands of the West that familiar bluejoint grass was often killed by drought.... Who could imagine a fairy-tale grass that required no rain and somehow made it possible for cattle to feed themselves all winter => Toàn bộ bài này chủ yếu nói về loại cỏ hoang dại. 2. What can be inferred by the phrase "Legend has it" in line I?· A. Most history book include the story of the train. B. The story of the train is similar to other ones from that time period. C. The driver of the train invented the story. D. The story of the train may not be completed factual. Clue: Legend has it that sometime toward the end of the Civil War (1861-1865) a government train carrying oxen traveling through the northern plains of eastern Wyoming was caught in a snowstorm and had to be abandoned.( Người ta kể rằng vào khoảng cuối Nội chiến (1861-1865), một đoàn tàu của chính phủ chở bò đi qua vùng đồng bằng phía bắc của miền đông Wyoming đã gặp phải bão tuyết và phải bỏ dở) 3. The word "they" in line 4 refers to ………….. . A. plains

B. skeletons

C. oxen

D. Americans

Clue: Instead of the skeletons he had expected to find, he saw his oxen, living, fat, and healthy. How had they survived?( Thay vì những bộ xương mà anh ta mong đợi sẽ tìm thấy, anh ta nhìn thấy con bò của mình, sống, béo và khỏe mạnh. Làm thế nào họ sống sót?) 4. What can be inferred about the "Great American Desert" mentioned in line 7? A. Many had settled there by the 1860's. B. It was not originally assumed to be a fertile area. C. It was a popular place to raise cattle before the Civil War. D. It was not discovered until the late 1800's. 4. Có thể suy ra điều gì về "Great American Desert" được đề cập ở dòng 7? A. Nhiều người đã định cư ở đó vào những năm 1860.

B. Ban đầu nó không được cho là một khu vực màu mỡ. C. Đây là một nơi phổ biến để chăn nuôi gia súc trước Nội chiến. D. Nó không được phát hiện cho đến cuối những năm 1800. Clue: The answer lay in a resource that unknowing Americans lands trampled underfoot in their haste to cross the "Great American Desert" to reach lands that sometimes proved barren Nghĩa là khoảng những năm 1861-1865 khi bò bị bỏ lại vì bão tuyết,năm sau (hiểu là những năm cuối 1800) khi con người quay lại thì thấy chúng vẫn sống tốt.Bằng cách nào?Câu trả lời nằm ngay ở nguồn tài nguyên ở vùng đất chưa đc biết đén mà họ đã vội cã đi qua vùng Great America Desert để đến những nơi mà thực chất là cằn cỗi-> Nghĩa là vùng đất này chưa đc iết đến cho đến tận cuối những năm 1800. 5. The word "barren" in line 7 is closed in meaning to …………… A. lonely

B. uncomfortable

C. infertile

D. dangerous

Barren = cằn cỗi,khô cằn =infertile 6. The word "preferred" in line 8 is closed in meaning to ………….. A. favored

B. available

C. ordinary

D. required

Prefer= favor = yêu thích 7. Which of the following can be inferred about the cultivated grass mentioned in the second paragraph? A. Cattle raised in the Western United States refused to eat it. B. It had to be imported into the United States. C. It would probably not grow in the western United States. D. It was difficult for cattle to digest. 7. Điều nào sau đây có thể được suy ra về loại cỏ trồng được đề cập trong đoạn văn thứ hai? A. Gia súc được nuôi ở miền Tây Hoa Kỳ không chịu ăn thịt. B. Nó đã phải được nhập khẩu vào Hoa Kỳ. C. Nó có thể sẽ không phát triển ở miền Tây Hoa Kỳ. D. Gia súc khó tiêu hóa. Clue: . But in the dry grazing lands of the West that familiar blue joint grass was often killed by drought (Nhưng ở những vùng đất chăn thả khô hạn của phương Tây, loài cỏ chung xanh quen thuộc thường bị chết do hạn hán.)

8. Which of the following was NOT one of the names given to the western grasses? A. Mesquite grass

B. Bluejoint grass

C. Buffalo grass

D. Grama grass

Clue: Variously known as buffalo grass, grama grass, or mesquite grass, not only were they immune to drought; but they were actually preserved by the lack of summer and autumn rains. 9. Which of the following was NOT mentioned as a characteristic of western grasses? A. They contain little moisture

B. They have tough stems

C. They can be grown indoors

D. They are not affected by dry

weather Đặc điểm nào sau đây KHÔNG được đề cập đến như một đặc điểm của các loại cỏ phương Tây? A. Chúng chứa ít độ ẩm B. Chúng có thân cứng C. Có thể trồng trong nhà D. Không bị ảnh hưởng bởi thời tiết khô hạn Clue: not only were they immune to drought; but they were actually preserved by the lack of summer and autumn rains. => D They were not juicy like the cultivated eastern grasses, but had short, hard stems.=> A,B 10. According to the passage, the cattle help promote the growth of the wild grass by ……………" A. eating only small quantities of grass. B. continually moving from one grazing area to another. C. naturally fertilizing the soil. D. stepping on and pressing the seeds into the ground. 10. Theo đoạn văn, gia súc giúp thúc đẩy sự phát triển của cỏ hoang bằng cách …………… " A. chỉ ăn một lượng nhỏ cỏ. B. liên tục di chuyển từ bãi chăn thả này sang bãi chăn thả khác. C. bón phân tự nhiên vào đất. D. giẫm lên và ép hạt xuống đất.

Clue: Cattle left outdoors to fend for themselves thrived on this hay. And the cattle themselves helped plant the fresh grass year after year for they trampled the natural seeds firmly into the soil to be watered by the melting snows of winter and the occasional rains of spring.( Gia súc được thả ra ngoài trời để tự lo cho bản thân chúng phát triển mạnh trên cỏ khô này. Và chính những con gia súc đã giúp trồng cỏ tươi năm này qua năm khác để chúng giẫm mạnh những hạt giống tự nhiên vào đất để được tưới bởi những trận tuyết tan của mùa đông và những cơn mưa bất chợt của mùa xuân.) Part 6. Read the following passage and do the tasks that follow. (12 pts) 1. ix

2. viii

3. vii

4. vi

5. iv

6. iii

7. deter crime 8. (air) pollution 9. block light 10. education A ix. Approaching the city After hours of driving south in the pitch-black darkness of the Nevada desert, a dome of hazy gold suddenly appears on the horizon. Soon, a road sign confirms the obvious: Las Vegas 30 miles. Looking skyward, you notice that the Big Dipper is harder to find than it was an hour ago.( Sau nhiều giờ lái xe về phía nam trong màn đêm tối đen như mực của sa mạc Nevada, một vùng sáng ánh vàng lấp lánh bỗng hiện ra nơi chân trời. Chẳng bao lâu sau, một tấm biển chỉ đường xác nhận lại sự thật quá rõ ràng: Las Vegas chỉ còn cách đó 30 dặm. Ngước lên trời, bạn phát hiện ra chòm sao Bắc Đẩu đã không còn dễ tìm như cách đây một tiếng đồng hồ nữa)=> Tiếp cận thành phố Bviii. More light than is necessary Light pollution—the artificial light that illuminates more than its intended target area— has become a problem of increasing concern across the country over the past 15 years. In the suburbs, where over-lit shopping mall parking lots are the norm,( Ô nhiễm ánh sáng — ánh sáng nhân tạo chiếu sáng một vùng rộng lớn hơn dự định – đã trở thành một vấn đề ngày càng khiến nhiều người lo ngại trong vòng 15 năm qua. Ở vùng ngoại ô, nơi các bãi đỗ xe thuộc các cửa hàng mua sắm luôn được thắp sáng chói chang như một tiêu chuẩn) only 200 of the Milky Way’s 2,500 stars are visible on a clear night. Even fewer can be seen from large cities. In almost every town, big and small, street lights beam just as much light up and out as they do down, illuminating much more

than just the street. Almost 50 percent of the light emanating from street lamps misses its intended target, and billboards, shopping centres, private homes and skyscrapers are similarly over-illuminated.( Gần 50 phần trăm ánh sáng phát ra từ đèn đường không chiếu sáng khu vực mục tiêu ban đầu của chúng, và các biển hiệu, các trung tâm mua sắm, nhà riêng và những tòa nhà chọc trời cũng sử dụng đèn chiếu sáng quá mức giống nhau.)  Nhiều ánh sáng hơn mức cần thiết C vii. Seen from above America has become so bright that in a satellite image of the United States at night, the outline of the country is visible from its lights alone.( Nước Mỹ đã được thắp sáng nhiều đến nỗi chỉ cần nhìn vào một bức ảnh vệ tinh chụp vào ban đêm, có thể thấy rõ biên giới quốc gia nhờ vào ánh đèn) The major cities are all there, in bright clusters: New York, Boston, Miami, Houston, Los Angeles, Seattle, Chicago, and, of course, Las Vegas. Mark Adams, superintendent of the McDonald Observatory in west Texas, says that the very fact that city lights are visible from on high is proof of their wastefulness. “When you’re up in an airplane, all that light you see on the ground from the city is wasted. It’s going up into the night sky. That’s why you can see it.”( Mark Adams, giám đốc Đài thiên văn McDonald tại miền tây Texas nói rằng, thực tế việc có thể nhìn thấy ánh đèn thành phố từ trên cao như vậy chính là bằng chứng cho thấy sự phí phạm của họ. “Khi bạn đi máy bay và nhìn xuống, tất cả ánh sáng mà bạn thấy từ thành phố dưới mặt đất đều bị lãng phí. Chúng đã chiếu lên bầu trời đêm. Đó là lý do tại sao bạn có thể nhìn thấy chúng)  Nhìn từ trên cao D vi. A problem lights do not solve But don’t we need all those lights to ensure our safety? The answer from light engineers, light pollution control advocates and astronomers is an emphatic “no.” Elizabeth Alvarez of the International Dark Sky Association (IDA), a non-profit organization in Tucson, Arizona, says that overly bright security lights can actually force neighbours to close the shutters, which means that if any criminal activity does occur on the street, no one will see it. And the old assumption that bright lights deter crime appears to have been a false one: A new Department of Justice report concludes that there is no documented correlation between the level of lighting and the level of

crime in an area. And contrary to popular belief, more crimes occur in broad daylight than at night.( ánh sáng quá mạnh với mục đích bảo vệ an ninh thực ra lại có khả năng buộc những người dân sống xung quanh phải đóng rèm cửa lại, tức là nếu có hoạt động tội phạm nào xảy ra trên phố, sẽ chẳng có ai nhìn thấy được. Và giả định lỗi thời rằng đèn sáng ngăn ngừa tội phạm là một sự sai lầm: Một báo cáo mới của Sở Tư pháp kết luận không có mối liên hệ nào được ghi nhận giữa mức độ thắp sáng và tình hình tội phạm trong một khu vực. Và trái với niềm tin phổ biến, nhiều tội ác xảy ra ngay giữa thanh thiên bạch nhật hơn là vào ban đêm.)  Một vấn đề về ánh sáng không giải quyết được Eiv. People at risk from bright lights For drivers, light can actually create a safety hazard. Glaring lights can temporarily blind drivers, increasing the likelihood of an accident(Đối với người lái xe, ánh sáng thực sự có thể tạo ra mối nguy hiểm về an toàn. Ánh sáng chói lóa có thể làm người lái bị mù tạm thời, làm tăng khả năng xảy ra tai nạn). To help prevent such accidents, some cities and states prohibit the use of lights that impair night-time vision. For instance, New Hampshire law forbids the use of “any light along a highway so positioned as to blind or dazzle the vision of travellers on the adjacent highway.”  Mọi người gặp nguy hiểm do đèn sáng Fiii. The environmental dangers Badly designed lighting can pose a threat to wildlife as well as people.( Ánh sáng được thiết kế không tốt có thể gây ra mối đe dọa cho động vật hoang dã cũng như con người). Newly hatched turtles in Florida move toward beach lights instead of the more muted silver shimmer of the ocean. Migrating birds, confused by lights on skyscrapers, broadcast towers and lighthouses, are injured, sometimes fatally, after colliding with high, lighted structures. And light pollution harms air quality as well: Because most of the country’s power plants are still powered by fossil fuels, more light means more air pollution.( Và ô nhiễm ánh sáng cũng gây hại cho chất lượng không khí: Bởi vì hầu hết các nhà máy điện của quốc gia này vẫn chạy bằng nhiên liệu hóa thạch, nhiều ánh sáng hơn đồng nghĩa với ô nhiễm không khí nhiều hơn.)  Những mối nguy hiểm về môi trường G

So what can be done? Tucson, Arizona is taking back the night. The city has one of the best lighting ordinances in the country, and, not coincidentally, the highest concentration of observatories in the world. Kitt Peak National Optical Astronomy Observatory has 24 telescopes aimed skyward around the city’s perimeter, and its cadre of astronomers needs a dark sky to work with. H For a while, that darkness was threatened. “We were totally losing the night sky,” Jim Singleton of Tucson’s Lighting Committee told Tulsa, Oklahoma’s KOTV last March. Now, after retrofitting inefficient mercury lighting with low-sodium lights that block light from “trespassing” into unwanted areas like bedroom windows, and by doing away with some unnecessary lights altogether, the city is softly glowing rather than brightly beaming. The same thing is happening in a handful of other states, including Texas, which just passed a light pollution bill last summer. “Astronomers can get what they need at the same time that citizens get what they need: safety, security and good visibility at night,” says McDonald Observatory’s Mark Adams, who provided testimony at the hearings for the bill. IAnd in the long run, everyone benefits from reduced energy costs. Wasted energy from inefficient lighting costs us between $1 and $2 billion a year, according to IDA. The city of San Diego, which installed new, high-efficiency street lights after passing a light pollution law in 1985, now saves about $3 million a year in energy costs. JLegislation isn’t the only answer to light pollution problems. Brian Greer, Central Ohio representative for the Ohio Light Pollution Advisory Council, says that education is just as important, if not more so. “There are some special situations where regulation is the only fix,” he says. “But the vast majority of bad lighting is simply the result of not knowing any better.” Simple actions like replacing old bulbs and fixtures with more efficient and better-designed ones can make a big difference in preserving the night sky. Part 7. You are going to read some reviews of art events. For questions 1 - 10, choose from the reviews (A-F). The reviews may be chosen more than once. (12 pts) 1.D

2.F

3.B

4.C

5.E

6.A

7.D

8.B

9.E

10.C

Institutions could suffer because of a thoughtless act.

Many different styles offered by artists in Europe.

A substantial amount of time needed to complete one piece of

work. Land and sea treated very differently.

Paintings about other paintings.

Man's negative impact on the environment.

Finding ways to payoff debts.

A primitive style of interior decoration.

Showing how something is set up for public viewing.

Fantasy images based on a real environment.

" uses abstract vocabulary to make almost entirely conceptual references.

His use of found objects and time spent surfing drew him to look at the processes involved in surfboard manufacture. Based on these, his constructions and paintings combine areas of high resist, high speed, water deflecting sheen with those tempered by wax to produce mottled, opaque, non-slip surfaces that smack of stone and solidity. Phil Whiting is a painter. His vigorous use of materials - acrylics in thick impasto inks, charcoal applied with a brush, knife and 'whatever' - recalls a terrain smarting from the brute force of man's misuse of it. This is not the celebrated, picturesque Cornwall we so often see but its dirty, rain-soaked underbelly, a landscape left bereft by voracious mining and haphazard industrial development.( Đây không phải là thành phố Cornwall nổi tiếng đẹp như tranh vẽ mà chúng ta thường thấy mà là phần dưới đầy mưa, bẩn thỉu của nó, một cảnh quan bị bỏ lại bởi hoạt động khai thác phàm ăn và sự phát triển công nghiệp hỗn loạn.)=> Q6 B Shanti Panchal It is almost thirty years since Shanti Panchal first came from India to study art in London, where he has lived ever since. This retrospective at Chelmsford Museum

elucidates his distinctive, radical water-colourist's achievement. Growing lip in a Gujarati village, he decorated local houses with Images of birds and animals. As a Bombay art student, cave paintings and images from Jain temples inspired him, and as a student in Europe, he was drawn to medieval icons(Là một sinh viên nghệ thuật Bombay, các bức tranh hang động và hình ảnh từ các ngôi đền Jain đã truyền cảm hứng cho anh ấy, và khi còn là một sinh viên ở Châu Âu, anh ấy đã bị thu hút bởi các biểu tượng thời Trung cổ). It is erroneous to say that his work is characterised by poignant nostalgia for India. The paintings are not nostalgic. Rather they evoke with subtle clarity what it is like to be exiled and dispossessed while at the same time rooted inalienably in nature and the cosmos. Every watercolour is multi-layered, giving a similar surface to Buddhist cave

paintings. It can take days in order to face Nhat is going to happen in a piece. Each picture takes weeks and sometimes months(Có thể mất nhiều ngày để đối mặt với Nhat sắp diễn ra một cách phức tạp. Mỗi bức ảnh mất hàng tuần và đôi khi hàng tháng). => Q3 Recent pictures include portraits and even a homage to Frida Kahlo, a painter that Shanti respects immensely. C Iwan Gwyn Parry Ian Gwyn Parry's first solo exhibition at Martin Tinney Gallery in Cardiff is a significant event. Until now the artist has shown mostly in North Wales. Now there is an opportunity to experience, further south, a coherent and powerful assemblage of his latest work. It is clear the show will be something special. For these remarkable landscapes and seascapes appear to have emerged from deep within his psyche and are a highly imaginative response to a coastal terrain familiar to the artist(Đối với những phong cảnh và cảnh biển đáng chú ý này dường như đã xuất hiện từ sâu trong tâm hồn của anh ấy và là một phản ứng giàu trí tưởng tượng đối với địa hình ven biển quen thuộc với nghệ sĩ.). There is a strong sense of mysticism, the painting suffused with ethereal vapours and incandescent light; there are restless swathes of deep orange and yellow. The seascapes are haunting and elemental while the landscapes are more reflective studies in grey, black and white.( Cảnh quan biển gây ám ảnh và nguyên sơ trong khi cảnh quan là những nghiên cứu phản chiếu nhiều hơn với màu xám, đen và trắng.) Q4 His oil The Irish Sea, for example is on an awesome scale, its seething waters of churning paint intensely lit by a low sun. Definitely a show not to be missed.

D Art auctions Of the top three Modern British sales last month, it was Christie's who kicked off the, proceedings, but not without controversy. Bury district council, in their wisdom, auctioned a major painting by LS. Lowry so as to cover a £10 million shortfall in their finances(.Hội đồng quận Bury, với sự khôn ngoan của họ, đã bán đấu giá một bức tranh lớn của LS. Lowry để trang trải khoản thiếu hụt 10 triệu bảng trong tài chính của họ.) Q7. The £1.2 million hammer price, less expenses, will not make all that much difference but the issue has raised the wrath of the Museums Association, who in future, could block lottery and National Arts Collection Fund resources in all aspects of museum and gallery development. Bury may well live to regret their foolhardy action as current and future donators will also not be encouraged to gift works of art which could be sold on a whim.( Bury sống tốt để hối tiếc về hành động dại dột của họ vì các nhà tài trợ hiện tại và tương lai cũng sẽ không được khuyến khích tặng các tác phẩm nghệ thuật có thể được bán theo đột ngột,tùy thích) Q1Bonhams followed ten days later with a good but not exceptional sale of which a solid 70% was sold and totaled £2.3 million. It was then Sotheby's turn to shine which they succeeded in doing, with 80% of lots sold and an impressive total of £7.7 million, though some way behind their arch rival. Records were broken for works by Sir Winston Churchill, former British Prime Minister. E Andrew Grassie Andrew Grassie's exhibition at Maureen Paley Gallery is aptly entitled 'Installation', since it provides a look backstage at the rituals involved in hanging an exhibition before it officially opens to the public(.Triển lãm của Andrew Grassie tại Phòng trưng bày Maureen Paley có tên là 'Sắp đặt', vì nó cung cấp một cái nhìn về hậu trường về các nghi lễ liên quan đến việc treo một triển lãm trước khi nó chính thức mở cửa cho công chúng) Q9 To achieve this, Grassie devised and followed a pre-determined strategy, namely: "Install a series of paintings at the gallery depicting last year's previous exhibitions during their installation. Each painting should hang at the very spot from which the image was taken, enabling the viewer to compare views of the space." The result is five jewel-like paintings, each one painstakingly copied from a midinstallation photograph taken by Grassie before the opening of the previous year's

shows. The paintings are executed with such detail that it is difficult at times to uncover the illusion that these are photographs rather than paintings.( Kết quả là năm bức tranh giống như ngọc, mỗi bức được sao chép một cách cẩn thận từ một bức ảnh sắp đặt giữa do Grassie chụp trước khi khai mạc các buổi trình diễn năm trước. Các bức tranh được thực hiện với độ chi tiết đến nỗi đôi khi rất khó để phát hiện ra rằng đây là những bức ảnh chứ không phải là bức tranh.) Q5 F Story Alexia Goethe has selected fourteen artists, including six resident in the UK and four from Leipzig, for her show 'Story'. She seeks to demonstrate that whatever technique is used - painting, text, video, photograph or concept - and regardless of style, the artist is telling a story.( Cô ấy tìm cách chứng minh rằng bất kỳ kỹ thuật nào được sử dụng - hội họa, văn bản, video, ảnh chụp hay khái niệm - và bất kể phong cách nào, người nghệ sĩ đều đang kể một câu chuyện.)=> Q2The tales being told made me come away feeling a sense of recovery. Tales of politics, war, social unrest, personal tragedy, to name just a few, are depicted here. Jin Meng who now resides in Europe, produces exquisitely framed views from the present onto China's past. Political statues, glimpsed from a deserted bedroom, evoke the vast changes sweeping his birthplace. Jean Tinguely's kinetic assemblages illustrate how the mechanical is subverted into the amusing and the desirable. This is an eclectic mix of treasures that can't fail to shock, amuse and move Part 8: 1. It is open to dispute what the black spot the decline in the competition’s popularity is. the black spot :a place on a road that is considered to be dangerous because several accidents have happened there 2. I’m not in favor of people who can talk the hind leg of a donkey. Talk the hind leg off a donkey: nói lải nhải chuyện không đâu 3. I would like to have pulled my weight (in the job). Pull one’s weight ; hoàn thành ,làm tròn trách nhiệm của mình 4 It is advisable that this celebrity keep a low profile. keep a low profile: tránh gây sự chú ý, xem xét kĩ lưỡng từ mọi ngườ 5, In retrospect, I have a feeling that they cooked/might have cooked the books about the case. cooked the books: thay đổi số liệu kế toán một cách không trung thực hoặc vi phạm luật pháp 6,. It is of no / little consequence + to me which / what make of car you choose.

Be of no / little consequence + tosb: not important in any way/not very important 7,You should never look a gift horse in the mouth. Not look a gift horse in the mouth: đừng chê bai, soi xét mòn quà bạn được tặng, hãy biết ơn/cảm kích 8,He gave me an / his assurance that he would look into my case personally. Give sb an assurance : đưa cho ai sự đảm bảo rằng,hứa rằng 9. The prisoner seemed to show / have no remorse over / about / for the suffering he had caused. Have remorse over/about/for: có sự hối cải về vc gì đã làm 10. She‘s only happy when somebody dances attendance on her. Dance attendance on somebody: to be with somebody and do things to help and please them. Test 2: Phần 1: Part one. Questions 1-5 Listen to an interview with a young film director, Lauren Casio and choose the best answer. You will listen to it TWICE. 1. Lauren was encouraged to follow a career as a film because her teacher ______ A. could see that she had potential. B. found her early attempts highly original. C. were impressed by her level o motivation. D. appreciated her ability to work within a budget. 2. How does Lauren respond when asked about critics of film school? A. She think they would benefit from going to one. B. She defends the record of the one that she attended. C. She agrees that it’s less useful for certain types of work. D. She regrets that it is the only option for poorer students. 3. Lauren didn’t start making full-length feature films sooner because______ A. She wanted to be sure of her ability first. B. She had a bad experience with an early attempt. C. She wasn’t lucky enough to have the opportunity. D. She didn’t manage to find the financial backing she needed. 4. How does Lauren feel now about the film Hidden Valley Dreams? A. She regrets the setting she chose for it. B. She regards it as being far from perfect. C. She’s surprised that it’s proved so popular. D. She wishes she’d spent more time on the plot. 5. How does Lauren feel when she goes to give talks in schools?

A. unsure whether to reveal her humble background. B. worried that she might give the kids unrealistic ambitions. C. slightly uncomfortable with the idea of being a role model. D. concerned that she may not command the respect of the students. Your answers

Part 2. For questions 6-10, you will hear a lecture on Energy. Decide whether following statements are True (T) or False (F). 6. According to the lecture, solar-powered cars are impractical. 7. The diesel engine was first produced in 1824. 8. The diesel engine cost more to run. 9. Diesel engines emit fewer air pollutants than petrol-driven engines. 10. Diesel engines are noisier and vibrate more. Your answers

10.

Part 3 Listen to VOA news. Complete the summary by writing NO MORE THAN THREE words and/or a number in each gap. You will listen to this TWICE. Israel has declared a 12-hour long 16. _____________________ in Gaza, which would start around 17._____________________ local time. The pause in fighting between 18. _____________________ and Israelis aims at solving the 19. _____________________ that have resulted in the deadly violence between the two sides. WHO is calling for a 20. _____________________to transport the wounded out of the 21. _____________________. Nigeria has confirm the 22. _____________________ after a man in Lagos tested 23. _____________________ . 24. _____________________ have been killed by the virus this year. Also in northern Nigeria, a 25. _____________________has serious effect on the health of many HIV/AIDS patients. 30,000 medical officials choose not to work as a way to rescue the frail health care system of the country.

Phần II: Part 1: A. PHRASAL VERBS AND PREPOSITIONS (5PTS)

Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 21. You are going to need her help. If I were you, I’d ___________ a bit. I’d try to get her on my side, you know what I mean. A. soap her down B. oil her over C. butter her up D. grease her out 22. There is a great deal of pressure in the newspaper industry; editor might work a 12hour day with no _________. A. come-down B. letdown C. crackdown D. letup 23. The first round of interviews only really serves to _________ the very weakest of applicants. A. tide over B. beat about C. bark up D. weed out 24. They will need time to _________ the proposals we have submitted. A. lash out B. scroll over C. shrivel up D. mull over 25. The kids are _________ in the steam-filled room, and the girl seems grateful for adult conversation. A. impinging on B. larking about C. ploughing ahead D. floating out 26. Both the favourite and then the second favourite pulled out. Naturally, we thought we were _________ a chance. A in with B up for C in for D up with 27. The man in the market was selling leather coats very cheaply: they were such bargains that were soon ______ . A.cleared off B.done for C.bought out D. snapped up 28. Our teacher tends to ______ certain subjects which she finds difficult to talk about A.boil down B.string along C. skate over D.track down 29. He likes nothing better than to spend his Sunday mornings _________ in the gardens. A. pottering about B. hanging around C. whiling away D.winding down 30. James kept trying to _________ his duties, but his manager told him if he didn’t start taking responsibility for his work he would have to leave the company. A. beaver away B. weasel out of C. chicken out of D. clam up B. COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS (5PTS) Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 31. Normally, when he was late, he gave a pathetic excuse, but not this time, what he said had a ______ of truth about it. A. figment B. glimmer C. ring D. shred 32. The football fans were coming in _______ to watch the final game. An hour before the kickoff the stadium was packed full. A. fingers and thumbs B. bits and bobs

C. dribs and drabs D. bibs and tuckers 33. The Government is trying to ________when it says it will spend more on the health service without raising taxes. A. chew the fat B. wave the flag C. square the circle D. put the lid 34. The government is using the taxes from the working class to bail out the banks that ruined the economy? That really ________! A. sows wild oats B. spills the beans C. takes the biscuit D. upsets the apple cart 35. They will provide a lot of amusement hopping _______ over the rocks from one puddle to another. A. up and down B. in and out C. back and forth D. back to front 36. The candidate’s optimism gave _______ to doubt as the result ofs of exit polls became known. A. place B. lie C. vent D. voice 37. We’d been working hard for a month and so decided to go out and _______. A. paint the town red B. face the music C. read between the lines D. steal the show 38. The country is an economic ______ with chronic unemployment and rampant crime. A. lost cause B. basket case C. false dawn D. dark horse 39. The opposition protests against the government now threaten to get out of ______ and the security forces are likely to make arrests around the country today. A. reach B. kilter C. hand D. ordinary 40. I’m not sure I can answer that. I’ve only thought about it in the ____________before. A. general B. hypothetical C. indefinite D. abstract Part 2: The passage below contains 10 mistakes. For questions 1- 10, find out and correct them. It was the human factor that contributes to the absolute majority of road accidents which involves the tremendous toll of fatalities each year. Other, less decisive, causes are vehicle functions or road shortcomings. Speeding motorists are notorious about failing to give way at junctions, judging the situation on the road or being unable to accurately estimate the distance while overtaking the “snailpacers” ahead. Drinkers who settle behind the wheel after one glass or two may be running the risk of causing a tragedy through their impairing perception, which is not so rare a case, again. Unfortunately, it is much simpler to introduce the necessary alterations in the traffic system that change the behavioural patterns of drivers. There are voices that more severe disciplinary resolutions ought to put into practice if the vehicle users are to benefit from greater security on the road. The idea of producing safe road users through

pre-school parental instruction or through incorporating the safety regulations for school curriculum has been widely acclaimed in many communities and are expected to yield the required results as the first step in bettering the qualifications of the future drivers and acquaint them with the potential hazards that may arise en route. 1. ……… 2……… 3……… 4……… 5……… 6……… 7……… 8……… 9……… 10……… Part 3: Question 1: Read the following passage and decide which answer (A, B, C, or D) best fits each gap. Write your answers in corresponding numbered boxes. (10 pts) (CAE builder) Gerard Mercator: The Man Who Mapped the Planet When Gerard Mercator was born in 1512, the geography of the globe still (0)___ remained ______a mystery. It was unclear whether America was part of Asia, if there was a vast (1) _________of sea at the top of the world or if Australia was connected to Antarctica. Mercator’s childhood was spent chiefly in Rupelmonde, a Flemish trading town on the river, and it was here that his geographical imagination was (2) _________by the ships which passed to and from the rest of the world. Alongside imagination, he developed two very different skills. The first was the ability to gather, (3) _________and co-ordinate the geographical information provided by explorers and sailors who frequented the margins of the known. He also had to be able to imagine himself (4) _________from the heavens, to achieve the visionary (5) _________of gods in the skies, (6) _________ down on the world. The main reason why Mercator’s name is familiar to us is because of the Mercator Projection: the solution he (7)_________to represent the spheroidal surface of the globe on a two-dimensional plane. It is less well known that Mercator was the first man to conceive of mapping the (8) _________surface of the planet or that he (9) _________the idea of multiple maps being presented in bound books, to which he gave the name ‘Atlas’. It is difficult for us now to be surprised by maps, so many are there, and of such detail and coverage, but we should bear in mind that Mercator lived at a time when such knowledge was far from (10) _________. He was the man who altered our worldview forever. 0. A. remained 1. A. territory 2. A. raised nourished

B. continued B. distance B. reared

C. maintained D. endured C. range C. supplied

D. expanse D.

3. A. congregate

B. amass

C. assimilate D. construct

4. A. suspended

B. located

C. situated

B. observation

C. perspective

B. scrutinizing

C. watching

attached 5. A. inspection assessment 6. A. glimpsing gazing 7. A. invented

B. contrived

C. devised

D. schemed

8. A. sheer

B. full

C. entire

D. utter

9. A. pioneered

B. initiated

C. lead

prepared 10. A. typical

B. common

C. routine

D. normal

Your answers:

1. ……………

2. ……………

3. ……………

4. ……………

5. ……………

6. ……………

7. ……………

8. ……………

9. ……………

10. ………..…

Question 4: Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in each space. There is an example at the beginning (0). (CPE succeed) Karaoke fever Karaoke is fast (0)____becoming_____ the nation’s Number One party pastime. Public humiliation has (1)_________ been so fashionable. It’s 1 a.m. at an exclusive location in the heart of London. A major pop singer has taken the stage but rather than sing her latest hit, she treats the crowd (2)_________ a Michael Jackson song. What was (3) _________ the party habit of teenagers is now favoured by London’s coolest crowd and everyone is having a (4) _________. So why are so many of our young celebrities queueing up to make fools of (5) _________ in clubs and bars across the country? Maybe it’s because belting (6) _________ a naff pop song to a public audience shows that even though you may be a celebrity, you don’t (7) _________ yourself too seriously. And if you are a big movie star, that’s a good message to get across. Nobody gets away without being laughed (8) _________ on a karaoke evening, no matter how famous they are. (9)

_________ all, that’s the whole point of the exercise. But for the musical experts among you, a word of warning: this isn’t about proving to the world that you know all the lyrics to a serious song. It’s about expressing your inner performer. Don’t bother (10) _________ up at a karaoke night if you aren’t prepared to sing; you’ve got to put in the effort and prove that you are one of the ‘in-crowd’. Break a leg! Your answers:

1. ……………

2. ……………

3. ……………

4. ……………

5. ……………

6. ……………

7. ……………

8. ……………

9. ……………

10. ………..…

Part 5: Read the passage and choose one of four options to answer the questions (10 points) It is estimated that over 99 percent of all species that ever existed have become extinct. What causes extinction? When a species is no longer adapted to a change environment, it may perish. The exact causes of a species’ death vary from situation to situation. Rapid ecological change may render an environment hostile to a species. For example, temperatures may change and a species may not be adapt. Food resources may be affected by environmental changes, which will then cause problems for a species requiring these resources. Other species may become better adapted to an environment, resulting in competition and,ultimately, in the death of a species. The fossil record reveals that extinction has occurred throughout the history of Earth. Recent analyses have also revealed that on some occasions many species became extinct at the same time - a mass extinction. One of the best - known examples of mass extinction occurred 65 million years ago with thedemiseof dinosaurs and many other forms of life. Perhaps the largest mass extinction was the one that occurred 225 million years ago, when approximately 95 percent of all species died. Mass extinctions can be caused by a relatively rapid change in the environment and can be worsened by the close interrelationship of many species. If, for example, something were to happen to destroy much of theplanktonin the oceans, then the oxygen content of Earth would drop, affection even organisms not living in the oceans. Such a change would probably lead to amass extinction. One interesting, and controversial,findingis that extinctions during the past 250 million years have tended to be more intense every 26 million years. The periodic extinction might be due to intersection of the earth’s orbit with a cloud of comets, but this theory is purely speculative. Some researchers have also speculated that extinction may often be random. That is, certain species may be eliminated and others may survive for no particular reason. A species’ survival may have nothing to do with its ability or inability to adapt. If so, some of revolutionary history may reflect a sequence of essentially random events. 1:The underlined word “ultimately“ is closest in meaning to A.exceptionally B.unfortunately C.eventually D.dramatically

2:What does the author say in paragraph 1 regarding most species in Earth’s history? A.They have been able to adapt to ecological changes. B.They have caused rapid change in the environment . C.They have remained basically unchanged from their original forms D.They are no longer in existence. 3:Which of the following is NOT mentioned in paragraph 1 as resulting from rapid ecological change? A.Availability of food resources B.Introduction of new species C.Temperature changes D.Competition among species 4:The word “demise” is closest in meaning to A.help B.death. C.recovery D.change 5:Why is “plankton” mentioned in the second paragraph? A.To emphasize the importance of food resources in preventing mass extinction B.To illustrate a comparison between organisms that live on the land and those that live in the ocean C.To point out that certain species could never become extinct D.To demonstrate the interdependence of different species 6:According to paragraph 2, evidence from fossils suggests that A.There has been only one mass extinction in Earth’s history. B.Extinction of species has occurred from time to time throughout Earth’s history. C.Extinctions on Earth have generally been massive. D.Dinosaurs became extinct much earlier than scientists originally believed. 7:The underlined word “finding” is closest in meaning to A.published information B.research method C.scientific discovery. D.ongoing experiment 8:Which of the following can be inferred from the theory of periodic extinction mentioned in paragraph 3? A.The theory is no longer seriously considered. B.Most scientists believe the theory to be accurate. C.Many scientists could be expected to disagree with it. D.Evidence to support the theory has recently been found. 9:In paragraph 3, the author makes which of the following statements about a species’ survival? A.It is associated with astronomical condition B.It may depend on chance events. C.It does not vary greatly from species to species D.It reflects the interrelationship of may species. 10:According to the passage, it is believed that the largest extinction of the species occurred A.65 million years ago B.250 million years ago C.225 million years ago D.26 million years ago Your answers:

10.

Part 6. Read the following passage then do the tasks that follow. (10 points) HOW DOES THE BIOLOGICAL CLOCK TICK? A. Our life span is restricted. Everyone accepts this as 'biologically' obvious. ‘Nothing lives for ever!’ However, in this statement we think of artificially produced, technical objects, products which are subjected to natural wear and tear during use. This leads to the result that at some time or other the object stops working and is unusable ('death' in the biological sense). But are the wear and tear and loss of function of technical objects and the death of living organisms really similar or comparable? B. Our ‘dead’ products are ‘static’, closed systems. It is always the basic material which constitutes the object and which, in the natural course of things, is worn down and becomes 'older’. Ageing in this case must occur according to the laws of physical chemistry and of thermodynamics. Although the same law holds for a living organism, the result of this law is not inexorable in the same way. At least as long as a biological system has the ability to renew itself it could actually become older without ageing; an organism is an open, dynamic system through which new material continuously flows. Destruction of old material and formation of new material are thus in permanent dynamic equilibrium. The material of which the organism is formed changes continuously. Thus our bodies continuously exchange old substance for new, just like a spring which more or less maintains its form and movement, but in which the water molecules are always different. C. Thus ageing and death should not be seen as inevitable, particularly as the organism possesses many mechanisms for repair. It is not, in principle, necessary for a biological system to age and die. Nevertheless, a restricted life span, ageing, and then death are basic characteristics of life. The reason for this is easy to recognise: in nature, the existent organisms either adapt or are regularly replaced by new types. Because of changes in the genetic material (mutations) these have new characteristics and in the course of their individual lives they are tested for optimal or better adaptation to the environmental conditions. Immortality would disturb this system - it needs room for new and better life. This is the basic problem of evolution D. Every organism has a life span which is highly characteristic. There are striking differences in life span between different species, but within one species the parameter is relatively constant. For example, the average duration of human life has hardly changed in thousands of years. Although more and more people attain an advanced age as a result of developments in medical care and better nutrition, the characteristic upper limit for most remains 80 years. A further argument against the simple wear and tear theory is the observation that the time within which organisms age lies between a few days (even a few hours for unicellular organisms) and several thousand years, as with mammoth trees. E. If a lifespan is a genetically determined biological characteristic, it is logically necessary to propose the existence of an internal clock, which in some way measures and controls the aging process and which finally determines death as the last step in a fixed programme. Like the fife span, the metabolic rate has for different organisms a fixed mathematical relationship to the body mass. In comparison to the life span this relationship is ‘inverted’: the larger the organism the lower its metabolic rate. Again this relationship is valid not only for birds, but also, similarly on average within the systematic unit, for all other organisms (plants, animals, unicellular organisms).

F. Animals which behave ‘frugally’ with energy become particularly old for example, crocodiles and tortoises. Parrots and birds of prey are often held chained up. Thus they are not able to ‘experience life’ and so they attain a high life span in captivity. Animals which save energy by hibernation or lethargy (e.g. bats or hedgehogs) live much longer than those which are always active, The metabolic rate of mice can be reduced by a very low consumption of food (hunger diet) They then may live twice as long as their well fed comrades. Women become distinctly (about 10 per cent) older than men. If you examine the metabolic rates of the two sexes you establish that the higher male metabolic rate roughly accounts for the lower male life span. That means that they live life ‘energetically’ - more intensively, but not for as long. G. It follows from the above that sparing use of energy reserves should tend to extend life. Extreme high performance sports may lead to optimal cardiovascular performance, but they quite certainly do not prolong life. Relaxation lowers metabolic rate, as does adequate sleep and in general an equable and balanced personality. Each of us can develop his or her own ‘energy saving programme’ with a little self observation, critical self-control and, above all, logical consistency. Experience will show that to live in this way not only increases the life span but is also very healthy. This final aspect should not be forgotten. The Reading Passage has seven paragraphs, A-G, For question 1-6, choose the correct heading for paragraphs A-G from the list of headings below. Write the correct number, i-x, in the corresponding numbered boxes. LIST OF HEADINGS i ii iii iv v vi vii viii ix x

The biological clock Why dying is beneficial The ageing process of men and women Prolonging your life Limitations of life span Modes of development of different species A stable life span despite improvements Energy consumption Fundamental differences in ageing of objects and organisms Repair of genetic material

Example answer: Paragraph A: v Your answers

1. Paragraph B ….............

2. Paragraph C ….............

3. Paragraph D ….............

4. Paragraph E ….............

5. Paragraph F ….............

6. Paragraph G ….............

Questions 7-10, complete the notes below Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each answer. Write your answers in boxes 7-10  Objects age in accordance with principles of (7) __________ and of (8) _________  Through mutations, organisms can (9) __________ better to the environment

 (10) __________ would pose a serious problem for the theory of evolution Your answers

10.

Part 7. You are going to read an article about colour-taste relationships. For questions 47-56, choose from the sections of the article (A-D). The sections may be chosen more than once. In which section are the following mentioned? 47 the influence of external factors other than the colour of food or drink 48 the idea that reaction to colours is not uniform 49 the type of people who are most susceptible to colour influence 50 a collaboration between people from different backgrounds 51 the effect of impaired vision on eating habits 52 something that interests people but not for its original purpose 53 a hypothetical situation which may disgust us 54 some people’s ability to be more precise than others in describing subtle taste changes 55 the way companies can use psychology to make us eat more 56 a belief that some people are naturally reluctant to taste something How we taste different colours A We’ve all heard that the first bite is taken with the eye but the link between our visual sense and our flavour perception may be stronger than you think. When I think of flavour perception, noses and taste buds primarily spring to mind. Sure, other factors such as texture, temperature and touch sensations play a part but taste and smell are the dominant senses here, right? Well, perhaps not. You only have to consider the insatiable public appetite for food pictures masquerading as cookbooks to see there is meat to the old adage we eat with our eyes. Charles Spence, the Oxford experimental psychologist who helped Heston Blumenthal develop some of his playful multisensory signature dishes, places vision right up there with smell, in flavour’s ‘premier league’, if you will. ‘Half the brain is visual in some sense,’ says Spence. This is, in part, why the colour of our food and drink can not only determine whether it is appetising but its flavour, too. В

It is often said that we have an inherent aversion to blue food because it appears so rarely in nature. Another popular theory is that we’re attracted to red food because it signals ripeness, sweetness and calories.But is this an innate preference? Probably not, thinks Chris Lukehurst, head of research at the Marketing Clinic. How colour affects appetite is inconsistent and contextual. Think about green food and you might picture fresh, nutritious rocket, watercress or cucumber. Or perhaps under-ripe, sour fruits. ‘However, If I talk to you about green meat,’ he says, ‘your stomach probably turns.’ It is interesting, though, that a dyed-blue steak will have the same effect, even if you know it’s perfectly safe. If you get people to eat it in the dark, says Spence, ‘so they think it’s normal, then you turn the lights up and show them the colour, some will get up and be sick straightaway.’ Such is the powerfully aversive effect of food colour out of context. C As well as tasting the colour of what we consume, we can also taste the shade of its wrapping. Spence has tricked people into confusing salt and vinegar crisps with cheese and onion flavour merely by switching packets. ‘Many of our subjects will taste the colour of the crisp packet, not the crisp itself,’ he says. Our brains excel in picking up associations and using them as shortcuts. When the colour makes us expect something to taste a certain way, we’ll taste what we expect unless it’s shockingly different. Using multiple colours in sweets such as Smarties and M&Ms is a strategy to get you to eat lots of them. People will wolf down more from a mixed bowl than they will from a bowl full of their favourite colour. And a recent study from Cornwell University showed that you’ll eat more, too, if your food colour matches the plate, while a contrast will have the opposite effect. D If you can’t see colours, you might expect your other senses to sharpen and compensate but blind people don’t taste or smell any more than anyone else. They are, however, generally better at naming smells, which most sighted people struggle with. So they may not be tasting more intensely but they can identify flavours better without visual cues. Not surprisingly, losing your sight can make eating stressful and it is thought to contribute to a diminished appetite in old age. But even losing the capacity to see colours can have adverse effects. In his book An Anthropologist on Mars, Oliver Sacks told the fascinating story of a man who experienced this after an accident. He found eating less pleasurable and started to choose black or white foods, or eat with his eyes closed. Following a discussion with Blumenthal, Spence and his team at Oxford did some research to discover who is the most easily influenced by the effects of colouring and found that those at the super-taster end of the spectrum rely less on their eyes. ‘Whereas those with fewer taste buds,’ says Spence, ‘will be more easily led astray or say,”Yep, I see red therefore it’s sweet”.’

Part 8: 1. When she accepted the job, the au pair girl assumed that she would be free every weekend. When she accepted the job, the au pair girl took ........................................................................... 2. In the summer, there are thousands more tourists than locals. In the summer, the locals are vastly ............................................................................................... 3. He has an obsession about the dishonesty of lawyers.. BEE He 4. You can’t compare tabloids with quality newspapers. FISH Tabloids .......................................................................................................................................... 5. It is her father who is Italian.HALF She ................................................................................................................................................. 6. Nobody knows what annoyed our boss. (CHEESED) → Why .................................................................................................................................. ........ 7. It was not until he lost the last match that he realized he was a little too old for competitions. (LONG) → Hardly ................................................................................................................................ .......... 8. The serious look on his face stopped us revealing the secret. (CAT) → Hadn’t it ........................................................................................................................................ 9. It was unwise of you to try to do so many things without being aware of your shortcomings. (THIN) → You shouldn’t ............................................................................................................................ .... 10. He would spend his very last penny trying to ingratiate himself with his father-inlaw. (EXPENSE)

→ In his ..................................................................................................................................

KEY: Phần 1: Part 1. (10 points)

1. A

2. B

3. A

4. B

5. C

7. F

8. F

9. T

10. T

Part 2. (10 points)

6. T

Part 3 16. cease-fire 17. 7:00 a.m. 18. Palestinians 19. underlying issues 20. humanitarian corridor 21. conflict zone 22. presence of Ebola 23. positive 24. hundreds of people 25. nationwide doctor’s strike Transcript Part 1. Interviewer:

Lauren:

My guest today is the young film director Lauren Casio, whose first full-length feature film Hidden Valley Dreams has been well received critically, as well as achieving box office success. Lauren, was it always your ambition to be a film maker? I did media studies at college, actually, and had no great desire to go into film-making when I started. As part of the course, I made some short films, and on the strength of that, some of the staff suggested I went in that direction. I mean, they were extremely short, three-minute films, but they seemed to see some promise and encouraged me. I wasn't doing anything ground-breaking, but the fact that I was able to put images together and tell a story in a very economical way time-wise was something I think they responded to and wanted me to pursue. So

Interviewer: Lauren:

after finishing that course I enrolled in film school, where I could concentrate on that. I’ve heard some people saying: ‘Film school’s a waste of time, don't bother with it’. What do you feel about that? There's young people coming into film-making from commercials, videos, and television saying that, but what works for one person may not work for another, so perhaps they don’t need it. I had no family connections in the business, and no private means so, for me, being in an environment where the equipment was available and the help was freely given, that opened doors. The fact that people I was at school with are now making their way in the film world is also testimony to its value. But I’m not saying it’s the only route. But it’s taken you a long time to get from your first shorts to your first full-length feature film, hasn’t it? That was no accident really. I went through a process of making shorter films so that I could acquire some skills. A lot of people get out of school, make one film, and want to make that leap into feature films. But invariably, they fall flat on their faces. Maybe some of them are ready to make the leap earlier; I knew I wasn’t. I wasn’t prepared to squander time and money doing something I hadn’t yet got the experience and expertise to carry off. I wasn’t short of offers, even financially attractive ones, but it wasn’t the right moment. I think your women characters are very good, but I think your men characters are incredible. Thanks! But with all characters, trying to find some dimension in them is very important to me, whatever the gender. Certainly we see a lot of stereotypes in films, men and women – lookalike representations of a certain common perception. I've always wanted to create characters with a bit more to them than that: people with a depth that might allow an audience to see a different side to their characters … but not by making them behave in unnatural ways. That just confuses the audience. So, my male characters are macho, sure, but there’s got to be a vulnerability there. That's been a very conscious thing, and even the villains need to have a conscience. So what about Hidden Valley Dreams? Well, though I can’t deny that I’m proud of it, there's a lot of things I’d change if I were to make that film again. I remember sitting one

Interviewer: Lauren:

Interviewer:

afternoon, and just writing it (the storyline) in about four or five hours. It seemed to be something that needed to come out. Writing for me has never been that easy since! Perhaps it was a dumb idea for me to go out and make a 1940s period film as my debut because the resources and the control I had over the environment – the logistics – were very limited. I tried a bunch of things … a social theme, but a story with a sense of humor. I just had a gut feeling that it would appeal, and it worked, but don’t ask me how! And would you encourage kids who’d like to get into film-making? Why not? Actually, I get invited to talk occasionally at high schools. Although I have mixed feelings about the whole notion of being someone to look up to, of being a role model, I think it’s important for kids to see that the things that they’re aspiring to are doable – that we’re not giving them false dreams. If, through some conversation with myself, or anyone else who’s worked hard to get where they are, they can identify with the fact that I'm just some kid from an ordinary background like them, then that's cool. I can’t pretend I’ll ever be a real superhero to those young people, but I try to do what I can. Thank you Lauren, we have to leave it there.

Part 2. Electric cars? Solar-powered buses? When most people imagine solutions to the problems of city air pollution they probably think of electricity and solar power. But the problem with an electric cars is that the electrical energy stored within the batteries has to be first produced by conventional means such as burning coal, which creates the very problem the car is supposedly designed to avoid. Even the battery disposal is an environmental hazard. As for solar power, at present the solar panels that catch the sunlight are twice as big as the cars they power. And speeds of ten kilometres an hous are hardly practical. What is required is as safe, cheap and highly efficient engine that produces fewer major air pollutants and only in small quantities. You may be surprised that the answer has been with us for quite some time. The probable solution to city air pollution is a concept for an engine that was first proposed by a French scientist in 1824 and later designed and patented by a German refrigeration engineer in 1892, whose name was Rudolph Diesel. His design for an engine that would produce more energy output but burn less fuel became known as the diesel engine. Most people think of diesel engines as being efficient and cheaper to run

but smelly and rather noisy. It is true that the black soot emitted from the exhausts of diesel lorries is far fewer of all the major air pollutants than petrol-driven engines, except for nitrogen oxides and black soot. However, soot can be trapped, and already new diesel engines are under development, being redesigned to burn diesel fuel in such a way that the nitrogen oxide gases are released into the air as harmless nitrogen and oxygen. In fact, if all cars were running on diesel fuel, air pollution in major cities would disappear overnight. Why then has it taken this long to do something about it? The problem is that the disadvantages of diesel engines, which include greater noise and vibration as well as taking longer to start up, have meant that car manufacturers have been reluctant to invest in productions of more expensive diesel-powered cars – afraid that customers would not purchase their products. Fortunately, new technology is ensuring that diesel-powered engines become lean, clean and mean. It might not be long before city smog is but a distant memory. Part 3 This is VOA news. Twelve-hour Middle East cease-fire is announced. And Ebola takes its 1st life in Nigeria. I’m Vincent Bruce reporting from Washington. Israel has declared a 12-hour-long cease-fire in Gaza for Saturday. That’s according to a U.S. official. Reportedly, the pause in fighting would start around 7:00 a.m. local time, or 0400 Universal Time, and the cease-fire would be in honor of Eid– the Muslim holiday marking the end of Ramadan, according to U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry. This announcement comes after Kerry told reporters in Cairo that he believes Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is committed to working toward a cease-fire. Israeli media reports say Mr. Netanyahu and his cabinet want changes in a proposed 7day truce with Hamas militants proposed by Egypt. Kerry said the pause in the fighting would be used to bring all sides together to look at the underlying issues that have led to weeks of deadly violence between Israelis and Palestinians. The World Health Organization is calling for a humanitarian corridor in Gaza to transport the wounded for urgent treatment to medical facilities outside the conflict zone. As Lisa Schlein reports from Geneva, the WHO says the emergency medical facilities should be located at crossing points between the Gaza Strip and Israel as well as neighboring Egypt and Jordan. WHO reports 4 hospitals, 12 clinics and 10 ambulances as well as a specialized center for the disabled have been damaged. It says surgical wards have been put out of

service. It says all functioning health facilities are suffering severe shortages of supplies, particularly for surgical practices. The U.N. health agency says a humanitarian corridor would facilitate the delivery of such supplies. Lisa Schlein, for VOA news, Geneva. Nigeria has confirmed the Ebola virus is present in the country as officials report a man who died in Lagos Friday tested positive. A VOA Hausa service reporter in Lagos identified the deceased man as 40-year-old Patrick Sawyer, a Liberian who became ill soon after arriving on a flight from Monrovia on Sunday. Nigeria is now the 4th West African country to confirm the presence of Ebola. The virus has killed 100s of people this year in Guinea, Sierra Leone and Liberia. In northern Nigeria, the health of many HIV/AIDS patients is rapidly declining as a nationwide doctor’s strike is reported 30,000 medical officials choosing not to work. [The Nigerian], rather, the Nigerian Medical Association says the strike is the only way they know to rescue Nigeria’s frail health care system. Meanwhile, nurses accuse strikers of abandoning public care in favor of more lucrative private practices. Phần 2 Part 1: A: 21. C 22. D 23. D 24. D 25. B 26. A 27. D 28. C 29. A 30. B 21. You are going to need her help. If I were you, I’d ___________ a bit. I’d try to get her on my side, you know what I mean. A. soap her down B. oil her over C. butter her up D. grease her out butter sb up= to be very kind or friendly to someone or try to please someone, so that that person will do what you want them to do soap sb down= cover someone, something, or oneself in soap 22. There is a great deal of pressure in the newspaper industry; editor might work a 12hour day with no _________. A. come-down B. letdown C. crackdown D. letup Let-up= the stopping or slowing down of something that is unpleasant 23. The first round of interviews only really serves to _________ the very weakest of applicants. A. tide over B. beat about C. bark up D. weed out Weed out= get rid of people or things that are not wanted Tide over = help someone to work or operate normally through a difficult period, usually by lending them money

'Bark up the wrong tree' có một động từ mới là to bark nghĩa là sủa. Bark up the wrong tree nghĩa đen là sủa lầm lên cây, và nghĩa bóng là hiểu lầm một vấn đề và do đó hành động cũng sai lầm. 24. They will need time to _________ the proposals we have submitted. A. lash out B. scroll over C. shrivel up D. mull over Mull over = suy ngẫm kỹ về điều gì Lash out = suddenly attack someone or something physically or criticize him, her, or it in an angry way 25. The kids are _________ in the steam-filled room, and the girl seems grateful for adult conversation. A. impinging on B. larking about C. ploughing ahead D. floating out larking about= have fun by behaving in a silly way plough ahead =to continue to do something in spite of opposition or difficulties impinge on/upon sb/sth=have an effect on something, often causing problems by limiting it in some way: 26. Both the favourite and then the second favourite pulled out. Naturally, we thought we were _________ a chance. A in with B up for C in for D up with In with a chance = đang có cơ hội tốt/khả năng cao để hoàn thành công việc. 27. The man in the market was selling leather coats very cheaply: they were such bargains that were soon ______ . A.cleared off B.done for C.bought out D. snapped up Snap up= buy or obtain something quickly and enthusiastically 28. Our teacher tends to ______ certain subjects which she finds difficult to talk about A.boil down B.string along C. skate over D.track down skate over/around sth=avoid dealing completely with something or to fail to pay enough attention to it 29. He likes nothing better than to spend his Sunday mornings _________ in the gardens. A. pottering about B. hanging around C. whiling away D.winding down potter about/around (sth)=spend time in a pleasant, relaxed way, often doing small jobs in your house 30. James kept trying to _________ his duties, but his manager told him if he didn’t start taking responsibility for his work he would have to leave the company. A. beaver away B. weasel out of C. chicken out of D. clam up weasel out (of sth)=avoid doing something that you have agreed to do, especially by being dishonest beaver away = làm việc chăm chỉ trong khoảng thời gian dài.

'chickened out' (of something), ý bạn muốn nói họ đã không làm điều gì, hoặc chưa thử làm điều đó, vì sợ hãi clam up' có nghĩa là trở nên im lặng vì bạn lo lắng, xấu hổ hay không muốn nói về điều gì.

31. C 32. C 33. C 34. C 35. C 36. A 37. A 38. B 39. C 40. D 31. Normally, when he was late, he gave a pathetic excuse, but not this time, what he said had a ______ of truth about it. A. figment B. glimmer C. ring D. shred have a/the ring of truth= to seem to be true 32. The football fans were coming in _______ to watch the final game. An hour before the kickoff the stadium was packed full. A. fingers and thumbs B. bits and bobs C. dribs and drabs D. bibs and tuckers In dribs and drabs" = nhỏ từng giọt -> nghĩa là định kì nhưng với số lượng rất nhỏ, từng li từng tí một. Be all fingers and thumbs" or "Be all thumbs" = chỉ toàn ngón cái -> nghĩa là vụng về bits and bobs= những thứ linh tinh,lặt vặt your best bib and tucker=your best clothes that you wear on special occasions 33. The Government is trying to ________when it says it will spend more on the health service without raising taxes. A. chew the fat B. wave the flag C. square the circle D. put the lid chew the fat= quây quần tán dóc wave the flag= show support for the country, group, or organization that you belong to square the circle= tìm giải pháp tốt cho một vấn đề dường như không thể thực hiện được, đặc biệt khi những người liên quan có yêu cầu hay ý kiến khác nhau. put the lid on sth= keep something under control and stop it from increasing 34. The government is using the taxes from the working class to bail out the banks that ruined the economy? That really ________! A. sows wild oats B. spills the beans C. takes the biscuit D. upsets the apple cart Sow wild cats= If a young man sows his wild oats, he has a period of his life when he does a lot of exciting things and has a lot of sexual relationships spills the beans=let the cat out of the bag =tiết lộ bí mật Take the biscuit" = Ăn bánh quy -> Một ví dụ khó chịu hoặc gây sửng sốt về cái gì đó; bị sốc, thất vọng và tức giận. upsets the apple cart= phá hỏng hoàn toàn kế hoạch của người khác, phá đám (spoil a plan or disturb the status quo)

35. They will provide a lot of amusement hopping _______ over the rocks from one puddle to another. A. up and down B. in and out C. back and forth D. back to front ups and downs= những thăng trầm trong cuộc sống,lịch sử the ins and outs= the detailed or complicated facts of something back and forth= moving first in one direction and then in the opposite one know sth back to front=to have very good and detailed knowledge of something: 36. The candidate’s optimism gave _______ to doubt as the result ofs of exit polls became known. A. place B. lie C. vent D. voice Give place to= nhường chỗ cho give the lie to sth=to prove that something is not true: give vent to = Nói cho hả, nói một cách tự do; trút hết cơn giận. give voice to sth=to express your thoughts or feelings in words: 37. We’d been working hard for a month and so decided to go out and _______. A. paint the town red B. face the music C. read between the lines D. steal the show paint the town red= go out and enjoy yourself by drinking alcohol, dancing, laughing with friends, etc.: face the music= chịu trận,gánh chịu hậu quả read between the lines = look for or discover a meaning that is hidden or implied rather than explicitly stated steal the show= ý nói một người biết cách gây sự chú ý (hài hước, thú vị...), được hoan nghênh nhiệt liệt 38. The country is an economic ______ with chronic unemployment and rampant crime. A. lost cause B. basket case C. false dawn D. dark horse lost cause= a person or thing that can no longer hope to succeed or be changed for the better basket case = someone who is extremely nervous or anxious and is therefore unable to organize their life// a country or company that is very unsuccessful financially false dawn= something that seems to show that a successful period is beginning or that a situation is improving when it is not dark horse= chỉ người, một vật gì đó mà ít ai biết đến. 39. The opposition protests against the government now threaten to get out of ______ and the security forces are likely to make arrests around the country today. A. reach B. kilter C. hand D. ordinary get out of hand=To become chaotic and unmanageable, as of a situation. 40. I’m not sure I can answer that. I’ve only thought about it in the ____________before. A. general B. hypothetical C. indefinite D. abstract

in the abstract =thinking about something only as a general idea without referring to real situations or practical experience Part 2: 1. involves-> involve 2. functions-> malfunction 3. about-> for 4. judging-> misjudging 5. impairing-> impaired 6. that-> than 7. to put-> to be put 8. for-> into 9. are-> is 10. acquaint -> acquainting Question 1

1.0 point for each correct answer

1. D

2. D

3. C

4. A

5. C

6. D

7. C

8. C

9. A

10. B

Question 3 Gerard Mercator: The Man Who Mapped the Planet When Gerard Mercator was born in 1512, the geography of the globe still (0)___ remained ______a mystery. It was unclear whether America was part of Asia, if there was a vast (1) _________of sea at the top of the world or if Australia was connected to Antarctica. Mercator’s childhood was spent chiefly in Rupelmonde, a Flemish trading town on the river, and it was here that his geographical imagination was (2) _________by the ships which passed to and from the rest of the world. Alongside imagination, he developed two very different skills. The first was the ability to gather, (3) _________and co-ordinate the geographical information provided by explorers and sailors who frequented the margins of the known. He also had to be able to imagine himself (4) _________from the heavens, to achieve the visionary (5) _________of gods in the skies, (6) _________ down on the world. The main reason why Mercator’s name is familiar to us is because of the Mercator Projection: the solution he (7)_________to represent the spheroidal surface of the globe on a two-dimensional plane. It is less well known that Mercator was the first man to conceive of mapping the (8) _________surface of the planet or that he (9) _________the idea of multiple maps being presented in bound books, to which he gave the name ‘Atlas’.

It is difficult for us now to be surprised by maps, so many are there, and of such detail and coverage, but we should bear in mind that Mercator lived at a time when such knowledge was far from (10) _________. He was the man who altered our worldview forever. 0. A. remained 1. A. territory

B. continued B. distance

C. maintained D. endured C. range

D. expanse

C. supplied

D. nourished

a vast expanse of sea: 1 vùng biển bao la,rộng lớn 2. A. raised

B. reared

If you nourish a imagination, feeling, belief, or plan, you think about it a lot and encourage it 3. A. congregate

B. amass

C. assimilate D. construct

Assimilate information : understand and remember new information and make it part of your basic knowledge so that you can use it as your own 4. A. suspended

B. located

C. situated

attached Suspend from heaven : treo lơ lửng trên bầu trời 5. A. inspection

B. observation

C. Perspective D. assessment

the visionary perspective: tầm nhìn xa trông rộng 6. A. glimpsing

B. scrutinizing

C. watching

gazing gaze down :chăm chú nhìn cái gì 7. A. invented

B. contrived

C. devised

D. schemed

Devise : invent a plan, system, object, etc., usually using your intelligence or imagination 8. A. sheer

B. full

C. entire

D. utter

C. lead

The entire surface : toàn bộ bề mặt 9. A. pioneered

B. initiated

prepared Pinoneer: to be the first person or organization to start work in a new area, introduce a new idea, etc. 10. A. typical

B. common

far from common: rời xa thực tế,thông thường

C. routine

D. normal

Question 4 1. never/rarely

2. To

4. go

5. Themselves

8. at

9. Turning

3. once 6. Out

7. take

10. showing

Part 5 Read the passage and choose one of four options to answer the questions (10 points) 1. C

2. D

3. B

4. B

5. D

6. B

7.C

8. C

9. B

10. C

It is estimated that over 99 percent of all species that ever existed have become extinct. What causes extinction? When a species is no longer adapted to a change environment, it may perish. The exact causes of a species’ death vary from situation to situation. Rapid ecological change may render an environment hostile to a species. For example, temperatures may change and a species may not be adapt. Food resources may be affected by environmental changes, which will then cause problems for a species requiring these resources. Other species may become better adapted to an environment, resulting in competition and, ultimately, in the death of a species. The fossil record reveals that extinction has occurred throughout the history of Earth. Recent analyses have also revealed that on some occasions many species became extinct at the same time - a mass extinction. One of the best - known examples of mass extinction occurred 65 million years ago with the demise of dinosaurs and many other forms of life. Perhaps the largest mass extinction was the one that occurred 225 million years ago, when approximately 95 percent of all species died. Mass extinctions can be caused by a relatively rapid change in the environment and can be worsened by the close interrelationship of many species. If, for example, something were to happen to destroy much of the plankton in the oceans, then the oxygen content of Earth would drop, affection even organisms not living in the oceans. Such a change would probably lead to amass extinction. One interesting, and controversial, finding is that extinctions during the past 250 million years have tended to be more intense every 26 million years. The periodic extinction might be due to intersection of the earth’s orbit with a cloud of comets, but this theory is purely speculative. Some researchers have also speculated that extinction may often be random. That is, certain species may be eliminated and others may survive for no particular reason. A species’ survival may have nothing to do with its ability or inability to adapt. If so, some of revolutionary history may reflect a sequence of essentially random events. 1: The underlined word “ ultimately “ is closest in meaning to A. exceptionally C. eventually

B. unfortunately D. dramatically

Ultimately=eventually= cuối cùng 2: What does the author say in paragraph 1 regarding most species in Earth’s history? A. They have been able to adapt to ecological changes. B. They have caused rapid change in the environment . C. They have remained basically unchanged from their original forms D. They are no longer in existence. 2: Tác giả nói gì trong đoạn 1 về hầu hết các loài trong lịch sử Trái đất? A. Chúng có khả năng thích nghi với những thay đổi sinh thái. B. Chúng đã gây ra sự thay đổi nhanh chóng trong môi trường. C. Về cơ bản chúng vẫn không thay đổi so với dạng ban đầu D. Chúng không còn tồn tại. Clue: It is estimated that over 99 percent of all species that ever existed have become extinct.( Người ta ước tính rằng hơn 99% tất cả các loài từng tồn tại đã tuyệt chủng.) 3: Which of the following is NOT mentioned in paragraph 1 as resulting from rapid ecological change? A. Availability of food resources

B. Introduction of new species

C. Temperature changes

D. Competition among species

3: Điều nào sau đây KHÔNG được đề cập trong đoạn 1 như nguyên nhân gây ra sự thay đổi sinh thái nhanh chóng? A. Sự sẵn có của nguồn thức ăn B. Sự giới thiệu của các loài mới C. Thay đổi nhiệt độ D. Cạnh tranh giữa các loài Clue: For example, temperatures may change and a species may not be adapt. Food resources may be affected by environmental changes, which will then cause problems for a species requiring these resources. Other species may become better adapted to an environment, resulting in competition and, ultimately, in the death of a species. Ví dụ, nhiệt độ có thể thay đổi và một loài có thể không thích nghi. Nguồn thực phẩm có thể bị ảnh hưởng bởi những thay đổi môi trường, sau đó sẽ gây ra các vấn đề đối với một loài cần những nguồn tài nguyên này. Các loài khác có thể trở nên thích nghi tốt hơn với môi trường, dẫn đến sự cạnh tranh và cuối cùng là cái chết của một loài. 4: The word “demise” is closest in meaning to A. help

B. death.

C. recovery

D. change

Demise=dealth = sự tuyệt chủng, cái chết 5: Why is “ plankton” mentioned in the second paragraph? A. To emphasize the importance of food resources in preventing mass extinction

B. To illustrate a comparison between organisms that live on the land and those that live in the ocean C. To point out that certain species could never become extinct D. To demonstrate the interdependence of different species 5: Tại sao "sinh vật phù du" được đề cập trong đoạn thứ hai? A. Để nhấn mạnh tầm quan trọng của nguồn lương thực trong việc ngăn chặn sự tuyệt chủng hàng loạt B. Để minh họa sự so sánh giữa sinh vật sống trên cạn và sinh vật sống ở đại dương C. Để chỉ ra rằng một số loài nhất định không bao giờ có thể bị tuyệt chủng D. Để chứng minh sự phụ thuộc lẫn nhau của các loài khác nhau Clue: Mass extinctions can be caused by a relatively rapid change in the environment and can be worsened by the close interrelationship of many species. If, for example, something were to happen to destroy much of the plankton in the oceans, then the oxygen content of Earth would drop, affection even organisms not living in the oceans. Sự tuyệt chủng hàng loạt có thể được gây ra bởi sự thay đổi tương đối nhanh chóng của môi trường và có thể trở nên tồi tệ hơn do mối quan hệ qua lại chặt chẽ của nhiều loài. Ví dụ, nếu điều gì đó xảy ra phá hủy phần lớn sinh vật phù du trong các đại dương, thì hàm lượng ôxy của Trái đất sẽ giảm xuống, thậm chí cả các sinh vật không sống trong đại dương cũng bị ảnh hưởng. 6: According to paragraph 2, evidence from fossils suggests that A. There has been only one mass extinction in Earth’s history. B. Extinction of species has occurred from time to time throughout Earth’s history. C. Extinctions on Earth have generally been massive. D. Dinosaurs became extinct much earlier than scientists originally believed. 6: Theo đoạn 2, bằng chứng từ các hóa thạch cho thấy rằng A. Chỉ có một vụ tuyệt chủng hàng loạt duy nhất trong lịch sử Trái đất. B. Sự tuyệt chủng của các loài diễn ra liên tục theo thời gian trong suốt lịch sử Trái đất. C. Các cuộc tuyệt chủng trên Trái đất nói chung là rất lớn. D. Khủng long đã tuyệt chủng sớm hơn nhiều so với tin tưởng ban Clue: The fossil record reveals that extinction has occurred throughout the history of Earth. Những ghi chép về hóa thạch tiết lộ rằng sự tuyệt chủng đã xảy ra trong suốt lịch sử Trái đất. 7: The underlined word “ finding” is closest in meaning to A. published information B. research method

C. scientific discovery. D. ongoing experiment Finding = scientific discovery= phát hiện,nghiên cứu khoa học 8: Which of the following can be inferred from the theory of periodic extinction mentioned in paragraph 3? A. The theory is no longer seriously considered. B. Most scientists believe the theory to be accurate. C. Many scientists could be expected to disagree with it. D. Evidence to support the theory has recently been found. Điều nào sau đây có thể được suy ra từ lý thuyết về sự tuyệt chủng tuần hoàn được đề cập trong đoạn 3? A. Lý thuyết không còn được coi trọng. B. Hầu hết các nhà khoa học tin rằng lý thuyết này là chính xác. C. Nhiều nhà khoa học có thể không đồng ý với nó. D. Các bằng chứng hỗ trợ lý thuyết gần đây đã được tìm thấy. Clue: The periodic extinction might be due to intersection of the earth’s orbit with a cloud of comets, but this theory is purely speculative. Some researchers have also speculated that extinction may often be random. (Sự tuyệt chủng định kỳ có thể là do sự giao nhau giữa quỹ đạo của trái đất với một đám mây sao chổi, nhưng lý thuyết này hoàn toàn là suy đoán. Một số nhà nghiên cứu cũng đã suy đoán rằng sự tuyệt chủng thường có thể là ngẫu nhiên. 9: In paragraph 3, the author makes which of the following statements about a species’ survival? A. It is associated with astronomical condition B. It may depend on chance events. C. It does not vary greatly from species to species D. It reflects the interrelationship of may species. Trong đoạn 3, tác giả phát biểu nào sau đây về sự sống còn của một loài? A. Nó gắn liền với điều kiện thiên văn B. Nó có thể phụ thuộc vào các sự kiện may rủi. C. Không thay đổi nhiều giữa các loài D. Nó phản ánh mối quan hệ qua lại của các loài may. Clue: A species’ survival may have nothing to do with its ability or inability to adapt. If so, some of revolutionary history may reflect a sequence of essentially random events.

Sự tồn tại của một loài có thể không liên quan gì đến khả năng hoặc không có khả năng thích nghi. Nếu vậy, một số lịch sử cách mạng có thể phản ánh một chuỗi các sự kiện về cơ bản là ngẫu nhiên. 10: According to the passage, it is believed that the largest extinction of the species occurred A. 65 million years ago

B. 250 million years ago

C. 225 million years ago

D. 26 million years ago

Part 6. Read the following passage then do the tasks that follow. (10 points) 1. ix

7. physical chemistry

2. ii

8. thermodynamics

3. vii

9. adapt

4. i

10. immortality

5. viii

(7 and 8 can be in either order)

6. iv HOW DOES THE BIOLOGICAL CLOCK TICK? A. Our life span is restricted. Everyone accepts this as 'biologically' obvious. ‘Nothing lives for ever!’ However, in this statement we think of artificially produced, technical objects, products which are subjected to natural wear and tear during use. This leads to the result that at some time or other the object stops working and is unusable ('death' in the biological sense). But are the wear and tear and loss of function of technical objects and the death of living organisms really similar or comparable? B. ix - Fundamental differences in ageing of objects and organisms Our ‘dead’ products are ‘static’, closed systems. It is always the basic material which constitutes the object and which, in the natural course of things, is worn down and becomes 'older’. Ageing in this case must occur according to the laws of physical chemistry and of thermodynamics. Although the same law holds for a living organism, the result of this law is not inexorable in the same way.( Lão hóa trong trường hợp này phải xảy ra theo quy luật hóa học vật lý và nhiệt động lực học. Mặc dù quy luật tương tự cũng xảy ra cho một sinh vật sống nhưng kết quả của quy luật này bất di bất dịch với cùng một cách.) At least as long as a biological system has the ability to renew itself it could actually become older without ageing; an organism is an open, dynamic system through which new material continuously flows. Destruction of old material and formation of new material are thus in permanent dynamic equilibrium. The material of which the organism is formed changes continuously. Thus our bodies continuously exchange old substance for new, just like a spring which more or less maintains its form and movement, but in which the water molecules are always different. => Sự khác biệt cơ bản trong quá trình lão hóa của các đối tượng và các sinh vật. C. ii- Why dying is beneficial Thus ageing and death should not be seen as inevitable, particularly as the organism possesses many mechanisms for repair. It is not, in principle, necessary for a biological

system to age and die. Nevertheless, a restricted life span, ageing, and then death are basic characteristics of life. The reason for this is easy to recognise: in nature, the existent organisms either adapt or are regularly replaced by new types. Because of changes in the genetic material (mutations) these have new characteristics and in the course of their individual lives they are tested for optimal or better adaptation to the environmental conditions. Immortality would disturb this system - it needs room for new and better life. This is the basic problem of evolution(Bất tử sẽ làm xáo trộn hệ thống này - phải có chỗ cho cuộc sống mới và tốt đẹp hơn chứ. Đây là vấn đề cơ bản của quá trình tiến hóa.) => Tại sao chết là có lợi. D. viiA stable life span despite improvements Every organism has a life span which is highly characteristic. There are striking differences in life span between different species, but within one species the parameter is relatively constant. For example, the average duration of human life has hardly changed in thousands of years. Although more and more people attain an advanced age as a result of developments in medical care and better nutrition, the characteristic upper limit for most remains 80 years(.Mặc dù ngày càng có nhiều người cao tuổi do sự phát triển của dịch vụ chăm sóc y tế và dinh dưỡng tốt hơn nhưng giới hạn tuỏi thọ đặc trưng cho hầu hết mọi người vẫn còn là 80 năm) A further argument against the simple wear and tear theory is the observation that the time within which organisms age lies between a few days (even a few hours for unicellular organisms) and several thousand years, as with mammoth trees. => Một tuổi thọ ổn định mặc dù có những cải tiến. E. i The biological clock If a lifespan is a genetically determined biological characteristic, it is logically necessary to propose the existence of an internal clock, which in some way measures and controls the aging process and which finally determines death as the last step in a fixed programme(Nếu tuổi thọ là một đặc tính sinh học được xác định bởi mặt di truyền thì sẽ cần thiết và hợp lý khi đề xuất sự tồn tại của một đồng hồ bên trong cơ thể mà ở đó có một số cách để đo lường và kiểm soát quá trình lão hóa và cuối cùng xác định cái chết như một bước cuối cùng trong một chương trình cố định.). Like the fife span, the metabolic rate has for different organisms a fixed mathematical relationship to the body mass. In comparison to the life span this relationship is ‘inverted’: the larger the organism the lower its metabolic rate. Again this relationship is valid not only for birds, but also, similarly on average within the systematic unit, for all other organisms (plants, animals, unicellular organisms). => Đồng hồ sinh học F. viii Energy consumption Animals which behave ‘frugally’ with energy become particularly old for example, crocodiles and tortoises(Các động vật sử dụng ít năng lượng như cá sấu và rùa thì đặc biệt già (sống lâu).). Parrots and birds of prey are often held chained up. Thus they are not able to ‘experience life’ and so they attain a high life span in captivity. Animals which save energy by hibernation or lethargy (e.g. bats or hedgehogs) live much longer than those which are always active,( Loài vật mà tiết kiệm năng lượng bằng cách ngủ đông hoặc ngủ lờ phờ (ví dụ như dơi hay nhím) thì sống lâu hơn nhiều so với những con luôn luôn hoạt động.) The metabolic rate of mice can be reduced by a very low consumption of food (hunger diet) They then may live twice as long as their well fed comrades. Women become distinctly (about 10 per cent) older than men. If you

examine the metabolic rates of the two sexes you establish that the higher male metabolic rate roughly accounts for the lower male life span. That means that they live life ‘energetically’ - more intensively, but not for as long. => Tiêu thụ năng lượng G. iv Prolonging your life It follows from the above that sparing use of energy reserves should tend to extend life (.Nếu bạn làm theo các hướng dẫn ở trên để tiết kiệm việc sử dụng năng lượng dự trữ thì bạn có thể sẽ kéo dài được tuổi thọ) Extreme high performance sports may lead to optimal cardiovascular performance, but they quite certainly do not prolong life. Relaxation lowers metabolic rate, as does adequate sleep and in general an equable and balanced personality. Each of us can develop his or her own ‘energy saving programme’ with a little self observation, critical self-control and, above all, logical consistency. Experience will show that to live in this way not only increases the life span but is also very healthy. This final aspect should not be forgotten.  Kéo dài tuổi thọ Part 7. Matching 47 C. The ‘other’ factor here is label. The example illustrates how people can be mislead by a changed label on potato crisps. 48 В. Reaction to green can be both positive and negative — a ripe cucumber or an unripe fruit. 49 D. The example in the middle of Paragraph D talks about people with poor colour perception and how it affects their appetite. 50 A. The paragraph mentions two people who worked together to conduct an experiment in taste preference. 51 D. The bottom half of the paragraph talks about a man who sustained an injury that impaired his colour vision and it affected his food preferences dramatically. 52 A. ‘Food pictures masquerading as cookbooks’ is what the author meant here. This suggests that the original idea of cookbooks (to help cooking by giving recipes) is overlooked in favour of just gazing at highly-appetising pictures. 53 B. The blue and green meat examples are meant. Disgust = get sick. 54 D. The example with blind people shows how they are more capable of telling the slight differences in taste, compared to people with sight. 55 C. Examples with Skittles and M&Ms — they colour each candy differently to subtly make us want to eat more of them. 56 В. Example with green-dyed meat suggests that some would be unwilling to taste it: ‘your stomach probably turns.

Part 8: 1. When she accepted the job, the au pair girl took it as read / for granted that she would be free every weekend. Take it as read=take sth for granted : cho điều gì là đúng,là hiển nhiên 2. In the summer, the locals are vastly outnumbered by the tourists. Outnumber : to be greater in number than someone or something

3. He has a bee in his bonnet about the dishonesty of lawyers. Have a bee in one’s bonnet: ám ảnh về điều gì 4. Tabloids are a different kettle of fish from quality newspapers. Diffrent kettle of fish: hoàn toàn khác biệt,khác với ai/cái gì 5. She is half-Italian on her father’s side. 6. → Why our boss was cheesed off is not known. Cheese off: anger or irritate someone 7. Hardly had he lost the match when he realized he was long in the tooth for competitions. Be long in the tooth: quá tuổi,quá già 8. Hadn’t it been for the serious look on this face we would have let the cat out of the bag. let the cat out of the bag: tiết lộ bí mật 9. You shouldn’t have spread yourself too thin. spread yourself too thin: ôm đồm làm quá nhiều việc cùng một lúc 10. In his effort/attempt to ingratiate himself with his father-in-law, he would spare no expense. Spare no expense : spend as much money as necessary to make something good, without worrying about the cost Đề 3 Phần 1: Part 1. (10 pts) You will hear part of a discussion between two well-known business people, Sam Boland and Jimmy Glynn, and a radio current affairs show host about a recent newspaper article on the subject of jobless graduation. For questions 1-5, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which fits best according to what you hear. Write your answer in the space provided. 1. What does Jimmy say about the qualifications graduate jobseekers have? A. they help them avoid having to take 'survival jobs' B. few graduates are sufficiently qualified for the jobs available C. few degrees teach skills relevant in the workplace D. they are not really an advantage in the present job market

2. Why is Sam wary of employing graduates in his own company? A. their superior performance can lead to workplace hostility B. they can have a damaging effect on the chemistry of their team C. he prefers to hire unskilled workers and invest in training D. they only accept positions above lesser-skilled employees 3. In what respect have things changed since the speakers were job-seeking graduates? A. jobseekers used not to lie about their qualifications B. jobseekers used to pretend they had better qualifications C. jobseekers used to be far fresher and more enthusiastic D. jobseekers used not to mind dumbing down their CVs 4. Why does Jimmy have some sympathy for graduates? A. he admires their sense of entitlement B. they were too young to understand what they voted for C. they have accumulated huge debts at college D. they are victims of other people's incompetence. 5. Jimmy believes that college-goers of the future should A. not rule out the Arts and Humanities. B. work for foreign in preference to local firms C. choose their courses of study carefully. D. be selective about where they study. Your answers:

Part 2. (10 pts) You will hear an interview with a psychologist about friendships. For questions 6-10, listen and decide whether the following sentences are true (T) or false (F). 6. According to the presenter, we have to adjust our friendship as our lives changes

7. Barbara warns that foul-weather friends never want you to be happy 8. The danger of a trophy friend is that he/she will inhibit your social life. 9. A sisterly friend will be as close to your family as she is to you. 10. According to Barbara, a good friend doesn’t expend too much of your time and energy. Your answers: 6.

10.

Part 3. (20 pts) You will hear a piece of news. For questions 16-25, listen and complete the summary with NO MORE THAN FOUR WORDS. Write your answer in the space provided. Nowadays, it is possible to donate money thousands of charities round the world to help people, animals and places. TheRoyal Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals aimed to enhance 16. _______________ in any country. More than three hundred inspectors were employed in England and Wales to examine 17._______________. TheRoyal National Institute of the Blind, which is Britain’s the top charity for the blind, confronts 18. _______________ of sight loss by helping the blind lead a normal life. The organisation also works on the underlying causes of the disability to achieve its 19. _______________. TBGis the acronym of 20. _______________ which aims to improve the local environment quality. The TBG and its sister organisation, Going for Green, 21. _______________ and have the same Chief Executive. Mencaphelps people with learning disabilities who are disadvantaged due to unfair treatment and lack of 22. _______________. It also provides support and advice for families and 23. _______________. EveryChildbelieves that every child has the right to grow up and develop in a secure, safe, family environment, free 24. _______________. EveryChild identifies the needs of a particular community, sets up the projects so that they are self running, then moves on to new projects, leaving things in 25. _______________.

Phần 2: Part 1: A. PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS (10pts) 1. I just want to settle _____ and start a family before I got too old. A. in B. through C. down D. up 2. She spent twenty years studying the history of London. She knows it _____ out. A. through B. inside C. all D. over 3. Capital punishment was done ____ in Britain nearly half a century ago. A. out for B. away with C. off by D. over from 4. He wants to pay the bill himself, but I won’t hear _________ it. A. from B. about C. of D. for 5. This situation is analogous _____ the one we had faced last year. A. for B. in C. from D. to 6. When John was arrested for drunken driving, he expected to lose his driving license, but he was _____ with a fine. A. let through B. let off C. got away D. kept away 7. My wife checks ___________ our elderly neighbour every few days to make sure that he's alright. A. on B. in C. at D. out 8. The rain ran _____ the roof of the house. A. on B. onto C. from D. into 9. You may come _____ different kinds of problems when you first settle in a different country. A. out with B. into C. up with D. up against 10. A Japanese company tried to ____________ the deal. A. get in on B. get on with C. catch up on D. walk in on KEY TO PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS

B. IDIOMS & COLLOCATIONS (10pts) Choose the right phrase in the box to complete each of the following sentences. Use each phrase only ONCE and write your answer in the numbered box. 1. I’m sick and _______ of studying grammar. A. cross B. ill C. tired D. bored 2. She loves reading – she always has her _______ in a book. A. nose B. Eyes C. face D brow 3. Mice ________! A. give me creeps B. give me the creep C. give me the creeps D. give me creep 4. When his parents are away, his eldest brother ___. A. knocks it off B. calls the shots C. draws the line D. is in the same boat 5. I will do everything in my ___________ to rescue the victims. A. ability B. power C. mind D. effort

6. Be careful or he'll take you for a _________. A. trick B. cheat C. fraud D. ride 7. Just because Laura makes a lot of money, everyone expects her to _____ all the bills. A. foot B. stand C. run D. carry 8. My sister told me to pack some trousers and shirts for the trip, _________, not to forget my toothbrush. A. after all B. but more or less C. before long D. but above all 9. His English was roughly _____ with my Greek, so communication was rather difficult! A. level B. on a par C. equal D. in tune 10. I didn’t want to make a decision _____ so I said I’d like to think about it. A. on and off B. in one go C. there and then D. at a stroke KEY TO IDIOMS & COLLOCATIONS

Part2: Read the following text which contains 10 mistakes. Identify the mistakes and write the corrections in the corresponding numbered boxes. (10 points) LINE RAIN MAKING 0 When it rains, it doesn't always pour. During a typical storm, a comparative 1 small amount of the locking up moisture in each cloud reaches the ground like 2 rain. So the idea that human intervention a rain dance, perhaps - might 3 encourage the sky to give up a little additional water has been around in 4 prehistoric times. More recently, would-be rain-makers have attempted direct 5 intervention, by lobbing various chemicals out of aeroplanes in the effort to 6 wring more rain from the clouds, a practice knowing as 'cloud seeding'. 7 Yet such techniques, which were first developed in the 1940s, are notoriously 8 difficult to evaluate. It is hard to ascertain, for example, how much rain would 9 have fallen anyway. So, though much anecdotal evidence of the advantages of 10 cloud seeding, that has led to its adoption in more than 40 countries around the 11 world, as far as scientists are concerned, results are still inconclusive. That could 12 be about to changing. For the past three years researchers have been carrying out 13 the most extensive and rigorous evaluation to date of a revolutionarily new 14 technique which will substantially boost the volume of rainfall. 15 The preliminary finding of their experiments indicate that solid evidence of the 16 technique's effectiveness is now within the scientists' grasp. Your answers:

Line 1. 2. 3. 4.

Mistakes

Corrections

5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Part 3: Read the following passage and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (10 pts) OK? The word OK is ubiquitous in modern English but its origins remain (1) _______ in mystery. Over the years, many theories have been (2) ______ regarding its derivation but none of them is (3) _______ convincing. The first recorded written use of OK was in 1839, when it appeared in a newspaper article in Boston, Massachusetts. There was a (4) _______ for wacky acronyms at the time, just as today's text messages use things like 'LOL', and OK allegedly originated as a misspelling of All Correct. But (5) ______ many of these acronyms flourished briefly and then gradually (6) _______ out of use, OK has proved to be remarkably (7) _______. It first reached England in 1870, where it appeared in the words of a popular song, and today is in (8) _______ use across the English-speaking world. As part of a phrase ' …. rules OK', it has been a mainstay of urban graffiti since the 1930s and in 1969 it had the (9) ______ of being the first word spoken on the moon. In short, it's a (10) _______ useful word. 1. A. shrouded

B. smothered

C. clothed

2. A. laid out

B. put forward

C. drawn up

3. A. widely

B. mainly

C. wholly

D. largely

4. A. hype

B. craze

C. rage

D. whim

5. A. despite

B. albeit

C. whereas

D. providing

6. A. slipped

B. faded

C. crept

D. strayed

7. A. resolute

B. stalwart

C. steadfast

D. resilient

8. A. staunch

B. relentless

C. durable

D. constant

9. A. credit

B. pride

C. honour

D. acclaim

10. A. phenomenally B. ordinarily

D. draped D.brought about

C. Conclusively D. controversially

Your answers:

10.

Part 4: Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in each space. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (15 pts) HOPES SPRINGS ETERNAL As the eyes of the world focused on South Africa at the start of the 2010 football World Cup, national pride was at an all-time (1) ___________. The new stadiums glittered, the national anthem was sung as never before and the multiracial team took to the pitch fully aware of what their presence on the global stage meant to their nation. A (2) ___________twenty years before, the man who was to become the country’s first black president, Nelson Mandela, was released from jail after 27 years having initially been imprisoned for his role as leader of the banned African National Congress and for planning acts of sabotage (3) ___________ the state. The road to freedom had been littered with obstacles and for a long time it had seemed as if the destination would never be reached. The system of apartheid that was formalized in the 1940s, and which lasted until 1994, had its (4) ____________ in the racial segregation introduced during colonial times, when the British and Dutch battled for control of the country’s riches. The policy of oppression and relocation of non-whites initially reaped huge (5) ___________ for the ruling white minority and by the 1960s the country had economic growth second only to Japan. At the same time, however, the effort to (6) ___________ the rigid social structure imposed upon the majority of the nation was becoming ever more costly and complicated. Internationally, calls for boycotts were growing and the country was becoming increasingly isolated. Internally, popular (7) __________ was growing. The government faced wave after wave of strikes, matches, protest and sabotage by bombing and other means. The repeated massacres of demonstration drew widespread international condemnation and, of course, (8) ___________ to strengthen support for resistance organizations, by the 1970s, the country was also embroiled in a number of

military missions in neighbouring countries in an attempt to crush all dissent, (9) ___________ internal repression and censorship reached new levels. By mid-80s, south Africa’ economy was one of the weakest in the world and the writing was clearly on the wall. Following Mandela’s release and dismantling of apparatus of apartheid, the issue of how to move the country forward peaceably loomed (10) _________. The establishment of The Truth and Reconciliation Commission was a major step in this direction. Your answers:

10.

Part 5: Read the following passage and choose the best answer to each question. (15pts) Learning to Run An article published recently in the prestigious scientific journal Nature is shedding new light on an important, but hitherto little appreciated, aspect of human evolution. In this article, Professors Dennis Bramble and Daniel Lieberman suggest that the ability to run was a crucial factor in the development of our species. According to the two scientists, humans possess a number of anatomical features that make them surprisingly good runners. ‘We are very confident that strong selection for running (A) ____was instrumental in the origin of the modern human body form,’ says Bramble, a biology professor at the University of Utah. Traditional thinking up to now has been that the distinctive, upright body form of modern humans has come about as a result of the ability to walk, and that running is simply a by-product of walking. Furthermore, humans have usually been regarded as poor runners compared to such animals as dogs, horses or antelopes. However, this is only true if we consider fast running, or sprinting, over short distances. Even an Olympic athlete can hardly run as fast as a horse can gallop, and can only keep up a top speed for fifteen seconds or so. Horses, antelopes and greyhounds, on the other hand, can run at top speed for several minutes, clearly outperforming us in this respect. But when it comes to long-distance running, humans do astonishingly well (B)_____ They can maintain a steady pace for miles, and their overall speed compares favourably with that of horses or dogs.

Bramble and Lieberman examined twenty-six anatomical features found in humans. One of the most interesting of these is the nuchal ligament, a band of tissue that extends from a ridge on the base of the skull to the spine. When we run, it is this ligament that prevents our head from pitching back and forth or from side to side. Therefore, we are able to run with steady heads, held high. The nuchal ligament (C)_____is not found in any other surviving primates, although the fossil record shows that Homo erectus, an early human species that walked upright, much as we do, also had one. Then there are our Achilles tendons at the backs of our legs, which connect our calf muscles to our heel bones - and which have nothing to do with walking. When we run, these behave like springs, helping to propel us forward. Furthermore, we have low, wide shoulders, virtually disconnected from our skulls, an anatomical adaptation which allows us to run more efficiently. Add to this our light forearms, which swing out of phase with the movement of our legs to assist balance, and one begins to appreciate the point that Bramble and Lieberman are trying to make. But what evolutionary advantage is gained from being good long-distance runners? One hypothesis is that this ability may have permitted early humans to obtain food more effectively. ‘What these features and fossil facts appear to be telling us is that running evolved in order for our direct ancestors to compete with other carnivores for access to the protein needed to grow the big brains that we enjoy today,’ says Lieberman. Some scientists speculate that early humans may have pursued animals for miles in order to exhaust them before killing them. Running would also have conferred an advantage before weapons were invented: early humans might have been scavengers, eating the meat and marrow left over from a kill by lions or other large predators. They may have been alerted to the existence of a freshly-killed carcass by vultures (D)____, and the faster they got to the scene of the kill, the better. ‘Research on the history of human locomotion has traditionally been contentious,’ says Lieberman. ’At the very least, I hope this theory will make many people have second thoughts about how humans learned to run and walk and why we are built the way we are.’ 1. According to the text, the human ability to run….. A. was only recently described in a scientific journal.

B. is now regarded as more important than the ability to climb trees. C. played an important part in human evolution. D. is surprising when we consider evolutionary trends. 2. According to the text, scientists used to believe………. A. that the human body owes its form to the ability to walk. B. the human ability to walk adversely affected the ability to run. C. that only modern humans could walk upright. D. that humans can run because they stand upright. 3.According to the text, humans…………… A. are better runners than most other animals. B are not good at running short distances. C. cannot run at top speed for long distances. D. compare unfavourably with horses and dogs. 4. It appears that the nuchal ligament……… A. is found only in modern primates. B. is associated with the ability to run. C. prevents the head from moving. D. is a unique anatomical feature. 5. The text implies that…………… A. we do not need calf muscles in order to walk. B. without shoulders we could not run very fast. C. the movement of our forearms is out of phase. D. our Achilles tendons are an adaptation for running. 6. The pronoun “these” in the third paragraph refers to…………… A. legs

B. tendons

C. muscles

D. bones

B. prove conclusively that humans did not always walk in an upright position. C. make people reconsider previously-held ideas about human anatomy. D. inform people of the real reason why humans are able to run and walk. 9. Which of the following spaces can the relative clause “- which came at the expense of the historical ability to live in trees -” fit? A. (A) B. (B) C. (C) D. (D) 10. The word “conferred” in the fourth paragraph can be best replaced by A. give out B. bring about C. refer to D. make out Part 6: Read the following passage and do the tasks that follows .(15pts) . Read the passage and do the tasks that follow. Communicating Styles and Conflict Knowing your communication style and having a mix of styles on your team can provide a positive force for resolving conflict. A As far back as Hippocrates’ time (460-370B.C.), people have tried to understand other people by characterizing them according to personality type or temperament. Hippocrates believed there were four different body fluids that influenced four basic types of temperament. His work was further developed 500 years later by Galen. These days there are a number of self-assessment tools that relate to the basic descriptions developed by Galen, although we no longer believe the source to be the types of body fluid that dominate our systems. B The value in self-assessments that help determine personality style, learning styles, communication styles, conflict-handling styles, or other aspects of individuals is that they help depersonalize conflict in interpersonal relationships. The depersonalization occurs when you realize that others aren’t trying to be difficult, but they need different or more information than you do. They’re not intending to be rude: they are so focused on the task they forget about greeting people. They would like to work faster but not at the risk of damaging the relationships needed to get the job done. They understand there is a job to do, but it can only be done right with the appropriate information, which takes time to collect. When used appropriately, understanding communication styles can help resolve conflict on teams. Very rarely are conflicts of true personality issues. Usually, they are issues of style, information needs, or focus.

C Hippocrates and later Galen determined there were four basic temperaments: sanguine, phlegmatic, melancholic and choleric. These descriptions were developed centuries ago and they are still somewhat apt, although you could update the wording. In today’s world, they translate into the four fairly common communication styles described below: D The sanguine person would be the expressive or spirited style of communication. These people speak in pictures. They invest a lot of emotion and energy in their communication and often speak quickly, putting their whole body into it. They are easily sidetracked onto a story that may or may not illustrate the point they are trying to make. Because of their enthusiasm, they are great team motivators. They are concerned about people and relationships. Their high levels of energy can come on strong at times and their focus is usually on the bigger picture, which means they sometimes miss the details or the proper order of things. These people find conflict or differences of opinion invigorating and love to engage in a spirited discussion. They love change and are constantly looking for new and exciting adventures. E The phlegmatic person - cool and persevering - translates into the technical or systematic communication style. This style of communication is focused on facts and technical details. Phlegmatic people have an orderly methodical way of approaching tasks, and their focus is very much on the task, not on the people, emotions, or concerns that the task may evoke. The focus is also more on the details necessary to accomplish a task. Sometimes the details overwhelm the big picture and focus needs to be brought back to the context of the task. People with this style think the facts should speak for themselves, and they are not as comfortable with conflict. They need time to adapt to change and need to understand both the logic of it and the steps involved. F The melancholic person who is soft hearted and oriented toward doing things for others, translates into the considerate or sympathetic communication style. A person with this communication style is focused on people and relationships. They are good listeners and do things for other people-sometimes to the detriment of getting things done for themselves. They want to solicit everyone’s opinion and make sure everyone is comfortable with whatever is required to get the job done. At times this focus on others can distract from the task at hand. Because they are so concerned with the needs of others and smoothing over issues, they do not like conflict. They believe that change threatens the status quo and tends to make people feel uneasy, so people with this communication style, like phlegmatic people, need time to consider the changes in order to adapt to them. G The choleric temperament translates into the bold or direct style of communication. People with this style are brief in their communication - the fewer words the better. They are big picture thinkers and love to be involved in many things at once. They are focused on tasks and outcomes and often forget that the people involved in carrying out the tasks have needs. They don’t do detail work easily and as a result, can often underestimate how much time it takes to achieve the task. Because they are so direct,

they often seem forceful and can be very intimidating to others. They usually would welcome someone challenging them, but most other styles are afraid to do so. They also thrive on change, the more the better. H A well-functioning team should have all of these communication styles for true effectiveness. All teams need to focus on the task, and they need to take care of relationships in order to achieve those tasks. They need the big picture perspective or the context of their work, and they need the details to be identified and taken care of for success. We all have aspects of each style within us. Some of us can easily move from one style to another and adapt our style to the needs of the situation at hand-whether the focus is on tasks or relationships. For others, a dominant style is very evident, and it is more challenging to see the situation from the perspective of another style. The work environment can influence communication styles either by the type of work that is required or by the predominance of one style reflected in that environment. Some people use one style at work and another at home. The good news about communication styles is that we have the ability to develop flexibility in our styles. The greater the flexibility we have, the more skilled we usually are at handling possible and actual conflicts. Usually, it has to be relevant to us to do so, either because we think it is important or because there are incentives in our environment to encourage it. The key is that we have to want to become flexible with our communication style. As Henry Ford said, “Whether you think you can or you can’t, you’re right!” Questions 1-6 The reading passage has eight sections A-H. Choose the correct heading for each section from the list of headings below. Write the correct number i-x in boxes 1-8. List of Headings i ii iii iv v vi vii viii ix x

Summarising personality types Combined styles for workplace Physical explanation A lively person who encourages Demanding and unsympathetic personality Lazy and careless personality The benefits of understanding communication styles Cautious and caring Factual and analytical personality Self-assessment determines one’s temperament

Section A 1. Section B 2. Section C 3. Section D 4. Section E 5. Section F

..…iii…… …………. …………. …………. …………. ………….

6. Section G Section H

…………. ……ii .….

Questions 7-10 Do the following statements agree with the information given in the reading passage. Write TRUE if the statement agrees with the information FALSE if the statement contradicts the information NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this 7. It is believed that sanguine people dislike variety. 8. Melancholic and phlegmatic people have similar characteristics. 9. Managers often select their best employees according to personality types. 10. It is possible to change one’s personality type. Part 7. You are going to read a newspaper article in which people talk about their experiences at job interviews. For question 1-10, choose from the people (A-F)(10 pts) Which person mentions the following?

the importance of keeping to the point

1………….

awareness of body language

2…………..

sources of information about your prospective employer

3………….

taking responsibility for past errors

4………….

appearing to have rehearsed responses

5………….

preparing inquiries to put to a prospective employer

6………….

foreseeing the consequences of feeling apprehensive

7………….

indicating that you view the interview as a transaction

8………….

a relaxed atmosphere in the workplace

9………….

advantages in being honest about your failings

10…………

Tell us Something about Yourself

Being interviewed for a job can be a stressful experience. We asked six people what they learnt from being in that situation. A. My first interview for a job taught me a great deal. I was applying for the position of junior account executive in an advertising company, which involves dealing with clients on a face-to-face basis. It follows that you have to be good at interpersonal skills, and unfortunately, that’s not the impression I gave. Like a lot of people, I tend to babble when I’m nervous. The interviewer began by asking me to say something about myself, and I started talking about my hobbies. But I got carried away and went off at a tangent, which made a bad impression. The other lesson I learnt was that if you are asked what your weaknesses are, you really shouldn’t be evasive. You could mention a weakness that can also be a strength. For example, being pedantic is not always a bad thing in certain circumstances, and you should explain how you cope with that weakness, but you have to say something. B. In my present job I have to interview applicants, and I can offer a few general tips. Firstly, a candidate should not learn a speech off by heart; you will come across as insincere, as if you have practiced everything in front of a minor. Secondly, it is crucial to understand what the interviewer wants you to talk about. For instance, an interviewer might ask about a situation where your supervisor or manager had a problem with your work. Now, what the interviewer is really after is to see how you react to criticism, and the best thing is to say that you tried to learn from this. Finally, don’t try to conceal your real character. When I was interviewed for a job many years ago, the interviewer asked me at the end of our talk if I had any questions. I was very keen to get the job, so I asked what opportunities there were for promotion if I were hired. I wondered if perhaps I had been too direct, but I later discovered that employers like you to seem eager, and I think they were impressed by my enthusiasm and ambition. C. One good way to prepare for an interview is to find out as much as you can about the company you have applied to from its website and promotional material. When you are asked if you have any questions, you can show that you have done this preparatory work, which will impress the interviewer. I also think a lot of candidates are too defensive in interviews. It’s not enough just to avoid giving the ‘wrong’ answers; you

should also actively try to make a good impression. Make it clear that the interview is a two-way process: after all, you want to be sure the company is the right place for you. It’s acceptable to take the opportunity, when one is offered, to interview the interviewer! One way to do this is to ask him or her some penetrating questions such as why he or she has stayed with the company for so long. Some people might think such a question is arrogant, so size up the interviewer first and decide whether it would be an appropriate thing to ask. D. I remember one interview I attended with a company that makes ice cream and other dairy products. I didn’t know much about the company, and it was brought home to me that I should have found out some basic facts. I turned up in a smart business suit and tie, only to find that my prospective employers were in jeans! They believed in being casual: no private offices, everyone ate in the same canteen, people all used first names with each other etc. I realised I should have done more research. Needless to say, I didn’t get the job. On another occasion, at the end of an interview, I was asked if I had anything to say. I was so relieved that the interview was over that I just smiled and blurted out: ‘No thanks!’ I later realised this was a mistake. A candidate should decide in advance on at least ten things to ask the interviewer: it’s not necessary to ask more than two or three questions, but you need to have some in reserve in case the question you wanted to ask is answered in the course of the interview. E. Preparation is of extreme importance; things like I finding out what form the interview will have. Will there be any sort of written component, for instance, and will you be talking to one person or a panel? And of course, you need to prepare answers to those awkward questions designed to find out more about your character. For example, you might be asked about your most important achievement so far; don't answer this in a way that makes you seem swollen- headed or complacent as this will suggest that you don’t learn easily. Actually, it's not so much what people say that makes them seem arrogant as the way they sit, how they hold their heads, whether they meet the interviewer’s eye, so bear that in mind. Another question interviewers sometimes ask, to find out how well you work in a team, is about mistakes you have made. You should have an example ready and admit that you were at fault, otherwise it looks as though

you are the kind of person who shifts the blame onto others. But you should also show that you learnt from the mistake and wouldn’t make it again. F. Being nervous can make you forget things, so always take detailed notes with you to an interview, even about the simplest things - this will help you feel less nervous. I also think you have to strike the right balance between being too arrogant and too selfeffacing. For example, if you are asked where you see yourself in five years’ time, don't be diffident about showing that you are ambitious. You could even say you’d like to be doing the interviewer’s job! Show that your ambition is the force that drives you – employers are happy to see this characteristic because it also suggests you will work hard. Take every opportunity to reinforce the impression that you are eager; one way is by asking questions about the job. This suggests that you will take it seriously. You could also ask what made the last person to fill the position you have applied for successful, or what you could accomplish in the job that would satisfy the interviewer. Naturally, the answers to questions like this are valuable in themselves, but frankly, the main reason for asking is to ensure you make the right impression. Part 8: 1, Tom’s presence at parties adds to everyone’s enjoyment.

SOUL

_______________________________________________________________ 2: The young actress was very nervous before the audition. The young actress had butterflies _____________________________________ 3: The community spoke enthusiastically about the recently elected mayor. The community sang ______________________________________________ 4: The new musical has delighted theatre audiences throughout the country. The new musical has taken __________________________________________ 5. Even now, I still don’t understand why he did it. To this __________________________________________________________ 6. We only ingratiated ourselves with our teacher because Kate insisted. (CURRIED) It was at………………………………………………………………….our teacher. 7 It is recommended that you take water with you as wells are few and far between in this area. (LEST) Travellers to this area are advised to carry water …………………………… ground. 8 Nobody expected it of him but Sam was laid off. (RANKS)

Against all………………………………………………………………unemployed. 9 The jumper you knitted for my daughter no longer fits her. (GROWN) My daughter …………………………………………………………………….for her. 10. I found the plot of the book too complicated to follow. (HEAD) I couldn’t ……………………………………………………………………..the book Part 9: Write about the following topic. You should write at least 250 words. Nowadays, more and more people read news on the internet. However, newspapers have most of important information sources of news. Give your opinion from your experience and give examples. ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________

KEY Phần 1: Part 1 1. D

2. B

3. B

4. D

5. C

7. F

8. F

9. F

10. T

Part 2 6. T Part 3 16. the well-being of animals

17. reported cruelty to animals

18. the disabling effects

19. prevention, cure or alleviation

20. Tidy Britain Group

21. share premises

22. funding of community care

23. carers of sufferers

24. from poverty and exploitation

25. the hand of locals Tape scripts

Part 1 F1: I have Sam Boland and Jimmy Glynn here with me today to discuss an astonishing article that appeared in the Herald yesterday about how Job Centre staff are actually advising graduates to dumb down their CVs to stand a better chance of gaining employment. Your thoughts, gentlemen? Jimmy? M1: Hmm, yes, I have to admit that my initial reaction when I read this article was, well, 'you've got to be kidding me, right?' I mean, why in heaven's name would Job Centre employees, who are supposed to be helping jobseekers to showcase their skills and find a job, be trying to deter them from highlighting their achievements. It sounds, well, ridiculous actually. But then I thought about it some more, and I could see where they were coming from on this. I mean, in its present state, the economy is in dire straits, and all most graduates can hope to secure is a 'survival job'; one that they are probably overqualified for, but which they desperately need to pay the bills. Their qualifications are largely irrelevant and these advisors may be trying to do them a favour. M2: Exactly Jimmy. I have to be honest with you, as an employer myself, I would be very wary of hiring someone who is overqualified for a position; it can lead to all sorts of headaches for HR. The employee might consider themselves 'above' the role and if that sort of sense of entitlement is detected in their work colleagues, the work environment can become very hostile indeed. Moreover, if that is their attitude, they are likely to resent what they do and this will inevitably lead to motivation issues and issues with poor productivity. I would rather have someone less skilled who is grateful for the opportunity than that attitude any day; there are no doubts that there is a stigma around graduates. M1: But it is odd, isn't it, that they are being asked to dumb the old CV down? I mean, when we were fresh out of college, the trick to landing a job was always to embellish your achievements. How times have changed! I agree with Sam that the advisors are probably trying to be helpful and do graduate jobseekers a favour - and, goodness knows, they need all the help they can get. Nearly a quarter now remain unemployed

for at least a year after they graduate, while one in ten is still on benefits 18 months later. The situation has hit crisis point. M2: It's sad actually - really heart-rending - to see a generation, who grew up being fed ideas about the importance of getting a degree and how it would open all sorts of doors up to them in later life and more or less make success a foregone conclusion, well, to see them being humiliated, and to see their hopes being crushed is just tragic. I agree that some probably do feel a sense of entitlement and are bitter, but I can empathise with them in the sense that it is the government that built up their hopes promoting the degree route as a highway to success, and now there is nothing for them out there. In good faith, many of these kids have slogged their guts out to get these paper qualifications, only to discover that, in the real world, they count for nothing anymore. M1: That's a very good point. We do need to help these people and not ridicule them and paint them as privileged and spoilt failures, which the vast majority are most certainly not. And we should also remember that it is because of our generation's mistakes that they are in the precarious situation they find themselves: the new generation is paying for our incompetence. Graduates were not complicit in the banking crisis, our banking peers were. Graduates did not enact the misguided policies which burdened this nation with debt for generations to come, our political peers did. And we, the members of the ordinary public, voted for them, so we have a hand in the chaos, too. In truth, we owe them something, so their sense of entitlement, although very unbecoming, is not entirely misplaced. M2: Agreed; we need to help them not criticise them. Personally, I am in favour of some sort of scheme where companies are encouraged to take on unemployed graduate interns, on a temporary basis. M2: Very nice; hear, hear! I would also suggest a shift in focus for future education campaigns. This generation was duped by the government into believing that any old degree would do, but the truth is college-goers need to be very selective in this competitive age about what course they study. We need to be encouraging people to get 120 into IT, maths, the sciences and so forth. The Arts and Humanities are all very nice, but, in the present job climate, they won't take you too far, know what I mean? Besides, we should be trying to turn Britain into one of the world's leading centres of

excellence in the fields of science, technology, and research and development, but, at present, we have a dearth of qualified persons capable of filling these kinds of roles, and companies - foreign ones especially - recognise that and are slow to invest.

Part 2 Presenter: Walk into any bookshop and there are self-help manuals on every aspect of human behaviour, including how to cope with difficult partners, awkward bosses, contrary children - but very little on how to manage friendships. 'Managing' friendships sounds cold, but it's essential if you value them and want to keep them, or want to learn when it's time to let them go. Your friendship landscape changes through life. You marry and have less in common with single friends. You move and keeping up with old friends proves hard. Sometimes the changes are more subtle: you experience a life crisis and some friends can't or won't support you. You become successful and friends feel awkward around you. Change in one of you means the fit between you alters. That's when you find out if the relationship has the capacity to evolve, or if it's just come to a natural end. In the studio today we have Barbara Smith, a psychologist. Barbara, welcome to the show. Barbara: Thank you John. Well, there's only one rule of friendship: it must be mutually beneficial. Friendships can be put into categories. Firstly, let's look at the foul-weather friend. On the surface, this is a totally dependable, loyal friend, particularly when you are having a bad time. But the downside with this foul-weather friend is that they'll put a dampener on you when you're up, forever pointing out what can go wrong. They are rarely looking for a more balanced relationship: their self-esteem may be invested in their superior feeling that you are a bit of a disaster area, and they have every thing under control. When actually, of course, the opposite is true. Presenter: Now, you've got a category called the trophy friend, haven't you? What do you mean by that exactly? Barbara: Ah yes. That's the friend that you admire because they are so interesting and popular, or successful in a way you want to be. You can bathe in their reflected glory and feel part of a different social sphere but you must remember that this isn't necessarily the world you fit into. If they are nice as well, this relationship can bring

out the best in you, as you stretch it to be deserving of the friendship. But beware if being with them makes you behave falsely so that you are not true to yourself or to others. This situation can only lead to a downfall and great disappointment. Presenter: What about the friend since childhood who you grew up with? Barbara: The sisterly friend. She might live next door or have gone to school with you. Over the years you have built up a strong relationship that makes her feel more like a sister than a friend. On the plus side, she can bring a real sense of security and support. You can ring her any time and confide in her. She can be a powerful ally, but because she'll be there whether you like it or not, she has the power to make you miserable if you don't keep her informed and involved in your life. This friend is like family, you're so close it can become claustrophobic. For example, if you start a new relationship, she'll expect to be as big a part of your life as she's always been. Then you need to define clear boundaries. Presenter: But that sounds like the kind of friend you'd want to hang on to on the whole. So how can you make the decision who a good friend really is and who is no longer a valid person to have in your life? Barbara: Well, good friends should be low maintenance - and that goes for you too. See enough of each other to keep the rapport going: neither demand too much nor avoid so frequently that the relationship becomes unbalanced. If it's always a moan session, or one of you is often looking for favours or support, the goodwill will soon burn out. It's always important to be open to making new friends too. Most of us want to see people who make us feel good. It doesn't mean you have to be a barrel of laughs all the time (which can be off-putting); it's about showing real interest, being light-hearted and not too obviously needy. Don't force the pace. Some people need time to get to know you better. It's best to be pleasant and casual. Don't bombard them with too many invitations. Don't assume that one good heart-to-heart makes you best friends. Respect their time and other commitments and the friendship will blossom naturally in time.

Part 3

These days there are thousands of charities round the world and it is possible to donate money to help people, animals and places. TheRSPCA(Royal Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals)was the first organisation dedicated to the well-being of animals anywhere in the world. In England and Wales alone, the RSPCA employ more than three hundred inspectors whose job it is to investigate reported cruelty to animals. The SPCA was set up in London in 1824. At this time it was considered strange that people should care about cruelty to animals. They were regarded as either food, transport or sport. In 1840 Queen Victoria gave the organisation permission to be called a royal society: The RSPCA. These days there are almost two hundred branches in the UK. TheRNIB(Royal National Institute of the Blind) is the UK’s leading charity for the blind. Sight loss is one of the most common disabilities in the UK with over a million people suffering from either partial or total blindness. The RNIB challenges the disabling effects of sight loss by providing information and offering practical services to help people lead as normal a life as possible. The organisation also works on the underlying causes of blindness working towards its prevention, cure or alleviation. The RNIB have centres all over the UK. TBG(Tidy Britain Group) is an independent national charity fighting to improve the quality of the local environment. They aim to make people more aware of the negative effects of litter, dog fouling, graffiti and vandalism and to get everyone involved in doing their bit to keep Britain clean. The work of the TBG is done mainly through campaigning. Volunteers work closely with councils and businesses to organise educational programmes designed to raise awareness of the problems. The TBG’s sister organisation, Going for Green, concentrates on pollution issues. The two groups share premises and have the same Chief Executive. Mencapis a charity which is dedicated to fighting against discrimination towards those people who suffer from any kind of learning disability. Most of Mencap’s work is campaigning. People with learning disabilities are disadvantaged because of discrimination and lack of funding of community care. Mencap raises awareness by working at local, national and European levels to raise the profile of those issues that

affect people with learning disabilities. It also provides services of education, housing and employment as well as support and advice for families and carers of sufferers. EveryChildis a relatively new charity which was created when two existing organisations, the CCFGB (The Christian Children’s Fund of Great Britain) and the ECT (European children’s Trust) decided to merge in 1983. The organisation works with children, families and communities in twelve countries. The organisation believes that every child has the right to grow up and develop to their full potential in a secure, safe, family environment, free from poverty and exploitation. EveryChild identifies the needs of a particular community and then sets up sustainable projects to ensure that children in these communities have basic rights such as healthcare, education, social services and community development. EveryChild sets up the projects so that they are self running. The organisation then moves on to new projects, leaving things in the hand of locals.

Phần 2: Part 1: A. PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS (10pts) 1C 2B 3B 4C 5D 6B 7A 8B

10A

1. I just want to settle _____ and start a family before I got too old. A. in B. through C. down D. up Settle down = start living in a place where you intend to stay for a long time, usually with your partner 2. She spent twenty years studying the history of London. She knows it _____ out. A. through B. inside C. all D. over Know it inside out = know everything about a subject 3. Capital punishment was done ____ in Britain nearly half a century ago. A. out for B. away with C. off by D. over from Do away with = get rid of something or stop using something 4. He wants to pay the bill himself, but I won’t hear _________ it. A. from B. about C. of D. for not hear of sth=If you say you will not hear of something, you mean you will not allow it, usually when you want to do something good for someone

5. This situation is analogous _____ the one we had faced last year. A. for B. in C. from D. to Analogous to= having similar features to another thing and therefore able to be compared with it 6. When John was arrested for drunken driving, he expected to lose his driving license, but he was _____ with a fine. A. let through B. let off C. got away D. kept away Let off= not punish someone who has committed a crime or done something wrong, or to not punish them severely 7. My wife checks ___________ our elderly neighbour every few days to make sure that he's alright. A. on B. in C. at D. out Check on = to look at someone or something in order to make sure that they are safe, correct, etc. 8. The rain ran _____ the roof of the house. A. on B. onto C. from D. into run onto (something)=To drive (a car or boat) onto something or some surface. A noun or pronoun can be used between "run" and "onto" to specify what is being driven. 9. You may come _____ different kinds of problems when you first settle in a different country. A. out with B. into C. up with D. up against Come up against =Đối mặt với vấn đề hoặc tình trạng khó khăn 10. A Japanese company tried to ____________ the deal. A. get in on B. get on with C. catch up on D. walk in on get in on sth=to start to take part in an activity that is already happening because you will win an advantage from it: B. IDIOMS & COLLOCATIONS (10pts) 1C 2A 3C 4D 5B 6D 7A 8D 9B 10C 1. I’m sick and _______ of studying grammar. A. cross B. ill C. tired D. bored Be sick and tired of = have experienced too much of someone or something with the result that you are annoyed 2. She loves reading – she always has her _______ in a book. A. nose B. eyes C. face D brow have one’s nose in a book: lúc nào cũng đọc sách 3. Mice ________! A. give me creeps B. give me the creep C. give me the creeps D. give me creep give me the creeps= hey make you feel nervous and a little frightened, especially because they are strange 4. When his parents are away, his eldest brother ___. A. knocks it off B. calls the shots C. draws the line D. is in the same boat knocks it off= used to tell someone to stop doing something that annoys you

calls the shots= to be in the position of being able to make the decisions that will influence a situation draw the line = never do something because you think it is wrong in the same boat= cùng chung caanhr ngộ,hoàn cảnh 5. I will do everything in my ___________ to rescue the victims. A. ability B. power C. mind D. effort Do sth in one’s power = làm điều gì trong hết khả năng của mình 6. Be careful or he'll take you for a _________. A. trick B. cheat C. fraud D. ride Take sb for s ride = lừa gạt ai đó 7. Just because Laura makes a lot of money, everyone expects her to _____ all the bills. A. foot B. stand C. run D. carry Foot the bill= thanh toán hóa đơn ,trả tiền 8. My sister told me to pack some trousers and shirts for the trip, _________, not to forget my toothbrush. A. after all B. but more or less C. before long D. but above all but above all=trên hết 9. His English was roughly _____ with my Greek, so communication was rather difficult! A. level B. on a par C. equal D. in tune on (a) par with someone/something=equal or similar to someone or something 10. I didn’t want to make a decision _____ so I said I’d like to think about it. A. on and off B. in one go C. there and then D. at a stroke there and then=ngay lập tức on and off= thi thoảng,thỉnh thoảng in one go=All at one time or in one attempt. at a stroke= with a single effort=bằng một hành động duy nhất tức khắc Part 2: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Line 1 2 3 5 5 9 9 11 13 15

Mistakes locking like in the knowing though that changing revolutionarily finding

Corrections locked as since an known despite which change revolutionary findings

Part 3: Read the following passage and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (10 pts)

1. A

2. B

3. C

4. B

5. C

6. A

7. D

8. D

9. C

10. A

The word OK is ubiquitous in modern English but its origins remain (1) _______ in mystery. Over the years, many theories have been (2) ______ regarding its derivation but none of them is (3) _______ convincing. The first recorded written use of OK was in 1839, when it appeared in a newspaper article in Boston, Massachusetts. There was a (4) _______ for wacky acronyms at the time, just as today's text messages use things like 'LOL', and OK allegedly originated as a misspelling of All Correct. But (5) ______ many of these acronyms flourished briefly and then gradually (6) _______ out of use, OK has proved to be remarkably (7) _______. It first reached England in 1870, where it appeared in the words of a popular song, and today is in (8) _______ use across the English-speaking world. As part of a phrase ' …. rules OK', it has been a mainstay of urban graffiti since the 1930s and in 1969 it had the (9) ______ of being the first word spoken on the moon. In short, it's a (10) _______ useful word. 1. A. shrouded B. smothered C. clothed D. draped be shrouded in secrecy/mystery=to be very secret or mysterious 2. A. laid out B. put forward C. drawn up D. brought about Put forward = state an idea or opinion, or to suggest a plan or person, for other people to consider 3. A. widely B. mainly C. wholly D. largely Wholly convice =hoàn toàn thuyết phục 4. A. hype B. craze C. rage D. whim Craze for= state an idea or opinion, or to suggest a plan or person, for other people to consider 5. A. despite B. albeit C. whereas D. providing 6. A. slipped B. faded C. crept D. strayed Slip out of sth= remove clothing quickly and easily 7. A. resolute B. stalwart C. steadfast D. resilient Resilient= able to be happy, successful, etc. again after something difficult or bad has happened// able to quickly return to its usual shape after being bent, stretched, or pressed 8. A. staunch B. relentless C. durable D. constant in constant use=sử dụng liên tục ,không ngừng nghỉ 9. A. credit B. pride C. honour D. acclaim have the honour of doing something =used for saying that you are proud to be able to do something 10. A. phenomenally B. ordinarily C. conclusively D. controversially Phenomenally= extremely, especially in a way that is surprising Part 4: Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in each space. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (15 pts)

1. high

2. mere

3. against

4. roots

5. rewards

6. maintain

7. unrest

8. served

9. while

10. large

Part 5: Read the following passage and choose the best answer to each question.(15pts)

1. C

2. A

3. C

4. B

5. D

6. B

7. C

8. C

9. A

10. B

Learning to Run An article published recently in the prestigious scientific journal Nature is shedding new light on an important, but hitherto little appreciated, aspect of human evolution. In this article, Professors Dennis Bramble and Daniel Lieberman suggest that the ability to run was a crucial factor in the development of our species. According to the two scientists, humans possess a number of anatomical features that make them surprisingly good runners. ‘We are very confident that strong selection for running (A) ____was instrumental in the origin of the modern human body form,’ says Bramble, a biology professor at the University of Utah. Traditional thinking up to now has been that the distinctive, upright body form of modern humans has come about as a result of the ability to walk, and that running is simply a by-product of walking. Furthermore, humans have usually been regarded as poor runners compared to such animals as dogs, horses or antelopes. However, this is only true if we consider fast running, or sprinting, over short distances. Even an Olympic athlete can hardly run as fast as a horse can gallop, and can only keep up a top speed for fifteen seconds or so. Horses, antelopes and greyhounds, on the other hand, can run at top speed for several minutes, clearly outperforming us in this respect. But when it comes to long-distance running, humans do astonishingly well (B)_____ They can maintain a steady pace for miles, and their overall speed compares favourably with that of horses or dogs. Bramble and Lieberman examined twenty-six anatomical features found in humans. One of the most interesting of these is the nuchal ligament, a band of tissue that extends from a ridge on the base of the skull to the spine. When we run, it is this ligament that prevents our head from pitching back and forth or from side to side. Therefore, we are able to run with steady heads, held high. The nuchal ligament (C)_____is not found in any other surviving primates, although the fossil record shows that Homo erectus, an early human species that walked upright, much as we do, also had one. Then there are our Achilles tendons at the backs of our legs, which connect our calf muscles to our heel bones - and which have nothing to do with walking. When we run, these behave like springs, helping to propel us forward. Furthermore, we have low, wide shoulders, virtually disconnected from our skulls, an anatomical adaptation which allows us to run

more efficiently. Add to this our light forearms, which swing out of phase with the movement of our legs to assist balance, and one begins to appreciate the point that Bramble and Lieberman are trying to make. But what evolutionary advantage is gained from being good long-distance runners? One hypothesis is that this ability may have permitted early humans to obtain food more effectively. ‘What these features and fossil facts appear to be telling us is that running evolved in order for our direct ancestors to compete with other carnivores for access to the protein needed to grow the big brains that we enjoy today,’ says Lieberman. Some scientists speculate that early humans may have pursued animals for miles in order to exhaust them before killing them. Running would also have conferred an advantage before weapons were invented: early humans might have been scavengers, eating the meat and marrow left over from a kill by lions or other large predators. They may have been alerted to the existence of a freshly-killed carcass by vultures (D)____, and the faster they got to the scene of the kill, the better. ‘Research on the history of human locomotion has traditionally been contentious,’ says Lieberman. ’At the very least, I hope this theory will make many people have second thoughts about how humans learned to run and walk and why we are built the way we are.’ 1. According to the text, the human ability to run….. A. was only recently described in a scientific journal. B. is now regarded as more important than the ability to climb trees. C. played an important part in human evolution. D. is surprising when we consider evolutionary trends. 1. Theo văn bản, khả năng chạy của con người… .. A. chỉ mới được mô tả gần đây trên một tạp chí khoa học. B. bây giờ được coi là quan trọng hơn khả năng leo cây. C. đã góp phần quan trọng trong quá trình tiến hóa của loài người. D. là đáng ngạc nhiên khi chúng ta xem xét các xu hướng tiến hóa Clue: In this article, Professors Dennis Bramble and Daniel Lieberman suggest that the ability to run was a crucial factor in the development of our species

Trong bài báo này, Giáo sư Dennis Bramble và Daniel Lieberman cho rằng khả năng chạy là một yếu tố quan trọng trong sự phát triển của chúng ta. 2. According to the text, scientists used to believe………. A. that the human body owes its form to the ability to walk. B. the human ability to walk adversely affected the ability to run. C. that only modern humans could walk upright. D. that humans can run because they stand upright. Clue: ‘We are very confident that strong selection for running (A) ...was instrumental in the origin of the modern human body form,’ says Bramble, a biology professor at the University of Utah. Traditional thinking up to now has been that the distinctive, upright body form of modern humans has come about as a result of the ability to walk, and that running is simply a by-product of walking. Chúng tôi rất tin tưởng rằng sự lựa chọn mạnh mẽ để chạy (A) ... là công cụ tạo nên hình dạng cơ thể người hiện đại. Suy nghĩ truyền thống từ trước đến nay cho rằng hình dáng cơ thể thẳng đứng đặc biệt của con người hiện đại là kết quả của khả năng đi bộ, và chạy đơn giản chỉ là sản phẩm phụ của việc đi bộ 3.According to the text, humans…………… A. are better runners than most other animals. B are not good at running short distances. C. cannot run at top speed for long distances. D. compare unfavourably with horses and dogs. 3.Theo văn bản, con người …………… A. là những người chạy tốt hơn hầu hết các động vật khác. B không giỏi chạy cự ly ngắn. C. không thể chạy với vận tốc như khi bắt đầu trong quãng đường dài. D. so sánh bất lợi với ngựa và chó. Clue: Even an Olympic athlete can hardly run as fast as a horse can gallop, and can only keep up a top speed for fifteen seconds or so. Horses, antelopes and greyhounds, on the other hand, can run at top speed for several minutes, clearly outperforming us in this respect. Ngay cả một vận động viên Olympic cũng khó có thể chạy nhanh như một con ngựa có thể phi nước đại, và chỉ có thể duy trì tốc độ tối đa trong mười lăm giây hoặc lâu

hơn. Mặt khác, ngựa, linh dương và chó săn xám có thể chạy với tốc độ tối đa trong vài phút, rõ ràng là vượt trội hơn chúng ta về mặt này. 4. It appears that the nuchal ligament……… A. is found only in modern primates. B. is associated with the ability to run. C. prevents the head from moving. D. is a unique anatomical feature. 4. Dường như dây chằng sau gáy ……… A. chỉ có ở các loài linh trưởng hiện đại. B. gắn liền với khả năng chạy. C. ngăn cản đầu chuyển động. D. là một đặc điểm giải phẫu độc đáo. Clue: ne of the most interesting of these is the nuchal ligament, a band of tissue that extends from a ridge on the base of the skull to the spine. When we run, it is this ligament that prevents our head from pitching back and forth or from side to side. Therefore, we are able to run with steady heads, held high Một trong những điều thú vị nhất trong số này là dây chằng nuchal, một dải mô kéo dài từ sườn trên nền hộp sọ đến cột sống. Khi chúng ta chạy, chính dây chằng này sẽ ngăn đầu của chúng ta ném qua lại hoặc từ bên này sang bên kia. Do đó, chúng ta có thể chạy với những cái đầu vững vàng, ngẩng cao đầu. 5. The text implies that…………… A. we do not need calf muscles in order to walk. B. without shoulders we could not run very fast. C. the movement of our forearms is out of phase. D. our Achilles tendons are an adaptation for running. Clue: Then there are our Achilles tendons at the backs of our legs, which connect our calf muscles to our heel bones - and which have nothing to do with walking. When we run, these behave like springs, helping to propel us forward Sau đó, có các gân Achilles ở phía sau của chân, kết nối cơ bắp chân với xương gót chân - và không liên quan gì đến việc đi bộ. Khi chúng ta chạy, chúng hoạt động giống như những chiếc lò xo, giúp đẩy chúng ta về phía trước. 6. The pronoun “these” in the third paragraph refers to……………

A. legs

B. tendons

C. muscles

D. bones

7. According to the text, early humans………… A. killed animals by exhausting them. B. may have evolved big brains for running. C. competed with other animals for food. D. could probably run before they could walk. 7. Theo văn bản, loài người sơ khai ………… A. giết động vật bằng cách làm chúng kiệt sức. B. có thể đã tiến hóa bộ não lớn để chạy. C. cạnh tranh thức ăn với các động vật khác. D. có lẽ có thể chạy trước khi họ có thể đi bộ Clue: What these features and fossil facts appear to be telling us is that running evolved in order for our direct ancestors to compete with other carnivores for access to the protein needed to grow the big brains that we enjoy today,’ says Lieberman. 8. Professor Lieberman hopes to……………. A. dispel any remaining doubts about the nature of the human body. B. prove conclusively that humans did not always walk in an upright position. C. make people reconsider previously-held ideas about human anatomy. D. inform people of the real reason why humans are able to run and walk. 8. Giáo sư Lieberman hy vọng sẽ ……………. A. xua tan mọi nghi ngờ còn lại về bản chất của cơ thể con người. B. chứng minh một cách kết luận rằng con người không phải lúc nào cũng bước đi trong tư thế thẳng đứng. C. làm cho mọi người xem xét lại những ý tưởng đã có trước đây về giải phẫu người. D. thông báo cho mọi người về lý do thực sự tại sao con người có thể chạy và đi bộ. Clue: Research on the history of human locomotion has traditionally been contentious,’ says Lieberman. ’At the very least, I hope this theory will make many people have second thoughts about how humans learned to run and walk and why we are built the way we are.’ 9. Which of the following spaces can the relative clause “- which came at the expense of the historical ability to live in trees -” fit? A. (A)

B. (B) C. (C) D. (D) 10. The word “conferred” in the fourth paragraph can be best replaced by A. give out B. bring about C. refer to D. make out Conferred =bring out = mang lại Part 6: Read the following passage and do the tasks that follows .(15pts) A As far back as Hippocrates’ time (460-370B.C.), people have tried to understand other people by characterizing them according to personality type or temperament. Hippocrates believed there were four different body fluids that influenced four basic types of temperament. His work was further developed 500 years later by Galen. These days there are a number of self-assessment tools that relate to the basic descriptions developed by Galen, although we no longer believe the source to be the types of body fluid that dominate our systems. B vii The benefits of understanding communication styles The value in self-assessments that help determine personality style, learning styles, communication styles, conflict-handling styles, or other aspects of individuals is that they help depersonalize conflict in interpersonal relationships (Giá trị trong việc tự đánh giá giúp xác định phong cách nhân cách, phong cách học tập, phong cách giao tiếp, phong cách xử lý xung đột hoặc các khía cạnh khác của cá nhân là chúng giúp làm giảm xung đột trong mối quan hệ giữa các cá nhân) .The depersonalization occurs when you realize that others aren’t trying to be difficult, but they need different or more information than you do. They’re not intending to be rude: they are so focused on the task they forget about greeting people. They would like to work faster but not at the risk of damaging the relationships needed to get the job done. They understand there is a job to do, but it can only be done right with the appropriate information, which takes time to collect. When used appropriately, understanding communication styles can help resolve conflict on teams(. Khi được sử dụng một cách thích hợp, việc hiểu các phong cách giao tiếp có thể giúp giải quyết xung đột trong nhóm )Very rarely are conflicts of true personality issues. Usually, they are issues of style, information needs, or focus. .-> Lợi ích của việc hiểu phong cách giao tiếp Ci Summarising personality types Hippocrates and later Galen determined there were four basic temperaments: sanguine, phlegmatic, melancholic and choleric.(Hip và sau này Galen đã xác định ra 4 tính khí cơ bản là : lạc quan,lãnh đạm,sầu muộn và hay nổi nóng)

These descriptions were developed centuries ago and they are still somewhat apt, although you could update the wording. In today’s world, they translate into the four fairly common communication styles described below: -> Tổng hợp các kiểu tính cách D iv A lively person who encourages The sanguine=lively person would be the expressive or spirited style of communication. (Người lạc quan sẽ là người có phong cách giao tiếp biểu cảm hoặc tinh thần) These people speak in pictures. They invest a lot of emotion and energy in their communication and often speak quickly, putting their whole body into it. They are easily sidetracked onto a story that may or may not illustrate the point they are trying to make. Because of their enthusiasm, they are great team motivators= encourage : Bởi vì sự nhiệt tình của họ, họ là động lực tuyệt vời cho đội . They are concerned about people and relationships. Their high levels of energy can come on strong at times and their focus is usually on the bigger picture, which means they sometimes miss the details or the proper order of things. These people find conflict or differences of opinion invigorating and love to engage in a spirited discussion. They love change and are constantly looking for new and exciting adventures. E ix Factual and analytical personality The phlegmatic person - cool and persevering - translates into the technical or systematic communication style. This style of communication is focused on facts and technical details. =factual and analytical Phlegmatic people have an orderly methodical way of approaching tasks, and their focus is very much on the task, not on the people, emotions, or concerns that the task may evoke. The focus is also more on the details necessary to accomplish a task. Sometimes the details overwhelm the big picture and focus needs to be brought back to the context of the task. People with this style think the facts should speak for themselves, and they are not as comfortable with conflict. They need time to adapt to change and need to understand both the logic of it and the steps involved.( Họ cần thời gian để thích ứng với sự thay đổi và cần hiểu cả logic của nó và các bước liên quan.) => analytical F viii

Cautious and caring

The melancholic person who is soft hearted and oriented toward doing things for others, translates into the considerate or sympathetic communication style (Người đa sầu đa cảm, có trái tim mềm yếu và hướng đến việc làm cho người khác, được chuyển thành phong cách giao tiếp ân cần hoặc thông cảm) . A person with this communication style is focused on people and relationships. They are good listeners and do things for other people-sometimes to the detriment of getting things done for themselves=> Caring . They want to solicit everyone’s opinion and make sure everyone is comfortable with whatever is required to get the job done(Họ muốn thu thập ý kiến của mọi người và đảm bảo rằng mọi người đều cảm thấy thoải mái với bất cứ điều gì được yêu cầu để hoàn thành công việc) => Cautious . At times this focus on others can distract from the task at hand. Because they are so concerned

with the needs of others and smoothing over issues, they do not like conflict.( Bởi vì họ rất quan tâm đến nhu cầu của người khác và giải quyết các vấn đề một cách suôn sẻ, họ không thích xung đột)=> Caring They believe that change threatens the status quo and tends to make people feel uneasy, so people with this communication style, like phlegmatic people, need time to consider the changes in order to adapt to them. Gv

Demanding and unsympathetic personality

The choleric temperament translates into the bold or direct style of communication. People with this style are brief in their communication - the fewer words the better. They are big picture thinkers and love to be involved in many things at once. They are focused on tasks and outcomes and often forget that the people involved in carrying out the tasks have needs. They don’t do detail work easily and as a result, can often underestimate how much time it takes to achieve the task. Because they are so direct, they often seem forceful and can be very intimidating to others. They usually would welcome someone challenging them, but most other styles are afraid to do so. They also thrive on change, the more the better.( Họ không thực hiện công việc chi tiết một cách dễ dàng và do đó, thường có thể đánh giá thấp thời gian cần thiết để đạt được nhiệm vụ. Bởi vì họ rất bộc trực, họ thường có vẻ mạnh mẽ và có thể rất đáng sợ đối với người khác. Họ thường chào đón ai đó thách thức họ, nhưng hầu hết các phong cách khác đều sợ làm như vậy. Họ cũng phát triển mạnh theo sự thay đổi, càng nhiều càng tốt)  Tính cách không thông cảm cho mọi việc,người ưa thích thử thách,đòi hỏi H A well-functioning team should have all of these communication styles for true effectiveness. All teams need to focus on the task, and they need to take care of relationships in order to achieve those tasks. They need the big picture perspective or the context of their work, and they need the details to be identified and taken care of for success. We all have aspects of each style within us. Some of us can easily move from one style to another and adapt our style to the needs of the situation at hand-whether the focus is on tasks or relationships. For others, a dominant style is very evident, and it is more challenging to see the situation from the perspective of another style. The work environment can influence communication styles either by the type of work that is required or by the predominance of one style reflected in that environment. Some people use one style at work and another at home. The good news about communication styles is that we have the ability to develop flexibility in our styles. The greater the flexibility we have, the more skilled we usually are at handling possible and actual conflicts. Usually, it has to be relevant to us to do so, either because we think it is important or because there are incentives in our environment to encourage it. The key is that we have to want to become flexible with our communication style. As Henry Ford said, “Whether you think you can or you can’t, you’re right!” Questions 7-10 Do the following statements agree with the information given in the reading passage. Write

TRUE if the statement agrees with the information FALSE if the statement contradicts the information NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this 7. It is believed that sanguine people dislike variety. F Clue: They love change and are constantly looking for new and exciting adventures. 8. Melancholic and phlegmatic people have similar characteristics. T Clue: so people with this communication style, like phlegmatic people, need time to consider the changes in order to adapt to them. 9. Managers often select their best employees according to personality types. NG 10. It is possible to change one’s personality type.T Clue: -Some of us can easily move from one style to another and adapt our style to the needs of the situation at hand-whether the focus is on tasks or relationships The good news about communication styles is that we have the ability to develop flexibility in our styles. Part 7. You are going to read a newspaper article in which people talk about their experiences at job interviews. For question 1-10, choose from the people (A-F) (10 pts) 1. A 2. E 3. C 6. D 7. F 8. C the importance of keeping to the point

4. E 9. D

5. B 10.A 1………….

awareness of body language

2…………..

sources of information about your prospective employer

3………….

taking responsibility for past errors

4………….

appearing to have rehearsed responses

5………….

preparing inquiries to put to a prospective employer

6………….

foreseeing the consequences of feeling apprehensive

7………….

indicating that you view the interview as a transaction

8………….

a relaxed atmosphere in the workplace

9………….

advantages in being honest about your failings

10…………

Tell us Something about Yourself Being interviewed for a job can be a stressful experience. We asked six people what they learnt from being in that situation. A. My first interview for a job taught me a great deal. I was applying for the position of junior account executive in an advertising company, which involves dealing with clients on a face-to-face basis. It follows that you have to be good at interpersonal skills, and unfortunately, that’s not the impression I gave. Like a lot of people, I tend to babble when I’m nervous. The interviewer began by asking me to say something about myself, and I started talking about my hobbies. But I got carried away and went off at a tangent, which made a bad impression.Q1 The other lesson I learnt was that if you are asked what your weaknesses are, you really shouldn’t be evasive. You could mention a weakness that can also be a strength. For example, being pedantic is not always a bad thing in certain circumstances, and you should explain how you cope with that weakness, but you have to say something.( Bạn có thể đề cập đến điểm yếu cũng có thể là điểm mạnh. Ví dụ, không phải lúc nào cũng là điều xấu trong một số trường hợp nhất định, và bạn nên giải thích cách bạn đối phó với điểm yếu đó, nhưng bạn phải nói điều gì đó.) Q10 B. In my present job I have to interview applicants, and I can offer a few general tips. Firstly, a candidate should not learn a speech off by heart; you will come across as insincere, as if you have practiced everything in front of a minor. Thứ nhất, một ứng viên không nên học bài diễn thuyết thuộc lòng; bạn sẽ bắt gặp như không thành thật, như thể bạn đã thực hành mọi thứ trước gương Q5. Secondly, it is crucial to understand what the interviewer wants you to talk about. For instance, an interviewer might ask about a situation where your supervisor or manager had a problem with your work. Now, what the interviewer is really after is to see how you react to criticism, and the best thing is to say that you tried to learn from this. Finally, don’t try to conceal your real character. When I was interviewed for a job many years ago, the interviewer asked me at the end of our talk if I had any questions. I was very keen to get the job, so I asked what opportunities there were for promotion if I were hired. I wondered if perhaps I had been too direct, but I later discovered that employers like you to seem eager, and I think they were impressed by my enthusiasm and ambition.

C. One good way to prepare for an interview is to find out as much as you can about the company you have applied to from its website and promotional material. Một cách tốt để chuẩn bị cho một cuộc phỏng vấn là tìm hiểu càng nhiều càng tốt về công ty bạn đã ứng tuyển từ trang web và tài liệu quảng cáo của họ.Q3 When you are asked if you have any questions, you can show that you have done this preparatory work, which will impress the interviewer. I also think a lot of candidates are too defensive in interviews. It’s not enough just to avoid giving the ‘wrong’ answers; you should also actively try to make a good impression. Make it clear that the interview is a two-way process: after all, you want to be sure the company is the right place for you. . Hãy nói rõ rằng cuộc phỏng vấn là một quá trình hai chiều: sau cùng, bạn muốn chắc chắn rằng công ty là nơi phù hợp với bạn.Q8 It’s acceptable to take the opportunity, when one is offered, to interview the interviewer! One way to do this is to ask him or her some penetrating questions such as why he or she has stayed with the company for so long. Some people might think such a question is arrogant, so size up the interviewer first and decide whether it would be an appropriate thing to ask. D. I remember one interview I attended with a company that makes ice cream and other dairy products. I didn’t know much about the company, and it was brought home to me that I should have found out some basic facts. I turned up in a smart business suit and tie, only to find that my prospective employers were in jeans! They believed in being casual: no private offices, everyone ate in the same canteen, people all used first names with each other etc. Q9 I realised I should have done more research. Needless to say, I didn’t get the job. On another occasion, at the end of an interview, I was asked if I had anything to say. I was so relieved that the interview was over that I just smiled and blurted out: ‘No thanks!’ I later realised this was a mistake. A candidate should decide in advance on at least ten things to ask the interviewer: it’s not necessary to ask more than two or three questions, but you need to have some in reserve in case the question you wanted to ask is answered in the course of the interview. Một ứng viên nên quyết định trước ít nhất mười điều để hỏi người phỏng vấn: không nhất thiết phải hỏi nhiều hơn hai hoặc ba câu hỏi, nhưng bạn cần phải có một số câu hỏi dự phòng trong trường hợp câu hỏi bạn muốn hỏi được trả lời trong quá trình phỏng vấn.Q6

E. Preparation is of extreme importance; things like I finding out what form the interview will have. Will there be any sort of written component, for instance, and will you be talking to one person or a panel? And of course, you need to prepare answers to those awkward questions designed to find out more about your character. For example, you might be asked about your most important achievement so far; don't answer this in a way that makes you seem swollen- headed or complacent as this will suggest that you don’t learn easily. Actually, it's not so much what people say that makes them seem arrogant as the way they sit, how they hold their heads, whether they meet the interviewer’s eye, so bear that in mind. Thực ra, những gì mọi người nói không khiến họ có vẻ kiêu ngạo như cách họ ngồi, cách họ ngẩng đầu, liệu họ có bắt gặp ánh mắt của người phỏng vấn hay không, vì vậy hãy ghi nhớ điều đó.Q2 Another question interviewers sometimes ask, to find out how well you work in a team, is about mistakes you have made. You should have an example ready and admit that you were at fault, otherwise it looks as though you are the kind of person who shifts the blame onto others. để tìm hiểu xem bạn làm việc nhóm tốt như thế nào, đó là về những sai lầm bạn đã mắc phải. Bạn nên chuẩn bị sẵn một ví dụ và thừa nhận rằng bạn có lỗi, nếu không, có vẻ như bạn là loại người đổ lỗi cho người khác Q4 But you should also show that you learnt from the mistake and wouldn’t make it again. F. Being nervous can make you forget things, so always take detailed notes with you to an interview, even about the simplest things - this will help you feel less nervous. Lo lắng có thể khiến bạn quên mất mọi thứ, vì vậy hãy luôn ghi chú chi tiết khi đi phỏng vấn, ngay cả về những điều đơn giản nhất - điều này sẽ giúp bạn bớt lo lắng hơn.Q7 I also think you have to strike the right balance between being too arrogant and too selfeffacing. For example, if you are asked where you see yourself in five years’ time, don't be diffident about showing that you are ambitious. You could even say you’d like to be doing the interviewer’s job! Show that your ambition is the force that drives you – employers are happy to see this characteristic because it also suggests you will work hard. Take every opportunity to reinforce the impression that you are eager; one way is by asking questions about the job. This suggests that you will take it seriously. You could also ask what made the last person to fill the position you have applied for

successful, or what you could accomplish in the job that would satisfy the interviewer. Naturally, the answers to questions like this are valuable in themselves, but frankly, the main reason for asking is to ensure you make the right impression.

Part 8; 1: Tom is (always) the life and soul of parties. the life and soul of the party : họ là một người quảng giao và là trung tâm mọi hoạt động của một sự kiện. 2: The young actress had butterflies in her stomach before the audition. Have butterflies in one’s stomach: bồn chồn,lo lắng về điều gì 3: The community sang the recently elected mayor’s praises. Sing one’s praises : Dành cả tấm lòng để ca ngợi, tán dương ai hay điều gì một cách đầy nhiệt huyết. 4: The new musical has taken theatre audiences by storm. Take sth by storm : làm ai/cái gì trở nên nổi tiếng 5 To this day, I still don’t understand why he did it. To this day : even now, after a very long time 6.It was at Kate’s insistence that we curried favour with our teacher. Curry favour with sb: lấy lòng ai đó 7.Travellers to this area are advised to carry water lest wells (should) be thin on the ground. be thin on the ground: không nhiều, hiếm, ít có 8 Against all expectations, Sam joined the ranks of the unemployed. Join the ranks of : trở thành thành viên của một nhóm hoặc tổ chức nào đó. 9. My daughter has grown out of the jumper you knitted for her. Grow out of : Qúa lớn để vừa quần áo, giày dép// Mất thú vui, hứng thú khi bạn già đi hoặc trưởng thành hơn// Kết quả hoặc phát triển từ 10. I couldn’t make head nor tail of the plot of the book. Make head nor tail of sth: hiểu hc nhân ra điều gì Test 4 Phần 1: Task 1: Listen and choose the most suitable answer to each question. Winridge Forest Railway Park Question 1: Simon’s idea for a theme park came from A. his childhood hobby. B. his interest in landscape design. C. his visit to another park. Question 2: When they started, the family decided to open the park only when A. the weather was expected to be good.

B. the children weren’t at school.

C. there were fewer farming commitments. Question 3: Since opening, the park has had A. 50,000 visitors. B. 1,000,000 visitors. Question 4: The main idea of Liz’s work is currently

C. 1,500,000 visitors.

A. advertising. B. animal care. Question 5: What is the area of the Go-Kart arena?

C. staffing.

A. 1.2 km2

B. 120 m2

C. 12 km2

Task 2: Listen and decide whether each of the following statements is true (T) or false (F): 6. The canals were built despite the fact that there was no public finance and very little technology. 7. From 1919 to 1929, there were many canals that were competing with each other but were not uniform in size. 8. The new union of canals provided a continuous link between major industrial cities. 9. There are plenty of natural habitats for a variety of wildlife on and around the canals. 10. Walkers can go to the nearest waterway office to get information on circular walks so they can start and end at the same place. Task 3: Complete the summary by filling in the missing information. CLASS CLARIFICATIONS Before you come to class, you are supposed ______________________________ to be able to follow the lecture.

(1)

All assignments must be (2) ____________________ and ____________________ on the due date to receive full credit. The grade for a(n) (3) ______________________________ will be lowered by one letter per day past the due date. All exams must be completed (4) ___________________________. Unexpected absence must be reported to the teacher via (5) _____________________ (either home or office) and/or _______________________. A(n) (6) ___________________________ must be arranged within 7 days of the scheduled date.

Questions on the regular exam are usually multiple-choice ones, while makeups are always (7) _________________________ tests. In the class, your (8) ____________ will be assigned. Your attendance accounts for (9) _______________________ of the final score. You can request an incomplete ___________________________.

for

(10)

_______________

other

Phần 2:

Part 1 A. PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS 1. I had no time to think about what I looked like, so I ………….. on my old jeans. A. dolled B. pulled C. let D. rolled 2. Fiona stood up, ………….. down her skirt and began to address the audience. A. smoothed B. got C. tied D. dolled 3. That he was using unscrupulous research methods only came out because his assistant _______ on him to the press. A. ratted B. hounded C. fished D. bugged 4. I am not surprised that your brother is angry; you spent half an hour _______ him up about an issue he cares about deeply. A. spinning B. turning C. winding D. twirling 5. When I was a child I always hated wearing my older brother’s …………..-offs. A. let B. cast C. get D. flung 6. Roberto should try not to let his regrets for what he done ………….. away at him. A. come B. eat C. stick D. flood 7. I was sitting in a train looking out of the window, when my mind suddenly ………….. back to that amazing trip we made to India. A. put B. flashed C. stirred D. associated 8. I’ll listen ………….. for your car and come down to the street so you don’t have to park. A. to B. with C. out D. up 9. The noise of the plane passing overhead drowned ………….. the radio and I missed the nesws. A. down B. off C. out D. in 10. She has such an awful voice; it just grates ………….. me every time she sings. A. to B. at C. of D. on B. COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS 1. It was such a shock to receive a letter like that _____.

A in the red

B. out of the blue

C. in the pink

D. over the moon

2.. Just think! Next month you'll be _____ and it seems like only yesterday you were a baby.HD A. in your teens

B. in your teenage

C. at your teens

D. teenager

3. I'd like to buy the radio but I haven't got any money on me at the moment. Could you _____ for me for a day or two? A bring it round

B. lay it in

C. take it in

D. put it on one side

4. With his excellent qualifications and a good command of English, James is ____________ above the other applicants. A. head and hair B. head and ears C. head and hands D. head and shoulders 5 . . The challenges Ann encountered while assisting the medical charity in Africa ______ the best in her personality. A. brought up B. brought out C. brought around D. brought about bring out the best in: giúp bộc lộ những phẩm chất tốt đẹp6. - I think that Mick will leave his new job before the year is out. - Yes, I agree. I don’t think he’ll_______________ either A. stay the course B. relieved of his duties C. get the sack D. rake industrial action 7. That part of the city has many homes where people behave very badly with regard to others around them. There is a big problem with___________________ A. sanitary conditions B. sanitary conditions C. antisocial behavior D. public disorder 8 Einstein’s ideas significantly contributed to our understanding of the universe. Einstein’s ideas made ____________ our understanding of the universe. A. dim and distant memory B. a lasting contribution to C. a bygone era D. the vast expanse 9.The Minister was trying to avoid publicity so he kept_________________ A. near the ground B. a low profile C. a cool ahead D. under cover 10. We should all _____________ when advertisers attempt to use unfair practices. A. make a comeback B. make a deal C. make amends D. make a stand Part 2: Identify 10 errors in the following passage and correct them The BBC World Service on radios claims a regular worldwide audience of some 25 million for its English language programmes. It is funded directly by the British Foreign Office, despite any Government attempt to control the content of programmes are vigorously fought off. It is broadcast around the world and nobody who has access to a radio with short wave need be without it. The archetype listener today is under 30, male, likely to be the second or even third language. Few women tune in, which is why there is no women’s programme including in its 24-hour services. The biggest and the most important of the news programme is Newshour, a 60-minute survey of world news which goes out at night at 10 p.m.British time. This slot cannot please everyone but be the optimum time to catch any listeners having breakfast in Hongkong or settling down during the night in West African. It can recommend to anyone who wants

to understand the world, not just Britain. At any rate, which is its aim and certainly by comparison, most British domestic news programmes seem trivial and parochial. Part 3: Fill each of the numbered blanks in the passage with ONE suitable word. (15pts) In most art museums, the paintings on the wall just look flat, but sometimes visitors come across an image that appears to be three-dimensional. The artist has cleverly used colors, lines, and shading to give the painting some depth, making it more (1) ___. The artistic technique of creating three-dimensional images of something on a flat surface is called trompe l'oeil, a French phrase (2) ___ trick the eye. Today, some artists are adapting the idea of tricking the eye to make things become invisible. A new (3) ___ for this is camouflage art. In nature, there are major benefits to using camouflage to blend (4) ___ with the surroundings. Becoming invisible, or at (5) ___ being harder to see on the ground or in a tree, allows insects and animals to hide from things that might eat them. It also allows them to get close (6) ___ to surprise other insects or smaller animals that they want to catch and eat. Artists are not hiding or preparing to attack. (7) ___, they are using the idea of camouflage to make urban spaces look nicer or to make statements with their art. Sometimes they just do it for fun. Artists can make these things more interesting and in some cases make them (8) ___ visible. In many urban areas, large buildings have been painted with amazing murals that trick our eyes. Thus, ordinary brick walls are transformed into interesting (9) ___ of art. Temporary walls put up to keep people out of a (10) ___ site can be painted like the finished building to camouflage the site.

Your answer:

10.

Part 4; Read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. (15 points) MOUNTAIN RESCUE Last year over 200 climbers were rescued from the mountains of Scotland alone by local rescue teams, who go out in all weathers to do whatever they can to help when disaster (1)________. These people are volunteers, giving their time and energy freely

and, on occasion, putting themselves in danger. They will risk life and (2)______ in an emergency when they are called on to rescue foolhardy or unlucky climbers. A whole (3)________ of things can go wrong up in the mountains. A storm can (4)_______ up without warning, reducing visibility to virtually zero. Then only the most experienced mountaineer could find their way back down to safety. And it is easy to come to (5)________, breaking a leg - or worse. Many climbers owe a huge (6)_______ of gratitude to the rescue teams! While rescue teams work for no pay, there are considerable costs (7)_______ in maintaining an efficient service. Equipment such as ropes and stretchers is of (8)________ importance, as are vehicles and radio communications devices. Though some of the costs are (9)________ by the government, the rescue teams couldn't operate without donations from the public. Fortunately, fundraising for a good cause like this is not difficult; anyone who has ever been up in the mountains will gladly (10)_______ a contribution.

1. A. hits

B. rises

C. strikes

D. arrive

2. A. limb

B. blood

C. bone

D. flesh

3. A. scope

B. extent

C. range

D. scale

4. A. brew

B. arise

C. whip

D. lash

5. A. agony

B. trouble

C. problem

D. grief

6. A. recognition

B. liability

C. debt

D. obligation

7. A. implied

B. involved

C. featured

D. connected

8. A. lively

B. vibrant

C. essential

D. vital

9. A. borne

B. held

C. carried

D. fulfilled

10. A. make

B. take

C. do

D. hand

Your answer:

10.

Task 5: Read the passage and choose the answer A, B, C, or D which you think fits best according to the text.

What happens psychologically when one is lost at sea? Why does one person survive while another perishes? Is there a personality type that makes one person better at handling the elements, fear and loneliness? Until recently, science has been completely in the dark about what makes a survivor. Now experts are intensifying their search to demystify the psychology of survival, analysing personality traits among people who triumph over life-threatening crises – and those who succumb. In a life-threatening situation the brain immediately triggers a state of shock, sending alarms through the body. Your emergency response system shifts into gear. Blood pressure rises, muscles tense, adrenalin pumps. If you survive initially, you then shift mental gears to longer-term planning – whatever you have to do to survive. Next you go into the resistance phase; a chronic coping state, in which the body tries to maintain balance in the face of threat, danger and deprivation. Later, one of two things happens: you enter an exhaustion phase, in which the coping mechanisms are overwhelmed, you lose strength, and die – as often happens – or you persevere long enough and get rescued or escape the situation. Who survives, it turns out, isn’t determined by age, physical stamina, or experience. Although one would expect people who are fitter to be the best candidates to make it back alive, the mind, that great trickster, isn’t ruled by logic. Last summer, for example, a sailboat sank. It was being steered by Nicholas Abbott, who often transported pleasure boats from the Caribbean to New York. With him was his friend, Janet Culver, a reserved woman, not a risk-taker, making her first longdistance cruise. If you worked for an insurance agency, you’d bet Abbott would be the one to return alive. Yet he’s the one who died. After 10 days adrift in a tiny dinghy, battling 16-foot waves and thundershowers, Abbott – hungry, thirsty, and delirious – said he was going to swim home, jumped overboard and drowned. Culver, covered with sun blisters and too weak to sit, would not give up. “Each day I stayed alive was another chance to be rescued,” she told me. “Something deep inside told me to hang on one more day.” While Abbott let his depression get the better of him, Culver evaluated his situation in small, manageable increments. She kept her mind open. It is important to remain mentally active, dwelling on positive things. “Don’t give up”, say the experts. “Drive your thoughts to things that make you happy. Have fantasies. In other words, play games with your mind. Don’t let it play tricks on you, which experts say it does. The mind goes from hope for rescue, to isolation, to depression. These feelings come, go and vary in order. You have a better chance of survival with other people there. Just being able to say “I’m not going to do what he’s doing” helps handle negative thinking. Highly destructive is the “last chance” phenomenon: rescue is visible, but they don’t see you. You start thinking “That was my only chance; they won’t be back again!” Then you feel doomed. In the end, long-term exposure causes delirium. You start drinking salt water, which causes more delusions. In the cold, people sometimes start

shedding garments and a trail of clothes is found. Paradoxically, these people interpret their coldness as warmth. Researchers studying people who triumph over life-threatening crises are finding survivors share common personality traits: high self-esteem and optimism. Often the difference in mental, rather than physical toughness determines who will endure. Survivors often have a strong belief system outside themselves, in family and religion. Once you give into the sense of abandonment, you give up. Survivors tend to be tenacious in a self-preserving way. They do the right things under pressure. Even though Culver was technically less skilled at sea, she didn’t lose her head. Abbott panicked, left the safest position, and exposed himself to death. The experts attribute this fighting spirit to an immeasurable factor. They can measure weight, age, sex, swimming ability, flotation, quality of clothing – finite things. But they can’t measure the will to live. The only true measure of it is who stares into the abyss and doesn’t blink. 1. Until recently, scientists in extreme situations A. had no knowledge of why some people are less vulnerable. B. had been experimenting with people in extreme situations. C. believed that the personality of a survivor was defined by fear. D. had not been interested in what makes a survivor. 2. According to the writer, A. the exhaustion phase is preceded by a failure of coping mechanisms. B. survival depends on how healthy you are. C. you need to be intelligent to survive a dangerous situation. D. there are a number of phases in the survival process. 3. Why is it surprising that Janet Culver survived? A. She had little or no relevant sailing experience. B. She didn’t take Abbott’s advice. C. She didn’t appear to have a very strong character. D. She was nervous of being at sea. 4. What is one reason why the presence of other people with sometimes help you to survive?

you in a survival situation can

A. They tell you not to give up.

B. You can play games with them to keep awake.

C. They remind you of how not to behave. D. They can help you look out for rescue vehicles. 5. Why is near-rescue destructive? A. It makes the person lose hope. C. It causes delirium.

B. The person knows they will not get another chance. D. People usually try to swim to the rescue vessel.

6. Why can’t scientists measure the will to live?

A. Because it is different in every B. Because it is an abstract quality. person. D. Because people are reluctant to be C. Because it changes throughout a analysed in such a way. person’s life. 7. What do you think is the best title of the passage?

A. Survival at sea

B. Nicholas Abbott

C. Janet Culver

D. Death at sea

8. Which best replaces the phrase “in the face of”?

A. due to

B. including

C. notwithstanding

D. de facto

9. Why does the writer mention an insurance agency?

A. To explain the reasonability of B. To tell what people generally predict. Abbott’s death. C. To reveal a bad habit of an insurance D. To emphasize a terrible mistake of agent. insurance companies. 10. Which has the closest meaning to “tenacious”?

A. cohesive

B. resolute

C. bound

D. strong

Task 6 Read the passage and do the following tasks. (1 point) THE SCIENTIFIC METHOD A.‘Hypotheses,’ said Medawar in 1964,‘are imaginative and inspirational in character’; they are ‘adventures of the mind’. He was arguing in favour of the position taken by Karl Popper in The Logic of Scientific Discovery (1972, 3rd edition) that the nature of scientific method is hypothetico-deductive and not, as is generally believed, inductive.

B.It is essential that you, as an intending researcher, understand the difference between these two interpretations of the research process so that you do not become discouraged or begin to suffer from a feeling of ‘cheating’ or not going about it the right way. C.The myth of scientific method is that it is inductive: that the formulation of scientific theory starts with the basic, raw evidence of the senses - simple, unbiased, unprejudiced observation. Out of these sensory data - commonly referred to as ‘facts’ — generalisations will form. The myth is that from a disorderly array of factual information an orderly, relevant theory will somehow emerge. However, the starting point of induction is an impossible one. D. There is no such thing as an unbiased observation. Every act of observation we make is a function of what we have seen or otherwise experienced in the past. All scientific work of an experimental or exploratory nature starts with some expectation about the outcome. This expectation is a hypothesis. Hypotheses provide the initiative and incentive for the inquiry and influence the method. It is in the light of an expectation that some observations are held to be relevant and some irrelevant, that one methodology is chosen and others discarded, that some experiments are conducted and others are not. Where is, your naive, pure and objective researcher now? E.Hypotheses arise by guesswork, or by inspiration, but having been formulated they can and must be tested rigorously, using the appropriate methodology. If the predictions you make as a result of deducing certain consequences from your hypothesis are not shown to be correct then you discard or modify your hypothesis. If the predictions turn out to be correct then your hypothesis has been supported and may be retained until such time as some further test shows it not to be correct. Once you have arrived at your hypothesis, which is a product of your imagination, you then proceed to a strictly logical and rigorous process, based upon deductive argument — hence the term ‘hypothetico-deductive’. F.So don’t worry if you have some idea of what your results will tell you before you even begin to collect data; there are no scientists in existence who really wait until they have all the evidence in front of them before they try to work out what it might possibly mean. The closest we ever get to this situation is when something happens by accident; but even then the researcher has to formulate a hypothesis to be tested before being sure that, for example, a mould might prove to be a successful antidote to bacterial infection. G.The myth of scientific method is not only that it is inductive (which we have seen is incorrect) but also that the hypothetico-deductive method proceeds in a step-by-step, inevitable fashion. The hypothetico-deductive method describes the logical approach to much research work, but it does not describe the psychological behaviour that brings it about. This is much more holistic — involving guesses, reworkings, corrections, blind alleys and above all inspiration, in the deductive as well as the hypothetic component than is immediately apparent from reading the final thesis or published papers. These have been, quite properly, organised into a more serial, logical order so that the worth of the output may be evaluated independently of the behavioural processes by which it was obtained. It is the difference, for example between the academic papers with which

Crick and Watson demonstrated the structure of the DNA molecule and the fascinating book The Double Helix in which Watson (1968) described how they did it. From this point of view, ‘scientific method’ may more usefully be thought of as a way of writing up research rather than as a way of carrying it out. Questions 1- 5: The reading passage has seven paragraphsA-G. Choose the most suitable headings for paragraphsC-Gfrom the list of headings below. Write the appropriate numbersi-xin boxes. List of Headings i The Crick and Watson approach to research ii Antidotes to bacterial infection iii The testing of hypotheses iv Explaining the inductive method v Anticipating results before data is collected vi How research is done and how it is reported vii The role of hypotheses in scientific research viii Deducing the consequences of hypotheses ix Karl Popper’s claim that the scientific method is hypothetico - deductive x The unbiased researcher Example ParagraphA Answer:ix 1. ParagraphC 2. ParagraphD 3. ParagraphE 4. ParagraphF 5. ParagraphG Questions 6 – 9: Do the following statements reflect the opinions of the writer in the reading passage ? Write: YESif the statement reflects the opinion of the writer. NO if the statement contradicts the opinion of the writer. NOT GIVEN if it is impossible to say what the writer thinks about this 6. Popper says that the scientific method is hypothetico-deductive. 7. If a prediction based on a hypothesis is fulfilled, then the hypothesis is confirmed as true. 8. Many people carry out research in a mistaken way. 9. The ‘scientific method’ is more a way of describing research than a way of doing it. Question 10: Which of the following statements best describes the writer’s main purpose in reading passage ? A. to advise Ph.D students not to cheat while carrying out research. B. to encourage Ph.D students to work by guesswork and inspiration. C. to explain to Ph.D students the logic which the scientific research paper follows. D. to help Ph.D students by explaining different conceptions of the research process. Your answers:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Task 7: Read the passage and choose the destination from A – E. Each destination may be chosen more than once. EXPLORING THE CANADIAN OUTDOORS

A. Churchill Churchill, Manitoba, has much to offer in the way of sightseeing, and its natural surrounds are truly spectacular, but its beauty is nothing but a side-show; the polar bears are the main event in these parts, Churchill being the unofficial polar bear capital of the world. Every year, from October to early December, these giant carnivores gather at the mount of the Churchill River in Hudson Bay and wait patiently until the sea freezes over to enable them to resume seal-hunting again. The town of Churchill has a mere 900 permanent residents, but, during peak bear-spotting season, the population swells to more than 10,000, as visitors from near and far come to see the estimated 1,200 of these cuddly-looking but decidedly lethal beasts that gather around the town each year. Sadly though, most of the visitors, once they have seen their share of bears and taken the obligatory been-there-done-it photo, head home without even pausing to scan the horizon for the other spectacular creature that can be seen in relative abundance here, the Beluga, whose sleek profile is frequently spotted breaking the surface of the water in the bay, offering up a perfect opportunity for whalewatching that only those who have really done their homework will ever get to take advantage of. B. Banff Banff was designated Canada’s first national park way back in 1885 in recognition of the fact that it is an area of truly outstanding natural beauty. Its jagged peaks set against the never-ending light-blue skyline exemplify what the wild and rugged, and remarkably vast range that is the Canadian Rockies is all about. Every year, the park attracts around four million visitors, lured there by the promise of postcard views and abundant wildlife. Banff is home to some 54 mammalian species, from the impressive but harmless moose and elk, to the more lethal cougar, black bear and grizzly bear. The park is also home to a thriving adventure sports industry, and offers first-rate hiking trails with sufficient variety of terrain so as to ensure that both the novice and experienced trekker are kept satisfied. C. Niagara Falls A raging torrent whose fame is such that little if any introduction is necessary, there is a very good reason why Niagara Falls, or, to be more precise, Canadian Falls, the horseshoe-shaped section of the gorge this side of the border, is visited by such large numbers of tourists every year, and that is the simple truth that the scene which greets you on arrival is one of the few genuinely awe-inspiring spectacles you are ever likely to have the privilege to behold. The falls have proved an irresistible temptation for many a daredevil over the years, too, with tightrope walker Nik Wallenda being the most recent case in point – his successful crossing in June 2012 was reported widely in the international media. But for those of us who aren’t inclined towards acts of such reckless insanity, there is an alternative to the perilous rope-walk which offers an

equally noteworthy view; the river-boat ride, which takes you just close enough beneath the gushing torrent to be momentarily deafened by its roar – and you get a free shower into the bargain! A honey-mooner’s as well as nature-lover’s paradise, Niagara should form part of every visitor’s itinerary. D. The Laurentians Just north of Montreal, the distinctly Gallic feel of Mont-Tremblant, a European-style resort in the heart of the Laurentian Mountains, is typical of the villages of the region. The range itself is an all-season paradise which is at its best perhaps during late autumn when the forests explode into a symphony of colour. The area attracts nature- and adventure-lovers alike because, as well as the resplendence of its natural canvass, it can also boast some of the best ski terrain in north America (with slopes to cater for every level of enthusiast) and excellent golf – the main attraction of which is playing against this stunning backdrop no doubt, though the courses are not too shabby either – in the summer season. E. The Great Lakes Known for their diversity ad beauty, and for their disproportionately large contribution to the Earth’s ecology, the five great lakes combined comprise the largest body of freshwater on the planet. Their volume is distributed more or less equally between the States and Canada, with the exception of Lake Michigan which is completely contained within the former country. Their combined surface area is larger than that of England, Scotland and Wales put together. All five lakes are interconnected with their primary outlet being the Saint Lawrence River, which flows through Quebec and eventually empties out into the North Atlantic. Bearing in mind the sheer size of these bodies of water, few visitors can afford themselves the time required to see all five, but a stop at any of the various national parks dotted along their shores is very worthwhile, and an excellent excuse to take in some water-based activities, too, with yatching, canoeing, scuba diving and much more to choose from. To which destination does each statement relate? 1. Although this area is rich in natural beauty, the majority of tourists only come to visit during three specific months of the year for an unrelated reason. 2. In this area, visitors only have the opportunity to play a particular sport during one season each year. 3. A spectacle which takes place in this region is only known to the few people who thoroughly research the area. 4. This area sees a huge influx of people at a particular time each year.

5. This area affords visitors an excellent opportunity to partake in a variety of water sports and activities. 6. This place is known to attract visitors who are on a romantic vacation. 7&8. This destination, or a large part thereof, straddles two separate countries. 9&10. This area offers a variety of terrain such that it is suitable for people of different levels of ability. Part 8 1. He seems to be more active because he has won a scholarship to study overseas. (lease)  That he has won ........................................................................................................... 2. It wasn’t until last week that the minister admitted he was wrong. (error)  Only .......................................................................................................................... 3. The effects of the gale were felt mainly along the south coast. (brunt)  The south coast……………………………………………………………………….the gale. 4. She‘s only happy when somebody does all her jobs for her. DANCES She‘s ................................................................................................ . 5. I have become extremely good at missing the rush hour over the last few weeks (fine)  I have got……………………………………………………………………….…last few weeks. 6. Most people seem to think that I will be next to be promoted. LINE Most people seem to think that __________________________a promotion.. 7. In his place, I wouldn’t care too much about my reputation. HOOTS If I were him, ................................................................................... 8.The police have put a barrier around the building to keep people out. CORDONED The building ___________________________ police. 9.He was unable to take part in the tournament because of nagging injury. RULED A nagging injury ____________________________ the tournament. 10. When he made friends in the new place, Ron became less shy and reserved. When he ........................................................................................SHELL Part 9; Use from 300 – 350 words to write an essay on the following topic: School are spending more time teaching traditional subjects such as history. Some people think that they should rather spend more time teaching skills that can help students find a job. To what extent do you agree or disagree?

Answers: Phần 1: Task 1: 1C 2A 3C 4C 5B Audio scripts Women: For the second in our series about locally-run businesses, we meet Simon Winridge, co-founder of the hugely successful Winridge Forest Railway Park. Welcome, Simon. Now, perhaps you can begin by telling us a little bit about how it all started. Man: Well, during the 1970s, my wife, Liz and I had just acquired 80 acres of sheepfarming land, and we decided to settle down and have children. Pretty soon we had a daughter, Sarah, and a son, Duncan. The place was wonderful for the kids: they particularly loved trains and gradually built up an enormous network of miniature railway track. I began to develop larger-scale models of locomotives but we didn’t think anything more of it until I went on a trip to a theme park near Birmingham and decided we could do a much better job! So we set up a small one ourselves based on the miniature railway and we opened to the public for just a month that year, 1984 – in July – our driest month – because our children said they didn’t want our guests to have a miserable, wet visit. I dealt with Park business and Liz carried on with the farm work. It soon became clear that we were onto a winner. We began to extend the railway track and lay it among more interesting landscape by planting trees, which in turn attracted more wildlife, and by making cuttings through the rock. Nowadays, we’re open all year round and we’re pleased to say that Winridge is one of the most popular visitor attractions in the area – with 50,000 visitors a year – a million and a half people have been through our doors since we opened. All these visitors mean we have had to expand our operation and it’s now a truly family concern. I’m near to retirement age so I only concern myself with looking after the mechanical side of things – keeping the trains going. Liz now devotes all her energies to recruiting and supporting the large squadron of workers, which keep the place running smoothly. We’re really pleased that after some years away teaching, Sarah has now returned to the park and makes sure the visitors are kept fed and watered, which keeps her pretty busy as you can imagine. Our son, Duncan, has been a stalwart of the park for the last ten years, taking over from me in the area of construction – and I’ll say a little bit more about that in a moment – and his new wife, Judith, has also joined the team in charge of retail. That’s becoming a tremendous growth area for us – a lot of people want to buy sourvenirs. Women: So have you finished the development of the site for the moment?

Man: Not at all! We’re constantly looking for ways to offer more to our visitors. The railway remains the central feature and there’s now 1.2 kilometers of the line laid but we’d like to lay more. Because of the geology of the area, our greatest problem is digging tunnels. But we’re gradually overcoming that. We’re also very pleased with a new installation of the Go-Kart arena which is 120 square metres in area. Again the problem is the geology; we had to level the mounds on the track for safety reasons. We wanted to enable 5 – 12 year olds to use the go-karts. And the main attraction here is the Formula 1 Kart. We’ve known fights to break out over who gets it! And then finally to our most recent development which is the landscaped... Task 2: 6T 7F 8T 9T 10T Audio scripts The extensive network which makes up the Grand Union Canal is, without doubt, a truly extraordinary piece of engineering. Begun in the late 18 th century, the majority of the canal system was built without the benefits of modern technology or public finance. It is a truly grand canal. But why is it known as the Grand Union Canal? From 1790 to 1929 a large number of competing, independently owned canals were constructed, their waterwaysnot uniform in size and often unable to carry the larger vessels from other sections. Through a series of takeovers, the various companies eventually amalgamated and created a “union” of canals which could form a continuouslink between Birmingham, London and other important industrial areas. Along every stretch of canal, you will find this heritage retained. Traditionally-painted-narrow boats are still guided by original mile posts, while working examples of mills, pump houses, ancient locks and keepers’ cottages are a common sight on any journey. The Grand Union Canal boasts an extraordinary variety of wildlife, from feeding herons and hunting owls to rare water voles. Natural habitats are numerous as a result of cleaner waters and the declining industrial traffic. The hedgerows and canal banks have proved an ideal location for a number of diverse species to thrive in this tranquil and often unique environment. A car-free and carefree way to appreciate the beauty of the canal – and at your own pace – is by walking. Whether you are looking for organized or independent towpath walks, we can help you with your planning. Each waterway office can supply information on circular walks, waterside pubs plus suggested routes and specific points of interest. There are many stations within easy reach of the Grand Union Canal. Why not try a one-way walk, returning to your starting point by train? We’re keen to encourage both experienced and inexperienced anglers onto the wellstocked canal network and reservoirs. We lease certain sections to established clubs who welcome non-members for a small daily fee. Before you fish, check with your

local British Waterways office for information on access and availability. Rod licenses are obligatory, and can be obtained from your local post office. Last but not least, the towpaths are wonderful for cycling. Free of traffic, free of fumes and free of hills. Miles of accessible towpaths through some of England’s finest countryside. We can all share the delights of the canal system so please be considerate to other users. Surfaces vary from stony pathways to smooth asphalt – but that’s all part of the enjoyment. Task 3:

1. read the material

6. make-up exam

2. typewritten/ submitted

7. short answer

3. late assignment

8. seat(s)

4. on schedule

9. 15%

5. phone/ email

10. illness/ personal problems

Audio scripts The first few pages of the syllabus are an outline of uh... the topics for each session. As you can see, you’ll be responsible for reading the material before you come to class so uh... you’ll have enough bakground to be able to... follow the lecture. For example, on September 3, when you come to class, you should already have read the first two chapters in the text, so uh... we can discuss the history of psychology in that session. The following week, you should have a grasp of chapters three and four, so... so we can cover biology and the psychology of the brain. And so on. Now, let’s take a few minutes to look at the policies and procedures listed on page three of the course syllabus. Uh... refer to the section under assignments first, please. You’ll notice that all assignments must be typewritten and submitted on the due date... in order for you to receive full credit and uh... the grade for a late assignment will be lowered by one letter for each day past the due date. Now, look at the section under examinations. As you see, all exams must be completed on the dates and times uh scheduled in the syllabus. If you must be absent... I mean for an exam, then try to call me to let me know what your problem is. My office phone is on the syllabus, and... and my home phone is listed in the telephone directory. Of course, e-mail is best, and you have my e-mail address on page one uh... it’s right under my name on the syllabus. A make-up exam must be arranged within one week of the scheduled date of the exam. And, I must warn you, the questions on the makeup will not be the same as the questions on the regular exam. In fact, I uh usually give multiple-choice tests, but I always give short answer tests for makeups. And, my

students tell me... they say the makeups are quite a bit more difficult than the regularly scheduled exams. Oh, yes, let’s take a minute to clarify my attendance policy. I suggest that you come to class. I’ll be assigning you a seat... Yes, yes I know you’d rather choose your own seat, but uh... this is a large class, and it would take up too much time to call the roll every session, so I’ll just mark those people absent who aren’t present in their seats by the time the class begins. Better late than never, but uh... if you’re late, you’d better check in with me after class so I can change my attendance records. Remember that attendance is 10 percent... sorry... 15 percent of the grade, which usually make the difference between an A and a B, or a B and a C. Let’s not even talk about Ds and Fs. One more thing... if you need to request an incomplete, please remember that I only approve them for illness or for a serious personal problem, not just for a... because you ran out of time. And you must submit a request form with a signed statement of explanation to my office in order for your incomplete to be considered. Otherwise, you’ll have to register and take the entire course over again to get credit. Phần 2: Part 1:A. 1. B 2. A 3. a 4. C 5. B 6. B 7. B 8. C 9. C 10. D 1. I had no time to think about what I looked like, so I ………….. on my old jeans. A. dolled B. pulled C. let D. rolled Pull on =mặc quần áo //manage or deal with a situation// have a friendly relationship with someone 2. Fiona stood up, ………….. down her skirt and began to address the audience. A. smoothed B. got C. tied D. dolled smooth down something=make something flat 3. That he was using unscrupulous research methods only came out because his assistant _______ on him to the press. A. ratted B. hounded C. fished D. bugged rat on sb: tố cáo (ai) 4. I am not surprised that your brother is angry; you spent half an hour _______ him up about an issue he cares about deeply. A. spinning B. turning C. winding D. twirling wind sb up: làm ai đó bực bội 5. When I was a child I always hated wearing my older brother’s …………..-offs. A. let B. cast C. get D. flung cast-offs=things, usually clothes, that you no longer want: 6. Roberto should try not to let his regrets for what he done ………….. away at him. A. come B. eat C. stick D. flood eat away at sth=to gradually damage or destroy something

7. I was sitting in a train looking out of the window, when my mind suddenly ………….. back to that amazing trip we made to India. A. put B. flashed C. stirred D. associated flash back=If your mind or thoughts flash back to something that happened in the past, you suddenly remember it 8. I’ll listen ………….. for your car and come down to the street so you don’t have to park. A. to B. with C. out D. up listen out for sth=to make an effort to hear a noise that you are expecting: 9. The noise of the plane passing overhead drowned ………….. the radio and I missed the nesws. A. down B. off C. out D. in drown out something= (of a sound) to be loud enough to block the sound of something else 10. She has such an awful voice; it just grates ………….. me every time she sings. A. to B. at C. of D. on Grate on sb/sth= If someone's voice or behaviour grates on you, it annoys you B.

1. B

2. A

3. D

4.D

5. B

6. A

7. C

8. B

9.B

10. D

1. It was such a shock to receive a letter like that _____. A in the red

B. out of the blue

C. in the pink

D. over the moon

In the red = mắc nợ In the pink= in very good health out of the blue= If something happens out of the blue, it is completely unexpected over the moon= vui sướng,hạnh phúc 2.. Just think! Next month you'll be _____ and it seems like only yesterday you were a baby.HD A. in your teens

B. in your teenage

C. at your teens

D. teenager

in your teens= Đang tuổi thanh xuân, ở vào độ tuổi 13-19 3. I'd like to buy the radio but I haven't got any money on me at the moment. Could you _____ for me for a day or two? A bring it round

B. lay it in

C. take it in

D. put it on one side

put it on one side= to not use something, especially an amount of money, in order to keep it for later use: 4. With his excellent qualifications and a good command of English, James is ____________ above the other applicants.

A. head and hair B. head and ears C. head and hands D. head and shoulders Be/stand head and shoulders above = used to say that someone or something is much better than others 5 . . The challenges Ann encountered while assisting the medical charity in Africa ______ the best in her personality. A. brought up B. brought out C. brought around D. brought about bring out the best in: giúp bộc lộ những phẩm chất tốt đẹp 6. - I think that Mick will leave his new job before the year is out. - Yes, I agree. I don’t think he’ll_______________ either A. stay the course B. relieved of his duties C. get the sack D. rake industrial action stay the course= tiếp tục bền chí đi đến cùng mà không bỏ cuộc, dù gặp phải khó khăn gì đi nữa. 7. That part of the city has many homes where people behave very badly with regard to others around them. There is a big problem with___________________ A. sanitary conditions B. sanitary conditions C. antisocial behavior D. public disorder antisocial behavior= behaviour by a person which causes, or is likely to cause, harassment, alarm or distress to persons not of the same household as the person 8 Einstein’s ideas significantly contributed to our understanding of the universe. Einstein’s ideas made ____________ our understanding of the universe. A. dim and distant memory B. a lasting contribution to C. a bygone era D. the vast expanse make a contribution to something= you do something to help make it successful or to produce it dim and distant=from the past and not clearly remembered bygone age/era/days etc=a period of time in the past 9.The Minister was trying to avoid publicity so he kept_________________ A. near the ground B. a low profile C. a cool ahead D. under cover Keep a low profile= tránh gây sự chú ý, xem xét kĩ lưỡng từ mọi người. Keep a cool ahead= to stay calm in a difficult situation keep under cover=1. Literally, to stay beneath a shelter of some kind, typically to avoid inclement weather.//2. To hide something (often one's true identity or motives) from others. have/keep your feet on the ground=to be very practical and see things as they really are 10. We should all _____________ when advertisers attempt to use unfair practices. A. make a comeback B. make a deal C. make amends D. make a stand

make a stand= không ngần ngại, không do dự, công khai (đứng lên) đòi quyền lợi, nêu ý kiến hoặc bảo vệ/phản đối điều gì. Part2: Key

2 3 5 5 6 7 10 12 12 13

Line

despite are archetype the including services be during recommend which

Mistake

Correction

Though Is Archetypal a Included Service Is For be recommended that

Part 3. Fill each of the numbered blanks in the passage with ONE suitable word.(15pts) 1. realistic 2. meaning 3. term 4. in 5. 6.

enough

Instead

less

works

least

10. construction

Part 4. Read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. (15 points) 1. C

2. A

3. C

4. A

5. D

6. C

7. B

8. D

9. A

10. A

Last year over 200 climbers were rescued from the mountains of Scotland alone by local rescue teams, who go out in all weathers to do whatever they can to help when disaster (1)________. These people are volunteers, giving their time and energy freely and, on occasion, putting themselves in danger. They will risk life and (2)______ in an emergency when they are called on to rescue foolhardy or unlucky climbers. A whole (3)________ of things can go wrong up in the mountains. A storm can (4)_______ up without warning, reducing visibility to virtually zero. Then only the most experienced mountaineer could find their way back down to safety. And it is easy to come to (5)________, breaking a leg or worse. Many climbers owe a huge (6)_______ of gratitude to the rescue teams! While rescue teams work for no pay, there are considerable costs (7)_______ in maintaining an efficient service. Equipment such as ropes and stretchers is of (8)________ importance, as are vehicles and radio communications devices. Though some of the costs are (9)________ by the government, the rescue teams couldn't operate without donations from the public. Fortunately, fundraising for a good cause like this is not difficult; anyone who has ever been up in the mountains will gladly (10)_______ a contribution. 1. A. hits B. rises C. strikes D. arrive Strike = cause a person or place to suffer severely from the effects of something very unpleasant that happens suddenly 2. A. limb B. blood C. bone D. flesh

Risk life and limb= they do something very dangerous that may cause them to die or be seriously injured. 3. A. scope B. extent C. range D. scale a whole range/series/variety etc (of something)=used to emphasize that there are a lot of things of a similar type 4. A. brew B. arise C. whip D. lash Brew up= create a situation that causes difficulty, or to develop as a situation that will cause difficulty 5. A. agony B. trouble C. problem D. grief Come to grief" = gặp tai hoạ; thất bại, gặp sự đau buồn. 6. A. recognition B. liability C. debt D. obligation owe a debt of gratitude/thanks=to have a reason to thank or feel grateful to another person for something good that they have done 7. A. implied B. Involved+in C. featured D. connected 8. A. lively B. vibrant C. essential D. vital Of vital/utmost importance =cực kỳ,vô cùng quan trọng 9. A. borne B. held C. carried D. fulfilled bear the cost/expense etc =pay for something 10. A. make B. takeC. do D. hand Make contribution = do something to help make it successful or to produce it.

Task 5: 1A 2D 3A 4C 5A 6B 7A 8C 9B 10D What happens psychologically when one is lost at sea? Why does one person survive while another perishes? Is there a personality type that makes one person better at handling the elements, fear and loneliness? Until recently, science has been completely in the dark about what makes a survivor. Now experts are intensifying their search to demystify the psychology of survival, analysing personality traits among people who triumph over life-threatening crises – and those who succumb. In a life-threatening situation the brain immediately triggers a state of shock, sending alarms through the body. Your emergency response system shifts into gear. Blood pressure rises, muscles tense, adrenalin pumps. If you survive initially, you then shift mental gears to longer-term planning – whatever you have to do to survive. Next you go into the resistance phase; a chronic coping state, in which the body tries to maintain balance in the face of threat, danger and deprivation. Later, one of two things happens: you enter an exhaustion phase, in which the coping mechanisms are overwhelmed, you lose strength, and die – as often happens – or you persevere long enough and get rescued or escape the situation. Who survives, it turns

out, isn’t determined by age, physical stamina, or experience. Although one would expect people who are fitter to be the best candidates to make it back alive, the mind, that great trickster, isn’t ruled by logic. Last summer, for example, a sailboat sank. It was being steered by Nicholas Abbott, who often transported pleasure boats from the Caribbean to New York. With him was his friend, Janet Culver, a reserved woman, not a risk-taker, making her first longdistance cruise. If you worked for an insurance agency, you’d bet Abbott would be the one to return alive. Yet he’s the one who died. After 10 days adrift in a tiny dinghy, battling 16-foot waves and thundershowers, Abbott – hungry, thirsty, and delirious – said he was going to swim home, jumped overboard and drowned. Culver, covered with sun blisters and too weak to sit, would not give up. “Each day I stayed alive was another chance to be rescued,” she told me. “Something deep inside told me to hang on one more day.” While Abbott let his depression get the better of him, Culver evaluated his situation in small, manageable increments. She kept her mind open. It is important to remain mentally active, dwelling on positive things. “Don’t give up”, say the experts. “Drive your thoughts to things that make you happy. Have fantasies. In other words, play games with your mind. Don’t let it play tricks on you, which experts say it does. The mind goes from hope for rescue, to isolation, to depression. These feelings come, go and vary in order. You have a better chance of survival with other people there. Just being able to say “I’m not going to do what he’s doing” helps handle negative thinking. Highly destructive is the “last chance” phenomenon: rescue is visible, but they don’t see you. You start thinking “That was my only chance; they won’t be back again!” Then you feel doomed. In the end, long-term exposure causes delirium. You start drinking salt water, which causes more delusions. In the cold, people sometimes start shedding garments and a trail of clothes is found. Paradoxically, these people interpret their coldness as warmth. Researchers studying people who triumph over life-threatening crises are finding survivors share common personality traits: high self-esteem and optimism. Often the difference in mental, rather than physical toughness determines who will endure. Survivors often have a strong belief system outside themselves, in family and religion. Once you give into the sense of abandonment, you give up. Survivors tend to be tenacious in a self-preserving way. They do the right things under pressure. Even though Culver was technically less skilled at sea, she didn’t lose her head. Abbott panicked, left the safest position, and exposed himself to death. The experts attribute this fighting spirit to an immeasurable factor. They can measure weight, age, sex, swimming ability, flotation, quality of clothing – finite things. But they can’t measure the will to live. The only true measure of it is who stares into the abyss and doesn’t blink. 1. Until recently, scientists in extreme situations

A. had no knowledge of why some people are less vulnerable. B. had been experimenting with people in extreme situations. C. believed that the personality of a survivor was defined by fear. D. had not been interested in what makes a survivor. 1. Cho đến gần đây, các nhà khoa học trong tình huống cực đoan A. không có kiến thức về lý do tại sao một số người ít bị tổn thương hơn. B. đã được thử nghiệm với những người trong những tình huống khắc nghiệt. C. tin rằng tính cách của một người sống sót được xác định bởi sự sợ hãi. D. đã không quan tâm đến những gì tạo ra một người sống sót. Clue: Until recently, science has been completely in the dark about what makes a survivor. Now experts are intensifying their search to demystify the psychology of survival, analysing personality traits among people who triumph over life-threatening crises – and those who succumb. Cho đến gần đây, khoa học vẫn hoàn toàn không biết điều gì làm một người sống sót. Giờ đây, các chuyên gia đang tăng cường tìm kiếm để làm sáng tỏ tâm lý sinh tồn, phân tích đặc điểm tính cách của những người chiến thắng cuộc khủng hoảng đe dọa tính mạng - và những người không chống chọi được 2. According to the writer, A. the exhaustion phase is preceded by a failure of coping mechanisms. B. survival depends on how healthy you are. C. you need to be intelligent to survive a dangerous situation. D. there are a number of phases in the survival process. Clue: If you survive initially, you then shift mental gears to longer-term planning – whatever you have to do to survive. Next you go into the resistance phase; a chronic coping state, in which the body tries to maintain balance in the face of threat, danger and deprivation. Later, one of two things happens: you enter an exhaustion phase, in which the coping mechanisms are overwhelmed, you lose strength, and die – as often happens – or you persevere long enough and get rescued or escape the situation Nếu bạn sống sót ban đầu, sau đó bạn chuyển hướng tinh thần sang lập kế hoạch dài hạn - bất cứ điều gì bạn phải làm để tồn tại. Tiếp theo bạn đi vào giai đoạn kháng cự;

một trạng thái đối phó mãn tính, trong đó cơ thể cố gắng duy trì sự cân bằng khi đối mặt với mối đe dọa, nguy hiểm và thiếu thốn. Sau đó, một trong hai điều xảy ra: bạn bước vào giai đoạn kiệt sức, trong đó các cơ chế đối phó bị quá tải, bạn mất sức và chết - như thường xảy ra - hoặc bạn kiên trì đủ lâu và được giải cứu hoặc thoát khỏi tình huống. 3. Why is it surprising that Janet Culver survived? A. She had little or no relevant sailing experience. B. She didn’t take Abbott’s advice. C. She didn’t appear to have a very strong character. D. She was nervous of being at sea. 3. Tại sao điều ngạc nhiên là Janet Culver sống sót? A. Cô ấy có rất ít hoặc không có kinh nghiệm liên quan đến chèo thuyền B. Cô ấy không nghe theo lời khuyên của Abbott. C. Cô ấy dường như không có một nhân vật quá mạnh mẽ. D. Cô ấy rất lo lắng khi ở trên biển. Clue: Janet Culver, a reserved woman, not a risk-taker, making her first long-distance cruise. 4. What is one reason why the presence of other people with you in a survival situation can sometimes help you to survive? A. They tell you not to give up.

C. They remind you of how not to behave.

B. You can play games with them to keep awake. D. They can help you look out for rescue vehicles. Một trong những lý do tại sao sự hiện diện của những người khác cùng bạn trong một tình huống sinh tồn đôi khi có thể giúp bạn sống sót? A. Họ bảo bạn đừng bỏ cuộc. C. Họ nhắc nhở bạn về cách không cư xử. B. Bạn có thể chơi trò chơi với chúng để giữ tỉnh táo. D. Họ có thể giúp bạn tìm kiếm các phương tiện cứu hộ.

Clue: Just being able to say “I’m not going to do what he’s doing” helps handle negative thinking 5. Why is near-rescue destructive? A. It makes the person lose hope.

C. It causes delirium.

B. The person knows they will not get another chance. D. People usually try to swim to the rescue vessel. Clue: Highly destructive is the “last chance” phenomenon: rescue is visible, but they don’t see you. You start thinking “That was my only chance; they won’t be back again!” Then you feel doomed. Có tính hủy diệt cao là hiện tượng “cơ hội cuối cùng”: cứu hộ có thể nhìn thấy, nhưng họ không nhìn thấy bạn. Bạn bắt đầu nghĩ “Đó là cơ hội duy nhất của tôi; họ sẽ không quay lại nữa! ” Sau đó, bạn cảm thấy cam chịu. 6. Why can’t scientists measure the will to live? A. Because it is different in every person. C. Because it changes throughout a person’s life. B. Because it is an abstract quality. D. Because people are reluctant to be analysed in such a way. 6. Tại sao các nhà khoa học không thể đo lường ý chí sống? A. Vì nó khác nhau ở mỗi người. C. Bởi vì nó thay đổi trong suốt cuộc đời của một người. B. Vì đó là phẩm chất trừu tượng. D. Vì mọi người miễn cưỡng bị phân tích theo cách như vậy. Clue: The experts attribute this fighting spirit to an immeasurable factor. They can measure weight, age, sex, swimming ability, flotation, quality of clothing – finite things. But they can’t measure the will to live. The only true measure of it is who stares into the abyss and doesn’t blink. 7. What do you think is the best title of the passage? A. Survival at sea B. Nicholas Abbott C. Janet Culver 8. Which best replaces the phrase “in the face of”?

D. Death at sea

A. due to

B. including C. notwithstanding

D. de facto

in the face of sth=despite having to deal with a difficult situation or problem=notwithstanding 9. Why does the writer mention an insurance agency? A. To explain the reasonability of Abbott’s death. generally predict.

tell

what

people

C. To reveal a bad habit of an insurance agent. D. To emphasize a terrible mistake of insurance companies. 9. Tại sao người viết đề cập đến cơ quan bảo hiểm? A. Để giải thích sự hợp lý của cái chết của Abbott. B. Để nói những gì mọi người thường dự đoán. C. Để bộc lộ một tật xấu của nhân viên bảo hiểm. D. Để nhấn mạnh một sai lầm khủng khiếp của các công ty bảo hiểm. Clue: It was being steered by Nicholas Abbott, who often transported pleasure boats from the Caribbean to New York. With him was his friend, Janet Culver, a reserved woman, not a risk-taker, making her first long-distance cruise. If you worked for an insurance agency, you’d bet Abbott would be the one to return alive. Nó được chèo lái bởi Nicholas Abbott, người thường vận chuyển những chiếc thuyền du ngoạn từ Caribe đến New York. Cùng với anh là bạn của anh, Janet Culver, một người phụ nữ kín đáo, không mạo hiểm, đã thực hiện chuyến du ngoạn đường dài đầu tiên của mình. Nếu bạn làm việc cho một đại lý bảo hiểm, bạn dám cá rằng Abbott sẽ là người sống sót trở về 10. Which has the closest meaning to “tenacious”? A. cohesive B. resolute

C. bound

D. strong

Tenacious= strong= ngoan cường,mạnh mẽ,dẻo dai.... Task 6:

1. iv

2.vii

3.iii 4.v 5.vi 8.NOT 6. YES 7.NO GIVEN 9.YES 10.D THE SCIENTIFIC METHOD A.‘Hypotheses,’ said Medawar in 1964,‘are imaginative and inspirational in character’; they are ‘adventures of the mind’. He was arguing in favour of the position taken by Karl Popper in The Logic of Scientific Discovery (1972, 3rd edition) that the

nature of scientific method is hypothetico-deductive and not, as is generally believed, inductive. B.It is essential that you, as an intending researcher, understand the difference between these two interpretations of the research process so that you do not become discouraged or begin to suffer from a feeling of ‘cheating’ or not going about it the right way. C.iv Explaining the inductive method The myth of scientific method is that it is inductive: that the formulation of scientific theory starts with the basic, raw evidence of the senses - simple, unbiased, unprejudiced observation. (Phương pháp khoa học huyền thoại mang tính quy nạp: sự hình thành lý thuyết khoa học bắt đầu bằng những bằng chứng căn bản, thô sơ của các giác quan - quan sát đơn giản, không thiên vị, không có định hướng.) Out of these sensory data - commonly referred to as ‘facts’ — generalisations will form. The myth is that from a disorderly array of factual information an orderly, relevant theory will somehow emerge. However, the starting point of induction is an impossible one. => Giải thích pp quy nạp D.vii The role of hypotheses in scientific research There is no such thing as an unbiased observation. Every act of observation we make is a function of what we have seen or otherwise experienced in the past. All scientific work of an experimental or exploratory nature starts with some expectation about the outcome. This expectation is a hypothesis. Hypotheses provide the initiative and incentive for the inquiry and influence the method(Giả thuyết cung cấp sáng kiến và khuyến khích cho cuộc điều tra và ảnh hưởng đến phương pháp.). It is in the light of an expectation that some observations are held to be relevant and some irrelevant, that one methodology is chosen and others discarded, that some experiments are conducted and others are not. Where is, your naive, pure and objective researcher now? => Vai trò của giả thuyết trong nghiên cứu khoa học E. iii The testing of hypotheses Hypotheses arise by guesswork, or by inspiration, but having been formulated they can and must be tested rigorously, using the appropriate methodology(.Giả thuyết xảy ra bởi phỏng đoán, hoặc bằng cảm hứng, nhưng đã được xây dựng có thể và phải được kiểm tra chặt chẽ, sử dụng phương pháp thích hợp.) If the predictions you make as a result of deducing certain consequences from your hypothesis are not shown to be correct then you discard or modify your hypothesis. If the predictions turn out to be correct then your hypothesis has been supported and may be retained until such time as some further test shows it not to be correct. Once you have arrived at your hypothesis, which is a product of your imagination, you then proceed to a strictly logical and rigorous process, based upon deductive argument — hence the term ‘hypotheticodeductive’. => Việc kiểm tra các giả thuyết F.v Anticipating results before data is collected

So don’t worry if you have some idea of what your results will tell you before you even begin to collect data;( Vì vậy, đừng lo lắng nếu bạn có một số ý tưởng về kết quả của bạn sẽ cho bạn biết trước khi bạn bắt đầu thu thập dữ liệu) there are no scientists in existence who really wait until they have all the evidence in front of them before they try to work out what it might possibly mean. The closest we ever get to this situation is when something happens by accident; but even then the researcher has to formulate a hypothesis to be tested before being sure that, for example, a mould might prove to be a successful antidote to bacterial infection. => Dự đoán kết quả trước khi dữ liệu được thu thập G.vi How research is done and how it is reported The myth of scientific method is not only that it is inductive (which we have seen is incorrect) but also that the hypothetico-deductive method proceeds in a step-by-step, inevitable fashion. The hypothetico-deductive method describes the logical approach to much research work, but it does not describe the psychological behaviour that brings it about. This is much more holistic — involving guesses, reworkings, corrections, blind alleys and above all inspiration, in the deductive as well as the hypothetic component than is immediately apparent from reading the final thesis or published papers. These have been, quite properly, organised into a more serial, logical order so that the worth of the output may be evaluated independently of the behavioural processes by which it was obtained. It is the difference, for example between the academic papers with which Crick and Watson demonstrated the structure of the DNA molecule and the fascinating book The Double Helix in which Watson (1968) described how they did it. From this point of view, ‘scientific method’ may more usefully be thought of as a way of writing up research rather than as a way of carrying it out(.Từ quan điểm này, 'phương pháp khoa học' có thể hữu ích hơn được nghĩ đến như một cách để viết nghiên cứu chứ không phải là cách để thực hiện nó.) => Cách ngiên cứu được thực hiện và đc báo cáo 6. Popper says that the scientific method is hypothetico-deductive. Y Clue : the nature of scientific method is hypothetico-deductive and not, as is generally believed, inductive. 7. If a prediction based on a hypothesis is fulfilled, then the hypothesis is confirmed as true.N Clue: then your hypothesis has been supported and may be retained until such time as some further test shows it not to be correct 8. Many people carry out research in a mistaken way. 9. The ‘scientific method’ is more a way of describing research than a way of doing it.Y Clue: From this point of view, ‘scientific method’ may more usefully be thought of as a way of writing up research rather than as a way of carrying it out. Question 10: Which of the following statements best describes the writer’s main purpose in reading passage ? A. to advise Ph.D students not to cheat while carrying out research. B. to encourage Ph.D students to work by guesswork and inspiration.

C. to explain to Ph.D students the logic which the scientific research paper follows. D. to help Ph.D students by explaining different conceptions of the research process Task 7: 1A 2D 3A 4A 5E 6C 7&8: C&E 9&10: B&D EXPLORING THE CANADIAN OUTDOORS A. Churchill Churchill, Manitoba, has much to offer in the way of sightseeing, and its natural surrounds are truly spectacular, but its beauty is nothing but a side-show; the polar bears are the main event in these parts, Churchill being the unofficial polar bear capital of the world. Every year, from October to early December, these giant carnivores gather at the mount of the Churchill River in Hudson Bay and wait patiently until the sea freezes over to enable them to resume seal-hunting again(.các khu vực xung quanh tự nhiên của nó thực sự ngoạn mục, nhưng vẻ đẹp của nó không gì khác ngoài một màn trình diễn bên lề; gấu Bắc Cực là sự kiện chính trong những phần này, Churchill là thủ đô không chính thức của gấu Bắc Cực trên thế giới. Hàng năm, từ tháng 10 đến đầu tháng 12, những loài ăn thịt khổng lồ này tập trung tại núi sông Churchill ở Vịnh Hudson và kiên nhẫn chờ đợi cho đến khi nước biển đóng băng để chúng có thể tiếp tục săn hải cẩu một lần nữa.) Q1 The town of Churchill has a mere 900 permanent residents, but, during peak bear-spotting season, the population swells to more than 10,000, as visitors from near and far come to see the estimated 1,200(Thị trấn Churchill chỉ có 900 cư dân thường trú, nhưng vào mùa cao điểm có gấu, dân số tăng lên hơn 10.000 người, vì du khách gần xa đến để xem ước tính khoảng 1.200 con thú) Q4 of these cuddly-looking but decidedly lethal beasts that gather around the town each year. Sadly though, most of the visitors, once they have seen their share of bears and taken the obligatory been-there-done-it photo, head home without even pausing to scan the horizon for the other spectacular creature that can be seen in relative abundance here, the Beluga, whose sleek profile is frequently spotted breaking the surface of the water in the bay, offering up a perfect opportunity for whale-watching that only those who have really done their homework will ever get to take advantage of. (Beluga, có kiểu dáng đẹp thường xuyên bị phát hiện làm vỡ bề mặt nước trong vịnh, mang đến một cơ hội hoàn hảo để ngắm cá voi mà chỉ những người thực sự làm nghiên cứu mới có thể tận dụng.) Q3 B. Banff Banff was designated Canada’s first national park way back in 1885 in recognition of the fact that it is an area of truly outstanding natural beauty. Its jagged peaks set against the never-ending light-blue skyline exemplify what the wild and rugged, and remarkably vast range that is the Canadian Rockies is all about. Every year, the park attracts around four million visitors, lured there by the promise of postcard views and

abundant wildlife. Banff is home to some 54 mammalian species, from the impressive but harmless moose and elk, to the more lethal cougar, black bear and grizzly bear. The park is also home to a thriving adventure sports industry, and offers first-rate hiking trails with sufficient variety of terrain so as to ensure that both the novice and experienced trekker are kept satisfied. Công viên cũng là nơi có ngành thể thao mạo hiểm phát triển mạnh và cung cấp những con đường mòn đi bộ hàng đầu với đủ loại địa hình để đảm bảo hài lòng cả người mới làm quen và người đi bộ có kinh nghiệm. Q9 & 10 C. Niagara Falls A raging torrent whose fame is such that little if any introduction is necessary, there is a very good reason why Niagara Falls, or, to be more precise, Canadian Falls, the horseshoe-shaped section of the gorge this side of the border, Q7&8 is visited by such large numbers of tourists every year, and that is the simple truth that the scene which greets you on arrival is one of the few genuinely awe-inspiring spectacles you are ever likely to have the privilege to behold. The falls have proved an irresistible temptation for many a daredevil over the years, too, with tightrope walker Nik Wallenda being the most recent case in point – his successful crossing in June 2012 was reported widely in the international media. But for those of us who aren’t inclined towards acts of such reckless insanity, there is an alternative to the perilous rope-walk which offers an equally noteworthy view; the river-boat ride, which takes you just close enough beneath the gushing torrent to be momentarily deafened by its roar – and you get a free shower into the bargain! A honey-mooner’s as well as nature-lover’s paradise, Niagara should form part of every visitor’s itinerary. Một thiên đường của những người yêu nhau cũng như thiên đường của những người yêu thiên nhiên, Niagara nên là một phần trong hành trình của mọi du khách.Q6 D. The Laurentians Just north of Montreal, the distinctly Gallic feel of Mont-Tremblant, a European-style resort in the heart of the Laurentian Mountains, is typical of the villages of the region. The range itself is an all-season paradise which is at its best perhaps during late autumn when the forests explode into a symphony of colour. The area attracts nature- and adventure-lovers alike because, as well as the resplendence of its natural canvass, it can also boast some of the best ski terrain in north America (with slopes to cater for every level of enthusiast) (nó cũng có thể tự hào về một số địa hình trượt tuyết tốt nhất ở Bắc Mỹ (với các dốc để phục vụ cho mọi cấp độ của người đam mê)) Q9&10 and excellent golf – the main attraction of which is playing against this stunning backdrop no doubt, though the courses are not too shabby either – in the summer season. Q2 E. The Great Lakes

Known for their diversity ad beauty, and for their disproportionately large contribution to the Earth’s ecology, the five great lakes combined comprise the largest body of freshwater on the planet. Their volume is distributed more or less equally between the States and Canada, with the exception of Lake Michigan which is completely contained within the former country. Khối lượng của chúng được phân phối nhiều hơn hoặc ít hơn giữa Hoa Kỳ và Canada, ngoại trừ Hồ Michigan hoàn toàn nằm trong đất nước cũ. Q7 &8 Their combined surface area is larger than that of England, Scotland and Wales put together. All five lakes are interconnected with their primary outlet being the Saint Lawrence River, which flows through Quebec and eventually empties out into the North Atlantic. Bearing in mind the sheer size of these bodies of water, few visitors can afford themselves the time required to see all five, but a stop at any of the various national parks dotted along their shores is very worthwhile, and an excellent excuse to take in some water-based activities, too, with yatching, canoeing, scuba diving and much more to choose from. là một lý do tuyệt vời để tham gia một số hoạt động dưới nước cũng như câu cá, chèo thuyền, lặn với bình dưỡng khí và nhiều hoạt động khác để bạn lựa chọn. Q5 To which destination does each statement relate? 1. Although this area is rich in natural beauty, the majority of tourists only come to visit during three specific months of the year for an unrelated reason. 2. In this area, visitors only have the opportunity to play a particular sport during one season each year. 3. A spectacle which takes place in this region is only known to the few people who thoroughly research the area. 4. This area sees a huge influx of people at a particular time each year. 5. This area affords visitors an excellent opportunity to partake in a variety of water sports and activities. 6. This place is known to attract visitors who are on a romantic vacation. 7&8. This destination, or a large part thereof, straddles two separate countries. 9&10. This area offers a variety of terrain such that it is suitable for people of different levels of ability.

Part 8: 1. That he has won a scholarship to study overseas gives him a new lease of life

Give sb a new lease of life: Một thời cơ mới để sống khỏe mạnh (cơ may được hưởng sức khoẻ tốt hơn trước), sống vui vẻ và thành công sau khi vượt qua một khoảng thời gian khó khăn và gian nan. 2. Only last week did the minister admit to an error of jugdement . an error of jugdement: a wrong or bad decision 3. The south coast took the brunt of the gale . Take/bear the brunt of : chịu đựng hoàn cảnh tồi tệ nhất. 4.She‘s only happy when somebody dances attendance on her. Dance attendance on somebody: to be with somebody and do things to help and please them. . 5. I have got missing the rush hour down to a fine art over the last few weeks . Get sth down to a fine art : to be able to do something very well or quickly, often because you have done it so many times 6. Most people seem to think that …… I am in the line for.…a promotion. in the line for: to be likely to get something, especially something good 7.If I were him, I wouldn’t give two hoots about my reputation. Give too hoots about something: care too much about something 8. The building .… has been cordoned off by ….police. Cordon off: put something around it in order to stop people from entering it 9. A nagging injury ….. ruled him out of ……..the tournament. Rule sb out of: remove (someone) from (a competition, contest, etc.) 10.When he made friends in the new place, Ron came out of his shell. Come out of one’s shell: be open and friendly to others

Test 5: Phần 1: I. You will hear part of a radio discussion with Ellen Harrington: of the Meadow Lane Residents Group, and Tim Barlow from Carton Town Planning Department. For questions 1-5, choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D) which fits best according to what you hear. (10p.) 1. What was Ellen's first reaction when the town centre was closed to traffic?

A She was terrified. B She was miserable. C She was delighted. D She was suspicious. 2. The mood of the Meadow Lane residents can best be described as A resigned.

B dissatisfied.

C furious.

B dejected.

3. How does Tim feel about the changes in the town centre? A He regrets they were made so quickly. B He believes they were inevitable. C He thinks the town council should have foreseen the problem. D He is proud the town council went forward with them. 4. What does Tim think about the protest Ellen's group is planning? A He doesn't think it will accomplish anything. B He thinks it is not aimed at the right people. C He doesn't think drivers will be affected. D He thinks it will be dangerous. 5. How does Ellen react to Tim's comments? A She thinks he is being evasive. B She accepts his main point. C She thinks he doesn't understand human nature. D She considers his comments unrealistic. Your answers 1.

……………

II. You will hear a student called Rob who is in the first year of the theatre studies course talking to another student called Mia-who is in the fourth year of the same course. Listen and decide whether these sentences are True (T) or False (F) according to what you hear. (10p.) Theatre Studies Course

True/ False 1. To prepare to play the character of a doctor, Rob imagined his

1. ……….

grandfather at work. 2. In the play's first scene, the boredom of village life was suggested 2. ………. by long pauses within conversations

………

3 .Through working in a group, Rob thinks he is a good leader.

3. ……….

4. To support the production, research material was used which 4. ………. described changing social attitudes. 5. In the final rehearsal the students overcame the problem of the 5. ………. injury of one character Your answers

……………

………

III. You will hear a piece of news about the white bear. Listen and complete the summary below. Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer. (20p.) The white bear belongs to the black bear family. Its colour comes from an uncommon (1) .............................. Local people believe that it has unusual (2) ............................... so they protect the bear from (3) ....................... when they visit the area. The white bear’s habitat is quite interesting. The bear’s relationship with the forest is complex. Tree roots stop (4) ........................... along salmon streams – the bears main food source. The bears’ feeding habits provide nutrients for forest vegetation. It is currently found on a small number of (5) ................ off the coast of the province of British Columbia. However, its habitat is being lost due to deforestation and construction

(6)

.........................

logging

companies.

Unrestricted

(7) .......................... is affecting the salmon supply. The bears’ existence is also threatened by their low rate of (8) ............................... . As for solutions for the situation, interested parties are working together on the problem. Firstly, logging companies must improve their (9) .......................... of logging. Secondly, maintenance and (10) ............................. of the spirit bears’ territory are needed. Your answers

……………

………

……………

10.

………

Part 1: PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS (10ms) Choose the word which best completes each of the following sentences.

1. Our teacher tends to…………….certain subjects which she finds difficult to talk about. A. boil down B. string along C. skate over D. track down 2. I was so tired that I just………….in the armchair. A. flaked out B. broke up C. dropped out D. fell over 3. He couldn’t have been very hungry. He just…………….at his food. A. worked B. nibbled C. got D. marked down 4. Simon hasn’t got a job, and isn’t trying to get one: he just………..his friends. A. meddles with B. drags on C. sponges on D. tarts up 5. At first, the managing director insisted that he was right and everyone else was mistaken, but in the end was forced to………….. A. ease off B. gulp down C. scrape through D. climb down 6. I need twenty pounds to…………me………..until the end of the month. A. turn in B. tide over C. dig into D. dry up 7. You must try not to…………your brother’s death. A. roll on B. make out C. dwell on D. wipe out 8. The patient was very ill indeed. The doctors were working……….time. A. against B. with C. on D. for 9. The boxer lost the fight because he hit his opponent…………the belt. A. at B. by C. around D. below 10. I felt pleased I no longer had the responsibility. It was a weight…………….my shoulders. A. on B. with C. off D. from 4. Câu số 4: COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS (10ms) Choose the word which best completes each of the following sentences. 1. The last candidate for the managerial position is a pretty unknown _____________. A. Quality B. quantity C. quandary D. qualification 2. The couple tied the knot two months after they met – it was indubitably a _________ romance. A. typhoon B. hurricane C. whirlwind D. cyclone 3. The introduction of new immigration laws is the ___________ of the town these days. A. gossip B. story C. talk D. tale 4. Although initially regarded as a ________________, Leicester City finished 2014-2015 Premier League being the champion. A. rank interloper B. rank outsider C. rank newcomer D. rank foreigner 5. I don’t expect the entry test this year will be more demanding, but ___________, I don’t think it will be simpler either. A. over and above B. on the side C. by the same token D. for good measure

6. I love hanging out with Mary – she is really a __________ of sunshine A. beam B. ray C. glow D. light 7. The teacher, by dint of draconian disciplinary measures, has ___________ terror among his students. A. stimulated B. inspired C. engaged D. stirred 8. The new superconductors look set to ____________ a useful niche for themselves in the world's electrical industries. A. etch B. incise C. carve D. lacerate 9. Many people, for all the repeated warnings, remain _______________ ignorant of the danger of using the mobile phones at night. A. blissfully B. delightedly C. jubilantly D. ecstatically 10. The authority should not have made those cutting comments, no matter how you _____ it. A. cut b. slice c. chop d. clip Part 2; There are ten mistakes in the text below. Underline the mistakes and correct them in the space provided. (10 points) Although speech is the most advance form of communication, there are many ways of communication without using speech. Signals, signs, symbols and gestures may be find in every known culture. The basic function of a signal is to impinging on the environment in such way that it attracts attention as the dots and the dashes of a telegraph circuit. Coding to refer to speech, the potential for communication is very great. Less adaptable to the codification of words, signs also contain meaning in and of themselves. A stop sign or a barber pole conveys meaning quickly and conveniently. Symbols are more difficult to describe than signals and signs because of its relationship with the receiver's cultural perceptions. In some cultures, applauding in a theatre provides performances with an auditory symbol of approval. Gestures such as waving and handshaking also communicate some certain cultural message. Although signals, signs, symbols and gestures are very useful, they do have a major disadvantage. They usually do not allow ideas to share without the sender being directly adjacent to the receiver.

Your answers:

10. Part 3: Read the text below and decide which answer (A,B,C or D) best fits each gap ( 10pts).

In the north-west corner of the island paradise Isla Perlita, nestling in the shadow of Mount Machu, lies the sleepy village of San Lorenzo. Off the beaten (86)_______, there is nothing out of the ordinary about this quaint little village -nothing, that is, apart from the magnificent (87)_______ Bay Hotel. The Bay, as it is known locally, is a recent development catering for (88)_______travellers who enjoy luxury holidaymaking. Famous throughout the island for the outstanding quality of its accommodation and the excellence of its cuisine, the Bay (89)_______ 30 guest suites, each with a charm and character of its own. Each suite looks (90)_______ Falmer Beach, commanding breathtaking views of the four miles of white sand, which gently shelves into the (91)_______ clear waters of the Crepuscan Sea. At the heart of the Bay Hotel is personal, efficient and unobtrusive service. (92)_______ staff anticipate your every need in an atmosphere of quiet professionalism and genuine friendliness. (93)_______, the Bay Hotel is a place to get (94)_______ from the stresses of everyday life, and whether it is (95)_______ away the hours soaking up the sun or taking advantage of the wide range of recreational activities that the hotel has on offer, you can be sure that a holiday at the Bay truly is the holiday of a lifetime. 86. A. path B. track C. road D. way 87. A. starred B. stars C. star D. starring 88. A. disconcerting B. discerning C. distinctive D. discriminated 89. A. announces B. claims C. asserts D. boasts 90. A. back on B. onto C. into D. down 91. A. crystal B. sky C. diamond D. pearl 92. A. Preoccupied B. Attentive C. Concentrated D. Undivided 93. A. All over B. For all C. Above all D. All along 94. A. out B. over C. off D. away 95. A. whiling B. wearing C. wending D. winding Your answers

10.

Part 4: Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0) ( 15pts). THE GREATEST ICE-SKATING COMEDIAN EVER Werner Groebli was undoubtedly (0) one of the most famous ice-skating comedians of all time. But even to his many fans the name will mean nothing. They knew him as Frick – from the ice-skating partnership Frick and Frack – a skater with an outstanding ability to (1)….. complex skills with zany and contorted body positions that often had audiences (2)

stitches. Good (3)

be Swiss junior skating champion, Groebli nevertheless got more (4) fooling around, ridiculing, as he put (5)

to of

, ‘the pomposity of professional

skaters’. Frick and Frack were praised for their grace, comic timing and daring acrobatics (6) than depending on falls or costumes to get laughs, the duo were celebrated for taking the traditional (7)……of figure skating and distorting them into amazing feats that left audiences enthralled. One crowd favorite involved Frack throwing Frick an invisible rope, (8)….. which point he would slowly glide forward as though (9)

pulled. (10)

was ‘the farmer’, in

which the duo would skate as if sitting on a bouncing tractor seat. Your answers

10.

Part 5. (15 pts) Read the passage and choose the best answer to each of the questions. Write your answer in the space provided. The Origins of Theater 1. In seeking to describe the origins of theater, one must rely primarily on speculation, since there is little concrete evidence on which to draw. The most widely accepted theory, championed by anthropologists in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, envisions theater as emerging out of myth and ritual. The process perceived by these anthropologists may be summarized briefly. During the early stages of its

development, a society becomes aware of forces that appear to influence or control its food supply and well–being. Having little understanding of natural causes, it attributes both desirable and undesirable occurrences to supernatural or magical forces, and it searches for means to win the favor of these forces. Perceiving an apparent connection between certain actions performed by the group and the result it desires, the group repeats, refines, and formalizes those actions into fixed ceremonies, or rituals. 2. Stories (myths) may then grow up around a ritual. Frequently the myths include representatives of hose supernatural forces that the rites celebrate or hope to influence. Performers may wear costumes and masks to represent the mythical characters or supernatural forces in the rituals or in accompanying celebrations. As a people becomes more sophisticated, its conceptions of supernatural forces and causal relationships nay change. As a result, it may abandon or modify some rites. But the myths that have grown up around the rites may continue as part of the group’s oral tradition and may even come to be acted out under conditions divorced from these rites. When this occurs, the first step has been taken toward theater as an autonomous activity, and thereafter entertainment and aesthetic values may gradually replace the former mystical and socially efficacious concerns. 3. Although origin in ritual as long been the most popular, it is by no means the only theory about how the theater came into being. Storytelling has been proposed as one alternative. Under this theory, relating and listening to stories are seen as fundamental human pleasures. Thus, the recalling of an event (a hunt, battle, or other feat) is elaborated through the narrator’s pantomime and impersonation and eventually through each role being assumed by a different person. 4. A closely related theory sees theater as evolving out of dances that are primarily pantomimic, rhythmical or gymnastic, or from imitations if animal noises and sounds. Admiration for the performer’s skill, virtuosity, and grace are seen as motivation for elaborating the activities into fully realized theatrical performances. 5. In addition to exploring the possible antecedents of theater, scholars have also theorized about the motives that led people to develop theater. Why did the theater develop, and why was it valued after it ceased to fulfill the function of ritual? Most answers fall back on the theories about the human mind and basic human needs. One, set forth by Aristotle in the fourth century B.C., sees humans as naturally imitative – as taking pleasure in imitating persons, things, and actions and in seeing such imitations. Another, advanced in the twentieth century, suggests that humans have a gift for fantasy, through which they seek to reshape reality into more satisfying forms than those encountered in daily life. Thus, fantasy or fiction (of which drama is one form) permits people to objectify their anxieties and fears, confront them, and fulfill their hopes in fiction if not fact. The theater, then, is one tool whereby people define and understand their world or escape from unpleasant realities.

6. But neither the human imitative instinct nor a penchant for fantasy by itself leads to an autonomous theater. Therefore, additional explanations are needed. One necessary condition seems to be a somewhat detached view of human problems. For example, one sign of this condition is the appearance of the comic vision, since comedy requires sufficient detachment to view some deviations from social norms as ridiculous rather than as serious threats to the welfare of the entire group. Another condition that contributes to the development of autonomous theater is the emergence of the aesthetic sense. For example, some early societies ceased to consider certain rites essential to their well-being and abandoned them; nevertheless, they retained as parts of their oral tradition the myths that had grown up around the rites and admired them for their artistic qualities rather than for their religious usefulness. 1. The world “championed” in the passage is closest in meaning to A. changed

B. debated

C. created

D. supported

2. The world “attributes” in the passage is closest in meaning to A. ascribes

B. leaves

C. limits

D. contrasts

3. According to paragraph 1, theories of the origins of theater A. are mainly hypothetical B. are well supported by factual evidence C. have rarely been agreed upon by anthropologists D. were expressed in the early stages of theater’s development 4. According to paragraph 1, why did some societies develop and repeat ceremonial actions? A. To establish a positive connection between the members of the society B. To help society members better understand the forces controlling their food supply C. To distinguish their beliefs from those of other societies D. To increase the society’s prosperity 5. The word “autonomous” in the passage is closest meaning to A. artistic

B. important C. independent

D. established

6. According to paragraph 2, what may cause societies to abandon certain rites? A. Emphasizing theater as entertainment

B. Developing a new understanding of why events occur C. Finding a more sophisticated way of representing mythical characters D. Moving from a primarily oral tradition to a more written tradition 7. All of the following are mentioned in paragraph 5 as possible reasons that led societies to develop theater EXCEPT: A. Theater allows people to face what they are afraid of. B. Theater gives an opportunity to imagine a better reality. C. Theater is a way to enjoy imitating other people. D. Theater provides people the opportunity to better understand the human mind. 8. Which of the following best describes the organization of paragraph 5? A. The author presents two theories for a historical phenomenon. B. The author argues against theories expressed earlier in the passage. C. The author argues for replacing older theories with a new one. D. The author points out problems with two popular theories. 9. The word “penchant” in the passage is closest in meaning to A. compromise

B. inclination C. tradition

D. respect

10. Which of the sentences below best expresses the essential information in the italic sentence in the passage? Incorrect choices change the meaning in important ways or leave out essential information. A. A society’s rites were more likely to be retained in the oral tradition if its myths were admired for artistic qualities. B. The artistic quality of a myth was sometimes an essential reason for a society to abandon it from the oral tradition. C. Some early societies stopped using myths in their religious practices when rites ceased to be seen as useful for social well-being. D. Myths sometimes survived in a society’s tradition because of their artistic qualities even after they were no longer deemed religiously beneficial. Your answers:

10.

Part 6. (15 pts) Read the following passage and do the tasks that follows. Write your answer in the space provided. Mutual harm A In forests and fields all over the world, plants are engaged in a deadly chemical war to suppress other plants and create conditions for their own success. But what if we could learn the secrets of these plants and use them for our own purposes? Would it be possible to use their strategies and weapons to help us improve agriculture by preventing weeds from germinating and encouraging growth in crops? This possibility is leading agricultural researchers to explore the effects plants have on other plants with the aim of applying their findings to farming. B The phenomenon by which an organism produces one or more chemicals that influence the growth, survival and reproduction of other organisms is called allelopathy. These chemicals are a subset of chemicals produced by organisms called secondary metabolites. A plant's primary metabolites are associated with growth and development. Allelochemicals, however, are part of a plant's defence system and have a secondary function in the life of the organism. The term allelopathy comes from the Greek: allelo and pathy meaning 'mutual harm'. The term was first used by the Austrian scientist Hans Molisch in 1937, but people have been noting the negative effects that one plant can have on another for a long time. In 300 BC, the Greek philosopher Theophrastus noticed that pigweed had a negative effect on alfalfa plants. In China, around the first century AD, the author of Shennong Ben Cao Jing described 267 plants that have the ability to kill pests. C Allelopathy can be observed in many aspects of plant ecology. It can affect where certain species of plants grow, the fertility of competitor plants, the natural change of plant communities over time, which plant species are able to dominate a particular area, and the diversity of plants in an area. Plants can release allelopathic chemicals in several ways: their roots can release chemicals directly into the soil, and their bark and leaves can release chemicals into the soil as they rot. Initially, scientists were interested in the negative effects of allelopathic chemicals. Observations of the phenomenon included poor growth of some forest trees, damage to crops, changes in vegetation patterns and, interestingly, the occurrence of weed-free areas. It was also realised that some species could have beneficial effects on agricultural crop plants and the possible application of allelopathy became the subject of research. D Today research is focused on the effects of weeds on crops, the effects of crops on weeds, and how certain crops affect other crops. Agricultural scientists are exploring the use of allelochemicals to regulate growth and to act as natural herbicides, thereby promoting sustainable agriculture by using these natural chemicals as an

alternative to man-made chemicals. For example, a small fast-growing tree found in Central America, sometimes called the 'miracle tree', contains a poison that slows the growth of other trees but does not affect its own seeds. Chemicals produced by this tree have been shown to improve the production of rice. Similarly, box elder - another tree stimulates the growth of bluestem grass, which is a tall prairie grass found in the midwestern United States. Many weeds may use allelopathy to become ecologically successful; a study in China found that 25 out of 33 highly poisonous weeds had significant allelopathic properties. E There may be at least three applications of allelopathy to agriculture. Firstly, the allelopathic properties of wild or cultivated plants may be bred into crop plants through genetic modification or traditional breeding methods to improve the release of desired allelochemicals and thus improve crop yield. Secondly, a plant with strong allelopathic properties could be used to control weeds by planting it in rotation with an agricultural crop and then leaving it to rot and become part of the soil in order to inhibit the growth of weeds. Finally, naturally occurring allelopathic chemicals could be used in combination with man-made chemicals. Boosting the efficiency of man-made herbicides could lead to a reduction in the amount of herbicides used in agriculture, which is better for the environment. F Despite the promising uses of allelopathic chemicals, agricultural scientists are still cautious. Firstly, allelopathic chemicals may break down and disappear in the soil more easily than artificial chemicals. Secondly, allelopathic chemicals may be harmful to plants other than weeds. Thirdly, allelopathic chemicals could persist in the soil for a long time and may affect crops grown in the same field as the allelopathic plants at a later date. Because the effects of allelopathic chemicals are not yet fully known, agricultural scientists will need to continue to study the biological war between plants. Choose the correct heading for paragraphs B-F from the list of headings below. Write the correct number, i-ix, next to Questions 1-5. List of Headings i What are metabolites? ii The negative effects of allelopathy iii Biological warfare in the plant world iv Why we cannot use alleiopathic chemicals at present v What is allelopathy? vi The reasons why plants compete with other plants vii The effects of allelopathy and realisation of its possible uses

viii How could we use alleiopathic chemicals in farming? ix Specific examples of alleiopathic plants Example

Answer

Paragraph A

iii

1. Paragraph B 2. Paragraph C 3. Paragraph D 4. Paragraph E 5. Paragraph F Your answers:

Questions 6-10: Complete the summary below. Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each answer. Write your answer in the space provided. Scientists can see three potential uses of allelopathic chemicals in farming. Firstly, the ability to produce allelopathic chemicals could be (6) ________ into agricultural crops; secondly, allelopathic plants could be planted in rotation with the (7) ________; finally, naturally produced chemicals could be combined with (8) ________ herbicides. However, agriculturalists are still (9) ________ as allelopathic plants may have negative effects on plants which are not the intended target and the chemicals could remain in the ground for a(n) (10) ________, even after the plants themselves have died. Part 7 You are going to read an article about the value of boredom. For questions 4756, choose from the sections of the article (A-D). The sections may be chosen more than once. When more than one answer is required, these may be given in any order. In which section of the article is the following mentioned? 47 points out a drawback in failing to allow time for mundane reflection? 48 comments on a personal experience of using a particular psychological technique? 49 comments on the broad appeal that a particular notion might potentially have? 50 suggests that boredom as a way of dealing with a problem is not a new idea?

51 distinguishes between mere reflection and conscious avoidance of mental stimulation? 52 refers to the communication of an erroneous message? 53 refers to an activity indicative of modern life taking place in various locations? 54 outlines a positive consequence of distancing oneself from technology? 55 explains that a particular finding supported existing knowledge? 56 remarks on the significance of monotony in the development of the human species? Time Out It seems that embracing boredom and allowing ourselves to drift away could be good for us A Consider any public place where people used to enjoy a spot of silent contemplation – from train carriages and beauty spots to our local streets – and these days you’ll see people plugged into their seductive electronic sources of constant stimulation. All this information overload seems like a terribly modern-day problem. But one unique thinker actually stumbled on a neat solution several decades ago: radical boredom. In 1942, a German writer called Siegfried Karcauer wrote despairingly of the massive over-stimulation of the modern city where people listening to the radio were in a state of ‘permanent receptivity, constantly pregnant with London, the Eiffel Tower, Berlin.’ His answer was to suggest a period of total withdrawal from stimulation – to cut ourselves off and experience ‘extraordinary, radical boredom’. On a sunny afternoon when everyone is outside, one would do best to hang about the train station,’ he wrote. ‘Or better yet, stay at home, draw the curtains and surrender oneself to one’s boredom on the sofa.’ B Karcauer believed that actively pursuing boredom in this way was a valuable means of unlocking playful wild ideas far away from plain reality and, better still, achieve ‘a kind of bliss that is almost unearthly’. It’s a beautiful theory and one that would definitely hold an allure for many people. Plus modern research suggests that it might actually have a sound psychological basis. To test the potential positives of boredom, psychologist Dr Sandi Mann asked a group of 40 people to complete a task designed to showcase their creativity. But before they got started on it, a subgroup was asked to perform a suitably dull task – copying numbers from the telephone directory for 15 minutes. The data pointed to the group that had previously endured boredom displaying more creative flair during the task than the control group. According to psychologists this is normal, because when people become bored and start to daydream, their minds come up with different processes and they work out more creative solutions to problems C

This would suggest perhaps, that by overstimulating our minds, we’re not just making ourselves more stressed, we’re also missing out on a chance to unhook our thoughts from the daily grind and think more creatively. Having said that, psychologists also point out that despite its bad reputation, boredom has a definite evolutionary purpose. Mann says ‘Without it, we’d be like toddlers in a perpetual state of amazement. Just imagine it: “Wow – look at that fantastic cereal at the bottom of my bowl!” It may be very stimulating, but we’d never get anything done.’ That puts me in mind of adults who are addicted to social media and smart phones – attention seeking, scurrying around the internet screaming ‘Look at this! Look at them! Look at me!’ while the real world beyond the electronic devices continues on untroubled and unexamined. Meanwhile, as Mann points out, we’re incorrectly teaching our actual toddlers that boredom and lack of stimulation is something to be feared rather than embraced. D So how do you learn to tactically embrace periods of radical boredom? The first step is realising that this is different from simply taking time to ponder what you’ve done since getting up that morning. ‘Using boredom positively is about creating new opportunities when your mind isn’t occupied and you can’t focus on anything else,’ says Mann. This could be as simple as staring out the window or watching the rain come down. Or heading off for a solitary walk with no fixed destination in mind, or your smart phone in your pocket. Anything that gives your mind the rare chance to drift off its moorings. ‘I can really recommend it,’ says Mann. ‘It’s a great experience – like taking a holiday from your brain.’ I’m definitely sold. I’m trying to keep my phone turned off during the weekends and allow myself the odd, dreamy wallow on the sofa during the week, time permitting. And the best thing: it works. After taking a break and allowing my mind to roam, it returns refreshed and revitalized, with a fresh take on the challenges that I face during the day. When my daughter gets to an age when she’s ready to whine ‘I’m bored’, I’ll know exactly what to say!

Your answers:

10.

Part 8: 11. When they started their trek, they had no idea how bad the weather would become. (OUTSET)  Nobody realized _____________________________ how bad the weather would become. 12. The footballer injured his knee, so that was the end of his hopes of a first team place. (PAID)  The footballer’s knee _____________________________ his hopes of a first team place.

13. I inherited this clock from my father and it belonged to his grandfather before that. (DOWN)  This clock grandfather to my father and, in turn, to me 14. Don't panic about something so trivial. MOUNTAIN ______________________________________________________________________ 15. They arrived at their destination alive and kicking. SOUND ______________________________________________________________________ 16. Spending two weeks in hospital was very different from lying on the beach! (CRY) Spending two weeks in hospital was …………………………………lying on the beach! 17.They are living in poverty and are worried about being evicted for not being able to pay the rent. MOUTH They are living from ....................................................................................... 18. I’m finding it difficult to cope with all the work I have to do. (TOP) All the work I have to do ………………………………………………. me. 19. I wouldn’t confront the manager if I were you. (HORNS) I wouldn’t ………………………………………. the manager if I were you. 20. He was arrested when they caught him driving a stolen vehicle. (ACT) Being ……………………………………………….. a stolen vehicle, he was arrested.

KEY Phần 1: I. You will hear part of a radio discussion with Ellen Harrington: of the Meadow Lane Residents Group, and Tim Barlow from Carton Town Planning Department. For questions 1-5, choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D) which fits best according to what you hear. (10p.) Your answers

False (F) according to

True/ T

False/ F

True/ T

False/

III. You will hear a piece of news about the white bear. Listen and complete the summary below. Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer. (20p.)

GENE

POWER

STRANGERS

EROSION

ISLAND

REPRODUCTION

METHOD(S)

10.

EXPAN

(S) 6.

ROADS

FISHING

TAPESCRIPT: PART 1 You will hear part of a radio discussion with Ellen Harrington of the Meadow Lane Residents Group, and Tim Barlow from the Carton Town Planning Department For questions 15-20, choose the answer, A, B, C or D which fits best according to what you hear, Interviewer: Good morning, and welcome to City Life, our weekly look at some aspect of life in towns and cities. Today my guests are Ellen Harrington of the Meadow Lane Residents Group in the town of Carton, and Tim Barlow from the Carton Town Planning Department. Ellen, perhaps I can start by asking why you formed a residents' group Ellen: Because our lives have been a misery recently, that's why! You see, three months ago the town council decided to turn the centre of Carton into a pedestrian precinct - no cars at all. Which seemed like a terrific idea at first. I was over the moon. Until I realised that all the traffic diverted from the centre of town was going to come through Meadow Lane. And I suspect the planners knew all along this would happen. Interviewer: And Meadow Lane is - or was - a quiet suburban street. Ellen: Exactly! With two schools and lots of children playing in the street. Now it must be one of the most dangerous roads in the county! And we're not going to stand for it. We are livid we really are, and we’re going to do whatever it takes to get satisfaction, starting with our protest at the town hall tomorrow! Interviewer: If I could turn to you now, Tim. What's your reaction to what Ellen has been saying? Tim: Well, naturally, I have every sympathy with her situation. But I really don't think the Carton Town Planning Department is entirely to blame for this. Closing the town centre to traffic was the right thing to do, and I think it's to the credit of town council that a measure like this was put into practice, despite considerable opposition. Changing the status quo is never an easy course of action - somebody's always going to be unhappy with the new situation. But in this case, if cars drive too fast along quiet streets, that’s a matter for the police. Irresponsible drivers are to blame for the problem which is why the protesters have chosen the wrong target. I'm not even sure exactly what Mrs Harringtons’ Meadow Lane Residents Group is trying to accomplish. Interviewer: Do you accept that point, Ellen? Ellen: I certainly do not! Drivers will take the shortest possible route to get where they're going - that's just human nature and it's the Town Planning Department who decide what that route is. I think Mr Barlow is trying to

dodge the responsibility for the problem - probably because the planners hadn't realised quite how bad the situation in our street would be. And I don't believe they can wash their hands of the whole matter. And even if they weren’t entirely to blame for it, they could still do something now to solve it. Interviewer: What would you like to see happen now? Ellen:

First of all, a new traffic system should be installed in the area of Meadow Lane to stop motorists using the street the way they do. Then we'd like a review of the whole road system in and around the town. Obviously, that will take some time to set up - in fact, we don't want any rush jobs here - but we want a firm commitment from the town council that they'll listen to our demands. Interviewer: And this protest you're planning: do you feel it will be a success? Ellen: I certainly do! You see, we plan to have a big demonstration outside the Town Hall., which will attract a lot of media interest - and that's what really makes people sit up and take notice these days. I'm sure we'll get some reaction. After all, the people in charge here are our representatives, councillors who should listen to the views of the people who elected them .. PART 2 You will hear a student called Rob who is in the first year of the theatre studies course talking to another student called Mia-who is in the fourth year of the same course. Listen and decide whether these sentences are True (T) or False (F) according to what you hear. MIA: Hi, Rob. How's the course going? ROB: Oh, hi, Mia. Yeah, great. I can't believe the first term's nearly over. MIA: I saw your group's performance last night at the student theatre. It was good. ROB: Really? Yeah but now we have to write a report on the whole thing, an in-depth analysis. I don't know where to start. Like, I have to write about the role I played, the doctor, how I developed the character. MIA: Well, what was your starting point? ROB: Er ….. my grandfather was a doctor before he retired, and I just based it on him. MIA: OK, but how? Did you talk to him about it? ROB: He must have all sorts of stories, but he never says much about his work, even now. He has a sort of authority though. MIA: So how did you manage to capture that? ROB: I'd ….. I'd visualise what he must have been like in the past, when he was sitting in his consulting room listening to his patients. MIA: OK, so that's what you explain in your report. ROB: Right. MIA: Then there's the issue of atmosphere - so in the first scene we needed to know how boring life was in the doctor's village in the 1950s, so when the curtain went up on the first scene in the waiting room, there was that long silence before anyone spoke. And then people kept saying the same thing over and over, like 'Cold, isn't it? ROB: Yes, and everyone wore grey and brown, and just sat in a row. MIA: Yes, all those details of the production.

ROB: MIA: ROB: MIA: ROB: MIA: ROB: MIA: ROB: MIA: ROB: MIA:

And I have to analyse how I functioned in the group - what I found out about myself. I know I was so frustrated at times, when we couldn't agree. Yes. So did one person emerge as the leader? Sophia did. That was OK - she helped us work out exactly what to do, for the production. And that made me feel better, I suppose. When you understood what needed doing? Yes. And Sophia did some research, too. That was useful in developing our approach. Like what? Well, she found these articles from the 1950s about how relationships between children and their parents, or between the public and people like bank managers or the police were shifting. Interesting. And did you have any practical problems to overcome? Well, in the final rehearsal everything was going fine until the last scene that's where the doctor's first patient appears on stage on his own. The one in the wheelchair? Yes, and he had this really long speech, with the stage all dark except for one spotlight - and then that stuck somehow so it was shining on the wrong side of the stage ... but anyway we got that fixed, thank goodness. Yes, it was fine on the night.

PART 3 You will hear a piece of news about the white bear. Listen and complete the summary below. Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer Today we continue our series on ecology and conservation with a look at a particularly endangered member of the black bear family. One in ten black bears is actually born with a white coat, which is the result of a special gene that surfaces in a few . Local people have named lithe spirit bear'. And according to the legends of these communities, its snow brings with it a special power. Because of this, it has always been highly regarded by them - so much that they do not speak of seeing it to anyone else. It is their way of protecting it when strangers visit the area. The white bear's habitat is quite interesting. The bear's strong relationship with the old growth rainforest is a complex one. The white bear relies on the huge centuries-old trees in the forest in many ways. For example, the old-growth trees have extremely long roots that help prevent erosion of the soil along the banks of the many fish streams. Keeping these banks intact is important because these streams are home to salmon, which are the bear's main food source. In return, the bear's feeding habits nurture the forest. As the bears eat the salmon, they discard the skin and bones in great amounts on the forest floor, which provide vital nutrients. These produce lush vegetation that sustains thousands of other types of life forms, from birds to insects and more. Today, the spirit bear lives off the coast of the province of British Columbia on a few islands. There is great concern for their survival since it is estimated that less than two hundred of these white bears remain. The best way to protect them is to make every effort to preserve the delicate balance of their forest environment - in other words, their ecosystem.

The greatest threat to the bear's existence is the loss of its habitat. Over many years, logging companies have stripped the land by cutting down a large number of trees. In addition, they have built roads which have fractured the areas where the bear usually feeds, and many hibernation sites have also been lost. The logging of the trees along the streams has damaged the places where the bears fish. To make matters worse, the number of salmon in those streams is declining because there is no legal limit on fishing at the moment. All these influences have a negative impact on the spirit bear's very existence, which is made all the more fragile by the fact that reproduction among these bears has always been disappointingly low. And so, what's the situation going forward? Community organizations, environmental groups and the British Columbia government are now working together on the problem. The government is now requiring logging companies to adopt a better logging method, which is a positive step. However, these measures alone may not be sufficient to ensure a healthy population of the spirit bear in the future. Other steps also need to be taken. While it is important to maintain the spirit bear's habitat, there also needs to be more emphasis on its expansion. The move is justified as it will also create space for other bears that are losing their homes ... Phần 2

Part 1: A: PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS 1.C 2.A 3.B 4.C 5.D 6.B 7.C 8.A 9.D 10.C 1. Our teacher tends to…………….certain subjects which she finds difficult to talk about. A. boil down B. string along C. skate over D. track down skate over/around sth=to avoid dealing completely with something or to fail to pay enough attention to it boil down to sth=If a situation or problem boils down to something, that is the main reason for it string along= deceive someone for a long time about what you are really intending to do: track down someone/something=to search for someone or something, often when it is difficult to find that person or thing: 2. I was so tired that I just………….in the armchair. A. flaked out B. broke up C. dropped out D. fell over flaked out= suddenly go to sleep or feel weak because you are extremely tired 3. He couldn’t have been very hungry. He just…………….at his food. A. worked B. nibbled C. got D. marked down

nibble (away) at sth=to slowly reduce something 4. Simon hasn’t got a job, and isn’t trying to get one: he just………..his friends. A. meddles with B. drags on C. sponges on D. tarts up sponge on= take advantage of someone else's generosity, charity, or hospitality in order to obtain something, typically money or food, as a handout. be a drag on sb/sth=to slow down or limit the development of someone or something meddle with (someone or something)=To interfere or involve oneself with someone or something in an intrusive, unwelcome, or unsolicited manner. tart sth up=to make something look more attractive or decorative, usually by making very quick or very obvious changes 5. At first, the managing director insisted that he was right and everyone else was mistaken, but in the end was forced to………….. A. ease off B. gulp down C. scrape through D. climb down climb down= change your opinion or admit that you were wrong scrape through= succeed in something but with a lot of difficulty ease off= gradually stop or become less gulp down = eat at an extremely fast rate 6. I need twenty pounds to…………me………..until the end of the month. A. turn in B. tide over C. dig into D. dry up Tide over = help someone to work or operate normally through a difficult period, usually by lending them money Dig into= press or push, or to press or push an object, hard into someone or something Dry up= to no longer exist or be available 7. You must try not to…………your brother’s death. A. roll on B. make out C. dwell on D. wipe out dwell on = keep thinking or talking about something, especially something bad or unpleasant 8. The patient was very ill indeed. The doctors were working……….time. A. against B. with C. on D. for Work against time= làm vc chạy đua với thời gian 9. The boxer lost the fight because he hit his opponent…………the belt. A. at B. by C. around D. below hit (one) below the belt=To unfairly target one's weakness or vulnerability. The phrase refers to boxing, in which hitting an opponent below the waist is prohibited. 10. I felt pleased I no longer had the responsibility. It was a weight…………….my shoulders. A. on B. with C. off D. from a weight off my shoulders.=To be a relief after having shared what one is thinking or feeling with others, or upon no longer having a particular problem. B: COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 B C C B C B B C A B 1. The last candidate for the managerial position is a pretty unknown _____________. A. Quality B. quantity C. quandary D. qualification Unknown quantity = a person or thing whose nature, value, or significance cannot be determined or is not yet known. 2. The couple tied the knot two months after they met – it was indubitably a _________ romance. A. typhoon B. hurricane C. whirlwind D. cyclone Whirlwind romance = cơn lốc tình yêu/ hôn nhân thần tốc 3. The introduction of new immigration laws is the ___________ of the town these days. A. gossip B. story C. talk D. tale The talk of the town = to be what everyone is talking about 4. Although initially regarded as a ________________, Leicester City finished 2014-2015 Premier League being the champion. A. rank interloper B. rank outsider C. rank newcomer D. rank foreigner rank outsider=someone who is not expected to win a race or competition: 5. I don’t expect the entry test this year will be more demanding, but ___________, I don’t think it will be simpler either. A. over and above B. on the side C. by the same token D. for good measure by the same token = tương tự, vì lẽ ấy, vì những nguyên nhân giống nhau, vì cùng lí do đó nên... 6. I love hanging out with Mary – she is really a __________ of sunshine A. beam B. ray C. glow D. light A ray of sunshine" được dùng khi một vật hay người nào đó đem lại hi vọng trong tình huống khó khăn 7. The teacher, by dint of draconian disciplinary measures, has ___________ terror among his students. A. stimulated B. inspired C. engaged D. stirred 8. The new superconductors look set to ____________ a useful niche for themselves in the world's electrical industries. A. etch B. incise C. carve D. lacerate carve a niche for yourself = you organize your work to create a secure position. 9. Many people, for all the repeated warnings, remain _______________ ignorant of the danger of using the mobile phones at night. A. blissfully B. delightedly C. jubilantly D. ecstatically Blissfully ignorant= not knowing any of the unpleasant facts about something

10. The authority should not have made those cutting comments, no matter how you _____ it. A. cut b. slice c. chop d. clip no matter how you slice it=Regardless of how a situation is analyzed, viewed, or portrayed, the truth of it remains unchanged. Part 2: 1. advance => advanced

6. coding => coded

2. find => found

7. its => their

3. impinging => impinge

8. performances => performers

4. way => a way

9. message => messages

5. as => like

10. to share => to be shared

Part 3: In the north-west corner of the island paradise Isla Perlita, nestling in the shadow of Mount Machu, lies the sleepy village of San Lorenzo. Off the beaten (86)_______, there is nothing out of the ordinary about this quaint little village -nothing, that is, apart from the magnificent (87)_______ Bay Hotel. The Bay, as it is known locally, is a recent development catering for (88)_______travellers who enjoy luxury holidaymaking. Famous throughout the island for the outstanding quality of its accommodation and the excellence of its cuisine, the Bay (89)_______ 30 guest suites, each with a charm and character of its own. Each suite looks (90)_______ Falmer Beach, commanding breathtaking views of the four miles of white sand, which gently shelves into the (91)_______ clear waters of the Crepuscan Sea. At the heart of the Bay Hotel is personal, efficient and unobtrusive service. (92)_______ staff anticipate your every need in an atmosphere of quiet professionalism and genuine friendliness. (93)_______, the Bay Hotel is a place to get (94)_______ from the stresses of everyday life, and whether it is (95)_______ away the hours soaking up the sun or taking advantage of the wide range of recreational activities that the hotel has on offer, you can be sure that a holiday at the Bay truly is the holiday of a lifetime. 86. A. path B. track C. road D. way off the beaten track: ở nơi xa xôi 87. A. starred B. stars C. star D. starring 88. A. disconcerting B. discerning C. distinctive D. discriminated discerning: biết thưởng thức 89. A. announces B. claims C. asserts D. boasts

boast: to have or own something to be proud of: 90. A. back on B. onto C. into D. down look (out) onto: to have a clear and direct view of something or some place 91. A. crystal B. sky C. diamond D. pearl Crystal clear: trong như pha lê 92. A. Preoccupied B. Attentive C. Concentrated D. Undivided Attentive: tận tâm,chu đáo 93. A. All over B. For all C. Above all D. All along Above all: most importantly 94. A. out B. over C. off D. away Get away from: leave or escape from a person or place, often when it is difficult to do this 95. A. whiling B. wearing C. wending D. winding While away: kill time \Part 4: (Source: CPE EXPERT- workbook) 1. Combine

2. In

6. Rather

3. Enough

7. Elements

8. At

4. Out

5. It

9. Being/getting

10.

Another Part 5 (15 pts) 1.5 pt/correct answer 1. D

2. A

3. A

4. D

5. C

6. B

7. D

8. A

9. B

10. D

The Origins of Theater 1. In seeking to describe the origins of theater, one must rely primarily on speculation, since there is little concrete evidence on which to draw. The most widely accepted theory, championed by anthropologists in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, envisions theater as emerging out of myth and ritual. The process perceived by these anthropologists may be summarized briefly. During the early stages of its development, a society becomes aware of forces that appear to influence or control its food supply and well–being. Having little understanding of natural causes, it attributes both desirable and undesirable occurrences to supernatural or magical forces, and it searches for means to win the favor of these forces. Perceiving an apparent connection between certain actions performed by the group and the result it desires, the group repeats, refines, and formalizes those actions into fixed ceremonies, or rituals. 2. Stories (myths) may then grow up around a ritual. Frequently the myths include representatives of hose supernatural forces that the rites celebrate or hope to influence.

Performers may wear costumes and masks to represent the mythical characters or supernatural forces in the rituals or in accompanying celebrations. As a people becomes more sophisticated, its conceptions of supernatural forces and causal relationships nay change. As a result, it may abandon or modify some rites. But the myths that have grown up around the rites may continue as part of the group’s oral tradition and may even come to be acted out under conditions divorced from these rites. When this occurs, the first step has been taken toward theater as an autonomous activity, and thereafter entertainment and aesthetic values may gradually replace the former mystical and socially efficacious concerns. 3. Although origin in ritual as long been the most popular, it is by no means the only theory about how the theater came into being. Storytelling has been proposed as one alternative. Under this theory, relating and listening to stories are seen as fundamental human pleasures. Thus, the recalling of an event (a hunt, battle, or other feat) is elaborated through the narrator’s pantomime and impersonation and eventually through each role being assumed by a different person. 4. A closely related theory sees theater as evolving out of dances that are primarily pantomimic, rhythmical or gymnastic, or from imitations if animal noises and sounds. Admiration for the performer’s skill, virtuosity, and grace are seen as motivation for elaborating the activities into fully realized theatrical performances. 5. In addition to exploring the possible antecedents of theater, scholars have also theorized about the motives that led people to develop theater. Why did the theater develop, and why was it valued after it ceased to fulfill the function of ritual? Most answers fall back on the theories about the human mind and basic human needs. One, set forth by Aristotle in the fourth century B.C., sees humans as naturally imitative – as taking pleasure in imitating persons, things, and actions and in seeing such imitations. Another, advanced in the twentieth century, suggests that humans have a gift for fantasy, through which they seek to reshape reality into more satisfying forms than those encountered in daily life. Thus, fantasy or fiction (of which drama is one form) permits people to objectify their anxieties and fears, confront them, and fulfill their hopes in fiction if not fact. The theater, then, is one tool whereby people define and understand their world or escape from unpleasant realities. 6. But neither the human imitative instinct nor a penchant for fantasy by itself leads to an autonomous theater. Therefore, additional explanations are needed. One necessary condition seems to be a somewhat detached view of human problems. For example, one sign of this condition is the appearance of the comic vision, since comedy requires sufficient detachment to view some deviations from social norms as ridiculous rather than as serious threats to the welfare of the entire group. Another condition that contributes to the development of autonomous theater is the emergence of the aesthetic sense. For example, some early societies ceased to consider certain rites essential to their well-being and abandoned them; nevertheless, they retained as parts of their oral

tradition the myths that had grown up around the rites and admired them for their artistic qualities rather than for their religious usefulness. 1. The word “championed” in the passage is closest in meaning to A. changed

B. debated

C. created

D. supported

Champion=support= binh vực,ủng hộ 2. The world “attributes” in the passage is closest in meaning to A. ascribes

B. leaves

C. limits

D. contrasts

Attributes= ascribes= gán cho,quy cho 3. According to paragraph 1, theories of the origins of theater A. are mainly hypothetical B. are well supported by factual evidence C. have rarely been agreed upon by anthropologists D. were expressed in the early stages of theater’s development 3. Theo đoạn 1, các lý thuyết về nguồn gốc của rạp hát A. chủ yếu là giả thuyết B. được hỗ trợ tốt bởi bằng chứng thực tế C. hiếm khi được các nhà nhân học đồng ý D. được thể hiện trong giai đoạn đầu phát triển của nhà hát Clue: In seeking to describe the origins of theater, one must rely primarily on speculation, since there is little concrete evidence on which to draw. The most widely accepted theory, championed by anthropologists in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, Để tìm cách mô tả nguồn gốc của rạp hát, người ta phải dựa chủ yếu vào suy đoán, vì có rất ít bằng chứng cụ thể để rút ra. Lý thuyết được chấp nhận rộng rãi nhất, được các nhà nhân loại học ủng hộ vào cuối thế kỷ 19 và đầu thế kỷ 20 4. According to paragraph 1, why did some societies develop and repeat ceremonial actions? A. To establish a positive connection between the members of the society B. To help society members better understand the forces controlling their food

supply C. To distinguish their beliefs from those of other societies D. To increase the society’s prosperity 4. Theo đoạn 1, tại sao một số xã hội phát triển và lặp lại các hành động nghi lễ? A. Để thiết lập một kết nối tích cực giữa các thành viên của xã hội B. Để giúp các thành viên xã hội hiểu rõ hơn về các lực lượng kiểm soát nguồn cung cấp thực phẩm của họ C. Để phân biệt niềm tin của họ với niềm tin của các xã hội khác D. Để tăng sự thịnh vượng của xã hội Clue: During the early stages of its development, a society becomes aware of forces that appear to influence or control its food supply and well–being 5. The word “autonomous” in the passage is closest meaning to A. artistic

B. important C. independent

D. established

Autonomous =independent =tự chủ,tự trị,đọc lập 6. According to paragraph 2, what may cause societies to abandon certain rites? A. Emphasizing theater as entertainment B. Developing a new understanding of why events occur C. Finding a more sophisticated way of representing mythical characters D. Moving from a primarily oral tradition to a more written tradition 6. Theo đoạn 2, điều gì có thể khiến xã hội từ bỏ một số nghi thức nhất định? A. Nhấn mạnh rạp hát là giải trí B. Phát triển một hiểu biết mới về lý do tại sao các sự kiện xảy ra C. Tìm ra một cách thể hiện tinh vi hơn các nhân vật thần thoại D. Chuyển từ một truyền thống truyền khẩu chủ yếu sang một truyền thống thành văn hơn Clue: As a people becomes more sophisticated, its conceptions of supernatural forces and causal relationships nay change. As a result, it may abandon or modify some rites.

Khi một người trở nên tinh vi hơn, quan niệm của họ về các lực lượng siêu nhiên và các mối quan hệ nhân quả sẽ thay đổi. Do đó, nó có thể từ bỏ hoặc sửa đổi một số nghi thức 7. All of the following are mentioned in paragraph 5 as possible reasons that led societies to develop theater EXCEPT: A. Theater allows people to face what they are afraid of. B. Theater gives an opportunity to imagine a better reality. C. Theater is a way to enjoy imitating other people. D. Theater provides people the opportunity to better understand the human mind. 7. Tất cả những điều sau đây được đề cập trong đoạn 5 như là những lý do có thể khiến các xã hội phát triển rạp hát NGOẠI TRỪ: A. Nhà hát cho phép mọi người đối mặt với những gì họ sợ hãi. B. Nhà hát tạo cơ hội để tưởng tượng một thực tế tốt hơn. C. Sân khấu là một cách để thích bắt chước người khác. D. Nhà hát cung cấp cho mọi người cơ hội để hiểu rõ hơn về tâm trí con người. Clue: One, set forth by Aristotle in the fourth century B.C., sees humans as naturally imitative – as taking pleasure in imitating persons, things, and actions and in seeing such imitations. Another, advanced in the twentieth century, suggests that humans have a gift for fantasy, through which they seek to reshape reality into more satisfying forms than those encountered in daily life. Thus, fantasy or fiction (of which drama is one form) permits people to objectify their anxieties and fears, confront them, and fulfill their hopes in fiction if not fact. The theater, then, is one tool whereby people define and understand their world or escape from unpleasant realities.

Một, được đặt ra bởi Aristotle vào thế kỷ thứ tư trước Công nguyên, coi con người là bắt chước một cách tự nhiên - như thích thú khi bắt chước người, sự vật và hành động và khi nhìn thấy những sự bắt chước như vậy. Một người khác, tiên tiến trong thế kỷ 20, cho rằng con người có năng khiếu về tưởng tượng, qua đó họ tìm cách định hình lại thực tế thành những hình thức thỏa mãn hơn những hình thức gặp phải trong cuộc sống hàng ngày. Do đó, giả tưởng hoặc hư cấu (trong đó chính kịch là một dạng) cho phép mọi người khách

quan hóa những lo lắng và sợ hãi của họ, đối mặt với chúng và thực hiện hy vọng của họ trong tiểu thuyết nếu không phải là sự thật. Vì vậy, nhà hát là một công cụ giúp mọi người xác định và hiểu thế giới của họ hoặc thoát khỏi những thực tế khó chịu. 8. Which of the following best describes the organization of paragraph 5? A. The author presents two theories for a historical phenomenon. B. The author argues against theories expressed earlier in the passage. C. The author argues for replacing older theories with a new one. D. The author points out problems with two popular theories. 8. Điều nào sau đây mô tả đúng nhất cách tổ chức của đoạn văn 5? A. Tác giả đưa ra hai giả thuyết cho một hiện tượng lịch sử. B. Tác giả lập luận chống lại các lý thuyết được trình bày trước đó trong đoạn văn. C. Tác giả lập luận để thay thế các lý thuyết cũ hơn bằng một lý thuyết mới. D. Tác giả chỉ ra các vấn đề với hai lý thuyết phổ biến. Clue: . In addition to exploring the possible antecedents of theater, scholars have also theorized about the motives that led people to develop theater....One.............Another......... 9. The word “penchant” in the passage is closest in meaning to A. compromise

B. inclination C. tradition

D. respect

Penchant=inclination= thiên hướng,khuynh hướng 10. Which of the sentences below best expresses the essential information in the italic sentence in the passage? Incorrect choices change the meaning in important ways or leave out essential information. A. A society’s rites were more likely to be retained in the oral tradition if its myths were admired for artistic qualities. B. The artistic quality of a myth was sometimes an essential reason for a society to abandon it from the oral tradition. C. Some early societies stopped using myths in their religious practices when rites ceased to be seen as useful for social well-being.

D. Myths sometimes survived in a society’s tradition because of their artistic qualities even after they were no longer deemed religiously beneficial. 10. Câu nào dưới đây diễn đạt đúng nhất thông tin cần thiết trong câu in nghiêng trong đoạn văn? Lựa chọn không chính xác làm thay đổi ý nghĩa theo những cách quan trọng hoặc bỏ qua thông tin cần thiết. A. Các nghi thức của một xã hội có nhiều khả năng được lưu giữ lại trong truyền khẩu nếu những câu chuyện thần thoại của nó được ngưỡng mộ vì những phẩm chất nghệ thuật. B. Chất lượng nghệ thuật của một câu chuyện thần thoại đôi khi là một lý do thiết yếu để một xã hội từ bỏ nó khỏi truyền khẩu. C. Một số xã hội ban đầu ngừng sử dụng huyền thoại trong thực hành tôn giáo của họ khi các nghi thức không còn được coi là hữu ích cho hạnh phúc xã hội. D. Thần thoại đôi khi vẫn tồn tại trong truyền thống của xã hội vì những phẩm chất nghệ thuật của chúng ngay cả sau khi chúng không còn được coi là có lợi về mặt tôn giáo nữa Clue: For example, some early societies ceased to consider certain rites essential to their well-being and abandoned them; nevertheless, they retained as parts of their oral tradition the myths that had grown up around the rites and admired them for their artistic qualities rather than for their religious usefulness. Ví dụ, một số xã hội ban đầu không còn coi một số nghi thức nhất định là thiết yếu đối với hạnh phúc của họ và từ bỏ chúng; tuy nhiên, họ giữ lại như một phần của truyền thống truyền khẩu của họ những huyền thoại đã lớn lên xung quanh các nghi lễ và ngưỡng mộ họ vì phẩm chất nghệ thuật của họ hơn là vì tính hữu ích tôn giáo của họ. Part 6 (15 pts) 1.5 pt/correct answer 1. v

2. vii

3. ix

4. viii

5. iv

6. bred 7. agricultural crop 8. man-made 9. cautious 10. long time Mutual harm A

In forests and fields all over the world, plants are engaged in a deadly chemical

war to suppress other plants and create conditions for their own success. But what if we could learn the secrets of these plants and use them for our own purposes? Would it be possible to use their strategies and weapons to help us improve agriculture by preventing weeds from germinating and encouraging growth in crops? This possibility is leading agricultural researchers to explore the effects plants have on other plants with the aim of applying their findings to farming. B

v What is allelopathy?

The phenomenon by which an organism produces one or more chemicals that influence the growth, survival and reproduction of other organisms is called allelopathy. These chemicals are a subset of chemicals produced by organisms called secondary metabolites(.Hiện tượng một sinh vật sản xuất ra một hoặc nhiều chất hóa học có ảnh hưởng đến sự phát triển, tồn tại và sinh sản của các sinh vật khác được gọi là hiện tượng allelopathy. Những hóa chất này là một tập hợp con của các chất hóa học được tạo ra bởi các sinh vật được gọi là chất chuyển hóa thứ cấp) A plant's primary metabolites are associated with growth and development. Allelochemicals, however, are part of a plant's defence system and have a secondary function in the life of the organism. The term allelopathy comes from the Greek: allelo and pathy meaning 'mutual harm'. The term was first used by the Austrian scientist Hans Molisch in 1937, but people have been noting the negative effects that one plant can have on another for a long time. In 300 BC, the Greek philosopher Theophrastus noticed that pigweed had a negative effect on alfalfa plants. In China, around the first century AD, the author of Shennong Ben Cao Jing described 267 plants that have the ability to kill pests.  Cảm nhiễm qua lại là gì C vii The effects of allelopathy and realisation of its possible uses Allelopathy can be observed in many aspects of plant ecology. It can affect where certain species of plants grow, the fertility of competitor plants, the natural change of plant communities over time, which plant species are able to dominate a particular area, and the diversity of plants in an area.( Nó có thể ảnh hưởng đến nơi một số loài thực vật phát triển, khả năng sinh sản của các loài thực vật cạnh tranh, sự thay đổi tự nhiên của các quần xã thực vật theo thời gian, loài thực vật nào có khả năng thống trị một khu vực cụ thể và sự đa dạng của thực vật trong một khu vực.) Plants can release allelopathic chemicals in several ways: their roots can release chemicals directly into the soil, and their bark and leaves can release chemicals into the soil as they rot. Initially, scientists were interested in the negative effects of allelopathic chemicals. Observations of the phenomenon included poor growth of some forest trees, damage to crops, changes in vegetation patterns and, interestingly, the occurrence of weed-free areas. It was also realised that some species could have beneficial effects on agricultural crop plants and the possible application of allelopathy became the subject of research. Các quan sát về hiện tượng bao gồm sự phát triển kém của một số cây

rừng, thiệt hại về mùa màng, sự thay đổi của các kiểu thảm thực vật và thú vị là sự xuất hiện của các khu vực không có cỏ dại. Người ta cũng nhận ra rằng một số loài có thể có tác dụng hữu ích đối với cây trồng nông nghiệp và việc ứng dụng khả năng gây bệnh alen đã trở thành chủ đề nghiên cứu. => Ảnh hưởng của cảm nhiễm qua lại và nhận ra các công dụng có thể có của nó D

ix Specific examples of alleiopathic plants

Today research is focused on the effects of weeds on crops, the effects of crops on weeds, and how certain crops affect other crops. Agricultural scientists are exploring the use of allelochemicals to regulate growth and to act as natural herbicides, thereby promoting sustainable agriculture by using these natural chemicals as an alternative to man-made chemicals. For example, a small fast-growing tree found in Central America, sometimes called the 'miracle tree', contains a poison that slows the growth of other trees but does not affect its own seeds. Chemicals produced by this tree have been shown to improve the production of rice. Similarly, box elder - another tree - stimulates the growth of bluestem grass, which is a tall prairie grass found in the mid-western United States. Many weeds may use allelopathy to become ecologically successful; a study in China found that 25 out of 33 highly poisonous weeds had significant allelopathic properties. Ví dụ, một loại cây nhỏ phát triển nhanh được tìm thấy ở Trung Mỹ, đôi khi được gọi là 'cây thần kỳ', có chứa chất độc làm chậm sự phát triển của các cây khác nhưng không ảnh hưởng đến hạt của chính nó. Hóa chất do cây này tạo ra đã được chứng minh là có thể cải thiện sản lượng gạo. Tương tự, cây cơm cháy - một loại cây khác - kích thích sự phát triển của cỏ bluestem, một loại cỏ thảo nguyên cao được tìm thấy ở miền trung tây Hoa Kỳ. Nhiều loài cỏ dại có thể sử dụng phương pháp allelopathy để trở nên thành công về mặt sinh thái học; một nghiên cứu ở Trung Quốc cho thấy 25 trong số 33 loại cỏ dại có độc tính cao có đặc tính allelopathic đáng kể.  Các VD về các loài thực vật cảm nhiễm qua lại E

viii How could we use alleiopathic chemicals in farming?

There may be at least three applications of allelopathy to agriculture. Firstly, the allelopathic properties of wild or cultivated plants may be bred into crop plants through genetic modification or traditional breeding methods to improve the release of desired allelochemicals and thus improve crop yield. hứ nhất, các đặc tính allelopathic của thực vật hoang dã hoặc trồng trọt có thể được lai tạo thành cây trồng thông qua biến đổi gen hoặc các phương pháp nhân giống truyền thống để cải thiện việc giải phóng các chất hóa sinh mong muốn và do đó cải thiện năng suất cây trồng.Secondly, a plant with strong allelopathic properties could be used to control weeds by planting it in rotation with an agricultural crop Thứ hai, một loại cây có đặc tính allelopathic mạnh có thể được sử dụng để kiểm soát cỏ dại bằng cách trồng luân canh với một loại cây nông nghiệp and then leaving it to rot and become part of the soil in order to inhibit the

growth of weeds. Finally, naturally occurring allelopathic chemicals could be used in combination with man-made chemicals. Cuối cùng, các hóa chất allelopathic tự nhiên có thể được sử dụng kết hợp với các hóa chất nhân tạo. Boosting the efficiency of manmade herbicides could lead to a reduction in the amount of herbicides used in agriculture, which is better for the environment.  Cách sử dụng chất hóa học cảm nhiễm qua lại trong nông nghiệp F iv Why we cannot use alleiopathic chemicals at present Despite the promising uses of allelopathic chemicals, agricultural scientists are still cautious. Firstly, allelopathic chemicals may break down and disappear in the soil more easily than artificial chemicals. Secondly, allelopathic chemicals may be harmful to plants other than weeds. Thirdly, allelopathic chemicals could persist in the soil for a long time and may affect crops grown in the same field as the allelopathic plants at a later date. Bất chấp những công dụng đầy hứa hẹn của hóa chất allelopathic, các nhà khoa học nông nghiệp vẫn tỏ ra thận trọng. Thứ nhất, hóa chất allelopathic có thể phân hủy và biến mất trong đất dễ dàng hơn so với hóa chất nhân tạo. Thứ hai, hóa chất allelopathic có thể gây hại cho các loại cây trồng khác ngoài cỏ dại. Thứ ba, hóa chất allelopathic có thể tồn tại trong đất trong một thời gian dài và có thể ảnh hưởng đến cây trồng trên đồng ruộng với cây allelopathic vào một ngày sau đó Because the effects of allelopathic chemicals are not yet fully known, agricultural scientists will need to continue to study the biological war between plants.  Tại sao chúng ta không thể sử dụng hóa chất cảm nhiễm qua lại hiện nay Choose the correct heading for paragraphs B-F from the list of headings below. Write the correct number, i-ix, next to Questions 1-5. Example

Answer

Paragraph A

iii

Part 7 (10 pts) 1 pt/correct answer 47 C. Second sentence of this paragraph states: ‘… boredom has a definite evolutionary purpose.’. The author then carries on the substantiate this claim by an example of what we’d be like if we didn’t allow ourself to get bored occasionally. 48 D. The middle of the paragraph mentions the author turning off his phone on the weekends. 49 B. Second sentence of Paragraph B: ‘… It’s a beautiful theory and one that would definitely hold an allure for many people.’

50 A. The middle of the paragraph mentions a thinker, who came to realise ‘several decades ago’ that boredom can be beneficial to us. 51 D. Second sentence of this paragraph makes it clear that ‘pondering’ and purposefully avoiding any activity are different things. 52 C. Last sentence of the paragraph gives an example of incorrect lessons that we give to our children, how boredom is something bad, whereas as it turns out it can be quite useful. 53 A. The complicated phrasing of the question can be misleading. Simply put, we need to find a mention of some activity that is common nowadays and takes place everywhere. What the author implies is the use of various electronic devices such as mp3 players and smartphones. See sentence one of this paragraph. 54 D. In the second part of Paragraph D the author mentions turning off their mobile phone for the weekend and how they find the effect profoundly beneficial. Their mind becomes ‘refreshed and revitalized’. 55 B. ‘A modern research’ mentioned in third sentence of this paragraph is the ‘particular finding’ from the task. 56 C. Second sentence of Paragraph C: ‘… boredom has a definite evolutionary purpose.’.

Part 8: 1. Nobody realized at the outset of their trek how bad the weather would become . At/from the outset (of something)" -> nghĩa là lúc bắt đầu/khởi đầu. 2. The footballer’s knee injury put paid to his hopes of a first team place. Put paid to; finish or destroy something 3. This clock was handed down from my grandfather to my father and, in turn, to me Be handed down from : truyền từ thế hệ này sang thế hệ khác,từ người này sang người khác . 4. Don't make a mountain out of a molehill. make a mountain out of a molehill: Chuyện bé xé ra to,thổi phồng sự việc 5. They arrived at their destination safe and sound. Safe and sound; bình an,vô sự ,đến nơi an toàn 6. a far cry from a far cry from: khác xa với ,hoàn toán khác biệt 7. They are living from hand to mouth and are worried about being evicted for

not being able to pay the rent. Live from hand to mouth: to have just enough money and nothing extra 8. is getting on top of Get on top of (one) = Đạt tới đỉnh điểm -> Công việc quá tải, cứ dồn dập tại một thời điểm nên bạn muốn tránh và không muốn thực hiện. Vì thế, dễ khiến bạn bị đau đầu, buồn chán và khó giải quyết công việc một cách hiệu quả. Một nghĩa khác nữa là điều gì đó làm bạn lo lắng, áp lực hoặc chán nản 9. lock horns with lock horns with: argue or fight with someone 10. caught in the act of driving Catch in the act of: bị bắt quả tang làm gì Test 6 Phần 1: Part 1: Listen to a discussion on expectations in today’s job market and choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D which fits best according to what your hear. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided. (10pts) (Adopted from Cambridge Objective Proficiency) 1. How does Diane Webber view “job for life”? A. She regrets the fact that this situation is no longer the norm. B. She feels that many long-serving employees fail to make a useful contribution. C. She believes that people should have challenged their employers’ motives more. D. She wishes the workplace had been more secure in the past. 2. According to Diane, younger workers in today’s workplace A. learn all the skills they need early on. B. accept lateral moves if they are attractive. C. expect to receive benefits right from the start. D. change jobs regularly to achieve a higher level. 3. What does Diane say about continuity in companies? A. It is desirable in both junior and senior management. B. It is impossible to achieve in today’s more competitive environment.

C. It is unimportant, due to the greater emphasis on teamwork. D. It is necessary, but only up to a point. 4. According to Diane, what is the actual benefit of higher levels of personnel movement? A. Higher levels of output.

B. Better problem-solving.

C. More creativity.

D. Greater efficiency.

5. Diane considers that nowadays companies are at most risk from A. run-of-the-mill employees who play safe. B. successful high-fliers who quickly move on. C. unreliable staff who lack commitment. D. external advisors who have undue power. Your answers:

Part 2: You will hear part of an interview with Norman Cowley, a well-known novelist and biographer. For questions 1-5, decide whether the statement is TRUE (T) or FALSE (F). Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided. (10 pts) (Adapted from Cambridge Certificate in Advanced English 6) 1. Norman Cowley is proud of the directness of the writing of his first novel. 2. According to Norman Cowley, the value of book reviews now is that they motivate less committed writers. 3. Norman Cowley thinks that some modern novels don’t analyze the characters sufficiently. 4. Norman Cowley believes that a novel should mainly give beautiful language to the reader. 5. What Norman Cowley likes about writing a biography is making the subject known to a wider audience. Your answers:

Part 3: You will hear an interview with a man called Daren Howarth, who works as a carboncoach.Forquestions1-10, complete the sentences with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBERfor each answer. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided. (20 pts) (Adopted from FCE listening test 6) The Carbon Coach 1. Daren says that a carbon coach works full-time as a (1)____________ with various clients. 2. Before becoming a carbon coach, Daren trained to be an (2)___________ . 3. When assessing a family's carbon footprint, Daren looks first at their (3) __________ . 4. Daren uses what's called a (4) ________ to see how much electricity things use. 5. Daren points out that (5) _______ will help pay for roof insulation. 6. Daren feels that using (6) __________ of the old type is the worst waste of energy he sees. 7. Daren helped to reduce a band's carbon footprint at (7) ________ as well as on its CDs. 8. Daren mentions a new type of green home called an (8) ________ . 9. The new green home uses both the sun and (9) _______ to produce electricity. 10. Daren suggests buying a (10) ________ which gives more information about the new green home. Your answers:

10.

Phần 2 Part 1: III. 21-30 PREPOSITIONS - PHRASAL VERBS Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 21. The service was slow and the bill was incorrect. I put it ______ _______ poor management.

A. down for B. in by C. in for D. down to 22. If you were giving a talk, would you want your colleagues in the audience rooting ______ you? A. on B. up C. for D. out 23. A couple of boys were _____________ in the pool. A. impinging on B. larking about C. ploughing ahead D. floating out 24. We were ____________ the task of writing a report of the college´s games. A. assigned to B. taken over C. run up D. saddled with 25. He didn´t use his position on the council to lord it ________ people. A. over B. upon C. for D. on 26. Anti-terrorist squad officers _________ the area to search for possible bombs. A. sealed off B. set off C. come through D. split up 27. Two men who had _________ in the container were arrested when the police opened it. A. stowed away B. seen to C. broken off D. sat around 28. As we were in an urgent need of syringes and other medical equipment, the aid organization promised to deliver them the double. A. with B. in C. at D. round 29. The secretary dashed ___________ the weekly report to his director A. up B. off C. of D. for 30. I __________ an important deal yesterday and she was so thrilled! A. came across B. mucked up C. shot down D. gunned for B. 31-40 COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 31. There’s been a slight improvement in his heallth, but he’s not out of the _______ yet. A. bush B. wood C. hand D. reach 32. He’s unreliable at the best of times, but forgetting my birthday was the last _______. A. drop B. breath C. straw D. despair 33. The government has been forced into a ________ after the revelation of a cover-up. A. climbdown B. getaway C. outbreak D. breakout 34. The workforce has beenpared to the _______. A. quick B. fruit C. ball D. bone 35. Once a major politician endorsed the young man’s candidacy, everyone ______ on the bandwagon and started supporting him, too. A. walked B. stepped C. jumped D. climbed 36. She now says she didn’t really want the job that she failed to get, but I think it’s just ________. A. a cup of tea B. an act C. full of beans D. sour grapes 37. Be realistic! You can’t go through life looking at the world through _______. A. rosed-coloured spectacles B. bright sights C. magnificent spectacles D. green fingers 38. Those were the ethnic ___________ we put people in then. A. dogholes B. pigeonholes C. boltholes D. foxholes 39. I slept badly last night and am feeling particularly ___________ this morning. A. slow-witted B. far-reaching C. off-hand D. top-heavy

40. Searching for one man in this city is like looking for a _________. A. salt of the earth B. sand in the desert C. needle in a haystack D. drop in the ocean Part 2: . The passage below contains TEN mistakes. Underline the mistakes and provide the corrections in the spaces below. (10p) Crime preventing is as crucial in the workplace as it is in the home or neighbourhood. Reducing crime is as much a part of good management as prompt delivery, good staff relations, and other acceptable management functions. Losses from shops through shoplifting are extremely high and utimately, those losses are payment for by all of us in high prices. There are many opportunities for shopkeepers themselves to reduce shoplifting. As with all types of criminal, prevention is better than cure. The best deterrent is the present of staff properly trained in how to identify potential shoplifters. There are also many secure devices now available. Video camera surveillance is a popular system, even with quite small retailers. In clothes shopping, magnetic tag marking systems that set off an alarm if they are taken out of the shop have proved their worthless. However, there are many simpler measures that retailers should consider. Better lighting and ceiling-hung mirrors can help staff to watch all parts of the display area. Similarly, simply arrangement shelves and display units to allow clear fields of visible is a good deterrent

Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Line 5 Line 6 Line 7 Line 8 Line 9 Line 10 Line 11 Line 12

Your answers:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Part 3: Read the text and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D to fill in each blank. Write your answers in the box below. (10 points) A “biological annihilation” of wildlife in recent decades means a sixth mass extinction in Earth’s history is under (1) ...................

and is more severe than previously

feared, according to research. Scientists analysed both common and rare species and found billions of regional or local populations have been lost. They blame human overpopulation and overconsumption for the crisis and warn that it threatens the survival of human civilisation, with just a short (2) ...............

of time

in which to act. The study, published in the (3)................ journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, eschews the normally sober (4) .............

scientific papers and calls the (5)

.................................. loss of wildlife

a “biological annihilation” that (6)

................................

“frightening

assault on the foundations of human civilisation”. Previous studies have shown species are becoming extinct at a significantly faster rate than for millions of years before, but even so extinctions remain relatively rare giving the impression of a gradual loss of biodiversity. The new work instead takes a broader (7) ...........................

assessing many common species which are losing populations all over the world as their ranges (8) .........................

, but remain present elsewhere.

The scientists conclude: “The resulting biological annihilation obviously will have serious ecological, economic and social consequences. Humanity will eventually pay a very high price for the decimation of the only (9) ....................of life that we know of in the universe.” They say, while action to halt the decline remains possible, the (10) ...........

not

look good: “All signs point to ever more powerful assaults on biodiversity in the next two decades, painting a dismal picture of the future of life, including human life.”

1. A. Route

B.process

2. A. Door

C. Fire

B.passage

3. A. co-reviewed 4. A. Flow

C.window D.tunnel

B peer-reviewed B. Tone

5. A. Gigantic

C.joint-reviewed C. Aura

B. colossal B.conveys

7. A. Vision

B.view

C.demonstrates

D. displays D. look

C.shorten

B.assemblage

10.A. chances

D. tremendous

C. Point

B.shrink

9. A. Assemble

D. over –reviewed

D. voice

C. Massive

6. A. Represents 8. A. Reduce

D.way

B.likelihood

D.contract

C. Abbreviation C.probabilities

D. Accumulation D.prospects

Your answers:

10.

Part 2: Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word to complete the following text. Write your answers in the box below. (15 points)

Pompeii had been a Roman commercial centre situated some ten kilometres from Mount Vesuvius. It was a beautiful and prosperous town. None of its (1) ____ were worried about the volcano because it was considered to be extinct. There were no records of an (2) ____ in existence. Meanwhile, beautiful grapevines grew up on the sides of the mountain in abundance. There were warnings of impending volcanic activity, but the inhabitants did not seem to (3) ____ heed of them. Previously, there had been a violent local earthquake with minor earthquakes following for the next several years. We know that earth tremors are predictive of (4) ____ volcanic eruption. The Romans in Pompeii, however, did not seem to sense the danger that was approaching them. Probably the first written eye witness account in history of a (5) ____ eruption was noted in a letter. It described how a great cloud rose from Mount Vesuvius at about noon on the 24th of August 79 A.D. Pompeii was covered by falling ash. We know (6) ____ what people were doing when they were caught by this disaster. This is because they were mummified by the hot lava that flowed down the mountainside and (7) ____ the surrounding land. Most of the people were running away, trying to escape, when the lava caught them, but others were caught as they went about their (8) ____ work. A dog was mummified in the lava. It was curled up asleep on that day so long ago. In one short afternoon, the (9) ____ town of Pompeii was reduced to ruins. The (10) ____ would not have been so enormous if the Romans of the district had only known how to interpret the signs. Your answers:

10.

Part 5 Read the passage then choose the best answer (A, B, C, D) to each question that follows MUSICAL TALENT Among all the abilities with which an individual may be endowed, musical talent appears earliest in life. Very young children can exhibit musical precocity for different reasons. Some develop exceptional skill as a result of a well- designed instructional regime, such as the Suzuki method for the violin. Some have the good fortune to be born into a musical family in a household filled with music. In a number of interesting cases, musical talent is part of an otherwise disabling condition such as autism or mental retardation. A musically gifted child has an inborn talent; however,

the extent to which the talent is expressed publicly will depend upon the environment in which the child lives. Musically gifted children master at an early age the principal elements of music, including pitch and rhythm. Pitch – or melody –is more central in certain cultures, for example, in Eastern societies that make use of tiny quarter – tone intervals. Rhythm, sounds produced at certain auditory frequencies and grouped according to a prescribed system, is emphasized in sub – Saharan Africa, where the rhythmic ratios can be very complex. All children have some aptitude for making music. During infancy, normal children sing as well as babble, and they can produce individual sounds and sound patterns. Infants as young as two months can match their mother’s songs in pitch, loudness, and melodic shape, and infants at four months can match rythmic structure as well. Infants are especially predisposed to acquire these core aspects of music, and they can also engage in sound play that clearly exhibits creativity. Individual differences begin to emerge in young children as they learn to sing. Some children can match large segments of a song by the age of two or three. Many others can only approximate pitch at this age and may still have difficulty in producing accurate melodies by the age of five or six. However, by the time they reach school age, most children in any culture have a schema of what a song should be like and can produce a reasonably accurate imitation of the songs commonly heard in their environment. The early appearance of superior musical ability in some children provides evidence that musical talent may be a separate and unique form of intelligence. There are numerous tales of young artists who have a remarkable “ear” or extraordinary memory for music and natural understanding of musical structure. In many of these cases, the child is average in every other way but displays an exceptional ability in music. Even the most gifted child, however, takes about ten years to achieve the levels of performance or composition that would constitute mastery of the musical sphere. Every generation in music history has had its famous prodigies – individuals with exceptional musical powers that emerge at a young age. In the eighteenth century, Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart began composing and performing at the age of six. As a child, Mozart could play the piano like an adult. He had perfect pitch, and at age nine he was also a master of the art of modulation – transitions from one key to another – which became one of the hallmarks of his style. By the age of eleven, he had composed three symphonies and 30 other major works. Mozart’s well- developed talent was preserved into adulthood. Unusual musical ability is a regular characteristic of certain anomalies such as autism. In one case, an autistic girl was able to play “Happy birthday” in the style of various composers, including Mozart, Beethoven, Verdi, and Schubert. When the girl was three, her mother called her by playing incomplete melodies, which the child would complete with the appropriate tone in the proper octave. For the autistic child, music may be the primary mode of communication, and the child may cling to music because it represents a haven in a world that is largely confusing and frightening. 1. The word “precocity” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to__________. A. strong interest B. good luck C. advanced skill D. personal style 2. The author makes the point that musical elements such as pitch and rhythm __________ .

A. distinguish music from other art forms B. vary in emphasis in different cultures C. make music difficult to learn D. express different human emotions 3. The word “predisposed” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to __________. A. inclined B. gifted C. pushed D. amused 4. According to the passage, when does musical talent usually begin to appear? A. when infants start to babble and produce sound patterns B. between the ages of two and four months C. when children learn to sing at two or three years old D. between ten years old and adolescence 5. According to the passage, which of the following suggests that musical talent is a separate form of intelligent? A. exceptional musical ability in an otherwise average child B. recognition of the emotional power of music C. the ability of all babies to acquire core elements of music D. differences between learning music and learning language 6. Why does the author discuss Mozart in paragraph 6? A. To compare past and present views of musical talent B. To give an example of a well-known musical prodigy C. To list musical accomplishments of the eighteenth century D. To describe the development of individual musical skill 7. In music, the change from one key to another is known as __________. A. rhythm B. prodigy C. perfect pitch D. modulation 8. All of the following are given as examples of exceptional musical talent EXCEPT __________. A. a remarkable “ear” or perfect memory for music B. ability to compose major works at a young age C. appreciation for a wide variety of musical styles D. playing a single song in the style of various composers 9. The word “haven” in paragraph 7 is closest in meaning to __________. A. beautiful art B. safe place C. personal goal D. single problem 10. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage about exceptional musical ability? A. It occurs more frequently in some cultures than in others. B. It is evidence of a superior level of intelligence in other areas. C. It has been documented and studied but is little understood. D. It is the result of natural talent and a supportive environment. Part 6. The following passage has six paragraphs, A-G. Choose the correct headings for paragraph A-G from the list of headings below. Write the correct number, i-xv, in 8692. NB There are more headings than paragraphs, so you will not use them all.

List of Headings

i Breastfeeding and envy ii A victim of envy iii A global remedy for envy iv What is envy? v The Evil Eye in Europe vi Sharing success vii No grounds for envy viii Envy and illness ix Envy where resources are limited x The Swahili in Africa xi The work of social scientists xii Envy in relation to other emotions xiii A dictionary definition of envy xiv A universal phenomenon xv Envy in poor societies 86. Paragraph A ______ 89. Paragraph D ______ 92. Paragraph G ______ 87. Paragraph B ______ 90. Paragraph E ______ 88. Paragraph C ______ 91. Paragraph F ______ ENVY WITHOUT REASON? A Do you come from a culture which places emphasis on the emotion of envy? Without a doubt, envy is something that we all feel at some time in our lives. The Concise Oxford Dictionary lists envy as ‘resentful or admiring contemplation of more fortunate person’. Instead of sharing in the joy of a new job, car or party dress, a friend either pretends she or he has not noticed the fantastic new BMW or says ‘Mercedes are better’. But does it matter? In many parts of the world, the personal satisfaction felt by those who prosper is tinged with concerns about the ill-will which success provokes in friends, and even family members. Envy becomes something to be feared, for it may have the power to cause harm. B The Swahili people of Coastal East Africa take envy very seriously. They frequently feel the need to hide or minimise personal success. Hence, boasting can be a dangerous pastime. Envy emanates from neighbours, friends and family. After all, a stranger does not care if you have managed to replace your thatched roof with corrugated iron. But those Swahili who have struggled to build houses which are a little better than their

neighbours often paint on the front of their houses the slogan, hasidi hana sababu: this means ‘envy without reason’. The slogan seems to be a forlorn attempt to remind neighbours and any envious passers-by that the apparent good fortune indicated by a superior house has been earned. The message is that there is no reason for envy, and that those harbouring ill-will should control their feelings. The successful are pleading to be allowed to succeed. C In Swahili culture, and many others, envy emanates from the eye of the beholder. The Evil Eye, as a source of harm to those who fall under its gaze, is reported throughout much of the world. Indeed, according to Brian Spooner, an expert on the various ways used to keep envy at bay, the idea of the Evil Eye is so widespread that it can be regarded as a universal phenomenon. In the parts of Europe that border the Mediterranean, in the Middle East and North Africa, the wearing of pendants depicting one large eye is a popular way of repelling envy. D Ideas about the Evil Eye moved from the Mediterranean to the New World of America. Atwood Gaines has traced the origin of beliefs about the Evil Eye as a cause of sickness from Spain to Mexico, Haiti and Puerto Rica. The illnesses caused by the Evil Eye are given specific names such as gusto. In such cases, the Evil Eye is suspected after an illness or misfortune has already occurred. E Marcia Inkhorn has written about the Evil Eye in Egypt. There, women may attribute infertility and other health problems to the envy of neighbours or friends. But in the Middle East, as elsewhere, envy can occur in many settings. Hence, at the end of an important meeting to discuss a research study, the head of the project noticed that her best silk suit had white marks on both the jacket and skirt. It was ruined. She worked out that after the sumptuous lunch, which had preceded the meeting, the table had been cleaned with bleach. She had then brushed against the table. Nobody else’s clothes were damaged. Her Palestinian colleague suggested that envy, harbored by an unknown acquaintance, had ruined her suit. The grounds for envy were either her beautiful clothes or her powerful position within the research team. F Some social scientists argue that envy is widespread in societies where resources are scarce and one person’s gain is considered another’s loss. The reasoning behind this theory of envy is that, when people are poor and in competition with each other, they believe that there is not enough good food, good fortune or good jobs to go around. G M Foster studied peasant society in Latin America and propounded ‘the image of limited good’. According to his theory, when somebody from a family or village prospers, they use up part of a stock of limited good and reduce the chances of the success of others. Foster sees the ‘image of limited good’ as operating in peasant societies where people know and compete with each other in adverse economic

conditions. However, the theory may hold good for many other social and economic contexts. Take scholarships, for example. There are only so many to go round. If you’re best friend gets the scholarship, your chances of getting one too may be greatly reduced. G Western psychoanalysts have also studied envy. Melanie Klein sees envy as an emotion felt by the breastfeeding infant towards its mother’s breast. Although the infant feels love and gratitude towards its mother, it also wants the goodness of the milk for itself. Some of these scholars, unlike everyday speakers of English, are careful to distinguish between envy and jealousy. Swahili people make the same distinction. Jealousy is a triangular relationship. For example, two friends spend all their free time together until one takes a lover. The neglected friend grows jealous of the affection lavished on the new lover. When there is jealousy, three people are involved. Envy, on the other hand, is more straightforward: one person envies another’s achievement, quality or possession. While most English people do not take envy seriously, it remains a matter of concern to people worldwide. It makes ambition and the pursuit of success more difficult, and some would say, dangerous. Many seek ways to avoid falling victim to envy. How do you deal with it? Questions 93 - 95 Complete the following sentences with information from the passage. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS to fill each blank space. 93. The Evil Eye is a __________________________ to those who come within its range. 94. Among the Swahili, boasting is a ________________________________. 95. The Swahili on the East African coast often feel they have to conceal or _______________________________ Part 7. You are going to read reviews of four psychology books. For questions 47-56, choose from the sections of the article (A-D). The sections may be chosen more than once. When more than one answer is required, these may be given in any order. About which book is each following point made? 47 It is likely to put certain kinds of people off. 48 It has aims which resemble those in other recently published books. 49 It offers unnecessary advice to readers. 50 It makes seemingly original but convincing observations.

51 It avoids obvious answers to an issue which is familiar to many people. 52 It may prompt the publication of other books exploring the same subject matter. 53 It is organised differently from other writing by the same author. 54 It lacks a clear structure. 55 It challenges a modern trend in psychology. 56 It is difficult to understand in places. Reviews of psychology books A Missing Out: in Praise of the Unlived Life by Adam Phillips In Missing Out, a slim volume peppered with insights that may never have been expressed quite like this before but which make you want to scrawl ‘yes’ in the margins on almost every page, the psychoanalyst and writer Adam Phillips asserts that we all ‘learn to live somewhere between the lives we have and the lives we would like’. For ‘modern’ people, ‘the good life is … filled to the full’; we seek complete satisfaction. But what we need, argues Phillips, isn’t satisfaction but frustration. You can’t get instant satisfaction because you can’t control people or the world. You can’t ‘get’ other people because no one can be fully understood and neither, of course, can you. But a capacity for tolerating frustration allows us to develop. Appropriately, given the subject matter, this book can be a frustrating read – sometimes you think you’re just getting to grips with an idea, only for it to slip away. But, as is often true of Phillips’s books, what you do feel when you’ve finished it is that it offers glimpses of the real, messy and never fully knowable human heart. B Together by Richard Sennett Together is the second book in a planned trilogy about the skills modern humans need for a happy co-existence. The first addressed the joys of making things with your hands, and the third will be about cities. This one looks at how we can all get along together. Sennett explores the importance of equality and how, in unequal societies, people are less willing to co-operate. He argues that our society is becoming atomised, ‘deskilling people in practising co-operation’. The trouble is it all feels atomised itself. Sennett’s argument seems to bounce from place to place, and he relies on anecdotes and experience more than data. It aims to be a practical, how-to guide for maximising co-operation, but ends up a sort of unsystematic self-help book: listening is as important a skill as the presentation of your own ideas; discussion need not reach agreement but can teach us new things; assertiveness is valuable, but so is politeness and diffidence. All true, but don’t we know it already? C Teach Us To Sit Still by Tim Parks A few years ago, a number of writers dealt movingly about what it’s like to have a serious illness. If Teach Us to Sit Still does well, we could be in for a glut of writing by people who don’t have much wrong with them, yet still write about it at length. But if they are anything like as good as this, it might not be such a gloomy prospect. A few

years ago, Tim Parks couldn’t sleep and had serious pains in his side. Medical tests all came back negative, but the pain persisted. So, he embarked on a sceptical exploration of the possible causes of and cures for his woes. He tried out an array of theories and therapies. The intensity, of Park’s search makes for a less than relaxing read, and, in all probability, there will be readers who fail to make it past the first couple of chapters. Parks, an innovative and prolific novelist, writes wonderfully however, and despite the subject matter, a layer of wit runs through it Parks eventually achieves some relief through special breathing exercises and meditation, but uncovers no magic formulas. D The Antidote by Oliver Burkeman Should we all be striving for happiness? Should we think positively? Should we try to ignore any difficult thoughts, feelings, or situations that arise? Many self-help books these days would shout ‘Yes!’ Oliver Burkeman isn’t so sure. A leading writer in what could be called the ‘antiself-help self-help’ genre – which happily seems to be swelling – Burkeman’s work, as represented in The Antidote, is not about positive thinking, finding partners, and getting promotions at work and doesn’t offer facile instructions for living a happy, easy life. Rather, it uses research to suggest that we reconsider our assumptions and find new ways of thinking and being. Help! How to Become Slightly Happier, his previous book, comprised a series of short sections, each a page or two long, which presented an idea fairly quickly. The Antidote has just eight chapters and each one explores a subject like success and failure in detail. So what are his conclusions? Well, one is that we have to stop searching for firm answers and quick fixes. Part 8: 11. The new theatre is extremely ugly and spoils the view of the village. (blot) => The new theatre is _____________________________________ and spoils the view of the village. 12. Your attitude to life would be greatly improved by regular exercise. (wonders) => Regular exercise_______________________________________ you look at life. 13. It is as yet unclear whether a new sports centre is being planned or not. (seen) => It _______________________________________ are any plans for a new sports centre or not. 14. Mary is far superior to me in terms of technical knowledge. (match) => When it comes ________________________________________________ for Mary. 15. Anthony wasn’t at all discouraged by this bad experience. (put) => This bad experience _______________________________________________ least. 16. Don't think the police are going to drop your case so quickly. (hook) -> Don't think the police are going to …………………………… so quickly. 17.I don't really know why, but I don’t trust him. (finger) -> I can’t …………………………………………………. ,but I don’t trust him 18. Being her only niece, Ann is very precious to her. (APPLE) Being her only niece____________________________________________. 19. She told Arthur exactly what she thought of what he had done. ( TICKING -OFF) She________________________________________________________

20. Graham took back his words on noticing there were fresh strawberries on the menu. (TUNE) Graham sang ______________________________________________. KEY Phần 1: Part 1: Listen to a discussion on expectations in today’s job market and choose the correct answer A, B, C, or D which fits best according to what your hear. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided. (10pts) (Adopted from Cambridge Objective Proficiency) 1. B 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. A

2. ecologist 7. its/their concerts

3. bills 8. Earthship

4. carbon

5. the

meter

government

9. the wind

10. handbook

power

Part 1 Interviewer: Diane Webber, you’ve switched careers more than once during your own working life, and you now run a highly regarded employment agency for media highfliers, where, above all, you advise your clients, both companies and applicants, to be fully flexible. You seem to see this as a fundamental principle, if your agency slogan – ‘Keeping your options open’ – is anything to go by. Is that a fair assessment of how you operate? Diane Webber: Absolutely. I know that not so very long ago we used to see jobs for life as the norm, with unquestioning company loyalty, and a golden handshake at the end of it all – which, nine times out of ten, probably wasn’t in actual fact deserved –

but things are very different now. And yes, there does seem to be something positive in all this, despite the obvious question mark over security. Successful players in the current job market cut their teeth in one firm, and are willing to step sideways more than once to gain fresh experience. Unlike their predecessors, they may only progress up the rungs when they land their third or fourth job, or even later in their career. This increased movement brings benefits, not just for them, but for the companies they work for, too. Interviewer: In spite of the instability? Surely it’s important to have some continuity? Diane Webber: Well actually, it’s a mixed blessing. Individuals can get terribly stale if they stick in one place for too long, especially if they report to managers who fail to challenge them. That implies a hierarchy riddled with complacency and underachievement, which can no longer be tolerated in today’s fast-moving, dog-eat dog world. Also, much of today’s work consists of fixed term projects, done in teams, and if one or two members drop out along the way, it really doesn’t matter, provided that the team remains an entity. The one exception to this is the team leaders themselves, who are not only the driving force, but the guardians of the project, who hold important historical detail in their heads, so yes, continuity is important there. But even then it’s a clearly defined cycle. We’re frequently approached by highly experienced team leaders who, having completed one project, decide they can’t face even the slightest whiff of repetition and so come to us seeking fresh challenges. Interviewer: And they manage to find work? Diane Webber: Oh, they’re snapped up! Because generally speaking, a project-based job can easily demonstrate a track record, it’s there in the successful completion of the project. Interviewer: And these people would have no problem getting references from the employers they’re essentially walking out on? I would have thought that that could be an issue … Diane Webber: Employers don’t view it like that at all. Their mindset is different now, as I said earlier, and companies actually take steps to foster a more dynamic

environment, as they feel this yields better productivity, though the jury’s still out on this, in my view. Nevertheless, with a flow of people, there’s a quantum leap in terms of the ideas generated, not to mention the chance of new ways of problem-solving imported from elsewhere. These effects are tangible and they’re often very attractive because they’re perceived as lean and efficient, instant solutions, even if they generally turn out to be only quick fixes which later have to be reversed. Interviewer: Ah, but isn’t that the nub of it all, that this shifting and fragmented approach leads to poor decisions? Of course, the perpetrators are never taken to task, as they’ve already made a quick exit and are knocking on your door for another job! Diane Webber: That’s a bit unfair! For one thing, there’ve always been bad decisions. No company can rely on its personnel to make the right choices one hundred per cent of the time – even with the help of highly-paid outside consultants, staff will continue to get it wrong from time to time. However, I’d argue that it’s the mediocre employees, who just want to keep their heads down, who are far more likely to cause problems than the risk-takers, who, don’t forget, are only as employable as their last success. Interviewer: Ruthless … Diane Webber: Pragmatic! Interviewer: Which brings us neatly back to your slogan, doesn’t it? Keeping your options open. How far do you encourage people to go in this? Diane Webber: With new opportunities opening up all the time, the sky’s the limit really. It’s certainly never too late to contemplate a move, and so the maxim has to be, don’t rule anything in or out. Interviewer: We’ll end on that positive note. Diane Webber, thank you. Diane Webber: It’s been a pleasure. Part 2 Interviewer: With us today to discuss his careerwe have Norman Cowley, renowned novelist and biographer. So let's start at the beginning, Norman. You did say, some years ago, that you began high on the mountain, only to go down sharply while others

were passing you on the way up. Do you think now, when you look back at your first novel, that it had anything that you were not able to recapture later? Norman Cowley: You can't write a worthwhile book, or you can't continue to be a reasonable writer if you start recapturing what you've done earlier. So there are all sorts of positive things in my first book that I'll never achieve again – the immediacy of it, the easiness of the dialogue, the kind of stylistic elegance that comes from not trying to be too sophisticated. But, on the other hand, I wouldn't want to repeat it. Interviewer: Now, after the tremendous success of that first novel, your second one was pretty much damned by the critics. Norman Cowley: Oh, more than damned. It was torn apart! Interviewer: Well, now, that must have hurt, probably more than anything subsequently. Norman Cowley: It was shocking, because, and you know this is going to sound silly, but I couldn't believe the intensity of the attack on it. I remember one awful review by a longstanding, distinguished critic, who was uncharacteristically attempting to be witty, I suspect. He wrote that the book was pace less, tasteless, graceless. Now it certainly had its faults but er ... it had pace, it had its own kind of taste in tune with the youth culture of the time, and I like to think it had some grace. It was almost as if the reviewer had deliberately set out to pick the few good things he could find in the book and wreck them too. It was a demolition job. Interviewer: But did this rejection push you in a different direction? Norman Cowley: It left me very confused. I thought maybe I should give up and become something else, but I didn't know what. So I wandered around and finally started thinking about the next book, 'The Green Wood'. Of course you get good reviews too, which give you hope, and the bad ones toughen you. Finally after many, many years, you realize that it's part of it. In a way, it's a pruning process. It cuts down all but the people who are really driven to be writers. So there are far more people who write two novels than six or seven.

Interviewer: After a while, people began to see some autobiographical content in your fiction. Was that fair? Norman Cowley: It was half fair. You don't ever put someone into a book completely. You don't dare because if you do, you've got a dull character. The point is that if you put people that you know very well, like your wife or children, into a book, they're real for you already, so you don't have to create them. So they say a few things that they say every day and they're real for you, but not for anyone else. It's better if you change them. I love taking people and transforming them to a degree by, say, putting them in an occupation they don't have and so on. Interviewer: And what do you think about some of the novels written today with their extremely violent plots? Norman Cowley: I don't care what characters do in a novel. I'm willing to read about the worst human monster, provided the novelist can make that person come alive. A novel should enable you to learn more about the depths of human nature. Some of today's violent novels don't do that. There's no inner voyage. The writing's descriptive but not revealing. Probably there's such a thing as 'going too far', but only if you don't fulfil the prescription. You can go as far as you want but your imagination has to be equal to it. Interviewer: So the novel is still mainly a kind of psychological journey? Norman Cowley: Well, it can be many things: a riddle, a game or a wonderful revolution of language. I would hate to say novels have to be one thing, but the key is that they should illuminate human experience in a dramatic way. Otherwise why read them? You're going to get a better, swiftly-paced, modern narrative on the average TV show. Interviewer: Now, in your selection of subjects for biographical treatment, is there one aspect of all these people which attracted you? Norman Cowley: Well, yes, I feel that I'm in a position to write biographies of people who are well-known, not necessarily because I'm as large a celebrity as they are, although I do think I have more insight into them than the average good, worthy

biographer. They approach from the outside and don't understand the incredible confusion of identities that grows when you come to celebrity from simpler beginnings. That's what draws me to these people. Also you have the great advantage of knowing what happened. When you're a novelist ... you panic about what to do next. You could wreck the book if you go the wrong way. Interviewer: Now let's turn to your latest novel, which has ... PART 3 Interviewer: Tonight my guest is Daren Howarth who works as a carbon coach. What exactly does that mean Daren? Daren Howarth: Well, most people know about global warming and would like to do something to reduce the amount of carbon they send out into the atmosphere, but they don't always know the best way of doing this. What I do as a carbon coach is give them advice about how to achieve environmentally friendly living.I'm now a full-time consultant, and my clients include both companies and private individuals. Interviewer: What made you decide to become a carbon coach? Daren Howarth: Well it all started about fifteen years ago. I'd always been interested in energy-saving and the environment andI trained as an ecologist. At that time, people were talking about very technical things like greenhouse gas emissions, then someone came up with the term 'carbon footprint', which is much easier for people to understand. Interviewer: And you can tell ordinary families what their carbon footprint is, can't you? Daren Howarth: That's right. I work out how much carbon dioxide the family's generated over a year;firstly by studying their bills, then finding out how much waste they produce, how much they use the car, and so on. Adding together all these figures, I calculate their total carbon footprint in tonnes of carbon dioxide. Then I take a look around their home and suggest ways of reducing their carbon footprint. Interviewer: How do you work out how much carbon each machine around the house emits?

Daren Howarth: By switching off all the things that use electricity, then turning each one on one at a time, you can see the amount of energy each one uses. I use something known as a 'carbon meter'which measures the amount of electricity being used in the house at any one time. It also shows how much carbon dioxide this represents. Interviewer: What's the least energy efficient thing you've seen in homes? Daren Howarth: I go into so many places where I look in the roof and there's no insulation, so there's nothing stopping all the heat just going straight out into the outside air. Insulation massively reduces your carbon footprint; it's cheap andthe government will help with the cost of it. Interviewer: So is that the worst thing? Daren Howarth: Well, central heating systems can be very inefficient and people use things like electric knives and mixers which are unnecessary, but the thing I really can't stand is when people are still using old-fashionedlight bulbs. People can't resist them because they're so cheap, but up to ninety percent of the energy they produce is lost as heat. If you have one, put it in a box and smash it up, so no one else can use it. Interviewer: What other type of clients do you have? Daren Howarth: We work with both individuals and businesses - and even some celebrities, such as the band Supergrass. For one of their albums about three years ago, the band decidedto minimise their carbon footprint at their concertsand then also cut the amount of carbon produced when making a CD. The carbon footprint for a disc is just a few grams, but a big band like Supergrass will produce thousands of copies, which means several tonnes of carbon. Interviewer: And what are your plans for the future? Daren Howarth: I'm working hard on introducing a really green type of home in this countryknown as an Earthship. It's a building that creates its own energy, heats and cools itself, collects its own water and deals with its own waste. It's also built from recycled materials. It doesn't need electricity or gas for heating, as it captures and stores energy by using wind power, and solar panels on the roof charge up batteries which provide power. Interviewer: Any disadvantages?

Daren Howarth: You have to change your lifestyle and keep an eye on changes in the weather. There are thousands of examples around the world andthere's a handbook on salethat explains everything about it - you'll find the details on my website - and it's something you can do for yourself - you don't have to employ someone to do the work for you. Interviewer: Well Daren thanks for telling us about carbon footprints and how we can all . Phần 2:

Part 1: A.

21.D

22. C

23. B

24. D

25. A

26. A

27. A

28. C

29. B

30. B

21. The service was slow and the bill was incorrect. I put it ______ _______ poor management. A. down for B. in by C. in for D. down to Put sth down to= think that a problem or situation is caused by a particular thing 22. If you were giving a talk, would you want your colleagues in the audience rooting ______ you? A. on B. up C. for D. out root for someone/something=to express your support for the success of someone or something: 23. A couple of boys were _____________ in the pool. A. impinging on B. larking about C. ploughing ahead D. floating out larking about= have fun by behaving in a silly way plough ahead =to continue to do something in spite of opposition or difficulties impinge on/upon sb/sth=have an effect on something, often causing problems by limiting it in some way: 24. We were ____________ the task of writing a report of the college´s games. A. assigned to B. taken over C. run up D. saddled with Saddle with = cause (someone or something) to have (a problem, burden, responsibility, etc. 25. He didn´t use his position on the council to lord it ________ people. A. over B. upon C. for D. on lord it over someone=to behave as if you are more important than someone and have a right to tell that person what to do 26. Anti-terrorist squad officers _________ the area to search for possible bombs. A. sealed off B. set off C. come through D. split up seal off=to prevent all approach to, or exit from, (an area)=vây chắn không cho vào 27. Two men who had _________ in the container were arrested when the police opened it. A. stowed away B. seen to C. broken off D. sat around stow away=to hide on a ship, aircraft, or other vehicle in order to escape from a place or to travel without paying 28. As we were in an urgent need of syringes and other medical equipment, the aid

organization promised to deliver them the double. A. with B. in C. at D. round at/on the double=very quickly and without any delay 29. The secretary dashed ___________ the weekly report to his director A. up B. off C. of D. for dash sth off=to write something quickly, putting little effort into it: 30. I __________ an important deal yesterday and she was so thrilled! A. came across B. mucked up C. shot down D. gunned for muck sth up=to spoil something completely, or do something very badly B.

31.B 32.C 33. A 34. D 35. C 36. D 37. A 38. B 39. A 40. C 31. There’s been a slight improvement in his heallth, but he’s not out of the _______ yet. A. bush B. wood C. hand D. reach Out of the wood = to no longer be in danger or difficulty 32. He’s unreliable at the best of times, but forgetting my birthday was the last _______. A. drop B. breath C. straw D. despair the last straw = giọt nước tràn ly 33. The government has been forced into a ________ after the revelation of a cover-up. A. climbdown B. getaway C. outbreak D. breakout Climdown = change your opinion or admit that you were wrong: Make a getaway =tẩu thoát,trốn thoát 34. The workforce has beenpared to the _______. A. quick B. fruit C. ball D. bone pare sth (down) to the bone= to reduce something to a level at which only what is absolutely necessary is left 35. Once a major politician endorsed the young man’s candidacy, everyone ______ on the bandwagon and started supporting him, too. A. walked B. stepped C. jumped D. climbed jump on the bandwagon: hùa theo 36. She now says she didn’t really want the job that she failed to get, but I think it’s just ________. A. a cup of tea B. an act C. full of beans D. sour grapes A cup of tea= người/điều gì mà mình yêu thích,là sở thích của bản thân full of beans= tràn đầy năng lượng sour grapes= If you describe someone's behaviour or opinion as sour grapes, you mean that that person is angry because they have not got or achieved something that they wanted 37. Be realistic! You can’t go through life looking at the world through _______. A. rosed-coloured spectacles B. bright sights C. magnificent spectacles D. green fingers look at/see sth through rose-coloured/rose-tinted glasses=to see only the pleasant things about a situation and not notice the things that are unpleasant 38. Those were the ethnic ___________ we put people in then.

A. dogholes B. pigeonholes C. boltholes D. foxholes Pigeonholes= one of a set of small boxes, open at the front, in which letters and messages are left for different people put sth/sb in a pigeonhole=to form a very fixed, often wrong, opinion about what type of person or thing someone or something is 39. I slept badly last night and am feeling particularly ___________ this morning. A. slow-witted B. far-reaching C. off-hand D. top-heavy slow-witted=not clever and therefore slow to notice or understand things Các từ đồng nghĩa Far-reaching= ảnh hưởng sâu rộng top-heavy=If something is top-heavy, it has more weight in the higher part than in the lower part and will not balance correctly offhand= without looking for information and without thinking carefully; immediately 40. Searching for one man in this city is like looking for a _________. A. salt of the earth B. sand in the desert C. needle in a haystack D. drop in the ocean Look for a needle in a haystack= tìm kim đáy bể salt of the earth= Cá nhân hoặc nhóm người được cho là tốt lành và cao thượng trong xã hội. 'A drop in the ocean' = một giọt nước trong biển cả -> từ này chỉ việc làm rất nhỏ bé khi đặt trong tổng thể; 'muối bỏ bể'. Part 2:

1. preventing->prevention 2. acceptable-> accepted 3. payment -> paid 4. criminal -> crime 5. present - > presence

6. secure -> security 7. shopping -> shops 8. worthless -> worth 9. arrangement -> arranging 10. visible ->vision/visibility

Part 3: Read the text and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D to fill in each blank. Write your answers in the box below. (10 points) 1. D

2. C

3. B

4. B

5. C

6. A

7. B

8. B

9. B

10. D

A “biological annihilation” of wildlife in recent decades means a sixth mass extinction in Earth’s history is under (1) ................... and is more severe than previously feared, according to research. Scientists analysed both common and rare species and found billions of regional or local populations have been lost. They blame human overpopulation and overconsumption for the crisis and warn that it threatens the survival of human civilisation, with just a short (2) ............... of time in which to act. The study, published in the (3)................ journal Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, eschews the normally sober (4) ............. of scientific papers and calls the (5) .................................. loss of wildlife a “biological annihilation” that (6) ................................ a “frightening assault on the foundations of human civilisation”. Previous studies have shown species are becoming extinct at a significantly faster rate than for millions of years before, but even so extinctions remain relatively rare giving the impression of a gradual loss of

biodiversity. The new work instead takes a broader (7) ........................... , assessing many common species which are losing populations all over the world as their ranges (8) ......................... , but remain present elsewhere. The scientists conclude: “The resulting biological annihilation obviously will have serious ecological, economic and social consequences. Humanity will eventually pay a very high price for the decimation of the only (9) ....................of life that we know of in the universe.” They say, while action to halt the decline remains possible, the (10) ........... do not look good: “All signs point to ever more powerful assaults on biodiversity in the next two decades, painting a dismal picture of the future of life, including human life.” 1.A. Route B.process C. Fire D.way Be under way = have started to happen or be done// have started to move or travel somewhere 2.A. Door B.passage C.window D.tunnel a short window of time= trong khoảng thời gian ngắn 3.A. co-reviewed B peer-reviewed C.joint-reviewed D. over –reviewed peer-reviewed= having been read and checked by another scientist or expert working in the same subject area 4.A. Flow B. Tone C. Aura D. voice Aura= a feeling or character that a person or place seems to have 5.A. Gigantic B. colossal C. Massive D. tremendous massive loss= thiệt hại ,mất mát lớn 6.A. Represents B.conveys C.demonstrates D. displays 7.A. Vision B.view C. Point D. look take a broad view=có tầm nhìn rộng 8.A. Reduce B.shrink C.shorten D.contract Shrink = become smaller, or to make something smaller 9.A. Assemble B.assemblage C. Abbreviation B. Accumulation assemblage =a collection of things or a group of people or animals: 10.A. chances B.likelihood C.probabilities D.prospects Prospects= the possibility that something good might happen in the future Part 4: Fill in each numbered blank with a suitable word to complete the following text. Write your answers in the box below. (15 points) 1. inhabitants

2. eruption

3. take

4. imminent

6. exactly

7. covered

8. everyday / 9. daily

5. volcanic

thriving

/ 10. tragedy

prosperous

Part 5. (10 points)

1. C

2. B

3. A

4. C

5. A

6. B

7. D

8. C

9. B

10. D

Among all the abilities with which an individual may be endowed, musical talent appears earliest in life. Very young children can exhibit musical precocity for different reasons. Some develop exceptional skill as a result of a well- designed instructional regime, such as the Suzuki method for the violin. Some have the good fortune to be born into a musical family in a household filled with music. In a number of interesting cases, musical talent is part of an otherwise disabling condition such as autism or mental retardation. A musically gifted child has an inborn talent; however, the extent to which the talent is expressed publicly will depend upon the environment in which the child lives. Musically gifted children master at an early age the principal elements of music, including pitch and rhythm. Pitch – or melody –is more central in certain cultures, for example, in Eastern societies that make use of tiny quarter – tone intervals. Rhythm, sounds produced at certain auditory frequencies and grouped according to a prescribed system, is emphasized in sub – Saharan Africa, where the rhythmic ratios can be very complex. All children have some aptitude for making music. During infancy, normal children sing as well as babble, and they can produce individual sounds and sound patterns. Infants as young as two months can match their mother’s songs in pitch, loudness, and melodic shape, and infants at four months can match rythmic structure as well. Infants are especially predisposed to acquire these core aspects of music, and they can also engage in sound play that clearly exhibits creativity. Individual differences begin to emerge in young children as they learn to sing. Some children can match large segments of a song by the age of two or three. Many others can only approximate pitch at this age and may still have difficulty in producing accurate melodies by the age of five or six. However, by the time they reach school age, most children in any culture have a schema of what a song should be like and can produce a reasonably accurate imitation of the songs commonly heard in their environment. The early appearance of superior musical ability in some children provides evidence that musical talent may be a separate and unique form of intelligence. There are numerous tales of young artists who have a remarkable “ear” or extraordinary memory for music and natural understanding of musical structure. In many of these cases, the child is average in every other way but displays an exceptional ability in music. Even the most gifted child, however, takes about ten years to achieve the levels of performance or composition that would constitute mastery of the musical sphere. Every generation in music history has had its famous prodigies – individuals with exceptional musical powers that emerge at a young age. In the eighteenth century, Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart began composing and performing at the age of six. As a child, Mozart could play the piano like an adult. He had perfect pitch, and at age nine he was also a master of the art of modulation – transitions from one key to another – which became one of the hallmarks of his style. By the age of eleven, he had composed three symphonies and 30 other major works. Mozart’s well- developed talent was preserved into adulthood. Unusual musical ability is a regular characteristic of certain anomalies such as autism. In one case, an autistic girl was able to play “Happy birthday” in the style of various composers, including Mozart, Beethoven, Verdi, and Schubert. When the girl was three, her mother called her by playing incomplete melodies, which the child would complete with the appropriate tone in the proper octave. For the autistic child,

music may be the primary mode of communication, and the child may cling to music because it represents a haven in a world that is largely confusing and frightening. 1,The word “precocity” in paragraph 1 is closest in meaning to__________ A,strong interest B. good luck C. advanced skill D. personal style precocity: sự phát triển sớm= advanced skil: kỹ năng vượt bậc A: niềm đam mê mãnh liệt B: sự may mắn D,phong cách cá nhân 2,The author makes the point that musical elements such as pitch and rhythm __________ . A,distinguish music from other art forms B. vary in emphasis in different cultures C. make music difficult to learn D. express different human emotions Clue:Para 2: Pitch – or melody –is more central in certain cultures, for example, in Eastern societies that make use of tiny quarter – tone intervals. Rhythm, sounds produced at certain auditory frequencies and grouped according to a prescribed system, is emphasized in sub – Saharan Africa, where the rhythmic ratios can be very complex. ( Cao độ - hay giai điệu - là chủ yếu ,chiếm phần lớn trong các nền văn hóa nhất định, ví dụ, trong các xã hội phương Đông sử dụng một phần tư các khoảng thời gian giai điệu . Nhịp điệu, âm thanh được tạo ra ở các tần số thính giác nhất định và được nhóm lại theo một hệ thống quy định, được nhấn mạnh ở châu Phi cận Sahara, nơi tỷ lệ nhịp điệu có thể rất phức tạp.) -> Theo tác giả,dộ cao thấp và nhip điệu ở những nền văn hóa khác nhau sẽ được nhấn mạnh khác nhau A,Phân biệt âm nhạc vs các loại hình nghệ thuật khác C,khiến âm nhac khó để học D,thể hiện những cảm xúc khác nhau của con người 3. The word “predisposed” in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to __________. A. inclined B. gifted C. pushed D. amused Predisposed = inclined : có khuynh hướng 4. According to the passage, when does musical talent usually begin to appear? A. when infants start to babble and produce sound patterns B. between the ages of two and four months C. when children learn to sing at two or three years old D. between ten years old and adolescence Thông tin câu 2 đoạn 4: Some children can match large segments of a song by the age of two or three.( Một vài đứa trẻ có thể kết hợp các phần lớn của 1 bài hát khi chúng 2 hc 3 tuổi) A,khi trẻ em bắt đầu bập bẹ và bắt đầu tập nói B, Khoảng giữa 2-4 tháng tuổi D,từ 10 tuổi đến khi thanh niên

5. According to the passage, which of the following suggests that musical talent is a separate form of intelligent? A. exceptional musical ability in an otherwise average child B. recognition of the emotional power of music C. the ability of all babies to acquire core elements of music D. differences between learning music and learning language Clue : In many of these cases, the child is average in every other way but displays an exceptional ability in music Tài năng âm nhạc là 1 hình thái tách biệt của sự thông minh,điều này đc thể hiện khi tài năng âm nhạc xuất chúng xuất hiện ở đứa trẻ bình thường khác 6. Why does the author discuss Mozart in paragraph 6? A. To compare past and present views of musical talent B. To give an example of a well-known musical prodigy C. To list musical accomplishments of the eighteenth century D. To describe the development of individual musical skill Clue: Every generation in music history has had its famous prodigies – individuals with exceptional musical powers that emerge at a young age. In the eighteenth century, Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart began composing and performing at the age of six (Mỗi thế hệ trong lịch sử âm nhạc đều có những thần đồng nổi tiếng - những cá nhân có năng lực âm nhạc đặc biệt xuất hiện khi còn nhỏ. Vào thế kỷ thứ mười tám, Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart bắt đầu sáng tác và biểu diễn khi 6 tuổi) -> tác giả đề cập đến Mozart ddeer đưa ra VD về 1 thần đồng âm nhạc nổi tiếng 7. In music, the change from one key to another is known as __________. A. rhythm B. prodigy C. perfect pitch D. modulation Clue: He had perfect pitch, and at age nine he was also a master of the art of modulation – transitions from one key to another Modulation: sự chuyển giọng (từ 1 phím này sang phím khác ) 8. All of the following are given as examples of exceptional musical talent EXCEPT __________. A. a remarkable “ear” or perfect memory for music B. ability to compose major works at a young age C. appreciation for a wide variety of musical styles D. playing a single song in the style of various composers Clue – There are numerous tales of young artists who have a remarkable “ear” or extraordinary memory for music and natural understanding of musical structure ->A - By the age of eleven, he had composed three symphonies and 30 other major works>B -Unusual musical ability is a regular characteristic of certain anomalies such as autism. In one case, an autistic girl was able to play “Happy birthday” in the style of various composers, including Mozart, Beethoven, Verdi, and Schubert ->D 9. The word “haven” in paragraph 7 is closest in meaning to __________.

A. beautiful art B. safe place C. personal goal D. single problem Haven : nơi ẩn náu,trú ẩn =safe place 10. Which of the following can be inferred from the passage about exceptional musical ability? A. It occurs more frequently in some cultures than in others. B. It is evidence of a superior level of intelligence in other areas. C. It has been documented and studied but is little understood. D. It is the result of natural talent and a supportive environment. Clue: A musically gifted child has an inborn talent; however, the extent to which the talent is expressed publicly will depend upon the environment in which the child lives. (Một đứa trẻ có năng khiếu âm nhạc có năng khiếu bẩm sinh; tuy nhiên, mức độ tài năng được thể hiện công khai sẽ phụ thuộc vào môi trường mà đứa trẻ đó sống.) thông tin câu cuối đoạn 1 ->tài năng âm nhạc phi thường là kết uqar của tài năng bẩm sinh và sự hỗ trợ của môi trường Part 6. (15 points)

86. iv

87. vii

93. source of harm

88. xiv

89. viii

94. dangerous pastime

90. ii

91. ix

95. minimize/ minimise personal success

List of Headings

92. xii

Do you come from a culture which places emphasis on the emotion of envy? Without a doubt, envy is something that we all feel at some time in our lives. The Concise Oxford Dictionary lists envy as ‘resentful or admiring contemplation of more fortunate person’. Instead of sharing in the joy of a new job, car or party dress, a friend either pretends she or he has not noticed the fantastic new BMW or says ‘Mercedes are better’. But does it matter? Từ điển Oxford ngắn gọn liệt kê ghen tị là "sự phẫn uất hoặc ngưỡng mộ khi chiêm ngưỡng người may mắn hơn". Thay vì chia sẻ niềm vui với một công việc mới, chiếc xe hơi hoặc chiếc váy dự tiệc, một người bạn hoặc giả vờ rằng cô ấy hoặc anh ấy không nhận ra chiếc BMW mới tuyệt vời hoặc nói rằng "Mercedes còn tốt hơn In many parts of the world, the personal satisfaction felt by those who prosper is tinged with concerns about the ill-will which success provokes in friends, and even family members. Envy becomes something to be feared, for it may have the power to cause harm.  Ghen tỵ là gì B vii No grounds for envy The Swahili people of Coastal East Africa take envy very seriously. They frequently feel the need to hide or minimise personal success. Hence, boasting can be a dangerous pastime. Envy emanates from neighbours, friends and family. After all, a stranger does not care if you have managed to replace your thatched roof with corrugated iron. But those Swahili who have struggled to build houses which are a little better than their neighbours often paint on the front of their houses the slogan, hasidi hana sababu: this means ‘envy without reason’. The slogan seems to be a forlorn attempt to remind neighbours and any envious passers-by that the apparent good fortune indicated by a superior house has been earned. The message is that there is no reason for envy, and that those harbouring ill-will should control their feelings . Thông điệp là không có lý do gì để ghen tị và những người đang nuôi dưỡng ác ý nên kiểm soát cảm xúc của mình..The successful are pleading to be allowed to succeed.  Ghen tỵ vô căn cứ C xiv A universal phenomenon In Swahili culture, and many others, envy emanates from the eye of the beholder. The Evil Eye, as a source of harm to those who fall under its gaze, is reported throughout much of the world. Indeed, according to Brian Spooner, an expert on the various ways used to keep envy at bay, the idea of the Evil Eye is so widespread that it can be regarded as a universal phenomenon. Evil Eye, như một nguồn gây hại cho những ai bị nó soi mói, được báo cáo khắp nơi trên thế giới. Thật vậy, theo Brian Spooner, một chuyên gia về những cách khác nhau được sử dụng để ngăn chặn lòng đố kỵ, ý tưởng về Con mắt ác lan rộng đến mức nó có thể được coi là một hiện tượng phổ biến In the parts

of Europe that border the Mediterranean, in the Middle East and North Africa, the wearing of pendants depicting one large eye is a popular way of repelling envy.  Một hiện tượng phổ biến D viii Envy and illness Ideas about the Evil Eye moved from the Mediterranean to the New World of America. Atwood Gaines has traced the origin of beliefs about the Evil Eye as a cause of sickness from Spain to Mexico, Haiti and Puerto Rica. The illnesses caused by the Evil Eye are given specific names such as gusto. In such cases, the Evil Eye is suspected after an illness or misfortune has already occurred. Atwood Gaines đã lần ra nguồn gốc của niềm tin về Con mắt ác là nguyên nhân gây ra bệnh tật từ Tây Ban Nha đến Mexico, Haiti và Puerto Rica. Những căn bệnh do Ác Nhãn gây ra được đặt những cái tên cụ thể như gusto. Trong những trường hợp như vậy, Evil Eye được nghi ngờ là sau khi bệnh tật hoặc điều không may đã xảy ra. E ii A victim of envy Marcia Inkhorn has written about the Evil Eye in Egypt. There, women may attribute infertility and other health problems to the envy of neighbours or friends. But in the Middle East, as elsewhere, envy can occur in many settings. Marcia Inkhorn đã viết về Evil Eye ở Ai Cập. Ở đó, phụ nữ có thể quy vô sinh và các vấn đề sức khỏe khác là do hàng xóm hoặc bạn bè ghen tị. Nhưng ở Trung Đông, cũng như những nơi khác, sự đố kỵ có thể xảy ra trong nhiều bối cảnh. Hence, at the end of an important meeting to discuss a research study, the head of the project noticed that her best silk suit had white marks on both the jacket and skirt. It was ruined. She worked out that after the sumptuous lunch, which had preceded the meeting, the table had been cleaned with bleach. She had then brushed against the table. Nobody else’s clothes were damaged. Her Palestinian colleague suggested that envy, harbored by an unknown acquaintance, had ruined her suit. The grounds for envy were either her beautiful clothes or her powerful position within the research team. Không có ai khác bị hư hỏng quần áo. Đồng nghiệp người Palestine của cô cho rằng sự đố kỵ, nuôi dưỡng bởi một người quen không quen biết, đã làm hỏng bộ đồ của cô. Cơ sở cho sự ghen tị là quần áo đẹp của cô ấy hoặc vị trí quyền lực của cô ấy trong nhóm nghiên cứu.  Nạn nhân của lòng đố kỵ F ix Envy where resources are limited Some social scientists argue that envy is widespread in societies where resources are scarce and one person’s gain is considered another’s loss. The reasoning behind this theory of envy is that, when people are poor and in competition with each other, they believe that there is not enough good food, good fortune or good jobs to go around.

Một số nhà khoa học xã hội lập luận rằng lòng đố kỵ phổ biến trong các xã hội khan hiếm tài nguyên và lợi ích của một người được coi là mất mát của người khác. Lý do đằng sau lý thuyết về sự đố kỵ này là khi mọi người nghèo và cạnh tranh với nhau, họ tin rằng không có đủ thức ăn ngon, vận may hoặc công việc tốt để đi xung quanh. G M Foster studied peasant society in Latin America and propounded ‘the image of limited good’. According to his theory, when somebody from a family or village prospers, they use up part of a stock of limited good and reduce the chances of the success of others. Foster sees the ‘image of limited good’ as operating in peasant societies where people know and compete with each other in adverse economic conditions. However, the theory may hold good for many other social and economic contexts. Take scholarships, for example. There are only so many to go round. If you’re best friend gets the scholarship, your chances of getting one too may be greatly reduced.  Đố kỵ nơi nguồn lực có hạn G xii Envy in relation to other emotions Western psychoanalysts have also studied envy. Melanie Klein sees envy as an emotion felt by the breastfeeding infant towards its mother’s breast. Although the infant feels love and gratitude towards its mother, it also wants the goodness of the milk for itself Các nhà phân tâm học phương Tây cũng đã nghiên cứu về sự đố kỵ. Melanie Klein coi sự ghen tị là cảm xúc của đứa trẻ bú mẹ đối với vú mẹ của nó. Mặc dù trẻ sơ sinh cảm thấy yêu thương và biết ơn mẹ của mình, nhưng nó cũng muốn sữa tốt cho mình. . Some of these scholars, unlike everyday speakers of English, are careful to distinguish between envy and jealousy. Swahili people make the same distinction. Jealousy is a triangular relationship. For example, two friends spend all their free time together until one takes a lover. The neglected friend grows jealous of the affection lavished on the new lover. When there is jealousy, three people are involved. Envy, on the other hand, is more straightforward: one person envies another’s achievement, quality or possession. While most English people do not take envy seriously, it remains a matter of concern to people worldwide. It makes ambition and the pursuit of success more difficult, and some would say, dangerous. Many seek ways to avoid falling victim to envy. How do you deal with it?  Ghen tỵ liên quan đến những cảm xúc khác Part 7. (10 points) 47 C. Last but one sentence: ‘… there will be readers who fail to make it past the first couple of chapters.’ 48 D. In sentence six of this paragraph, the book is called to be of ‘antiself-help selfhelp’ genre. This genre is mentioned to be ‘swelling’, or increasing .

49 B. Last sentence of Paragraph B poses a question of usefulness of the information in the book 50 A. At the beginning of the paragraph the ‘insights that may never have been expressed quite like this before’ are mentioned, that seem to be quite usefu l. 51 D. Sentences four and five on the classical self-help book approach: ‘Many self-help books these days would shout ‘Yes!’ Oliver Burkeman isn’t so sure.’ 52 C. Second sentence of this paragraph says that if the book turns out to be successful, then we are going to be in a ‘glut of writing’ of similar books. A glut is an excessive amount of something, much more than is actually required. 53 D. At the end of the paragraph the previous book by the same author is said to be separated into short parts, whereas his more recent one is much more detailed. 54 B. The middle of the paragraph complains how the argument in the book ‘seems to bounce from place to place’. It is also mentioned, that the contents of the book are ‘atomised’, or haven’t got any connection between its elements. 55 D. The middle of the paragraph focuses on how this book takes a different approach, without promising us to live a trouble-free, happy lives, but instead to change our perception of things. 56 A. Last but one sentence complains about the book being at times a bit frustrating to read because of its content’s complexity. Part 8: 11. ……a blot on the landscape…… a blot on the landscape: (thứ, điều) làm mất cảnh đẹp. 12. …… would do wonders for the way …… Do wonders for : cause improvements or have a very good effect 13. …… remains to be seen whether there …… remains to be seen: to not be exactly known or decided 14…… to technical knowledge, I am no match …… Be no match for : nghĩa là kém cỏi, không đủ tốt như ai/điều gì, hoặc không đủ năng lực/tài năng để làm gì. 15. ……didn’t put Anthony off in the…… Put sb off: take someone's attention away from what they want to be doing or should be doing 16. Don’t think the police are going to get/ let you off the hook so quickly Let sb off the hook: tha,không phạt ai và thả cho đi 17. I can’t put my finger on the reason but I don’t trust him put my finger on: tìm hiểu để biết chắc chắn. 18. Being her only niece, Ann is the apple of her eyes. Be the apple of her eyes: những người thật sự quan trọng đối với bạn. 19. She gave Arthur a ticking-off Give sb a ticking-off: speak angrily to them because they have done something wrong

20. Graham sang a different tune when noticing there were fresh strawberries on the menu. Sing a diferent tune : thay đổi cách nói/ cách suy nghĩ về một chuyện nào đó

Test 7 Phần 1: Part 1: You will hear a radio discussion about writing a novel. For questions 1-5, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which fits best according to what you hear. (10pts) - CAE Practice Test 1. What does Louise say about Ernest Hemingway’s advice to writers? A. It is useful to a certain extent. B. It applies only to inexperienced novelists. C. It wasn’t intended to be taken seriously. D. It might confuse some inexperienced novelists. 2. Louise says that you need to get feedback when you A. have not been able to write anything for some time. B. are having difficulty organizing your ideas. C. are having contrasting feelings about what you have written. D. have finished the book but not shown it to anyone. 3. What does Louise regard as useful feedback? A. a combination of general observations and detailed comments B. both identification of problems and suggested solutions C. comments focusing more on style than on content D. as many points about strengths as weaknesses 4. What does Louise say about the people she gets feedback from? A. Some of them are more successful than her. B. She doesn't only discuss writing with them. C. She also gives them feedback on their work. D. It isn’t always easy for her to get together with them. 5. One reaction to feedback that Louise mentions is that A. it is justified but would require too much effort to act on. B. it focuses on unimportant details rather than key issues. C. it has been influenced by reading other people’s novels. D. it is not suggesting that major changes to the novel are required.

Your answers:

Part 2: You will hear part of a lecture on the subject of jellyfish. For questions 1 - 5, give short answers to the questions USING NO MORE THAN FOUR WORDS. (10pts) – 1. Why are jellyfish largely without enemies? …………………………………………………………………………………… 2. What are TWO things determining where jellyfish can go in the sea? …………………………………………………………………………………… 3. Where do both jellyfish and people tend to end up? …………………………………………………………………………………… 4. Through which method can you counteract tentacles of jellyfish on the victim's body? …………………………………………………………………………………… 5. What part of the blue-coloured moon jellyfish's body appears to be glowing in the dark? …………………………………………………………………………………… Part 3: Listen to a piece of news about the loss of rainforests and complete the summary below. WRITE NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS OR A NUMBER. (20pts) – Seeker Daily Since the beginning of 20th century rainforests have been under threat of extinction. One major cause of deforestation is repurposing the land for 1. ________ such as growing rubber or palm oil on its property. The loss of this dense biodiversity can pose several threats to our modern society. It is estimated that 2.________ modern medicines would be lost along with thousands of 3._______ derived from plants while underprivileged groups are relying on rainforest plants for medicines. According to World Health Organization, 4.______ take up to 50% of all medicines in China. Another major problem is climate change. Known as 5. _________, rainforests absorb CO2, clearing it from the atmosphere. A rise in carbon dioxide levels and a fall in rainforest acreage would contribute to 6. _______ and severe droughts. More seriously, 7. __________ over resources such as farming land has led to farmers’ deaths globally. It is not easy to find a feasible approach to stopping deforestation as many people on Earth survive by means of natural resource 8. __________. A typical example is palm

oil industry which helps to 9. _______ by creating jobs for millions of farmers. Switching to another production of 10. ________ like sunflower or soybean would even cause more land destruction. Your answers:

10.

Part 1: III. PHRASAL VERBS AND PREPOSITIONS (05 pts) Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 1. I was sitting in a train looking out of the window, when my mind suddenly ..............back to that amazing trip we made to India. A. put B. flashed C. stirred D. associated 2. Although Gail thought she should have won first place, she _______ her pride and congratulated her rival. A. exerted B. swallowed C. bore D. aroused 3. The class went to see the performance of Macbeth because it ..............in well with the project they were doing on Scottish history. A. crammed B. stood C. tied D. booked 4. Morag is very good at ..............off the teacher in her school. A. sending B. calling C. taking D. putting 5. Why don’t you get your homework ..............with so you can enjoy the rest of the evening? A. around B. over C. by D. away 6. She hasn’t spoken German for over a year and I think she wants to blush.............. a few things. A. out in B. on with C. up on D. over on 7. I’d been cooped ..............in my office all morning so I went out for a walk and a spot of fresh air. A. over B. by C. down D. up 8. As their bookshop wasn’t doing well, they decided to branch ..............and sell compact discs and cassettes as well. A. out B. over C. down on D. out for

9. The door burst open and his mother barged ............... “I thought so”, she said. “You’re not doing your homework.” A. into B. in C. on D. along 10. Polynesia. The very name conjures ..............images of sundrenched beaches and warm turquoise seas. A. out B. up C. over D. in B. COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS(05 pts) Choose the best option to complete the following sentences. 1. In an exceptionally bitter election campaign, both candidates __________ and accused each other of corrupt practices. A. went overboard

B. went off the air

C. went for the jugular

D. went to pieces

2. I hate to be the one to __________, but things aren't as good as you think. A. bring you to your senses

B. bring you down to earth

C. bring you down a peg or two

D. bring you into the world

3. I don’t mind __________if you use my country house while I’m away. A. to say the least least

B. in the least

C. least of all

4. The doctor says if you keep taking these pills, you’ll be __________ in no time. A. null and void

B. up and about

C. spick and span

D. good and ready

5. Some doctors are confident that vaccines for COVID-19 will be available down the __________, but they also admit that they still have a long way to go. A. track

B. road

C. path

D. trail

6. Jenifer gave Fred the cold __________ because of the rumours he’s spreading about her. A. eye

B. look

C. shoulder

D. feet

7. The weekend is over, so tomorrow morning it’s back to the________ . A. grind

B. labour

C. drudgery

8. The project will be kept__________ until the new manager comes.

D. toil

A. in order B. off and on C. on ice D. off the peck 9. To make a profit, we’ll have to add a few thousand new customers to our list, which is __________. A. a piece of cake B. out of order C. out of our depth D. a tall order 10. . I'm afraid we got our ______crossed. I thought my husband would be picking up the children and he thought I was doing it. A. wires B. purposes C. fingers D. minds Part 2: There are 10 mistakes in the passage. Find out and correct them. (10 points) Line After inventing dynamite, Swedish-born Alfred Nobel became very rich man. Therefore, he foresaw its universally destructive powers too late. Nobel preferred not to remember as the inventor of dynamite, so in 1895, just two weeks before his death, he created a fund to be used for rewarding prizes to 5 people who had made worthwhile contributions to mankind. Originally there were five awards: literature, physics, chemistry, medicine, and peace. Economy was added in 1968, just sixty-seven years after the first award ceremony. Nobel’s original legacy of nine millions dollars was invested, and the interest in this sum is used for the awards which vary from 30,000 to 125,000. 10 Every year on December 10, the anniversary of Nobel’s death, the awards (gold medal, illuminated diploma, and money) is presented to the winners. Sometimes politics plays an important role in the judges decisions. Americans have won numerous science awards, but relatively few literature prizes. No awards were presented from 1940 to 1942 at the beginning of World War II. Some people 15 have won two prizes, but this is scarce; others have shared their prizes. Your answers:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 .

Line

Mistakes

Corrections

Part 3: Read the passage below and fill each of the following numbered spaces with ONE suitable word. Write your answers in the corresponding boxes provided. (15p) (0) has been done as an example. SIGNS OF THE TIMES

We are familiar (0) with the saying “a picture paints a thousand words” and in the global village the world has become, information in pictorial form is (1)_____we turn. Much communication takes place through symbols rather than words, a case in point (2) ______ airports, where you can see the majority of the thirty-four symbols devised (3) ______ the American Institute of Graphic Arts in the 1970s. Such signs as a knife and fork for a restaurant or a telephone for a phone booth are a boon for (4) _______ a traveller who does not speak English or use the Latin alphabet. (5) _______ worldwide "languages" of this kind are musical and mathematical notation, circuit diagrams, road signs and computer icons, (6)______, again, bypass the need for words. Even a label on a garment will carry, in symbols, washing and ironing instructions. All these (7) ______ to be sufficient to their , (8)______ restricted worlds but would it really be possible to devise a universal symbolic system of communication independent of any spoken language, culture-free and value-free, as dreamt of by the seventeenth-century philosopher Leibniz? It would seem (9) ______. Chinese and Japanese pictograms and ancient Egyptian hieroglyphics are sometimes cited as examples of such a system, yet both Japanese script and Egyptian hieroglyphics include sound-base elements and Chinese is often transliterated (10)______ romanised sound based "pin yin" script. In a word, words are inescapable. Your answers

1. 6.

2. 7.

3. 8.

4. 9.

5. 10.

Part 2. Read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided. (10p.) The US has refused to sign up to a G7 pledge that calls the Paris climate accord the “irreversible” global tool to address climate change. The G7 environment ministers issued a final repor tafter their two-day meeting in Bologna, the first since the US announced it was withdrawing from the Paris climate agreement. In a (51) ___________ to the G7 report, the US said on Monday it would not join with the other six countries in reaffirming their Paris (52) ___________, but said it was taking action on its own to reduce its carbon footprint. As a result, the US said it would not join those sections of the report on climate and multilateral development (53) _______________. The head of the US Environmental Protection Agency, Scott Pruitt,attended the first few hours of the(54) _________ on Sunday, but left to attend a(n) (55) ____________.meeting in Washington.Presenting the report, Italy’s environment minister, Gian Luca Galletti, called the Paris accord “irreversible,non-negotiable and the only instrument possible to (56) __________ climate change”. He said the other G7 countries hoped to continue constructive (57) _____________ with the US but insisted on the Paris (58) _____________. “Everything else for us is excluded,” he said.The 2015 Paris agreement aims to prevent the Earth from heating up by 2C since the start of the industrial (59) ____________ As the world has already warmed about 1.1C since the industrial revolution, the accord aims to ensure the (60) __________ is not breached with each nation curbing heat-trapping emissions. 51. A. foothold B. footnote C. footprint D. footage

52. A. promises B. endorsements C. commitments D. allegations 53. A. banks

B. piles

C. heaps

54. A. peaks B. summit C. climax

D. lumps

D. pinnacle

55. A. cable B. cabinet C. cachet D. capsule 56. A. resist B. clash C. grapple D. combat 57. A. conversation B. discussion C. dialogue D. consultation 58. A. criteria B. bounds C. conditions D. parameters 59. A. age B. era C. time D. epoch 60. A. boundary B. frontier C. threshold D. standard Your answers

1. 6.

2. 7.

3. 8.

4. 9.

5. 10.

Part 5: Read the following passage and choose the best answer. (15 points) The Development of Pottery The advent of pottery in primitive human cultures around the world signified a milestone in human history. Sometimes referred to as the container revolution, pottery enabled primitive people to boil and steam food, which in turn allowed them to gain sustenance for new and more varied sources. Durable and watertight pottery containers also allowed them to capture and store freshwater from rainfall or clean rivers and lakes. The earliest pottery has been traced back to a few civilizations that appear to have developed this advancement independent of each other. The oldest pottery known to historians comes from the Jomon people of Japan from around the year 10,500 B.C. Evidence of the independent development of pottery has also come from North Africa around 10,000 B.C. and from South America around 7,000 B.C. Collecting pottery shards has proven to be one of the best ways for archaeologists to identify the developmental levels of ancient cultures, especially

the ones that were pre-literate and therefore unable to leave behind a recorded history. By digging up different shards from different stratum layers, archaeologists can easily date the stages of a culture’s development. They are able to do this by looking at the style and decoration of the pottery fragments. Furthermore, trace element analysis enables these researchers accurately to identify the source of the clay used to make the pottery. The early pottery was formed with a technique called handwork. Handworked pieces are constructed from clay that is rolled into long strands by hand and then coiled to form the body of the vessel. Each of these early pieces of pottery would have been one-of-a-kind due to the irregularity that is a characteristic of handwork. After these primitive pieces of pottery were shaped by hand, they would be fired in a primitive kiln, which would have resembled more of a wood fire. The next major development in pottery came about with the invention of the pottery wheel in Mesopotamia sometime between 6,000 and 2,400 B.C. This device revolutionized the production of pottery since it enabled potters to mass produce their work to meet the growing needs of the first cities in the world. The pottery wheel is a spinning turntable powered by a foot pedal that spins clay very quickly, allowing the potter to shape pottery with rotational symmetry. This results in a much more regular piece of pottery than handwork. [A] By 800 A.D., Muslim potters in Samarra and Baghdad began employing lead-based glazes further to finish their pottery. [B] This process of glazing came from the Romans, who had spread it around the Mediterranean and North Africa. [C] These potters also discovered the new forms of glazing as they attempted to imitate the Chinese white ceramics that were popular at that time. [D] Although they were able closely to imitate the work of the Chinese, their experimentation also resulted in new methods of glazing that used tin oxide instead of lead. In order to harden pottery, it must be fired in a kiln which holds heat at very high temperatures. The Chinese developed an efficient wood-fired kiln very early in the history of pottery, called the anagama. This useful device was capable of sustaining the necessary temperatures without the use of coal and was soon adopted by the Koreans and Japanese as well.

The modern era of pottery factories capable of truly large-scale mass production came about in 1785 with the English city of Stoke-on-Trent. This was one of the first industrial cities to make pottery manufacturing its primitive industry. The city was known to have more than 200 pottery manufacturers that employed upwards of 20,000 workers. This city is so famous for pottery that its nickname is “The Potteries”. 1. The word sustenance in the passage is closest in meaning to A. inspiration

B. nourishment

C. support

instruction 2. According to the passage, evidence of the oldest pottery was found in which of the following areas? A. Mesopotamia

B. China

C. North Africa

Japan 3. Which of the following best expresses the information in the underlined sentence? A. Pottery shards provide information about the cultures of prehistoric people. B. Early people recorded their history on pottery shards. C. Archaeologists study ancient cultures. D. Pre-literate people tried to hide their pottery in underground strata. 4. The author discusses handwork in paragraph 4 in order to A. show the regular patterns of early pottery B. distinguish it from later advances in pottery making C. explain that it was the best method for pottery making D. discuss the types of decoration used in early pottery 5. Look at the four squares [ ] that indicate where the following sentence could be added to the passage. “ The introduction of glazes contributed to the quality of the vessels.” Where would the sentence best fit? 6. The word imitate in the passage is closest in meaning to A. use

B. make

C. copy

D. shape

7. According to paragraph 5, the significance of the invention of the pottery wheel was that A. it allowed each piece to be unique B. it encouraged artists to paint scenes on pottery

C. it enabled potters to mass produce their works D. it inspired many more people to become potters 8-9-10. Choose three from seven answer choices to describe the Wood-fired Kiln: A. It led to the mass production of pottery. B. It was invented by the Chinese. C. It originated in the Roman Empire. D. It hardened the pottery. E. It did not use coal. F. It used tin oxide to finish the pottery. G. It helped shape the pottery evenly. IV. Read the passage and do the tasks that follow. (15 points) a. Choose the most suitable heading for each paragraph from the list of headings below.

List of headings i. 165 million years ii. The body plan of archosaurs iii. Dinosaurs-terrible lizards iv. Classification according to pelvic anatomy v. The suborders of Saurischia vi. Lizards and dinosaurs – two distinct superorders vii. Unique body plan helps identify dinosaurs from other animals viii. Herbivore dinosaurs ix. Lepidosaurs x. Frills and shelves xi. The origins of dinosaurs and lizards xii. Bird-hipped dinosaurs xiii. Skull bones distinguish dinosaurs from other archosaurs 1. Paragraph A: …….. 2. Paragraph B: …….. 3. Paragraph C: …….. 4. Paragraph D: …….. 5. Paragraph E: ……..

6. Paragraph F: …….. 7. Paragraph G: …….. Example: Paragraph H: x What is a dinosaur?

The most important skeletal differences between dinosaurs and other archosaurs are in the bones of the skull, pelvis and limbs. Dinosaurs skulls are found in a great range of shapes and sizes, reflecting the different eating habits and lifestyles of a large and varied group of animals that dominated life on Earth for an extraordinary 165 million years. However, unlike the skulls of any other known animals, the skulls of dinosaurs had two long bones known as vomers. These bones extended on either side of the head, from the front of the snout to the level of the holes in the skull known as the antorbital fenetra, situated in front of the dinosaur’s orbits or eyesockets.

sprawling out to the sides like the limbs of a lizards. The femur of a dinosaurs had a sharply in-turned neck and a ball-shaped head, which slotted into a fully open acetabulum or hip socket. A supra-acetabular crest helped prevent dislocation of the femur. The position of the knee joint, aligned below the acetabulum, made it possible for the whole hind limb to swing backwards and forwards. This unique combination of features gave dinosaurs what is known as a “fully improved gait”. Evolution of this highly efficient method of walking also developed in mammals, but among reptiles it occurred only in dinosaurs. E

For the purpose of further classification, dinosaurs are divided into two orders: Saurischia, or saurischian dinosaurs, and Ornithischia, or ornithischian dinosaurs. This division is made on the basis of their pelvic anatomy. All dinosaurs had a pelvic girdle with each side comprised of three bones: the pubis, ilium and ischium. However, the orientation of these bones follows one of two patterns. In saurischian dinosaurs, also known as lizard-hipped dinosaurs, the pubis points forwards, as is usual in most types of reptile. By contrast, in ornisthichian, or bird-hipped, dinosaurs, the pubis points backwards towards the rear of the animal, which is also true of birds.

Of the two orders of dinosaurs, the Saurischia was the larger and the first to evolve. It is divided into two suborders: Therapoda, or therapods, and Sauropodomorpha, or sauropodomorphs. The therapods, or “beast feet”, were bipedal, predatory carnivores. They ranged in size from the mighty Tyrannosaurus rex, 12m long, 5.6m tall and weighing an estimated 6.4 tonnes, to the smallest known dinosaur, Compsognathus, a mere 1.4m long and estimated 3kg in weight when fully grown. The sauropodomorphs, or “lizard feet forms”, included both bipedal and quadrupedal dinosaurs. Some sauropodomorphs were carnivorous or omnivorous but later species were typically herbivorous. They included some of the largest and best-known of all dinosaurs, such as Diplodocus, a huge quadruped with an elephant-like body, a long, thin tail and neck that gave it a total length of 27m, and a tiny head.

Ornithischian dinosaurs were bipedal or quadrupedal herbivores. They are now usually

divided into

three suborders:

Ornithipoda, Thyreophora

and

Marginocephalia. The ornithopods, or :bird feet”, both large and small, could

walk or run on their long hind legs, balancing their bidy by holding their tails stiffly off the ground behind them. An example is Iguanodon, up to 9m long, 5m tall and weighing 4.5 tonnes. The thyreophorans, or “shield bearers”, also known as armoured dinosaurs, were quadrupeds with rows of protective bony spikes, studs, or plates along their backs and tails. They included Stegosaurus, 9m long and weighing 2 tonnes. H

The marginocephalians, or “margined heads”, were bipedal or quadrupedal ornithischians with a deep bony frill or narrow shelf at the back of the skull. An example is Triceratops, a rhinoceros-like dinosaur, 9m long, weighing 5.4 tonnes and bearing a prominent frill and three large horns.

b. Complete the sentences below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS from the passage for each blank space. 8. Lizards and dinosaurs are classified into two different superorders because of the difference in their _______________ 9. In the Triassic period, _______________ evolved into thecodonts, for example, lizards and snakes. 10. Dinosaurs skulls differed from those of any other known animals because of the presence of vomers: ________________ Part 7 . You are going to read an article in which four academics give their views on fiction. For questions 47-56, choose from the sections of the article (A-D). The sections may be chosen more than once. When more than one answer is required, these may be given in any order. Which academic … 47 compares books to other story-telling art forms? 48 admits to gaps in their literary knowledge? 49 suggests a possible consequence of not reading novels? 50 points out that opinion about a book depends on the period in which it is being judged? 51 explains why readers sometimes choose to read books which are not considered classic works of literature? 52 believes that it is possible to improve any novel?

53 gives reassurance about people whose choice of reading is limited? 54 says that no-one should feel obliged to read a particular type of book? 55 gives another writer’s opinion on why people enjoy reading literature? 56 defends their right to judge particular types of novels? Why Do We Read Novels? We asked a group of academics for their views on the appeal of fiction A Cathy Smith Is a work by a prize-winning novelist better than a trashy summer blockbuster? Undoubtedly, if you’re looking for a literary masterpiece. But it’s not ‘better’ if you’re simply looking for escapism. ‘Literary fiction’, unlike ‘genre fiction’ such as mystery or romance, is not about escaping from reality. Instead it provides a means to better understand the world. What makes a work deserve the title of literary fiction can be pinned down, to a certain extent, by critical analysis of the writer’s techniques. Yet a huge element of the appeal of literary fiction lies in something almost indefinable – the brilliant, original idea; the insight that, once written down, seems the only way to say something. Writers of fiction have to recruit or seduce us into their world – only then do we trust them to take us on a journey with them. The books we put down after only a few pages are those which have failed to make that connection with us. B Matteo Bianco A novel – whether for adults or children – takes you places, emotionally and imaginatively, which you would never otherwise have visited. However, I don’t think you should put yourself under any more pressure to finish ‘a classic’ than a kids’ comic. And if by ‘classics’ we mean Tolstoy, Proust, Hardy and so on, then my own reading is distinctly patchy. The author Martin Amis once said that the only way we have of evaluating the quality of a book is whether it retains a readership. I think that’s fair enough, though it’s imprecise. A work of fiction can always be fine-tuned in such a way that the final experience for the reader is enhanced, and this fact must say something about the theoretical (if not practical) possibility of stating that one book is better than another. And while I can’t prove that a single copy of a classic work of fiction is a greater gift to the world than a million trashy romances, I’m going to go ahead and say it’s so anyway. C Gita Sarka The author Albert Camus says that the appeal of narrative art lies in its power to organise life in such a way that we can reflect on it from a distance and experience it anew. Distinct from television or film, literature allows us significant control over our experience of what’s being presented to us. One book I would always tell anyone to read is The Life and Times of Michael K. – a literary prize winner, but hated by some of my colleagues. It’s a classic for me because of what it says about living in difficult times; to a lot of people it’s just a bit boring and the main character doesn’t speak enough. Categories such as ‘literary masterpieces’ and even ‘literature’ do not exist independently of their assessors – assessors who are bound in an era and see value in

part through the eyes of that era. Personally, I find it impossible to make claims that one work is better than another. I can say why it might be worthwhile to study it, but that’s all. D George C. Schwarz If, at a certain time in their life a person is interested in just one particular genre or author, that’s fine as long as they have the opportunity of reading a wide range of books throughout their lives. These opportunities can come through family members, teachers and friends who can create the reading landscape and encourage them to look wider and further. A famous writer once said that it’s easy to recognise the people who don’t read fiction, as their outlook on life is narrower and less imaginative, and they find it hard to put themselves in other people’s shoes. It’s a generalisation, but with elements of truth. The power of fiction begins with fairy tales, nursery rhymes and picture books, which give children ways of looking at the world outside their own experience. Literature teachers often recommend reading ‘the classics’. But what classics, whose and which era? In a way it doesn’t matter – the key point is that one can’t escape from a need for shared references and reading experience Part 8: 1. I only realised the full implications of what had happened until sometime later. [on] ➔ It wasn’t ____________________________________________________________________. 2. My comments must have offended Mary because she isn’t being friendly towards me. [taken] ➔ Mary ________________________________________________________________ shoulder. 3. The children are in disgrace for being so badly behaved. [under] ➔ ______________________________________________________________________ ______. 4. Every possible effort was made by the police to find the boy’s parents. [stone] ➔ The police __________________________ in their __________________________________. 5. He indicated quite clearly that he would do anything to obtain the contract. [lengths] ➔ He gave ____________________________________________________________________. 6. Nowadays I consider casual friendships to be far less important than I used to. [store] ➔ Nowadays I don’t _____________________________________________________________. 7. It was impossible to understand her colleagues’ overt hostility towards her proposal. [openly]

➔ That her colleagues _______________________________________________ comprehension. 8. A real sportsman will never think of crowing over his opponents’ misfortunes. [mind] ➔ Exulting _____________________________________________________________________. 9. I didn’t have the faintest idea about the quirks of the antiques business, so I couldn’t give you any advice. [ken] ➔ Had ______________________________________________________________________ __. 10. The government will review their immigration policy next April. [come] ➔ The government’s immigration ___________________________________________________. KEY Phần 1 Part 1: You will hear a radio discussion about writing a novel. For questions 1-5, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which fits best according to what you hear. (10pts) - CAE Practice Test 1. A 2. C 3. B 4. C 5. A Part 2: Listen to a lecture about population growth. For questions 1 – 5, decide whether these statements are TRUE (T) or FALSE (F). (10pts) 1. They are 97% water 4. application of vinegar / applying vinegar 2. wind effects, tidal movements 5. internal organs 3. sheltered bays Part 3: Listen to a piece of news about the loss of rainforests and complete the summary below. WRITE NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS OR A NUMBER. (20pts) – Seeker Daily 1. commercial use 6. rising sea levels 2. 25% / a quarter of / 1/4

7. wars/disputes

3. medical compounds

8. exploitation

4. herbal remedies / medicines

9. reduce poverty

5. carbon sinks

10. alternative vegetable oils TAPESCRIPT

PART 1 Interviewer: OK, in our weekly spot about how to write a novel, I’m talking to novelist Louise Doughty. Louise, this week we’re talking about getting comments and feedback on your work from other people. ‘If there is anything in your own work you think particularly fine, said Ernest Hemingway, 'strike it out.’ Is that good advice?

Novelist: Well, few would-be novelists aspire to be .is plain and brutal as Hemingway, I suspect, but his ilii Him is still worth tucking into a corner of your brain - not to be followed slavishly, but as an antidote to that greal curse of the inexperienced novelist: over-writing. Interviewer: How do you know if you are over-writing? Novelist: Well, an excess of adverbs and adjectives is a clue. Repetition under the guise of emphasis is another, and extended metaphors should be rationed tightly. Interviewer: Now, there comes a point in the writing of every novel when you just don’t know any more. You’ve been immersed in it for weeks, possibly years. You’ve lost sight of the original impetus behind the book and are plagued with self-doubt - yet at the same time you know there is something there and are not ready to give up on it. . " Novelist: Yes, and this is the point at which you should be getting feedback. Interviewer: From whom? Novelist: As a rule, I’d advise against getting it from your nearest and dearest. You will be wounded by their criticism and suspicious of their praise. Instead, join a writing community of some sort. You need comments from another writer. Those who have been logging onto my website will know that such a community has formed there. Creative writing courses and book groups are also good places to find like-minded souls. Through such contacts you can find someone who understands what you are trying to do - which is not the same as someone who is uncritical of the way you do it. There is a time and a place for emotional support, but that is not what we are talking about here. Interviewer: What kind of comments are useful in your view? Novelist: Well, you need someone who is prepared to say, 'I really like the opening paragraph but I thought it went a bit wrong after that because ...’ and, crucially, is prepared to be specific. ‘I just didn’t like him' is not a helpful comment on a character. 'I lost sympathy with him in the scene where he tells his brother the truth because I thought he was too brutal. Maybe you should re-write it making his motivation clearer and his language softer.’ That is useful advice: you can choose whether to take it or discard it. Similarly, at the level of prose style, some well-meaning person might say ‘It's a bit boring’, but a helpful critic would say 'You have three paragraphs of description here before you tell us who is talking; maybe you should consider starting the conversation first and weaving all the description in, instead of having it all in one chunk.’ Interviewer: How do you personally get feedback on your work? Novelist: The most fruitful relationships I have with other writers are with the novelists with whom I swap work - usually the person whose novel is under discussion pays for dinner. If you can find other novelists who are working at a similar level to yourself, with similar interests, and who are frank and unafraid of frankness from you. then keep them close at hand. Interviewer: Now what about reactions to feedback? We've talked about getting it, but what about when you’ve got it? Novelist: Well, even with a trusted ally, there comes a point when you have to stick to your guns and say, 'This person whom I really respect doesn’t like this bit but I do and it’s staying in.’ And of course, feedback can be annoying. For a start, a lot of the criticism you receive will be stuff which you knew already in your heart of hearts - you were just hoping nobody else would notice. And sometimes, you will bristle at a certain comment on your work, not because it is untrue but because the consequences of

righting that particular defect are too daunting to contemplate at that particular time accurate criticism is the most painful of all. On other occasions, you will have a gut feeling that the person reading your work just doesn’t ’get' it, or wants you to write a different novel entirely. Frequently, the only way to work out if criticism is useful is to nod sagely, then file it in a drawer. When the wounds have healed over and your ego is not under immediate threat, then you will be able to assess its true worth. Interviewer: Right. Now let's move on to talk about... PART 2 You will hear part of a lecture on the subject of jellyfish. What could be nicer on a hot summer’s day than a cooling swim from a sheltered beach? But sometimes our swimming companions are best given a wide berth; many a holiday dip has been ruined by an unwelcome brush with the tentacles of a floating jellyfish. So, how to identify them? A jellyfish looks something like a couple of upsidedown dishes and if you imagine that the central part of the lower dish has been removed, there’s a mouth in that position. Around the rim there may be many long fine tentacles which extend and which in many species are used for stinging. Jellyfish don’t have many enemies - very few things eat them, basically because they are 97% water - it’s like eating a soggy lettuce leaf really. They also have a gelatinous texture and, of course, they have a sting. But, for all that, Jellyfish seldom live long: in fact, many of them only live for one year, so during the winter time they die off Some small ones that will develop into the big jellyfish lie attached to rocks and overhangs in sheltered positions and then later they’ll grow to full size, they’ll reproduce and that’ll be their lifecycle. Jellyfish have a tendency to swarm - that is, they don’t all consciously decide to swarm, in fact they have very limited control over where they swim. They’re very vulnerable to wind effects on the sea and to tidal movements. Sometimes jellyfish and human beings come together and the consequences can be rather painful. This is because jellyfish get carried into sheltered bays, by the same processes which create sandy beaches. There are many different kinds of jellyfish, and the one most commonly encountered, in Britain at least, is the box jellyfish. This has a body size up to roughly that of a person’s head, and sixty tentacles trailing behind it, giving an overall length of around three metres. It floats along near the coast with these tentacles strung out in an attempt to catch its main prey, which is all sorts of small fish and crustaceans. They’re inclined to turn up in swarms in quite shallow areas where they can be quite tricky to see, especially if the water is sunlit too. So when people rush into the water unawares, they can run into what seems like a curtain of tentacles. It’s not very nice and then it’s difficult to avoid getting stung. So, what should you do if this happens? Now, when jellyfish sting, your initial reaction is to start running away, get out of the water as quickly as possible. But, actually, the more you run, the faster your heart rate becomes, and the quicker the venom is absorbed. So, actually, the first thing to do is to calm down the person who’s been stung. It s also been shown that you can neutralise any tentacles that are still on the person’s body by the application of vinegar. But not all jellyfish sting. For example, the blue-coloured moon jellyfish is common around Britain It won’t harm you and it’s a beautiful sight. You can see its internal

organs because it’s virtually transparent and these seem to glow in the dark in this lovely blue colour. So they’re well worth looking out for. Other varieties which you might spot include ... (fade) PART 3 Since the start of 20th century, roughly half of the world's rainforests have been wiped out. And by the end of the 21st century, rainforests may go extinct altogether. You may think it's just a few plants and animals that'll suffer, but modern society relies on rainforests more than you might realize. The loss of this dense biodiversity could lead to sickness, poverty, even war. So, what would a post-rainforest look like? Well, first it is important to understand why the rainforest is disappearing. Globally, over the last 40 years, an area possibly the size of Europe has been cleared and repurposed for commercial use. In some cases the land is replanted with trees that produce rubber or palm oil, in other cases it is used as grazing land for cattle, or torn down for urban development. And if nothing is done, we may ultimately see rainforests gone altogether, and along with them, crucial benefits. Without rainforests, some estimate that the basis for up to a quarter of modern medicine would be lost, with thousands of medical compounds derived from plants. For example, the rosy periwinkle, which is naturally endemic only to Madagascar, produces two anti-tumor drugs used to fight leukemia and Hodgkin's Disease. Chemicals synthesized as a result of this plant contribute to an estimated $160 million dollars per year and the rainforest plant-drug market in total has been estimated at roughly $150 billion dollars. Many poor communities rely on rainforest plants life for medicine, as prescription medication and derivatives are completely unaffordable for large portions of the world's population. The World Health Organization estimates that roughly 80% of Africa's population uses traditional, herbal medicine as part of their primary health care, while in China, up to half of all medicine consumed are herbal remedies. Besides a medicinal outlook, the lack of vegetation could mean a rapid rise in climate change. Rainforests are known as "carbon sinks", which means that they consume carbon dioxide, clearing it from the atmosphere. Studies show that roughly 40% of manmade CO2 is absorbed by forests. As carbon dioxide levels rise and rainforest acreage falls, the subsequent change in climate can contribute to severe droughts, as well as rising sea levels. This is a bigger problem than it may seem, as climate change plays a huge role in geopolitics. Wars over resources are devastating, and demand for farming land continues to outstrip its supply. In 2014 in northern Honduras, US-backed security forces were implicated in the murder and intimidation of local farmers involved in disputes over palm oil. More than 100 people have already been killed over the disputes. In other parts of the world, entire indigenous tribes are being killed and displaced in favor of commercial logging and razing. But stopping this deforestation may not end up solving the larger problem. Even when ignoring financial gain by businesses which exploit these natural resources, many people in developing countries rely on the exploitation to survive. For example, palm oil employs millions of farmers, and the industry plays an important role in reducing

poverty. According to one NGO on Sustainable Palm Oil, as many as 4.5 million people in Indonesia and Malaysia work in its production. And simply switching to another method of production could potentially be even worse for the environment. Alternative vegetable oils, like sunflower, soybean, and rapeseed produce about 4 to 10 times less oil per acre, so to meet demand, even more land would have to be destroyed. We all know rainforests are vital, but their direct impacts in day-to-day health, global stability and the condition of the world's atmosphere are regularly understated. In the end, a world without rainforests is much more devastating than we might realize, and much harder to avoid than we might expect.

Part 1: A

KEY TO PHRASAL VERBS AND PREPOSITIONS

1. B

2. B

3. C

4. C

5. B

6. C

7. D

8. A

9. B

10. B

1. I was sitting in a train looking out of the window, when my mind suddenly ..............back to that amazing trip we made to India. A. put B. flashed C. stirred D. associated flash back=If your mind or thoughts flash back to something that happened in the past, you suddenly remember it: 2. Although Gail thought she should have won first place, she _______ her pride and congratulated her rival. A. exerted B. swallowed C. bore D. aroused swallow one’s pride: ngậm đắng 3. The class went to see the performance of Macbeth because it ..............in well with the project they were doing on Scottish history. A. crammed B. stood C. tied D. booked tie (sth) in with sth=to plan an event or activity so that it combines with or happens at the same time as another, or to be planned in this way 4. Morag is very good at ..............off the teacher in her school. A. sending B. calling C. taking D. putting Take off=a piece of acting or writing, etc. that copies the way a particular person speaks or behaves, or the way something is done, usually to entertain other people

5. Why don’t you get your homework ..............with so you can enjoy the rest of the evening? A. around B. over C. by D. away get sth over with=to do or finish an unpleasant but necessary piece of work or duty so that you do not have to worry about it in the future: 6. She hasn’t spoken German for over a year and I think she wants to blush.............. a few things. A. out in B. on with C. up on D. over on brush up (on) sth=to improve your knowledge of something already learned but partly forgotten: 7. I’d been cooped ..............in my office all morning so I went out for a walk and a spot of fresh air. A. over B. by C. down D. up cooped up=If you are cooped up somewhere, you are in a small closed space from which you cannot escape, or you feel as if you are: 8. As their bookshop wasn’t doing well, they decided to branch ..............and sell compact discs and cassettes as well. A. out B. over C. down on D. out for branch out=to start to do something different from what you usually do, especially in your job 9. The door burst open and his mother barged ............... “I thought so”, she said. “You’re not doing your homework.” A. into B. in C. on D. along barge in=to walk into a room quickly, without being invited 10. Polynesia. The very name conjures ..............images of sundrenched beaches and warm turquoise seas. A. out B. up C. over D. in conjure sth up=to make a picture or idea appear in someone's mind B. 1. C

2. A

3. B

4. B

5. C

6. D

7. B

8. C

9. D

10. B

1. In an exceptionally bitter election campaign, both candidates __________ and accused each other of corrupt practices. A. went overboard

B. went off the air

C. went for the jugular

D. went to pieces

go for the jugular: criticise or attack sb 2. I hate to be the one to __________, but things aren't as good as you think.

A. bring you to your senses

B. bring you down to earth

C. bring you down a peg or two

D. bring you into the world

bring sb down to earth: to help someone who is euphoric become more realistic 3. I don’t mind __________if you use my country house while I’m away. A. to say the least least

B. in the least

C. least of all

not in the least: not in any way 4. The doctor says if you keep taking these pills, you’ll be __________ in no time. A. null and void

B. up and about

C. spick and span

D. good and ready

up and about: feeling well enough to get out of bed and move around 5. Some doctors are confident that vaccines for COVID-19 will be available down the __________, but they also admit that they still have a long way to go. A. track

B. road

C. path

D. trail

down the road: in the future 6. Jenifer gave Fred the cold __________ because of the rumours he’s spreading about her. A. eye

B. look

C. shoulder

D. feet

give sb the cold shoulder: ignore ot reject sb 7. The weekend is over, so tomorrow morning it’s back to the________ . A. grind

B. labour

C. drudgery

D. toil

back to the grind: trở về với cuộc sống thường nhật 8. The project will be kept__________ until the new manager comes. A. in order B. off and on C. on ice D. off the peck Keep on ice: trì hoãn làm gì 9. To make a profit, we’ll have to add a few thousand new customers to our list, which is __________. A. a piece of cake B. out of order C. out of our depth D. a tall order Be a tall order: điều không thể làm được 10. . I'm afraid we got our ______crossed. I thought my husband would be picking up the children and he thought I was doing it.

A. wires B. purposes C. fingers get one’s wires crossed: hiểu sai mục đích Part 2:

Line 1 2 3 5 7 9 9 12 13 17

Mistakes

D. minds

Corrections

1. very -> a very 2. Therefore -> However 3. remember -> be remembered 4. rewarding -> awarding 5. Economy -> Economics 6. millions -> million 7. in -> on 8. is -> are 9. judges -> judges’ 10 scarce -> rare . Part 3. Fill each blank with ONE suitable word. (15pts) 1. everywhere 2. being 3. by 4. many 5. Other 6. which 7. seem 8. own 9. not 10. Into Part 4. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question A, B, C or D. (10pts) The US has refused to sign up to a G7 pledge that calls the Paris climate accord the “irreversible” global tool to address climate change. The G7 environment ministers issued a final repor tafter their two-day meeting in Bologna, the first since the US announced it was withdrawing from the Paris climate agreement. In a (51) ___________ to the G7 report, the US said on Monday it would not join with the other six countries in reaffirming their Paris (52) ___________, but said it was taking action on its own to reduce its carbon footprint. As a result, the US said it would not join those sections of the report on climate and multilateral development (53) _______________. The head of the US Environmental Protection Agency, Scott Pruitt,attended the first few hours of the(54) _________ on Sunday, but left to attend a(n) (55) ____________.meeting in Washington.Presenting the report, Italy’s environment minister, Gian Luca Galletti, called the Paris accord “irreversible,non-negotiable and the only instrument possible to (56) __________ climate change”. He said the other G7 countries hoped to continue constructive (57) _____________ with the US but insisted on the Paris (58) _____________. “Everything else for us is excluded,” he said.The 2015 Paris agreement aims to prevent the Earth from heating up by 2C since the start of the industrial (59) ____________ As the world has already warmed about 1.1C since the industrial revolution, the accord aims to ensure the (60) __________ is not breached with each nation curbing heat-trapping emissions. 51. A. foothold B. footnote C. footprint D. footage foothold a position from which you can start to make progress and achieve your aims footnote to sth a piece of additional information that is not very important but is interesting or helps you understand something

footprint mark made by a foot or shoe footage cinema film showing a particular event 52. A. promises B. endorsements C. commitments D. allegations endorsement a public statement or action showing that you support somebody/something commitment a promise to do something or to behave in a particular way allegation a statement that someone has done something wrong or illegal, but that has not been proved 53. A. banks B. piles C. heaps D. lumps 54. A. peaks B. summit C. climax D. pinnacle summitan important meeting or set of meetings between the leaders of several governments 55. A. cable B. cabinet C. cachet D. capsule cabinet the politicians with important positions in a government who meet to make decisions or advise the leader of the government cachet if something has cachet, people think it is very good or special 56. A. resist B. clash C. grapple D. combat grapple with to try hard to deal with or understand something difficult combat=tackle to try to stop something bad from happening or getting worse 57. A. conversation B. discussion C. dialogue D. consultation 58. A. criteria B. bounds C. conditions D. parameters bound: the limits of what is possible or acceptable parameter set of fixed limits that control the way that something should be done 59. A. age B. era C. time D. epoch 60. A. boundary B. frontier C. threshold D. standard boundary the limit of what is acceptable or thought to be possible the frontiers of knowledge/physics etc the limits of what is known about something threshold the level at which something starts to happen or have an effect

5. Read the following passage and choose the best answer. (15 points)

1. B

2. D

3. A

4. B

5. A

6. C

7. C

8. B

9. D

The advent of pottery in primitive human cultures around the world signified a milestone in human history. Sometimes referred to as the container revolution, pottery enabled primitive people to boil and steam food, which in turn allowed them to gain sustenance for new and more varied sources. Durable and watertight pottery containers

10. E

also allowed them to capture and store freshwater from rainfall or clean rivers and lakes. The earliest pottery has been traced back to a few civilizations that appear to have developed this advancement independent of each other. The oldest pottery known to historians comes from the Jomon people of Japan from around the year 10,500 B.C. Evidence of the independent development of pottery has also come from North Africa around 10,000 B.C. and from South America around 7,000 B.C. Collecting pottery shards has proven to be one of the best ways for archaeologists to identify the developmental levels of ancient cultures, especially the ones that were pre-literate and therefore unable to leave behind a recorded history. By digging up different shards from different stratum layers, archaeologists can easily date the stages of a culture’s development. They are able to do this by looking at the style and decoration of the pottery fragments. Furthermore, trace element analysis enables these researchers accurately to identify the source of the clay used to make the pottery. The early pottery was formed with a technique called handwork. Handworked pieces are constructed from clay that is rolled into long strands by hand and then coiled to form the body of the vessel. Each of these early pieces of pottery would have been one-of-a-kind due to the irregularity that is a characteristic of handwork. After these primitive pieces of pottery were shaped by hand, they would be fired in a primitive kiln, which would have resembled more of a wood fire. The next major development in pottery came about with the invention of the pottery wheel in Mesopotamia sometime between 6,000 and 2,400 B.C. This device revolutionized the production of pottery since it enabled potters to mass produce their work to meet the growing needs of the first cities in the world. The pottery wheel is a spinning turntable powered by a foot pedal that spins clay very quickly, allowing the potter to shape pottery with rotational symmetry. This results in a much more regular piece of pottery than handwork. [A] By 800 A.D., Muslim potters in Samarra and Baghdad began employing lead-based glazes further to finish their pottery. [B] This process of glazing came from the Romans, who had spread it around the Mediterranean and North Africa. [C] These potters also discovered the new forms of glazing as they attempted to imitate the

Chinese white ceramics that were popular at that time. [D] Although they were able closely to imitate the work of the Chinese, their experimentation also resulted in new methods of glazing that used tin oxide instead of lead. In order to harden pottery, it must be fired in a kiln which holds heat at very high temperatures. The Chinese developed an efficient wood-fired kiln very early in the history of pottery, called the anagama. This useful device was capable of sustaining the necessary temperatures without the use of coal and was soon adopted by the Koreans and Japanese as well. The modern era of pottery factories capable of truly large-scale mass production came about in 1785 with the English city of Stoke-on-Trent. This was one of the first industrial cities to make pottery manufacturing its primitive industry. The city was known to have more than 200 pottery manufacturers that employed upwards of 20,000 workers. This city is so famous for pottery that its nickname is “The Potteries”. 1. The word sustenance in the passage is closest in meaning to A. inspiration

B. nourishment

C. support

Instruction Sustenance =nourishment = nuôi dưỡng 2. According to the passage, evidence of the oldest pottery was found in which of the following areas? A. Mesopotamia

B. China

C. North Africa

Japan 2. Theo đoạn văn, bằng chứng về đồ gốm cổ nhất được tìm thấy ở khu vực nào sau đây? A. Lưỡng Hà B. Trung Quốc C. Bắc Phi D. Nhật Bản Clue: The oldest pottery known to historians comes from the Jomon people of Japan from around the year 10,500 B.C. Đồ gốm cổ nhất được các nhà sử học biết đến là của người Jomon của Nhật Bản vào khoảng năm 10.500 trước Công nguyên. 3. Which of the following best expresses the information in the underlined sentence? A. Pottery shards provide information about the cultures of prehistoric people. B. Early people recorded their history on pottery shards. C. Archaeologists study ancient cultures.

D. Pre-literate people tried to hide their pottery in underground strata. 3. Câu nào dưới đây diễn đạt đúng nhất thông tin trong câu gạch chân? A. Mảnh gốm cung cấp thông tin về nền văn hóa của người tiền sử. B. Người sơ khai đã ghi lại lịch sử của họ trên các mảnh gốm. C. Các nhà khảo cổ học nghiên cứu các nền văn hóa cổ đại. D. Những người biết chữ cố gắng giấu đồ gốm của họ trong các tầng ngầm. Clue: Collecting pottery shards has proven to be one of the best ways for archaeologists to identify the developmental levels of ancient cultures, especially the ones that were pre-literate and therefore unable to leave behind a recorded history Thu thập mảnh vỡ đồ gốm đã được chứng minh là một trong những cách tốt nhất để các nhà khảo cổ học xác định trình độ phát triển của các nền văn hóa cổ đại, đặc biệt là những nền văn hóa trước khi biết chữ và do đó không thể để lại lịch sử được ghi chép. 4. The author discusses handwork in paragraph 4 in order to A. show the regular patterns of early pottery B. distinguish it from later advances in pottery making C. explain that it was the best method for pottery making D. discuss the types of decoration used in early pottery 4. Tác giả thảo luận về công việc thủ công trong đoạn 4 để A. cho thấy các hoa văn thường xuyên của đồ gốm thời kỳ đầu B. phân biệt nó với những tiến bộ sau này trong nghề làm đồ gốm C. giải thích rằng đó là phương pháp tốt nhất để làm đồ gốm D. thảo luận về các kiểu trang trí được sử dụng trong đồ gốm thời kỳ đầu 5. Look at the four squares [ ] that indicate where the following sentence could be added to the passage. “ The introduction of glazes contributed to the quality of the vessels.” Where would the sentence best fit? Nhìn vào bốn ô vuông [] cho biết vị trí có thể thêm câu sau vào đoạn văn. "Sự ra đời của men đã góp phần vào chất lượng của các tàu." Câu nào phù hợp nhất ở đâu? Clue: [A] By 800 A.D., Muslim potters in Samarra and Baghdad began employing lead-based glazes further to finish their pottery.

[A] Đến năm 800 sau Công nguyên, những người thợ gốm Hồi giáo ở Samarra và Baghdad bắt đầu sử dụng thêm men tráng chì để hoàn thiện đồ gốm của họ. 6. The word imitate in the passage is closest in meaning to A. use

B. make

C. copy

D. shape

Imitate=copy= sao chép 7. According to paragraph 5, the significance of the invention of the pottery wheel was that A. it allowed each piece to be unique B. it encouraged artists to paint scenes on pottery C. it enabled potters to mass produce their works D. it inspired many more people to become potters Theo đoạn 5, tầm quan trọng của việc phát minh ra bánh xe gốm là A. nó cho phép mỗi phần là duy nhất B. nó khuyến khích các nghệ sĩ vẽ cảnh trên đồ gốm C. nó cho phép thợ gốm sản xuất hàng loạt tác phẩm của họ D. nó đã truyền cảm hứng cho nhiều người trở thành thợ gốm Clue; This device revolutionized the production of pottery since it enabled potters to mass produce their work to meet the growing needs of the first cities in the world Thiết bị này đã cách mạng hóa việc sản xuất đồ gốm vì nó cho phép thợ gốm sản xuất hàng loạt tác phẩm của họ để đáp ứng nhu cầu ngày càng tăng của các thành phố đầu tiên trên thế giới. 8-9-10. Choose three from seven answer choices to describe the Wood-fired Kiln: A. It led to the mass production of pottery. B. It was invented by the Chinese. C. It originated in the Roman Empire. D. It hardened the pottery. E. It did not use coal. F. It used tin oxide to finish the pottery. G. It helped shape the pottery evenly. Clue: These potters also discovered the new forms of glazing as they attempted to imitate the Chinese white ceramics that were popular at that time

The Chinese developed an efficient wood-fired kiln very early in the history of pottery, called the anagama. => B In order to harden pottery, it must be fired in a kiln which holds heat at very high temperatures.=> D This useful device was capable of sustaining the necessary temperatures without the use of coal and was soon adopted by the Koreans and Japanese as well.=> E 6. Read the passage and do the tasks that follow. (15 points) a. Choose the most suitable heading for each paragraph from the list of headings below. 1. Paragraph A: vi 2. Paragraph B: xi 3. Paragraph C: xiii 4. Paragraph D: vii 5. Paragraph E: iv 6. Paragraph F: v 7. Paragraph G: viii b. Complete the sentences below. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS from the passage for each blank space. 8. skeletal anatomy 9. eosuchians 10. two long bones

x. Frills and shelves xi. The origins of dinosaurs and lizards xii. Bird-hipped dinosaurs xiii. Skull bones distinguish dinosaurs from other archosaurs Example: Paragraph H: x What is a dinosaur?

Although the name dinosaur is derived from the Greek for “terrible lizard”, dinosaurs were not, in fact, lizards at all. Like lizards, dinosaurs are included in the class Reptilia, or reptiles, one of the five main classes of Vertebrata, animals with backbones. However, at the next level of classification, within reptiles, significant differences in the skeletal anatomy of lizards and dinosaurs have led scientists to place these groups of animals into two different superorders: Lepidosauria, or lepidosaurs, and Archosauria, or archosaurs. Tuy nhiên, ở cấp độ phân loại tiếp theo, đối với loài bò sát, sự khác biệt đáng kể trong giải phẫu bộ xương của thằn lằn và khủng long đã khiến các nhà khoa học xếp các nhóm động vật này thành hai bậc thượng đẳng khác nhau: Lepidosauria, hoặc lepidosaurs, và Archosauria, hoặc archosaurs.  Thằn lằn và khủng long - hai liên bộ khác biệt

Classified as lepidosaurs are lizards and snakes and their prehistoric ancestors. Included among the archosaurs, or “ruling reptiles”, are prehistoric and modern crocodiles, and the now extinct thecodonts, pterosaurs and dinosaurs. Palaeontologists believe that both dinosaurs and crocodiles evolved, in the later years of the Triassic Period (c. 248-208 million years ago), from creatures called pseudosuchian thecodonts. Lizards, snakes and different types of thecodonts are believed to have evolved earlier in the Triassic Period from reptiles known as eosuchians. Các nhà cổ sinh vật học tin rằng cả khủng long và cá sấu đều tiến hóa trong những năm cuối của Kỷ Trias (khoảng 248-208 triệu năm trước), từ những sinh vật được gọi là cá sấu pseudosuchian. Thằn lằn, rắn và các loại cá sấu khác nhau được cho là đã tiến hóa sớm hơn trong Kỷ Trias từ loài bò sát được gọi là eosuchians.  Nguồn gốc của khủng long và thằn lằn

The most important skeletal differences between dinosaurs and other archosaurs

are in the bones of the skull, pelvis and limbs. Dinosaurs skulls are found in a great range of shapes and sizes, reflecting the different eating habits and lifestyles of a large and varied group of animals that dominated life on Earth for an extraordinary 165 million years. However, unlike the skulls of any other known animals, the skulls of dinosaurs had two long bones known as vomers Sự khác biệt về bộ xương quan trọng nhất giữa khủng long và các loài archosaurs khác là ở xương hộp sọ, xương chậu và các chi. Hộp sọ khủng long được tìm thấy với rất nhiều hình dạng và kích thước, phản ánh thói quen ăn uống và lối sống khác nhau của một nhóm động vật lớn và đa dạng đã thống trị sự sống trên Trái đất trong 165 triệu năm. Tuy nhiên, không giống như hộp sọ của bất kỳ loài động vật nào khác, hộp sọ của khủng long có hai xương dài được gọi là vomers . These bones extended on either side of the head, from the front of the snout to the level of the holes in the skull known as the antorbital fenetra, situated in front of the dinosaur’s orbits or eyesockets.  Xương sọ phân biệt khủng long với các loài archosaurs khác D

All dinosaurs, whether large or small, quadrupedal or bipedal, fleet-footed or slow-moving, shared a common body plan. Identification of this plan makes it possible to differentiate dinosaurs from any other types of animal, even other archosaurs. Most significantly, in dinosaurs, the pelvis and femur had evolved so that the hind limbs were held vertically beneath the body, rather than sprawling out to the sides like the limbs of a lizards. The femur of a dinosaurs had a sharply in-turned neck and a ball-shaped head, which slotted into a fully open acetabulum or hip socket. A supra-acetabular crest helped prevent dislocation of the femur. The position of the knee joint, aligned below the acetabulum, made it possible for the whole hind limb to swing backwards and forwards. This unique combination of features gave dinosaurs what is known as a “fully improved gait”. Evolution of this highly efficient method of walking also developed in mammals, but among reptiles it occurred only in dinosaurs.  Cấu hình cơ thể độc đáo giúp xác định khủng long từ các loài động vật khác

For the purpose of further classification, dinosaurs are divided into two orders: Saurischia, or saurischian dinosaurs, and Ornithischia, or ornithischian

dinosaurs. This division is made on the basis of their pelvic anatomy Với mục đích phân loại sâu hơn, khủng long được chia thành hai thứ tự: Saurischia, hoặc khủng long saurischian, và Ornithischia, hoặc khủng long ornithischian. Sự phân chia này được thực hiện trên cơ sở giải phẫu vùng chậu của chúng. . All dinosaurs had a pelvic girdle with each side comprised of three bones: the pubis, ilium and ischium. However, the orientation of these bones follows one of two patterns. In saurischian dinosaurs, also known as lizard-hipped dinosaurs, the pubis points forwards, as is usual in most types of reptile. By contrast, in ornisthichian, or bird-hipped, dinosaurs, the pubis points backwards towards the rear of the animal, which is also true of birds.  Phân loại theo giải phẫu vùng chậu F

phân:

Therapoda,

hoặc

trị

liệu,

và

Sauropodomorpha,

hoặc

sauropodomorphs. The therapods, or “beast feet”, were bipedal, predatory carnivores. They ranged in size from the mighty Tyrannosaurus rex, 12m long, 5.6m tall and weighing an estimated 6.4 tonnes, to the smallest known dinosaur, Compsognathus, a mere 1.4m long and estimated 3kg in weight when fully grown. The sauropodomorphs, or “lizard feet forms”, included both bipedal and quadrupedal

dinosaurs.

Some

sauropodomorphs

were

carnivorous

omnivorous but later species were typically herbivorous. They included some of the largest and best-known of all dinosaurs, such as Diplodocus, a huge quadruped with an elephant-like body, a long, thin tail and neck that gave it a total length of 27m, and a tiny head.  v. Các phân bộ của Saurischia G

Ornithischian dinosaurs were bipedal or quadrupedal herbivores. They are now usually

divided into

three suborders:

Ornithipoda, Thyreophora

and

Marginocephalia. Khủng long Ornithischian là động vật ăn cỏ hai chân hoặc bốn chân. Hiện nay chúng thường được chia thành ba phân bộ: Ornithipoda,

Thyreophora và Marginocephalia. The ornithopods, or :bird feet”, both large and small, could walk or run on their long hind legs, balancing their bidy by holding their tails stiffly off the ground behind them. An example is Iguanodon, up to 9m long, 5m tall and weighing 4.5 tonnes. The thyreophorans, or “shield bearers”, also known as armoured dinosaurs, were quadrupeds with rows of protective bony spikes, studs, or plates along their backs and tails. They included Stegosaurus, 9m long and weighing 2 tonnes.  Khủng long ăn cỏ H

7. You are going to read an article about great tennis players. For questions 1–10, choose from the people (A-D). The people may be chosen more than once. (10 points) 47 C. In the second sentence a comparison between book and films or movies is made, with the former giving a certain degree of control of how we see things presented to us. 48 B. Giving examples of Tolstoy, Proust and Hardy, the author admits to having incomplete knowledge of the matter. 49 D. Middle of the paragraph quotes a well-known writer, who warns people against not reading as it leads to poor imagination and narrower outlook on life. 50 C. The author uses the word ‘assessors’, or those who evaluate the quality of (in this case) works of literature. Their perception of quality changes with the time period they come from. 51 A. The word ‘escapism’ is used to justify picking a generic novel over an acclaimed masterpiece at the beginning of this paragraph. 52 B. Second half of Paragraph B goes: ‘A work of fiction can always be fine-tuned …’. 53 D. First two sentences of Paragraph D bring claim there is nothing bad about preferring a certain genre or author at any given period of a person’s life.

54 B. Second sentence dismisses the notion of you having to put yourself under pressure to finish ‘a classic’. 55 C. The author of this paragraph shares Albert Camus’ opinion on why literature and reading are so appealing. 56 B. Last sentence of the paragraph claims ‘trashy romances’ to be of less value that one work of classics, defending their opinion by ‘I’m going to go ahead and say it’s so anyway’. Part 8 1,It wasn’t until sometime later that it dawned on me the full implications of what had happened It dawns on sb =enter one’s head=occur to sb=cross one’s mind: chợt nảy ra,nghĩ ra điều gì 2,Mary must taken offence at my comments because she is giving me a cold shoulder Take offence at : tức giận,bực mình,phật ý về điều gì Give sb a cold shoulder = tỏ thái độ lạnh nhạt hay coi thường người khác. 3,The children are under a cloud because of their bad behaviour Be under a cloud = mọi người nghĩ họ đã làm gì sai hoặc dính líu đến việc gì đó trái pháp luật. 4,The police left no stone unturned in their attempt to find the boy’s parents Leave no stone unturned =nỗ lực làm gì 5,he gave every indication of going to any lengths to obtain the contract Go to great lengths=pull one’s sock up : cố gắng,nỗ lực làm gì 6, Nowadays I don’t set/lay/put(nearly) as much store by casual friendship as i used to set/put/lay (great) store by/on something: think that something is very important 7, That her colleagues were openly hostile towards her proposal was beyond comprehension 8, Exulting in/over his opponents’s misfortunes is the last thing on a real sportman’s mind Last thing on your mind" = điều cuối cùng ở trong đầu -> nghĩa là điều không quan trọng, không đáng để quan tâm vì còn nhiều thứ khác quan trọng hơn. 9,Had the quirks of the antiques business not been beyond my ken, I could have given you advice beyond my ken: Advanced beyond one's ability to understand or make sense of the subject matter or task at hand. 10, The government’s immigration policy come up for review next April Come up for : reach the time at which something should happen

Test 8 Phần 1 Part 1. For questions 1 – 5, you will hear the beginning of a radio interview with Stephen Perrins, a composer of musicals. Listen and indicate the most appropriate response, A, B, C, or D. 1. The light songs Stephen wrote at college weren’t published because _______. A. he couldn’t interest a publisher in them B. he was afraid of people’s reactions C. his family advised him against it D. he didn’t think they would sell 2. Stephen and Jenny’s original reason for writing Goldringer was that_______. A. they wanted to include it in their college show B. it was commissioned for a school concert C. they wanted to find out if they were able to do so D. a music publisher asked them to write a musical 3. Stephen prefers not to write the lyrics for his shows because he _______. A. would rather work with someone else B. finds it difficult to write them C. thinks they are of poor quality D. is only interested in writing music 4. Stephen’s purpose in mentioning Helen Downes is to convince listeners that _______. A. he has strong views about productions of his musicals B. Helen Downes was an unsuitable director C. the design for a particular show was of too low a standard D. the director has ultimate responsibility for a production 5. Stephen claims that reason why some newspapers criticize him is that _______. A. they think he is conceited B. they don’t like his music C. he isn’t interested in publicity

D. he tries to control his public image Part 2. For questions 6 - 10, you will hear a conversation. Decide whether the following statements are true or not by writing: T

for a statement which is true;

for the statement which is false;

if the information is not given.

6. Napoleon controlled all of Europe at one time. 7. Austria and Russia fought fiercely against Napoleon, but England did not. 8. Napoleon lost most of his soldiers when he attacked England. 9. Napoleon died before he reached the age of fifty-two. 10. He was married when he was very young. Part 3. For questions 16 - 25, listen to a piece of VOA news about Croatia Voters Back Same – Sex Marriage Ban and fill in the missing information. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS taken from the recording for each answer in the spaces provided. Government proposals to (16)______________________ rights for same-sex couples prompted the petition. Around (17)________________________ of a million people signed it – out of a total population of just over 4 million. The Catholic Church is a (18)_____________________ of Croat identity – and many people are (19)________________________. The referendum is an enormous (20)________________________ for Croatia’s government. It tried – and failed – (21)______________________ the vote through the courts. Success is (22)________________________. Croatia appeared to be moving in (23)__________________ to other western Balkan countries (24)_____________________ the EU in July. Now, like its neighbours, Serbia and Montenegro, it has (25)_______________________ on the same-sex marriage. Phần 2 Part 1: 3. PHRASAL VERBS AND PREPOSITIONS (5.0 pts) Choose the best options to complete the following sentences.

1. Towards the end of the film Thelma and Louise, a large truck is _____ by the main characters when they shoot its tank, which is full of oil. A. shot off B. struck in C. poured out D. blown up 2. In the novella, Hadji Murat is an important figure among the Chechens, but he _____ the main leader Sheikh Shamil following an argument. A. sets apart from B. falls out with C. cuts back on D. keeps out of 3. I thought the movie was going to an end, but it just _____. A. dragged in B. dragged on C. dragged into D. dragged up 4. When he saw her with John, Jack _____ anger. A. showed up B. bristled with C. pricked with D. brushed with 5. Ben’s so unlucky in love. Why does he _____ the type of woman who brings trouble? A. fall for B. catch on C. put before D. set out 6. My father decides to apprentice me _____ a lawyer although I don’t agree. A. with B. to C. for D. into 7. China, which has been producing cars _____ joint ventures with foreign partners, is now launching its own brand _____ the global market. A. through – on B. to – along C. of – throughout D. among – for 8. I muddled _____ the jigsaw pieces and the children did the puzzle again. A. up B. off C. over D. for 9. We flicked _____ a few magazines while we waited in the doctor’s waiting room. A. through B. on C. at D. over 10. Karen was terribly nervous before the interview but she managed to pull herself _____ and act confidently. A. through B. over C. together D. off B. COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS (5.0 pts) 1. If you want a flat in the centre of the city, you have to pay through the _____ for it. A. teeth B. head C. nose D. arm 2. I like my new job; the only fly in the _____ is the fact that I have to work every other weekend. A. fat B. porridge C. soup D. ointment 3. I caught the last bus by the skin of my_____. A. mouth B. leg C. neck D. teeth 4. Since he started his own business, he has been making money hand over_____. A. fist B. heel C. head D. palm 5. He was wearing very shabby, dirty clothes and looked very _____. A. easy-going B. down to teeth C. out of shape D. down at heel 6. I’m afraid you’ve caught me on the _____. I wasn’t expecting you until this afternoon. A. stove B. grapevine C. spot D. hop 7. The escaped prisoner fought _____ before he was finally overpowered. A. head over heels B. tooth and nail C. heart and soul D. foot and mouth 8. I didn’t suspect anything at first, but when I noticed her going through the office drawers I began to smell _____.

A. a rat

B. a pig

C. a thief

D. a

culprit 9. Nagging Susan to stop smoking has no effect on her. It’s like water off _____. A. a windmill B. a duck’s back C. a dripping tap D. an umbrella 10. I hope the computer course starts this term. We’re all as keen as _____ to get going. A. coffee B. mustard C. a gigolo D. cornflakes

Part 2: The passage below contains TEN mistakes. Underline the mistakes and provide the corrections in the spaces below. (10p) Human memory happens in many parts of the brain in once, and some types of memories stick around longer than other. It was formally believed to be rather inefficient, however, it is really more sophisticated than that of a computer. Researchers approached the problem from a variety of point of view have all concluded that there is a great deal more store in our minds than has been generally supposed. Dr. Wilder Penfield, a Canadian neurosurgeon, proved that by stimulating their brains electrically he could elicit the total recall of specific events in his subjects’ life. The memory trace is the term for whatever is the internal representation of the specific information about the event stored in the memory. Assumed to have been done by structural changes in the brain, the memory trace is not subject for direct observation but is rather a theoretical construct that we use to speculate about how information presented at a later time. Almost theories include the strength of the memory trace as a variable in the degree of learning, retention, and retrieval possible for a memory. One theory is that it is the result of an limited combination of interconnections between brain information that support recall. Or, to put it other way, improved performance is the result of strengthening the chemical bond in the memory.

Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 4 Line 5 Line 6 Line 7 Line 8 Line 9 Line 10 Line 11 Line 12 Line 13 Line 14 Line 15

Example: 0. Line 1: in => at Your answers:

Lines 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Mistake and correction

Line 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Mistake and correction

Part 3: . From the words listed below, choose the one which best fits the space, A, B, C or D. The knowledge and eloquence that people (1)…through traveling is usually perceived as the best (2)…in life. It is the inquisitive human nature that (3)…people to seek (4)… experiences and to set out on an exploration trip. Those who travel frequently and to (5) ...places benefit from establishing new relationships and (6)…a better knowledge about other cultures and lifestyles. However, there is a (7)…of truth in the assumption that people are prone to (8)….clichés and unfounded prejudices about other nations and their characteristics. Sometimes, it is only the first-hand encounter that can help change the (9)...towards the so-called ‘inferior communities’. This direct contact with a different civilization enables travellers to (10)…their baseless assumptions and get acquainted with the real concept of life in all four corners of the globe. Beyond question, traveling facilities friendship and makes it easier for many individuals to acknowledge the true value of different traditions and customs. Yet, it does not always mean enjoyment. It may also involve coming close with the atrocities of real existence as well as becoming aware of the challenges and hardships that other people have to struggle with. Hence, a true voyage is the one with a good deal of experience to reminisce about, very often combined with exposure to abhorrent sights and incredible ordeals. The learning to be complete, thus, requires an ability to observe and analyse the surroundings, both their glamour and brutality. 1. A purchase B exact

C gain

D nurture

2. A completion

B fulfillment C conclusion

3. A impels

B involves

C entails

D pursues

4. A thriving

B throbbing

C thwarting

D thrilling

5. A reverse

B averse

C diverse

D converse

6. A acquiringB educating

D resolution

C learning

D exacting

7. A speck

B grain

C scrap

D tip

8. A persevering

B cherishing

C indulging

D persisting

9. A prejudiceB manner 10. A drop

C outlook

B cease

D approach

C fail

D quit

Your answers

10.

Part 4. For questions 1–10, fill each of the following numbered spaces with ONE suitable word and write your answers in the corresponding boxes provided below the passage. Over the last hundred years, much of the art of using herbs in cooking and medicine has been lost, especially in industrialised societies. Until recently, few people in the crowded cities had the space to grow plants or vegetables, and so (1) _______ in the country did knowledge of herbs linger on. (2) _______ the advent of refrigeration, however, which meant that the strong smell of old meat no longer had to be disguised, and the appearance of packaged food and easily-available medicines, the growing of herbs declined rapidly. Nowadays, there is hardly anyone who does not have a small patch of garden, or a (3)_______ sill or balcony or balcony large enough for a pot or two of herbs. These facts, (4)_______ with the beginnings of a revolt (5) _______ standardised foods and perhaps also a mistrust of the (6) ________ effects of some of today's medicines, mean that herbs have taken (7) _______ a new popularity. The culinary uses of herbs are endless and they can be used (8) _____ good effect all year round, in dried form or cut fresh. (9) ______ aids to beauty and for medicinal (10) ______, there is now a vast range of available. Herbs are for all occasions and all seasons. Your answers 1.

10.

Part 5: 1 PART 3. Read the following passage and choose the best answer. (10pts) Large animals that inhabit the desert have evolved a number of adaptations for reducing the effects of extreme heat. One adaptation is to be light in color, and to reflect rather than absorb the Sun's rays. Desert mammals also depart from the normal mammalian practice of maintaining a constant body temperature. Instead of trying to keep down the body temperature deep inside the body, which would involve the expenditure of water and energy, desert mammals allow their temperatures to rise to what would normally be fever height, and temperatures as high as 46 degrees Celsius have been measured in Grant's gazelles. The overheated body then cools down during the cold desert night, and indeed the temperature may fall unusually low by dawn, as

low as 34 degrees Celsius in the camel. This is an advantage since the heat of the first few hours of daylight is absorbed in warming up the body, and an excessive buildup of heat does not begin until well into the day. Another strategy of large desert animals is to tolerate the loss of body water to a point that would be fatal for non-adapted animals. The camel can lose up to 30 percent of its body weight as water without harm to itself, whereas human beings die after losing only 12 to 13 percent of their body weight. An equally important adaptation is the ability to replenish this water loss at one drink. Desert animals can drink prodigious volumes in a short time, and camels have been known to imbibe over 100 liters in a few minutes. A very dehydrated person, on the other hand, cannot drink enough water to rehydrate at one session, because the human stomach is not sufficiently big and because a too rapid dilution of the body fluids causes death from water intoxication. The tolerance of water loss is of obvious advantage in the desert, as animals do not have to remain near a water hole but can obtain food from grazing sparse and far-flung pastures. Desert-adapted mammals have the further ability to feed normally when extremely dehydrated, it is a common experience in people that appetite is lost even under conditions of moderate thirst. 1. What is the main topic of the passage? A. Weather variations in the desert. B. Adaptations of desert animals. C. Diseased of desert animals. D. Human use of desert animals. 2. According to the passage, why is light coloring an advantage to large desert animals? A. It helps them hide from predators. B. It does not absorb sunlight as much as dark colors. C. It helps them see their young at night. D. It keeps them cool at night. 3. The word "maintaining" is closest in meaning to _________. A. measuring B. inheriting C. preserving D. delaying 4. The author uses of Grant's gazelle as an example of A. an animal with a low average temperature B. an animal that is not as well adapted as the camel C. a desert animal that can withstand high body temperatures D. a desert animal with a constant body temperature 5. When is the internal temperature of a large desert mammal lower? A. Just before sunrise B. In the middle of the day C. Just after sunset D. Just after drinking 6. The word "tolerate" is closest in meaning to _________. A. endure B. replace C. compensate D. reduce 7. What causes water intoxication? A. Drinking too much water very quickly. B. Drinking polluted water. C. Bacteria in water. D. Lack of water. 8. Why does the author mention humans in the second paragraph? A. To show how they use camels. B. To contrast them to desert mammals. C. To give instructions about desert survival. D. To show how they have adapted to desert life. 9. The word "obtain" is closest in meaning to _________.

A. digest B. carry C. save D. get 10. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as an adaptation of large desert animals? A. Variation in body temperatures. B. Eating while dehydrated. C. Drinking water quickly. D. Being active at night. Your answers

10.

PART 4. (20pts) Part V. Read the following passage. Choose the correct heading for paragraphs A-G from the list of headings below. Write the correct number, i- ix, in blanks. i.

List of headings The reaction of the Inuit community to climate change

ii.

Understanding of climate change remains limited

iii.

Alternative sources of essential supplies

iv.

Respect for Inuit opinion grows

A healthier choice of food

vi.

A difficult landscape

vii.

Negative effects on well-being

viii.

Alarm caused by unprecedented events in the Arctic

ix.

The benefits of an easier existence

Paragraph A: viii 1. Paragraph B 4. Paragraph E Your answers 1.

2. Paragraph C 5. Paragraph F 2.

3. Paragraph D

Climate Change and the Inuit A. Unusual incidents are being reported across the Arctic. Inuit families going off on snowmobiles to prepare their summer hunting camps have found themselves cut off from home by a sea of mud, following early thaws. There are reports of igloos losing their insulating properties as the snow drips and refreezes, of lakes draining into the sea as permafrost melts, and sea ice breaking up earlier than usual, carrying seals beyond the reach of hunters. Climate change may still be, a rather abstract idea to most of us, but in the Arctic it is already having dramatic effects – if summertime ice continues to shrink at its present rate, the Arctic

Ocean could soon become virtually ice-free in summer. The knock-on effects are likely to include more warning, cloudier skies, increased precipitation and higher sea levels. Scientists are increasingly keen to find out what’s going on because they consider the Artic the ‘canary in the mine’ for global warming – a warning of what’s in store for the rest of the world. B. For the Inuit the problem is urgent. They live in precarious balance with one of the toughest environments on earth. Climate change, whatever its causes, is a direct threat to their way of life. Nobody knows the Artic as well as the locals, which is why they are not content simply to stand back and let outside experts tell them what’s happening. In Canada, where the Inuit people are jealously guarding their hand-won autonomy in the country’s newest territory, Nunavut, they believe their best hope of survival in this changing environment lies in combining their ancestral knowledge with the best of modern science. This is a challenge in itself. C. The Canadian Arctic is a vast, treeless polar desert that’s covered with snow for most of the year. Venture into this terrain and you get some idea of the hardships facing anyone who calls this home. Farming is out of the question and nature offers meager pickings. Humans first settled in the Arctic a mere 4,500 years ago, surviving by exploiting sea mammals and fish. The environment tested them to the limits: sometimes the colonists were successful, sometimes they failed and vanished. But around a thousand years ago, one group emerged that was uniquely well adapted to cope with the Arctic environment. These Thule people moved in from Alaska, bringing kayaks, sleds, dogs, pottery and iron tools. They are the ancestors of today’s Inuit people. D. Life for the descendants of the Thule people is still harsh. Nunavut is 1.9 million square kilometers of rock and ice, and a handful of islands around the North Pole. It’s currently home to 2,500 people, all but a handful of them indigenous Inuit. Over the past 40 years, most have abandoned their nomadic ways and settled in the territory’s 28 isolated communities, but they still rely on nature to provide food and clothing. Provisions available in local shops have to be flown into Nunavut on one of the most costly air networks in the world, or brought by supply ship during the few ice-free weeks of summer. It would cost a family around £ 7,000 a year to replace meat they obtained themselves through hunting with imported meat. Economic opportunities are scarce, and for many people state benefits are their only income. E. While the Inuit may not actually starve if hunting and trapping are curtailed by climate change, there has certainly been an impact on people’s health. Obesity, heart disease and diabetes are beginning to appear in a people for whom these have never before been problems. There has been a crisis of identity as the traditional skills of hunting, trapping and preparing skins have begun to

disappear. In Nunavut‘s ‘igloo and email’ society, where adults who were born in igloos have children who may never have been out on the land, there‘s high incidence of depression. F. With so much at stake, the Inuit are determined to play a key role in teasing out the mysteries of climate change in the Arctic. Having survived there for centuries, they believe their wealth of traditional knowledge is vital to the task. And Western scientists are starting to draw on this wisdom, increasingly referred to as ‘Inuit Qaujimajatuqangit’, or IQ. ‘In the early days scientists ignored us when they came up here to study anything. They just figured these people don’t know very much so we won’t ask them,’ says John Amagoalik, an Inuit leader and politician. ‘ But in recent years IQ has had much more credibility and weight.’ In fact it is now a requirement for anyone hoping to get permission to do research that they consult the communities, who are helping to set the research agenda to reflect their most important concerns. They can turn down applications from scientists they believe will work against their interests, or research projects that will impinge too much on their daily lives and traditional activities. G. Some scientists doubt the value of traditional knowledge because the occupation of the Arctic doesn’t go back far enough. Others, however, point out that the first weather stations in the far north date back just 50 years. There are still huge gaps in our environmental knowledge, and despite the scientific onslaught, many predictions are no more than best guesses. IQ could help to bridge the gap and resolve the tremendous uncertainty about how much of what we’re seeing is natural capriciousness and how much is the consequence of human activity. Questions 6-10: Choose no more than two words from paragraphs C and D to complete their following summary. If you visit the Canadian Arctic, you immediately appreciate the problems faced by people for whom this is home. It would clearly be impossible for the people to engage in farming as a means of supporting themselves. For thousands of years they have had to rely on catching (6)…………………….and fish as a means of sustenance. The harsh surroundings saw many who tried to settle there pushed to their limits, although some were successful. The Inuit people were an example of the latter and for them the environment did not prove unmanageable. For the present inhabitants, life continues to be a struggle. The territory of Nunavut consists of little more than ice, rock and a few (7)………………….. .In recent years, many of them have been obliged to give up their (8)………………….lifestyle, but they continue to depend mainly on (9) ………………….. for their food and clothes. (10)……………..produce is particularly expensive Your answers 6.

10.

Part 7: You are going to read an article in which four young people say how they deal with the everyday stress in their lives. For questions 1-10 below the text, choose from the people (A-D). Mark your answers on the separate answer sheet. (10 pts) Beating Stress A. School student Ester Montoya knows she has to improve her marks in her main subjects. She’s trying hard but it’s not easy and sometimes she feels she’s doing too much work. ‘I have to get away from it now and then,’ she says, ‘so recently I’ve joined a local youth theatre group. It really helps because it takes my mind off everything, it’s a kind of escape from reality. Also I’m meeting other people of my own age and I’m hoping to make some friends there. Apart from that I suppose there’s TV, but there’s not a lot on. I’ve read that laughing can be very relaxing, but I’m afraid none of the comedy series they’re showing right now is worth watching. Something I’ve been meaning to try, though, is work helping others, perhaps old people. A friend of mine does it, and she says it really makes a difference – both to them and to her.’ B. For seventeen-year-old Steve Ellison, life if particularly busy right now. He’s revising for some important exams but he still manages to find time for his favourite free-time activities, which include long-distance running. ‘It’s funny,’ he says, ‘I only took to it recently when I found it helped me wind down, because at school I never looked forward to those cross-country runs we had to do every Monday morning. Yet nowadays I run a lot at weekends, and I do some voluntary work with local kids at the sports centre.’ As well as doing plenty of exercise, he also tries to maintain a healthy diet. ‘I’ve told myself I must always eat a variety of healthy food, with lots of fruit and green vegetables, though if I’m out with my mates I may give in to temptation and have a burger and chips. I never drink coffee, though, because it makes you talk and act nervously, and it keeps you awake at night, too, which is bad for your stress level.’ C. First-year university student Amelie Lefevre believes that the best way to beat stress is to organize your life more sensibly. ‘My life used to be pretty chaotic, there always seemed to be so much to do, often jobs that other people should have been doing. So what I eventually learned to do was to say no, politely, to extra work. That helped, as did making a list of priorities for each day, with some things scheduled for today, others for tomorrow and some that could be postponed for longer. I also make rules for myself about meal times, and the amount of sleep I need. There was a time when I was

staying up until all hours, but I was exhausted the next day so I don’t do that any more. I think I manage my time quite well now, but nobody’s perfect and occasionally I still oversleep and turn up late for lectures!’ D. Student Ndali Traore likes to get up early so he has a relaxed start to the day. ‘I hate leaving jobs till the last minute, and I always try to do those I like least first,’ he says. ‘These days I always listen to music while I’m working,’ he adds, ‘whereas a couple of years ago I found it annoying – it always seemed to spoil my concentration.’ When he has some free time, he goes to the cinema, or out with friends. ‘If something’s bothering me,’ he says, ‘I often find that just talking to them about it helps. Particularly, if you can make a joke about it, because it always seems a lot less serious when you do that.’ If he’s on his own, he has a special way of dealing with stress: ‘I try to relive occasions when I was really relaxed, such as spending the day by a beautiful lake in the sunshine. That often works,’ he says. Which person 1. regularly does a job without getting paid? 2. no longer agrees to do things they don’t want to do? 3. tries to see the funny side of things that are worrying them? 4. accepts that they sometimes make mistakes? 5. prefers to do unpleasant jobs as soon as possible? 6. is not doing as well in their studies as they would like? 7. likes to tell friends about their problems? 8. sometimes breaks their own rules about eating when they are not alone? 9. finds that acting makes them feel better? 10. likes to think back to times when they felt less stressed? Your answers 1.

10.

Part 8: 11. A new flu vaccine has been on trial since the beginning of the year. ➔ They ______________________________________________________________________ _. 12. The teacher has terrified his students by using draconian disciplinary measures. [dint] ➔ The teacher, ____________________________________________________________ heart. 13. Although it was initially regarded as an underdog, Leicester became champion of the 2014 –2015 Premier League. [rank / crowned] ➔ Initially ______________________________________________________________________ . 14. No matter how you consider it, a lot of people will be unhappy when the winner is announced. [slice] ➔ Any __________________________ there _________________________________________. 15. Tom has determined to quit his job and travel around the world. [jacking] ➔ Tom has set _________________________________________________________________. 16. The figures have proved rumours about the company’s failure to be untrue. [lie] ➔ The figures _____________________________________________________________ rocks. 17. It is urgent that the new principal strictly deal with school violence at once. [line] ➔ The new principal will have to _______________________________________________ away. 18. Donald Trump’s pledge to rip up existing trade deals with Mexico would substantially damage the US economy. [which / inflict] ➔ Donald Trump has ____________________________________________________________. 19. During pioneer days a lot of land in the United States was widely available. [grabs] ➔ ______________________________________________________________________ _____. 20. Harry was blind drunk, so he wasn’t in a suitable condition to drive. [state] ➔ Harry wasn’t ____________________________________________________________ many. KEY Phần 1 Part 1.

1. B Part 2.

2. C

3. A

4. D

5. C

6. F

7. F

8. F

9. T

10. N

Part 3. 11. (in) groups

12. every 2 days

13. 2 weeks

14. confident

15. education sy

Part 4.

16. formalise

17. three-quarters

18. key part

19. socially conse

20. embarrassment

21. to block

22. a relative concept

23. different direc

24. when it joined

25. a constitutional ban

Part 1. For questions 1 – 5, you will hear the beginning of a radio interview with Stephen Perrins, a composer of musicals. Listen and indicate the most appropriate response, A, B, C, or D.

Interviewer:

My guest today started out in the world of serious music and showed great promise as an avant garde composer, but he made the surprising leap into the world of the musical theatre. Welcome, Stephen Perrins.

Stephen Perrins:

Thank you.

Interviewer:

Stephen, what made you change from serious music to musicals?

Stephen Perrins:

Well, my parents were both professors of music, so I dutifully went to music college, studied composition, and wrote rather inaccessible music. But I suppose really my heart’s always been in the theatre, and I soon found myself writing songs in secret, drawing my inspiration from musicals.

Interviewer:

Did you try to get them published?

Stephen Perrins:

No, for a long time I kept them to myself, even though I thought they were commercial. I suppose I had something of an inferiority complex about them, because they were a bit slushy, and I was sure my family and college would think they were below me.

Interviewer:

So what happened?

Stephen Perrins:

Well, we had a very light-hearted end-of-year show at college, and I decided, more or less on impulse, to sing one of my songs, because it happened to fit rather neatly into a sketch that Jenny Fisher and I wrote, which was a spoof opera. And it kind of stole the show. A year later a schoolteacher friend, who’d been in the cast, got in touch with me – he wanted a short musical for a concert at his school. In fact, just as an experiment, Jenny and I

had already worked up the opera sketch into something we renamed Godringer, without any real idea of what to do with it next, so it just needed a bit of tinkering. Interviewer:

That was lucky.

Stephen Perrins:

The real break was that the music critic of a national paper had a child at the school, and the following Sunday we read this rave review saying that Jenny and I were the future of the musical, and of course we were on cloud nine, and we immediately had music publishers lining up.

Interviewer:

How did your family react?

Stephen Perrins:

Oh, they were Oh, they were aghast at first, but they came round, and they’ve been right behind us ever since.

Interviewer:

You’ve always said you won’t do the lyrics of your songs. I presume you’ve tried.

Stephen Perrins:

I did with my early songs. In fact I could knock them off with a rather suspect facility. But I realized that I wrote both the words and the music I’d be working in a kind of vacuum, and what I enjoy most is the collaboration and sparking off each other’s ideas.

Interviewer:

There was a story in the papers recently that you wanted to direct your musicals, too. Has anything come of that?

Stephen Perrins:

No, that just wasn’t true. I never claim to be a director, I always think when you’ve actually appointed the director for a show, you shouldn’t undermine them. For example, in one of my shows, which Helen Downes directed, I wasn’t that happy with the design, but she was passionate to have it, and it was right not to interfere.

Interviewer:

Now in the last few years you’ve had great international success, but for some of the more upmarket newspapers, it seems, you simply can’t put a foot right.

Stephen Perrins:

No, and I don’t really know quite why. Maybe I’m being bigheaded, but I don’t think it’s because of the music. I think it’s more that I’m not really that bothered about my image, so I don’t do masses of PR. Which means I leave myself open to that carping

sort of criticism. Interviewer:

It seems to me it’s a kind of distaste for the popularity of your music.

Stephen Perrins:

It’s like the time when serious art critics looked down on the late 19th century artists, and their paintings were considered worthless. The fact is that if you went into an art gallery, guess where the public were.

Interviewer:

Just as the public are always to be found at your musicals. Stephen Perrins, thank you.

Stephen Perrins:

Thank you.

Part 2. For questions 6 - 10, you will hear a conversation. Decide whether the following statements are true or not by writing:

Tom:

for a statement which is true;

for the statement which is false;

if the information is not given. Now, tell me about Napoleon. I know he used to be a French soldier and very quickly he became emperor of France. Do you know when he was born?

Marti:

Yes. He was born in 1769 on the island of Corsica. And when he was only ten years old, his father sent him to a military school in France.

Tom:

Was he a brilliant student at school?

Marti:

No, he wasn’t, but he excelled in mathematics and military science. And then, when he was sixteen years old, he joined the French army.

Tom:

Oh, I didn’t know he joined the arm that young.

Marti:

His military career brought him fame, power and riches, but, finally, defeat. Napoleon became a general in the French army at the age of 24. Several years later, he became emperor of the French Empire.

Tom:

Do you know when he became an emperor?

Marti:

Yes. On may 18, 1804 he became emperor of France and the coronation ceremony was held at Notre Dame on the second of December. He was only 35 that year. He was really many things. But he was, first of all, a brilliant military leader. His soldiers were ready to die for him.

Tom:

Yes, he was really short, too. Of course, Napoleon had so many military

victories so his size wasn’t an issue. Marti:

You are right. At one time he controlled most of Europe

Tom:

Yes, but at that time many countries, including England, Russia, and Austria, fought fiercely against Napoleon.

Marti:

Right. His defeat came when he decided to attack Russia. In this military campaign into Russia, he lost most of his army. Shortly after his defeat, his abdication followed at Waterloo, and then he tried to escape to America but he failed. He finally surrendered to the British government and then they exiled him to St. Helena Island.

Tom:

I know his last years were spent there with a few chosen comrades. Do you know how old he was when he died?

Marti:

He lived there until he died. He died in 1821 when he was only 51 years old. He died alone, deserted by his family and his friends.

Tom:

Well, that’s a pretty sad way to end the life. Well, Marti, I’m sure your presentation will be really good. You know, you could also give the chronological order of his life and this may help your classmates to follow your presentation.

Marti:

Yes, that’s a good suggestion. Thank you, Tom.

Tom:

You are welcome. I have to go now. I have another lecture to attend. Good luck.

Part 3. For questions 16 - 25, listen to a piece of VOA news about Croatia Voters Back Same – Sex Marriage Ban and fill in the missing information. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS taken from the recording for each answer in the spaces provided. Government proposals to formalise rights for same-sex couples prompted the petition. Around three-quarters of a million people signed it – out of a total population of just over 4 million. The Catholic Church is a key part of Croat identity – and many people are socially conservative. The referendum is an enormous embarrassment for Croatia’s government. It tried – and failed – to block the vote through the courts. Success is a relative concept. Croatia appeared to be moving in a different direction to other western Balkan countries when it joined the EU in July. Now, like its

neighbours, Serbia and Montenegro, it has a constitutional ban on the same-sex marriage. Part 1: A. KEY TO PHRASAL VERBS AND PREPOSITIONS 1. D 2. B 3. B 4. B 5. A 6. B 7. A 8. A 9. A 10. C 1. Towards the end of the film Thelma and Louise, a large truck is _____ by the main characters when they shoot its tank, which is full of oil. A. shot off B. struck in C. poured out D. blown up Blow up = nổ tung// suddenly become very angry 2. In the novella, Hadji Murat is an important figure among the Chechens, but he _____ the main leader Sheikh Shamil following an argument. A. sets apart from B. falls out with C. cuts back on D. keeps out of falls out with= argue with someone and stop being friendly with them 3. I thought the movie was going to an end, but it just _____. A. dragged in B. dragged on C. dragged into D. dragged up Drag on= Lề mề, kéo dài không cần thiết 4. When he saw her with John, Jack _____ anger. A. showed up B. bristled with C. pricked with D. brushed with bristled with= to have a large amount of something, or to be full of something 5. Ben’s so unlucky in love. Why does he _____ the type of woman who brings trouble? A. fall for B. catch on C. put before D. set out fall for sth=to be tricked into believing something that is not true 6. My father decides to apprentice me _____ a lawyer although I don’t agree. A. with B. to C. for D. into apprentice (one) to=To pair one with an expert in a particular field or trade so that one can learn about it 7. China, which has been producing cars _____ joint ventures with foreign partners, is now launching its own brand _____ the global market. A. through – on B. to – along C. of – throughout D. among – for 8. I muddled _____ the jigsaw pieces and the children did the puzzle again. A. up B. off C. over D. for muddle sb/sth up=to think that a person or thing is someone or something else because the two people or things are very similar 9. We flicked _____ a few magazines while we waited in the doctor’s waiting room. A. through B. on C. at D. over Flick through= look quickly through a book, magazine, etc. 10. Karen was terribly nervous before the interview but she managed to pull herself _____ and act confidently. A. through B. over C. together D. off Pull oneself together = bình tính trở lại B.

1. C 2. D 3. D 4. A 5. D 6. D 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. B 1. If you want a flat in the centre of the city, you have to pay through the _____ for it. A. teeth B. head C. nose D. arm Pay through the nose for = pay too much money for something 2. I like my new job; the only fly in the _____ is the fact that I have to work every other weekend. A. fat B. porridge C. soup D. ointment fly in the ointment = con sâu làm rầu nồi canh 3. I caught the last bus by the skin of my_____. A. mouth B. leg C. neck D. teeth By the skin of one’s teeth = suýt soát,vừa đúng giờ 4. Since he started his own business, he has been making money hand over_____. A. fist B. heel C. head D. palm Make money hand over fist= vớ bở,kiếm đc số tiền lớn 5. He was wearing very shabby, dirty clothes and looked very _____. A. easy-going B. down to teeth C. out of shape D. down at heel down at heel= trong tình trạng xấu, hỏng hóc vì sử dụng quá lâu hoặc không được chăm sóc kĩ, nghĩa khác là mặc quần áo cũ, hỏng vì diều kiện kinh tế hạn hẹp. 6. I’m afraid you’ve caught me on the _____. I wasn’t expecting you until this afternoon. A. stove B. grapevine C. spot D. hop Catch sb on the hop= làm ai bất ngờ,ngạc nhiên 7. The escaped prisoner fought _____ before he was finally overpowered. A. head over heels B. tooth and nail C. heart and soul D. foot and mouth Fight tooth and nail = đánh nhau kịch liệt,nảy lửa 8. I didn’t suspect anything at first, but when I noticed her going through the office drawers I began to smell _____. A. a rat B. a pig C. a thief D. a culprit Smell a rat = nghi ngờ 9. Nagging Susan to stop smoking has no effect on her. It’s like water off _____. A. a windmill B. a duck’s back C. a dripping tap D. an umbrella like water off a duck’s back= như nước đổ đầu vịt 10. I hope the computer course starts this term. We’re all as keen as _____ to get going. A. coffee B. mustard (as) keen as mustard=: very excited and interested Part 2:

Lines 1. line 2 2. line 3 3. line 4 4. line 7 5. line 9

Mistake and correction formally => formerly approached => approaching store => stored life => lives done => made

Line 6. line 10 7. line 11 8. line 13 9. line 14 10. line 15

Mistake and correction for => to almost => most/ almost all limited => unlimited other => another bond => bonds

3. From the words listed below, choose the one which best fits the space, A, B, C or D. 1. C gain thrilling

2. B fulfillment

5. C diverse

6. A acquiring

9. D approach

3. A impels 7. B grain

4.D 8. B cherishing

10. A drop

1. From the words listed below, choose the one which best fits the space, A, B, C or D. The knowledge and eloquence that people (1)…through traveling is usually perceived as the best (2)…in life. It is the inquisitive human nature that (3)…people to seek (4)… experiences and to set out on an exploration trip. Those who travel frequently and to (5) ...places benefit from establishing new relationships and (6)…a better knowledge about other cultures and lifestyles. However, there is a (7)…of truth in the assumption that people are prone to (8)….clichés and unfounded prejudices about other nations and their characteristics. Sometimes, it is only the first-hand encounter that can help change the (9)...towards the so-called ‘inferior communities’. This direct contact with a different civilization enables travellers to (10)…their baseless assumptions and get acquainted with the real concept of life in all four corners of the globe. Beyond question, traveling facilities friendship and makes it easier for many individuals to acknowledge the true value of different traditions and customs. Yet, it does not always mean enjoyment. It may also involve coming close with the atrocities of real existence as well as becoming aware of the challenges and hardships that other people have to struggle with. Hence, a true voyage is the one with a good deal of experience to reminisce about, very often combined with exposure to abhorrent sights and incredible ordeals. The learning to be complete, thus, requires an ability to observe and analyse the surroundings, both their glamour and brutality. 1. A purchase B exact C gain D nurture Gain knowledge =thu được ,gặt hái kiến thức 2. A completion B fulfillment C conclusion D resolution fulfillment =a feeling of pleasure and satisfaction because you are happy with your life 3. A impels B involves C entails D pursues Impel sb to do sth= make someone feel that they must do something 4. A thriving B throbbing C thwarting D thrilling Thrilling = extremely exciting 5. A reverse B averse C diverse D converse Diverse = varied or different 6. A acquiringB educating C learning Acquire knowledge = tiếp thu kiến thức 7. A speck B grain A grain of truth =1 chút sự thật

C scrap

8. A persevering B cherishing C indulging cherish = love sth/keep sth in mind for a long time

D exacting D tip D persisting

9. A prejudiceB manner C outlook D approach change the approach towards so-called "inferior communities"= thay đổi cách tiếp cận với những cộng đồng được coi là thấp kém hơn 10. A drop B cease C fail D quit Drop one’s assumption =xóa bỏ những giả định về 4. For questions 1–10, fill each of the following numbered spaces with ONE suitable word and write your answers in the corresponding boxes provided below the passage. 1. only

2. With

3. window

4. coupled

6. side

7. on

8. to

9. As

against 10. purpose

PART 5. Read the passage and choose A, B, C, or D to indicate the correct answer to each of the following questions (15ps) 1.B

2.B

3.C

4.C

5.A

6.A

7.A

8.B

9.D

10.D

Large animals that inhabit the desert have evolved a number of adaptations for reducing the effects of extreme heat. One adaptation is to be light in color, and to reflect rather than absorb the Sun's rays. Desert mammals also depart from the normal mammalian practice of maintaining a constant body temperature. Instead of trying to keep down the body temperature deep inside the body, which would involve the expenditure of water and energy, desert mammals allow their temperatures to rise to what would normally be fever height, and temperatures as high as 46 degrees Celsius have been measured in Grant's gazelles. The overheated body then cools down during the cold desert night, and indeed the temperature may fall unusually low by dawn, as low as 34 degrees Celsius in the camel. This is an advantage since the heat of the first few hours of daylight is absorbed in warming up the body, and an excessive buildup of heat does not begin until well into the day. Another strategy of large desert animals is to tolerate the loss of body water to a point that would be fatal for non-adapted animals. The camel can lose up to 30 percent of its body weight as water without harm to itself, whereas human beings die after losing only 12 to 13 percent of their body weight. An equally important adaptation is the ability to replenish this water loss at one drink. Desert animals can drink prodigious volumes in a short time, and camels have been known to imbibe over 100 liters in a few minutes. A very dehydrated person, on the other hand, cannot drink enough water to rehydrate at one session, because the human stomach is not sufficiently big and because a too rapid dilution of the body fluids causes death from water intoxication. The tolerance of water loss is of obvious advantage in the desert, as animals do not have to remain near a water hole but can obtain food from grazing sparse and far-flung pastures. Desert-adapted mammals have the further ability to feed normally when

extremely dehydrated, it is a common experience in people that appetite is lost even under conditions of moderate thirst. 1. What is the main topic of the passage? A. Weather variations in the desert. B. Adaptations of desert animals. C. Diseased of desert animals. D. Human use of desert animals. 1. Chủ đề chính của đoạn văn là gì? A. Sự biến đổi thời tiết ở hoang mạc. B. Sự thích nghi của động vật sống ở sa mạc. C. Bệnh của động vật sa mạc. D. Con người sử dụng động vật sống ở sa mạc. Clue: Large animals that inhabit the desert have evolved a number of adaptations for reducing the effects of extreme heat(Các loài động vật lớn sống trong sa mạc đã tiến hóa một số cách thích nghi để giảm bớt tác động của nhiệt độ khắc nghiệt.) 2. According to the passage, why is light coloring an advantage to large desert animals? A. It helps them hide from predators. B. It does not absorb sunlight as much as dark colors. C. It helps them see their young at night. D. It keeps them cool at night. Clue: One adaptation is to be light in color, and to reflect rather than absorb the Sun's rays. 3. The word "maintaining" is closest in meaning to _________. A. measuring B. inheriting C. preserving D. delaying Maintain=preserve: duy trì 4. The author uses of Grant's gazelle as an example of A. an animal with a low average temperature B. an animal that is not as well adapted as the camel C. a desert animal that can withstand high body temperatures D. a desert animal with a constant body temperature 4. Tác giả sử dụng linh dương của Grant làm ví dụ về A. động vật có nhiệt độ trung bình thấp B. một loài động vật không thích nghi tốt như lạc đà C. một loài động vật sống ở sa mạc có thể chịu được nhiệt độ cơ thể cao D. động vật sống ở sa mạc có thân nhiệt không đổi Clue: desert mammals allow their temperatures to rise to what would normally be fever height, and temperatures as high as 46 degrees Celsius have been measured in Grant's gazelles. 5. When is the internal temperature of a large desert mammal lower? A. Just before sunrise B. In the middle of the day C. Just after sunset D. Just after drinking 5, Khi nào thì nhiệt độ bên trong của động vật có vú lớn ở sa mạc thấp hơn? A. Ngay trước khi mặt trời mọc B. Vào giữa ngày C. Ngay sau khi mặt trời lặn D. Ngay sau khi uống rượu Clue: This is an advantage since the heat of the first few hours of daylight is absorbed in warming up the body, and an excessive buildup of heat does not begin until well into the day 6. The word "tolerate" is closest in meaning to _________.

A. endure B. replace C. compensate D. reduce Tolerate=endure: chịu đựng 7. What causes water intoxication? A. Drinking too much water very quickly. B. Drinking polluted water. C. Bacteria in water. D. Lack of water. Clue: A very dehydrated person, on the other hand, cannot drink enough water to rehydrate at one session, because the human stomach is not sufficiently big and because a too rapid dilution of the body fluids causes death from water intoxication. 8. Why does the author mention humans in the second paragraph? A. To show how they use camels. B. To contrast them to desert mammals. C. To give instructions about desert survival. D. To show how they have adapted to desert life. 8. Tại sao tác giả nhắc đến con người trong đoạn văn thứ hai? A. Để cho thấy cách họ sử dụng lạc đà. B. Để đối chiếu chúng với động vật có vú ở sa mạc. C. Để đưa ra các chỉ dẫn về sự tồn tại của sa mạc. D. Cho biết chúng đã thích nghi với đời sống ở sa mạc như thế nào. Clue: Desert animals can drink prodigious volumes in a short time, and camels have been known to imbibe over 100 liters in a few minutes. A very dehydrated person, on the other hand, cannot drink enough water to rehydrate at one session, because the human stomach is not sufficiently big and because a too rapid dilution of the body fluids causes death from water intoxication(Các loài động vật trên sa mạc có thể uống một lượng lớn nước trong thời gian ngắn, và lạc đà đã được biết đến là có thể hấp thụ hơn 100 lít trong vài phút. Ngược lại, một người rất mất nước không thể uống đủ nước để bù nước trong một buổi, vì dạ dày của con người không đủ lớn và do chất lỏng trong cơ thể bị pha loãng quá nhanh dẫn đến tử vong do nhiễm độc nước.) 9. The word "obtain" is closest in meaning to _________. A. digest B. carry C. save D. get 10. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as an adaptation of large desert animals? A. Variation in body temperatures. B. Eating while dehydrated. C. Drinking water quickly. D. Being active at night. 0. Điều nào sau đây KHÔNG được đề cập là sự thích nghi của động vật sống ở sa mạc lớn? A. Sự biến đổi nhiệt độ cơ thể. B. Đang ăn khi mất nước. C. Uống nước nhanh chóng. D. Hoạt động vào ban đêm PART 6. Choose the correct heading for paragraphs A-G from the list of headings below. Write the correct number, i- ix, in blanks. 1. i

2. vi

3. iii

4. vii

5. iv

6.sea mammals

7. islands

8. nomadic

9. nature

10. Imported

Part V. Read the following passage. Choose the correct heading for paragraphs A-G from the list of headings below. Write the correct number, i- ix, in blanks.

List of headings ii. Understanding of climate change remains limited v. A healthier choice of food vi. A difficult landscape viii. Alarm caused by unprecedented events in the Arctic The benefits of an easier existence Paragraph A: viii 1. Paragraph B 4. Paragraph E Your answers 1.

2. Paragraph C 5. Paragraph F 2.

3. Paragraph D

Climate Change and the Inuit A,Unusual incidents are being reported across the Arctic. Inuit families going off on snowmobiles to prepare their summer hunting camps have found themselves cut off from home by a sea of mud, following early thaws. There are reports of igloos losing their insulating properties as the snow drips and refreezes, of lakes draining into the sea as permafrost melts, and sea ice breaking up earlier than usual, carrying seals beyond the reach of hunters. Climate change may still be, a rather abstract idea to most of us, but in the Arctic it is already having dramatic effects – if summertime ice continues to shrink at its present rate, the Arctic Ocean could soon become virtually ice-free in summer. The knock-on effects are likely to include more warning, cloudier skies, increased precipitation and higher sea levels. Scientists are increasingly keen to find out what’s going on because they consider the Artic the ‘canary in the mine’ for global warming – a warning of what’s in store for the rest of the world. B i. The reaction of the Inuit community to climate change For the Inuit the problem is urgent. They live in precarious balance with one of the toughest environments on earth. Climate change, whatever its causes, is a direct threat to their way of life. Nobody knows the Artic as well as the locals, which is why they are not content simply to stand back and let outside experts tell them what’s happening. In Canada, where the Inuit people are jealously guarding their hand-won autonomy in the country’s newest territory, Nunavut, they believe their best hope of survival in this changing environment lies in combining their ancestral knowledge with the best of modern science.( Ở Canada, nơi người Inuit đang bảo vệ đầy kiêu hãnh sự tự trị mạnh mẽ của mình trong lãnh thổ mới nhất của đất nước, Nunavut, họ tin rằng hy vọng tốt nhất của họ về sự sống còn trong môi trường thay đổi này là kết hợp kiến thức tổ tiên với khoa học hiện đại nhất. )This is a challenge in itself.  Phản ứng của cộng động ng Inuit đói vs biến dổi khs hậu C vi. A difficult landscape The Canadian Arctic is a vast, treeless polar desert that’s covered with snow for most of the year. Venture into this terrain and you get some idea of the hardships facing anyone who calls this home. Farming is out of the question and

nature offers meager pickings. Humans first settled in the Arctic a mere 4,500 years ago, surviving by exploiting sea mammals and fish(.Bắc Cực thuộc Canada là một sa mạc địa cực xa rộng lớn, vô tận không hề có cây cối được bao phủ quanh năm bởi tuyết. Mạo hiểm vào trong địa hình này và bạn sẽ hiểu được về những khó khăn mà bất cứ ai sống trong kiểu nhà này phải đối mặt. Trồng trọt không giải quyết được vấn đề và thiên nhiên chỉ cung cấp một vài nguồn ít ỏi. Loài người bắt đầu định cư ở Bắc Cực cách đây 4,500 năm, sống sót bằng cách khai thác các loài động vật có vú và cá từ biển.) The environment tested them to the limits: sometimes the colonists were successful, sometimes they failed and vanished. But around a thousand years ago, one group emerged that was uniquely well adapted to cope with the Arctic environment. These Thule people moved in from Alaska, bringing kayaks, sleds, dogs, pottery and iron tools. They are the ancestors of today’s Inuit people.  Điều kiện khắc nghiệt D, iii. Alternative sources of essential supplies Life for the descendants of the Thule people is still harsh. Nunavut is 1.9 million square kilometers of rock and ice, and a handful of islands around the North Pole. It’s currently home to 2,500 people, all but a handful of them indigenous Inuit. Over the past 40 years, most have abandoned their nomadic ways and settled in the territory’s 28 isolated communities, but they still rely on nature to provide food and clothing. Provisions available in local shops have to be flown into Nunavut on one of the most costly air networks in the world, or brought by supply ship during the few ice-free weeks of summer(Các mặt hàng có sẵn trong các cửa hàng địa phương phải được đưa vào Nunavut bằng một trong những mạng lưới hàng không đắt nhất trên thế giới hoặc được cung cấp bởi tàu trong suốt vài tuần lễ không có băng của mùa hè.). It would cost a family around £ 7,000 a year to replace meat they obtained themselves through hunting with imported meat. Economic opportunities are scarce, and for many people state benefits are their only income. => Nguonf cung cấp thay thế thiết yếu E. vii. Negative effects on well-being While the Inuit may not actually starve if hunting and trapping are curtailed by climate change, there has certainly been an impact on people’s health. Obesity, heart disease and diabetes are beginning to appear in a people for whom these have never before been problems(.Mặc dù người Inuit có thể không thực sự chết đói nếu việc săn bắn và đặt bẫy bị hạn chế bởi biến đổi khí hậu, chắc chắn vẫn có ảnh hưởng đến sức khoẻ của người dân. Bệnh béo phì, bệnh tim và bệnh tiểu đường bắt đầu xuất hiện trên những người chưa bao giờ mắc phải những bệnh này.) There has been a crisis of identity as the traditional skills of hunting, trapping and preparing skins have begun to disappear. In Nunavut‘s ‘igloo and email’ society, where adults who were born in igloos have children who may never have been out on the land, there‘s high incidence of depression. => Ảnh hưởng tiêu cực lên con người F. iv. Respect for Inuit opinion grows With so much at stake, the Inuit are determined to play a key role in teasing out the mysteries of climate change in the Arctic. Having survived there for centuries, they believe their wealth of traditional knowledge is vital to the task. And

Western scientists are starting to draw on this wisdom, increasingly referred to as ‘Inuit Qaujimajatuqangit’, or IQ. ‘In the early days scientists ignored us when they came up here to study anything. They just figured these people don’t know very much so we won’t ask them,’ says John Amagoalik, an Inuit leader and politician. ‘ But in recent years IQ has had much more credibility and weight.’( Và các nhà khoa học phương Tây đang bắt đầu học hỏi sự khôn ngoan này, còn được gọi là 'Inuit Qaujimajatuqangit', hoặc IQ. Trong những ngày đầu tiên các nhà khoa học bỏ qua chúng tôi khi họ đến đây để nghiên cứu bất cứ điều gì. Họ chỉ nghĩ rằng những người này không biết nhiều lắm nên chúng ta sẽ không hỏi họ ", John Amagoalik, lãnh đạo Inuit và đồng thời cũng là 1 chính trị gia chia sẻ. Nhưng trong những năm gần đây IQ đã có nhiều uy tín và trọng lượng hơn.) (In fact it is now a requirement for anyone hoping to get permission to do research that they consult the communities, who are helping to set the research agenda to reflect their most important concerns. They can turn down applications from scientists they believe will work against their interests, or research projects that will impinge too much on their daily lives and traditional activities. => Sự tôn trọng đối với quan điểm của người Inuit ngày càng tăng G. Some scientists doubt the value of traditional knowledge because the occupation of the Arctic doesn’t go back far enough. Others, however, point out that the first weather stations in the far north date back just 50 years. There are still huge gaps in our environmental knowledge, and despite the scientific onslaught, many predictions are no more than best guesses. IQ could help to bridge the gap and resolve the tremendous uncertainty about how much of what we’re seeing is natural capriciousness and how much is the consequence of human activity. Part 7:

Your answers

1. B 6.A

2. C 7.D

3.D 8.B

4.C 9.A

5.B 10.D

Beating Stress A. School student Ester Montoya knows she has to improve her marks in her main subjects. She’s trying hard but it’s not easy and sometimes she feels she’s doing too much work . Cô ấy đang cố gắng rất nhiều nhưng điều đó không hề dễ dàng và đôi khi cô ấy cảm thấy mình đang phải làm quá nhiều việc. Q6. ‘I have to get away from it now and then,’ she says, ‘so recently I’ve joined a local youth theatre group. It really helps because it takes my mind off everything, it’s a kind of escape from reality. vì vậy gần đây tôi đã tham gia một nhóm kịch thanh niên địa phương. Nó thực sự hữu ích vì

nó khiến tâm trí tôi ngừng nghĩ về mọi thứ, đó là một kiểu trốn chạy khỏi thực tế Q9 Also I’m meeting other people of my own age and I’m hoping to make some friends there. Apart from that I suppose there’s TV, but there’s not a lot on. I’ve read that laughing can be very relaxing, but I’m afraid none of the comedy series they’re showing right now is worth watching. Something I’ve been meaning to try, though, is work helping others, perhaps old people. A friend of mine does it, and she says it really makes a difference – both to them and to her.’ B. For seventeen-year-old Steve Ellison, life if particularly busy right now. He’s revising for some important exams but he still manages to find time for his favourite free-time activities, which include long-distance running. ‘It’s funny,’ he says, ‘I only took to it recently when I found it helped me wind down, because at school I never looked forward to those cross-country runs we had to do every Monday morning Thật là buồn cười", anh ấy nói, "Tôi chỉ mới làm gần đây khi tôi thấy nó giúp tôi thoải mái, bởi vì ở trường, tôi không bao giờ mong đợi những cuộc chạy xuyên quốc gia mà chúng tôi phải làm vào mỗi sáng thứ HaiQ5. Yet nowadays I run a lot at weekends, and I do some voluntary work with local kids at the sports centre. Tuy nhiên, ngày nay tôi chạy rất nhiều vào cuối tuần và tôi làm một số công việc tình nguyện với trẻ em địa phương tại trung tâm thể thao.Q1’ As well as doing plenty of exercise, he also tries to maintain a healthy diet. ‘I’ve told myself I must always eat a variety of healthy food, with lots of fruit and green vegetables, though if I’m out with my mates I may give in to temptation and have a burger and chipsMặc dù nếu đi chơi với bạn tình, tôi có thể bị cám dỗ và ăn một chiếc bánh mì kẹp thịt và khoai tây chiên. Q8. I never drink coffee, though, because it makes you talk and act nervously, and it keeps you awake at night, too, which is bad for your stress level.’ C. First-year university student Amelie Lefevre believes that the best way to beat stress is to organize your life more sensibly. ‘My life used to be pretty chaotic, there always seemed to be so much to do, often jobs that other people should have been doing. So what I eventually learned to do was to say no, politely, to extra work. Cuộc sống của tôi trước đây khá hỗn loạn, dường như luôn có quá nhiều việc phải làm, thường là những công việc mà lẽ ra người khác phải làm. Vì vậy, điều cuối cùng tôi học được là từ chối một cách lịch sự với công việc làm thêm Q2 That helped, as did making a list of priorities for each day, with some things scheduled for today, others for tomorrow and some that could be postponed for longer. I also make rules for myself about meal times, and the amount of sleep I need. There was a time when I was staying up until all

hours, but I was exhausted the next day so I don’t do that any more. I think I manage my time quite well now, but nobody’s perfect and occasionally I still oversleep and turn up late for lectures!’ Đã có lúc tôi thức đến cả tiếng đồng hồ, nhưng hôm sau tôi kiệt sức nên tôi không làm như vậy nữa. Tôi nghĩ hiện tại tôi quản lý thời gian của mình khá tốt, nhưng không ai là hoàn hảo cả và thỉnh thoảng tôi vẫn ngủ quên và thức khuya để giảng bài! "Q4 D. Student Ndali Traore likes to get up early so he has a relaxed start to the day. ‘I hate leaving jobs till the last minute, and I always try to do those I like least first,’ he says. ‘These days I always listen to music while I’m working,’ he adds, ‘whereas a couple of years ago I found it annoying – it always seemed to spoil my concentration.’ When he has some free time, he goes to the cinema, or out with friends. Q7‘If something’s bothering me,’ he says, ‘I often find that just talking to them about it helps . Particularly, if you can make a joke about it, because it always seems a lot less serious when you do that Nếu điều gì đó làm phiền tôi", anh ấy nói, "Tôi thường thấy rằng chỉ cần nói chuyện với họ về điều đó sẽ có ích. Đặc biệt, nếu bạn có thể nói đùa về nó, bởi vì nó luôn có vẻ ít nghiêm trọng hơn rất nhiều khi bạn làm vậy. 'Q3 .’ If he’s on his own, he has a special way of dealing with stress: ‘I try to relive occasions when I was really relaxed, such as spending the day by a beautiful lake in the sunshine. That often works,’ he says . Nếu anh ấy ở một mình, anh ấy có một cách đặc biệt để đối phó với căng thẳng: 'Tôi cố gắng hồi tưởng lại những dịp mà tôi thực sự thư giãn, chẳng hạn như dành cả ngày bên một hồ nước xinh đẹp dưới ánh nắng mặt trời. Điều đó thường hoạt động, anh ấy nói.Q10 Which person 1. regularly does a job without getting paid? 2. no longer agrees to do things they don’t want to do? 3. tries to see the funny side of things that are worrying them? 4. accepts that they sometimes make mistakes? 5. prefers to do unpleasant jobs as soon as possible? 6. is not doing as well in their studies as they would like? 7. likes to tell friends about their problems? 8. sometimes breaks their own rules about eating when they are not alone? 9. finds that acting makes them feel better?

10. likes to think back to times when they felt less stressed? Part 8: 11,They have been testing a new flu vaccine since the beginning of the year 12,The teacher, by dint of draconian disciplinary measures, has struck terror into his students’s heart by dint of: bởi vì,do bởi 13, Initially regarded as a rank outsider, Leicester was crowned champion of the 20142015 Premier League a rank outsider: they are considered to have very little chance of winning. 14,Any way you slice it,there will be a lot of unhappy people when the winner is announced. Any way you slice it: dù có mổ xẻ , phân tích nó ra hay nhìn thấy như thế nào, thì... 15,Tome has set his hearts on jacking in his job and travelling around the world Set one’s hearts on : have a strong desire for or to do 16,The figures have given the lie to rumours that the company is on the rocks give the lie to sth: prove that something is not true 17,The new principal will have to take a hard line on chool violence straight away take a hard line on: to be very severe in the way that you deal with someone or something 18, Donald Trump has pledged to rip up existing trade deals with Mexico, which would inflict substantial damage on the US... Inflict damage on : gây nên thiệt hại cho 19, During pioneer days a lot of land in the United States was up for grabs up for grabs: có đủ cho tất cả mọi người 20, Harry wasn’t in a fit state to drive as he had had one too many in a fit state : in the right mental or physical condition to do something

Test 9 Phần 1: Section 1. Listen and complete the notes below. WRITE NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/ OR A NUMBER for each answer. Write your answers in the space provided. (20 pts) TOTAL INSURANCE INCIDENT REPORT Example

Answer

Name

Michael Alexander

Address

24 Manly Street 1. ___________

Shipping agent

2. ___________

Place of origin

China

Date of arrival

3. ___________

Reference number

4. ___________

Item

Damage

Cost to repair or replace

Television

5. ___________ needs to be Not known replaced

The bathroom cabinet

The 6. ___________ of the cabinets is damaged

$140.

7. ___________

A leg is split

8. ___________

Set of China

9. ___________ were broken

About 10. ___________

Your answer:

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

Section 2. Listen and writeONLY ONE WORD OR A NUMBERfrom the dialogue to answer for each question (10pts) 1. How many days did the scientists spend under the waves? _________________________________________________ 2. What answer did Rob choose? ________________________________________________

3. What's the name of the laboratory? _________________________________________________ 4. Where's the laboratory situated? _________________________________________________ 5. What is the world record, in minutes, for holding breath underwater? _________________________________________________ Your answer:

Section 3. You will hear a dialogue between two friends. Listen and decide the statements are True (T) or False (F). Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes (10pts). T for a statement which is true; F for a statement which is false ? if there is insufficient information ____ 1. Now some people still take a risk when the police officer is away on Newland Street. ____ 2. The police officer there doesn’t get any pay for the work. ____ 3. Officer Springirth is a real man and he is a volunteer there. ____ 4. Officer Springirth helps the police to reduce the crime rate in Chase Village. ____ 5. The police department will put more mannequins on other roads Your answer:

Section 4. You will hear an interview with Angela Morgan, who has recently flown around the world in a helicopter. Choose the correct answer A, B, C or D which fits best according to what you hear. Write your answers in the correspondent numbered boxes. (10 pts) 1. The main reason for Angela’s trip was to ______ . A. make money for her business B. make money for other people C. have an exciting adventure D. go on a picnic 2. When Angela had flying lessons ______ . A. her course lasted five months B. her husband took lessons as well C. she got to know her teacher well D. she didn’t arrive in time 3. During the trip, Angela and her teacher ______ . A. did very little sightseeing B. carried all the water they needed C. had engine problems several times D. stopped going camping 4. What did Angela enjoy most about the trip? A. flying at night B. walking in the desert

C. watching the changes in the scenery D. taking photos 5. What did Angela miss most while she was away? A. modern bathrooms B. regular exercise C. interesting entertainment D. going out to restaurants Part 1. PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS Choose the best answers. 1. The teacher asked a difficult question, but finally Ted _________ a good answer. A. put up with B. keep pace with C. made way for D. came up with 2. Remember to appreciate what your friends do for you. You shouldn’t take them_______. A. as a rule B. as usual C. out of habit D. for granted 3. Roy________the depths of despair when his wife left him A. plumbs B. reaches C. fills D. achieves plumb the depths of despair: tuyệt vọng cùng cực 4. The children are well-behaved in school. They only act_______ when their parents are around. A. in B. up C. on D. off 5. Don’t _______! I haven’t finished explaining yet ! A. hang on B. hang up C. hold up D. hold on 6. We were doing a project when Peter hit ______ this ingenious method of freezing food. A. up B. on C. upon D. out 7. You should always have an alternative plan to ____________ A. bring about B. ask after C. feel up to D. fall back on 8. What were you two _____________ just now in the garden? A. bringing about B. getting up to C. coming up with D. getting round to 9. The school exam for eleven-year-olds was _____________ some years ago. A. followed up B. drawn up C. carried out D. done away with 10. The authorities are worried about the recent phenomenon of students dropping ______ of college to seek employment. A. out B. down C. back D. off B. COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS Choose the best answers. 1. Tourists often go to the Louvre but most Parisians only go ____________ A. in the redB. out of the blue C. a black sheep D. once in a blue moon 2. The firm is __________. It owns a lot of money. A. in the redB. out of the blue C. a black sheep D. in the blue 3. He never panics in a difficult situation. He stays as cool as a ___________ A. tomato B. apple C. potato D. cucumber 4. This conversation project looks promising, but it’s still _______. A. in the early stages B. in advance C. under stress D. at first sight

5. When finding a new house, parents should ________all the conditions for their children’s education and entertainment. A. make all the conditions B. get a measure of C. take into account D. put into effect 6. I accidentally ________ Mike when I was crossing a street downtown yesterday. A. lost touch with B. caught sight of C. paid attention to D. kept an eye on 7. The Jacksons won’t contribute to the Red Cross unless you _____. A. go down on your knees B. stand on your own feet C. are on your last legs D. keep your head 8. His response was as sharp as a______ A. sword B. knife C. scissors D. needle 9. Without written evidence, we don’t have a ______ on. A. leg to stand B. foot to stand C. leg to lean D. foot to lean 10. Just because we’ve had a good year, this does not mean that we cannot do better: we must not ______ A. have our head in the clouds B. bury our heads in the sand C. count our blessings

D. rest on our laurels

Part 2: There are ten mistakes in the following passage. Find and correct them. Number 0 has been done as an example. (10 p) Line 1

In the last twenty year, the country has done great technological progress,

culminating in our entering the space age earlier this year with the launch of our first

telecommunication satellite. From a health perspective, there has been a major

modern programme in public hospitals. This has involved the purchase of the latest

scanning and diagnosis equipment, as well as the refurbishment of major operating

theatres with state-of-the-art surgical equipment. As far as the superstructure of the

country is concerned, several major projects are on progress, included the

construction of three major motorways, a hydroelectric power station and a new

international airport. All of these public works are being carried out using the latest

technology. With the increased use of computer technology, the future of our country

looks very bright indeed. It anticipates that, in the very near future, all government

offices will be computered and networked to central mainframe computers in the

capital.

Your answers:

Number

Line

Mistake

year

Correction years

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Part 3: Stressful situations that (21) ______ almost every day in life seem to be unavoidable. However, we can do little sometimes to (22) ______ a misfortune or unpleasant occurrence which may (23) ______ us expectedly as only it can. At such a moment, one may hit the roof give in to the helplessness of the situation or, ideally, put a brave (24) ______ on it trying to bear the burden. Can you (25) ______ in your mind an hour spent in a traffic jam, say, this morning? Do you light one cigarette after another? Do you sound the (26) ______ every few seconds like the other neurotics? Or do you take a different stance and make good use of the time drawing up a schedule for the days to come? To withstand the stressful moment you can also do a crossword puzzle, listen to your favorite music or even compose a menu for your Saturday dinner. In fact, whatever way you respond to the annoying situation, you can exert no impact on it as the traffic jam will only reduce in due (27) ______. Nevertheless, your reaction might considerably influence your mood for the rest of the day. The inability to confront a stressful occurrence like that with a deal of composure and sensibility adds much more

(28) _____ to your life and in this way puts your well-being in (28) ______. Surprisingly, it's the seemingly negligible hardships we (29) ______ on daily that run double the risk of developing serious health disorders rather than our isolated tragedies however painful they may be. Given that so many of those (30) ______ stress inducing troubles affect us in a day, we should, at best, try to avoid them or possibly make radical alterations in the way we lead our daily lifestyles. 21. A. create B. originate C. emerge D. devise 22. A. stamp out B. dawn on C. boil down to D. ward off 23. A. befall B. happen C. occur D. arise 24. A. neck B. face C. forehead D. fist 25. A. observe B. picture C. envision D. conclude 26. A. horn B. alarm C. voice D. song 27. A. term B. course C. timing D. period 28. A. risk B. jeopardy C. weakness D. strain 29. A. stagger B. stutter C. stumble D. stump Part 4: . Read the following text and fill in the blank with ONE suitable word. Write your answers in corresponding numbered boxes. (10 points) THE GALAPAGOS Visitors to the Galapagos Islands could be forgiven for asking all the fuss is (1) _________. Disasters workers and ecologists (2) _________ outnumber tourists, but there are few visible signs of a disaster. A wrecked oil tanker, stranded on rocks a mile away, is a blot on the tropical landscape. Simply keeping catastrophe at (3)_________ was never to satisfy an environmental group that wants the Galapagos Islands to remain as they were when Darwin visited in 1839, especially since most of the credit for the narrow escape is thanks to the winds and currents that carried the spill (4) _________ to the sea. About a third of the island’s 600 or more native plant species are found only there. (5)_________ the 57 species of reptiles, land birds and mammals, more than 80 percent are found nowhere else. Among these is the world’s largest marine lizard, the only species of penguin found in the tropics, a cormorant that has lived so long without predators that it has lost the (6)_________ to fly, and many rare species of tortoise. All are uniquely vulnerable, hence the unique concern. The Galapagos Islands were (7)_________ a national park in 1959, and developed an apparently model ecotourism industry- groups are sent (8) _________ hopping to designated sites and always with a guide. The local conservationists appeared confident at the helm, and the international environmental groups are pleased to have one (9)

_________ place to worry about- until the rusting ship ran (10) _________, and leaked its cargo of oil. Your answers

10.

Part 5 Read the passage and choose the right answer for each question. (15 points) HERBS AND DRUGS Herbs are different kinds of plants and plant parts that can be used for medicinal purposes. This can include the leaves, stems, roots, or seeds of the plant. Herbs have been important in traditional medicine for centuries, in both of the East and the West. In Western medicine, they have largely been replaced by drugs. Herbal treatments are, however, still an integral part of Eastern medicine. In recent years, interest in traditional medicine has increased in the West. Many people are either using modern methods combined with traditional treatments or are turning to these treatments entirely. While traditional medicine can be helpful, they are not without their share of problems. The main difference between herbs and drugs is that, while herbs are simply parts of plants, drugs are specific chemicals in a pure form. Many modern drugs are derived from chemicals found in plants. One example is aspirin, which is made from a chemical extracted from the back of the willow tree. Other drugs are entirely synthetic. Even those drugs that are derived from natural sources are heavily processed in order to purify and concentrate them. This allows drugs to be administered in very precise amounts. Different kinds and degrees of illnesses often require dosages that differ only slightly. A little too much or not enough of a certain drug can have negative effects on the patient. Many drugs also produce negative effects even when taken in the recommended dosage. These undesired negative effects are called “side-effects” The possibility of dangerous and unexpected side-effects from drugs has led many people back to traditional medicine. Herbal treatments seem more natural than modern drugs. Many feel that traditional medicine is more concerned with treating the underlying causes of disease instead of just the symptoms, through the truth of this claim is not yet clear. In any case, there is a certain comfort in taking natural herbal treatments instead of the processed, synthetic chemicals derived from them. There are, however, disadvantages to herbal treatments, some of them are serious. Few herbal treatments have been scientifically studied. While the active chemicals in the herb may be known, it may not be clear what they really do, or if they

are really effective at all. Because the active chemicals are not used alone, it is very difficult to determine the proper amount for treatment, since the levels of the chemical are not constant throughout the plant. Therefore, the risk of under- and overdose is higher than with drugs. A more serious problem is that certain herbal treatments may have no real medicinal effect, thus giving the patient a false sense of security. This is particularly harmful when the patient refuses treatment with modern drugs that could be effective. There are even certain herbs that can cause side-effects, just like a drug. (A) One of these is ma-huang, also called ephedra, which is taken to increase energy. (B) It has been known to cause damage to the heart and nervous system. Garlic and ginger are common elements in food that are also taken as herbal treatments, but they can be dangerous for people with diabetes. (C) In general, herbs are most dangerous when they are taken along with common drugs. This may happen in two ways: a patient decides to supplement his or her regular treatment with herbs, or a dishonest manufacturer adds modern drugs to an herbal treatment. (D) In both cases, the results can be very serious. The herb St. John’s wort is often used to treat depression, but if it is used along with conventional antidepressants, such as Zoloft, the combination can cause confusion, headaches, allergic reactions, and other problems. Finally, because production of herbal treatments is seldom regulated, harmful substances can be present in herbal preparations. Herbs grown in polluted soil may contain lead, arsenic, or mercury. They may also be tainted with pesticides. It is for these reasons that herbs should not be treated as the perfect substitute for drugs. Although herbs appear to be quite distinct from modern drugs, it is important to use them with the same sort of care. 1. The word “integral” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to A. harmful. B. important. C. famous. controversial. 2. Which of the following is closest in meaning to “tained” in paragraph 6? A. Accompanied. B. Augmented. C. Substituted. D. Contaminated. 3. The word “this” in paragraph 4 line 8 refers to A. patients taking ineffective herbs instead of drugs. B. patients having a sense of security. C. the risk of under and overdose of an herbal treatment. D. the patient’s belief that modern drugs are bad for you.

4. Why does the author mention that drugs are heavily processed? A. To show that herbs cannot compete with modern medical techniques. B. Because many mistakes can occur in this processing. C. To illustrate that drugs are not natural. D. To point out that many countries cannot afford to produce drugs. 5. What is the main difference between herbs and drugs according to the passage? A. Drugs can cause side-effects, whereas herbs do not. B. Drugs are at least partially synthetic, whereas herbs are natural. C. Herbs are dangerous when taken in large amounts, drugs are safer. D. Herbs can produce a false sense of security, whereas drugs do not. 6. According to the passage, when are herbs most dangerous? A. When not taken under a doctor’s supervision. B. When the patient refuses modern medicine. C. When the dosage is not administered precisely. D. When taken in combination with drugs. 7. According to the passage, who should not take ginger or garlic as herbal treatments? A. Patients with diabetes. B. Patients with liver damage. C. Patients taking antidepressants. D. Patients with problems of the heart or nervous system. 8. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage? A. Some herbal treatments are not effective in fighting disease. B. Modern doctors often do not approve of using herbs. C. Herbal treatments can also produce side-effects. D. Some manufacturers add drugs to herbs. 9. It can be inferred from the passage that. A. The drug industry is better regulated than the herb industry. B. People who use drugs instead of herbs recover more quickly. C. The popularity of herbal treatments will decrease in the future. D. The side-effects of drugs are more serious than those of herbs. 10. Where the following sentence could be added to paragraph 5: “Certain herbs have also been known to be harmful for people suffering from asthma.” A. (A) B. (B) C. (C) D . (D) Your answers:

10.

Part 4. The reading passage below has six paragraphs A-F. Choose the correct heading for each paragraph from the list of headings below. Write the correct number i-ix. (15 points) List of Headings i.Indecision about a name ii.Current problems with distribution iii.Uncertainty about financial advantages iv.The contrasts of cinema today v.The history of cinema vi.Integrating other events into cinema vii.The plans for the future of films viii. An unexpected advantage ix.Too true to life? THE END OF THE SILVER SCREEN? Cinema technology has remained much the same for a century, so when will it go digital? Kelvin Hilton views the projections. ACinema is full of contradictions. It is high- tech and oldfashioned at the same time. Today’s films are full of digital sound and computer- generated special effects. Yet they are still stored on celluloid film, the basis of which is more than 100 years old. They are also displayed with projectors and screens that seem to belong to our greatgrandparents’ generation. BNow we are in the second century of cinema, there are moves to bring the medium right up to date. This will involve revolutionizing not just how films are made but also how they are distributed and presented. The aim is not only to produce and prepare films digitally, but to be able to send them to movie theatres by digital, electronic means. High- resolution digitalprojectors would then show the film. Supporters say this will make considerable savings at all stages of this chain, particularly for distribution. CWith such a major technological revolution on the horizon, it seems strange that the

industry is still not sure what to call itself. This may appear a minor point, but the choices, ‘digital’ cinema and ‘electronic’ cinema (e- cinema), suggest different approaches to, and aspects of, the business. Digital cinema refers to the physical capture of images; e-cinema covers the whole chain, from production through postproduction (editing, addition of special effects and construction of soundtrack) to distribution and projection. DWhat about the effects of the new medium? The main selling point of digital cinema is the high resolution and sharpness of the final image. But those who support the oldfashioned approach to film point to the celluloid medium’s quality of warmth. A recurring criticism of video is that it may be too good: uncomfortably real, rather like looking through an open window. In 1989, the director of the first full- length American digital high-definition movie admitted that the picture had a ‘stark, strange reality to it’. E Even the money–saving aspect of e-cinema is doubted. One expert says that exciting cinema will have to show the new material and not all of them will readily or rapidly furnish themselves with the right equipment. ‘E-cinema is seen as a way of saving money, because print costs a lot,’ he says. ‘But for that to work, cinemas have to be showing the films because cinemas are the engine that drives the film industry.’ FThis view has prompted some pro-digital entrepreneurs to take a slightly different approach. HD Thames is looking at reinventing the existing cinema market, moving towards e-theatre, which would use digital video and projection to present plays, musicals and some sporting events to the public. This is not that different from the large-screen TV system that was set up in New York in 1930 and John Logie Baird’s experiments with TV in the late 1920s and early 30s. Complete the summary below using NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS from the passage There are big changes ahead for cinema if digital production takes place and the industry no longer uses (7) _____ and gets rid of the old-fashioned projectors and screens used to show movies. The main advantage is likely to be that the final image will be clearer. However, some people argue that the digital picture will lack (8) _____ In addition, digital production will only reduce costs if cinemas are willing to buy new (9) _____. As a result, experiments with what is called (10) ‘_____’ may mark a change in the whole entertainment industry.

Your answers:

10.

Part 7 You are going to read an article about risk taking. For questions 47-56, choose from the sections of the article (A-D). The sections may be chosen more than once. When more than one answer is required, these may be given in any order. In which section of the article is the following mentioned? 47 the use of car imagery to help explain neural activity? 48 mention of one person’s interest in the history of risk taking? 49 details of the process used to investigate the brain’s mechanics? 50 a chemical-based explanation as to why people have such varied attitudes towards risk taking? 51 a well-known theory that explains why people take risks during everyday activities? 52 specific examples of what a person could lose if risk taking goes wrong? 53 mention of a common confusion about the chemical causes of risky behaviour? 54 a judgement of another person’s stated belief about risk taking? 55 a reference to the fact that some people become addicted to the chemical reaction experienced in risk taking? 56 a description of a biological process initiated by fear in humans? The Mystery of Risk Jodie O’Rourke reviews current thinking about what lies behind risk taking A Exploration of all sorts is rooted in the notion of taking risks. Risk underlies any journey into the unknown, whether it is a ship captain’s voyage into uncharted seas, a scientist’s research on dangerous diseases, or an entrepreneur’s investment in a new venture. Some of the motivations for taking risks are obvious – financial reward, fame, political gain, saving lives. But as the danger increases, the number of people willing to

go forward shrinks, until the only ones who remain are the extreme risk takers. This is the mystery of risk: what makes some humans willing to jeopardize their reputation, fortune, and life and to continue to do so, even in the face of dire consequences? Scientists have now begun to open up the neurological black box containing the mechanisms for risk taking and tease out the biological factors that may prompt someone to become an explorer. Their research has centred on neurotransmitters, the chemicals that control communication in the brain. B One neurotransmitter that is crucial to the risk taking equation is dopamine, which helps control motor skills but also helps drive us to seek out and learn new things as well as process emotions such as anxiety and fear. Robust dopamine production holds one of the keys to understanding risk taking, says Larry Zweifel, a neurobiologist at the University of Washington. ‘When you’re talking about someone who takes risks to accomplish something, that’s driven by motivation, and motivation is driven by the dopamine system. This is what compels humans to move forward.’ Dopamine helps elicit a sense of satisfaction when we accomplish tasks: the riskier the task, the larger the hit of dopamine. Part of the reason we don’t all climb mountains is that we don’t all have the same amount of dopamine. Molecules on the surface of nerve cells called autoreceptors control how much dopamine we make and use, essentially controlling our appetite for risk. C In a study conducted at Vanderbilt University, participants underwent scans allowing scientists to observe the autoreceptors in the part of the brain circuitry associated with reward, addiction, and movement. People who had fewer autoreceptors – that is, who had freer flowing dopamine – were more likely to engage in novelty-seeking behaviour, such as exploration. ‘Think of dopamine like gasoline,’ says neuropsychologist David Zald, the study’s lead author. ‘You combine that with a brain equipped with a lesser ability to put on the brakes than normal, and you get people who push limits.’ This is where the discussion often mixes up risk takers with thrill seekers or adrenaline junkies. The hormone adrenaline is designed to help us escape from danger. It works like this: When the brain perceives a threat, it triggers the release of adrenaline into the bloodstream, which in turn stimulates the heart, lungs, muscles, and other parts of the body to help us flee or fight in a life-threatening situation. This release generates a feeling of exhilaration that continues after the threat has passed, as the adrenaline clears from the system. For some people, that adrenaline rush can become a reward the brain seeks. They are prompted to induce it by going to scary movies or engaging in extreme sports. D Acclimating to risk is something we all do in our daily lives. A good example of this occurs when learning to drive a car. At first, a new driver may fear traveling on freeways, but over time that same driver with more experience will merge casually into speeding traffic with little consideration for the significant potential dangers. What is commonly referred to as the ‘familiarity principle’ can also be applied to help explain the lack of fear associated with high-risk situations. By practising an activity, humans can become used to the risk and manage the fear that arises in those situations. The

notion that we are all descended from risk takers fascinates writer Paul Salopek. ‘Early humans leaving the Great Rift Valley in Africa thousands of years ago were the first great explorers,’ he reasons. ‘At our innermost core we are all risk takers. And this shared willingness to explore our planet has bound our species from the very beginning.’ It’s a noble idea, albeit a dopamine-based one!

Part 8 11.In his place, I wouldn’t care too much about my reputation.HOOTS -If I were him, I wouldn’t ............................................. 12,How could I tell him if I haven’t seen him for months? HIDE

- How could ................................................... 13.She sent her husband out to buy Bulgarian mushrooms, knowing he wouldn’t find any. GOOSE

- She sent her husband ........................................................... 14.I’m sorry, but I’m not in the mood to discuss this matter right now.MIND

- I’m afraid I’m not ...................................................................... 15.Why are you trying to mend something that isn’t broken? MONKEYING

- Why are you ........................................................................... 16.Must you follow me everywhere I go? DOG

- Must you ....................................................................... 17.We are behind with our mortgage repayments. -We have fallen .................................................................. 18.Once dad has made up his mind, he won’t change it. INCH

- Dad won’t ................................................................................ 19.Nigel is so conceited, it’s time someone showed him he‘s not as important as he thinks. SIZE

- It’s time someone ............................................................................ 20.You must do anything you can to make the negotiations successful. STOPS

- You must ...................................................................................... KEY \Phần 1 Section 1. 1. Milperra Sydney 2. First class movers 3. 28 November 4. 601 ACK 5. the screen

6. Door/ bathroom door 7. Dining room table 8. $200 9. Six plates 10. $60 in total

Section 2.

1. 31 Section 3. 1.F

2. B

3. aquarius

2.T

3.F

4. Florida

4.T

5. 22

5.?

Section 4.

1. B

2. C

3. A

4. C

5. B

Section 2. Rob: Hello and welcome to 6 Minute English from BBC Learning English. I'm Rob and with me is Finn. Finn: … Rob: Finn? Are you ok? Finn: (breathes out) Ahhh… 49 seconds… I was just… holding my breath! Rob: A new hobby of yours, Finn? Finn: Well today… we're talking about people living underwater – so I thought I could do with some practice. Rob: Ok – well you get your breath back. Today, we'll be hearing about scientists who broke the world record for time spent underwater – they spent an incredible 31 days under the waves! And we'll be learning some related vocabulary too. Ready now, Finn? Finn: Yes – I think so. And are you ready for this week's question? Rob: Hit me with it. Finn: This week's question is… what is the longest time a human being has held their breath underwater for? Is it: 12 minutes 18 minutes 22 minutes Rob: I'm going to go for b) 18 minutes.

Finn: I'll tell you if you're right or wrong at the end of the programme, but… don't hold your breath! Rob: Haha. Don't hold your breath – a phrase which means 'don't expect that a particular good thing will happen'. Anyway – what about these scientists – did they hold their breath for 31 days? Finn: Haha – no – but they did live underwater in a laboratory. That's a room or building with scientific equipment for doing tests. Rob: One of the men was Fabien Cousteau, who's an oceanographer – someone who studies the oceans. He's the grandson of Jacques Cousteau – a Frenchman who held the previous record of 30 days underwater. Finn: Fabien said he wanted to break his grandfather's record to raise awareness of ocean conservation – protecting and looking after the ocean. Rob: Well he's raised our awareness at least. Now I'm interested in how they lived underwater. Listen to Fabien talking about the laboratory called Aquarius. Which word does he use to say that the lab is completely underwater? Fabien Cousteau (Oceanographer): Aquarius is very unique in that it's the only undersea marine laboratory – it gives us a unique platform from which to live and explore this final frontier on our planet. Finn: He called it an undersea laboratory. ‘Undersea’ is, as you might guess a word similar to underwater. It means under the sea. Rob: And he called this undersea world 'the final frontier'. It's an interesting phrase – it comes from the Star Trek television series, which called space the final frontier – the last place that humans have not yet travelled to, the last place to explore. Finn: And apparently this laboratory was 18 metres under the sea in Florida... and being there allowed them to spend less time diving and more time observing marine life. Rob: Marine life – that means 'of the sea', so marine life means sea life, plants and animals that live in the sea. They were particularly interested in investigating the effects of pollution on coral. Finn: Now, I know they did this to raise awareness of marine conservation. But what I'm really interested in is what life was like for them. What was it like to live underwater for so long? Rob: Surprisingly, perhaps, life there wasn't too bad. They had air conditioning, hot water and internet access! Finn: Though I do know that Fabien struggled with one aspect. Listen to him to find out what: Fabien Cousteau (Oceanographer): Unfortunately for me, as a French person, the food will also be simulated – freezedried, astronaut type of food, canned foods – things like that, so it's a horror show for me. Rob: Poor Fabien. He said the food was pretty awful. Maybe it was English food?! Finn: Probably – as a Frenchman he wasn't impressed by the freeze-dried food – that means food that is quickly frozen and dried – to preserve it. Rob: Yes, he thought it was astronaut style food – the sort of food you would eat as an astronaut – someone who travels into space! Finn: And coming back to dry land they had to spend 16 hours decompressing.

Rob: That's very important. Divers have to decompress – to return to their original body pressure – when they come out of the water. Finn: Sounds like a long time to wait for a good meal! So Rob – what do you think? Would you like to live underwater for a month? Rob: Absolutely not. I'd get very claustrophobic in those small spaces. Finn: Anyway – let's see if you got this week's question right. I asked you what you thought the world record for holding your breath for underwater was. Rob: I went for 18 minutes. Finn: Actually is was even longer than that. 22 minutes, 0 seconds by Stig Severinsen from Denmark. Stig was allowed to hyperventilate – breathe fast and deeply using oxygen before the attempt. Please don't try this at home! Well, that brings us to the end of today's 6 Minute English. We hope you’ve enjoyed today’s underwater programme. Please join us again soon. Bye. Rob: Bye. Section 3. Richard: Hi, Linda, did you have a nice holiday? Linda: Yes, I went to visit my aunt Cathy in Chase Village for a week. Richard: Oh, you went to Chase Village? I know the place. My sister lives there. How is the traffic there? Linda: Not too bad. Why do you ask about the traffic? Richard: You know, I went to the traffic 3 years ago. There was a lot of traffic in Chase Village. People drove too fast. I had a very serious accident on Newland Street. I was afraid to drive there, so I always try to avoid that road when I visit my sister. Linda: Things are changing no. You know, people put on their brakes and slow down on New Land Street because they can see a police car there with a police officer in it. Richard: Oh, it’s good to have a policeman there because there were many accidents that happened on that road. But the police officer wouldn’t be there all the time, so some people wouldn’t be too careful about the police. Sometimes they just took a risk. Linda: You know, the police officer has been working on that road 24 hours a day, seven days a week for a bout two and a half years now. Richard: Oh, how can a policeman do this without any break? Linda: No break at all. Richard: How much does he get paid for the overtime work? Linda: In fact, he doesn’t get any pay at all. Richard: What is his name? He must be a volunteer there but I can’t believe it. Linda: His name is Officer Springirth. The police department put him to work there. Richard: What do you mean? Why did police department put him to work there? Linda: In fact, he isn’t a real man. He is a mannequin. Before he was put there, people broke into 16 cars in two months in the village. When the police

department put Officer Springirth on that road there were no more breakins in that area. Richard: I’m glad to hear it. I think the police department should put more mannequins on other roads which often cause accidents. Linda: It’s a good idea. You know, the crime rate in Chase Village is very low compared to the neighbouring village. Richard: So, the most important effect Officer Springirth has is reducing the crime rate. Linda: Exactly. Richard: I will go to visit my sister next month so I will try that road again. Linda: Yes, please do. You will see the changes. Section 4 Man: And today I’m talking to Angela Morgan. Angela, what made you decide to fly round the world in a helicopter? Woman: People often ask me why I decided to do it but I’m surprised they don’t ask “Why did you wait so long?” because I’m 57 now! I’m sorry I didn’t do it years ago, because it was such a wonderful experience. But the main purpose for going was to collect £500,000 for sick children by getting different companies to pay us money for each kilometre that we flew. Man: And now everyone calls you the flying grandmother! Woman: Yes, the thing about growing older is that you don’t feel any different inside, so you have to do as much as you can while you can. I’m healthy, and my own children are grown up, so I was free to go. Man: And what about preparing the trip? Woman: Well, it took five months to plan. I was going to go with my husband, but he couldn’t take time off work. Instead I made the trip with my flying teacher who became a great friend while she was teaching me to fly three years ago. I passed my flying test after two weeks; found it quite easy. Man: And what was the trip like? Woman: It was really exciting flying over so many different countries. The only thing was that we weren’t able to spend much time sightseeing because we only stopped to get water and to camp. We took very little with us, but we did have tents and cooking things to use at night. We had to spend two days in Thailand because of an engine problem, but that was the longest we spent anywhere. Fortunately nothing else went wrong, so we just kept on going after that. Man: What did you enjoy most about the trip? Woman: The most wonderful thing about flying was seeing the differences in the countryside as we flew across 26 countries in 97 days. We flew over oceans and close to mountains; sometimes it was quite frightening, but we didn’t travel when it was dark. We spent several nights camping in the desert and the sky was just full of stars. I made a video of the trip; you’ll see it in a minute. Man: Was there anything that you missed while you were away? Woman: Well, to my surprise I didn’t miss going to work or going out to restaurants or films. The most difficult thing was sitting still all the time; I normally play tennis and

swim several times a week, so I started to feel very unfit. I missed hot water and proper showers sometimes too, but not as much as I thought I would! Part 1: Đáp án: 1D 2D 3A 4B 5B 6C 7D 8B 9D 10D 1. The teacher asked a difficult question, but finally Ted _________ a good answer. A. put up with B. keep pace with C. made way for D. came up with Put up with = chịu đựng điều gì gây khó chịu Keep pace with = bắt kịp với ( trình độ,sự phát triển) Make way for = provide a space or an opportunity for something else Come up with= đưa ra ý tưởng,giái pháp cho vấn đề khó khăn cần giải quyết 2. Remember to appreciate what your friends do for you. You shouldn’t take them_______. A. as a rule B. as usual C. out of habit D. for granted Take sth for granted=take it as read= coi điều gì là điểu hiển nhiên ,là đúng 3. Roy________the depths of despair when his wife left him A. plumbs B. reaches C. fills D. achieves plumb the depths of despair: tuyệt vọng cùng cực 4. The children are well-behaved in school. They only act_______ when their parents are around. A. in B. up C. on D. Off Act up = If a person, especially a child, acts up, they behave badly 5. Don’t _______! I haven’t finished explaining yet ! A. hang on B. hang up C. hold up D. hold on Hang up= end a phone conversation// a permanent and unreasonable feeling of anxiety about a particular feature of yourself 6. We were doing a project when Peter hit ______ this ingenious method of freezing food. A. up B. on C. upon D. Out hit on/upon sth= think of an idea when you didn't expect or intend to, especially one that solves a problem 7. You should always have an alternative plan to ____________ A. bring about B. ask after C. feel up to D. fall back on Fall back on = use something, especially a form of financial support, when other things have failed 8. What were you two _____________ just now in the garden? A. bringing about B. getting up to C. coming up with D. getting round to Get up to = do something, often something that other people would disapprove of 9. The school exam for eleven-year-olds was _____________ some years ago. A. followed up B. drawn up C. carried out D. done away with Do away with = loại bỏ ai/cái gì 10. The authorities are worried about the recent phenomenon of students dropping ______ of college to seek employment. A. out B. down C. back D. off Drop out of= bỏ học giữa chừng B.

KEY : 1D 2A 3D 4A 5C 6B 7B 8D 9. A 10A 1. Tourists often go to the Louvre but most Parisians only go ____________ A. in the redB. out of the blue C. a black sheep D. once in a blue moon Once in a blue moon= chỉ một điều gì đó hoặc một sự việc, hành động nào đó rất hiếm khi xảy ra. In the red= mắc nợ Out of the blue= bất thình lình,đột ngột A black sheep = mô tả họ là một thành viên đơn lẻ hoặc tai tiếng nằm trong một nhóm hoặc là những đứa trẻ khác biệt trong một gia đình hoặc những nhân tố nổi loạn trong một tập thể. 2. The firm is __________. It owns a lot of money. A. in the redB. out of the blue C. a black sheep D. in the blue Once in a blue moon= chỉ một điều gì đó hoặc một sự việc, hành động nào đó rất hiếm khi xảy ra. In the red= mắc nợ Out of the blue= bất thình lình,đột ngột A black sheep = mô tả họ là một thành viên đơn lẻ hoặc tai tiếng nằm trong một nhóm hoặc là những đứa trẻ khác biệt trong một gia đình hoặc những nhân tố nổi loạn trong một tập thể. 3. He never panics in a difficult situation. He stays as cool as a ___________ A. tomato B. apple C. potato D. Cucumber As cool as a cucumber =rất bình tĩnh,như thể không có việc gì xảy ra 4. This conversation project looks promising, but it’s still _______. A. in the early stages B. in advance C. under stress D. at first sight in the early stages = used for describing something that has only recently started to happen or develop 5. When finding a new house, parents should ________all the conditions for their children’s education and entertainment. A. make all the conditions B. get a measure of C. take into account D. put into effect take into account /consideration= cân nhắc ,xem xét điều gì have/get a measure of = have or get a good understanding about what is needed to defeat or deal with (someone one is competing against) 6. I accidentally ________ Mike when I was crossing a street downtown yesterday. A. lost touch with B. caught sight of C. paid attention to D. kept an eye on caught sight of = bắt gặp ai,tình cờ gặp ai đó pay attention to = chú ý đến ai/cái gì loose touch with = mất ,không còn liên lạc với ai keep an eye on = để mắt,canh chừng,lưu tâm đến ai/cái gì 7. The Jacksons won’t contribute to the Red Cross unless you _____. A. go down on your knees B. stand on your own feet C. are on your last legs D. keep your head stand on your own feet= có tinh thần độc lập, có khả năng tự lập, tự túc mà không cần sự trợ giúp của người khác. Be on its last legs= trong tình trạng hấp hối(người) ,sắp bị hư hỏng ,không dùng đc nữa ( vật)

8. His response was as sharp as a______ A. sword B. knife C. scissors D. Needle as sharp as a needle=Intelligent and quick-thinking. 9. Without written evidence , we don’t have a ______ on. A. leg to stand B. foot to stand C. leg to lean D. foot to lean have a leg to stand on: có lý lẽ để biện minh cho mình 10. Just because we’ve had a good year, this does not mean that we cannot do better: we must not ______ A. have our head in the clouds B. bury our heads in the sand C. count our blessings D. rest on our laurels rest on our laurels : ngủ quên trên chiến thắng have your head in the clouds= to not know the facts of a situation bury our heads in the sand= nhắm mắt làm ngơ,lảng tránh vấn đề count our blessings = to be grateful for the good things in your life, often to stop yourself becoming too unhappy about the bad things Part 2 (Line 1) (Line 1) (Line 3) (Line 4) (Line 5) (Line 7) (Line 8) (Line 8) (Line 11) (Line 12) (Line 13)

0. year  years 1. done à made 2. telecommunication à telecommunications 3. modern à modernization 4. diagnosis à diagnostic 5. superstructure à infrastructure 6. on (progress) à in (progress) 7. include à including 8. increased à increasing 9. anticipates à is anticipated 10. computered à computerized

(28) _____ to your life and in this way puts your well-being in (28) ______. Surprisingly, it's the seemingly negligible hardships we (29) ______ on daily that run double the risk of developing serious health disorders rather than our isolated tragedies however painful they may be. Given that so many of those (30) ______ stress inducing troubles affect us in a day, we should, at best, try to avoid them or possibly make radical alterations in the way we lead our daily lifestyles. 21. A. create B. originate C. emerge D. devise Emerge=to appear by coming out of something or out from behind something 22. A. stamp out B. dawn on C. boil down to D. ward off ward off someone/something=to keep someone or something away or prevent something from happening or harming you 23. A. befall B. happen C. occur D. arise Befall=If something bad or dangerous befalls you, it happens to you 24. A. neck B. face C. forehead D. fist 'put on a brave face' (lên mặt can đảm), điều đó có nghĩa là bạn đang cố gắng làm cho người khác tưởng bạn vui vẻ, trong khi thực tế không phải như vậy. 25. A. observe B. picture C. envision D. conclude envision in your mind= mường tưởng,hình dung trong tâm trí về cái gì/ai 26. A. horn B. alarm C. voice D. song Sound the horn =bấm còi,báo hiệu 27. A. term B. course C. timing D. period In due course=Nếu bạn nói rằng điều gì đó sẽ xảy ra hoặc diễn ra “in due course”, có nghĩa là bạn không thể làm cho nó xảy ra nhanh hơn nữa và nó sẽ xảy ra khi đến thời điểm thích hợp. 28. A. risk B. jeopardy C. weakness D. strain Put sth in jeopardy = cause one to be in a situation or scenario that could prove risky, dangerous, or damaging 29. A. stagger B. stutter C. stumble D. stump stumble across/on/upon sth/sb=to discover something by chance, or to meet someone by chance 30. A.wretched B.incongruous C.countervailing D.unkempt Wretched=unpleasant or of low quality

Part 4: (10 pts) Each correct answer is given 1 pt 1. about

2. far/currently

3. bay

4.out

5. Of

6. ability

7.declared/designated/made

8. island

9. less

10. aground

Part 5 Read the passage and choose the right answer for each question. (15 points)

1. B

2. D

3.B

4.C

5.C

6.D

7.A

8.B

9.A

10.C

HERBS AND DRUGS Herbs are different kinds of plants and plant parts that can be used for medicinal purposes. This can include the leaves, stems, roots, or seeds of the plant. Herbs have been important in traditional medicine for centuries, in both of the East and the West. In Western medicine, they have largely been replaced by drugs. Herbal treatments are, however, still an integral part of Eastern medicine. In recent years, interest in traditional medicine has increased in the West. Many people are either using modern methods combined with traditional treatments or are turning to these treatments entirely. While traditional medicine can be helpful, they are not without their share of problems. The main difference between herbs and drugs is that, while herbs are simply parts of plants, drugs are specific chemicals in a pure form. Many modern drugs are derived from chemicals found in plants. One example is aspirin, which is made from a chemical extracted from the back of the willow tree. Other drugs are entirely synthetic. Even those drugs that are derived from natural sources are heavily processed in order to purify and concentrate them. This allows drugs to be administered in very precise amounts. Different kinds and degrees of illnesses often require dosages that differ only slightly. A little too much or not enough of a certain drug can have negative effects on the patient. Many drugs also produce negative effects even when taken in the recommended dosage. These undesired negative effects are called “side-effects” The possibility of dangerous and unexpected side-effects from drugs has led many people back to traditional medicine. Herbal treatments seem more natural than modern drugs. Many feel that traditional medicine is more concerned with treating the underlying causes of disease instead of just the symptoms, through the truth of this claim is not yet clear. In any case, there is a certain comfort in taking natural herbal treatments instead of the processed, synthetic chemicals derived from them. There are, however, disadvantages to herbal treatments, some of them are serious. Few herbal treatments have been scientifically studied. While the active chemicals in the herb may be known, it may not be clear what they really do, or if they are really effective at all. Because the active chemicals are not used alone, it is very difficult to determine the proper amount for treatment, since the levels of the chemical are not constant throughout the plant. Therefore, the risk of under- and overdose is higher than with drugs. A more serious problem is that certain herbal treatments may have no real medicinal effect, thus giving the patient a false sense of security. This is particularly harmful when the patient refuses treatment with modern drugs that could be effective.

There are even certain herbs that can cause side-effects, just like a drug. (A) One of these is ma-huang, also called ephedra, which is taken to increase energy. (B) It has been known to cause damage to the heart and nervous system. Garlic and ginger are common elements in food that are also taken as herbal treatments, but they can be dangerous for people with diabetes. (C) In general, herbs are most dangerous when they are taken along with common drugs. This may happen in two ways: a patient decides to supplement his or her regular treatment with herbs, or a dishonest manufacturer adds modern drugs to an herbal treatment. (D) In both cases, the results can be very serious. The herb St. John’s wort is often used to treat depression, but if it is used along with conventional antidepressants, such as Zoloft, the combination can cause confusion, headaches, allergic reactions, and other problems. Finally, because production of herbal treatments is seldom regulated, harmful substances can be present in herbal preparations. Herbs grown in polluted soil may contain lead, arsenic, or mercury. They may also be tainted with pesticides. It is for these reasons that herbs should not be treated as the perfect substitute for drugs. Although herbs appear to be quite distinct from modern drugs, it is important to use them with the same sort of care. 1. The word “integral” in the first paragraph is closest in meaning to A. harmful. B. important. C. famous. D. controversial. Integral=important= thiết yếu, quan trọng 2. Which of the following is closest in meaning to “tained” in paragraph 6? A. Accompanied. B. Augmented. C. Substituted. D. Contaminated. Tain=contaminate= bị nhiễm độc 3. The word “this” in paragraph 4 line 8 refers to A. patients taking ineffective herbs instead of drugs. B. patients having a sense of security. C. the risk of under and overdose of an herbal treatment. D. the patient’s belief that modern drugs are bad for you. Clue: thus giving the patient a false sense of security. This is particularly harmful when the patient refuses treatment with modern drugs that could be effective. 4. Why does the author mention that drugs are heavily processed? A. To show that herbs cannot compete with modern medical techniques. B. Because many mistakes can occur in this processing. C. To illustrate that drugs are not natural.

D. To point out that many countries cannot afford to produce drugs. 4. Tại sao tác giả đề cập đến việc thuốc được chế biến nhiều? A. Để chứng tỏ rằng các loại thảo mộc không thể cạnh tranh với các kỹ thuật y học hiện đại. B. Vì có thể xảy ra nhiều sai sót trong quá trình xử lý này. C. Để minh họa rằng thuốc không phải tự nhiên. D. Chỉ ra rằng nhiều nước không đủ khả năng sản xuất ma tuý. Clue: The main difference between herbs and drugs is that, while herbs are simply parts of plants, drugs are specific chemicals in a pure form. Many modern drugs are derived from chemicals found in plants. One example is aspirin, which is made from a chemical extracted from the back of the willow tree. Other drugs are entirely synthetic. Even those drugs that are derived from natural sources are heavily processed in order to purify and concentrate them. Sự khác biệt chính giữa các loại thảo mộc và thuốc là, trong khi các loại thảo mộc chỉ đơn giản là các bộ phận của thực vật, thuốc là các hóa chất cụ thể ở dạng tinh khiết. Nhiều loại thuốc hiện đại có nguồn gốc từ các chất hóa học được tìm thấy trong thực vật. Một ví dụ là aspirin, được làm từ một chất hóa học chiết xuất từ phần sau của cây liễu. Các loại thuốc khác là hoàn toàn tổng hợp. Ngay cả những loại thuốc có nguồn gốc tự nhiên cũng được chế biến rất nhiều để tinh chế và cô đặc chúng 5. What is the main difference between herbs and drugs according to the passage? A. Drugs can cause side-effects, whereas herbs do not. B. Drugs are at least partially synthetic, whereas herbs are natural. C. Herbs are dangerous when taken in large amounts, drugs are safer. D. Herbs can produce a false sense of security, whereas drugs do not. 5. Sự khác biệt chính giữa các loại thảo mộc và thuốc theo đoạn văn là gì? A. Thuốc có thể gây ra tác dụng phụ, trong khi các loại thảo mộc thì không. B. Thuốc ít nhất là tổng hợp một phần, trong khi thảo mộc là tự nhiên. C. Các loại thảo mộc nguy hiểm khi dùng một lượng lớn, thuốc an toàn hơn. D. Các loại thảo mộc có thể tạo ra cảm giác an toàn giả tạo, trong khi thuốc thì không. Clue: There are, however, disadvantages to herbal treatments, some of them are serious. Few herbal treatments have been scientifically studied. While the active chemicals in the herb may be known, it may not be clear what they really do, or if they are really effective at all. Because the active chemicals are not used alone, it is very difficult to determine the proper amount for treatment, since the levels of the chemical are not constant throughout the plant. Therefore, the risk of under- and overdose is higher than with drugs.

Tuy nhiên, có những nhược điểm đối với các phương pháp điều trị bằng thảo dược, một số trong số đó là nghiêm trọng. Rất ít phương pháp điều trị bằng thảo dược đã được nghiên cứu một cách khoa học. Mặc dù các hóa chất hoạt tính trong thảo mộc có thể được biết đến, nhưng có thể không rõ chúng thực sự có tác dụng gì hoặc liệu chúng có thực sự hiệu quả hay không. Bởi vì các hóa chất hoạt tính không được sử dụng một mình, rất khó xác định lượng thích hợp để xử lý, vì mức độ của hóa chất không cố định trong toàn bộ nhà máy. Do đó, nguy cơ thiếu và quá liều cao hơn so với dùng thuố 6. According to the passage, when are herbs most dangerous? A. When not taken under a doctor’s supervision. B. When the patient refuses modern medicine. C. When the dosage is not administered precisely. D. When taken in combination with drugs. 6. Theo đoạn văn, khi nào các loại thảo mộc nguy hiểm nhất? A. Khi không được thực hiện dưới sự giám sát của bác sĩ. B. Khi bệnh nhân từ chối y học hiện đại. C. Khi không dùng chính xác liều lượng. D. Khi dùng phối hợp với thuốc. Clue: In general, herbs are most dangerous when they are taken along with common drugs Nói chung, các loại thảo mộc nguy hiểm nhất khi chúng được dùng cùng với các loại thuốc thông thường. 7. According to the passage, who should not take ginger or garlic as herbal treatments? A. Patients with diabetes. B. Patients with liver damage. C. Patients taking antidepressants. D. Patients with problems of the heart or nervous system. 7. Theo đoạn văn, những ai không nên dùng gừng hoặc tỏi làm phương pháp điều trị bằng thảo dược? A. Bệnh nhân đái tháo đường. B. Bệnh nhân bị tổn thương gan. C. Bệnh nhân đang dùng thuốc chống trầm cảm. D. Bệnh nhân có vấn đề về tim hoặc hệ thần kinh. Clue: Garlic and ginger are common elements in food that are also taken as herbal treatments, but they can be dangerous for people with diabetes. Tỏi và gừng là những nguyên tố phổ biến trong thực phẩm cũng được dùng làm phương pháp điều trị bằng thảo dược, nhưng chúng có thể gây nguy hiểm cho những người mắc bệnh tiểu đường.

8. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage? A. Some herbal treatments are not effective in fighting disease. B. Modern doctors often do not approve of using herbs. C. Herbal treatments can also produce side-effects. D. Some manufacturers add drugs to herbs. 8. Điều nào sau đây KHÔNG được đề cập trong đoạn văn? A. Một số phương pháp điều trị bằng thảo dược không hiệu quả trong việc chống lại bệnh tật. B. Các bác sĩ hiện đại thường không tán thành việc sử dụng các loại thảo mộc. C. Phương pháp điều trị bằng thảo dược cũng có thể tạo ra các tác dụng phụ. D. Một số nhà sản xuất thêm thuốc vào các loại thảo mộc. Clue: There are even certain herbs that can cause side-effects, just like a drug. => C A more serious problem is that certain herbal treatments may have no real medicinal effect, thus giving the patient a false sense of security.=> A a dishonest manufacturer adds modern drugs to an herbal treatment=> d 9. It can be inferred from the passage that. A. The drug industry is better regulated than the herb industry. B. People who use drugs instead of herbs recover more quickly. C. The popularity of herbal treatments will decrease in the future. D. The side-effects of drugs are more serious than those of herbs. 9. Có thể suy ra từ đoạn văn rằng. A. Ngành công nghiệp sản xuất thuốc được quản lý tốt hơn ngành công nghiệp thảo mộc. B. Những người sử dụng thuốc thay vì thảo mộc phục hồi nhanh hơn. C. Sự phổ biến của các phương pháp điều trị bằng thảo dược sẽ giảm trong tương lai. D. Các tác dụng phụ của thuốc nghiêm trọng hơn so với các tác dụng phụ của thảo mộc. Clue: Finally, because production of herbal treatments is seldom regulated, harmful substances can be present in herbal preparations. Herbs grown in polluted soil may contain lead, arsenic, or mercury. They may also be tainted with pesticides. It is for these reasons that herbs should not be treated as the perfect substitute for drugs. Cuối cùng, vì việc sản xuất các phương pháp điều trị bằng thảo dược hiếm khi được kiểm soát, các chất có hại có thể có trong các chế phẩm thảo dược. Các loại thảo mộc được trồng trên đất ô nhiễm có thể chứa chì, asen hoặc thủy ngân. Chúng cũng có thể bị nhiễm thuốc trừ sâu. Chính vì những lý do này mà các loại thảo mộc không nên được coi là sự thay thế hoàn hảo cho các loại thuốc. 10. Where the following sentence could be added to paragraph 5:

“Certain herbs have also been known to be harmful for people suffering from asthma.” A. (A) B. (B) C. (C) D . (D)

Part 6.The reading passage below has six paragraphs A-F. Choose the correct heading for each paragraph from the list of headings below. Write the correct number i-ix. (15 points) A- iv

7. celluloid film

B- vii

8. warmth

C- i

9. equipment

D- ix

10. e-theatre

E- iii F- vi THE END OF THE SILVER SCREEN? Cinema technology has remained much the same for a century, so when will it go digital? Kelvin Hilton views the projections. Aiv. The contrasts of cinema today Cinema is full of contradictions. It is high- tech and oldfashioned at the same time. Điện ảnh đầy rẫy những mâu thuẫn. Nó đồng thời là công nghệ cao và cổ điển Today’s films are full of digital sound and computer- generated special effects. Yet they are still stored on celluloid film, the basis of which is more than 100 years old. They are also displayed with projectors and screens that seem to belong to our greatgrandparents’ generation. =>Sự tương phản của điện ảnh ngày nay Bvii. The plans for the future of films Now we are in the second century of cinema, there are moves to bring the medium right up to date. This will involve revolutionizing not just how films are made but also how they are distributed and presented Bây giờ chúng ta đang ở trong thế kỷ thứ hai của điện ảnh, có những động thái để đưa phương tiện truyền thông cập nhật. Điều này sẽ liên quan đến việc cách mạng hóa không chỉ cách sản xuất phim mà còn cả cách chúng được phân phối và trình bày.

. The aim is not only to produce and prepare films digitally, but to be able to send them to movie theatres by digital, electronic means. High- resolution digitalprojectors would then show the film. Supporters say this will make considerable savings at all stages of this chain, particularly for distribution. => Các kế hoạch cho tương lai của các bộ phim Ci. Indecision about a name With such a major technological revolution on the horizon, it seems strange that the industry is still not sure what to call itself Với một cuộc cách mạng công nghệ lớn đang diễn ra như vậy, có vẻ kỳ lạ là ngành công nghiệp này vẫn không biết nên gọi chính nó là gì. . This may appear a minor point, but the choices, ‘digital’ cinema and ‘electronic’ cinema (e- cinema), suggest different approaches to, and aspects of, the business. Digital cinema refers to the physical capture of images; e-cinema covers the whole chain, from production through postproduction (editing, addition of special effects and construction of soundtrack) to distribution and projection.  Do dự về 1 cái tên Dix. Too true to life? What about the effects of the new medium? The main selling point of digital cinema is the high resolution and sharpness of the final image. But those who support the oldfashioned approach to film point to the celluloid medium’s quality of warmth. A recurring criticism of video is that it may be too good: uncomfortably real, rather like looking through an open window. In 1989, the director of the first full- length American digital high-definition movie admitted that the picture had a ‘stark, strange reality to it’. Năm 1989, đạo diễn của bộ phim độ nét cao kỹ thuật số dài đầy đủ đầu tiên của Mỹ thừa nhận rằng bức ảnh có một "thực tế rõ ràng, kỳ lạ đối với nó".  Quá đúng với cuộc sống E iii. Uncertainty about financial advantages Even the money–saving aspect of e-cinema is doubted. Ngay cả khía cạnh tiết kiệm tiền của rạp chiếu phim điện tử cũng bị nghi ngờ. One expert says that exciting cinema will have to show the new material and not all of them will readily or rapidly furnish themselves with the right equipment. ‘E-cinema is seen as a way of saving money, because print costs a lot,’ he says. ‘But for that to work, cinemas have to be showing the films because cinemas are the engine that drives the film industry.’  Không chắc chắn về lợi thế tài chính Fvi. Integrating other events into cinema

This view has prompted some pro-digital entrepreneurs to take a slightly different approach. HD Thames is looking at reinventing the existing cinema market, moving towards e-theatre, which would use digital video and projection to present plays, musicals and some sporting events to the public HD Thames đang xem xét việc tái tạo lại thị trường rạp chiếu phim hiện tại, hướng tới rạp hát điện tử, nơi sẽ sử dụng video và chiếu kỹ thuật số để trình chiếu các vở kịch, nhạc kịch và một số sự kiện thể thao cho công chúng. . This is not that different from the large-screen TV system that was set up in New York in 1930 and John Logie Baird’s experiments with TV in the late 1920s and early 30s. => Tích hợp các sự kiện khác vào rạp chiếu phim

Part 7 47 C. Sentence three and four, beginning with ‘Think of dopamine like gasoline’. 48 D. In the bottom part of Paragraph D Paul Salopek is mentioned being intrigued in other people’s risk taking in the human history, how it propelled men forward to seek and explore. 49 C. In the second part of Paragraph C, beginning with ‘It works like this’ we are given a detailed example of the brain process in question. 50 B. Last but one sentence of Paragraph B goes ‘… we don’t all have the same amount of dopamine’, which explain different attitude towards risk-taking. 51 D. The beginning of the paragraph uses the example of driving a car to illustrate risk-taking in everyday setting and how we get used to such risk. 52 A. The second part of this paragraph gives examples of what a risk-taker could potentially lose, such as life or reputation. 53 C. The example of ‘risk-takers’ and ‘thrill-seekers’ explains the common confusion connected with the reason for various types of people to take risks. 54 D. The very last sentence of the paragraph has the answer. The author judges the idea to be noble, but taking place for a different, dopamine-related reason. 55 C. Last sentence of the paragraph gives the examples how people seek more of the same sensation, becoming addicted to the adrenaline-dopamine reaction. 56 C. In the middle, the chemical reaction associated with adrenaline injection is described

Part 8 11,If I were him, I wouldn’t give two hoots about my reputation. Give too hoots about something: care too much about something 12,How could I tell him if I haven’t seen hide or hair of him for months? Hide or hair of somebody: trace of somebody 13,She sent her husband out on a wild goose chase for Bulgarian mushrooms. A wild goose chase: a hopeless and foolish pursuit 14,I’m afraid I’m not in the right frame of mind to discuss this matter right now. Frame of mind: someone’s mood or the particular way someone thinks or feels about something 15,Why are you monkeying around with something that isn’t broken? Monkey around: trying to do some foolish things 16,Must you dog my footsteps everywhere I go? Dog somebody’s footsteps: follow somebody 17,We have fallen into arrears with our mortgage repayments. Fall into arrears: not be up to date for regular payment. 18,Dad won’t budge an inch once he has made up his mind. Budge an inch: change one’s decision 19,It’s time someone cut Nigel down to size – he’s so conceited. Cut someone down to size: let someone know his or her true value 20,You must pull out all the stops to make the negotiations successful. Pull out all the stops: to do everything you can to make something successful

Test 10 Phần 1

Part 1: Listen to a piece of news about the loss of rainforests and complete the summary below. WRITE NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS OR A NUMBER. (10pts) Since the beginning of 20th century rainforests have been under threat of extinction. One major cause of deforestation is repurposing the land for 1. ________ such as growing rubber or palm oil on its property. The loss of this dense biodiversity can pose several threats to our modern society. It is estimated that 2.________ modern medicines would be lost along with thousands of 3._______ derived from plants while underprivileged groups are relying on rainforest plants for medicines. According to World Health Organization, 4.______ take up to 50% of all medicines in China. Another major problem is climate change. Known as 5. _________, rainforests absorb CO2, clearing it from the atmosphere. A rise in carbon dioxide levels and a fall in rainforest acreage would contribute to 6. _______ and severe droughts. More seriously, 7. __________ over resources such as farming land has led to farmers’ deaths globally. It is not easy to find a feasible approach to stopping deforestation as many people on Earth survive by means of natural resource 8. __________. A typical example is palm oil industry which helps to 9. _______ by creating jobs for millions of farmers. Switching to another production of 10. ________ like sunflower or soybean would even cause more land destruction. Your answers:

10.

Part 2 You will hear a radio interview, decide decide whether the following sentences are true (T) or false (F).(5 pts) 1. The idea for the invention occurred to Ryan while waiting at a Burger King restaurant.

2. Ryan used the idea when he entered a science contest. 3. Ryan’s invention helps deaf people learn sign language. 4. Ryan had no previous experience of building electronic devices. 5. Ryan has sold his invention to a deaf community centre. Your answers:

Part 3: You are going to hear a radio phone-in programme on the subject of allergies. For questions 1- 5 choose the answer A, B, C or D) which fits best according to what you hear. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes (5pts) 1. Which of these possible explanations for the increase in allergies does the programme presenter mention in her introduction? A. People are exposed to more dangerous substances than in the past. B. People's resistance to allergens is lower than in the past. C. More new allergens are being released into the environment. D. Higher levels of stress have made people more prone to allergies. 2. Which of the questions does the first caller, Tim, want to know the answer to? A. What is the most likely cause of his allergy? B. Why is he allergic to grass and pollen? C. Will he ever be free of the allergy? D. How can he improve his condition? 3. Arabella, the caller from Amsterdam, A. thinks she may have passed on her allergy to her children. B. asks how she can minimize the risk of her children having allergies. C. wants to know whether her peanut allergy will continue in the future. D. asks how probable it is that her children will have allergies. 4. If both a child's parents have a particular allergy, that child A. is more than likely to have the same allergy. B. has a less than fifty per cent chance of getting the same allergy. C. will probably develop a different allergy. D. is at no greater risk of developing the allergy than any other child.

5. According to Dr Bawaldi, some people believe that the increase in asthma among young children may result from A. living in centrally heated or air-conditioned buildings. B. being in areas with very high levels of exhaust fumes. C. spending too much time in hygienic environments. D. receiving medical treatment for other types of illness. Your answers:

Part 1: PREPOSITIONS & PHRASAL VERBS Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence. 1.This is the time of the year when stores_____ their prices, so you can get good deals. A. mark on B. mark through C. mark up D. mark down 2. You shouldn’t have sent Sebastian that Valentine’s card. I think you’ve scared him_____ . A. back B. down C. off D. through 3. His bad bahaviour was put……… his upbringing. A. down to B. with C. off D. up 4. In the end, the detective managed to ______ down the dangerous criminal. A. find B. track C. get D. hit 5. He is not exactly rich but he certainly earns enough to ______. A. get through B. get by C. get on D. get in 6. The robbers packed the money into a suitcase and ______ in a van that waited for them in the street. A. put through B. rolled over C. carried away D. made off 7. The weather was fine, and everyone was ______ the coast. A. going for B. making for C. joining in D. seeing about 8. Learning English isn’t so difficult once you ______. A. get down to it B. get off it C. get on it D. get down with it 9. Sometimes a postman ______ some terrible handwriting and didn’t know where the letter should go. A. ran away with B. ran up with C. ran up against D. run without 10. Beaches were ______ as police searched for canisters of toxic waste from the damaged ship. A. sealed off B. cut off C. washed up D. kept out

B.COLLOCATIONS & IDIOMS Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence. 1. Peter is a librarian but this job is not suitable for him because he has chances of traveling ______. He should be a tour guide. A. in a mind B. on the head C. on the brain D. in the heart 2. I think people who help the old, poor, sick and homeless are ______. A. the sugar of the sea B. the salt of an ocean C. the salt of the earth D. the sugar of the ocean 3. The teacher ______ when she knew that more than ten students cheated in her test. A. angry B. crazy C. hit the roof D. beat the desk 4. We don’t want to continue our business any longer. All the goods will ______ so that we can close at the end of this month. A. be sold out B. be solved thoroughly C. go for a song D. go with colour 5. He looked ___ at the security guard of the supermarket when this man asked him to open his bag. A. daggers B. angry C. up to D. attentively 6. Don’t be angry with Sue. All that she did in good______ A. hope B. belief C. idea D. faith 7. I overslept this morning and caught the last bus to school by ______. A the hair of my head B. the skin of my teeth C. the nail of my finger D. the skin of my heels 8. I have to stress that the ______ is on you to bring up your own children. A. duty

B. charge

liability

D. onus

9. When several companies showed interest in buying the film rights to his novel, he knew he had __________. A. upped the ante B. scooped the bag C. caught the fat one D. hit the jackpot 10. As a _________, politicians and other public figures should avoid making direct statements that could be used against them. A. show of hands B. word of mouth C. rule of thumb D. change of heart

Part 2: . Read the passage below which contains 10 mistakes. Identify the mistakes and write the corrections in the corresponding numbered boxes. (10 points) Line

1 2 3

It is an accepted part of everyday nostalgic to assume that in the past food was somehow better than it is today. The fruit and vegetables were more naturally grow and

4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

this was not seen as an extra bonus which added ten per sent on to the price. Most food was fresh, not frozen, and you had the chance to examine it to see whether you wanted it. When you went shopping you could ask for exactly what piece of meat you wanted and see the butcher to cut it instead of finding it ready-wrapped in plastic. And your local trademan soon, got to know what you wanted, and provided it for you; otherwise he would have gone out of business. Of course, unless we invent time-travel we shall never know whether this is all true. Survivors from those distant days naturally tend to dislike today's convenient foods, and to prefer the Good Old Days when a joint of beef filled the oven, produced thick red juice instead of water when cooked, and cost the same as a can of Coke. What is always forgotten is that then as now the quantity of your food depended very much upon who you were, how well-off you happened to be, and where you lived. Shopping then demanded considerable skills, and shoppers had to be able to tell the fresh from the not so fresh. Their was no sell-buy date to act as a guide. If you were hard up then frozen meat and canned foods would have been in the menu, just as they are today.

Your answer: Line

Mistake

Correction

Line

Mistake

Correction

Part 3: Part 1. Read the following passage and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (1.0 pt) Disruptive technologies are now dictating our future, as new innovations increasingly (1) _______ the lines between physical, digital and biological realms. Robots are already in our operating rooms and fast-food restaurants; we can now use 3D imaging and stem-cell (2) _______ to grow human bones from a patient's own

cells; and 3D printing is creating a circular economy in which we can use and then reuse raw materials. This (3) _______ of technological innovation will continue to (4) _______ change how we live and work, and how our societies operate. In what is now called the Fourth Industrial Revolution, technologies that are coming of age - including robotics, nanotechnology, virtual reality, 3D printing, the Internet of Things, artificial intelligence and advanced biology - will (5) _______. And as these technologies continue to be developed and widely adopted, they will bring about (6) _______ shifts in all disciplines, industries and economies, and in the way that we produce, distribute, consume and dispose of goods and services. These developments have provoked anxious questions about what role humans will play in a technology-driven world. A 2013 University of Oxford study estimates that (7) _______ half of all jobs in the United States could be lost to automation over the next two decades. On the other hand, economists such as Boston University's James Bessen argue that automation often goes (8) _______ with the creation of new jobs. So which is it - new jobs or massive structural unemployment? At this point, we can be certain that the Fourth Industrial Revolution will have a disruptive impact on employment, but no one can yet predict the scale of change. So, before we (9) _______ all the bad news, we should look at history, which suggests that technological change more often affects the nature of work, (10) _______ the opportunity to participate in work itself. (adapted from “Look to history to prepare for an automated future” by Johan Aurik, the Straitstimes) 1. A. gloss

B. blur

C. tamper

D. distort

2. A. creation of

B. addition to C. introduction to

3. A. bore

B. thunder

C. tsunami

4. A. similarly

B. thoroughly

C. appositely D. profoundly

5. A. converge

B. suppose

C. disperse

B. radical

C. extreme

D. extraction to D.

quake

conclude 6. A. high severe

7. A. close to

B. proximity to

C. near

D. verge

B. side by side

C. hand in hand

D. little

B. swallow

C. expel

B. except

C. due to

on 8. A. all in all by little 9. A. perpetual regurgitate 10. A. besides rather than Your answers:

10.

Part 4: Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in each space. Write your answers in the space provided. (1.5 pts.) BOOK SURGERY Before the days of digital storage files and the easy accessible of the internet, almost every family home boasted a (1) __________ of encyclopedias, a world atlas and a selection of other weighty tomes that (2) __________ as an invaluable source of reference. Although these hefty volumes have (3) __________ been rendered obsolete by ongoing technological advances, there is often a genuine reluctance to get (4) __________ of them. Those with attractive binding may find a new use as an (5) __________ design feature, but the rest are invariably consigned to otherwise empty bookshelves in dusty corners of spare bedrooms. The artist Brian Dettmer could, (6) __________, come to their rescue. He has come up with an ingenious way of giving such books a new (7) __________ of life. Using what he calls ‘book surgery’, Brian creates a sculpture out of (8) __________ redundant volume. After sealing the edges of the book, he painstakingly cuts into the surface to create intricate patterns (9) __________ 3D. He never adds anything to his creations, however, for the skill (10) __________ both in making precise incisions and in knowing exactly how much material to take away. Part 5. This following reading passage has nine paragraphs,A-I. (10 points) List of Headings

i A fresh and important long-term goal ii Charging for roads and improving other transport methods iii Changes affecting the distances goods may be transported iv Taking all the steps necessary to change transport patterns v The environmental costs of road transport vi The escalating cost of rail transport vii The need to achieve transport rebalance viii The rapid growth of private transport ix Plans to develop major road networks x Restricting road use through charging policies alone xi Transport trends in countries awaiting EU admission

Example: Answer: Paragraph F vii

What have been the trends and what are the prospects for European transport systems? It is difficult to conceive of vigorous economic growth without an efficient transport system. Although modern information technologies can reduce the demand for physical transport by facilitating teleworking and teleservices, the requirement for transport continues to increase. There are two key factors behind this trend. For passenger transport, the determining factor is the spectacular growth in car use. The number of cars on European Union (EU) roads saw an increase of three million cars each year from 1990 to 2010, and in the next decade the EU will see a further substantial increase in its fleet. As far as goods transport is concerned, growth is due to a large extent to changes in the European economy and its system of production. In the last 20 years, as internal frontiers have been abolished, the EU has moved from a ”stock” economy to a ”flow” economy. This phenomenon has been emphasised by the relocation of some industries, particularly those which are labour intensive, to reduce production costs, even though the production site is hundreds or even thousands of kilometres away from the final assembly plant or away from users. The strong economic growth expected in countries which are candidates for entry to the EU will also increase transport flows, in particular road haulage traffic. In 1998, some of these countries already exported more than twice their 1990 volumes and imported more than five times their 1990 volumes. And although many candidate countries inherited a transport system which encourages rail, the distribution between

modes has tipped sharply in favour of road transport since the 1990s. Between 1990 and 1998, road haulage increased by 19,4%, while during the same period rail haulage decreased by 43,5%, although – and this could benefit the enlarged EU – it is still on average at a much higher level than in existing member states. However, a new imperative-sustainable development – offers an opportunity for adapting the EU's common transport policy. This objective, agreed by the Gothenburg European Council, has to be achieved by integrating environmental considerations into Community policies, and shifting the balance between modes of transport lies at the heart of its strategy. The ambitious objective can only be fully achieved by 2020, but proposed measures are nonetheless a first essential step towards a sustainable transport system which will ideally be in place in 30 years‟ time, that is by 2040. In 1998, energy consumption in the transport sector was to blame for 28% of emissions of CO2 ， the leading greenhouse gas. According to the latest estimates, if nothing is done to reverse the traffic growth trend, CO2 emissions from transport can be expected to increase by around 50% to 1,113 billion tonnes by 2020 ， compared with the 739 billion tonnes recorded in 1990. Once again, road transport is the main culprit since it alone accounts for 84% of the CO2 emissions attributable to transport. Using alternative fuels and improving energy efficiency is thus both an ecological necessity and a technological challenge. At the same time greater efforts must be made to achieve a modal shift. Such a change cannot be achieved overnight, all the less so after over half a century of constant deterioration in favour of road. This has reached such a pitch that today rail freight services are facing marginalisation, with just 8% of market share, and with international goods trains struggling along at an average speed of 18km/h. Three possible options have emerged. The first approach would consist of focusing on road transport solely through pricing. This option would not be accompanied by complementary measures in the other modes of transport. In the short term it might curb the growth in road transport through the better loading ratio of goods vehicles and occupancy rates of passenger vehicles expected as a result of the increase in the price of transport. However, the lack of measures available to revitalise other modes of transport would make it impossible for more sustainable modes of transport to take up the baton. The second approach also concentrates on road transport pricing but is accompanied by measures to increase the efficiency of the other modes (better quality of services, logistics, technology). However, this approach does not include investment in new infrastructure, nor does it guarantee better regional cohesion. It could help to achieve greater uncoupling than the first approach, but road transport would keep the

lion’s share of the market and continue to concentrate on saturated arteries, despite being the most polluting of the modes. It is therefore not enough to guarantee the necessary shift of the balance. The third approach, which is not new, comprises a series of measures ranging from pricing to revitalising alternative modes of transport and targeting investment in the trans-European network. This integrated approach would allow the market shares of the other modes to return to their 1998 levels and thus make a shift of balance. It is far more ambitious than it looks, bearing in mind the historical imbalance in favour of roads for the last fifty years, but would achieve a marked break in the link between road transport growth and economic growth, without placing restrictions on the mobility of people and goods. Questions 1 – 5: Choose the correct heading for paragraphsA-Efrom the list of headings below. 1. Paragraph A _______ 2. Paragraph B _______ 3. Paragraph C _______ 4. Paragraph D _______ 5. Paragraph E _______ Questions 6 – 10 Do the following statements agree with the information given in the reading Passage? In boxes 6-10, write TRUE if the statement agrees with the information FALSE if the statement contradicts the information NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this 6._______ The need for transport is growing, despite technological developments. 7._______To reduce production costs, some industries have been moved closer to their relevant consumers. 8._______ Cars are prohibitively expensive in some EU candidate countries. 9._______ The Gothenburg European Council was set up 30 years ago. 10._______ By the end of this decade, CO2emissions from transport are predicted to reach 739 billion tonnes. (IELTS 10- Test 2 – Reading Passage 2, p 22)

Part 3. Read the following passage extracted from www.asiatravel.comand select the best answer to each question below. (10 points) Culture Shock is not something that people generally get on a holiday but as soon as your boss calls you into the office and says "Hi John, we value you so much we want you to head our Hong Kong operations!" you really need to start thinking about the implications and how you are going to avoid this condition. It is not so much as a life threatening disease, but it can lead to some very serious problems if you do not take a few precautions. Culture shock is definitely a serious condition that needs to be watched, and checked upon. I personally have suffered from it on numerous occasions and sleep deprivation, mood swings, and depression are all in there. Travelling to a new destination with unusual habits and traditions can be a verytraumaticexperience. A little research before you leave will help tremendously but the most important thing is to actually leave with an open mind. A lot of people fly off without any research and expect things to be done in exactly the same way and at the same speed as they were at home. Well this just isn't going to happen. And it is very important to try to understand the culture religion and people of the country that you are travelling to. The culture shock selection of books are a very good starting place, but one that you will not really understand fully until you are actually in the country mingling with the locals. One interesting point of this can be found in the book Culture Shock Thailand. Thai people are among the nicest people in the world but it is a very different world from, let's say, the UK. The book explains a good deal about Thai culture and traditions and it explains how Thais smile their way out of an embarrassing situation and look down on those that don't. The book then puts this into a couple of different examples to try to ensure that the reader understands. One such example is that if you are walking down the street and someone throws dirty water over you from a doorway, you should smile at the person that did this, showing your forgiveness. This should help clear the air and the person will most likely go out of their way to help you clean up. Imagine this happening in London! Thais shy away from confrontation, and this is one of the many aspects that make them such a happy and kind nation. If as an expatriate you are moving to a country with severe Culture Shock such as perhaps Cambodia, or Vietnam, then even more research would be needed. Nowadays you can possibly do a lot more research than ever with the growth of the internet. You can see pictures of pretty much every destination in the world and even read restaurant, hotel and bar reviews without having even left your office. It is also advisable to stay away from a lot of the other expats especially before you leave and

while after you arrive in the destination. A lot of expats can be very negative about a country, even though they continue to stay there and this is not something that you need when you have just travelled half way around the world. Instead, leave with an open mind and make your own judgments about the place after you have started to understand it a little. One of the biggest causes, though, of Culture Shock is language. It will make an enormous amount of difference to you if you learn a little or as much as possible of the local language before you leave. Take up classes and practiceitas much as you can; if you are studying Thai, eat out at Thai restaurants and try to practice your Thai. This small step will make your life a lot simpler and will also give you immediate respect when you arrive in the foreign country, not to mention open many new doors. If you show an interest in the other person’s language and culture they will show an interest in you. If you are being relocated by your company, try to find out a little about the living conditions in that country and the package that the company offers you. Will they supply you with hotel accommodation or will you be straight into an apartment or house? Are you given a housing allowance and allowed to choose the accommodation yourself? Will the company pay the deposits that the landlord requires? Will you have maids? What about a car? How many return trips will you have a year to your home country? Will they be in economy or business class? What about your family rights the wife - the husband - the children? How long is the posting for? Will the company pay for repatriation due to illness, or unemployment? Do they have limits to the amount of furniture that you can send over but most importantly bring back? Will they cover these charges? Do they have any restrictions as to how you send these things? Do they offer you insurance that is suitable for the country that you are travelling to? When you arrive it is important tofit in, get a feel for the place, the smells and the sounds. I would suggest just walking for a day or two experiencing the mystique of the new land you have just discovered. After a while when you are feeling a little more at home join a club, and make friends socially outside of your regular work patterns, and try to meet and befriend as many locals a you can, so that you will really get a deeper understanding of where you and most probably appreciate the differences in culture a lot more. Culture Shock basically comes from a lack of understanding and built up anxiety, and can be caused by the most minute things, building up. One time in Hong Kong a colleague seemed to be literally screaming at the waitress in Cantonese, I was very anxious and asked what was wrong, my colleague looked very confused as to why I was asking the question and she simply replied that she was ordering some water!

All in all every expat has had his or her bad days, and there are times you just want to get on a plane and fly back, however these days are minimal compared to the fun, and amazing discoveries that you will make. Once you are bitten by the spirit and feeling of adventure you are about to embark on,you will have more difficulty believe it or not, returning "home" than you imagined especially the longer you stay away. 1.What is the main idea of the reading passage? A.Travelling abroad has some specific negative effects on your feelings due to culture shock. B.It is believed that every expat is certain to encounter culture shock during the overseas trip. C.There are always some things one can do to get over anger and confusion when traveling abroad. D.There is no point in worrying about culture shock in other countries since it is not as serious as people thought. 2.It can be inferred from the third paragraph that_____. A.people’s expectation that the destination country will bear the similarity to their home one is useless B.Most of the countries have unusual habits as one characteristic to help building up culture shock. C.More research should be carried out before the trip so as to avoid understanding unusual habits in a new country. D.People should be open-minded since what they are going to experience will not have much difference to that in their country. 3.Which of the following can best replace the word “traumatic” in the third paragraph? A.fantastic

B.upsetting

C.unavoidable

D.resembling

4.According to the passage, what should people do when Thais cause some annoyance to them? A.Buy a book called Culture Shock Thailand to learn more about the trouble. B.Try to talk to them about the problem in order to clear the air.

C.Clean up yourself and continue to walk down the street so as not to have any trouble with them. D.Give them a smile and be tolerant of the situation. 5.What does the writer advise people to do when they arrive in a new country? A.People should arrange a short trip a few days earlier in order to get accustomed to restaurants, hotels and bars in the new place. B.It’s best not to talk to people who arrived there since they may give irrelevant and negative comments. C.People should make their own judgements right before the trip. D.People should understand the new place a little by staying away from expats because of their negative points. 6.What does the word “it” in the sixth paragraph refer to? A.culture shock

B.difference C.classes

D.language

7.It can be inferred from the seventh paragraph that______. A.Shelters should be first considered when people have plans to travel to a country. B.Being aware of the situation in which you live and other services is essential for people’s abroad relocation. C.As soon as people are relocated by their company, they should ask themselves some necessary questions in order to prepare for culture shock. D.People should look down on the offers from the company for the relocation since all questions have already been dealt with. 8.Which of the following phrases can best replace the word “fit in” in the eighth paragraph? A.become involved

B.feel the similarity\

C.control feelings

D.see the point

9.What can be inferred from the writer’s experience in the restaurant with his colleague during the trip in Hong Kong? A.He felt very annoyed about his colleague.

B.The waitress in the restaurant was shocked at her colleague’s screaming. C.A lack of understanding is a cause to culture shock. D.His anxiety was built up during the trip. 10.In the last paragraph, what does the writer mean by saying “you will have more difficulty believe it or not, returning "home" than you imagined especially the longer you stay away”? A.Once people underwent culture shock, they would find it hard to leave the destination country due to its extreme annoyance. B.People would like to stay longer to understand more about the culture shock since they think it is more interesting than annoying. C.Culture shock is inevitable and may cause people to want to return home since the longer people stay the more trouble they have. D.The difficulty in returning home will make people stay longer in the destination country than you expected.

Part 5. The article is about people who stayed in tree houses. Choose from the people (A- D) to answer the questions. The people may be chosen more than once. (10 points) Which person says they probably would not stay in a tree house again? was sometimes keen to get back to the tree house? was glad there was protection from insects? enjoyed the view from the tree house? did not have to walk up to the house? took part in water sports? liked the fact that local people benefit from the tree houses? immediately accepted an unexpected offer? spent a lot of time walking? was pleasantly surprised by the local food? Holidays in a tree house

Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Answer

Primary-school teacher Anisha Kapoor went to the Green Magic Nature Resort in Kerala, south-west India. “It wasn’t my first experience of tree house living,” she says, “but it was certainly the best. I was pleased to see that in a region where there aren’t many jobs, the houses are entirely built and maintained by workers from the area, using traditional techniques and local materials. For instance, the lifts up to the front doors are made of cane grown in nearby fields. They work fine, by the way, and I was glad there was no stairs to climb – the houses are 25 metres up! That’s good, though, because at the height there’s often a cool breeze blowing through the branches. For power there’s solar energy and the taps in the kitchen and bathroom are supplied by pollution-free natural springs in the nearby hills. There’s even a pretty good shower.

Ever since TV researcher Whitney Martin worked on a programme about tree houses, she’d dreamt about staying in one. So when her neighbours happened to mention they had just such a place in Alaska, and asked whether she’d like to spend a fortnight there in July, she said “yes” without a moment’s hesitation. “I couldn’t believe it when I saw it,” she says, “it had everything: even hot running water and cable TV. Though I rarely watched that because I was out most of the time. Just a few steps from the house there were trails that seemed to go on forever through the forests to some really fantastic rivers and lakes. And of course that far north the days are really long summer, so I could keep going until very late. I hardly ever felt cold, though, and on those occasions when I did, I had a nice warm place of my own to look forward to. The only disadvantage of being there at that time of the year was the huge number of mosquitoes. I must have been bitten a hundred times.”

Australian technician Richie O’Hara was a guest at the Hinchinbrook Island Wilderness Lodge, on an island off the north coast of tropical Queensland. “The wooden tree house was quite comfortable,” he says, “and they had all the advertised facilities such as running water and a fridge. Actually, I hadn’t fully read the brochure, so when I arrived, I was surprised to find an internet connection in the house and I wished I’d brought my computer with me. Still, I found plenty of healthy things to do, like canoeing and diving, and in the evening I could sit in the living room looking out above the rainforest to the Pacific beyond. That was great. After a week or so, though, I was a little tired of the climb to and from the house, so I doubt whether I’d repeat the tree-top experience. But I’m sure kids would love it – it’s just a pity I didn’t go there when I was about ten!”

Medical student Kirsty Hammond spent a week in Tanzania’s Lake Manyara National Park, at the Lake Manyara Tree Lodge. “As we approach it,” she says, “we glimpsed the buildings up among the branches, with the Great Rift Valley in the background. It was a wonderful sight. The houses were comfortable, too, with running water, a well-equipped bathroom and, fortunately, large mosquito nets above the beds – I’m very aware of the

dangers if they bite you. I also liked the fact that almost everything was above ground, even the restaurant. To be honest, I’d had my doubts about some of the traditional meals I’d seen people eating, but once I tasted them, I realized how good they were. The only problem there was the high night-time temperature: although my bedroom had an overhead fan, I didn’t sleep very well. But generally I had a great time. There’s some fantastic wildlife around, including tree-climbing lions – though perhaps luckily I didn’t actually see any of those.”

Part 8: 1. Finally, we were permitted to carry out the environmental project. [goahead] ➔ At ______________________________________________________________________ _ 2. He was suspected of having killed his dog. [came/away] ➔ He ______________________________________________________________________ _ 3. Everybody made fun of him because he had his hair cut so short. [laughing] ➔ His ______________________________________________________________________ _ 4. As soon as the fund ran out, our scheme had to be abandoned. [petered] ➔ The instant __________________________________________________________________. 5. The coast was mainly affected by the thunderstorm last week. [brunt] ➔The coast ___________________________________________________________________. 6. Jack tried to win the 1st prize in the National English Competition last year, but failed. [vain] ➔ ______________________________________________________________________ _____. 7. It was Walter Raleigh who introduced potatoes and tobaccos into England. ➔ The English ___________________________________________________ to Walter Raleigh. 8. If there is no more comment, we will delay this plan until next Saturday. [shelved] ➔There ______________________________________________________________________ _. 9. Both the girls laughed so much when he told them the joke. [doubled] ➔ Being _______________________________________________________________ laughter.

10. Although he didn’t revise much, he still performed well in the end-of-year exam. [acquitted] ➔ Little _________________________________________________________________

KEY Phần 1: Part 1: Listen to a piece of news a bout the loss of rainforests and complete the summary below. WRITE NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS OR A NUMBER. (10pts)

1. commercial use

6. rising sea levels

2. 25% / a quarter of / 1/4

7. wars/disputes

3. medical compounds

8. exploitation

4. herbal remedies / medicines

9. reduce poverty

5. carbon sinks

10. alternative vegetable oils

Part 2 1. T

2. T

3. F

4.F

5. F

Part 3 1.B 2. C 3. D 4. A 5. B PART 1 Since the start of 20th century, roughly half of the world's rainforests have been wiped out. And by the end of the 21st century, rainforests may go extinct altogether. You may think it's just a few plants and animals that'll suffer, but modern society relies on rainforests more than you might realize. The loss of this dense biodiversity could lead to sickness, poverty, even war. So, what would a post-rainforest look like? Well, first it is important to understand why the rainforest is disappearing. Globally, over the last 40 years, an area possibly the size of Europe has been cleared and repurposed for commercial use. In some cases the land is replanted with trees that produce rubber or palm oil, in other cases it is used as grazing land for cattle, or torn down for urban development. And if nothing is done, we may ultimately see rainforests gone altogether, and along with them, crucial benefits. Without rainforests, some estimate that the basis for up to a quarter of modern medicine would be lost, with thousands of medical compounds derived from plants. For example, the rosy periwinkle, which is naturally endemic only to Madagascar, produces two anti-tumor drugs used to fight leukemia and Hodgkin's Disease. Chemicals synthesized as a result of this plant contribute to an estimated $160 million

dollars per year and the rainforest plant-drug market in total has been estimated at roughly $150 billion dollars. Many poor communities rely on rainforest plants life for medicine, as prescription medication and derivatives are completely unaffordable for large portions of the world's population. The World Health Organization estimates that roughly 80% of Africa's population uses traditional, herbal medicine as part of their primary health care, while in China, up to half of all medicine consumed are herbal remedies. Besides a medicinal outlook, the lack of vegetation could mean a rapid rise in climate change. Rainforests are known as "carbon sinks", which means that they consume carbon dioxide, clearing it from the atmosphere. Studies show that roughly 40% of manmade CO2 is absorbed by forests. As carbon dioxide levels rise and rainforest acreage falls, the subsequent change in climate can contribute to severe droughts, as well as rising sea levels. This is a bigger problem than it may seem, as climate change plays a huge role in geopolitics. Wars over resources are devastating, and demand for farming land continues to outstrip its supply. In 2014 in northern Honduras, US-backed security forces were implicated in the murder and intimidation of local farmers involved in disputes over palm oil. More than 100 people have already been killed over the disputes. In other parts of the world, entire indigenous tribes are being killed and displaced in favor of commercial logging and razing. But stopping this deforestation may not end up solving the larger problem. Even when ignoring financial gain by businesses which exploit these natural resources, many people in developing countries rely on the exploitation to survive. For example, palm oil employs millions of farmers, and the industry plays an important role in reducing poverty. According to one NGO on Sustainable Palm Oil, as many as 4.5 million people in Indonesia and Malaysia work in its production. And simply switching to another method of production could potentially be even worse for the environment. Alternative vegetable oils, like sunflower, soybean, and rapeseed produce about 4 to 10 times less oil per acre, so to meet demand, even more land would have to be destroyed. We all know rainforests are vital, but their direct impacts in day-to-day health, global stability and the condition of the world's atmosphere are regularly understated. In the end, a world without rainforests is much more devastating than we might realize, and much harder to avoid than we might expect. Part 2 Kathie Holmes: Good afternoon, this is Kathie Holmes in our program, “Young and Brainy”. Today I’m going to be speaking to Ryan Patterson, a teenager whose invention may bridge the communication gap between the deaf and those that can hear. Ryan, tell us how it all started.

Ryan Patterson: It was 2 years ago. I was waiting to be served at our local Burger King and I noticed a group of customers using sign language to place an order. They were obviously deaf. They communicated with a speaking interpreter and he relayed their choices to a cashier. I thought it would make things easier if they had an electronic interpreter instead. I remembered the idea later, when I was thinking of a new project for a science competition. I called it Sign language Translator. It consists of a glove which is lined with ten sensors. The sensors detect the hand positions that are used to shape the alphabet of American Sign language. Then a microprocessor transmits that information to a small portable receiver. The receiver has a screen similar to those cell phones, and this screen displays the words, letter by letter. In this way people can read the words, even if they don’t understand sign language, and people who use sign language can communicate without a interpreter. K: Are you impressed? So were judges at the 2001 Siemens Science and Technology Competition. The project received top honors, along with $100,000 college scholarship for the young inventor. And now Ryan’s project is already patented. Ryan, how long did you experiment with the invention before you finally produced the prototype? R: Around nine months. I started with searching how sign language works. Then I had to figure out how to translate all that electronically. I’ve always had an interest in electronics. I’ve liked wiring things together since I was 4 years old. I also had handson experience from my part-time job at a robotic-equipment lab. K: Did you have problems finding appropriate materials? R: I’m used to hunting for hardware to build competition robots, but for this project I also had to try on many different gloves. A golf glove turned out to be the best solution. It’s soft and flexible and fits closely. K: According to the National Institute of Deafness, one to two million people in the US are profoundly deaf. And most of them use sign language to communicate. Will your invention make an impact? J: There was a demonstration at our local deaf community center and the people were interested. What I have now isn’t ready for production. I’m sure it’ll be very different by the time it’s actually manufactured. But I do hope to see it on the market one day. Part 3: Presenter: These days we're all too familiar with the word allergy and phrases like 'I'm allergic to pollen or eggs or cats•. There's a general perception too that more people have allergies than in the past. Is this because the subject is getting more exposure in the media, or are we really becoming less resistant to allergens? These are just some of the question s we’ll be tackling In today's phone-in programme. In the studio with me today are Dr Mary Egerton, a family doctor, and allergy specialist Dr Mohamed Bawadi to answer your questions. Our first caller today is Tim from Edinburg h. Tim, what's your question?

Tim: Hi, right, well, I suffer from hay fever, you know - I'm very allergic to grass and the pollen from certain trees - especially in the spring. The really peculiar thing is \hat my allergy didn't begin until I was in my mid-thirties. What I want to know is, why did I start so late, and do you think my allergy could disappear again just as suddenly or am I stuck with it now? Presenter: Dr Egerton, would you like to answer Tim first? Mary Egerton: Hello, Tim. Your story is a very common one. The fact is that allergies do not discriminate - they're just as likely to affect the old as they are the young. I'm afraid they can develop at any time of life from one day to 60 years and beyond. As to whether you're stuck with your allergy that depends. The best way to treat any allergy is to avoid contact with whatever causes the allergic reaction. Someone who was allergic to eggs would find it fairly easy to avoid eating anything containing eggs, whereas you would find it impossible to avoid all contact with grass and pollen unless you lived in a desert area or high in a mountain range. Mohamed Bawadi: Can I just add to what Mary has said? There is now evidence from research around the world that the most common age to develop an allergy is in your late teens, so you've not done too badly, Tim. Presenter: our next caller is Arabella from Amsterdam in the Netherlands. What’s your question, Arabella? Arabella: Hello. I'm allergic to peanuts - so of course I've got to be really careful about foods which contain even small traces peanuts, but what I'd like to know is whether I'm likely to pass these allergies on to any children I may have in the future. Presenter: Thank you. Dr Bawadi? Mohamed Bawadi : Hello, Arabella. This is an interesting question. In developed countries all children have a twelve percent risk of developing an allergy. In your case this would rise to a twenty percent risk. However, if the child's father also had an allergy of some kind, this risk would increase to forty percent Arabella: So what about if the father and the mother have the same allergy? Mohamed Bawadi: Then I'm afraid there's a seventy percent chance that the child will develop that Presenter: Thank you, Arabella. I hope that answers your question. Just before we move on to the next caller, can I ask you both whether we are in fact seeing a higher evidence allergies in the population than in the past. Mary Egerton: We most certainly are. Even though we're getting better at diagnosing and treating some allergies, there is a year-on-year increase in the number of patients visiting their doctor with asthma and various food allergies. Recent research has shown

that in Britain and the USA, between twenty and thirty percent of the population suffers from some kind of allergy. Presenter: Why is this happening, Dr Bawadi? Mohamed Bawadi: Well, it’s a complex problem. There are many theories about why more people are affected by allergies. Certain aspects of modern living are blamed by some experts. For example, the widespread use of air conditioning and central heating, combined with the fact that more and more people now work in offices, is thought to have led to an increase in allergies reactions to dust and mould. Vehicle exhaust fumes are widely regarded as being responsible for the increase in asthma in young children. You only have to walk through the streets of a large modern city to understand the strength of that argument. Some experts blame our modern culture for being obsessed with cleanliness, while others believe that vaccinations to protect our children from certain diseases may actually weaken their immune system and make them less resistant to allergens. Presenter: Thank you, that’s very interesting. Let's move on, we have several people waiting on the phone-in line. Let's speak to .. Part 1; A. KEY

1. C

2.C

3.A

4.B

5.B

6.D

7.B

8.A

9.C

10.A

1.This is the time of the year when stores_____ their prices, so you can get good deals. A. mark on B. mark through C. mark up D. mark down mark up = the amount by which the price of something is increased before it is sold again 2. You shouldn’t have sent Sebastian that Valentine’s card. I think you’ve scared him_____ . A. back B. down C. off D. through Scare sb off= make someone so worried about doing something that they decide not to do it 3. His bad bahaviour was put……… his upbringing. A. down to B. with C. off D. up Put down to = think that a problem or situation is caused by a particular thing 4. In the end, the detective managed to ______ down the dangerous criminal. A. find B. track C. get D. hit track down someone/something=to search for someone or something, often when it is difficult to find that person or thing 5. He is not exactly rich but he certainly earns enough to ______. A. get through B. get by C. get on D. get in Get by=to be able to live or deal with a situation with difficulty, usually by having just enough of something you need, such as money

6. The robbers packed the money into a suitcase and ______ in a van that waited for them in the street. A. put through B. rolled over C. carried away D. made off Make off= leave quickly, usually in order to escape 7. The weather was fine, and everyone was ______ the coast. A. going for B. making for C. joining in D. seeing about Make for = move towards a place 8. Learning English isn’t so difficult once you ______. A. get down to it B. get off it C. get on it D. get down with it get down to it= start to direct your efforts and attention towards something 9. Sometimes a postman ______ some terrible handwriting and didn’t know where the letter should go. A. ran away with B. ran up with C. ran up against D. run without Run away with =win a competition or prize very easily// 10. Beaches were ______ as police searched for canisters of toxic waste from the damaged ship. A. sealed off B. cut off C. washed up D. kept out seal sth off=to prevent people from entering an area or building, often because it is dangerous

1.C

2.C

3.C

4.C

5.A

6.D

7.B

8.d

9.D

10.C

1. Peter is a librarian but this job is not suitable for him because he has chances of traveling ______. He should be a tour guide. A. in a mind B. on the head C. on the brain D. in the heart Have sth on the brain= ám ảnh về điều gì 2. I think people who help the old, poor, sick and homeless are ______. A. the sugar of the sea B. the salt of an ocean C. the salt of the earth D. the sugar of the ocean The salt of the earth = người tốt bụng,lương thiên 3. The teacher ______ when she knew that more than ten students cheated in her test. A. angry B. crazy C. hit the roof D. beat the desk hit the roof = tức giận 4. We don’t want to continue our business any longer. All the goods will ______ so that we can close at the end of this month. A. be sold out B. be solved thoroughly C. go for a song D. go with colour go for a song= mua cái gì với giá rẻ

5. He looked ___ at the security guard of the supermarket when this man asked him to open his bag. A. daggers B. angry C. up to D. attentively Lool daggers at = giận dữ nhìn ai đó 6. Don’t be angry with Sue. All that she did in good______ A. hope B. belief C. idea D. faith In good faith = If something is done in good faith, it is done sincerely and honestly 7. I overslept this morning and caught the last bus to school by ______. A the hair of my head B. the skin of my teeth C. the nail of my finger D. the skin of my heels By the skin of my teeth = suýt soát,vừa kịp giờ 8. I have to stress that the ______ is on you to bring up your own children. A. duty

B. charge

liability

D. onus

the onus is on you: bạn có trách nhiệm 9. When several companies showed interest in buying the film rights to his novel, he knew he had __________. A. upped the ante B. scooped the bag C. caught the fat one D. hit the jackpot hit the jackpot: thành công lớn 10. As a _________, politicians and other public figures should avoid making direct statements that could be used against them. A. show of hands B. word of mouth C. rule of thumb D. change of heart as a rule of thumb: Theo kinh nghiệm thì Part 2:

Line

Mistake

Correction

Line

Mistake

Correction

Nostalgic

Nostalgia

Convenient

convenience

Grow

Grown

Quantity

quality

Sent

cent

Their

There

To cut

Cutting/ cut

Sell-buy

Sell-by

Trademan

tradesman

Part 3. Read the following passage and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. (1.0 pt) SOURCE: adapted from the article “Look to history to prepare for an automated future”

Johan

Aurik,

the

Straitstimes,

retrieved

from

https://www.straitstimes.com/opinion/look-to-history-to-prepare-for-an-automatedfuture 1. B

2. D

3. C

4. D

5. A

6. B

7. A

8. C

9. B

10. D

Disruptive technologies are now dictating our future, as new innovations increasingly (1) _______ the lines between physical, digital and biological realms. Robots are already in our operating rooms and fast-food restaurants; we can now use 3D imaging and stem-cell (2) _______ to grow human bones from a patient's own cells; and 3D printing is creating a circular economy in which we can use and then reuse raw materials. This (3) _______ of technological innovation will continue to (4) _______ change how we live and work, and how our societies operate. In what is now called the Fourth Industrial Revolution, technologies that are coming of age - including robotics, nanotechnology, virtual reality, 3D printing, the Internet of Things, artificial intelligence and advanced biology - will (5) _______. And as these technologies continue to be developed and widely adopted, they will bring about (6) _______ shifts in all disciplines, industries and economies, and in the way that we produce, distribute, consume and dispose of goods and services. These developments have provoked anxious questions about what role humans will play in a technology-driven world. A 2013 University of Oxford study estimates that (7) _______ half of all jobs in the United States could be lost to automation over the next two decades. On the other hand, economists such as Boston University's James Bessen argue that automation often goes (8) _______ with the creation of new jobs. So which is it - new jobs or massive structural unemployment? At this point, we can be certain that the Fourth Industrial Revolution will have a disruptive impact on employment, but no one can yet predict the scale of change. So, before we (9) _______ all the bad news, we should look at history, which suggests that technological change more often affects the nature of work, (10) _______ the opportunity to participate in work itself. (adapted from “Look to history to prepare for an automated future” by Johan Aurik, the Straitstimes) 1. A. gloss distort

B. blur

C. tamper

Blur the lines between : làm mờ đi ranh giới giữa 2. A. creation of

B. addition to

C. introduction to

D. extraction to

extraction to : trích xuất,lấy từ 3. A. bore

B. thunder

C. tsunami

quake The Bore of : 4. A. similarly

B. thoroughly

C. appositely

D. profoundly Profoundly: in a way that has a strong effect; extremely 5. A. converge

B. suppose

C. disperse

conclude Converge: come from other places to meet in a particular place 6. A. high

B. radical

C. extreme

severe Radical: (especially of change or action) relating to or affecting the fundamental nature of something; far-reaching or thorough. 7. A. close to

B. proximity to

C. near

D. verge

on Close to: có mối quan hệ khăng khít và gắn bó với ai hoặc cũng có nghĩa là gần giống hoặc tương tự với ai/cái gì. 8. A. all in all

B. side by side

C. hand in hand

D. little

C. expel

by little Go hand in hand with:liên quan chặt chẽ với 9. A. perpetual

B. swallow

regurgitate Swallow: accept something without question or without expressing disagreement 10. A. besides

B. except

C. due to

rather than Part 4: Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in each space. Write your answers in the space provided. (1.5 pts.)

EXPERT PROFICIENCY EXAM PRACTICE 3 – PAPER 1 PART 3: WORD FORMATION 1. set

2. served

3. long

4. rid

5. interior

6. however

7. lease

8. each

9. in

10. lies

Part 5. (20 points) Items Correct answers 1 Paragraph A viii 2 Paragraph B iii 3 Paragraph C xi 4 Paragraph D i 5 Paragraph E v

Points 2

Items Correct answers 6 TRUE

Points 2

FALSE

2 2

8 9

NOT GIVEN NOT GIVEN

2 2

FALSE

Part 6. (10 points) Items Correct answers

Points

1 2 3 4 5

1 1 1 1 1

B A B D B

Part 7. (10 points) Items Correct answers

Points

1 2 3 4 5

1 1 1 1 1

C B D C A

Items 6 7 8 9 10

Correct answers

Points

D B A C B

1 1 1 1 1

Correct answers

Points

C A B B D

1 1 1 1 1

Part 2. This following reading passage has nine paragraphs,A-I. (10 points)

Example: Answer: Paragraph F vii

What have been the trends and what are the prospects for European transport systems? A viii The rapid growth of private transport It is difficult to conceive of vigorous economic growth without an efficient transport system. Although modern information technologies can reduce the demand for physical transport by facilitating teleworking and teleservices, the requirement for transport continues to increase. There are two key factors behind this trend. For passenger transport, the determining factor is the spectacular growth in car use.( Đối với vận tải hành khách, yếu tố quyết định là sự tăng trưởng ngoạn mục trong việc sử dụng xe hơi .) The number of cars on European Union (EU) roads saw an increase of three million cars each year from 1990 to 2010, and in the next decade the EU will see a further substantial increase in its fleet.  Sự phát triển nhanh chóng của phương tiện giao thông cá nhân B iii Changes affecting the distances goods may be transported As far as goods transport is concerned, growth is due to a large extent to changes in the European economy and its system of production(.Đối với vấn đề vận chuyển hàng hóa thì sự tăng trưởng là do phần lớn những thay đổi trong nền kinh tế Châu Âu và hệ thống sản xuất của nó.) In the last 20 years, as internal frontiers have been abolished, the EU has moved from a ”stock” economy to a ”flow” economy. This phenomenon has been emphasised by the relocation of some industries, particularly those which are labour intensive, to reduce production costs, even though the production site is hundreds or even thousands of kilometres away from the final assembly plant or away from users.  Những thay đổi ảnh hưởng đến khoảng cách hàng hóa có thể được vận chuyển C xi Transport trends in countries awaiting EU admission The strong economic growth expected in countries which are candidates for entry to the EU will also increase transport flows, in particular road haulage traffic.( Sự tăng trưởng kinh tế mạnh mẽ dự kiến ở các nước cho phép nhập cảnh vào EU cũng sẽ làm tăng lưu lượng giao thông, đặc biệt là giao thông đường bộ.)In 1998, some of these countries already exported more than twice their 1990 volumes and imported more than five times their 1990 volumes. And although many candidate countries inherited a transport system which encourages rail, the distribution between modes has tipped sharply in favour of road transport since the 1990s. Between 1990 and 1998, road haulage increased by 19,4%, while during the same period rail haulage decreased by 43,5%, although – and this could benefit the enlarged EU – it is still on average at a much higher level than in existing member states.

 Xu hướng giao thông ở các nước đang chờ nhập khối EU. D i A fresh and important long-term goal However, a new imperative-sustainable development – offers an opportunity for adapting the EU's common transport policy. This objective, agreed by the Gothenburg European Council, has to be achieved by integrating environmental considerations into Community policies, and shifting the balance between modes of transport lies at the heart of its strategy. The ambitious objective can only be fully achieved by 2020, but proposed measures are nonetheless a first essential step towards a sustainable transport system which will ideally be in place in 30 years‟ time, that is by 2040.( Mục tiêu đầy tham vọng này chỉ có thể đạt được hoàn toàn vào năm 2020, nhưng các biện pháp đề xuất này dù sao cũng là một bước quan trọng đầu tiên hướng tới một hệ thống giao thông bền vững mà lý tưởng là sẽ được diễn ra trong thời gian 30 năm vào năm 2040.)  Một mục tiêu dài hạn trong sạch và quan trọng. E v The environmental costs of road transport In 1998, energy consumption in the transport sector was to blame for 28% of emissions of CO2，the leading greenhouse gas.( Năm 1998, tiêu thụ năng lượng trong ngành giao thông bị cho là nguyên nhân của 28% lượng khí thải CO2, loại khí hàng đầu trong nhà kính.)According to the latest estimates, if nothing is done to reverse the traffic growth trend, CO2 emissions from transport can be expected to increase by around 50% to 1,113 billion tonnes by 2020 ， compared with the 739 billion tonnes recorded in 1990. Once again, road transport is the main culprit since it alone accounts for 84% of the CO2 emissions attributable to transport. Using alternative fuels and improving energy efficiency is thus both an ecological necessity and a technological challenge.  Các chi phí môi trường của vận tải đường bộ. F At the same time greater efforts must be made to achieve a modal shift. Such a change cannot be achieved overnight, all the less so after over half a century of constant deterioration in favour of road. This has reached such a pitch that today rail freight services are facing marginalisation, with just 8% of market share, and with international goods trains struggling along at an average speed of 18km/h. Three possible options have emerged. G The first approach would consist of focusing on road transport solely through pricing. This option would not be accompanied by complementary measures in the other modes of transport. In the short term it might curb the growth in road transport

through the better loading ratio of goods vehicles and occupancy rates of passenger vehicles expected as a result of the increase in the price of transport. However, the lack of measures available to revitalise other modes of transport would make it impossible for more sustainable modes of transport to take up the baton. H The second approach also concentrates on road transport pricing but is accompanied by measures to increase the efficiency of the other modes (better quality of services, logistics, technology). However, this approach does not include investment in new infrastructure, nor does it guarantee better regional cohesion. It could help to achieve greater uncoupling than the first approach, but road transport would keep the lion’s share of the market and continue to concentrate on saturated arteries, despite being the most polluting of the modes. It is therefore not enough to guarantee the necessary shift of the balance. I The third approach, which is not new, comprises a series of measures ranging from pricing to revitalising alternative modes of transport and targeting investment in the trans-European network. This integrated approach would allow the market shares of the other modes to return to their 1998 levels and thus make a shift of balance. It is far more ambitious than it looks, bearing in mind the historical imbalance in favour of roads for the last fifty years, but would achieve a marked break in the link between road transport growth and economic growth, without placing restrictions on the mobility of people and goods. 6._______ The need for transport is growing, despite technological developments.T Clue: Although modern information technologies can reduce the demand for physical transport by facilitating teleworking and teleservices, the requirement for transport continues to increase 7._______To reduce production costs, some industries have been moved closer to their relevant consumers.F ClueThis phenomenon has been emphasised by the relocation of some industries, particularly those which are labour intensive, to reduce production costs, even though the production site is hundreds or even thousands of kilometres away from the final assembly plant or away from users. 8._______ Cars are prohibitively expensive in some EU candidate countries.NG 9._______ The Gothenburg European Council was set up 30 years ago.NG

10._______ By the end of this decade, CO2emissions from transport are predicted to reach 739 billion tonnes.F Clue: O2 emissions from transport can be expected to increase by around 50% to 1,113 billion tonnes by 2020，compared with the 739 billion tonnes recorded in 1990 (IELTS 10- Test 2 – Reading Passage 2, p 22) Part 3. Read the following passage extracted from www.asiatravel.comand select the best answer to each question below. (10 points) Culture Shock is not something that people generally get on a holiday but as soon as your boss calls you into the office and says "Hi John, we value you so much we want you to head our Hong Kong operations!" you really need to start thinking about the implications and how you are going to avoid this condition. It is not so much as a life threatening disease, but it can lead to some very serious problems if you do not take a few precautions. Culture shock is definitely a serious condition that needs to be watched, and checked upon. I personally have suffered from it on numerous occasions and sleep deprivation, mood swings, and depression are all in there. Travelling to a new destination with unusual habits and traditions can be a verytraumaticexperience. A little research before you leave will help tremendously but the most important thing is to actually leave with an open mind. A lot of people fly off without any research and expect things to be done in exactly the same way and at the same speed as they were at home. Well this just isn't going to happen. And it is very important to try to understand the culture religion and people of the country that you are travelling to. The culture shock selection of books are a very good starting place, but one that you will not really understand fully until you are actually in the country mingling with the locals. One interesting point of this can be found in the book Culture Shock Thailand. Thai people are among the nicest people in the world but it is a very different world from, let's say, the UK. The book explains a good deal about Thai culture and traditions and it explains how Thais smile their way out of an embarrassing situation and look down on those that don't. The book then puts this into a couple of different examples to try to ensure that the reader understands. One such example is that if you are walking down the street and someone throws dirty water over you from a doorway, you should smile at the person that did this, showing your forgiveness. This should help clear the air and the person will most likely go out of their way to help you clean

up. Imagine this happening in London! Thais shy away from confrontation, and this is one of the many aspects that make them such a happy and kind nation. If as an expatriate you are moving to a country with severe Culture Shock such as perhaps Cambodia, or Vietnam, then even more research would be needed. Nowadays you can possibly do a lot more research than ever with the growth of the internet. You can see pictures of pretty much every destination in the world and even read restaurant, hotel and bar reviews without having even left your office. It is also advisable to stay away from a lot of the other expats especially before you leave and while after you arrive in the destination. A lot of expats can be very negative about a country, even though they continue to stay there and this is not something that you need when you have just travelled half way around the world. Instead, leave with an open mind and make your own judgments about the place after you have started to understand it a little. One of the biggest causes, though, of Culture Shock is language. It will make an enormous amount of difference to you if you learn a little or as much as possible of the local language before you leave. Take up classes and practiceitas much as you can; if you are studying Thai, eat out at Thai restaurants and try to practice your Thai. This small step will make your life a lot simpler and will also give you immediate respect when you arrive in the foreign country, not to mention open many new doors. If you show an interest in the other person’s language and culture they will show an interest in you. If you are being relocated by your company, try to find out a little about the living conditions in that country and the package that the company offers you. Will they supply you with hotel accommodation or will you be straight into an apartment or house? Are you given a housing allowance and allowed to choose the accommodation yourself? Will the company pay the deposits that the landlord requires? Will you have maids? What about a car? How many return trips will you have a year to your home country? Will they be in economy or business class? What about your family rights the wife - the husband - the children? How long is the posting for? Will the company pay for repatriation due to illness, or unemployment? Do they have limits to the amount of furniture that you can send over but most importantly bring back? Will they cover these charges? Do they have any restrictions as to how you send these things? Do they offer you insurance that is suitable for the country that you are travelling to? When you arrive it is important tofit in, get a feel for the place, the smells and the sounds. I would suggest just walking for a day or two experiencing the mystique of the new land you have just discovered. After a while when you are feeling a little more at home join a club, and make friends socially outside of your regular work patterns, and try to meet and befriend as many locals a you can, so that you will really get a

deeper understanding of where you and most probably appreciate the differences in culture a lot more. Culture Shock basically comes from a lack of understanding and built up anxiety, and can be caused by the most minute things, building up. One time in Hong Kong a colleague seemed to be literally screaming at the waitress in Cantonese, I was very anxious and asked what was wrong, my colleague looked very confused as to why I was asking the question and she simply replied that she was ordering some water! All in all every expat has had his or her bad days, and there are times you just want to get on a plane and fly back, however these days are minimal compared to the fun, and amazing discoveries that you will make. Once you are bitten by the spirit and feeling of adventure you are about to embark on,you will have more difficulty believe it or not, returning "home" than you imagined especially the longer you stay away. 1.What is the main idea of the reading passage? A.Travelling abroad has some specific negative effects on your feelings due to culture shock. B.It is believed that every expat is certain to encounter culture shock during the overseas trip. C.There are always some things one can do to get over anger and confusion when traveling abroad. D.There is no point in worrying about culture shock in other countries since it is not as serious as people thought. 1. Ý chính của đoạn văn đọc là gì? A. Đi du lịch nước ngoài có một số tác động tiêu cực cụ thể đến cảm xúc của bạn do sốc văn hóa. B. Người ta tin rằng mọi người nước ngoài đều chắc chắn gặp phải cú sốc văn hóa trong chuyến du lịch nước ngoài. C. Luôn có một số điều người ta có thể làm để vượt qua sự tức giận và bối rối khi đi du lịch nước ngoài. D. Không có gì đáng lo ngại về cú sốc văn hóa ở các nước khác vì nó không nghiêm trọng như mọi người vẫn nghĩ. 2.It can be inferred from the third paragraph that_____.

A.people’s expectation that the destination country will bear the similarity to their home one is useless B.Most of the countries have unusual habits as one characteristic to help building up culture shock. C.More research should be carried out before the trip so as to avoid understanding unusual habits in a new country. D.People should be open-minded since what they are going to experience will not have much difference to that in their country. 2. Nó có thể được suy ra từ đoạn thứ ba rằng _____. A. kỳ vọng của mọi người rằng quốc gia đến sẽ giống với quốc gia của họ là vô ích B. Hầu hết các quốc gia đều có những thói quen khác thường như một đặc điểm giúp xây dựng nên cú sốc văn hóa. C. Nên nghiên cứu thêm trước chuyến đi để tránh hiểu những thói quen bất thường ở một đất nước mới. D. Mọi người nên cởi mở vì những gì họ sẽ trải nghiệm sẽ không có nhiều khác biệt với những gì ở đất nước của họ. Clue: A lot of people fly off without any research and expect things to be done in exactly the same way and at the same speed as they were at home. Well this just isn't going to happen. And it is very important to try to understand the culture religion and people of the country that you are travelling to.( Một chút nghiên cứu trước khi bạn rời đi sẽ giúp ích rất nhiều nhưng điều quan trọng nhất là bạn phải thực sự rời đi với một tâm hồn cởi mở. Rất nhiều người bay đi mà không có bất kỳ nghiên cứu nào và mong đợi mọi thứ được thực hiện theo cùng một cách và cùng tốc độ như ở nhà. Điều này sẽ không xảy ra. Và điều rất quan trọng là bạn phải cố gắng hiểu được văn hóa tôn giáo và con người của đất nước mà bạn đang đi du lịch.) 3.Which of the following can best replace the word “traumatic” in the third paragraph? A.fantastic

B.upsetting

C.unavoidable

D.resembling

Traumatic=upsetting 4.According to the passage, what should people do when Thais cause some annoyance to them?

A.Buy a book called Culture Shock Thailand to learn more about the trouble. B.Try to talk to them about the problem in order to clear the air. C.Clean up yourself and continue to walk down the street so as not to have any trouble with them. D.Give them a smile and be tolerant of the situation. Clue: One such example is that if you are walking down the street and someone throws dirty water over you from a doorway, you should smile at the person that did this, showing your forgiveness(Một ví dụ như vậy là nếu bạn đang đi bộ xuống phố và ai đó ném nước bẩn lên người từ ngưỡng cửa, bạn nên mỉm cười với người đã làm điều này, thể hiện sự tha thứ của bạn) 5.What does the writer advise people to do when they arrive in a new country? A.People should arrange a short trip a few days earlier in order to get accustomed to restaurants, hotels and bars in the new place. B.It’s best not to talk to people who arrived there since they may give irrelevant and negative comments. C.People should make their own judgements right before the trip. D.People should understand the new place a little by staying away from expats because of their negative points. Clue: A lot of expats can be very negative about a country, even though they continue to stay there and this is not something that you need when you have just travelled half way around the world.( Rất nhiều người nước ngoài có thể rất tiêu cực về một quốc gia, mặc dù họ vẫn tiếp tục ở lại đó và đây không phải là thứ bạn cần khi bạn vừa mới đi được nửa vòng trái đất.) 6.What does the word “it” in the sixth paragraph refer to? A.culture shock

B.difference C.classes

D.language

C.As soon as people are relocated by their company, they should ask themselves some necessary questions in order to prepare for culture shock. D.People should look down on the offers from the company for the relocation since all questions have already been dealt with. Clue: try to find out a little about the living conditions in that country and the package that the company offers you.( hãy cố gắng tìm hiểu một chút về điều kiện sống ở quốc gia đó và gói dịch vụ mà công ty cung cấp cho bạn) 8.Which of the following phrases can best replace the word “fit in” in the eighth paragraph? A.become involved

B.feel the similarity\

C.control feelings

D.see the point

9.What can be inferred from the writer’s experience in the restaurant with his colleague during the trip in Hong Kong? A.He felt very annoyed about his colleague. B.The waitress in the restaurant was shocked at her colleague’s screaming. C.A lack of understanding is a cause to culture shock. D.His anxiety was built up during the trip. Clue: Culture Shock basically comes from a lack of understanding and built up anxiety, and can be caused by the most minute things, building up(Cú sốc văn hóa về cơ bản xuất phát từ sự thiếu hiểu biết và tích tụ sự lo lắng, và có thể do những điều nhỏ nhặt nhất gây ra.) 10.In the last paragraph, what does the writer mean by saying “you will have more difficulty believe it or not, returning "home" than you imagined especially the longer you stay away”? A.Once people underwent culture shock, they would find it hard to leave the destination country due to its extreme annoyance. B.People would like to stay longer to understand more about the culture shock since they think it is more interesting than annoying. C.Culture shock is inevitable and may cause people to want to return home since the longer people stay the more trouble they have.

D.The difficulty in returning home will make people stay longer in the destination country than you expected. Clue: All in all every expat has had his or her bad days, and there are times you just want to get on a plane and fly back, however these days are minimal compared to the fun, and amazing discoveries that you will make(Nói chung, mọi người nước ngoài đều đã có những ngày tồi tệ, và có những lúc bạn chỉ muốn lên máy bay và bay về, tuy nhiên những ngày này là rất ít so với niềm vui và những khám phá tuyệt vời mà bạn sẽ thực hiện.)

Question 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Answer

Holidays in a tree house

Primary-school teacher Anisha Kapoor went to the Green Magic Nature Resort in Kerala, south-west India. “It wasn’t my first experience of tree house living,” she says, “but it was certainly the best. I was pleased to see that in a region where there aren’t many jobs, the houses are entirely built and maintained by workers from the area, using traditional techniques and local materials. For instance, the lifts up to the front doors are made of cane grown in nearby fields. They work fine, by the way, and I was glad there was no stairs to climb – the houses are 25 metres up(tôi rất vui vì không có cầu thang để leo - những ngôi nhà cao 25 mét) Q5! That’s good, though, because at the height there’s often a cool breeze blowing through the branches. For power there’s solar energy and the taps in the kitchen and bathroom are supplied by pollution-free natural springs in the nearby hills. There’s even a pretty good shower.( Tuy nhiên, điều đó là tốt, vì ở độ cao thường có gió mát thổi qua các cành cây. Để cung cấp năng lượng, có năng lượng mặt

trời và các vòi trong nhà bếp và phòng tắm được cung cấp bởi các suối tự nhiên không ô nhiễm ở những ngọn đồi gần đó. Thậm chí còn có một vòi hoa sen khá tốt.) Q7 B

Ever since TV researcher Whitney Martin worked on a programme about tree houses, she’d dreamt about staying in one.( Kể từ khi nhà nghiên cứu truyền hình Whitney Martin làm việc cho một chương trình về những ngôi nhà trên cây, cô ấy đã mơ ước được ở trong một ngôi nhà.) Q2So when her neighbours happened to mention they had just such a place in Alaska, and asked whether she’d like to spend a fortnight there in July, she said “yes” without a moment’s hesitation(.Vì vậy, khi những người hàng xóm của cô ấy tình cờ nói rằng họ vừa có một địa điểm như vậy ở Alaska và hỏi liệu cô ấy có muốn dành một hai tuần ở đó vào tháng Bảy hay không, cô ấy đã nói “có” ngay lập tức) Q8 “I couldn’t believe it when I saw it,” she says, “it had everything: even hot running water and cable TV. Though I rarely watched that because I was out most of the time. Just a few steps from the house there were trails that seemed to go on forever through the forests to some really fantastic rivers and lakes. And of course that far north the days are really long summer, so I could keep going until very late.( Chỉ cách ngôi nhà vài bước chân, có những con đường mòn dường như đi qua các khu rừng đến một số sông và hồ thực sự tuyệt vời. Và tất nhiên, những ngày ở xa về phía bắc đó là mùa hè dài, vì vậy tôi có thể tiếp tục đi cho đến rất muộn. ) Q9 I hardly ever felt cold, though, and on those occasions when I did, I had a nice warm place of my own to look forward to. The only disadvantage of being there at that time of the year was the huge number of mosquitoes. I must have been bitten a hundred times.”

Australian technician Richie O’Hara was a guest at the Hinchinbrook Island Wilderness Lodge, on an island off the north coast of tropical Queensland. “The wooden tree house was quite comfortable,” he says, “and they had all the advertised facilities such as running water and a fridge. Actually, I hadn’t fully read the brochure, so when I arrived, I was surprised to find an internet connection in the house and I wished I’d brought my computer with me. Still, I found plenty of healthy things to do, like canoeing and diving(,Tuy nhiên, tôi vẫn tìm thấy rất nhiều việc lành mạnh để làm, như chèo thuyền và lặn biển) Q6 and in the evening I could sit in the living room looking out above the rainforest to the Pacific beyond Q 4. That was great. After a week or so, though, I was a little tired of the climb to and from the house, so I doubt whether I’d repeat the tree-top experience. Q1 But I’m sure kids would love it – it’s just a pity I didn’t go there when I was about ten!”

bathroom and, fortunately, large mosquito nets above the beds – I’m very aware of the dangers if they bite you(.may mắn là có màn chống muỗi lớn phía trên giường - Tôi rất biết về sự nguy hiểm nếu chúng cắn bạn.) Q3 I also liked the fact that almost everything was above ground, even the restaurant. To be honest, I’d had my doubts about some of the traditional meals I’d seen people eating, but once I tasted them, I realized how good they were Q10. The only problem there was the high night-time temperature: although my bedroom had an overhead fan, I didn’t sleep very well. But generally I had a great time. There’s some fantastic wildlife around, including tree-climbing lions – though perhaps luckily I didn’t actually see any of those.”

Part 8: 1,At last, we were given the go-ahead to carry out the environmental project given the go-ahead:cho phép ai bắt đầu làm gì 2,He came under the suspicion of having done away with his dog under the suspicion of: bị nghi ngờ làm điều gì sai trái 3,His short hair made him a laughing stock laughing stock : someone or something that seems stupid or silly, especially by trying to be serious or important and not succeeding 4,The instant the fund petered out, our scheme had to be abandoned Peter out: Mất năng lượng, giảm, ngừng 5,The coast bore the brunt of the thunderstorm last week Bear the brunt of : chịu đựng đc gian khổ,khó khăn 6, Jack tried in vain to win the 1 st prize in the National English competition last year Try in vain to do sth : phí công ,vô ích làm gì 7,The english owed the introduction of potatoes and tobaccos to Walter Raleigh 8,There being no more comment, this plan will be shelved until next... 9,Being told about the joke,both the girls doubled up with laughter 10,Littile revision notwithstanding, he still acquitted himeself well in the end ...... acquaint sb/yourself with sth: make someone or yourself familiar with something

Test 11 Phần 1: SECTION 1 Questions 6-10: You will hear an interview with Pamela Green, a young fashion designer. Forquestions 6 - 10, choose the best answer (A, B or C). 6.What helped Pamela to decide to become a fashion designer? A.working as an assistant in a fashion shop B.doing research into the fashion industry C.attending a course on fashion design 7. What does Pamela say about having a degree in fashion? A.It's essential for promotion. B.It's evidence of your ability. C.It guarantees you a better income. 8.Pamela says that when starting your own fashion label, it's most important to… A.enjoy the creative process. B.contact shops that might sell it. C.have a business plan. 9.According to Pamela, successful designers need to be able to… A.predict future fashions. B.recognise all past styles. C.get their designs published. 10.What advice does Pamela have for people who want a career in fashion? A.Be aware of the options available. B.Don't be afraid of sudden fame.

C.Learn from your own errors. Your answers:

10.

SECTION 2 Questions 11 - 15: You will hear a man called Steve and a woman called Caroline talking about summer jobs. Decide if each sentence is correct or incorrect. If it is correct, put a tick () in Yes column. If it is not correct, put a tick () in No column.

YES

11.Steve hasn’t arranged any work for the summer yet. 12.Caroline’s work will allow her to have free time during the day. 13. Caroline’s work will be located in a city. 14. Caroline found out about the job from the internet. 15. Caroline says that work at music festivals is badly paid. SECTION 3 Questions 16 - 25: You are going to hear somebody giving their opinion about media and its influence on society. For questions 16-25, complete the sentences with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS. The three form of media are TV, radio and (16) ______________. Politicians use the media during political (17) ____________________ . Entertainers use it to stay in the (18) ____________________. The percentage of people who did not have a particular point of view about the privacy of celebrities was (19)__________________. The most influential form of media is (20)______________________ . We can be deceived by TV when we are shown carefully selected (21) ____________________. Some TV stations turn true events into (22)____________________. A newspaper had to pay (23) ____________________ for printing lies about a pop singer. Sometimes a paper can avoid being sued if it makes a public (24) ____________________. There

are two kinds of newspaper; the “quality” papers and the (25) _________________________ . Your answers:

16. ………………

17. ………………

18. ………………

19. ………………

20. ………………

21. ………………

22. ………………

23. ………………

24. ………………

25. ………………

Phần 2 Part 1:A.PHRASAL VERBS AND PREPOSITIONS Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 1. If a child knows that he can never .............. a bad behavior, then he is less likely to do it. A. make out B. put through C. keep up D. get away with 2. My mother always told me that I should .............. the things I believe in, regardless of how others perceive them. A. stand up for B. get on with C. put up with D. come up to 3. The doctor told him to keep .............. sweets and chocolate to lose weight. A. up B. at C. off D. back 4. Some of our volunteers would .............. for teachers in the event of a strike. A. act up B. fill in C. fit in D. work out 5. She got a bit hot .............. the collar when a colleague started criticizing her work. A. under B. on C. beyond D. from 6. She bought .............. the deal even though nobody thought she was capable of doing it. A. in B. down C. out D. off 7. Let’s find a place where we can .............. the storm. A. wait out B. wear off C. shrug off D. pull through 8. The boss was away, so his assistant had to .............. him and make a speech. A. make off with B. do away with C. stand in for D. take up on 9. Beaches were .............. as police searched for canisters for toxic waste from the damaged ship. A. sealed off B. cut off C. washed up D. kept out 10. I thought she was being serious, but she was only having me .............. . A. up B. on C. over D. round B. COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 1. It ..............that the best way to learn to speak a foreign language is to practice using it.

A. stands in relation B. is a wake-up call C. stands to reason D. agrees to differ 2. Police are warning the public to be on the .............. for suspicious packages. A. care B. alert C. guard D. alarm 3. Vietnam’s Got Talent is the game show that has taken audiences .............. A. by heart B. by night C. by wind D. by storm 4. Clinics will be subject to a new .............. of conduct and stronger controls by local authorities. A. ground B. system C. code D. set 5. My mother .............. when she found out that I’d forgotten to do the washing-up again. A. made my blood boil B. felt off color C. hit the ceiling D. stood her ground 6. You shouldn’t .............. other people’s problems, even if you don’t consider them to be very serious. A. shed light upon B. come to light C. make light of D. see the light 7. A journalist is .............. on a politician in order to damage his image. A. digging it out B. digging up out of the earth C. digging up dirt D. digging his own grave 8. We were having dinner in a restaurant last night when this guy at the next table .............. because the waiter brought the wrong thing. A. flew into the face of danger B. flew off the handle C. flew by the seat of his pants D. flushed out of some place LINE 9. Losing my job was ............... I never would have found this one if it hadn’t happened. 1 A. a bone to pick with B. a breath of fresh air C. a bleeding heart D. a blessing in disguise 2 10. The inquiry is by no means ............... . 3 A. chop and change B. cut and dried 4 C. head and shoulders D. tooth and nail Part 2: 5 Read the passage below which contains 10 mistakes. Identify the mistakes 6 and write the corrections in the corresponding numbered boxes. There is 7 an example at the beginning. (10 points) 8 A MODERN-DAY PROBLEM 9 In the hustle and bustle of today’s hectic world, all of us, without 10 exception, has to contend with some level of stress. Obviously, the source and 11 amount of stress are relatively to the individual. Just as causes and quantities 12 of stress are subject to personal factors, so is the way in that a person deals 13 with them. It is a well-known fact that some people flourish when faced with a 14 15

potentially stress-causing task or situation. On another hand, the majority of people are adversely affected when confront with a serious dilemma. Abnormal levels of stress can be a serious healthy hazard and may prove detrimental to one’s physical health. Stress is said to be the culprit in a high percent of heart problems and stomach disorders. Even certain types of cancer are, reportedly, linked to stress. Knowing that stress is a modern-day malady which we all, in a greater or lesser extent, suffer from, has prompted many people to begin looking seriously at ways of controlling stress. Due to the inevitable factor that stress will always play a part in our lives, it is of paramount important that strategies of stress management be found. Your answers:

Line

Mistake

Correction

has

have

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Part 3: Part 1 :Read the following passage and decide which answer (A, B, C, or D) best fits each gap. Write your answers in corresponding numbered boxes. (10 points) Responding to children’s mistakes Promoting children’s self-esteem seems to be one of the aims of modern childcare and education. It goes hand in hand with a culture in which children are (1) _______ praised for the most minor achievements. While this promotion of self-esteem is, rightly, a reaction against sterner times when children weren’t praised enough, it also seems to be (2) _______ by a fear of how failure will affect children: a fear that if they don’t succeed at a task, they will somehow be damaged.

However, the opposite may well be true. Many scientists spend years experiencing (3) _______ failure in the lab until they make a (4) _______. They know that (5) _______ this process advances scientific knowledge. In the same way, children need to experience failure to learn and grow. If children have been praised for everything they’ve done, (6) _______ how good it is, then failure in adult life will be all the more painful. Life is full of (7) _______ and there is no point in trying to protect children from the disappointments that (8) _______ them. Parents and educators shouldn’t be afraid of (9) _______ children’s mistakes, as long as they also praise them when they do well. After all, the heroes children try to emulate, the pop stars and footballers, have all reached the top in the face of ruthless competition. Like them, children need to learn how to cope with failure and (10) _______ it to their advantage. 1. A. immensely

B. enthusiastically

C. thoroughly

D. devotedly

2. A. developed

B. evolved

C. caused

D. originated

3. A. concurrent

B. consequent

C. consecutive

D. continual

4. A. success

B. breakthrough

C. progress

D. breakout

5. A. ultimately

B. lastly

C. conclusively

D. latterly

6. A. according to

B. regardless of

C. consistent with

D. depending

7. A. faults

B. checks

C. delays

D. setbacks

8. A. expect

B. anticipate

C. await

D. approach

9. A. getting round to

B. looking down on C. giving way to

D. picking up

B. turn

D. take

on 10. A. move

C. make

Your answers: 1.

10.

Part 2: Read the following text and fill in the blank with ONE suitable word. Write your answers in corresponding numbered boxes. (10 points) THE GALAPAGOS

Visitors to the Galapagos Islands could be forgiven for asking all the fuss is (1) _________. Disasters workers and ecologists (2) _________ outnumber tourists, but there are few visible signs of a disaster. A wrecked oil tanker, stranded on rocks a mile away, is a blot on the tropical landscape. Simply keeping catastrophe at (3)_________ was never to satisfy an environmental group that wants the Galapagos Islands to remain as they were when Darwin visited in 1839, especially since most of the credit for the narrow escape is thanks to the winds and currents that carried the spill (4) _________ to the sea. About a third of the island’s 600 or more native plant species are found only there. (5)_________ the 57 species of reptiles, land birds and mammals, more than 80 percent are found nowhere else. Among these is the world’s largest marine lizard, the only species of penguin found in the tropics, a cormorant that has lived so long without predators that it has lost the (6)_________ to fly, and many rare species of tortoise. All are uniquely vulnerable, hence the unique concern. The Galapagos Islands were (7)_________ a national park in 1959, and developed an apparently model ecotourism industry- groups are sent (8) _________ hopping to designated sites and always with a guide. The local conservationists appeared confident at the helm, and the international environmental groups are pleased to have one (9) _________ place to worry about- until the rusting ship ran (10) _________, and leaked its cargo of oil. Your answers 1.

10.

Part 5: Read the passage and choose the best answer to each of the questions. (15 pts) RUNNING WATER ON MARS Photographic evidence suggests that liquid water once existed in great quantity on the surface of Mars. Two types of flow features are seen: runoff channels and outflow channels. Runoff channels are found in the southern highlands. These flow features are extensive systems - sometimes hundreds of kilometers in total length - of interconnecting, twisting channels that seem to merge into larger, wider channels. They bear a strong resemblance to river systems on Earth, and geologists think that

they are dried-up beds of long-gone rivers that once carried rainfall on Mars from the mountains down into the valleys. Runoff channels on Mars speak of a time 4 billion years ago (the age of the Martian highlands), when the atmosphere was thicker, the surface warmer, and liquid water widespread. Outflow channels are probably relics of catastrophic flooding on Mars long ago. They appear only in equatorial regions and generally do not form extensive interconnected networks. Instead, they are probably the paths taken by huge volumes of water draining from the southern highlands into the northern plains. The onrushing water arising from these flash floods likely also formed the odd teardrop-shaped “islands” (resembling the miniature versions seen in the wet sand of our beaches at low tide) that have been found on the plains close to the ends of the outflow channels. Judging from the width and depth of the channels, the flow rates must have been truly enormous - perhaps as much as a hundred times greater than the 105 tons per second carried by the great Amazon river. Flooding shaped the outflow channels approximately 3 billion years ago, about the same time as the northern volcanic plains formed. Some scientists speculate that Mars may have enjoyed an extended early period during which rivers, lakes, and perhaps even oceans adorned its surface. A 2003 Mars Global Surveyor image shows what mission specialists think may be a delta - a fan-shaped network of channels and sediments where a river once flowed into a larger body of water, in this case a lake filling a crater in the southern highlands. Other researchers go even further, suggesting that the data provide evidence for large open expanses of water on the early Martian surface. A computer-generated view of the Martian north polar region shows the extent of what may have been an ancient ocean covering much of the northern lowlands. The Hellas Basin, which measures some 3,000 kilometers across and has a floor that lies nearly 9 kilometers below the basin’s rim, is another candidate for an ancient Martian sea. These ideas remain controversial. Proponents point to features such as the terraced “beaches” shown in one image, which could conceivably have been left behind as a lake or ocean evaporated and the shoreline receded. But detractors maintain that the terraces could also have been created by geological activity, perhaps related to the geologic forces that depressed the Northern Hemisphere far below the level of the south, in which case they have nothing whatever to do with Martian water.

Furthermore, Mars Global Surveyor data released in 2003 seem to indicate that the Martian surface contains too few carbonate rock layers - layers containing compounds of carbon and oxygen - that should have been formed in abundance in an ancient ocean. Their absence supports the picture of a cold, dry Mars that never experienced the extended mild period required to form lakes and oceans. However, more recent data imply that at least some parts of the planet did in fact experience long periods in the past during which liquid water existed on the surface. Aside from some small-scale gullies (channels) found since 2000, which are inconclusive, astronomers have no direct evidence for liquid water anywhere on the surface of Mars today, and the amount of water vapor in the Martian atmosphere is tiny. Yet even setting aside the unproven hints of ancient oceans, the extent of the outflow channels suggests that a huge total volume of water existed on Mars in the past. Where did all the water go? The answer may be that virtually all the water on Mars is now locked in the permafrost layer under the surface, with more contained in the planet’s polar caps. 1. The word “merge” in the passage is closest in meaning to …………… . (A) expand

(B) separate

(D) combine

2. What does the discussion in paragraph 1 of runoff channels in the southern highlands suggest about Mars? (A) The atmosphere of Mars was once thinner than it is today. (B) Large amounts of rain once fell on parts of Mars. (C) The river systems of Mars were once more extensive than Earth’s. (D) The rivers of Mars began to dry up about 4 billion years ago. 3. The word “relics” in the passage is closest in meaning to …………… . (A) remains

(B) sites

(D)

sources 4. In paragraph 2, why does the author include the information that 105 tons of water flow through the Amazon River per second? (A) To emphasize the great size of the volume of water that seems to have flowed through Mars’outflow channels.

(B) To indicate data used by scientists to estimate how long ago Mars’ outflow channels were formed. (C) To argue that flash floods on Mars may have been powerful enough to cause tear-shaped “islands” to form. (D) To argue that the force of flood waters on Mars was powerful enough to shape the northern volcanic plains. 5. According to paragraph 2, all of the following are true of the outflow channels on Mars EXCEPT: (A) They formed at around the same time that volcanic activity was occurring on the northern plains. (B) They are found only on certain parts of the Martian surface. (C) They sometimes empty onto what appear to have once been the wet sands of tidal beaches. (D) They are thought to have carried water northward from the equatorial regions. 6. All of the following questions about geological features on Mars are answered in paragraph 3 EXCEPT: (A) What are some regions of Mars that may have once been covered with an ocean? (B) Where do mission scientists believe that the river forming the delta emptied? (C) Approximately how many craters on Mars do mission scientists believe may once have been lakes filled with water? (D) During what period of Mars’ history do some scientists think it may have had large bodies of water? 7. According to paragraph 3, images of Mars’ surface have been interpreted as support for the idea that (A) a large part of the northern lowlands may once have been under water. (B) the polar regions of Mars were once more extensive than they are now. (C) deltas were once a common feature of the Martian landscape. (D) the shape of the Hellas Basin has changed considerably over time. 8. What can be inferred from paragraph 3 about liquid water on Mars?

(A) If ancient oceans ever existed on Mars’ surface, it is likely that the water in them has evaporated by now. (B) If there is any liquid water at all on Mars’ surface today, its quantity is much smaller than the amount that likely existed there in the past. (C) Small-scale gullies on Mars provide convincing evidence that liquid water existed on Mars in the recent past. (D) The small amount of water vapor in the Martian atmosphere suggests that there has never been liquid water on Mars. 9. Which of the sentences below best expresses the essential information in the sentence in bold type in the passage? Incorrect choices change the meaning in important ways or leave out essential information. (A) But detractors argue that geological activity may be responsible for the water associated with the terraces. (B) But detractors argue that the terraces may be related to geological forces in the Northern Hemisphere of Mars, rather than to Martian water in the south. (C) But detractors argue that geological forces depressed the Northern Hemisphere so far below the level of the south that the terraces could not have been formed by water. (D) But detractors argue that the terraces may have been formed by geological activity rather than by the presence of water. 10. According to paragraph 4, what do the 2003 Global Surveyor data suggest about Mars? (A) Ancient oceans on Mars contained only small amounts of carbon. (B) The climate of Mars may not have been suitable for the formation of large bodies of water. (C) Liquid water may have existed on some parts of Mars’ surface for long periods of time. (D) The ancient oceans that formed on Mars dried up during periods of cold, dry weather. Part 4. Read the following passage and do the tasks that follow. (15 pts) THE LITTLE ICE AGE A

This book will provide a detailed examination of the Little Ice Age and other climatic shifts, but, before I embark on that, let me provide a historical context. We tend to think of climate - as opposed to weather - as something unchanging, yet humanity has been at the mercy of climate change for its entire existence, with at least eight glacial episodes in the past 730,000 years. Our ancestors adapted to the universal but irregular global warming since the end of the last great Ice Age, around 10,000 years ago, with dazzling opportunism. They developed strategies for surviving harsh drought cycles, decades of heavy rainfall or unaccustomed cold; adopted agriculture and stock-raising, which revolutionised human life; and founded the world's first pre-industrial civilisations in Egypt, Mesopotamia and the Americas. But the price of sudden climate change, in famine, disease and suffering, was often high. B The Little Ice Age lasted from roughly 1300 until the middle of the nineteenth century. Only two centuries ago, Europe experienced a cycle of bitterly cold winters; mountain glaciers in the Swiss Alps were the lowest in recorded memory, and pack ice surrounded Iceland for much of the year. The climatic events of the Little Ice Age did more than help shape the modern world. They are the deeply important context for the current unprecedented global warming. The Little Ice Age was far from a deep freeze, however; rather an irregular seesaw of rapid climatic shifts, few lasting more than a quarter-century, driven by complex and still little understood interactions between the atmosphere and the ocean. The seesaw brought cycles of intensely cold winters and easterly winds, then switched abruptly to years of heavy spring and early summer rains, mild winters, and frequent Atlantic storms, or to periods of droughts, light northeasterly winds, and summer heat waves. C Reconstructing the climate changes of the past is extremely difficult, because systematic weather observations began only a few centuries ago, in Europe and North America. Records from India and tropical Africa are even more recent. For the time before records began, we have only 'proxy records' reconstructed largely from tree rings and ice cores, supplemented by a few incomplete written accounts. We now have hundreds of tree-ring records from throughout the northern hemisphere, and many from south of the equator, too, amplified with a growing body of temperature data from ice

cores drilled in Antarctica, Greenland, the Peruvian Andes, and other locations. We are close to a knowledge of annual summer and winter temperature variations over much of the northern hemisphere going back 600 years. D This book is a narrative history of climatic shifts during the past ten centuries, and some of the ways in which people in Europe adapted to them. Part One describes the Medieval Warm Period, roughly 900 to 1200. During these three centuries, Norse voyagers from Northern Europe explored northern seas, settled Greenland, and visited North America. It was not a time of uniform warmth, for then, as always since the Great Ice Age, there were constant shifts in rainfall and temperature. Mean European temperatures were about the same as today, perhaps slightly cooler. E It is known that the Little Ice Age cooling began in Greenland and the Arctic in about 1200. As the Arctic ice pack spread southward, Norse voyages to the west were rerouted into the open Atlantic, then ended altogether. Storminess increased in the North Atlantic and North Sea. Colder, much wetter weather descended on Europe between 1315 and 1319, when thousands perished in a continent-wide famine. By 1400, the weather had become decidedly more unpredictable and stormier, with sudden shifts and lower temperatures that culminated in the cold decades of the late sixteenth century. Fish were a vital commodity in growing towns and cities, where food supplies were a constant concern. Dried cod and herring were already the staples of the European fish trade, but changes in water temperatures forced fishing fleets to work further offshore. The Basques, Dutch, and English developed the first offshore fishing boats adapted to a colder and stormier Atlantic. A gradual agricultural revolution in northern Europe stemmed from concerns over food supplies at a time of rising populations. The revolution involved intensive commercial farming and the growing of animal fodder on land not previously used for crops. The increased productivity from farmland made some countries self-sufficient in grain and livestock and offered effective protection against famine. F Global temperatures began to rise slowly after 1850, with the beginning of the Modern Warm Period. There was a vast migration from Europe by land-hungry farmers and

others, to which the famine caused by the Irish potato blight contributed, to North America, Australia, New Zealand, and southern Africa. Millions of hectares of forest and woodland fell before the newcomers' axes between 1850 and 1890, as intensive European farming methods expanded across the world. The unprecedented land clearance released vast quantities of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere, triggering for the first time humanly caused global warming. Temperatures climbed more rapidly in the twentieth century as the use of fossil fuels proliferated and greenhouse gas levels continued to soar. The rise has been even steeper since the early 1980s. The Little Ice Age has given way to a new climatic regime, marked by prolonged and steady warming. At the same time, extreme weather events like Category 5 hurricanes are becoming more frequent. Questions 1-6 The Reading has six paragraphs, A-F. Choose the most suitable heading for each paragraph from the List of Headings below. LIST OF HEADINGS i

Predicting climatic changes

The relevance of the Little Ice Age today

iii

How cities contribute to climate change

Human impact on the climate

How past climatic conditions can be determined

A growing need for weather records

vii

A study covering a thousand years

viii

People have always responded to climate change

Enough food at last

1. Paragraph A:

……………

2. Paragraph B:

……………

3. Paragraph C:

……………

4. Paragraph D:

……………

5. Paragraph E:

……………

6. Paragraph F:

……………

Questions 7-10 Complete the summary using the list of words, A-I, below. Weather during the Little Ice Age Documentation of past weather condition is limited: our main sources of knowledge of conditions in the distant past are 7. ……………. and ice cores. We can deduce that the Little Ice Age was a time of 8. ……………., rather than of consistent freezing. Within it there were some periods of very cold winters, others of 9. ……………. and heavy rain, and yet others that saw 10. ……………. with no rain at all. A climatic shifts

B ice pack

C tree rings

D glaciers

E interactions

F weather observations

G heat waves

H storms

I written accounts

Part 7: You are going to read an article about children. For questions 47-56, choose from the sections of the article (A-E). The sections may be chosen more than once. When more than one answer is required, these may be given in any order. In which section of the article is the following mentioned? 47 an example of a sign that has become simpler 48 the difference between how the deaf children communicate an image and how other people communicate the same image 49 the fact that the same signs can be used in the communication of a number of ideas 50 the characteristics of languages in general at different stages of their development 51 a belief that language is learnt by means of a specific part of the mind 52 an aspect of language learning that children are particularly good at 53 how regularly the children have been monitored 54 older children passing their sign language on to younger children 55 the reason why the children created a particular sign 56 opposing views on how people acquire language Deaf Childern’s Ad Hoc Language Evolves and Instructs

A A deep insight into the way the brain learns language has emerged from the study of Nicaraguan sign language, invented by deaf children in a Nicaraguan school as a means of communicating among themselves. The Nicaraguan children are well-known to linguists because they provide an apparently unique example of people inventing a language from scratch. The phenomenon started at a school for special education founded in 1977. Instructors noticed that the deaf children, while absorbing little from their Spanish lessons, had developed a system of signs for talking to one another. As one generation of children taught the system to the next, it evolved from a set of gestures into a far more sophisticated form of communication, and today’s 800 users of the language provide a living history of the stages of formation. B The children have been studied principally by Dr. Judy Kegi, a linguist at the University of Southern Maine, and Dr. Ann Senghas, a cognitive scientist at Columbia University in New York City. In the latest study, published in Science magazine, Dr. Senghas shows that the younger children have now decomposed certain gestures into smaller component signs. A hearing person asked to mime a standard story about a cat waddling down a street will make a single gesture, a downward spiral motion of the hand. But the deaf children have developed two different signs to use in its place. They sign a circle for the rolling motion and then a straight line for the direction of movement. This requires more signing, but the two signs can be used in combination with others to express different concepts. The development is of interest to linguists because it captures a principal quality of human language – discrete elements usable in different combinations – in contrast to the one sound, one meaning of animal communication. ‘The regularity she documents here – mapping discrete aspects of the world onto discrete word choices – is one of the most distinctive properties of human language’ said Dr. Steven Pinker, a cognitive scientist at Harvard University. C When people with no common language are thrown into contact, they often develop an ad hoc language known to linguists as a pidgin language, usually derived from one of the parent languages. Pidgins are rudimentary systems with minimal grammar and utterances. But in a generation or two, the pidgins acquire grammar and become upgraded to what linguists call creoles. Though many new languages have been created by the pidgin-creole route, the Nicaraguan situation is unique, Dr. Senghas said, because its starting point was not a complex language but ordinary gestures. From this raw material, the deaf children appear to be spontaneously fabricating the elements of language. D Linguists have been engaged in a longstanding argument as to whether there is an innate, specialised neural machinery for learning language, as proposed by Noam Chomsky of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or whether everything is learned from scratch. Dr. Senghas says her finding supports the view that language learning is innate, not purely cultural, since the Nicaraguan children’s dis-aggregation of gestures appears to be spontaneous. Her result also upholds the idea that children play an important part in converting a pidgin into a creole. Because children’s minds

are primed to learn the rules of grammar, it is thought, they spontaneously impose grammatical structure on a pidgin that doesn’t have one. E The Nicaraguan children are a living laboratory of language generation. Dr. Senghas, who has been visiting their school every year since 1990, said she had noticed how the signs for numbers have developed. Originally the children represented ’20’ by flicking the fingers of both hands in the air twice. But this cumbersome sign has been replaced with a form that can now be signed with one hand. The children don’t care that the new sign doesn’t look like a 20, Dr. Senghas said; they just want a symbol that can be signed fast. Part 8: Rewrite the sentences in such a way that they mean almost the same as the sentences printed before them. 1. Addicts of computer games struggle to distinguish the virtual world from the real world. (DRAW) Those obsessed ....................................................................................... 2,Have a look at this picture. It may help you remember something. (JOG) ....................................................................................... 3.Apparently, a lot of employees will be made redundant when the 21st Century Fox is taken over. (HEAP) Apparently, many an ....................................................................................... 4,Although the beginning may be smooth for a business, one has to think about the worst-case scenario. (PREOCCUPIED) Plain ....................................................................................... 5. Every possible effort was made by orphanage to find the boy’s parents. The orphanage left no stone ....................................................................................... 6. If something’s worrying you, you should tell me about it now. CHEST If you have a problem, why don’t you………………………………………..now? 7. I think you should confront your boss right now with how you feel about this. OUT Why don’t you………………………………………………………your boss right now? 8. Anna had decided Tom was not telling the truth about what happened. TEETH

Anna was sure Tom ……………………………………………….. about what happened. 9. Perhaps my sister was bad-tempered because she was tired. FACT I put my sister’s……………………………………….. she was tired. 10. When confronted with his crime the accused was unrepentant. REMORSE The accused……………………………………………………crime he had committed.

Answers: Phần 1:\ SECTION 1 (10 points) Questions 6-10: You will hear an interview with Pamela Green, a young fashion designer. Forquestions 6 - 10, choose the best answer (A, B or C). 6.B

7.B

8.C

9.B

10.A

SECTION 2 (10 points) Questions 11 - 15: You will hear a man called Steve and a woman called Caroline talking about summer jobs. Decide if each sentence is correct or incorrect. If it is correct, put a tick () in Yes column. If it is not correct, put a tick () in No column.

YES 1.Steve hasn’t arranged any work for the summer yet. 2.Caroline’s work will allow her to have free time during the day.

 

3. Caroline’s work will be located in a city.



4. Caroline found out about the job from the internet.



5. Caroline says that work at music festivals is badly paid.



SECTION 3 (20 points) Questions 16 - 25: You are going to hear somebody giving their opinion about media and its influence on society. For questions 16-25, complete the sentences with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS.

16. newspapers

17. campaigns

18. public eye

19. 4% / four percent

20. TV

21. images

22. fiction

23. one million pounds

24. apology SECTION 1:

25. tabloids

Interviewer: Hello, Pamela, welcome to the programme. So many young people want to be fashion designers these days, but don't know how to get started. Pamela Green: Hi. I felt exactly like that myself! You must first discover if this is really what you want to do. I wasn't sure to begin with, so I started off by looking for a store in my neighbourhood that sold its own clothes. The owner invited me into her studio andtold me what a typical day was like. She allowed me to ask as many questions as I wanted. Having made up my mind, I then contacted a few colleges to see what courses in fashion were on offer, and I was lucky to find one that seemed ideal. Interviewer: So a degree in fashion is a must? Pamela Green: Well, you often meet designers who go to college later in life, after years of working in the industry. The truth is the best students aren't always the best designers,but there's no denying that a degree will show that you've got certain basic skills and get you your first job. Don't be surprised to find colleagues with fewer qualifications on higher pay than yourself though. Making progress from that point will depend entirely on your personal talent. Interviewer: What basic skills do you need? Pamela Green: When you ask a fashion student what they want to do, they often reply 'have my own line'. Not an easy task, I must say. You need work experience first, ideally in a successful fashion shop, to understand that this industry is led by commerce.Starting your own line requires capital and a clear overview of how it's going to develop. Without it, clothes design can only be a hobby. Of course, if you've got an eye for colour, style and shape and an ability to draw, you shouldn't let go of the dream. Interviewer: Where do you get the inspiration for your designs? Pamela Green: To be a good designer, you have to be aware of the world you live in, you need to go out and look at people's lives and attitudes, you really have to learn how to observe what's happening around you. And I don't mean going abroad necessarily -my social circle is invaluable for me, for example - a constant source of ideas.You have to remember the clothes are not for you, you have to adapt to what other people

want. And don't be tempted to imitate the famous designers, however beautiful their collections might look. Interviewer: Now you're a successful designer, are things easier? Pamela Green: It took me a while to learn to cope with criticism, though. You think your design drawings look brilliant, but you mustn't get upset if the garment doesn't look as you'd imagined it. What I've never managed to get used to is the sheer amount of work involved in finishing your collection well in advance of the season.Some designers stop attending fashion shows, for example, which involve lots of timeconsuming travelling, but I'd be unhappy to give that up. Interviewer: Do you have to do a lot of reading to keep up with trends? Pamela Green: You have to read fashion magazines and other media that reflect current trends and tastes. It doesn't matter whether you want to use them in your own designs. Nobody knows what styles will be fashionable in, say, two years' time, but the point isyou have to know just about everything that's been done before, so that you can spot it when it becomes popular again. Interviewer: This is a very competitive industry. Realistically, what are the chances for somebody starting? Pamela Green: Don't make the mistake of aiming just for designing outfits,which is just one part of a vast industry. You may be perfectly happy as an obscure but competentdesigner of small pieces for collections- jewellery, hats, shoes - all of which need to be created. And thensomebody has to market them, sell them, write about them. Fame and glory is just for the top twenty world designers, and life isn't always wonderful even for them. Interviewer: Pamela, many thanks. SECTION 2.

Caroline:So, what are you going to do this summer? Steve:

Well, I’m probably going to go on holiday with my parents and my sister for a week, but I suppose I really should get a summer job. I haven’t planned anything yet, but I really need to get some money. What about you?

Caroline:I’m going to Scotland for the summer. Steve:

For the whole summer?

Caroline:Yes, well, I’m going for seven weeks. I’m going to work in a youth hostel in the mountains. Steve:

Really? That sounds great!

Caroline:Yes, I think so. I mean, the work won’t be very interesting. It’ll be mostly cooking, cleaning and working on reception, selling drinks and things. But my hours are seven till ten in the morning and five till nine in the evening, so I’ll have plenty of time during the day to go walking. Steve:

That sounds fun! It’ll be like a holiday, but you’ll be earning money too.

Caroline:Yes, it’s a chance to get out of the city and maybe meet some new people. Steve:

I wish I could get a job like that. How did you find out about it?

Caroline:I read about it in a book called Summer Work Round Britain. It tells you about all kinds of different jobs in different places. You can work at farms picking fruit, or at hotels near the sea. You can even get work at music festivals. Steve:

Oh I like the sound of that!

Caroline:Yes, of course the problem with that sort of work is that it only lasts a few days. And once you’ve paid for your accommodation and food, you won’t have much money left. Steve:

Oh yes, I didn’t think about that. And knowing me, I’d spend all my extra money on music. So do you have to pay for your accommodation and food in Scotland then?

Caroline:Well, it’s quite good. I’ll be staying in a shared bedroom, and they’ll take £15 a week out of my wages to pay for that. My breakfast will be free, because I’ll probably be cooking breakfast for the guests! I can get dinner in the evening at a reduced price, so I only have to worry about lunch. Steve:

Well, I hope you have a great time.

Caroline:Thanks. I’ll lend you the book if you like. Maybe you’ll find something too. Steve:

Isn’t it too late to apply?

Caroline:I don’t think so. Anyway, it’s worth a try. SECTION 3.

Phần 2: Part 1 : A

1D 2A 3C 4B 5A 6D 7A 8C 9D 10B 1. If a child knows that he can never .............. a bad behavior, then he is less likely to do it. A. make out B. put through C. keep up D. get away with get away with sth=to succeed in avoiding punishment for something: 2. My mother always told me that I should .............. the things I believe in, regardless of how others perceive them. A. stand up for B. get on with C. put up with D. come up to stand up for= defend or support a particular idea or a person who is being criticized or attacked 3. The doctor told him to keep .............. sweets and chocolate to lose weight. A. up B. at C. off D. back keep off sth=If you keep off a particular subject, you avoid talking about it. 4. Some of our volunteers would .............. for teachers in the event of a strike. A. act up B. fill in C. fit in D. work out Fill in for =thay thế,đảm nhận thay cho ai/cái gì 5. She got a bit hot .............. the collar when a colleague started criticizing her work. A. under B. on C. beyond D. from Get hot under the collar' = thấy nóng dưới cổ áo -> nghĩa là trở nên tức giận 6. She bought .............. the deal even though nobody thought she was capable of doing it. A. in B. down C. out D. off Buy off=đút lót 7. Let’s find a place where we can .............. the storm. A. wait out B. wear off C. shrug off D. pull through wait out someone or something=to wait and do nothing until something happens or ends 8. The boss was away, so his assistant had to .............. him and make a speech. A. make off with B. do away with C. stand in for D. take up on Do away with = get rid of something or stop using something 9. Beaches were .............. as police searched for canisters for toxic waste from the damaged ship. A. sealed off B. cut off C. washed up D. kept out Keep out= not to (allow to) enter=không đi vào 10. I thought she was being serious, but she was only having me .............. . A. up B. on C. over D. round have sb on=to persuade someone that something is true when it is not, usually as a joke B. 1C 2B 3D 4C 5C 6B 7C 8B 9D 10B 1. It ..............that the best way to learn to speak a foreign language is to practice using it. A. stands in relation B. is a wake-up call C. stands to reason D. agrees to differ stands to reason= be obvious

2. Police are warning the public to be on the .............. for suspicious packages. A. care B. alert C. guard D. alarm Be on the alert = coi chừng,cảnh giác vs 3. Vietnam’s Got Talent is the game show that has taken audiences .............. A. by heart B. by night C. by wind D. by storm Take sth by storm = làm cái gì trở nên nổi tiếng 4. Clinics will be subject to a new .............. of conduct and stronger controls by local authorities. A. ground B. system C. code D. set code of conduct=a set of rules that members of an organization or people with a particular job or position must follow 5. My mother .............. when she found out that I’d forgotten to do the washing-up again. A. made my blood boil B. felt off color C. hit the ceiling D. stood her ground hit the ceiling/roof= cục kỳ tức giận 6. You shouldn’t .............. other people’s problems, even if you don’t consider them to be very serious. A. shed light upon B. come to light C. make light of D. see the light Come to light = được biết tới (to become known to people) sau thời gian nằm trong bí mật, được phơi bày ra ánh sáng. shed light upon= làm sáng tỏ vấn đề make light of= xe nhẹ ai, cái gì 7. A journalist is .............. on a politician in order to damage his image. A. digging it out B. digging up out of the earth C. digging up dirt D. digging his own grave digging up dirt on sth/sb = tìm hiểu và tiết lộ thông tin tổn thất của ai; "vạch lá tìm sâu", "bới lông tìm vết". dig your own grave=to do something that causes you harm, sometimes serious harm 8. We were having dinner in a restaurant last night when this guy at the next table .............. because the waiter brought the wrong thing. A. flew into the face of danger B. flew off the handle C. flew by the seat of his pants D. flushed out of some place flew off the handle= tức giận 'Fly into the face of danger' nghĩa là chấp nhận rủi ro, bất chấp hiểm nguy Fly by the seat of one's pants' = bay bằng mông quần (phi công bay bằng sự phán đoán, vì khi ngành hàng không mới ra đời, không có phương tiện hỗ trợ hay khả năng liên lạc với mặt đất) -> cụm từ này nghĩa là dựa trên bản năng, phán đoán (hành động, quyết định...) . flush out someone/something=to force a person or animal to leave a hiding place 9. Losing my job was ............... I never would have found this one if it hadn’t happened. A. a bone to pick with B. a breath of fresh air

C. a bleeding heart D. a blessing in disguise . a blessing in disguise=trong cais rủi có cái may have a bone to pick with sb=to want to talk to someone about something annoying they have done a breath of fresh air= điều gì đó mới, khác lạ, làm tỉnh táo/khỏe khoắn (một cách dễ chịu, thích thú); 'làn gió mới'. 'Bleeding heart' (trái tim rỉ máu) nghĩa là một người được coi là dễ mềm lòng một cách nguy hiểm, thường là người được cho là quá tự do trong tư tưởng chính trị 10. The inquiry is by no means ............... . A. chop and change B. cut and dried C. head and shoulders D. tooth and nail Cut and dried = trường hợp đã được sắp xếp, chuẩn bị trước và không thể thay đổi. Ngoài ra nó còn có nghĩa là đơn giản, rõ ràng, dễ hiểu hoặc không thú vị. Part 2

Line

Mistakes

Corrections

has

have

relatively

relative

(in) that

(in) which

them

another

the other

confront

confronted

healthy

health

percent

percentage

in (a greater or ... extent)

to (a greater or ... extent)

factor

fact

10.

inportant

importance

Part 3: 1.B

2. C

3. D

4.B

5. A

6. B

7. D

8. C

9. D

10.B

Responding to children’s mistakes Promoting children’s self-esteem seems to be one of the aims of modern childcare and education. It goes hand in hand with a culture in which children are (1)

_______ praised for the most minor achievements. While this promotion of self-esteem is, rightly, a reaction against sterner times when children weren’t praised enough, it also seems to be (2) _______ by a fear of how failure will affect children: a fear that if they don’t succeed at a task, they will somehow be damaged. However, the opposite may well be true. Many scientists spend years experiencing (3) _______ failure in the lab until they make a (4) _______. They know that (5) _______ this process advances scientific knowledge. In the same way, children need to experience failure to learn and grow. If children have been praised for everything they’ve done, (6) _______ how good it is, then failure in adult life will be all the more painful. Life is full of (7) _______ and there is no point in trying to protect children from the disappointments that (8) _______ them. Parents and educators shouldn’t be afraid of (9) _______ children’s mistakes, as long as they also praise them when they do well. After all, the heroes children try to emulate, the pop stars and footballers, have all reached the top in the face of ruthless competition. Like them, children need to learn how to cope with failure and (10) _______ it to their advantage. 1. A. immensely

B. enthusiastically

C. thoroughly

D. devotedly

Enthusiastically praise: tán thưởng,khen ngợi 1 cách nhiệt tình 2. A. developed

B. evolved

C. caused

D. originated

B. consequent

C. consecutive

D. continual

C. progress

D. breakout

Be caused by: bị gây ra bởi 3. A. concurrent

Continual: frequently recurring; always happening 4. A. success

B. breakthrough

Make a breakthrough: tạo ra bước đột phá 5. A. ultimately

B. lastly

C. conclusively

D. latterly

6. A. according to

B. regardless of

C. consistent with

D. depending

B. checks

C. delays

D. setbacks

C. await

D. approach

on regardless of: bất kể 7. A. faults

Setback: a reversal or check in progress 8. A. expect

B. anticipate

9. A. getting round to

B. looking down on C. giving way to

D. picking up

on Pick up on: give particular attention to something that someone has said or done 10. A. move

B. turn

C. make

D. take

Take it to their advantage: biến cái gì thành lợi thế của ai Part 4:

1. about

2. far/currently

3. bay

4.out

5. Of

6. ability

7.declared/designated/made

8. island

9. less

10. aground

Part 5: Read the passage and choose the best answer to each of the questions. (15 pts) 1. D

2. B

3. A

4. A

5. C

6. C

7. A

8. B

9. D

10. B

RUNNING WATER ON MARS Photographic evidence suggests that liquid water once existed in great quantity on the surface of Mars. Two types of flow features are seen: runoff channels and outflow channels. Runoff channels are found in the southern highlands. These flow features are extensive systems - sometimes hundreds of kilometers in total length - of interconnecting, twisting channels that seem to merge into larger, wider channels. They bear a strong resemblance to river systems on Earth, and geologists think that they are dried-up beds of long-gone rivers that once carried rainfall on Mars from the mountains down into the valleys. Runoff channels on Mars speak of a time 4 billion years ago (the age of the Martian highlands), when the atmosphere was thicker, the surface warmer, and liquid water widespread. Outflow channels are probably relics of catastrophic flooding on Mars long ago. They appear only in equatorial regions and generally do not form extensive interconnected networks. Instead, they are probably the paths taken by huge volumes of water draining from the southern highlands into the northern plains. The onrushing water arising from these flash floods likely also formed the odd teardrop-shaped “islands” (resembling the miniature versions seen in the wet sand of our beaches at low tide) that have been found on the plains close to the ends of the outflow channels. Judging from the width and depth of the channels, the flow rates must have been truly enormous - perhaps as much as a hundred times greater than the 105 tons per second carried by the great

Amazon river. Flooding shaped the outflow channels approximately 3 billion years ago, about the same time as the northern volcanic plains formed. Some scientists speculate that Mars may have enjoyed an extended early period during which rivers, lakes, and perhaps even oceans adorned its surface. A 2003 Mars Global Surveyor image shows what mission specialists think may be a delta - a fan-shaped network of channels and sediments where a river once flowed into a larger body of water, in this case a lake filling a crater in the southern highlands. Other researchers go even further, suggesting that the data provide evidence for large open expanses of water on the early Martian surface. A computer-generated view of the Martian north polar region shows the extent of what may have been an ancient ocean covering much of the northern lowlands. The Hellas Basin, which measures some 3,000 kilometers across and has a floor that lies nearly 9 kilometers below the basin’s rim, is another candidate for an ancient Martian sea. These ideas remain controversial. Proponents point to features such as the terraced “beaches” shown in one image, which could conceivably have been left behind as a lake or ocean evaporated and the shoreline receded. But detractors maintain that the terraces could also have been created by geological activity, perhaps related to the geologic forces that depressed the Northern Hemisphere far below the level of the south, in which case they have nothing whatever to do with Martian water. Furthermore, Mars Global Surveyor data released in 2003 seem to indicate that the Martian surface contains too few carbonate rock layers - layers containing compounds of carbon and oxygen - that should have been formed in abundance in an ancient ocean. Their absence supports the picture of a cold, dry Mars that never experienced the extended mild period required to form lakes and oceans. However, more recent data imply that at least some parts of the planet did in fact experience long periods in the past during which liquid water existed on the surface. Aside from some small-scale gullies (channels) found since 2000, which are inconclusive, astronomers have no direct evidence for liquid water anywhere on the surface of Mars today, and the amount of water vapor in the Martian atmosphere is tiny. Yet even setting aside the unproven hints of ancient oceans, the extent of the outflow channels suggests that a huge total volume of water existed on Mars in the past. Where did all the water go? The answer may be that virtually all the water on

Mars is now locked in the permafrost layer under the surface, with more contained in the planet’s polar caps. 1. The word “merge” in the passage is closest in meaning to …………… . (A) expand

(B) separate

(D) combine

Merge=combine = sáp nhập,kết hợp 2. What does the discussion in paragraph 1 of runoff channels in the southern highlands suggest about Mars? (A) The atmosphere of Mars was once thinner than it is today. (B) Large amounts of rain once fell on parts of Mars. (C) The river systems of Mars were once more extensive than Earth’s. (D) The rivers of Mars began to dry up about 4 billion years ago. 2. Nội dung thảo luận ở đoạn 1 về các kênh nước chảy ở vùng cao nguyên phía Nam gợi ý điều gì về Sao Hỏa? (A) Bầu khí quyển của sao Hỏa đã từng mỏng hơn ngày nay. (B) Lượng mưa lớn đã từng rơi xuống các phần của Sao Hỏa. (C) Các hệ thống sông của sao Hỏa đã từng rộng lớn hơn so với hệ thống sông của Trái đất. (D) Các con sông trên sao Hỏa bắt đầu khô cạn khoảng 4 tỷ năm trước. Clue: These flow features are extensive systems - sometimes hundreds of kilometers in total length - of interconnecting, twisting channels that seem to merge into larger, wider channels. They bear a strong resemblance to river systems on Earth, and geologists think that they are dried-up beds of long-gone rivers that once carried rainfall on Mars from the mountains down into the valleys Các kênh nước chảy tràn được tìm thấy ở vùng cao nguyên phía Nam.Các đặc điểm dòng chảy này là các hệ thống rộng lớn - đôi khi có tổng chiều dài hàng trăm km - gồm các kênh xoắn, kết nối với nhau dường như hợp nhất thành các kênh lớn hơn, rộng hơn. Chúng rất giống với các hệ thống sông trên Trái đất, và các nhà địa chất cho rằng chúng là những lòng sông khô cạn từng mang lượng mưa trên sao Hỏa từ các ngọn núi xuống các thung lũng. 3. The word “relics” in the passage is closest in meaning to …………… .

(A) remains

(B) sites

(D)

sources Relics=remain = tàn tích ,vật còn được giữ lại 4. In paragraph 2, why does the author include the information that 105 tons of water flow through the Amazon River per second? (A) To emphasize the great size of the volume of water that seems to have flowed through Mars’outflow channels. (B) To indicate data used by scientists to estimate how long ago Mars’ outflow channels were formed. (C) To argue that flash floods on Mars may have been powerful enough to cause tear-shaped “islands” to form. (D) To argue that the force of flood waters on Mars was powerful enough to shape the northern volcanic plains. 4. Trong đoạn văn 2, tại sao tác giả đưa thông tin rằng 105 tấn nước chảy qua sông Amazon mỗi giây? (A) Để nhấn mạnh kích thước lớn của khối lượng nước dường như đã chảy qua các dòng chảy ra của sao Hỏa (B) Để chỉ ra dữ liệu được các nhà khoa học sử dụng để ước tính các kênh chảy ra của sao Hỏa được hình thành trong bao lâu. (C) Lập luận rằng lũ quét trên sao Hỏa có thể đủ mạnh để hình thành các “hòn đảo” hình giọt nước. (D) Lập luận rằng lực của nước lũ trên sao Hỏa đủ mạnh để hình thành các đồng bằng núi lửa phía bắc. Clue: The onrushing water arising from these flash floods likely also formed the odd teardrop-shaped “islands” (resembling the miniature versions seen in the wet sand of our beaches at low tide) that have been found on the plains close to the ends of the outflow channels. Judging from the width and depth of the channels, the flow rates must have been truly enormous - perhaps as much as a hundred times greater than the 105 tons per second carried by the great Amazon river. Nước dồn dập dâng lên từ những trận lũ quét này có khả năng cũng tạo thành các “hòn đảo” hình giọt nước kỳ lạ (giống như các phiên bản thu nhỏ được nhìn thấy trong cát ướt của các bãi biển của chúng ta khi thủy triều xuống) đã được tìm thấy trên

các vùng đồng bằng gần cuối dòng chảy ra.Đánh giá từ chiều rộng và độ sâu của các kênh, tốc độ dòng chảy phải thực sự rất lớn - có lẽ lớn hơn hàng trăm lần so với 105 tấn mỗi giây do sông Amazon lớn mang theo. 5. According to paragraph 2, all of the following are true of the outflow channels on Mars EXCEPT: (A) They formed at around the same time that volcanic activity was occurring on the northern plains. (B) They are found only on certain parts of the Martian surface. (C) They sometimes empty onto what appear to have once been the wet sands of tidal beaches. (D) They are thought to have carried water northward from the equatorial regions. Clue: Flooding shaped the outflow channels approximately 3 billion years ago, about the same time as the northern volcanic plains formed.=> A They appear only in equatorial regions and generally do not form extensive interconnected networks=> B Instead, they are probably the paths taken by huge volumes of water draining from the southern highlands into the northern plains.=> D 6. All of the following questions about geological features on Mars are answered in paragraph 3 EXCEPT: (A) What are some regions of Mars that may have once been covered with an ocean? (B) Where do mission scientists believe that the river forming the delta emptied? (C) Approximately how many craters on Mars do mission scientists believe may once have been lakes filled with water? (D) During what period of Mars’ history do some scientists think it may have had large bodies of water? 6. Tất cả các câu hỏi sau đây về các đặc điểm địa chất trên sao Hỏa được trả lời trong đoạn 3 NGOẠI TRỪ: (A) Một số khu vực trên sao Hỏa có thể đã từng được bao phủ bởi đại dương?

(B) Các nhà khoa học của sứ mệnh tin rằng con sông hình thành nên đồng bằng đã cạn kiệt ở đâu? (C) Có khoảng bao nhiêu miệng núi lửa trên sao Hỏa mà các nhà khoa học tin rằng có thể đã từng là hồ chứa đầy nước? (D) Trong thời kỳ lịch sử nào của sao Hỏa, một số nhà khoa học nghĩ rằng nó có thể có các khối nước lớn? Clue: Some scientists speculate that Mars may have enjoyed an extended early period during which rivers, lakes, and perhaps even oceans adorned its surface.=> A 2003 Mars Global Surveyor image shows what mission specialists think may be a delta - a fan-shaped network of channels and sediments where a river once flowed into a larger body of water, in this case a lake filling a crater in the southern highlands.=> B Other researchers go even further, suggesting that the data provide evidence for large open expanses of water on the early Martian surface. A computer-generated view of the Martian north polar region shows the extent of what may have been an ancient ocean covering much of the northern lowlands. The Hellas Basin, which measures some 3,000 kilometers across and has a floor that lies nearly 9 kilometers below the basin’s rim, is another candidate for an ancient Martian sea.=> D 7. According to paragraph 3, images of Mars’ surface have been interpreted as support for the idea that (A) a large part of the northern lowlands may once have been under water. (B) the polar regions of Mars were once more extensive than they are now. (C) deltas were once a common feature of the Martian landscape. (D) the shape of the Hellas Basin has changed considerably over time. 7. Theo đoạn 3, các hình ảnh về bề mặt Sao Hỏa được hiểu là hỗ trợ cho ý tưởng rằng (A) một phần lớn các vùng đất thấp phía bắc có thể đã từng nằm dưới nước. (B) các vùng cực của sao Hỏa đã từng rộng lớn hơn bây giờ. (C) các châu thổ đã từng là đặc điểm chung của cảnh quan sao Hỏa. (D) Hình dạng của lưu vực Hellas đã thay đổi đáng kể theo thời gian

Clue: A computer-generated view of the Martian north polar region shows the extent of what may have been an ancient ocean covering much of the northern lowlands Hình ảnh xem do máy tính tạo ra về vùng cực bắc của sao Hỏa cho thấy phạm vi của những gì có thể là một đại dương cổ đại bao phủ phần lớn các vùng đất thấp phía bắc. 8. What can be inferred from paragraph 3 about liquid water on Mars? (A) If ancient oceans ever existed on Mars’ surface, it is likely that the water in them has evaporated by now. (B) If there is any liquid water at all on Mars’ surface today, its quantity is much smaller than the amount that likely existed there in the past. (C) Small-scale gullies on Mars provide convincing evidence that liquid water existed on Mars in the recent past. (D) The small amount of water vapor in the Martian atmosphere suggests that there has never been liquid water on Mars. 8. Điều gì có thể suy ra từ đoạn 3 về nước lỏng trên sao Hỏa? (A) Nếu các đại dương cổ đại từng tồn tại trên bề mặt Sao Hỏa, thì có khả năng nước trong đó đã bốc hơi ngay bây giờ. (B) Nếu có bất kỳ nước lỏng nào trên bề mặt Sao Hỏa ngày nay, thì số lượng của nó sẽ nhỏ hơn nhiều so với lượng nước có khả năng tồn tại ở đó trong quá khứ. (C) Những con mòng biển quy mô nhỏ trên sao Hỏa cung cấp bằng chứng thuyết phục rằng nước lỏng đã tồn tại trên sao Hỏa trong quá khứ gần đây. (D) Một lượng nhỏ hơi nước trong bầu khí quyển Sao Hỏa cho thấy rằng chưa bao giờ có nước lỏng trên Sao Hỏa. Clue: : Some scientists speculate that Mars may have enjoyed an extended early period during which rivers, lakes, and perhaps even oceans adorned its surface 9. Which of the sentences below best expresses the essential information in the sentence in bold type in the passage? Incorrect choices change the meaning in important ways or leave out essential information. (A) But detractors argue that geological activity may be responsible for the water associated with the terraces.

(B) But detractors argue that the terraces may be related to geological forces in the Northern Hemisphere of Mars, rather than to Martian water in the south. (C) But detractors argue that geological forces depressed the Northern Hemisphere so far below the level of the south that the terraces could not have been formed by water. (D) But detractors argue that the terraces may have been formed by geological activity rather than by the presence of water. 9. Câu nào dưới đây diễn đạt đúng nhất thông tin cần thiết trong câu in đậm trong đoạn văn? Lựa chọn không chính xác làm thay đổi ý nghĩa theo những cách quan trọng hoặc bỏ qua thông tin cần thiết. (A) Nhưng những người gièm pha lập luận rằng hoạt động địa chất có thể chịu trách nhiệm về nước liên quan đến các bậc thang. (B) Nhưng những người gièm pha cho rằng các bậc thang có thể liên quan đến các lực địa chất ở Bắc bán cầu của sao Hỏa, hơn là với nước của sao Hỏa ở phía nam. (C) Nhưng những người gièm pha lập luận rằng các lực địa chất đã làm suy giảm Bắc bán cầu thấp hơn rất nhiều so với mức của phía nam mà các ruộng bậc thang không thể được hình thành bởi nước. (D) Nhưng những người gièm pha cho rằng các bậc thang có thể được hình thành do hoạt động địa chất hơn là do sự hiện diện của nước. Clue: But detractors maintain that the terraces could also have been created by geological activity, perhaps related to the geologic forces that depressed the Northern Hemisphere far below the level of the south, in which case they have nothing whatever to do with Martian water. Nhưng những người gièm pha vẫn cho rằng các ruộng bậc thang cũng có thể được tạo ra bởi hoạt động địa chất, có lẽ liên quan đến các lực địa chất làm suy giảm Bắc bán cầu xuống thấp hơn nhiều so với mức của nam, trong trường hợp đó chúng không liên quan gì đến nước trên sao Hỏa. 10. According to paragraph 4, what do the 2003 Global Surveyor data suggest about Mars? (A) Ancient oceans on Mars contained only small amounts of carbon. (B) The climate of Mars may not have been suitable for the formation of large bodies of water.

(C) Liquid water may have existed on some parts of Mars’ surface for long periods of time. (D) The ancient oceans that formed on Mars dried up during periods of cold, dry weather. 10. Theo đoạn 4, dữ liệu của Nhà khảo sát toàn cầu năm 2003 gợi ý gì về sao Hỏa? (A) Các đại dương cổ đại trên sao Hỏa chỉ chứa một lượng nhỏ carbon. (B) Khí hậu của sao Hỏa có thể không thích hợp cho việc hình thành các khối nước lớn. (C) Nước lỏng có thể đã tồn tại trên một số phần của bề mặt Sao Hỏa trong một thời gian dài. (D) Các đại dương cổ đại hình thành trên sao Hỏa khô cạn trong thời gian khô lạnh. Clue: Furthermore, Mars Global Surveyor data released in 2003 seem to indicate that the Martian surface contains too few carbonate rock layers - layers containing compounds of carbon and oxygen - that should have been formed in abundance in an ancient ocean. Their absence supports the picture of a cold, dry Mars that never experienced the extended mild period required to form lakes and oceans Hơn nữa, dữ liệu của Mars Global Surveyor công bố vào năm 2003 dường như chỉ ra rằng bề mặt sao Hỏa chứa quá ít lớp đá cacbonat - những lớp chứa hợp chất của cacbon và oxy - lẽ ra phải được hình thành rất nhiều trong một đại dương cổ đại. Sự vắng mặt của chúng hỗ trợ bức tranh về một sao Hỏa khô lạnh chưa từng trải qua thời kỳ ôn hòa kéo dài cần thiết để hình thành các hồ và đại dương. Part 6. Read the following passage and do the tasks that follow. (15 pts) 1. viii 7. C

8. A

2. ii

3. v

9. H

10. G

4. vii

5. ix

6. iv

THE LITTLE ICE AGE A viii

People have always responded to climate change

dazzling opportunism. They developed strategies for surviving harsh drought cycles, decades of heavy rainfall or unaccustomed cold; adopted agriculture and stock-raising, which revolutionised human life; and founded the world's first pre-industrial civilisations in Egypt, Mesopotamia and the Americas. Tổ tiên của chúng ta, bằng chủ nghĩa cơ hội rất đáng kinh ngạc, đã thích nghi với hiện tượng ấm lên bất thường trên toàn cầu kể từ sau khi kỷ Băng Hà lớn cuối cùng kết thúc khoảng 10 000 năm trước. Họ đã phát triển các phương thức để tồn tại qua các chu kỳ hạn hán khắc nghiệt, hàng thập kỷ mưa lớn hoặc lạnh bất thường; Nuôi trồng nông nghiệp và chăn nuôi, làm sống lại cuộc sống con người; Và thành lập các nền văn minh tiền công nghiệp đầu tiên trên thế giới ở Ai Cập, Mesopotamia và châu Mỹ. But the price of sudden climate change, in famine, disease and suffering, was often high.  Con người luôn phản ứng với biến đổi khí hậu B ii

The relevance of the Little Ice Age today

The Little Ice Age lasted from roughly 1300 until the middle of the nineteenth century. Only two centuries ago, Europe experienced a cycle of bitterly cold winters; mountain glaciers in the Swiss Alps were the lowest in recorded memory, and pack ice surrounded Iceland for much of the year. The climatic events of the Little Ice Age did more than help shape the modern world. They are the deeply important context for the current unprecedented global warming. Các sự kiện khí hậu của thời đại băng hà nhỏ đã làm được nhiều hơn không chỉ giúp hình thành thế giới hiện đại. Chúng là bối cảnh quan trọng cho hiện tượng nóng lên toàn cầu chưa từng có hiện nay. The Little Ice Age was far from a deep freeze, however; rather an irregular seesaw of rapid climatic shifts, few lasting more than a quarter-century, driven by complex and still little understood interactions between the atmosphere and the ocean. The seesaw brought cycles of intensely cold winters and easterly winds, then switched abruptly to years of heavy spring and early summer rains, mild winters, and frequent Atlantic storms, or to periods of droughts, light northeasterly winds, and summer heat waves. Cv

How past climatic conditions can be determined

Reconstructing the climate changes of the past is extremely difficult, because systematic weather observations began only a few centuries ago, in Europe and North America. Records from India and tropical Africa are even more recent. For the time before records began, we have only 'proxy records' reconstructed largely from tree rings and ice cores, supplemented by a few incomplete written accounts. We now have hundreds of tree-ring records from throughout the northern hemisphere, and many from

south of the equator, too, amplified with a growing body of temperature data from ice cores drilled in Antarctica, Greenland, the Peruvian Andes, and other locations. Trong thời gian trước khi bản ghi bắt đầu, chúng tôi chỉ có các 'bản ghi đại diện' được dựng lại chủ yếu từ các vòng cây và lõi đá, được cung cấp bởi các báo cáo chưa đầy đủ. Giờ đây, chúng ta có hàng trăm bản ghi hằng năm từ khắp bắc bán cầu, và cũng có nhiều bản ghi từ phía nam của xích đạo, được mở rộng với dữ liệu nhiệt độ ngày càng tăng từ lõi băng được khoan thăm dò ở Nam Cực, Greenland, dãy núi Andes ở Peru và các địa điểm khác.We are close to a knowledge of annual summer and winter temperature variations over much of the northern hemisphere going back 600 years  Cách đk khí hậu thời quá khứ được xác định . D vii

A study covering a thousand years

This book is a narrative history of climatic shifts during the past ten centuries, and some of the ways in which people in Europe adapted to them Cuốn sách này là một câu chuyện lịch sử nói về sự thay đổi khí hậu trong suốt mười thế kỷ qua, và một số cách mà người dân châu u thích nghi với chúng.. Part One describes the Medieval Warm Period, roughly 900 to 1200. During these three centuries, Norse voyagers from Northern Europe explored northern seas, settled Greenland, and visited North America. It was not a time of uniform warmth, for then, as always since the Great Ice Age, there were constant shifts in rainfall and temperature. Mean European temperatures were about the same as today, perhaps slightly cooler  Một nghiên cứu chứa lịch sử hàng nghìn năm . E ix

Enough food at last

It is known that the Little Ice Age cooling began in Greenland and the Arctic in about 1200. As the Arctic ice pack spread southward, Norse voyages to the west were rerouted into the open Atlantic, then ended altogether. Storminess increased in the North Atlantic and North Sea. Colder, much wetter weather descended on Europe between 1315 and 1319, when thousands perished in a continent-wide famine. By 1400, the weather had become decidedly more unpredictable and stormier, with sudden shifts and lower temperatures that culminated in the cold decades of the late sixteenth century. Fish were a vital commodity in growing towns and cities, where food supplies were a constant concern. Dried cod and herring were already the staples of the European fish trade, but changes in water temperatures forced fishing fleets to work

further offshore. The Basques, Dutch, and English developed the first offshore fishing boats adapted to a colder and stormier Atlantic. A gradual agricultural revolution in northern Europe stemmed from concerns over food supplies at a time of rising populations. The revolution involved intensive commercial farming and the growing of animal fodder on land not previously used for crops. The increased productivity from farmland made some countries self-sufficient in grain and livestock and offered effective protection against famine. Năng suất tăng lên từ đất nông nghiệp đã khiến một số nước tự cung ứng ngũ cốc và gia súc và chống lại nạn đói một cách hiệu quả.  Cuối cùng cũng có đủ thức ăn F iv

Human impact on the climate

Global temperatures began to rise slowly after 1850, with the beginning of the Modern Warm Period. There was a vast migration from Europe by land-hungry farmers and others, to which the famine caused by the Irish potato blight contributed, to North America, Australia, New Zealand, and southern Africa. Millions of hectares of forest and woodland fell before the newcomers' axes between 1850 and 1890, as intensive European farming methods expanded across the world. The unprecedented land clearance released vast quantities of carbon dioxide into the atmosphere, triggering for the first time humanly caused global warming. Sự giải phóng đất đai chưa từng thấy đã thải ra một lượng lớn carbon dioxide vào bầu khí quyển, kích hoạt sự nóng lên toàn cầu lần đầu tiên của loài người. Temperatures climbed more rapidly in the twentieth century as the use of fossil fuels proliferated and greenhouse gas levels continued to soar. The rise has been even steeper since the early 1980s. The Little Ice Age has given way to a new climatic regime, marked by prolonged and steady warming. At the same time, extreme weather events like Category 5 hurricanes are becoming more frequent.  Sự tác động của con người lên khí hậu Part 7: 47 E. Sign representing “20” has become simpler, formerly needing two hands to show and later only one hand. 48 В. Middle of the paragraph compares how hearing and deaf individuals mime a story about a cat walking down the street. 49 В. Below the middle of the paragraph. Similar signs in combinations can have different meanings. 50 С. The process of language evolution with pidgin language taken as an example 51 D.First sentence of the paragraph talks about the specialised part of human brain.

52 D. Last sentence of the same paragraph. Children’s minds are “primed” to learn the rules of grammar — meaning that it is much easier to learn them when young. 53 E. First sentence — the visits have been taking place every year since 1990. 54 A. The second part of the paragraph mentions how older generations of children passed on their knowledge to the younger ones. 55 E. The last sentence of the paragraph states that the children want a sign for a particular reason, in this case — one that can be shown quickly. 56 D. The first sentence of the paragraph has two opposing ideas on the language origin. Part 8: 1,Addicts of computer games struggle to distinguish the virtual world from the real world. (DRAW)  Those obsessed with computer games (1) | struggle to draw the line between the virtual world and the real world. draw the line: đặt ra giới hạn ,phân biệt 2,Have a look at this picture. It may help you remember something. (JOG)  Have a look at this picture. It may help you jog your memory. jog your memory : làm ai nhớ lại điều gì 3,Apparently, a lot of employees will be made redundant when the 21 st Century Fox is taken over. (HEAP)  Apparently, many an employee will be thrown on the scrap heap (1) | upon the takeover of 21st Century Fox. thrown on the scrap heap : bị sa thải 4,Although the beginning may be smooth for a business, one has to think about the worst-case scenario. (PREOCCUPIED)  Plain sailing though/as the beginning of a business may be (1) |, one has to be preoccupied with the worst-cast scenario. Plain sailing: thuận buồm xuối gió 5. The orphanage left no stone unturned in their attempt to find the boy’s parents. left no stone unturned : nỗ lực làm gì 6, If you have a problem, why don’t you get it off your chest? get it off your chest: nói thẳng ra,không che giấu bí mật về điều gì 7, Why don’t you have it out with your boss right now ? have it out with: giải quyết 1 cuộc tranh luận vs ai 8, Anna was sure Tom was lying through his teeth about what happened lying through his teeth : nói dối trắng rợn

9, I put my sister’s bad-temper down to the fact that she was tired. Put sth down to: quy cái gì là do ,quy cho là 10, The accused showed no remorse for the crime he had committed showed no remorse: Không tỏ ra ăn năn,hối lỗi về vc gì

Test 12 Phần 1: I. For questions 6 – 10, you will hear a radio interview with the gardening experts Jed and Helena Stone. Listen and indicate the most appropriate response, A, B, C, or D. 6. How does Helena feel about the use of Jed's name for their joint business? A. occasionally frustrated that her contribution goes unnoticed B. amused that they have a name people tend to remember C. appreciative of the respect that the name has brought her D. irritated by the fact that Jed is more of a celebrity than she is 7. What is Jed's attitude to his public profile? A. He likes the fact that complete strangers often want to talk to him. B. He's unhappy that it prevents him doing everyday activities. C. He enjoys it more now than he did when he was younger.

D. He's proud of the way it reflects his achievements. 8. How did Helena feel about her work on The Travel Show? A. She would have enjoyed it more in different circumstances. B. It was convenient for her to be away from the house then. C. It was a welcome alternative to manual work. D. She felt obliged to do it at that particular time. 9. What explanation does Helena give for the name of the garden? A. It provided a useful framework for the project. B. It was a response to the bright colours they wanted there. C. It allowed them to experiment with a wide range of options. D. It was meant to inspire them to embrace unconventional ideas. 10. Jed says that, for him, the name 'jewel garden' is ____________. A. a reminder of the value of creativity B. an appropriate one for something so beautiful C. a positive way of combining both past and present D. a way of explaining his philosophy of design to people II. For questions 11 - 15, you will hear the historian, George Davies, talking about society and the theatre in England in the time of William Shakespeare. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). 11. ______ According to Professor Davies, the level of literacy in sixteen-century England matched his expectations. 12. ______ In Professor Davies' opinion, the advantage of the usual method of communication in the sixteenth century was that people absorbed more of what they heard. 13. ______ Professor Davies believes that Shakespeare's company developed their basic acting skills by attending special voice classes. 14. ______ In Professor Davies' view, the advantage of sixteen-century theatres was that the performances were complemented by everyday life. 15. _____ Professor Davies thinks that sixteen-century plays were expected to deal with personal confessions.

Future

Diets

report

analyzed

existing

data

and

found

the

(16)_________________ has been in developing nations like Mexico and Egypt, where people are spending their increasing (17)____________ on fatty sugary foods. Numbers almost quadrupled from 250 million to (18)___________ million. The report also said that western countries which (19)___________________ with the obesity problem for longer have so far failed to (20)____________________ effectively. It highlighted a more successful (21)__________________ in South Korea to train women how to prepare traditional (22)_________________ meals. The report suggests following the example of some American states in taxing things like (23)_________________ and sugary sweets. It also warns if current global trends continue, there will be a huge increase in (24)_________________, strokes and (25)________________. Phần 2 Part 1: A. PREPOSITION AND PHRASAL VERBS (5pts) Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 21.

My fingers are tired! I’ve been hammering away __________ this

keyboard for hours. A. on

B. at

C. onto

D. in

22. There tactics were strongly influenced by reliance on line formation and firepower, as against attack__________ close quarters. A. in

B. on

C. to.

D. at

23.

His jokes seemed to be going __________ very well with his audience, if

their laughter was any indication. A. off

B. along 24.

C. by

D. down

The communist government has resigned __________ the background of

the widespread social unrest. A. against

B. from

25.

C. to

D. as

The prisoner was recaptured as he made a dash__________ the gate. A. at

26.

B. to

C. for

D. from

I __________ a small fortune when my uncle died but I managed to

squander most of it. I’m ashamed to say. A. came into 27.

B. came about

C. came round to

D. came down with

At the meeting someone __________ the idea that there should be a

student representative on the committee. A. put forward 28.

B. put across

C. put about

D. put out

Do you have trouble obtaining your copy of Teacher’s Weekly? Why not

__________ a regular subscription and be sure of receiving each edition as soon as it’s published? A. Take over

B. take out

C. take on

D. take

to 29.

He originally __________ to beat the land speed record, but weather

conditions were unfavourable. A. Set to 30.

B. set in

C. set up

D. set out

The job itself is well paid and interesting, but commuting to the City

every day really __________me _________ A. gets_ down

B. gets_ round

C. gets- for

D. gets-

from B. COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS (5pts) 31. The waiter tried to be friendly to his customers but a ___________ can't change its spots and he was still very rude. A. leopard

B. lion

C. cheetah

D. wolf

32. Denise has been ___________ the midnight oil trying to finish this report, so she must be exhausted. A. lighting

B. brightening

C. burning

D. burnt

33. For some peculiar ___________, they didn’t tell us they were going away. A. cause

B. effect

C. justification

D. reason

34. Monsoon Wedding was described as a cinematic jewel when it hit the _____________ screen. A. golden

B. silver

C. bronze

D. diamond

35. How much to tell terminally ill patients is ______________ the discretion of the doctor. A. leaving to

B. left to

C. led to

D. lead to

36. The British prime minister is too apt to cling to Washington’s ____________ strings. A. apron

B. violin

C. heart

D. taut

37. After I was nearly expelled in my first year of college, I decided to stop fooling around, put my ____________ to the wheel, and get as much out of my degree as I could. A. shoulder

B. arms

C. shoulders

D. leg

38. Trying to find her way home through the woods in the dead of night, Sarah lost her ___________ when the clouds obscured the stars overhead. A. bearings

B. rag

C. heart

D. marbles

39. I was struggling with the reading before, but now I’ve definitely _________________________. A. get the wrong end of the stick

B. got hold of the wrong end of the

stick C. got the wrong end of the steel

D. get hold of the wrong end of the

steel 40. Cubans who reach the U.S. are usually _______________ asylum.

A. protested Part 2:

B. protected

C. found

D. granted

. Read the passage below which contains 10 mistakes. Identify the mistakes and write the

corrections in the corresponding numbered boxes.

LINE

TEXT

Billions of years after the last seas and rivers dried up on Mars,

scientists believe they may be able to restore the Red Planet to its

formerly glory – by turning it into a blue world with streams, green

fields and fresh breezes, and filling it with earthy creatures. Ultimately

this could ever provide mankind’s increasing numbers with a new

home. This revolutionary scheme of “terraforming” recently formed

the focus with a major international debate hosted by America’s space

agency, NASA.

Terraforming has always been considered as fiction but now, with a

multi – billion dollar Mars research programme draw up by NASA, it

is the chance to discover the real possibilities of transforming Mars.

There are many critics. Foremost among these is Paul Murdin of the

institution of Astronomy. He believes the idea of terraforming Mars is

extreme and not ridiculous. ‘The idea is actually a real one,’ he says. ‘And I find it incredible that mankind is mucking up this world at an amazing pace and, at the same time, talking about doing the same as another planet.’

Your answers:

Line 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

Mistakes

Corrections

10. Part 3: Read the following passage and decide which answer (A, B, C, or D) best fits each gap. Write your answers in corresponding numbered boxes. (10 pts) Public opinion polls show that crime is (1) _____ as one of the most serious problems of many societies. Yet, penetrating studies have revealed that the amount of violent crime is (2) _____. Our peculiar awareness and fear is largely brought about by the great attention it is (3) _____ in the mass media and also because of violent crime being a popular theme for television series and films. Among all crimes, murder makes the (4) _____ and there is little doubt that homicides still continue to be a (5) _____ question in a number of countries. The various causes of severe crime are being constantly (6) _____ and innumerable reasons for it are being pointed out. Among these are unemployment, drug (7) _____, inadequate police enforcement, ineffective courts, racial discrimination, television and the general decline in social values. An acknowledged fact is that this is mainly poverty that (8) _____ crime. Individuals incapable of securing for themselves and their families the rudimentary means of living unavoidably (9) _____ to stealing, burgling or committing other offences. We may try to explain crime on different (10) _____ - cultural, economic, psychological, but criminologists are still far from detecting the exact source of violent offences as the direct link between these particular factors isn’t possible to specify. 1. A. believed

B. viewed

C. alleged

D. thought

2. A. outspoken

B. overestimated

C. presupposed

D. upgraded

3. A. granted

B. awarded

C. devoted

D. entrusted

4. A. headlines

B. titles

C. captions

D. broadcast

5. A. lasting

B. obstructing

C. nagging

D. contending

6. A. debated

B. conversed

C. conflicted

D. articulated

7. A. escalation

B. abuse

C. maltreatment

D. disuse

8. A. rears

B. nurtures

C. breeds

D. urges

9. A. turn

B. take

C. gear

D. bring

10. A. motives

B. arguments

C. reasons

D. grounds

Your answers

10.

Part 4 Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only ONE word in each space. (10 points) The sixth sense For many years scientists have been carrying (0) out research into the world of the unknown and unexplained. One of the most fascinating categories of psychic phenomena is (1) ___________ of “precognition”, the ability to foresee future events. Terms such as “prophecies”, “auguries” and “miracles”, familiar in ancient times, have been replaced by the scientific, (2) ___________ prosaic-sounding term “extrasensory perception” (ESP). This phenomenon is also commonly known as "the sixth sense", enabling a person who possesses it to know something in advance of its happening, an experience (3) ___________ unknown by those who possess the ordinary five senses of hearing, sight, touch, taste and smell. Precognition may occur in the form of a dream or in a waking State. Many scientists have devoted their careers to investigating ESP phenomena. They describe their research field as “the Science of parapsychology”, derived (4) ___________ the word “paranormal”, which ESP phenomena are said to be because they seem to be (5) ___________ the limits of our present understanding. Surveys have shown that belief in psychic powers remains strong all over the world, (6) ___________ a large percentage of people claiming to have actually experienced ESP. Considering the influence ESP has had on the history of mankind, from the time of the ancient Greeks, who often consulted the oracles in moments of crisis, it is difficult to comprehend (7) ___________ skeptics can brush all ESP phenomena aside as mere fantasy, hallucination or superstition, especially (8) ___________ the light of so many predictions having been proved to have come true. Parapsychologists continue to study the paranormal but, as (9) ___________ , it remains unexplained. There may come a time, (10) ___________ , when ESP may become explicable in rational scientific terms. Your answers 1.

10.

Part 5: Read the passage carefully and choose the best answer to the questions 76 85. THE PANAMA CANAL While the Panama Canal continues to stand as one of the greatest human achievements in history, its locks and canals were not built overnight. Its ultimate completion in 1914 was the result of decades of planning, preparation, and construction, not to mention loss of human life. Two countries, France and the United States, were the main players in its construction, and both faced numerous hardships during the project, so many hardships that France, the instigator of the project, eventually had to sell out to the US., the country that finally completed the canal. Still, the United States faced a trio of major hurdles that threatened its completion. These obstacles were political, environmental, and geographical. Yet, through perseverance and will, the United States was ultimately able to create the canal, a vital link between the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. One of the major reasons France had to abandon the Panama Canal project was that it underestimated the environs of the local area. The region of Panama within which the French worked was a dense, tropical jungle. Intense heat and humidity did not help their situation either. Before long, many workers began to succumb to diseases like yellow fever and malaria. Proper measures were not taken to reduce their exposure and vulnerability, and many died as the workforce and the project as a whole suffered greatly. However, once the Americans took over the canal project, they immediately implemented better living conditions and infrastructure for the workforce, including better healthcare facilities. With a stronger workforce and more extensive healthcare system in place, the Americans stood a better chance of completing the project than the French ever did. But, before The United States could continue with the canal project the French had begun, it had to receive permission from Colombia. At the time, Panama was within the borders of the country of Colombia. President Theodore Roosevelt offered the Colombian government ten million dollars, which it immediately rejected. Ever patient, Roosevelt did not press the issue, and before long, the Panamanians revolted against Colombia for independence. This gave Roosevelt the opportunity he had been waiting for. He immediately sent in a substantial military presence to the area to

guarantee Panama's independence and to ensure the future construction of the Panama Canal. With Panama free, the door was open for the Americans to continue building a canal, which would save 18,000 miles on a trip from San Francisco to New York and open trade in the Pacific realm. Once the U.S. was able to get its hands on the area, the next immediate obstacle became a geological one. While the verdant hills of Panama looked benign enough, the diversity and makeup of the underlying sediment made it an engineering nightmare. Initially, landslides regularly destroyed weeks or even months of digging and construction as they did to the French. Yet, in a stroke or two of engineering brilliance, through the implementation of a system of dams, this issue was reduced and all but alleviated. Also, as the tidal levels of the Pacific and Atlantic were vastly different, a new canal system, unlike the sea-level canal attempted by the French, had to be erected. The American engineers decided to install a system of locks to raise and lower ships to the designated sea level. This way in which they were able to manipulate water helped the Americans overcome the tough geological conditions which had thwarted the French. Once completed, the Panama Canal stretched for fifty-one miles across Central America, connecting the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans by sheer human ingenuity and patience. The canal opened endless new possibilities for trade and commerce between Asia and the Americans, which still exist today. But the canal did not come about without severe difficulties and tragedy. It took two countries two separate attempts and over twenty years of backbreaking labor to achieve. One of these countries, France, had to pack up and go home in failure. The other, the United States, could relish the milestone it had achieved. Still, in the end, over thirty thousand men lost their lives directly or indirectly in the building of the Panama Canal, which proves once and for all what a monumental task it truly was, especially for the age in which it was attempted. 76. The word perseverance in the passage is closest in meaning to A. determination B. procrastination C. cooperation D. precision

77. According to paragraph 1, which of the following is true of the Panama Canal? A. It was finally completed in the first decade of the twentieth century. B. The United States and France worked in unison on its construction. C. The original construction of the canal faced few difficult issues. D. The United States eventually purchased the project from France. 78. Which of the following can be inferred from paragraph 2 about the Americans? A. They tried to prevent the laborers from deserting the construction sites. B. They destroyed the dense jungle first to eliminate any form of disease. C. They were able to learn from the shortcomings that had affected France. D. They were not prepared for the punishing climate in Central America. 79. According to paragraph 3, politics became a problem because A. Roosevelt was not aggressive enough when dealing with the canal B. the presence of the U.S. military frightened many of the workers C. Panama wished to remain a territory of the country of Colombia D. Colombia did not wish to give up the right to the land for the canal 80. In stating that Roosevelt did not press the issue, the author means that Roosevelt did not A. care about the canal B. want to force the project C. resort to the media D. wish to abandon his goal 81. The author discusses the geological obstacle in paragraph 4 in order to A. note the natural beauty of Panama, which was destroyed by the canal's construction B. suggest that the workers had to spend a lot of time and effort on reconstruction C. contrast the geological issues with the oceanic ones the engineers of the project faced D. show how landslides were more of a problem for the French than they were for the Americans. 82. The word thwarted in the passage is closest in meaning to A. defeated

B. protected C. frustrated D. destroyed 83. According to paragraph 5, the completion of the Panama Canal A. created a forty-one-mile link between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans B. helped allow for greater economic benefit between the East and West C. took much longer than original planned by the first French engineers D. resulted from the United States having better funding than the French 84. Which of the sentences below best expresses the essential information in the highlighted sentence in the passage? A. Tens of thousands of men died during the construction of the Panama Canal. B. Though the project caused many fatalities, it stands as a lofty achievement. C. The Panama Canal could have been completed later with less loss of life. D. Men were killed on the job and by residual effects such as disease and injury 85. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true of the construction of the Panama Canal? A. It helped shave thousands and thousands of miles from trips between the eastern and western United States. B. it incorporated dams to accelerate the construction process, which helped to make it successful. C. It was able to proceed when Panama decided to fight for freedom against Colombia. D. It was easier to achieve because of the similar tidal levels of the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. Part 4. Reading the following passage and answer questions 86 – 105. Moles happy as homes go underground A. The first anybody knew about Dutchman Frank Siegmund and his family was when workmen tramping through a field found a narrow steel chimney protruding through the grass. Closer inspection revealed a chink of sky-light window among the thistles, and when amazed investigators moved down the side of the hill they came across a pine door complete with leaded diamond glass and a brass knocker set into an

underground building. The Siegmunds had managed to live undetected for six years outside the border town of Breda, in Holland. They are the latest in a clutch of individualistic homemakers who have burrowed underground in search of tranquility. B. Most, falling foul of strict building regulations, has been forced to dismantle their individualistic homes and return to more conventional lifestyles. But subterranean suburbia, Dutch-style, is about to become respectable and chic. Seven luxury homes cosseted away inside a high earth-covered noise embankment next to the main Tilburg city road recently went on the market for $296,500 each. The foundations had yet to be dug, but customers queued up to buy the unusual part-submerged houses, whose back wall consists of a grassy mound and whose front is a long glass gallery. C. The Dutch are not the only would - be moles. Growing numbers of Europeans are burrowing below ground to create houses, offices, discos and shopping malls. It is already proving a way of life in extreme climates; in winter months in Montreal, Canada, for instance, citizens can escape the cold in an underground complex complete with shops and even health clinics. In Tokyo builders are planning a massive underground city to be begun in the next decade, and underground shopping malls are already common in Japan, where 90 percent of the population is squeezed into 20 percent of the land space. D. Building big commercial buildings underground can be a way to avoid disfiguring or threatening a beautiful or “environmentally sensitive” landscape. Indeed many of the buildings which consume most land - such as cinemas, supermarkets, theatres, warehouses or libraries - have no need to be on the surface since they do not need windows. E. There are big advantages, too, when it comes to private homes. A development of 194 houses which would take up 14 hectares of land above ground would occupy 2.7 hectares below it, while the number of roads would be halved. Under several metres of earth, noise is minimal and insulation is excellent. “We get 40 to 50 enquiries a week,” says Peter Carpenter, secretary of the British Earth Sheltering Association, which builds 65 similar homes in Britain. “People see this as a way of building for the future.” An underground dweller himself, Carpenter has never paid a heating bill, thanks to solar panels and natural insulation.

F. In Europe, the obstacle has been conservative local authorities and developers who prefer to ensure quick sales with conventional mass produced housing. But the Dutch development was greeted with undisguised relief by South Limburg planners because of Holland’s chronic shortage of land. It was the Tilburg architect Jo Hurkmans who hit on the idea of making use of noise embankments on main roads. His two - floored, four - bedroomed, two - bathroomed detached homes are now taking shape. “They are not so much below the earth as in it,” he says. “All the light will come through the glass front, which runs from the second floor ceiling to the ground. Areas which do not need much natural lighting are at the back. The living accommodation is to the front so nobody notices that the back is dark.” G. In the US, where energy-efficient homes became popular after the oil crisis of 1973, 10,000 underground houses have been built. A terrace of five homes, Britain’s first subterranean development, is under way in Nottinghamshire. Italy’s outstanding example of subterranean architecture is the Olivetti residential centre in Ivrea. Commissioned by Roberto Olivetti in 1969, it comprises 82 one-bedroomed apartments and 12 marionettes and forms a house/ hotel for Olivetti employees. It is built into a hill and little can be seen from outside except a glass facade. Patnzia Vallecchi, a resident since 1992, says it is little different from living in a conventional apartment. H. Not everyone adapts so well, and in Japan scientists at the Shimizu Corporation have developed “space creation” systems which mix light, sounds, breezes and scents to stimulate people who spend long periods below ground. Underground offices in Japan are being equipped with “virtual” windows and mirrors, while underground departments in the University of Minnesota have periscopes to reflect views and light. I. But Frank Siegmund and his family love their hobbit lifestyle. Their home evolved when he dug a cool room for his bakery business in a hill he had created. During a heatwave they took to sleeping there. “We felt at peace and so close to nature,” he says. “Gradually I began adding to the rooms. It sounds strange but we are so close to the earth we draw strength from its vibrations. Our children love it; not every child can boast of being watched through their playroom windows by rabbits.

Questions 86 - 93. Reading Passage has nine paragraphs (A-I). Choose the most suitable heading for each paragraph from the list of headings below. Paragraph A has been done for you as an example. There are more headings than paragraphs so you will not use all of them.

List of Headings i. A designer describes his houses ii. Most people prefer conventional housing iii. Simulating a natural environment iv. How an underground family home developed v. Demands on space and energy are reduced vi. The plans for future homes vii. Worldwide examples of underground living accommodation viii. Some buildings do not require natural light ix. Developing underground services around the world x. Underground living improves health xi. Homes sold before completion xii. An underground home is discovered Example Answer:

Paragraph A

86. Paragraph B

….

87. Paragraph C

….

88. Paragraph D

….

89. Paragraph E

….

90. Paragraph F

….

91. Paragraph G

….

92. Paragraph H

….

93. Paragraph I

….

Answer xii

Questions 94 – 95. Complete the sentences below with words taken from the reading passage. Use NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer. 94. Many developers prefer mass-produced houses because they _____________________.

95. The Dutch development was welcomed by ______________________. Part 7: You are going to read an article about various birds in Britain. For questions 4756, choose from the sections of the article (A-D). The sections may be chosen more than once. Of which bird are the following stated? 47 Further attempts to increase its numbers were made once initial attempts had proved successful. 48 Its population growth is a reflection of how tough it is. 49 There is statistical evidence to support the view that it is a very popular bird. 50 There was a particular period when its population plummeted. 51 A criticism could be made of its physical appearance. 52 A common perception of it has proved inaccurate. 53 Growth in its numbers has been much more gradual than desired. 54 There is reason to believe that its progress in a particular region will be maintained. 55 Measures taken in the running of a certain type of countryside have assisted in the growth of its population. 56 Even though its population has fallen, it can frequently be seen in various particular locations. WINGED WINNERS AND LOSERS Birds in Britain come under scrutiny in a massive new study, Birds Britannica. A record of the avian community in the 21st century, it reveals a continually evolving pattern. Mark Cocker, the principal author of the tome, selects some cases. A Red Kite The red kite’s recent rise from a mere handful to several thousands is among the great stories of modern conservation. Testimony to its flagship status is a recent Royal Society for the Protection of Birds poll which ranked it with the golden eagle and song thrush in the nation’s list of favourite birds. The dramatic spread has hinged on a reintroduction scheme at six sites in England and Scotland using kites originally taken from Spain and Sweden. The English releases began in the Chilterns in 1989 and when these had achieved a healthy population, subsequent introductions were made in Northamptonshire and Yorkshire using mainly English birds. The Scottish releases in the 1980s and 1990s have resulted in populations totalling more than 50 pairs. Altogether there are now about 3,000 kites in Britain

B Dartford Warbler European countries as well as the north African littoral, and has the smallest world range of any of our breeding birds. It is also a highly sedentary bird and a major cause of decline is its great susceptibility to the cold. The worst case occurred in the two successive hard winters of 1961 and 1962 when the numbers fell from 450 pairs to just 10. Memories of this calamitous decrease, coupled with the bird’s own tiny size and seeming delicacy, have cemented our sense of an overarching vulnerability. It is one of the best British examples where a species’ local rarity has been assumed to equal almost constitutional weakness. All the caution is perfectly understandable as an expression of our protective instincts towards a much-loved bird. Yet it sits oddly with the warbler’s continuing rise and expansion to a population of 1,925 pairs by the year 2000. It has undoubtedly been helped by mild winters as well as the intensive management and protection of England’s lowland heath. Yet the Dartford Warbler’s recent history illustrates how easy it is to underestimate the resilience of a small rare bird. C White-tailed Eagle It is difficult to judge which is the more exciting conservation achievement – the reintroduction of this magnificent bird or of red kites. By wingspan and weight, this is the largest eagle in Europe and one of the biggest of all birds in Britain. However, if the species itself is on a grand scale, the size of the reintroduced population is tiny and the pace of increase agonizingly slow. The project involved a remarkable team effort by various UK environmental groups, as well as the Norwegian conservationists who organized the capture of the donated birds. Between 1975 and 1985, they released 82 eagles (39 males and 43 females) from a special holding area on the Inner Hebridean island of Rhum. Eight were later recovered dead, but in 1983 came the first breeding attempt. Two years later, a pair of white-tailed eagles produced the first British-born chick in 69 years and every subsequent breeding season has seen a small incremental improvement. There is now an established breeding nucleus spread between the islands of Skye and Mull as well as the adjacent mainland, and their recent history suggests that the white-tailed eagle’s increase will continue throughout north-west Scotland. D Spotted Flycatcher Even the greatest fans of this lovely bird, with its mouse-grey upper parts and whitish breast and belly, would have to admit that it is rather drab. They have no more than a thin, squeaky, small song. However, spotted flycatchers compensate with enormous character. They are adept at catching large species such as day-flying moths, butterflies, bees and wasps, whose stings they remove by thrashing the victim against the perch. Their specialized diet means that they are among the latest spring migrants to return and are now in serious decline because of half a century of pesticide use. In the past 25 years, their numbers have declined by almost 80 per cent, but they are still sufficiently numerous (155,000 pairs) to be familiar and are often birds of large gardens, churchyards or around farm buildings.

Part 8: Rewrite the sentences in such a way that they mean almost the same as the sentences printed before them. 1. The board had a secret meeting in order to discuss changes in company policy. (DOORS) …………………………………………………………………………. 2. Peter was in trouble with his boss because he didn’t finish an important project by the deadline.(HOT) …………………………………………………………………… 3. She told everyone that she had been fired by the company. (SACK) She let………………………………………………………… 4. Should there be a problem, contact us at all costs. (LINE) In the …………………………………………………………… 5. Although the manager is sluggish, he is a smooth speaker. (GIFT) Sluggish ………………………………………………………………… 6. Thomas was not given details of the company’s new projects. DARK ……………………………………………………………………………… 7. In the area, Thailand is much better than all other countries in football. SHOULDERS ……………………………………………………………………………… 8. I’m afraid our problems are just beginning. ICEBERG ……………………………………………………………………………… 9. The final version of the plan was quite different from the initial draft. RESEMBLANCE ………………………………………………………………………… 10. I expected the film to be good, but it wasn’t at all. LIVE ...........................................................................................................

KEY Phần 1: I. You will hear a radio interview with the gardening experts Jed and Helena Stone. Listen and indicate the most appropriate response, A, B, C, or D.

Interviewer: Jed Stone's best known now for his talented as a garden designer - but he and his wife Helena ran a highly successful jewellery business in the nineteen nineties, which brought them fame and high living. Then they lost it all and some years later, bought a derelict house which they renovated and now together they've created a garden. They join me in the studio today. You do seem to do most things in partnership, like the jewellery business, but using Jed's name. Why's that? Helena? Helena:

Well, this is a bit of a bone of contention, actually. We have a friend in PR who said, "You have a great name, Jed Stone. People would pay a fortune for such a good name." But, sadly, at the time, it never crossed my mind that I wouldn't get the credit for what we do, and that does get to me sometimes - but, there again, I'm very bad at putting myself forward. People see Jed as a figurehead, which is fine, actually, because I don't enjoy being recognized or get any thrill out of that, whereas Jed loves it.

Interviewer: Is that right, Jed? Jed:

Obviously, I'd love to say, "No, I don't," but yeah, I do. Even as a child, I thought it must be marvelous to walk down a street and have people know who you were. Ironically, that's the worst of it now. It would be nice just to go and buy a paper without somebody saying something. But I suppose I do like being a public figure. It gives me a sense that I've done something people appreciate. It doesn't stop me doing

anything, but it does modify how I do it. Interviewer: But Helena, you did appear on our television screens briefly as a presenter on The Travel Show. That must have been a dream job, travelling around the world? Helena:

Actually, I thought I was being heroic taking that job. I'd actually rather have gone down a coal mine. It was ironic really, because Jed adores travelling, whilst I hate it. The timing was critical though; I mean, we were living in this derelict house. We'd knocked huge holes in the walls to make windows and we could hardly afford to get the job finished and I wanted to be there when it was done. So I genuinely didn't want to do the job they were offering, but I felt I had no choice because, apart from anything else, it would provide us with a reasonable income.

Interviewer: So what about this jewel garden? Did you have a clear idea of what you wanted to do when you bought the house? Jed:

Not at all. In fact, we were provoked into action. I was giving a lecture on gardening and I was including some snaps of our own wilderness to show what certain plans looked like. But these photos hadn't loaded onto my laptop properly, and you couldn't see a thing. So I started to make it up - describing this jewel garden with magical colours - It came straight out of my imagination, it hadn't been a long-term plan or anything. Anyway, as soon as I'd finished, these journalists came rushing up saying, "We must come and take pictures of your jewel garden." And I heard myself replying, "Fine, but come when the colours are good, don't come now." To cut a long story short, we had make the jewel garden before they came, and actually, we did ninety per cent of the work that summer. That was out incentive!

Interviewer: And why did you call it a "jewel garden"? Having read about the disasters with the jewellery business, one would have thought you wouldn't want the word "jewel" in your house at all.

Helena:

Well, I'd like to work on projects and if you have a project where you're thinking only of jewel colours then that starts to limit you, and design is all about reduction. Really it was just a good, positive way of tackling what plants we were putting in, and the way we were going to design the garden, wasn't it, Jed?

Jed:

Yeah. But for me it was also partly a metaphor, it's making something worthwhile out of a failure. We did spend years doing the jewellery and it wasn't all disastrous; there were good things about it too and we wanted to salvage them and treasure them. It seemed a waste not to take that bit of our lives and to somehow incorporate it into our new design venture - to take the bad experience and use it in a creative way.

Interviewer: Jed and Helena, thank you for telling us about it today.

II. For questions 11 - 15, you will hear the historian, George Davies, talking about society and the theatre in England in the time of William Shakespeare. Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). You now have one minute to look at Part Two.

Interviewer: We welcome today professor George Davies from the University of Wales. Professor Davies is an expert on society in sixteenth-century England, the time of Queen Elizabeth the First and, of course, Shakespeare. So how would you categorize society at that time, Professor? Professor:

Well, it was certainly a society undergoing dramatic changes in which there was an explosion of interest in the language, even though the printed word hadn't become universally available. We don't quite know exactly how many people could read and write but literacy would not have extended to all levels of society. Some historians call it an illiterate society, but that seems rather pejorative. No, the best way of

putting it, in my view, is to refer to it as a pre-literate society, like most societies that have ever been on planet. In fact our society, in which we tend to expect everybody to be literate, is the one which is out of step. Interviewer: So how did this pre-literacy affect ability to communicate at that time? Professor:

What it meant was that the prime form of communication was direct speech, face to face, which means communication involving the body, the stance, the distance between people. It also meant that people were much more finely tuned to the spoken word, they could take in more of it, they could listen in a more acute way. It's therefore quite natural that the art form which corresponds to that particular situation should be drama.

Interviewer: One thing that has always puzzled me is where did the actors in the sixteenth century learn their craft? Were there any drama schools then? Professor:

Well, Shakespeare's actors, the boys and the older men in his company, didn't actually have any acting training before they joined his company. You see, in Shakespeare's day you learned your school work by repeating it out loud all day long. The arts of oratory and rhetoric were part of your normal education and they were also the means by which you learned. So they had wonderful voice training, which enabled them to develop an individual style.

Interviewer: I've always thought of the Elizabethan society as one that revelled in its voice, that at its heart delighted in giving voice to words. Would that be correct? Professor:

I would certainly think that the atmosphere in the average theatre of the time would surprise us today. I believe it would sound and feel more like a present day football ground! In a modern theatre there's a sort of reverential hush as the darkness descends and we feel, you know, that we're in some sort of temple devoted to the worship of great art. But then, the atmosphere would have been much noisier. Remember

Shakespeare and his contemporaries had theatres which were open to the sky, and so the noise of the city, the shout of the street sellers, the neighing of horses and so forth would add to and mix with the sounds of the stage and indeed, in my view, would comment on them. Interviewer: So, in the same way, this was not a world for the shy or the softly spoken? Professor:

Not at all. People's voices in the sixteenth century, it seems to me, wouldn't have been geared to the exchange of intimate revelations about the self. This is a notion of speaking that is a twentieth-century concept, as is our notion that a play should give you the intimate, personal feelings of the author or of a character on the stage. Then, art was largely about external issues, how a country should be governed, how one should deal with rebellion, questions of that order.

Interviewer: Fascinating, Professor. I'd like at this point to bring in another speaker who is going to tell us about Elizabethan court life and how Shakespeare......

III. For questions 16 - 25, listen to a piece of VOA news about the huge increase in obesity and fill in the missing information. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS taken from the recording for each answer in the spaces provided. You now have one minute to look at Part Three. Globally, one in three adults is now considered overweight or obese. In 1980 it was one in five. The Future Diets report analyzed existing data and found the (11) steepest rise has been in developing nations like Mexico and Egypt, where people are spending their increasing (12) disposable incomes on fatty sugary foods. Numbers almost quadrupled from 250 million to (13) 904 million.

The report also said that western countries which (14) have been dealing with the obesity problem for longer have so far failed to (15) tackle it effectively. It highlighted a more successful (16) mass campaign in South Korea to train women how to prepare traditional (17) low-fat meals. The report suggests following the example of some American states in taxing things like (18) fizzy drinks and sugary sweets. It also warns if current global trends continue, there will be a huge increase in (19) heart attacks, strokes and (20) diabetes. Phần 2: Part 1 : A 31.

My fingers are tired! I’ve been hammering away __________ this

keyboard for hours. B. on

B. at

C. onto

D. in

Đáp án: B Hammer away at = work without stopping and with a lot of effort 32. There tactics were strongly influenced by reliance on line formation and firepower, as against attack__________ close quarters. B. in

B. on

C. to.

D. at

Đáp án: D at close quarters/range=(from) a short distance away 33.

His jokes seemed to be going __________ very well with his audience, if

their laughter was any indication. B. off

B. along

C. by

D. down

Đáp án: D Go down with =suy nhược, tìm kiếm sự chấp thuận 34.

The communist government has resigned __________ the background of

the widespread social unrest. B. against

B. from

C. to

D. as

Đáp án: A 35.

The prisoner was recaptured as he made a dash__________ the gate. A. at

Đáp án: C

B. to

C. for

D. from

Make a dash for = lao thẳng về phía và,nơi đâu 36.

I __________ a small fortune when my uncle died but I managed to

squander most of it. I’m ashamed to say. B. came into

B. came about

C. came round to

D. came down with

Đáp án: A Came into= thừa kế tài sản 37.

At the meeting someone __________ the idea that there should be a

student representative on the committee. A. put forward

B. put across

C. put about

D. put out

Đáp án: A Put forward = đề xuất ý kiến,ý tưởng,giải pháp,lý thuyết ... 38.

Do you have trouble obtaining your copy of Teacher’s Weekly? Why not

__________ a regular subscription and be sure of receiving each edition as soon as it’s published? A. Take over

B. take out

C. take on

D. take

to Đáp án: B Take out = có được một tài liệu hay dịch vụ chính thức//đăng ký dịch vụ 39.

He originally __________ to beat the land speed record, but weather

conditions were unfavourable. A. Set to

B. set in

C. set up

D. set out

Đáp án: D Set out = start an activity with a particular aim 40.

The job itself is well paid and interesting, but commuting to the City

every day really __________me _________ A.gets_ down

B. gets_ round

C. gets- for

D. gets-

from Đáp án: A get sb down=If something gets you down, it makes you feel unhappy or depressed.: B.31. The waiter tried to be friendly to his customers but a ___________ can't change its spots and he was still very rude.

A. leopard

B. lion

C. cheetah

D. wolf

Đáp án: A A leopard can't change its spots= giang sơn dễ đổi,bản tính khó dời 32. Denise has been ___________ the midnight oil trying to finish this report, so she must be exhausted. A. lighting

B. brightening

C. burning

D. burnt

Đáp án: C Burn the midnight oil= thức khuya làm việc, nghiên cứu, học bài... 33. For some peculiar ___________, they didn’t tell us they were going away. A. cause

B. effect

C. justification

D. reason

Đáp án: D for peculiar reason= vì một số lý do đặc biệt 34. Monsoon Wedding was described as a cinematic jewel when it hit the _____________ screen. A. golden

B. silver

C. bronze

D. diamond

Đáp án: B The silver screen" = màn hình bạc -> nghĩa là rạp chiếu phim, ngành công nghiệp điện ảnh. 35. How much to tell terminally ill patients is ______________ the discretion of the doctor. A. leaving to

B. left to

C. led to

D. lead to

Đáp án: B leave to the discretion of= to give (someone) the right to choose (something in a particular situation) 36. The British prime minister is too apt to cling to Washington’s ____________ strings. A. apron

B. violin

C. heart

D. taut

Đáp án: A apron strings=The extent to which someone controls, influences, or monitors someone else, especially parents in relation to their children 37. After I was nearly expelled in my first year of college, I decided to stop fooling around, put my ____________ to the wheel, and get as much out of my degree as I could. A. shoulder

B. arms

C. shoulders

D. leg

Đáp án: A Put one’s shoulder to the wheel =to begin to work very hard=gắng sức thực hiện nhiệm vụ 38. Trying to find her way home through the woods in the dead of night, Sarah lost her ___________ when the clouds obscured the stars overhead. A. bearings

B. rag

C. heart

D. marbles

Đáp án: A lose (one's) bearings=To lose sight of or become unable to determine one's orientation, position, or abilities relative to one's surroundings or situation. 39. I was struggling with the reading before, but now I’ve definitely _________________________. A. get the wrong end of the stick

B. got hold of the wrong end of the

stick C. got the wrong end of the steel

D. get hold of the wrong end of the

steel Đáp án: B got hold of the wrong end of the stick= hiểu nhầm 40. Cubans who reach the U.S. are usually _______________ asylum. A. protested Đáp án: D

B. protected

C. found

D. granted

Part 2

Line 1. 3 2. 4 3. 5 4. 7 5. 9 6. 10 7. 11 8. 14 9. 15 10. 13

Mistakes formerly earthy ever with as drawn it and Man Institution

Corrections former earthly Even of x draw there but mankind Institute

Part 3: Public opinion polls show that crime is (1) _____ as one of the most serious problems of many societies. Yet, penetrating studies have revealed that the amount of violent crime is (2) _____. Our peculiar awareness and fear is largely brought about by the great attention it is (3) _____ in the mass media and also because of violent crime being a popular theme for television series and films. Among all crimes, murder makes the (4) _____ and there is little doubt that homicides still continue to be a (5) _____ question in a number of countries. The various causes of severe crime are being constantly (6) _____ and innumerable reasons for it are being pointed out. Among these are unemployment, drug (7) _____, inadequate police enforcement, ineffective courts, racial discrimination, television and the general decline in social values. An acknowledged fact is that this is mainly poverty that (8) _____ crime. Individuals incapable of securing for themselves and their families the rudimentary means of living unavoidably (9) _____ to stealing, burgling or committing other offences. We may try to explain crime on different (10) _____ - cultural, economic, psychological, but criminologists are still far from detecting the exact source of violent offences as the direct link between these particular factors isn’t possible to specify. 1. A. believed

B. viewed

C. alleged

D. thought

C. presupposed

D. upgraded

Be viewed as: đc xem như là 2. A. outspoken

B. overestimated

Overestimated: estimate (something) to be better, larger, or more important than it really is. 3. A. granted

B. awarded

C. devoted

D. entrusted

Devote: give all or a large part of one's time or resources to (a person, activity, or cause) 4. A. headlines

B. titles

C. captions

D. broadcast

Make the headlines: To be featured on the headlines of news articles, as due to being particularly important, popular, fashionable, et 5. A. lasting

B. obstructing

C. nagging

D. contending

Nagging question: câu hỏi dai dẳng 6. A. debated

B. conversed

C. conflicted

D. articulated

7. A. escalation

B. abuse

C. maltreatment

D. disuse

C. breeds

D. urges

C. gear

D. bring

Drug abuse: làm dụng thuốc phiện 8. A. rears

B. nurtures

breed crime: góp phần hình thành nên tội phạm 9. A. turn

B. take

Take to stealing: chống trộm 10. A. motives

B. arguments C. reasons

D. grounds

On diferent grounds: trên nhiềucơ sở, lĩnh vực khác nhau Part 4:

1. that

2. more

3. otherwise

4. from

5. beyond

6. with

7. how

8. in

9. yet

10. however

Part 5

76. A

77. D

78. C

79. D

80. B

81. B

82. C

83. B

84. B

85. D

THE PANAMA CANAL While the Panama Canal continues to stand as one of the greatest human achievements in history, its locks and canals were not built overnight. Its ultimate completion in 1914 was the result of decades of planning, preparation, and

construction, not to mention loss of human life. Two countries, France and the United States, were the main players in its construction, and both faced numerous hardships during the project, so many hardships that France, the instigator of the project, eventually had to sell out to the US., the country that finally completed the canal. Still, the United States faced a trio of major hurdles that threatened its completion. These obstacles were political, environmental, and geographical. Yet, through perseverance and will, the United States was ultimately able to create the canal, a vital link between the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. One of the major reasons France had to abandon the Panama Canal project was that it underestimated the environs of the local area. The region of Panama within which the French worked was a dense, tropical jungle. Intense heat and humidity did not help their situation either. Before long, many workers began to succumb to diseases like yellow fever and malaria. Proper measures were not taken to reduce their exposure and vulnerability, and many died as the workforce and the project as a whole suffered greatly. However, once the Americans took over the canal project, they immediately implemented better living conditions and infrastructure for the workforce, including better healthcare facilities. With a stronger workforce and more extensive healthcare system in place, the Americans stood a better chance of completing the project than the French ever did. But, before The United States could continue with the canal project the French had begun, it had to receive permission from Colombia. At the time, Panama was within the borders of the country of Colombia. President Theodore Roosevelt offered the Colombian government ten million dollars, which it immediately rejected. Ever patient, Roosevelt did not press the issue, and before long, the Panamanians revolted against Colombia for independence. This gave Roosevelt the opportunity he had been waiting for. He immediately sent in a substantial military presence to the area to guarantee Panama's independence and to ensure the future construction of the Panama Canal. With Panama free, the door was open for the Americans to continue building a canal, which would save 18,000 miles on a trip from San Francisco to New York and open trade in the Pacific realm. Once the U.S. was able to get its hands on the area, the next immediate obstacle became a geological one. While the verdant hills of Panama looked benign enough, the

diversity and makeup of the underlying sediment made it an engineering nightmare. Initially, landslides regularly destroyed weeks or even months of digging and construction as they did to the French. Yet, in a stroke or two of engineering brilliance, through the implementation of a system of dams, this issue was reduced and all but alleviated. Also, as the tidal levels of the Pacific and Atlantic were vastly different, a new canal system, unlike the sea-level canal attempted by the French, had to be erected. The American engineers decided to install a system of locks to raise and lower ships to the designated sea level. This way in which they were able to manipulate water helped the Americans overcome the tough geological conditions which had thwarted the French. Once completed, the Panama Canal stretched for fifty-one miles across Central America, connecting the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans by sheer human ingenuity and patience. The canal opened endless new possibilities for trade and commerce between Asia and the Americans, which still exist today. But the canal did not come about without severe difficulties and tragedy. It took two countries two separate attempts and over twenty years of backbreaking labor to achieve. One of these countries, France, had to pack up and go home in failure. The other, the United States, could relish the milestone it had achieved. Still, in the end, over thirty thousand men lost their lives directly or indirectly in the building of the Panama Canal, which proves once and for all what a monumental task it truly was, especially for the age in which it was attempted. 76. The word perseverance in the passage is closest in meaning to A. determination B. procrastination C. cooperation D. precision Perseverance=determination= sự bền chí,quyết tâm 77. According to paragraph 1, which of the following is true of the Panama Canal? A. It was finally completed in the first decade of the twentieth century. B. The United States and France worked in unison on its construction. C. The original construction of the canal faced few difficult issues. D. The United States eventually purchased the project from France.

77. Theo đoạn 1, điều nào sau đây là đúng với kênh đào Pa-na-ma? A. Cuối cùng nó đã được hoàn thành vào thập kỷ đầu tiên của thế kỷ XX. B. Hoa Kỳ và Pháp đã đồng tâm hiệp lực xây dựng. C. Việc xây dựng kênh đào ban đầu gặp một số vấn đề khó khăn. D. Cuối cùng Hoa Kỳ đã mua dự án từ Pháp. Clue: Two countries, France and the United States, were the main players in its construction, and both faced numerous hardships during the project, so many hardships that France, the instigator of the project, eventually had to sell out to the US., the country that finally completed the canal Hai quốc gia Pháp và Mỹ là những người đóng vai trò chính trong việc xây dựng nó, và cả hai đã phải đối mặt với muôn vàn khó khăn trong quá trình thực hiện dự án, nhiều gian khổ đến nỗi Pháp, kẻ chủ mưu của dự án, cuối cùng phải bán cho Mỹ, nước cuối cùng đã hoàn thành kênh đào. 78. Which of the following can be inferred from paragraph 2 about the Americans? A. They tried to prevent the laborers from deserting the construction sites. B. They destroyed the dense jungle first to eliminate any form of disease. C. They were able to learn from the shortcomings that had affected France. D. 78. Điều nào sau đây có thể được suy ra từ đoạn 2 về người Mỹ? A. Họ đã cố gắng ngăn cản những người lao động bỏ trốn khỏi các công trường xây dựng. B. Họ đã phá hủy khu rừng rậm rạp trước để loại bỏ mọi dạng bệnh tật. C. Họ đã có thể học hỏi từ những thiếu sót đã ảnh hưởng đến nước Pháp. D. Họ không được chuẩn bị cho khí hậu khắc nghiệt ở Trung Mỹ. They were not prepared for the punishing climate in Central America. Clue: However, once the Americans took over the canal project, they immediately implemented better living conditions and infrastructure for the workforce, including better healthcare facilities. With a stronger workforce and more extensive healthcare system in place, the Americans stood a better chance of completing the project than the French ever did. uy nhiên, một khi người Mỹ tiếp quản dự án kênh đào, họ ngay lập tức thực hiện các điều kiện sống và cơ sở hạ tầng tốt hơn cho lực lượng lao động, bao gồm cả các cơ sở chăm sóc sức khỏe tốt hơn. Với lực lượng lao động mạnh hơn và hệ thống chăm sóc

sức khỏe phong phú hơn, người Mỹ có cơ hội hoàn thành dự án cao hơn người Pháp từng làm 79. According to paragraph 3, politics became a problem because A. Roosevelt was not aggressive enough when dealing with the canal B. the presence of the U.S. military frightened many of the workers C. Panama wished to remain a territory of the country of Colombia D. Colombia did not wish to give up the right to the land for the canal 79. Theo đoạn 3, chính trị trở thành một vấn đề vì A. Roosevelt không đủ quyết liệt khi đối phó với kênh đào B. sự hiện diện của quân đội Hoa Kỳ khiến nhiều công nhân sợ hãi C. Panama mong muốn vẫn là một lãnh thổ của đất nước Colombia D. Cô-lôm-bi-a không muốn từ bỏ quyền sở hữu kênh đào Clue: But, before The United States could continue with the canal project the French had begun, it had to receive permission from Colombia. At the time, Panama was within the borders of the country of Colombia. President Theodore Roosevelt offered the Colombian government ten million dollars, which it immediately rejected. Tuy nhiên, trước khi Hoa Kỳ có thể tiếp tục với dự án kênh đào mà người Pháp đã bắt đầu, họ phải nhận được sự cho phép của Colombia. Vào thời điểm đó, Panama nằm trong biên giới của Colombia. Tổng thống Theodore Roosevelt đề nghị chính phủ Colombia 10 triệu đô la, nhưng chính phủ này ngay lập tức từ chối. 80. In stating that Roosevelt did not press the issue, the author means that Roosevelt did not A. care about the canal B. want to force the project C. resort to the media D. wish to abandon his goal 80. Khi nói rằng Roosevelt không nhấn mạnh vấn đề, tác giả có nghĩa là Roosevelt đã không A. quan tâm đến kênh đào B. muốn cưỡng đoạt dự án C. nhờ đến các phương tiện truyền thông D. muốn từ bỏ mục tiêu của mình

Clue: Ever patient, Roosevelt did not press the issue, and before long, the Panamanians revolted against Colombia for independence. This gave Roosevelt the opportunity he had been waiting for. He immediately sent in a substantial military presence to the area to guarantee Panama's independence and to ensure the future construction of the Panama Canal Luôn kiên nhẫn, Roosevelt không nhấn mạnh vấn đề này, và chẳng bao lâu sau, người Panama nổi dậy chống lại Colombia để giành độc lập. Điều này đã mang lại cho Roosevelt cơ hội mà anh hằng mong đợi. Ông ngay lập tức cử một sự hiện diện quân sự đáng kể đến khu vực để đảm bảo sự độc lập của Panama và đảm bảo việc xây dựng Kênh đào Panama trong tương lai. 81. The author discusses the geological obstacle in paragraph 4 in order to A. note the natural beauty of Panama, which was destroyed by the canal's construction B. suggest that the workers had to spend a lot of time and effort on reconstruction C. contrast the geological issues with the oceanic ones the engineers of the project faced D. show how landslides were more of a problem for the French than they were for the Americans. 81. Tác giả thảo luận về trở ngại địa chất trong đoạn 4 để A. lưu ý vẻ đẹp tự nhiên của Panama, nơi đã bị phá hủy bởi việc xây dựng kênh đào B. gợi ý rằng công nhân đã phải dành nhiều thời gian và công sức để tái xây dựng C. đối chiếu các vấn đề địa chất với các vấn đề đại dương mà các kỹ sư của dự án phải đối mặt D. cho thấy lở đất là một vấn đề đối với người Pháp hơn là đối với người Mỹ. Clue: While the verdant hills of Panama looked benign enough, the diversity and makeup of the underlying sediment made it an engineering nightmare. nitially, landslides regularly destroyed weeks or even months of digging and construction as they did to the French................................... Trong khi những ngọn đồi xanh tươi ở Panama trông đủ lành tính, sự đa dạng và cấu tạo của lớp trầm tích bên dưới đã khiến nó trở thành một cơn ác mộng về kỹ thuật. Ban

đầu, các trận lở đất thường xuyên phá hủy hàng tuần hoặc thậm chí hàng tháng việc đào và xây dựng như đối với người Pháp. 82. The word thwarted in the passage is closest in meaning to A. defeated B. protected C. frustrated D. destroyed Thwarted =frustrated = cản trở 83. According to paragraph 5, the completion of the Panama Canal A. created a forty-one-mile link between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans B. helped allow for greater economic benefit between the East and West C. took much longer than original planned by the first French engineers D. resulted from the United States having better funding than the French Clue: The canal opened endless new possibilities for trade and commerce between Asia and the Americans, which still exist today Kênh đào đã mở ra những khả năng mới vô tận cho giao thương và thương mại giữa châu Á và người Mỹ, vẫn tồn tại cho đến ngày nay. 84. Which of the sentences below best expresses the essential information in the highlighted sentence in the passage? A. Tens of thousands of men died during the construction of the Panama Canal. B. Though the project caused many fatalities, it stands as a lofty achievement. C. The Panama Canal could have been completed later with less loss of life. D. Men were killed on the job and by residual effects such as disease and injury 84. Câu nào dưới đây diễn đạt đúng nhất thông tin cần thiết trong câu được tô sáng trong đoạn văn? A. Hàng chục nghìn người đã chết trong quá trình xây dựng kênh đào Panama. B. Mặc dù dự án gây ra nhiều người chết nhưng nó vẫn là một thành tựu cao cả. C. Kênh đào Panama có thể được hoàn thành muộn hơn với ít thiệt hại về người hơn. D. Nam giới bị giết trong công việc và do các tác động còn lại như bệnh tật và thương tích

Clue: Still, in the end, over thirty thousand men lost their lives directly or indirectly in the building of the Panama Canal, which proves once and for all what a monumental task it truly was, especially for the age in which it was attempted. Tuy nhiên, cuối cùng, hơn ba mươi nghìn người đàn ông đã mất mạng trực tiếp hoặc gián tiếp trong việc xây dựng Kênh đào Panama, điều này chứng tỏ một lần và mãi mãi nó thực sự là một nhiệm vụ vĩ đại, đặc biệt là đối với thời đại mà nó đã được thực hiện. 85. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true of the construction of the Panama Canal? A. It helped shave thousands and thousands of miles from trips between the eastern and western United States. B. it incorporated dams to accelerate the construction process, which helped to make it successful. C. It was able to proceed when Panama decided to fight for freedom against Colombia. D. It was easier to achieve because of the similar tidal levels of the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. 85. Theo đoạn văn, điều nào sau đây KHÔNG đúng về việc xây dựng kênh đào Pa-nama? A. Nó đã giúp cạo hàng ngàn và hàng ngàn dặm trong các chuyến đi giữa miền đông và miền tây Hoa Kỳ. B. nó kết hợp các đập để đẩy nhanh quá trình xây dựng, điều này đã giúp nó thành công. C. Nó đã có thể tiến hành khi Panama quyết định đấu tranh giành tự do chống lại Colombia. D. Nó dễ dàng đạt thực hiện vì mức thủy triều tương tự ở Thái Bình Dương và Đại Tây Dương. Clue: Also, as the tidal levels of the Pacific and Atlantic were vastly different, a new canal system, unlike the sea-level canal attempted by the French, had to be erected. The American engineers decided to install a system of locks to raise and lower ships to the designated sea level

Ngoài ra, do mức thủy triều của Thái Bình Dương và Đại Tây Dương rất khác nhau, nên một hệ thống kênh đào mới, không giống như kênh đào trên mực nước biển mà người Pháp đã cố gắng xây dựng, phải được xây dựng. Part 6.

86. XI

87. IX

88. VIII

89. V

90. I

91. VII

92. III

93. IV

94. sell (more) quickly

95. (South Limberg) planners Moles happy as homes go underground

A. The first anybody knew about Dutchman Frank Siegmund and his family was when workmen tramping through a field found a narrow steel chimney protruding through the grass. Closer inspection revealed a chink of sky-light window among the thistles, and when amazed investigators moved down the side of the hill they came across a pine door complete with leaded diamond glass and a brass knocker set into an underground building. The Siegmunds had managed to live undetected for six years outside the border town of Breda, in Holland. They are the latest in a clutch of individualistic homemakers who have burrowed underground in search of tranquility. B. xi. Homes sold before completion Most, falling foul of strict building regulations, has been forced to dismantle their individualistic homes and return to more conventional lifestyles. But subterranean suburbia, Dutch-style, is about to become respectable and chic. Seven luxury homes cosseted away inside a high earth-covered noise embankment next to the main Tilburg city road recently went on the market for $296,500 each. The foundations had yet to be dug, but customers queued up to buy the unusual part-submerged houses, whose back wall consists of a grassy mound and whose front is a long glass gallery. Nền móng vẫn chưa được đào, nhưng khách hàng đã xếp hàng dài để mua những ngôi nhà có phần chìm bất thường, có bức tường phía sau là một gò cỏ và phía trước là một phòng trưng bày bằng kính dài. => Những ngôi nhà được bán trước khi hòa thành C. ix. Developing underground services around the world

The Dutch are not the only would - be moles. Growing numbers of Europeans are burrowing below ground to create houses, offices, discos and shopping malls Ngày càng có nhiều người châu Âu đào sâu xuống đất để tạo ra nhà ở, văn phòng, vũ trường và trung tâm mua sắm . It is already proving a way of life in extreme climates; in winter months in Montreal, Canada, for instance, citizens can escape the cold in an underground complex complete with shops and even health clinics. In Tokyo builders are planning a massive underground city to be begun in the next decade, and underground shopping malls are already common in Japan, where 90 percent of the population is squeezed into 20 percent of the land space. => Phát triển các dịch vụ ngầm trên khắp thế giới D. viii. Some buildings do not require natural light Building big commercial buildings underground can be a way to avoid disfiguring or threatening a beautiful or “environmentally sensitive” landscape. Indeed many of the buildings which consume most land - such as cinemas, supermarkets, theatres, warehouses or libraries - have no need to be on the surface since they do not need windows. Thật vậy, nhiều tòa nhà sử dụng hầu hết đất - chẳng hạn như rạp chiếu phim, siêu thị, rạp hát, nhà kho hoặc thư viện - không cần phải ở trên bề mặt vì chúng không cần cửa sổ. => Một số tòa nhà không cần ánh sáng tự nhiên E. v. Demands on space and energy are reduced There are big advantages, too, when it comes to private homes. A development of 194 houses which would take up 14 hectares of land above ground would occupy 2.7 hectares below it, while the number of roads would be halved. . Sự phát triển của 194 ngôi nhà chiếm 14 ha đất trên mặt đất sẽ chiếm 2,7 ha bên dưới nó, trong khi số lượng đường sẽ giảm một nửa. Under several metres of earth, noise is minimal and insulation is excellent. “We get 40 to 50 enquiries a week,” says Peter Carpenter, secretary of the British Earth Sheltering Association, which builds 65 similar homes in Britain. “People see this as a way of building for the future.” An underground dweller himself, Carpenter has never paid a

heating bill, thanks to solar panels and natural insulation. Bản thân là một người sống dưới lòng đất, Carpenter chưa bao giờ thanh toán hóa đơn sưởi ấm, nhờ các tấm năng lượng mặt trời và vật liệu cách nhiệt tự nhiên. => Nhu cầu về không gian và năng lượng giảm F. i. A designer describes his houses In Europe, the obstacle has been conservative local authorities and developers who prefer to ensure quick sales with conventional mass produced housing. But the Dutch development was greeted with undisguised relief by South Limburg planners because of Holland’s chronic shortage of land. It was the Tilburg architect Jo Hurkmans who hit on the idea of making use of noise embankments on main roads. His two - floored, four - bedroomed, two - bathroomed detached homes are now taking shapeChính kiến trúc sư Jo Hurkmans của Tilburg đã nảy ra ý tưởng tận dụng các kè chống ồn trên các con đường chính. Những ngôi nhà biệt lập hai tầng, bốn phòng ngủ, hai phòng tắm của ông hiện đang thành hình. . “They are not so much below the earth as in it,” he says. “All the light will come through the glass front, which runs from the second floor ceiling to the ground. Areas which do not need much natural lighting are at the back. The living accommodation is to the front so nobody notices that the back is dark.” => Một nhà thiết kế mô tả những ngôi nhà của mình G. vii. Worldwide examples of underground living accommodation In the US, where energy-efficient homes became popular after the oil crisis of 1973, 10,000 underground houses have been built. A terrace of five homes, Britain’s first subterranean development, is under way in Nottinghamshire. Italy’s outstanding example of subterranean architecture is the Olivetti residential centre in Ivrea. Ở Mỹ, nơi những ngôi nhà tiết kiệm năng lượng trở nên phổ biến sau cuộc khủng hoảng dầu mỏ năm 1973, 10.000 ngôi nhà dưới lòng đất đã được xây dựng. Một sân thượng gồm 5 ngôi nhà, sự phát triển dưới lòng đất đầu tiên của Anh, đang được tiến hành ở Nottinghamshire. Ví dụ nổi bật của Ý về kiến trúc dưới lòng đất là trung tâm dân cư Olivetti ở Ivrea.

Commissioned by Roberto Olivetti in 1969, it comprises 82 one-bedroomed apartments and 12 marionettes and forms a house/ hotel for Olivetti employees. It is built into a hill and little can be seen from outside except a glass facade. Patnzia Vallecchi, a resident since 1992, says it is little different from living in a conventional apartment. => Các ví dụ trên toàn thế giới về chỗ ở dưới lòng đấ H. iii. Simulating a natural environment Not everyone adapts so well, and in Japan scientists at the Shimizu Corporation have developed “space creation” systems which mix light, sounds, breezes and scents to stimulate people who spend long periods below ground ại Nhật Bản, các nhà khoa học tại Tập đoàn Shimizu đã phát triển hệ thống “tạo không gian” kết hợp ánh sáng, âm thanh, làn gió và mùi hương để kích thích những người ở lâu dưới mặt đất. . Underground offices in Japan are being equipped with “virtual” windows and mirrors, while underground departments in the University of Minnesota have periscopes to reflect views and light. => Mô phỏng môi trường tự nhiên I. iv. How an underground family home developed But Frank Siegmund and his family love their hobbit lifestyle. Their home evolved when he dug a cool room for his bakery business in a hill he had created. Ngôi nhà của họ đã phát triển khi anh đào một căn phòng mát mẻ cho công việc kinh doanh tiệm bánh của mình trên một ngọn đồi mà anh đã tạo ra During a heatwave they took to sleeping there. “We felt at peace and so close to nature,” he says. “Gradually I began adding to the rooms. It sounds strange but we are so close to the earth we draw strength from its vibrations. Our children love it; not every child can boast of being watched through their playroom windows by rabbits.  Ngôi nhà của gia đình dưới lòng đất đã phát triển như thế nào Example Answer:

Paragraph A

Answer xii

Part 7 47 A. First sentence talks about ‘recent rise’ from few to many specimen and then in the middle of the paragraph they talk of a ‘reintroduction scheme’ inspired by this success. 48 B. Last sentence talks of a ‘resilience of a small bird’. Resilience here means ‘being able to recover quickly and overcome hardships easily’. 49 A. Royal Society for the Protection of Birds poll suggests that it is one of the most popular bird among with two other specimen mentioned in sentence two of Paragraph A. 50 B. Two winters in 1961 and 1962 drastically reduced population of this bird according to the middle of Paragraph B. 51 D. First sentence of the paragraph states that even the most convinced admirers of this bird confess that it looks rather ‘drab’ — or dull, shabby and not arousing any interest. 52 B. Second part of Paragraph B talks about ‘protective instincts’ for this defenceless birds, yet strangely it manages to restore its population. 53 C. The middle of third paragraph goes: ‘… the pace of increase agonizingly slow’, implying that faster pace of reintroduction would have been more than welcome. 54 C. Last sentence of Paragraph C states that there is reason to believe the rate of breeding is going to continue its increase. 55 B. The second part of Paragraph B talks about ‘intensive management and protection of England’s lowland heath’ that ensured increased breeding rate of the rare bird. 56 D. The last sentence of fourth paragraph states that these birds ‘are often birds of large gardens’ and other buildings, meaning that they can still be seen around frequently

Part 8 1. The board met behind the closed door in order to discuss changes in company policy.

behind the closed door: bí mật 2. Peter was in hot water because he didn’t finish an important project by the deadline. be in hot water:đang gặp khó khăn,có vấn đề 3. She let it be known that she had been given the sack by the company. let it be known: make certain that people know something: 4. In the event of a problem, drop a line at all costs. drop a line: để lại lời nhắn 5. Sluggish as the manager is, he has the gift of the gab the gift of the gab: có tài ăn nói khéo léo 6. Thomas was kept in the dark about the company’s new projects. kept in the dark: not know about something that other people know about 1. Thailand is/ stands head and shoulders above all other countries in football. stands head and shoulders above: giỏi,tốt hơn ai,cái gì 8. These problems of ours are just the tip of the iceberg. the tip of the iceberg: phần nhỏ của vấn đề 9. The final version of the plan bore/ had no/ little resemblance to the final draft. bore/ had no/ little resemblance: có ít sự giống nha,tương đồng Or: There was no (little/ not) much resemblance between the final version of the plan and the initial draft. 10. The film didn’t live up to my expectations at all. live up to my expectations: đáp ứng nguyện vọng

Test 13 Phần 1:

Part 2: You will hear part of a radio interview with Pete Birtwhistle, a playwright. For questions 11-15, decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided (1.0pt) 6. Before he started writing, he thought theater had little relevance to his life. 7. When he left his previous job, Pete felt very relieved. 8. According to Pete, the most difficult aspect of writing his first play is finding an appropriate ending. 9. The biggest impact that writing has had on Pete’s life is that it has enabled him to express himself. 10. Pete feels enthusiastic about writing for films. Your answers:

6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Part 3. You will hear an interview with Marianne Nolan, a surfing champion. Listen carefully and choose the correct answer A, B or C for each question. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (1.0 pt) 11. What does Marianne Nolan say about entering the senior surfing championships? A. She is pleased to have the chance to learn from experienced surfers. B. She has mixed feelings about competing at such a high level. C. She has confidence that she will succeed in the early rounds. 12. According to Marianne, women surfers today A. are prepared to take more risks than they did in the past. B. are determined to achieve the same recognition for their skill as men. C. are mainly concerned with having a beautiful surfing style. 13. What does Marianne say about being considered a good surfer? A. It surprised her to receive so much publicity. B. It gives her hope that she will win the same title. C. She feels it is both a burden and a compliment. 14. When asked about her future, Marianne says she A. has changed the idea she previously had for a career. B. has been too busy with her sport to make decisions about a job. C. wonders how well she will adjust to having a routine job. 15. What lesson does Marianne say she has learned from competitive surfing? A. Be generous to people you defeat. B. Prepared for the unexpected. C. Know when you have reached your limit. Your answers: 11.

12. C

13. C

14. A

15. B

Part 4: You will hear part of a talk by a man called David Barns, who is a director of a company that will be building a new shopping mall. Complete the sentences by writing NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. Write your answers in the space provided. (2.0pts) Whitesea shopping mall The mall is expected to open in (16) ______________________ next year. The total cost will be (17) ______________________ billion pounds. A new (18) ______________________ will be built next to the shopping mall. The car park will be situated (19) ______________________ and will have spaces for 3,000 cars. Three (20) ______________________ will be provided to help shoppers with children. One section of the mall has a (21) ______________________. There will be (22) ______________________ cinemas showing a wide range of current films. (23) ______________________ films will be shown twice a day. There will be walkways with (24) ______________________ between different areas of the mall. There will be an exhibition focusing on the (25) ______________________ of the area.

Part 1 : A. PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS: 1. I usually _____ work at about 5.30, so I’m home by 6.30 most nights. A. end up B. kick off C. knock off D. knuckle down 2. We were walking through the woods when we _____ a trap set by hunters. A. slipped up B. dug up C. chanced upon D. threw out 3. The small boat drifted helplessly _____ the mercy of the wind and waves. A. in B. with C. to D. at 4. The staff can’t take leaves at the same time. They have to take holidays_____ rotation. A. on B. under C. by D. in 5. We have been really busy, but things are starting to slacken _____ now. A. away B. off C. out D. on 6. We had an argument about it and she got al fired _____. A. up B. on C. against D. away 7. In those days, doctors ladled _____ antibiotics to patients. A. with B. out C. on D. in 8. We had to _____ pages of legal jargon before we could sign the contract.

A. wade through B. delve into C. dispense with D. blurt out 9. It is necessary to _____ this curse from their country. A. flare up B. march on C. weed out D. fire away 10. This song is really _____me. A. growing on B. getting on C. picking up D. coming out B.Choose the word or phrase which best completes each sentence 1. Money was short and people survived by ____ and saving. A.scrimping B.scavenging C.scouring

D.scrounging

2. You can try reformatting your computer, but once you open that ____, you’ll probably be working on it for days. A.apple of discord

B.can of worms

C.load of cobblers

D.spot of brother

3. The luxurious office accentuated the manager’s position ____ in everything. Every detail is matched on each side. A.on the pecking pole pecking order 4.

The first ____ of the ladder is important in your career.

A.step B.grade 5.

B.at the nipping post C.at the nipping post D.in the

C.pushD.rung

Anyone who lies under oath will be charged with ____ the course of justice.

A.perverting B.inverting

C.converting D.diverting

6. I’m realy glad that pompous oaf lost his court case, maybe that will bring him down a ____ or two. A.step B.notch

C.peg D.rung

7. The designer refuses to glid the ____, preferring clean,simple lines for his creations. A.lily B.flower

C.rose D.daisy

8. -“They say that your wife tends to pry into other people private’s matters.” - “ I don’t care. It’s no skin off my _______” A. palm

B. skull

C. cheek

D. Nose

9. Steve used to be easy to work with, but since his promotion he’s begun to______ . A. throw his weight around

B. throw in the towel

C. throw him off balance

D. turn up trumps

10. It’s important to keep your _____ about you when you are walking through the African bush. A. wits

B. heads

C. brains

minds

The passage below contains 10 mistakes. Identify the mistakes and write the corrections in the corresponded numbered boxes. (1.0pt) Part 2:

Line 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Passage Although air-conditioning has led to economical improvement and has increased daily comfort with people everywhere, its impact on the environment has not been so positively. First, air-conditioning units release polluting chemicals onto the air, that contribute to global warming. Furthermore, running air-conditioning on a large scale requires enomous amount of energy. The burning of coal and oil to produce this energy also contributes to air pollution and thus, to global warming. According to experts, global warming could result from dramatic changes in climate, rising ocean levels, and more violence storms in the years to come. In some countries, governments and industry are beginning to search for ways to reduce the harm caused by air-conditioning. In Japan, summer temperatures have been risen in office buildings to conserve energy. In the United States, government, industry, and private groups are searching for ways to reduce the amount of dangerous chemicals released by air conditioners, especially those in cars and trucks. Stay cool is important, and many cannot imagine life without air-conditionig. But in the future, we will have to finding new technologies to make sure that air-conditioning does not create more problems than it solves.

Your answers: Line 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Mistakes

Correction

Part 3: Exercise 1. Choose the option A, B, C, or D that best fits each blank in the following passage. (10 points) The problems of racial minorities make the headlines occasionally when one group or another (56)____________ to (57)_____________ their protests against the oppressive treatment of their authorities. The native Indians have been living within the (58)____________ of their reserves, the Australian Aborigines have a hard time of integrating with the descendants of the European colonizers and the African Movement keeps (59)____________ its war against the concealed racial discrimination in America. There are also cultures and nations whose heritage and history has only remained alive (60)____________

chronicles and museums. Vast numbers of

indigenous populations have been slaughtered by merciless invaders or persecuted by acquisitive colonizers, then, deprived of their lands, rights and properties. Many of them have (61)__________ with their oppressors to be finally (62)___________ 'nonexistent'. One example of such a community is represented by the Ainu people - the original inhabitants of the Japanese Archipelago whose independent existence was ruined by an extremely rapid assimilation with the Japanese culture. The Ainu are believed

have

possessed

very

distinct

characteristics

from

those

that

(63)__________ the Japanese people. Theirs was a light complexion and thick wavy hair as well as a totally isolated language. They adored many spirits (64)_________ by natural phenomena like animals, plants or climatic forces. Once a year they would sacrifice a bear cub at a religious festival which was a sign of reverent worship for the gods. Now, they are claimed to be no longer existent in their pure form. By similar means, dozens of other cultures have vanished leaving behind only a trait of their (65)_________imprinted in the character of the societies that have absorbed them. 56.

A. pursues

B. resolves

57.

A. place

58.

A. boundaries

B. realms

C. margins

59.

A. deploying

B. engaging

C. waging

B. stage

C. undergoes C. assure

D. embarks D. expose D. zones D. tackling

60.

A. in lieu of

B. in the way of

C. by dint of D. for the sake of

61.

A. intermingledB. exchanged C. intertwined

62.

A. decided

B. nicknamed C. presupposed

63.

A. divulge

B. typify

C. relate

64.

A. embodied

B. displayed

C. ingrained

D. defaced

65.

A. legacy

B. heredity

C. remnant

D. heirloom

D. incorporated D. classified D. sport

Part 4. Read the text below and think of the word that best fits each space. Use only one word in each space. (15 points) Over the last century the world has become increasingly smaller. Not geographically, of course, but in the (66)___________ that media, technology and the opening of borders has enabled the world’s citizens to view, share and gain access to a much wider range of cultures, societies and world views. In this (67)___________ pot that the world has become, today’s child is privy (68)___________ facets of the human experience that his immediate predecessors had no inkling even existed. It (69)_____________ to reason that in order to absorb, configure and finally form opinions about this information-laden planet, children must be supplied with certain tools. (70)______ in this list of ‘tools’ are: education, social skills, cultural awareness and the acquisition of languages, the most important of these being the latter. Until recently, a child who had the ability to speak more than one language would have been considered a very (71)_____________ entity. This one-language phenomenon could be attributed to a combination of factors. One of them is that the monolingual environment in which a child was raised played a strong role, (72)____________ did the limited, biased education of the past. With regard to immigrants, the sad fact was that nonnative parents tended to withhold the teaching of the mother tongue so that the child would acquire the ‘more prestigious’ language of the adopted country. Nowadays, the situation has (73)___________ an almost complete reversal. In the majority of North American and European countries, most children are given the opportunity to learn a second or even a third language. Children acquire these foreign languages through various and diverse means. In many countries, learning a foreign language is a compulsory subject in the state school (74)_____________. Other children rely on language schools or private tuition to achieve their goal. In other instances, children are (75)___________ to bilingual parents, who, if they so desire, may teach the children two languages Part 5: : Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow. (15 pts) Solving Deforestation problems As more and more countries around the globe move towards industrialization in an attempt to compete in the global market, an environmental crisis over deforestation --the cutting down, burning and general damaging of forests --- is looming for mankind. Over the last several decades, environmental specialists have proposed various

strategies aimed at slowing down this process of deforestation in developing countries. Many of these proposals are indeed valuable ideas in that they are realistic attempts to address some of the causes of deforestation, such as farming, cattle ranching, and commercial logging. All of them rely on government involvement of some kind. There are three broad categories of solutions: state economic policies, internal agreements, and international programs. ■ A) Economic policies generally attempt to limit the activity of small farmers through government actions. ■ B) Government actions can include the clear and proper definition and enforcement of property rights, meaning that squatting, or illegally settling on land, would be more difficult. ■ C) Subsidies can be used to encourage conservation. That is, money may be paid to supplement the income of those farmers who make an effort to reduce the usual amount of damage to the forest that their farms cause. In addition, taxes can act as a deterrent to undesirable land use. ■ D) For example, certain kinds of agriculture, like the slashand-burn method, as well as cattle ranching, may be taxed to discourage these activities. An internal agreement may be made between governments and indigenous or native people living in the moist rainforests and open woodlands of the tropics, where the vast majority of this deforestation is occurring. Such an agreement would allow people to carry on traditional activities adapted for some economic benefit. One example is the rubber-tappers in Brazil. These native people draw sap from rubber trees in the rainforest, without damaging or killing the trees. The sap, in turn, is sold to rubber companies, thereby providing the native people with economic benefits. Finally, international agreements usually involve the exchange of monetary aid in return for government action to protect its forests. One such plan seeks to help play a nation’s debt in exchange for restrictions on certain kinds of activities in rainforests. This is appealing for a poor country such as Brazil, which has an international debt of $160 billion. Instead of selling logging concessions to play down that obligation, the government receives money for banning or restricting logging in its forests. There is also the proposal of a global fund created in order to grant money to countries that choose to protect their environments. While all of these ideas could possibly work, it remains to be seen whether there will be any real progress in rainforest conservation. It is clear that something must be done to protect the forests of the world. If the current rate of deforestation continues, the world’s rainforests will vanish within 100 years, causing numerous adverse effects on global climate and eliminating the majority of plant and animal species on the planet. Deforestation significantly increases the amount of carbon dioxide (CO2) released into the atmosphere each year, which in turn causes an increase in global temperatures. Also, scientists speculate that the tropical rainforests, though covering only seven percent of the Earth’s dry surface, contain more than half of the 5 million to 80 million species of plants and animals that comprise the “ biodiversity “ of the planet. The loss of species resulting from radical

climate change will have a drastic effect. The Earth is losing species every day that could potentially prevent cancer or lead to a cure for AIDS. In addition, other organisms are losing species they depend upon, and thus face extinction themselves. Unless some form of concrete solution for deforestation is enacted quickly, the survival of all creatures living on Earth could be in jeopardy. 1. According to paragraphs 3 and 4, what is the main difference between an internal agreement and an international agreement? A. International agreements are more effective than internal agreements. B. An international agreement is between countries; an internal agreement is between a government and its people. C. Internal agreements benefit governments; international agreements benefit indigenous groups. D. Internal agreements are more effective than international ones. 2. The word "obligation" in paragraph 4 could best be replaced by A. promise B. relationship C. guarantee D. debt 3. In paragraph 1, what does the word "them" refer to? A. The causes of deforestation B. Decades C. Proposals D. Developing countries 4. Look at the four squares [■] that indicate where the following sentence could be added to paragraph 2: “Deforestation by a peasant farmer is often done to raise crops for subsistence and is driven by the basic human need for food.” Where would the sentence best fit? Choose the square [■] where the sentence should be added to the passage. A. Line 2 B. Line 3 C. Line 5 D. Line 7 5. Why does the author mention rubber-tappers in paragraph 3? A. To provide an example of an internal agreement B. To provide an example of an international agreement C. To provide an example of a state economic policy D. To provide an example of why Brazil is a poor nation 6. According to the passage, what are the major adverse effects of deforestation? A. An increase in carbon dioxide and decrease in biodiversity B. Warmer weather and an increase in biodiversity C. Loss of plant and animal species and an increase in global debt D. An increase in global debt and human diseases 7. Which of the following sentences best expresses the essential information of the highlighted sentence? A. In coming decades, environmental scientists will suggest several strategies for stopping deforestation in

third-world countries. B. Environmental scientists, in recent years, have suggested that deforestation slows down the process of development in various countries. C. In recent decades, several methods for countering deforestation in poor countries have been suggested by experts on the environment. D. Experts on the environment have been concerned about the impact of deforestation on the Earth's biodiversity in recent decades. 8. From the passage, it can be inferred that A. state economic policies are more effective than international agreements B. indigenous peoples in the tropics depend on forestry to make money C. the three types of solutions mentioned will save the rainforests D. deforestation is not a very serious problem 9. The word "deterrent" in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to A. fine B. penalty C. incentive D. discouragement 10. The word "this" in paragraph 4 refers to A. a poor country B. a nation's debt C. an international agreement D. an obligation Your answer 1. 3. 5. 7. 9. 2. 4. 6. 8. 10. Part 4: Read the following passage and do the tasks that follow. (15 pts)

The Hollywood Film Industry A This chapter examines the ‘Golden Age’ of the Hollywood film studio system and explores how a particular kind of filmmaking developed during this period in US film history. It also focuses on the two key elements which influenced the emergence of the classic Hollywood studio system: the advent of sound and the business ideal of vertical integration. In addition to its historical interest, inspecting the growth of the studio system may offer clues regarding the kinds of struggles that accompany the growth of any new medium. It might, in fact, be intriguing to examine which changes occurred during the growth of Hollywood studio, and compare those changes to comtemporary struggles in which production companies are trying to define and control emerging industries, such as online film and interactive television. B The shift of the industry away from ‘silent’ films began during the late 1920s. Warner Bros.’ 1927 film The Jazz Singer was the first to feature synchronized speech, and with it came a period of turmoil for the industry. Studios now had proof that ‘talkie’ films would make them money, but the financial investment this kind of filmmaking would require, from new camera equipment to new projection facilities, made the studios hesitant to invest at first. In the end, the power of cinematic sound to

both move audiences and enhance the story persuaded studios that talkies were worth investing in. Overall, the use of sound in film was well-received by audiences, but there were still many technical factors to consider. Although full integration of sound into movies was complete by 1930, it would take somewhat longer for them to regain their stylistic elegance and dexterity. The camera now had to be encased in a big, clumsy, unmoveable soundproof box. In addition, actors struggled, having to direct their speech to awkwardly-hidden microphones in huge plants, telephones or even costumes. C Vertical integration is the other key component in the rise of the Hollywood studio system. The major studios realized they could increase their profits by handling each stage of a film’s life: production (making the film), distribution (getting the film out to people) and exhibition (owning the theaters in major cities where films were shown first). Five studios, ‘The Big Five’, worked to achieve vertical integration through the late 1940s, owning vast real estate on which to construct elaborate sets. In addition, these studios set the exact terms of films’ release dates and patterns. Warner Bros., Paramount, 20th Century Fox, MGM and RKO formed this exclusive club. ‘The Little Three’ studios - Universal, Columbia and United Artists - also made pictures, but each lacked one of the crucial elements of vertical integration. Together these eight companies operated as a mature oligopoly, essentially running the entire market. D During the Golden Age, the studios were remarkably consistent and stable enterprises, due in large part to long-term management heads - the infamous ‘movie moguls’ who ruled their kingdoms with iron fists. At MGM, Warner Bros, and Columbia, the same men ran their studios for decades. The rise of the studio system also hinges on the treatment of stars, who were constructed and exploited to suit a studio’s image and schedule. Actors were bound up in seven-year contracts to a single studio, and the studio boss generally held all the options. Stars could be loaned out to other production companies at any time. Studio bosses could also force bad roles on actors, and manipulate every single detail of stars’ images with their mammoth inhouse publicity departments. Some have compared the Hollywood studio system to a factory, and it is useful to remember that studios were out to make money first and art second. E On the other hand, studios also had to cultivate flexibility, in addition to consistent factory output. Studio heads realized that they couldn’t make virtually the same film over and over again with the same cast of stars and still expect to keep turning a profit. They also had to create product differentiation. Examining how each production company tried to differentiate itself has led to loose characterizations of individual studios’ styles. MGM tended to put out a lot of all-star productions while Paramount excelled in comedy and Warner Bros, developed a reputation for gritty social realism. 20th Century Fox forged the musical and a great deal of prestige biographies, while Universal specialized in classic horror movies.

F In 1948, struggling independent movie producers and exhibitors finally triumphed in their battle against the big studios’ monopolistic behavior. In the United States versus Paramount federal decree of that year, the studios were ordered to give up their theaters in what is commonly referred to as ‘divestiture’ - opening the market to smaller producers. This, coupled with the advent of television in the 1950s, seriously compromised the studio system’s influence and profits. Hence, 1930 and 1948 are generally considered bookends to Hollywood’s Golden Age. For question 1- 4 : The reading passage has seven paragraphs A - G. Choose the correct heading for paragraphs A - G from the list of headings below.

List of Headings i.

The power with each studio

ii. The movie industry adapts to innovation iii. Contrast between cinema and other media of the time iv. The value of studying Hollywood’s Golden Age v. Distinguishing themselves from the rest of the market vi. A double attack on film studios’ power vii. Gaining control of the industry viii The top movies of Hollywood’s Golden Age Example: Paragraph A ______iv____ 1. Paragraph B __________ 2. Paragraph C __________ Example: Paragraph D ____i_____ 3. Paragraph E __________ 4. Paragraph F __________ For question 5- 7: Do the following statements agree with the information given in Reading Passage? TRUE if the statement agrees with the information FALSE if the statement contradicts the information NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this 5. After The Jazz Singer came out, other studios immediately began making movies with synchronized sound. 6. There were some drawbacks to recording movie actors’ voices in the early 1930s. 7. There was intense competition between actors for contracts with the leading studios. Complete the summary below.

For questions 8 – 10, choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each answer. THE HOLLYWOOD STUDIOS Throughout its Golden Age, the Hollywood movie Industry was controlled by a handful of studios. Using a system known as (8) ______________, the biggest studios not only made movies, but handled their distribution and then finally showed them in their own theaters. These studios were often run by autocratic bosses - men known as (9) ______________, who often remained at the head of organisations for decades. However, the domination of the industry by the leading studios came to an end in 1948, when they were forced to open the market to smaller producers - a process known as (10) ______________. Part 7: You are going to read an article about various paintings. For questions 47-56, choose from the sections of the article (A-D). The sections may be chosen more than once. Of which painting is the following stated? 47 It is of something that no longer exists. 48 The artist points out that it is based on things actually observed, even though it 49 The artist specialises in things that most people regard as ugly. 50 A deduction that could be made about what is happening in this picture is not what artist is actually showing. 51 The artist took a risk while creating it. 52 The artist checks that nothing important is missing from preparatory work. 53 It was completely altered in order to produce various connections. 54 Its artist produces paintings in different locations. 55 In one way, it is unlike any other painting the artist has produced. 56 The artist likes to find by chance subjects that have certain characteristics. Watercolour competition First prize A Carol Robertson – Interrupted Field Carol Robertson’s Interrupted Field is a worthy winner, a more or less geometric composition that exploits the qualities of evenly-applied washes of colour. The painting is vast – ‘the largest I’ve ever attempted’- so the big, even area of blue in the centre is, apart from anything else, something of a technical achievement.

Robertson is keen to stress that her abstract compositions are firmly rooted in reality. Though she does not ‘seek to confirm or record the way the world looks’, her work is never disconnected from the natural world, so the coloured stripes and bands in this painting have a specific source. Over the past five years, Robertson has been working in Ireland, on the northwest coast of County Mayo. The coloured stripes stimulate ‘memories of coastal landscape, brightly painted cottages, harbours and fishing boats, things seen out of the corner of my eye as I explored that coastline by car and on foot. The colour mirrors the fragments of life that caught my eye against a background of sea and sky.’ Runners up В Geoffrey Wynne – Quayside Geoffrey Wynne describes himself as ‘an open-air impressionist watercolour painter’, though he adds that ‘larger works’, this prize-winning picture among them, ‘are developed in the studio’. Perhaps the most noteworthy aspect of this painting is the sheer number of people in it. According to the title, they are on a quay somewhere, and the number of suitcases they have with them suggests they have just landed from a boat on the first stage of a holiday. ‘Yes, that’s almost right,’ Wynne told me, ‘except that we’re on the boat in the early morning, just arrived back from Mallorca, and the people are waiting to get on. This painting took a long time to finish, and many earlier attempts were abandoned. To achieve a unity, I immersed the half-finished painting in the bath, then added the black with a big brush. It’s dangerous to do, because you can’t really control the effects. Then I reworked everything, establishing links with colour and tone throughout the composition, creating a kind of web or net of similar effects.’ C Arthur Lockwood – Carbonizer Tower Arthur Lockwood has a big reputation among watercolour painters and watercolour enthusiasts, chiefly for his accomplished pictures of industrial sites, subjects that are generally thought to be unsightly, but have striking visual qualities all their own. Among them is a kind of romanticism stimulated by indications of decay and the passing of irrecoverable time. Lockwood’s subjects are, after all, ruins, the modern equivalent of Gothic churches overgrown by ivy. He aims not only to reveal those qualities, but to make a visual record of places that are last being destroyed. This painting, a good example of his work in general, is one of an extensive series on the same subject. What we see is part of a large industrial plant that once made smokeless coal briquettes. It has now been closed and demolished to make way for a business park. D Michael Smee – Respite at The Royal Oak Michael Smee was once a successful stage and television designer. This is worth stressing, because this prize-winning painting makes a strong theatrical impression. Smee agrees, and thinks it has much to do with the carefully judged lighting. ‘As a theatre designer, you make the set, which comes to life only when its lit’.

Smee prefers to happen on pubs and cafes that are intriguing visually and look as though they might be under threat, lie has a strong desire to record ‘not only the disappearing pub culture peculiar to this country, but also bespoke bar interiors and the individuals therein’, He works his paintings up from informative sketches. ‘I get there early, before many people have arrived, sit in the corner and scribble away. Then, once the painting is in progress in the studio, I make a return visit to reassure myself and to note down what I’d previously overlooked.’ His main aim isn’t topographical accuracy, however; it’s to capture the appearance of artificial and natural light together, as well as the reflections they make. Part 8: Rewrite the sentences in such a way that they mean almost the same as the sentences printed before them. 1. David should concentrate more on his studies. (APPLY) David_________________________________________________________________ ___ 2. That the socialists won the election was totally unexpected. (SURPRISE) The socialist’s______________________________________________________________ 3. I have to write everything out in triplicate and I’m completely fed up with it. (DEATH) I’m___________________________________________________________________ ____ 4. I’m sick of that program because I’ve watched it too often. (OFF) I’ve___________________________________________________________________ ____ 5. Tom teased Alice about her new hairstyle. (POKED) Tom_________________________________________________ 6. Do you understand what he’s written at the end? (SENSE) Can you__________________________________________________ 7. If the referee hadn’t intervened promptly, a fight would have developed on the pitch. (INTERVENTION) But for____________________________________________ 8. Fiona will not join the strike because she thinks it is morally incorrect. (PRINCIPLE)

It is________________________________________________ 9. Our plans to visit Jamaica this summer have fallen through again. (NOTHING) Our plans__________________________________________________________________ _ 10. Mary was always making Jones the subject of her cruel jokes. (BUTT) Jones_________________________________________________________________

KEY Phần 1; Part 1: Decide whether

the following statements are true (T) or false (F). Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided (1.0pt)

6. T

7. F

8. F

9. T

10. F

Part 2. Listen carefully and choose the correct answer A, B or C for each question. (1.0 pt)

11.

12. C

13. C

14. A

15. B

Part 3: Complete the sentences by writing NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. (2.0pts) 16. July

17. twelve/12

18. railway / train station 23. Classic

19. underground 20. nurseries

21. fairground 22. seven/7 24. flowers 25. ecology Part 1: Interviewer: This evening on Arts Alive I'm talking to Pete Birtwhistle, whose new play, Time Talking, has just opened at the Court Theatre in London. Pete, thank you for joining us. Pete: Glad to be here. Interviewer: Before we talk about your new play, I'd like to ask you how you started writing for the theatre in the first place. I think I'm right in saying that your background isn't exactly typical for a playwright? Pete: I suppose you could put it like that! You see, l was a miner until my mid-30s, but then my health got bad and I had to leave the pit. But the theatre was the last thing on my mind! I don't think I'd ever been to a play - apart from taking the kids to pantomimes at Christmas - and I wasn't even curious about it: I didn't feel it had any bearing on me and mv life at all. Interviewer: So what prompted you to write your first play?

Pete: Doctor's orders. Being out of work was terrible - it really got me down when I realised I had to stop working down the mine, and in the end I was in such a bad wav that mv local GP sent me to a psychiatrist. She suggested I write a story about what had happened to me, how I felt about working in the mine and then having to leave. All therapy, really. Well, of course, it was pretty hard at first, writing a play from scratch. Interviewer: Getting the dialogue and story right, I imagine? Pete: Funny you should say that. I started off thinking I could invent a group of characters and have them put forward different views. But when I sat down to write, I couldn't get them to do what I wanted, no matter how hard I tried. In the end, I discovered I had to let them do and say what they wanted. Interviewer: What do you mean, exactly? Pete: They took on a life of their own. So I had to sit back and let them go whichever way they wanted. And once I let myself give them that freedom, the play wrote itself. The odd thing is I feel all the characters I create are part of me, so I'm revealing different aspects of myself. Interviewer: Is that the most profound effect writing has had on you? Pete: I think so, yes. Practical things have changed as well, of course - we've just bought a new house - but material benefits are fairly peripheral in the end. Interviewer: Turning to your new play about time travel - isn't that an unusual theme for the theatre? Pete: Definitely! But it's not deliberate. I mean, I don't go round looking for novel subjects just to be different. It’s more a case of finding an issue that doesn't have easy answers, a topic that stretches you when you start thinking about it. Interviewer: I hear you're going to start work on a screenplay for a film in the next few months. Is that an exciting prospect? Pete: Yes, but there are so many stories of films that never get made, writers and directors who throw themselves into the task of making a film and then get terribly disappointed when it all falls apart. So I have to watch out that I don't take the whole thing too seriously ... Part 2: Interviewer: You've been junior surfing champion since you were 13, but now at 18 you'll be entering senior championship events for the first time. How do you feel about this? Marianne: I don't know. It's scary, but it's also something I'm looking forward to. I'm going to take things easy, though. The people who I'm going to be surfing against, well they are all more experienced, they're older. So I'm not expecting to go through and win. But, I just want to give it a shot and do mv best. Interviewer: These days there are more women in competitive surfing than in the past. But do women still have to work harder? Marianne: It's to do with showmanship. Women's surfing and men's surfing is not the same. There are lots of differences. The women are probably more athletic, and more interesting to watch, but up to now I think they took less risks than the male surfers.

But I think, recently, things have started changing, and now you can start to see the women surfers doing some pretty exciting things, which puts them more on a par with the men, which is great. And I think slowly, we're going to see men and women surfers becoming more equal - doing the same things. You know, men and women, there's never been a difference in quality when it comes to professional teachers or trainers in surfing, so it's great that the gap is being narrowed in the competition, too. Interviewer: You started surfing as a small child. In your opinion, have things changed for girls in your generation of surfers? Marianne: Sure, I really think they have. When I was growing up, we were all really optimistic. We were always encouraging each other, supporting one another. And it made me want to try harder and go further in my sport, I think, the attitude that my generation has. but of course, we have to be grateful for all the women who came before us. Because, of course, without them, and the work they did, we wouldn't be here surfing now not as an international sport, anyway. Interviewer: People have started to see you as one of the most promising surfers. Marianne: Well, that's nice, of course! It's flattering. But, also, it's a big responsibility, it means I can't let my supporters down. And really, I'm just doing my own thing - following my own path. Who knows if I can actually get to win a world championship. I'd love to, of course. I'll try my hardest, and if I succeed, great. But, you know, I'm just happy that I can do something that I love doing. Not everyone can do something professionally that they are passionate about. But I can, and that means a lot to me. Interviewer: You've just finished college. Any other plans for what you might do later? Marianne: I once had ambitions to be a singer, but, you know. I'm not that much of a singer! Just in the car, maybe, or in the bath. I do have plans to go to college, and I'd like to work in a school, as a teacher. I like working with kids. But surfing has taken up so much of my time recently. When I've finished competing, though, I'd like to go back and finish my education. Interviewer: What has surfing taught you? Marianne: Surfing has taught me how to be flexible. The sea is like life - it's always changing, never the same. You have to react and change your plans quickly. You can't take things for granted. There are always going to be surprises. Of course, sometimes you win, sometimes you lose. So you have to be able to deal with the losses, to pick yourself up and start all over again. There's no point feeling bad if you lose or focusing on the negative side of things. Just carry on and try again. The important thing is to have a can-do attitude, believe in yourself. If you can do that, anything's possible. Part 3: Good morning to you all. Thank you for attending this press conference. My name is David Barns and I'm director of Shopright Contractors, the company that will be constructing the new shopping mall. I'll begin with some practical information. As you

know, construction is set to begin next month, so I'd like to start by talking about when we expect building to finish and about the overall costs of the project. I'm going to stick my neck out and say we'll meet the original targets, which is to have the mall open by July next year. I think that's entirely manageable judging by the progress we've been making so far, which is thanks to the builders and design team working closely together. As for the costs, well, again our estimate was £12 billion, and I'm pretty confident the final cost will not exceed that. I'd be happy to discuss further financial implications later on, if you could save any questions till the end. I'd like to move on now to our investors. What can they expect to get for the kind of money they're putting into the project? What is it that's going to make this place special? What will attract customers to the mall? Well, lots of things! For a start, there's a new railway station being built right next door, so people will be able to reach us from the city centre in under 20 minutes. Of course, we need to provide parking space for those who'll be driving to visit us. The underground car park we've designed has room for 3,000 vehicles, and we're just off the motorway, too, which will mean easy access for customers living up to 100 kilometres from the mall. On top of that, we've put a great deal of thought into how to make shopping easier for families with small children. One excellent idea we have is to provide nurseries - three of them, in fact - so people can leave toddlers in the completely safe hands of qualified staff while they do their shopping. This means the kids are happy and the adults are content in the knowledge that their children are being well looked after. It goes without saying that we'll have the usual wide range of shopping facilities, from clothing and footwear to furniture and food, but we also intend to offer a range of other attractions in order to persuade customers to shop here. Indeed, we've put a huge amount into providing those other attractions. There's a fairground in one corner of the mall, which is aimed at providing a bit of fun for visitors. For people who aren't actually shopping, we have some other fun things on offer. For example, we have seven cinemas showing a good range of modern films, including the latest releases. That should suit our younger visitors but we've also come up with an idea for the older generation - in one of the cinemas we'll show classic films - from 40 or 50 years ago - twice a day, morning and afternoon. We're confident that these facilities will make the mall suitable for people of all ages to enjoy together. As you'll have read in our earlier press statement, we're also planning to make our shopping mall 'greener'. Let me tell you a bit more about what I mean by that. People have become very demanding and prefer malls to have an open, airy atmosphere. So, we're planning to have walkways between the different buildings, with flowers lining the paths, giving the impression that you're actually outdoors. And we're building a Nature Centre, where we'll have a permanent exhibition about the ecology of the area. We're going to have models, photographs and displays to inform people about the

wildlife of the local area. So, you see, it isn't simply a mall, but a day out for the whole family. I'm going to wrap things up there, but before we finish, I'd be happy to answer any questions you might have about the project. Who would like to go first?

Part 1: A 1. B 2. C 3. D 4. D 5. B 6. A 7. D 8. C 9. B 10. A 1. I usually _____ work at about 5.30, so I’m home by 6.30 most nights. A. end up B. kick off C. knock off D. knuckle down kick off = start doing something 2. We were walking through the woods when we _____ a trap set by hunters. A. slipped up B. dug up C. chanced upon D. threw out chanced upon= tình cờ gặp ai 3. The small boat drifted helplessly _____ the mercy of the wind and waves. A. in B. with C. to D. at At the mercy of= phó mặc cho điều gì 4. The staff can’t take leaves at the same time. They have to take holidays_____ rotation. A. on B. under C. by D. in in rotation=one after the other, in a regular order 5. We have been really busy, but things are starting to slacken _____ now. A. away B. off C. out D. on Slack off= work less hard or to be less than is usual or necessary 6. We had an argument about it and she got al fired _____. A. up B. on C. against D. away fired up=Feeling very excited or passionate about something. 7. In those days, doctors ladled _____ antibiotics to patients. A. with B. out C. on D. in Ladle in = put in with or as if with a ladle 8. We had to _____ pages of legal jargon before we could sign the contract. A. wade through B. delve into C. dispense with D. blurt out dispense with= get rid of or stop using something or someone that you do not need wade through= spend a lot of time and effort doing something boring or difficult, especially reading a lot of information delve into= examine something carefully in order to discover more information about someone or something blurt out= say something suddenly and without thinking, usually because you are excited or nervous 9. It is necessary to _____ this curse from their country. A. flare up B. march on C. weed out D. fire away march on=to move on or pass quickly

flare-up=a situation in which something such as violence, pain, or anger suddenly starts or gets much worse weed out= to get rid of people or things that are not wanted fire away= used to tell someone they may begin asking questions 10. This song is really _____me. A. growing on B. getting on C. picking up D. coming out grow on sb=If someone or something grows on you, you like him, her, or it more and more than you did at first B.1. Money was short and people survived by ____ and saving. A.scrimping B.scavenging C.scouring

D.scrounging

Scrimping and saving: sống tằn tiện,dè dặt 2. You can try reformatting your computer, but once you open that ____, you’ll probably be working on it for days. A.apple of discord

B.can of worms

C.load of cobblers

D.spot of brother

.can of worms: chuyện rắc rối 3. The luxurious office accentuated the manager’s position ____ in everything. Every detail is matched on each side. A.on the pecking pole pecking order

B.at the nipping post C.at the nipping post D.in the

in the pecking order: xếp hạng phân bậc về mức độ quan trọng của các thành viên trong một tổ chức hay thứ hạng trong một cuộc thi đấu 4.

The first ____ of the ladder is important in your career.

A.step B.grade

C.pushD.rung

The first rung of the ladder: 1 giai đoạn trong 1 quá trình,thoog qua đó để đạt được sự tiến bộ 5.

Anyone who lies under oath will be charged with ____ the course of justice.

A.perverting B.inverting

C.converting D.diverting

perverting the course of justice.: hđ bất hợp pháp để tránh bị phạt hoặc bắt nhầm người bị trừng phạt 6. I’m realy glad that pompous oaf lost his court case, maybe that will bring him down a ____ or two. A.step B.notch

C.peg D.rung

bring him down a beg or two: làm ai bớt huênh hoang,vênh váo 7. The designer refuses to glid the ____, preferring clean,simple lines for his creations. A.lily B.flower

C.rose D.daisy

Glid the lily: tô điểm 8. -“They say that your wife tends to pry into other people private’s matters.” - “ I don’t care. It’s no skin off my _______” A. palm

B. skull

C. cheek

D. Nose

no skin off my skull: không dính dáng đến ai 9. Steve used to be easy to work with, but since his promotion he’s begun to______ . A. throw his weight around

B. throw in the towel

C. throw him off balance

D. turn up trumps

throw one’s weight around: cư xử 1 cách kiêu căng 10. It’s important to keep your _____ about you when you are walking through the African bush. A. wits

B. heads

C. brains

minds keep your wits _ about: cảnh giác,thận trọng vè điều gì Part 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part 3 56. B

Line 1 2 2 3 4 6 7 9 12 13

Mistakes economical with positively that amount from violence risen stay finding

57. B

61. A62. D

58. A 63. B

64. A

Correction economic for positive which amounts in violent raised staying find 59. C 65. A

60. C

The problems of racial minorities make the headlines occasionally when one group or another (56)____________ to (57)_____________ their protests against the oppressive treatment of their authorities. The native Indians have been living within the (58)____________ of their reserves, the Australian Aborigines have a hard time of integrating with the descendants of the European colonizers and the African Movement keeps (59)____________ its war against the concealed racial discrimination in America. There are also cultures and nations whose heritage and history has only remained alive (60)____________ chronicles and museums. Vast numbers of indigenous populations have been slaughtered by merciless invaders or persecuted by acquisitive colonizers, then, deprived of their lands, rights and properties. Many of them have (61)__________ with their oppressors to be finally (62)___________ 'nonexistent'. One example of such a community is represented by the Ainu people - the original inhabitants of the Japanese Archipelago whose independent existence was ruined by an extremely rapid assimilation with the Japanese culture. The Ainu are believed to have possessed very distinct characteristics from those that (63)__________ the Japanese people. Theirs was a light complexion and thick wavy hair as well as a totally isolated language. They adored many spirits (64)_________ by natural phenomena like animals, plants or climatic forces. Once a year they would sacrifice a bear cub at a religious festival which was a sign of reverent worship for the gods. Now, they are claimed to be no longer existent in their pure form. By similar means, dozens of other cultures have vanished leaving behind only a trait of their (65)_________imprinted in the character of the societies that have absorbed them. 56. A. pursues B. resolves C. undergoes D. embarks Resolve to = make a decision formally or with determination 57. A. place B. stage C. assure D. expose Stage one’s protest = A protest is the act of saying or showing publicly that you object to something 58. A. boundaries B. realms C. margins D. zones within the boundaries of =trong giới hạn của cái gì 59. A. deploying B. engaging C. waging D. tackling wage war=tiến hành đấu tranh,đấu tranh chống lại ai/cái gì 60. A. in lieu of B. in the way of C. by dint of D. for the sake of by dint of= nhờ vào,do in lieu of= thay vào đó,thay thế for the sake of=vì lợi ích của in the way of= if there is not much in the way of something, there is not much of that particular thing 61. A. intermingled B. exchanged C. intertwined D. incorporated Intermingle with = become mixed together 62. A. decided B. nicknamed C. presupposed D. classified Classify= divide things or people into groups according to their type, or to say which group or type something or someone belongs to

63. A. divulge B. typify C. relate D. sport Typify= to be characteristic of something 64. A. embodied B. displayed C. ingrained D. defaced Embody= represent a quality or an idea exactly// include as part of something 65. A. legacy B. heredity C. remnant D. heirloom Legacy = something that is a part of your history or that remains from an earlier time Part 4: 66. sense 71. rare

67. melting 72. as

68. to

73. undergone

69. stands 74. curriculum

70. included 75. born

Part 5 : Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow. (15 pts) – 1,5 pts/correct answer ( (TOEFL iBT advanced 1. B

2. D

3. C

4. B

5. A

6. A

7. C

8. B

9. D

10. D

As more and more countries around the globe move towards industrialization in an attempt to compete in the global market, an environmental crisis over deforestation --the cutting down, burning and general damaging of forests --- is looming for mankind. Over the last several decades, environmental specialists have proposed various strategies aimed at slowing down this process of deforestation in developing countries. Many of these proposals are indeed valuable ideas in that they are realistic attempts to address some of the causes of deforestation, such as farming, cattle ranching, and commercial logging. All of them rely on government involvement of some kind. There are three broad categories of solutions: state economic policies, internal agreements, and international programs. ■ A) Economic policies generally attempt to limit the activity of small farmers through government actions. ■ B) Government actions can include the clear and proper definition and enforcement of property rights, meaning that squatting, or illegally settling on land, would be more difficult. ■ C) Subsidies can be used to encourage conservation. That is, money may be paid to supplement the income of those farmers who make an effort to reduce the usual amount of damage to the forest that their farms cause. In addition, taxes can act as a deterrent to undesirable land use. ■ D) For example, certain kinds of agriculture, like the slash-

and-burn method, as well as cattle ranching, may be taxed to discourage these activities. An internal agreement may be made between governments and indigenous or native people living in the moist rainforests and open woodlands of the tropics, where the vast majority of this deforestation is occurring. Such an agreement would allow people to carry on traditional activities adapted for some economic benefit. One example is the rubber-tappers in Brazil.

These native people draw sap from rubber trees in the

rainforest, without damaging or killing the trees. The sap, in turn, is sold to rubber companies, thereby providing the native people with economic benefits. Finally, international agreements usually involve the exchange of monetary aid in return for government action to protect its forests. One such plan seeks to help play a nation’s debt in exchange for restrictions on certain kinds of activities in rainforests. This is appealing for a poor country such as Brazil, which has an international debt of $160 billion. Instead of selling logging concessions to play down that obligation, the government receives money for banning or restricting logging in its forests. There is also the proposal of a global fund created in order to grant money to countries that choose to protect their environments. While all of these ideas could possibly work, it remains to be seen whether there will be any real progress in rainforest conservation. It is clear that something must be done to protect the forests of the world. If the current rate of deforestation continues, the world’s rainforests will vanish within 100 years, causing numerous adverse effects on global climate and eliminating the majority of plant and animal species on the planet. Deforestation significantly increases the amount of carbon dioxide (CO2) released into the atmosphere each year, which in turn causes an increase in global temperatures. Also, scientists speculate that the tropical rainforests, though covering only seven percent of the Earth’s dry surface, contain more than half of the 5 million to 80 million species of plants and animals that comprise the “ biodiversity “ of the planet. The loss of species resulting from radical climate change will have a drastic effect. The Earth is losing species every day that could potentially prevent cancer or lead to a cure for AIDS.

In addition, other

organisms are losing species they depend upon, and thus face extinction themselves. Unless some form of concrete solution for deforestation is enacted quickly, the survival of all creatures living on Earth could be in jeopardy.

1. According to paragraphs 3 and 4, what is the main difference between an internal agreement and an international agreement? A. International agreements are more effective than internal agreements. B. An international agreement is between countries; an internal agreement is between a government and its people. C. Internal agreements benefit governments; international agreements benefit indigenous groups. D. Internal agreements are more effective than international ones. 1. Theo đoạn 3 và 4, điểm khác biệt chính giữa thỏa thuận nội bộ và thỏa thuận quốc tế là gì? A. Các hiệp định quốc tế có hiệu lực hơn các hiệp định nội bộ. B. Thỏa thuận quốc tế là giữa các quốc gia; một thỏa thuận nội bộ là giữa chính phủ và người dân. C. Các thỏa thuận nội bộ có lợi cho các chính phủ; các hiệp định quốc tế mang lại lợi ích cho các nhóm bản địa. D. Các hiệp định nội bộ có hiệu lực hơn các hiệp định quốc tế. Clue: - An internal agreement may be made between governments and indigenous or native people living in the moist rainforests and open woodlands of the tropic - Finally, international agreements usually involve the exchange of monetary aid in return for government action to protect its forests. 2. The word "obligation" in paragraph 4 could best be replaced by ________. A. promise

B. relationship

C. guarantee

D. debt Obligation: nghĩa vụ ,bổn phận ,mắc nợ 3. In paragraph 1, what does the word "them" refer to? A. The causes of deforestation B. Decades C. Proposals D. Developing countries 4. Look at the four squares [■] that indicate where the following sentence could be added to paragraph 2:

“Deforestation by a peasant farmer is often done to raise crops for subsistence and is driven by the basic human need for food.” Where would the sentence best fit? Choose the square [■] where the sentence should be added to the passage. A. Line 2

B. Line 3

C. Line 5

D. Line 7

5. Why does the author mention rubber-tappers in paragraph 3? A. To provide an example of an internal agreement B. To provide an example of an international agreement C. To provide an example of a state economic policy D. To provide an example of why Brazil is a poor nation 5. Tại sao tác giả đề cập đến những chiếc vòi cao su trong đoạn 3? A. Để cung cấp một ví dụ về một thỏa thuận nội bộ B. Để cung cấp một ví dụ về một thỏa thuận quốc tế C. Để cung cấp một ví dụ về chính sách kinh tế của nhà nước D. Để cung cấp một ví dụ về lý do tại sao Brazil là một quốc gia Clue: Such an agreement would allow people to carry on traditional activities adapted for some economic benefit. One example is the rubber-tappers in Brazil (Một thỏa thuận như vậy sẽ cho phép mọi người thực hiện các hoạt động truyền thống được điều chỉnh vì một số lợi ích kinh tế. Một ví dụ là những người cạo mủ cao su ở Brazil.) 6. According to the passage, what are the major adverse effects of deforestation? A. An increase in carbon dioxide and decrease in biodiversity B. Warmer weather and an increase in biodiversity C. Loss of plant and animal species and an increase in global debt D. An increase in global debt and human diseases Clue: If the current rate of deforestation continues, the world’s rainforests will vanish within 100 years, causing numerous adverse effects on global climate and eliminating the majority of plant and animal species on the planet. Deforestation significantly increases the amount of carbon dioxide (CO2) released into the atmosphere each year, which in turn causes an increase in global temperatures. (Nếu tốc độ phá rừng tiếp diễn như hiện nay, các khu rừng nhiệt đới trên thế giới sẽ biến mất trong vòng 100 năm, gây ra nhiều tác động xấu đến khí hậu toàn cầu và loại bỏ phần lớn các loài động thực vật

trên hành tinh. Phá rừng làm tăng đáng kể lượng carbon dioxide (CO2) thải vào khí quyển mỗi năm, do đó làm tăng nhiệt độ toàn cầu.) 7. Which of the following sentences best expresses the essential information of the highlighted sentence? A. In coming decades, environmental scientists will suggest several strategies for stopping deforestation in third-world countries. B. Environmental scientists, in recent years, have suggested that deforestation slows down the process of development in various countries. C. In recent decades, several methods for countering deforestation in poor countries have been suggested by experts on the environment. D. Experts on the environment have been concerned about the impact of deforestation on the Earth's biodiversity in recent decades. => Trong những thập kỷ gần đây, một số phương pháp để chống lại nạn phá rừng ở các nước nghèo đã được các chuyên gia về môi trường đề xuất. 8. From the passage, it can be inferred that ________. A. state economic policies are more effective than international agreements B. indigenous peoples in the tropics depend on forestry to make money C. the three types of solutions mentioned will save the rainforests D. deforestation is not a very serious problem Clue: One example is the rubber-tappers in Brazil. These native people draw sap from rubber trees in the rainforest, without damaging or killing the trees. The sap, in turn, is sold to rubber companies, thereby providing the native people with economic benefits(.Một ví dụ là những người cạo mủ cao su ở Brazil. Những người bản địa này lấy nhựa từ cây cao su trong rừng nhiệt đới, mà không làm hư hại hoặc giết chết cây. Đến lượt mình, nhựa cây được bán cho các công ty cao su, nhờ đó mang lại lợi ích kinh tế cho người dân bản địa.) 9. The word "deterrent" in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to _______. A. fine

B. penalty

C. incentive

D. discouragement

Deterrent: làm nản lòng,răn đe 10. The word "this" in paragraph 4 refers to _________. A. a poor country

B. a nation's debt C. an international agreement D. an obligation

Part 6. Read the following passage and do the tasks that follow. (15 pts)- 1,5 pts/correct answer 1. ii 2. vii 3. v 4. vi 5. False 6. True 7. NOT GIVEN 8. vertical integration 9. movie moguls 10. divestiture The Hollywood Film Industry A This chapter examines the ‘Golden Age’ of the Hollywood film studio system and explores how a particular kind of filmmaking developed during this period in US film history. It also focuses on the two key elements which influenced the emergence of the classic Hollywood studio system: the advent of sound and the business ideal of vertical integration. In addition to its historical interest, inspecting the growth of the studio system may offer clues regarding the kinds of struggles that accompany the growth of any new medium. It might, in fact, be intriguing to examine which changes occurred during the growth of Hollywood studio, and compare those changes to contemporary struggles in which production companies are trying to define and control emerging industries, such as online film and interactive television. B ii. The movie industry adapts to innovation

the shift of the industry away from ‘silent’ films began during the late 1920s. Warner Bros’ 1927 film The Jazz Singer was the first to feature synchronized speech, and with it came a period of turmoil for the industry. Studios now had proof that ‘talkie’ films would make them money, butthe financial investment this kind of filmmaking would require, from new cameraequipment to new projection facilities, made the studios hesitant to invest at first (Q20). In the end, the power of cinematic sound to both move audiences and enhance the story persuaded studios that talkies were worth investing in.Overall, the use of sound in film was well-receivedby audiences, but there were still many technical factors to consider. Although full integrationof sound into movies was complete by 1930 (Q15), it would take somewhat longer for them to regain their stylistic elegance and dexterity.The camera now had to be encased in a big, clumsy,unmoveable soundproof box. In addition, actors struggled, having to direct their speech toawkwardly-hidden microphones in huge plants, telephones or even costumes (Q21).    

Turmoil/ˈtɜː.mɔɪl/ (noun): sự hỗn loạn Hesitant to do something/ˈhez.ɪ.tənt/ (adj): do dự Dexterity/dekˈster.ə.ti/ (noun): sự khéo léo Encase something/ɪnˈkeɪs/ (verb): bao, bọc

Sự chuyển dịch của ngành công nghiệp khỏi phim ‘câm’ bắt đầu vào cuối những năm 1920. Bộ phim năm 1927 The Jazz Singer của Warner Bros là bộ phim đầu tiên có lời đồng bộ, và cùng với nó là một thời kỳ hỗn loạn đối với ngành công nghiệp này. Các hãng phim hiện tin rằng phim âm thanh sẽ kiếm tiền cho họ, nhưng việc đầu tư tài chính cho loại hình làm phim này, từ thiết bị máy quay mới đến phương tiện chiếu mới, đã khiến các hãng phim do dự đầu tư lúc đầu. Cuối cùng, sức mạnh của âm thanh điện ảnh vừa khiến khán giả xúc động vừa nâng cao câu chuyện đã thuyết phục các hãng phim rằng phim đáng đầu tư. Nhìn chung, việc sử dụng âm thanh trong phim được khán giả đón nhận, nhưng vẫn còn nhiều yếu tố kỹ thuật cần xem xét. Mặc dù việc tích hợp đầy đủ âm thanh vào phim đã hoàn tất vào năm 1930, nhưng đã mất nhiều thời gian hơn để chúng lấy lại sự sang trọng và khéo léo trong phong cách của mình. Máy ảnh bây giờ phải ở trong một cái hộp cách âm to lớn, vụng về và không thể di chuyển được. Ngoài ra, các diễn viên gặp khó khăn khi phải hướng lời nói của họ đến những chiếc micro được giấu một cách vụng về trong những cây to, điện thoại hay thậm chí là trang phục.

C vii. Gaining control of the industry Vertical integration is the other key component in the rise of the Hollywood studio system. The major studios realized they could increase their profits by handling each stage of a film’s life: production (making the film), distribution (getting the film out to

people) and exhibition (owning the theaters in major cities where films were shown first). Five studios, ‘The Big Five’, worked to achieve vertical integration through the late 1940s, owning vast real estate on which to construct elaborate sets. In addition, these studios set the exact terms of films’ release dates and patterns. Warner Bros., Paramount, 20th Century Fox, MGM and RKO formed this exclusive club. ‘The Little Three’ studios - Universal, Columbia and United Artists - also made pictures, but each lacked one of the crucial elements of vertical integration. Together these eight companies operated as a mature oligopoly, essentially running the entire market. Vertical integrationis the other key component in the rise of the Hollywood studio system. Themajor studios realized they could increase their profits by handling each stage of a film’s life:production (making the film), distribution (getting the film out to people) and exhibition(owning the theaters in major cities where films were shown first) (Q24). Five studios, ‘The Big Five’, worked to achieve vertical integration through the late 1940s, owning vast real estate on which to construct elaborate sets. In addition, these studios set the exact terms of films’ release dates and patterns. Warner Bros., Paramount, 20th Century Fox, MGM and RKO formed this exclusive club. ‘The Little Three’ studios – Universal, Columbia and United Artists – also made pictures, but each lacked one of the crucial elements of vertical integration.Together these eightcompanies operated as a mature oligopoly, essentially running the entire market (Q16).  

Exclusive/ɪkˈskluː.sɪv/ (adj): độc quyền Oligopoly/ˌɒl.ɪˈɡɒp.əl.i/ (noun): thế độc quyền

Tích hợp theo chiều dọc là một thành phần quan trọng khác trong sự trỗi dậy của hệ thống trường quay Hollywood. Các hãng phim lớn nhận ra rằng họ có thể tăng lợi nhuận bằng cách xử lý từng giai đoạn trong vòng đời của một bộ phim: sản xuất (làm phim), phân phối (đưa phim đến với mọi người) và triển lãm (sở hữu các rạp chiếu ở các thành phố lớn nơi phim được chiếu đầu tiên). Năm studio, ‘The Big Five’, đã làm việc để đạt được sự tích hợp theo chiều dọc đến cuối những năm 1940, sở hữu bất động sản rộng lớn để xây dựng các bộ phim công phu. Ngoài ra, các hãng phim này đặt ra các điều khoản chính xác về ngày và hình thức phát hành của các bộ phim. Warner Bros., Paramount, 20th Century Fox, MGM và RKO đã thành lập câu lạc bộ độc quyền này. Các hãng phim của ‘The Little Three’ – Universal, Columbia và United Artists – cũng đã thực hiện các bức tranh, nhưng mỗi hãng đều thiếu một trong những yếu tố quan trọng của tích hợp theo chiều dọc. Cùng với nhau, tám công ty này hoạt động như một tổ chức độc quyền lớn mạnh, về cơ bản điều hành toàn bộ thị trường.

D i.

The power with each studio

During the Golden Age, the studios were remarkably consistent and stable enterprises, due in large part to long-term management heads - the infamous ‘movie moguls’ who ruled their kingdoms with iron fists. At MGM, Warner Bros, and Columbia, the same men ran their studios for decades. The rise of the studio system also hinges on the treatment of stars, who were constructed and exploited to suit a studio’s image and schedule. Actors were bound up in seven-year contracts to a single studio, and the studio boss generally held all the options. Stars could be loaned out to other production companies at any time. Studio bosses could also force bad roles on actors, and manipulate every single detail of stars’ images with their mammoth in-house publicity departments. Some have compared the Hollywood studio system to a factory, and it is useful to remember that studios were out to make money first and art second. During the Golden Age, the studios were remarkably consistent and stable enterprises, due inlarge part to long-term management heads – the infamous ‘movie moguls’ who ruled theirkingdoms with iron fists. At MGM, Warner Bros, and Columbia, the same men ran their studiosfor decades (Q17) (Q25). The rise of the studio system also hinges on the treatment of stars, who were constructed and exploited to suit a studio’s image and schedule. Actors were bound up in seven-year contracts to a single studio, and the studio boss generally held all the options. Stars could be loaned out to other production companies at any time.Studio bosses could also forcebad roles on actors, and manipulate every single detail of stars’ images with their mammoth in-house publicity departments (Q23). Some have compared the Hollywood studio system to a factory, and it is useful to remember that studios were out to make money first and art second.    

Infamous/ˈɪnfəməs/ (adj): khét tiếng Mogul/ˈməʊɡl/ (noun): ông trùm Hinge on somebody/ something/hɪndʒ/ (phrasal verb): phụ thuộc vào Mammoth/ˈmæməθ/ (adj): khổng lồ

Trong suốt thời kỳ Hoàng kim, các hãng phim là những doanh nghiệp ổn định và nhất quán, phần lớn là do những người đứng đầu quản lý lâu năm – những ‘ông trùm điện ảnh’ khét tiếng, những người cai trị vương quốc của họ bằng nắm đấm sắt. Tại MGM, Warner Bros và Columbia, chính những người đàn ông này đã điều hành hãng phim của họ trong nhiều thập kỷ. Sự nổi lên của hệ thống studio cũng xoay quanh việc đối xử với các ngôi sao, những người được xây dựng và khai thác để phù hợp với hình ảnh và lịch trình của studio. Các diễn viên bị ràng buộc trong hợp đồng bảy năm với một hãng phim duy nhất, và ông chủ hãng phim thường nắm giữ tất cả các lựa chọn. Các ngôi sao có thể được cho các công ty sản xuất khác mượn bất cứ lúc nào. Các ông chủ hãng phim cũng có thể buộc các diễn viên đóng vai xấu, và thao túng từng chi tiết nhỏ nhất trong hình ảnh của các ngôi sao bằng các bộ phận quảng cáo nội

bộ khổng lồ của họ. Một số người đã so sánh hệ thống trường quay của Hollywood với một nhà máy, và thật hữu ích khi nhớ rằng các hãng phim kiếm tiền trước tiên và nghệ thuật thứ hai.

E v. Distinguishing themselves from the rest of the market On the other hand, studios also had to cultivate flexibility, in addition to consistent factory output. Studio heads realized that they couldn’t make virtually the same film over and over again with the same cast of stars and still expect to keep turning a profit. They also had to create product differentiation. Examining how each production company tried to differentiate itself has led to loose characterizations of individual studios’ styles. MGM tended to put out a lot of all-star productions while Paramount excelled in comedy and Warner Bros, developed a reputation for gritty social realism. 20th Century Fox forged the musical and a great deal of prestige biographies, while Universal specialized in classic horror movies. On the other hand, studios also had to cultivate flexibility, in addition to consistent factory output.Studio heads realized that they couldn’t make virtually the same film over and over again withthe same cast of stars and still expect to keep turning a profit. They also had to create productdifferentiation (Q18). Examining how each production company tried to differentiate itself has led to loose characterizations of individual studios’ styles. MGM tended to put out a lot of all-star productions while Paramount excelled in comedy and Warner Bros, developed a reputation for gritty social realism. 20th Century Fox forged the musical and a great deal of prestige biographies, while Universal specialized in classic horror movies.  

Cultivate something/ˈkʌltɪveɪt/ (verb): trau dồi, phát triển Differentiate somebody/ something(verb): phân biệt, làm cho khác

Mặt khác, các hãng phim cũng phải trau dồi tính linh hoạt, bên cạnh đầu ra ổn định của nhà máy. Những người đứng đầu hãng phim nhận ra rằng họ không thể làm đi làm lại cùng một bộ phim với cùng một dàn ngôi sao và vẫn kỳ vọng tiếp tục thu được lợi nhuận. Họ cũng phải tạo ra sự khác biệt của sản phẩm. Việc kiểm tra xem mỗi công ty sản xuất cố gắng tạo sự khác biệt như thế nào đã dẫn đến những đặc điểm lỏng lẻo về phong cách của từng studio. MGM có xu hướng đưa ra nhiều tác phẩm toàn sao trong khi Paramount xuất sắc trong mảng hài và Warner Bros, đã phát triển danh tiếng về chủ nghĩa hiện thực xã hội gay gắt. 20th Century Fox đã tạo ra vở nhạc kịch và rất nhiều tiểu sử danh tiếng, trong khi Universal chuyên về phim kinh dị cổ điển.

F vi. A double attack on film studios’ power In 1948, struggling independent movie producers and exhibitors finally triumphed in their battle against the big studios’ monopolistic behavior. In the United States versus Paramount federal decree of that year, the studios were ordered to give up their theaters in what is commonly referred to as ‘divestiture’ - opening the market to smaller producers. This, coupled with the advent of television in the 1950s, seriously compromised the studio system’s influence and profits. Hence, 1930 and 1948 are generally considered bookends to Hollywood’s Golden Age. In 1948, struggling independent movie producers and exhibitors finally triumphed in their battle against the big studios’ monopolistic behavior.In the United States versus Paramount federaldecree of that year, the studios were ordered to give up their theaters in what is commonlyreferred to as ‘divestiture’ – opening the market to smaller producers. This, coupled with theadvent of television in the 1950s, seriously compromised the studio system’s influence andprofits (Q19) (Q26). Hence, 1930 and 1948 are generally considered bookends to Hollywood’s Golden Age.   

Triumph/ˈtraɪʌmf/ (verb): chiến thắng Order somebody to do something/ˈɔːdə(r)/ (verb): yêu cầu Disvestiture/daɪˈvestɪtʃə(r)/ (noun): thu hồi vốn

Năm 1948, các nhà sản xuất phim độc lập và các nhà triển lãm đang gặp khó khăn cuối cùng đã chiến thắng trong cuộc chiến chống lại hành vi độc quyền của các hãng phim lớn. Tại Hoa Kỳ so với nghị định liên bang của Paramount vào năm đó, các hãng phim đã được lệnh từ bỏ rạp chiếu của họ trong cái thường được gọi là ‘thu hồi vốn’ – mở cửa thị trường cho các nhà sản xuất nhỏ hơn. Điều này, cùng với sự ra đời của truyền hình vào những năm 1950, đã ảnh hưởng nghiêm trọng đến ảnh hưởng và lợi nhuận của hệ thống studio. Do đó, những năm 1930 và 1948 thường được coi là Thời kỳ Hoàng kim của Hollywood. Part 7 47 C. Last sentence of the text. The tower had been closed and demolished (destroyed) 48 A. Second sentence of paragraph two says that the artist ‘does not seek to confirm how the world looks’. This means that the works are fairly abstract rather than objective in their nature. 49 C. First sentence of the paragraph mentions that most find the industrial sites ‘unsightly’ — not very pretty or outright ugly.

50 B. In the middle of second paragraph the author describes his own interpretation of his picture, which is rather different from other people’s. 51 B. Second paragraph, second half of it tells of how the artist had to put the painting in bathtub to achieve certain colour or artistic effect.Next sentence says that it can be dangerous because the results can’t be controlled. 52 D. In the lower part of second paragraph the artist mentions how he comes to the same cafe twice to make sure that no minor details are missing from his painting. 53 B. The last sentence of second paragraph mentions how the artist reworked everything to ‘establish links throughout the composition’. 54 B. The very first sentence says that he uses both studio and open-air locations for painting. We can’t use Paragraph A for answer even though the artist mentions exploring the coastline. This is because the question is asked in Present Simple, meaning that the artist does that on a regular basis. Paragraph A talks of an experience that is in the past. 55 A. The artist states that the painting is ‘the largest I’ve ever attempted’. It is the size of the painting that makes it different from other works of the same author. 56 D. The author looks for ‘bespoke interiors’ and individuals that attend those pubs

Part 8 1. David should concentrate more on his studies. David should apply himself more to his studies. apply oneself more to: make oneself work hard in order to complete something successfully

2. That the socialists won the election was totally unexpected. The socialists’winning the election came as a surprise. came as a surprise: là điều gây ngạc nhiên,gây bất ngờ 3. I have to write everything out in triplicate and I’m completely fed up with it. I’m sick to death of having to write everything out in triplicate. - Sick to death of someone or something: exceedingly wearied by, bored of or exasperated with someone or something 4. I’m sick of that program because I’ve watched it too often.

I’ve gone off that program because I’ve watched it too often. - Go off something: be bored of something 5. Tom teased Alice about her new hairstyle. Tom poked fun at Alice’s new hairstyle. - Poke fun at something: cười nhạo,lấy ai làm trò đùa 6. Do you understand what he’s written at the end? - Can you make any sense of what he’s written at the end? Make sense of something: hiểu rõ cái gì 7. If the referee hadn’t intervened promptly, a fight would have developed on the pitch. - But for the referee’s prompt intervention, a fight would have developed on the pitch. 8. Fiona will not join the strike because she thinks it is morally incorrect. - It is a matter of principle that she won’t join the strike. A matter of principle: a situation that requires something be done a certain way because one believes it is the only right way 4. Our plans to visit Jamaica this summer have fallen through again. - Our plans to visit Jamaica this summer have come to nothing again. Come to nothing: thất bại,không đi đến kết quả 5. Mary was always making Jones the subject of her cruel jokes. - Jones was always the butt of Mary’s cruel jokes. Be the butt of something: if you are the butt of jokes or criticism, people often make jokes about you or criticize you.

Test 14 Phần 1; Part 1: You will hear a radio interview with a woman called Sarah who was rescued from a sinking yacht. For questions 6-10, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which fits best according to what you hear. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (10 pts)

6. What was the weather like when Sarah and the others set out? A.

as they had anticipated

like it had been the day before

better than on the outward journey

showing signs of improvement

7. Sarah and Peter decided to turn back rather than continue because A. the crew were getting tired. B. the boat was leaking. C. it was a shorted distance to cover. D. they followed the advice they were given. 8. What problem did they have when the tanker arrived? A. The plane had given the wrong position. B. They weren’t visible. C. It came too close to them. D. The flares wouldn’t work. 9. Why were there difficulties with the small rescue boat? A. The four men were too heavy for it. B. It was brought up too fast. C. The people holding it weren’t strong enough. D. It hadn’t been fixed to the rope carefully enough. 10. What mistake does Sarah now realize she made during the rescue? A. trying to save as many valuables as possible B. underestimating the difficulty of climbing a rope ladder

C. letting the others be rescued first D. trying to save the boat from sinking Your answers:

10.

Part 2: You will hear an interview with an Irish-Australian writer and broadcaster called Patrick O’Reilly who writes in the Irish-Gaelic language. For questions 11-15, decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (10 pts) 11. The Irish language is significant to Patrick because it is a major part of his cultural heritage. 12. Irish has particularly impressed Patrick with its role in broadcasting. 13. Patrick was keen to learn Irish because he wanted to be actively involved in its revival. 14. According to Patrick, what makes Irish different from other languages in Australia is that it has not gone through a process of evolution. 15. Concerning other people’s explanations of why they are learning English, Patrick says that they may not reveal the whole truth. Your answers:

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

Part 3: You will hear a radio interview with a stuntman. For questions 16-25, complete the notes which summarise what the speaker says. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (10 pts) 16. Actors don’t always do all the _______________________ in a film.

17. Bill had to fight with ________________________ in his latest film. 18. Bill says that every job is ______________________. 19. Bill works for less than half the _________________________. 20. When Bill isn’t working, he’s with ______________________. 21. ________________________ are not necessary to become a stuntman. 22. _____________________ are available for people thinking of doing stunt work. 23. Stuntmen need to learn ________________________properly. 24. Bill was a _____________________ before he became he became a stuntman. 25. The first film Bill worked on was about ________________________. Your answers:

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

Part 1: A.PHRASAL VERBS AND PREPOSITIONS 31. “Don’t be a law __________ yourself!” – the mom shouted. A. onto B. up after C. in for D. unto 32. Linda was __________ herself with joy when her friends threw a surprise party for her birthday. A. beyond B. on and off C. beside D. at 33. Until this evening, Hannah is still ___________ away at her unfinished report. A. hammering B. grinding C. whiling D. axing 34. After a four-day holiday, they began to work ____________. A. on end B. out of bounds C. in proportions D. in earnest 35. The fact that a member holding authoritative power rides roughshod _________ innocent residents exists in any society, even the democratic one. A. on B. over C. at D. against 36. One’s childhood heavily rubs ____________ one’s character traits. A. off on B. together C. in with D. along 37. You don’t ____________ all this nonsense, do you? A. cordon off B. buy into C. edge out D. hit on

38. After our busy day, we both sat and ____________ in front of the TV. A. nodded off B. slipped out C. flaked off D. knocked out 39. The story draws heavily ____________ how strict the writer’s upbringing was. A. toward B. in C. on D. into 40. Jacobin cuckoo is a _____________ of monsoon. A. forerunner B. harbinger C. premonition D. herald B.. COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS 31. This lovely new dress fist like a __________. A. treat B. gauntlet C. gown D. glove 32. The designer refuses to gild the _________, preferring clean, simple lines for his creations. A.lily B. flower C. rose D. daisy 33. Gina finally __________ and admitted that she had broken the vase. A. threw in the towel B. made a clean breast of it C. read her the riot act D. let her hair down 34. There are no hills around and the area is as flat as a ____________. A. stick B. coin C. feather D. pancake 35. It’s time we changed the ___________ regarding the roles in the family. A. idée fixe B. carte blanche C. hoi polloi D. social milieu 36. During pioneer days a lot of land in the United States was up for ________. A.gain B. promotion C. taking D. grabs 37. I warned her not to say sensitive things but she was like a bull in a(n) ____________ shop A. India B. Nepal C. China D. Japan 38. The argument drove a ___________ between party members. A. wedge B. linchpin C. needle D. sword 39. The government is making little _________ in its fight to beat inflation. A. advance B. headway C. forward D. forward 40. It must be true. I heard it straight from the _________mouth. A. dog's B. horse's C. camel's D. cat's Part 2: . The passage below contains 10 mistakes. Identify the mistakes and write the corrections in the corresponded numbered boxes. (10pt)

Line 0

For at less five centuries attempts have been made to devise a system of

notation to record the sequence of movement in dances. Scholars believe that

the ancient Egyptians made use of hieroglyphs to do this and that Romans

employed a method of notation for formal gestures. However, the earliest

known attempt, recording in two manuscripts preserved in the Municipal

Archives of Cervera, Spain, dates from the second half of the fifteenth

century. From that time, many other systems have been devised. Some were

published and achieved a measure of popularity for a while, but almost all,

until the present day, fell eventually in disuse.

It is significant that music notation, which opened the way for development in

the art of music as we know it today, was first conceived in their modern

form in the eleventh century, but was not established as a uniform system till

the beginning of the eighteenth. Dance notation got off to a much later start

and has undergone a long success of false attempts. Those so many successful

beginnings were made is not surprising. Dance is more complex than music

lest it exists in space as well as in time and because the body itself is capable

of so many simultaneous modes of action. Consequently, the problems of

formulating a movement notation that can be easily written and read are

numerical.

Your answers: Line 0

Mistakes Less

Correction Least

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Part 3:From the words listed below, choose the one which best fits the space, A, B, C or D. LONDON’S BLACK CABS

Black cabs, officially known as Hackney Carriages, are (1) _______ London and are special for a number of reasons. For a start, they are the only taxis in the city that can be hailed from the kerb with a raised hand signal to get the driver’s attention. Currently, it is estimated that there are 20,000 black cabs (2) _______ on the capital’s streets. Their origin, in fact, can be (3) _______ the name ‘Hackney Carriage’ said to derive from the French word haquenée referring to the type of horse used to pull the carriages in the days of horse-drawn carriages. The first horse-drawn Hackney coaches appeared on London’s streets in the 17th century during the reign of Queen Elizabeth I. As transport developed and motor cars were (4) _______, motor cabs replaced the horse-drawn carriages. Since the end of the 19th century, various car manufacturers’ vehicles have been used as motor cabs but it was not until the mid-20th century that the cabs we have been (5) _______ over the last decades first appeared. It is such a(n) (6) _______ of becoming a black cab driver in London and it is (7) _______. If you want to gain this honour you will need to have passed the infamous test known as ‘the Knowledge’, which was first introduced in 1851 following (8) _______ of complaints by passengers whose cab drivers got lost. This incredibly difficult test can take around three or four years to prepare for and you can often catch a glimpse of those drivers who are doing just this zipping around London on their mopeds, with a map (9) _______ to a clipboard on their handlebars. These people are essentially trying not only to master the 25,000 or so streets within a six-mile radius of Charing Cross, but also to work out the most direct routes from place to place. They must know thousands of ‘points of interest’ such as hotels, hospitals, places of worship, theatres, stations, sports and leisure facilities, to name but a few. Practically everywhere and anywhere that a potential passenger would wish to be taken to or from must be known, so a nodding acquaintance, for a black cab driver, is (10) _______, and perhaps this is the most difficult part, knowing the quickest way to get from one place to another. Little wonder so few people are successful. 1. A. commensurate with tantamount to

B. equivalent to

C. synonymous with D.

2. A. hereabouts then

B. hither and thither

C. or thereabouts

3. A. ferreted out from back to

B. hunted down from C. mapped out to

D. traced

4. A. all the rage

B. of high standing

C. of repute

D. in vogue

5. A. clued in on stranger to

B. gunned up on

C. in the know about D. no

6. A. handiwork undertaking

B. procurement

C. realisation

7. A. beyond you head

B. no brainer

C. no mean feat

D. over your

8. A. droves

B. hordes

C. packs

D. swarms

D. there and

9. A. chained

B. fastened

10. A. beyond measure pale

B. beyond redemption D. beyond the veil

C. linked

D. sealed C. beyond the

Your answers:

10.

Part 4. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. Write your answer in correspondent numbered boxes. (10pts) Despite the continued resilience of those early town perks, it wasn’t until the Depression that modern Hershey started to take (1) …………. Perhaps the only town in the country actually to prosper during the 1930s, it thrived because Hershey vowed his Utopia would never be on the (2) …………... Instead he funded a massive building boom that gave (3) …………. to the most visited buildings in today’s Hershey and delivered wages to more than 600 workers. He admitted that his (4) …………. were partly selfish: “If I don’t provide work for them, I’ll have to feed them. And since building materials are now at their lowest cost levels, I’m going to build and give them jobs.” He seems to have spared no (5) ………….; most of the new buildings were strikingly opulent. The first to be finished was the three-million-dollar limestone Community Centre, home to the 1,904-seat Venetian-style Hershey Community Theatre, which has played (6) …………. since 1933 to touring Broadway shows and to music, dance, and opera performances. It offers just as much to look at when the lights are on and the curtains closed. The floors in the aptly (7) …………. Grand Lobby are polished Italian lava rock, surrounded by marble walls and capped with a bas-relief ceiling showing (8) …………. of wheat, beehives, swans, and scenes from Roman mythology. With dazzling inner foyer, Hershey (9) …………. his nose even harder at the ravages of the Depression: The arched ceiling is tiled in gold, the fire curtain bears a painting of Venice, and the ceiling is studded with 88 tiny lightbulbs to re-create a star-(10) …………. night. Your answers:

10. Part 5 Read the following passage and choose the answer that best fits. (15 points) RIGHT-HAND DOMINANCE Humans are disproportionately right-handed. Scientists have not been able to agree over the exact percentages of right versus left-handers because there is no

accepted standard for identifying which hand is dominant. For example, some people who write or throw with their right hands may perform other tasks with their left hands or may kick a ball with their left foot. Absent an objective measure, therefore, the range of estimates is wide. Right-handers are said to make up 85% to 95% of all people and left-handers 5%-15%, while the remaining tiny percentage are ambidextrous, so they can use both hands with equal ability. Perhaps the most unusual fact about right-hand dominance is how little we know about its causes. Several theories have been proposed. Some evidence exists that the phenomenon is genetic, but genetics cannot agree on the process by which handedness may be passed on by inheritance. Social and cultural forces can also cause a preference for one hand, as when teachers or parents force a naturally left-handed child to use their right hand. And it has been observed by anthropologist that lefthandedness tends to be less common in restrictive societies and more common in permissive ones. But no consensus has been reached on how that could occur. The most credible explanations center on functions inside the brain. It has been shown that the brain’s two hemispheres control the opposite side of the body. It has been suggested that the nerves in the brain cross over at neck level to the other side of the body so that the right half of the brain governs the left side of the body while the left half governs the right side. Scientists believe that the left half of the brain evolved in such a way as to predominate over the right half. As a result, the right side of the body is controlled by the more influential left hemisphere, causing the right side to be more adept at physical tasks. But when a person is born with a dominant right hemisphere, that person will be left-handed. Some researchers have argued that some left-handedness may have a pathological origin, having been caused by brain trauma during birth. A theory grounded in evolution is the “warrior and his shield theory”. This theory explains that right-handedness evolved over time to be dominant because a right-handed warrior would hold his shield in his left hand to protect his heart and to leave his right hand to free to hold a weapon. A left-handed warrior, in contrast, would hold his weapon in his left hand and his shield in his right, leaving his heart exposed. Thus a right-handed warrior, with his heart protected against enemy attacks, was more

likely to survive. By the process of natural selection, the trait for right-handedness became favored over that for left-handedness. Another theory focuses on the naturally asymmetrical arrangement of the human body. Such asymmetry is evidenced by the observable facts that the right side of the face is slightly different from the left, that one leg is stronger or longer than the other, and that one foot is larger than the other one. Right-handedness, the theory proposes, is just another example of this natural asymmetry. (A) A consequence of right-hand dominance is that most common consumer products are geared to right-handers only, leaving left-handers to struggle to adapt to designs not made with them in mind. (B) Some of these include scissors, doorknobs, locks, screwdrivers, automobile fixtures, refrigerators, can openers, clothes buttons, and fasteners, and musical instruments. (C) The result of this design bias can be more than mere inconvenience. (D) Some left-handed soldiers shooting rifles designed for right-handers have sustained eye hand head injuries from ejected shell casings. Hand dominance does not seem to occur in non-human animal species. While some individual animals can be seen developing a preference for one hand or the other, there is no evidence that this preference is common to the species as a whole, as it is in humans. Some scientists claim to have observed such dominance in animals but only in controlled settings, such as a zoo or laboratory, and only when the animals are performing manual tasks that do not mirror how they use their hands in the wild. 1. The word “absent” in the passage is closest in meaning to a. using

b. resisting

c. lacking

d. substituting

2. According to paragraph 3, which of the following is a possible cause of left-hand dominance? a. the dominance of the brain’s left hemisphere b. the natural weakness of a human’s right side c. a child’s choice upon reaching school age d. brain trauma in birth 3. The word “adept” in the passage is closest in meaning to a. speedy

b. skilled

c. careful

d. accustomed

4. According to paragraph 4, which of the following are true about the “warrior and his shield theory”?

a. a left-handed warrior is favored by natural selection. b. a right-handed warrior holds his weapon in his left hand. c. a left-handed warrior holds his weapon in his right hand. d. a left-handed warrior leaves his heart unprotected. 5. The word “that” in the passage refers to a. warrior

b. heart

c. process of natural selection

d. trait

6. According to paragraph 6, left-handers would have trouble handling all of the following EXCEPT: a. refrigerators

b. violins

c. pencils

d. shirt buttons

7. The word “asymmetrical” in the passage is closest in meaning to a. deformed

b. imbalanced c. geometrical d. variable

8. Look at the four letters (A) (B) (C) (D) that indicate where the following sentence could be added to the passage. Left-handers often search for custom-made versions of these products. Where would the sentence best fit? a. (A)

b. (B)

c. (C)

d. (D)

9. Why does the author mention “eye and head injuries” suffered by some left-handed soldiers shooting their rifles? a. to illustrate the “warrior and his shield theory” b. to give an example of the problems faced by left-handers c. to argue that soldiers should wear head protection d. to contrast rifle design with the design of common consumer products 10. According to the last paragraph, which of the following is true about hand dominance in animals? a. it is the same as in humans. b. it is observed only in the wild. c. animals in controlled settings adopt the hand dominance of their handlers. d. it has been observed only with manual tasks. Part 6 . The reading passage has five paragraphs A-E.

For questions 1-5, choose the correct heading for paragraphs A, B, C, D, and E from the list of the headings below. Write your answers in answer box below. (10pts)

List of Headings

Complaints about the impact of a certain approach

Fundamental beliefs that are in fact incorrect

iii

Early recommendations concerning business activities

Organizations that put a new approach into practice

Companies that have suffered from changing their approach

What people are increasingly expected to do

vii

How to achieve outcomes that are currently impossible

viii Neither approach guarantee continuous improvement ix

Evidence that a certain approach can have more disadvantages than advantages

1. Paragraph A

___________

2. Paragraph B

___________

3. Paragraph C

___________

4. Paragraph D

___________

5. Paragraph E

___________

WHY COMPANIES SHOULD WELCOME DISORDER A. Organizations is big business. Whether it is of our lives – all those inboxes and calendars or how companies are structured, a multi-billion dollar industry helps to meet this need. We have more strategies for time management, project management and selforganization than at any other time in human history. We are told that we ought to organize our company, our home life, our week, our day and even our sleep, all as a means to becoming more productive. Every week, countless seminars and workshops take place around the world to tell a paying public that they ought to structure their lives in order to achieve this. This rhetoric has also crept into the thinking of business leaders and entrepreneurs, much to the delight of self-proclaimed perfectionists with the need to get everything right. The number of business schools and graduates has massively increased over the past 50 years, essentially teaching people how to organize well. B. Ironically, however, the number of business that fail has also steadily increased. Work-related stress has increased. A large proportion of workers from all demographics claim to be dissatisfied with the way their work is structures and the way they are managed. This begs the question: what has gone wrong? Why is it that on paper the drive for organization seems a sure shot for increasing productivity, but in reality falls well short of what is expected? C. This has been a problem for a while now. Frederick Taylor was one of the forefathers of scientific management. Writing in the first half of the 20 th century, he designed a number of principles to improve the efficiency of the work process, which have since become widespread in modern companies. So the approach has been around for a while. D. New research suggests that this obsession with efficiency is misguided. The problem is not necessarily the management theories or strategies we use to organize our work; it’s the basic assumptions we hold in approaching how we work. Here it’s the assumption that order is a necessary condition for productivity. This assumption has also fostered the idea that disorder must be detrimental to organizational productivity. The result is that businesses and people spend time and money organizing themselves for the sake of organizing, rather than actually looking at the end goal and usefulness of such an effort.

E. What’s more, recent studies show that order actually has diminishing returns. Order does increase productivity to a certain extent, but eventually the usefulness of the process of order reduces productivity. Some argue that in a business, if the cost of formally structuring something outweighs the benefits of doing it, then that thing ought not to be formally structured. Instead, the resources involved can be better used elsewhere. For questions 6 - 10, chooseNO MORE THAN THREE WORDSto complete the sentencesbelow. (10pts) 6. Numerous training sessions are aimed at people who feel they are not ________ enough. 7. Being organized appeal to people who regard themselves as ________. 8. Many people feel ________ with aspects of their work. 9. Both businesses and people aim at order without considering its ultimate________. 10. Recent studies show that one shortcoming of order is that it may bring some _______________ to productivity. Your answers

10.

Part 7 You are going to read an article about the design of new stations on the London Underground railway system. For questions 47-56, choose from the sections of the article (A-D). The sections may be chosen more than once. In which section of the article are the following mentioned? 47 the previously unattractive nature of the locations of most of the stations 48 a comparison Paoletti made to illustrate his approach to the JLE project 49 the immediate and massive effect that one of the stations had on its surroundings

50 a description that Paoletti considered not to be wholly accurate 51 a fundamental question concerning the function of station in underground systems 52 an explanation Paoletti gave for why certain comments about the new buildings were incorrect 53 Paoletti’s desire to unite elements that had previously been seen as wholly different from each other 54 personal qualities that enabled Paoletti to tackle the JLE project successfully 55 parts of a station architects were not responsible for in the past 56 Paoletti’s opinion of those previously responsible for designing stations An architect who revolutionized the lives of London’s commuters A Roland Paoletti was the driving force behind the dramatic, award-winning stations on the ?3 billion Jubilee Line Extension (JLE) to the London Underground system, the most ambitious building programme on the Tube for many decades. An irascible Anglo-Italian, Paoletti possessed the persuasiveness and tenacity to take on the vested political interests at play in the planning of the 10-mile Jubilee Line Extension to ensure good design and innovation. Historically, architects employed on Tube projects had been restricted to ‘fitting out’ the designs of railway and civil engineers with few or no aesthetic concerns, and whom Paoletti dismissed as visionless ‘trench-diggers’. The Jubilee line would be unique in that for the first time the architects would be responsible for designing entire underground stations. В As the commissioning architect in overall charge, Paoletti’s approach was to let light flood down into the stations along the line. The project’s centrepiece was the extraordinary huge new station at Canary Wharf, designed by Norman Foster and Partners to handle up to 40,000 passengers an hour at peak times. ‘Everybody keeps saying that it’s like a cathedral,’ complained Paoletti. ‘They’re wrong. It actually is a cathedral.’ Explaining his approach to designing underground stations, Paoletti likened the Jubilee line to architectural free-form jazz, the stations responding to their different contexts as dramatic variations on a theme. Instead of uniformity, Paoletti envisaged variety achieved in the beauty of raw materials like concrete, and the architectural power of simple, large spaces for robust and practical stations. C He procured the most talented individual architects he could find to design 11 new stations along the line, creating a unique variety of architectural statement pieces – notably different but all beautiful – in what had been a largely desolate stretch off urban east London. ‘For the price of an underground ticket,’ he promised, ‘you will see some of the greatest contributions to engineering and architecture worldwide.’

Paoletti’s sweeping vision did not disappoint. With their swagger and individualism, the stations have been widely acclaimed as a tour de force in public transport architecture. D In pressing for a seamless marriage between architecture and engineering, Paoletti was concerned to make the stations pleasing to the eye, and the daily grind of commuters using them as uplifting an experience as possible. The result was generally reckoned to be the finest set of stations since the classic designs for the Piccadilly line by Charles Holden In the 1930s. In Holden’s day, design stopped at the top of the escalators leading down to the platforms, a symptom of the Tube’s tradition of treating architecture and engineering as separate disciplines. From the start Paoletti promised ‘a symbiosis of architecture and engineering’ throughout. This is particularly evident at Westminster station, where Michael Hopkins solved structural difficulties by designing fantastic supporting structures redolent of science-fiction – what Paoletti called ‘engineering that expresses itself as architecture … in which people can delight’. E He wanted the designs of the JLE stations to have a uniformity of voice, or, as he put it, ‘a philosophical uniformity’. Paoletti contrasted the drama of MacCormac Jamieson Prichard’s design for Southwark station with the vast glass drum of Ron Herron’s Canada Water station, intended as a response to the area’s bleakness, ‘a big, splendid beacon that has transformed the area from a wasteland almost overnight’. To critics who complained about the expense of these grand designs, Paoletti pointed out that the same cut-and-cover, box-station design that allowed his architects a free hand with their various structures also saved London Underground millions in tunnelling costs. ‘In any case,’ he noted, ‘you have to decide at the beginning whether you’re going to see an underground station as a kind of vehicular underpass that happens to have people in it, or whether it’s a building; a building with some other kind of job to do, like making people comfortable. Part 8 7. I didn’t work long hours because I was aware of health risks. (BETTER) I knew_______________________________________________________________ 8. We must go back to the beginning and find the error. (SQUARE) We___________________________________________________________________ 9, Tim failed to get into university and he gets very annoyed if it’s mentioned. (CHIP) Timothy_______________________________________________________________ 10. The reason they did not give him the job was because he could not use a computer. (inability)

Had it not ............................................................................................................................ 11. If there is a fire, people should not use the lift. (event) In ........................................................................................................................................ . 12. Harry knows about the new regulations so let’s ask him. (brains) Let’s ................................................................................................................................... ... 13. I managed to persuade John not to resign. (talk) I managed ............................................................................................................................. . 14. Why did you have to cause so much trouble over something so unimportant? (dance) Why did you have to ..............................................................................................................?? 15, It was blindingly obvious that he knew nothing about the subject. -It stood out...................................................................... 16, I’m so busy at the moment that I can’t take on any extra work. I have............................................................

Key Phần 1: Part1: Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (10 pts) 6. A

7. C

8. B

9. D

10. A

Part 2.Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). (10 pts)

11. T

12. F

13. F

14. T

15. T

Part 3: Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer. (10 pts) 16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

scenes

a crocodile

different

year

his/the family

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

Qualifications

Short courses

how to fall

professional

a shipwreck

diver

Part 1: Interviewer: Welcome, Sarah. I understand that you’re a keen sailor but a recent trip didn’t go quite as planned. Sarah: That’s right. And in fact I’m lucky to be here at all. Interviewer: So what happened? Sarah: Well, we’d sailed from Hong Kong to the Philippines in our sailing yacht. Seven of us, my husband, Peter, my two young sons and myself and three crew members who were also friends. We’d had a wonderful journey there, clear skies, full moon at night and we were looking forward to the journey back. Interviewer: I’m sure. Sarah: Well, the day before we were due to leave there was no change in the weather but the forecast said to expect strong winds. The forecast was proved right but we still felt confident as we set off despite the wind. After a while, however, conditions began to deteriorate further. Interviewer: And that’s when the problems started. Sarah: Yes, it was night time and I was getting comfortable in my bunk when there was a sound like someone ripping open a cardboard box followed by a sharp change in the

boat’s direction as the mast crashed down into the sea. There was a call from a member of the crew who had seen it all happening. “All hands! The mast has gone!” Interviewer: So what did you do? Sarah: We checked for damage and we were taking in water in two places but we managed to repair the holes. Then we talked through what we needed to do. We put out a message on the radio and we were also in touch with the Rescue Co-ordination Centre by satellite phone. Instead of continuing upwind towards HongKong, 350 miles away, Peter and I made the decision to retrace our path towards the Philippines, which was less than half the distance away. Although the crew were strong and the engine was still functioning, the waves were still huge and there was a near-gale blowing. So we put on our safety gear and hoped for the best. Interviewer: But you got help? Sarah: Yes, we did. After a while we realized weren’t going to make it and we were told that a ship, a 110,000-tonne tanker, had been diverted to help us. The Rescue Centre sent a plane out first so they could determine our position. We had plenty of flares which you can light to show where you are but we’d used them all by the time the tanker arrived. Because our boat was white and the tips of the waves were white, it was a bit awkward for a huge ship to locate us- it took ages. They couldn’t get directly alongside us so they put a small boat down for us to get into and they asked the men from our boat to go first. Interviewer: Why was that? Sarah:

Not sure actually - maybe to see if they could manage before my sons and I

tried. So the men swam to the rescue boat and got into it. That wasn’t easy of course in the huge waves but the difficult bit was to come. The men on the tanker hauled the little rescue boat up which was attached to the tanker by a rope. They were quite careful but it was swaying all over the place and we discovered later this was because the rope hadn't been attached properly to the rescue boat. At one point the boat was almost vertical and the four of them were really hanging on. Interviewer: But they got up? Sarah:

They did but two of them were hurt when the boat banged against the side of

the tanker. Not seriously, thankfully. Interviewer: So what about the rest of you?

Sarah:

My sons and I were still in the yacht. This time they sent across some life rings

attached to ropes and my sons went across. The men pulled the boys towards the tanker and then they had to clamber up the rope ladder. They managed to make that look straightforward which it isn’t of course at the best of times. The crew threw the life rings back and I decided to attach our bags with all our wallets and documents in them. I was agonizing about what to try to keep and I should have iust left the lot and gone across myself. By the time they sent the life ring back for me the boat was really tilting and I only just got off in time before it sank. Interviewer: Phew! What a frightening experience. But with a happy ending, thank goodness. Part 2: Interviewer: Good evening everyone, and welcome to the Language Programme. With me in the studio today is Patrick O'Reilly, a third-generation Irish-Australian who is a writer and broadcaster and passionate supporter of the Irish-Gaelic language, which is one of several Gaelic languages. Welcome, Patrick. Patrick:

Thank you Sinead, I liked that introduction.

Interviewer: Tell me Patrick, what significance does Irish have for you? Patrick:

Well, as you said, I’m an Irish-Australian. Irish is my second language; I

didn’t learn it in Ireland, but here in Australia. In the 18th century it was the first language of many of the Irish people who settled here. Interviewer: And didn't it almost slip away at one point? Patrick:

That's right, but it never quite vanished. So to

me,

Irish

language of this country. It's in the streets of a Melbourne suburb, the heat of Australian summers. It’s the language in which I speak to mv daughter, in which I broadcast and in which I write. I’m conscious of its history here. Interviewer: And how do you feel about the language itself? Patrick: Well, Irish is a language of passionate songs, and it has one of the oldest literatures in western Europe. It’s descended from the language of those Celts who arrived in the British Isles at the end of the Bronze Age, so it dates back thousands of years. But for me. what is truly remarkable is that when Ireland finally became independent early in the last century, the Irish language acquired a new literature, a place as a vehicle of scholarship. Now it has a television network and has achieved

something inconceivable, even 20 years aao: it’s become fashionable. Interviewer: Mmm, and what made you want to learn Irish as a language? Patrick: You may well ask! When I began learning the language some 30 years ago, my enthusiasm was viewed as eccentric. Interviewer: Why was that? Patrick: Well, some people thought that Irish-Gaelic was dead, like Latin, although in fact it was still spoken as a first language by a few thousand people on the west coast of Ireland. So why did I learn it? Ireland wasn't a part of my childhood in any significant way. My great-grandparents had come here from Southern Ireland during the Gold Rush, and we had become solidly Australian. But I liked languages and the worlds they could reveal. Perhaps Irish promised me a world of mv own. From an early age I was aware, I think, that my people's past lay elsewhere. Interviewer: And your Irish ancestry has played a big part in your writing too. I believe? Patrick: Mmm, that's right. The stories I write in Irish are published only in Ireland, yet they can be seen as an attempt to deal with the peculiar situation of the language here in Australia. If I write in English, I use a language which has had time to adapt to Australia over the centuries. It’s adapted to a different light, a new history, a new society. It has its own accent, its own everyday language. This has also happened with Italian, but Italian is the first or second language of a whole community. Irish in this country is much more the language of scattered individuals, so it hasn’t adapted to modern needs. As an Australian who writes in Irish, I must accomplish in mv own lifetime the linguistic adaptation which it has taken 200 years to accomplish in English. Interviewer: Mmm. And yet you said earlier that Irish had become fashionable. What did you mean by that? Patrick: Well, in Australia, it actually means that every year a number of people go to Irish language classes, and that a very small minority eventually become fluent. Irish is fashionable partly because Ireland itself is fashionable. Thousands of Australians visit Ireland every year. They seek the house their great-grandmother was born in, Irish relatives. They're looking for a shining image composed of the round towers, enchanted light and green landscape of

old legends. For some, the Irish language is part of all this. I once interviewed a young woman from Melbourne who became so fascinated by traditional Irish singing while on holiday that she learned Irish and now works in the Aran Islands off the coast of Ireland! Interviewer: Oh! And what other motivation would Australians have for learning Irish? Patrick: Well, many will tell vou that it's something to do with their interest in languages. But I would sav that other motives are concealed in this phrase motives as various as the individuals. But it's also true, surely, that it allows the expression of an aspect of identity long suppressed, and yet felt to be vital. Few people can bear to be rootless. We must all come from somewhere, and language is a fundamental part of identity. Not many feel the need to explore their past by learning Irish, but that even a few should do so, is significant. Interviewer: Thank you Patrick, it's been interesting talking to you. Patrick: It’s been a pleasure. Part 3 Presenter: Hello, and welcome to another episode of 'What do they do?' Today, I'm joined in the studio by Bill Peters, who's a stuntman. Bill, what do stuntmen actually do? Bill: Well, it's quite simple really. If there are scenes in a movie that are too dangerous for the actors to do - you know, like jumping onto a train or diving off a cliff - then we do them. Presenter:

So you often have to put yourself in danger, then?

Bill: Well, things can go wrong, of course, but it's not as bad as people think. We're very careful to make sure the stunt is safe. For example, I'm working on the new James Bond movie at the moment, and, in one of the scenes, James Bond is attacked by a crocodile. I actually did that scene and, although the crocodile was real - it wasn't plastic, or anything like that - it had a mask over its mouth so it couldn't bite me when I was wrestling with it. The scene looks great, but I wasn't in any real danger. Presenter: So what's your typical day like? Bill: Well, one of the great things about being a stunt man is that, every time you go to

work, you're doing something different. You know, one week I might be filming on location in the desert, the next might be doing underwater scenes off the coast of Italy. You never know. But, actually, I only work for about twenty weeks a year. The rest of the time I spend with the family. I've got two young daughters and it's lovely to have the time to watch them grow up. Presenter: How does someone become a stunt man? Bill: Well, you don't need any qualifications, or anything like that. You don't have to study stunt work at university. But, having said that, more and more stuntmen - and women, let's not forget lots of the people in my profession are women - more and more stunt men do actually get into the profession by going on short courses. These are run by professionals, and they teach you how to fall without hurting yourself, safety techniques, and things like that. When I started, oh, over fifteen years ago now, those kinds of courses didn't really exist. I was a professional diver, and got a call from a producer who was shooting a movie about a shipwreck with lots of underwater scenes and needed some help. I had so much fun, decided to become a full-time stuntman. Best decision I ever made. Presenter: Bill Peters, thank you very much for joining us today.

Part 1:A. 31. “Don’t be a law __________ yourself!” – the mom shouted. A. onto B. up after C. in for D. unto be a law unto yourself=to behave in a way that is independent and does not follow the usual rules for a situation 32. Linda was __________ herself with joy when her friends threw a surprise party for her birthday. A. beyond B. on and off C. beside D. at to be beside oneself with joy=Mừng phát điên lên 33. Until this evening, Hannah is still ___________ away at her unfinished report. A. hammering B. grinding C. whiling D. axing Hammer away at = làm việc cật lực ,không ngừng nghỉ 34. After a four-day holiday, they began to work ____________. A. on end B. out of bounds C. in proportions D. in earnest in earnest=serious; not joking=nghiêm túc 35. The fact that a member holding authoritative power rides roughshod _________ innocent residents exists in any society, even the democratic one. A. on B. over C. at D. against ride over=1. To come over (to someone or something) while riding on something, like a vehicle or animal. A noun or pronoun can be used between "ride" and "over" to specify what is being ridden.//2. To go on top of and pass over someone or something while riding on something, like a vehicle or animal. A noun or pronoun can be used between "ride" and "over" to specify what is being ridden. 36. One’s childhood heavily rubs ____________ one’s character traits. A. off on B. together C. in with D. along rub off on someone=to become part of someone because that person has been in a place where it was present 37. You don’t ____________ all this nonsense, do you? A. cordon off B. buy into C. edge out D. hit on buy into sth=to completely believe in a set of ideas 38. After our busy day, we both sat and ____________ in front of the TV. A. nodded off B. slipped out C. flaked off D. knocked out Nodded off= ngủ thiếp đi

39. The story draws heavily ____________ how strict the writer’s upbringing was. A. toward B. in C. on D. into draw on sth=to use information or your knowledge of something to help you do something 40. Jacobin cuckoo is a _____________ of monsoon. A. forerunner B. harbinger C. premonition D. herald A harbinger of = a person or thing that shows that something is going to happen soon, especially something bad B.31. This lovely new dress fist like a __________. A. treat B. gauntlet C. gown D. glove Fist like a glove = vừa khít, vừa như in 32. The designer refuses to gild the _________, preferring clean, simple lines for his creations. A.lily B. flower C. rose D. daisy Gild the lily = tô điểm 33. Gina finally __________ and admitted that she had broken the vase. A. threw in the towel B. made a clean breast of it C. read her the riot act D. let her hair down made a clean breast of= thừa nhận,hay thú nhận về những việc mình làm,thường là những vc sai trái hc có lỗi let sb hair down =put one’s feet up = relax threw in the towel= đầu hàng ,chịu thua read (sb) the riot act=to speak angrily to someone about something they have done and warn that person that they will be punished if it happens again 34. There are no hills around and the area is as flat as a ____________. A. stick B. coin C. feather D. pancake As flat as pancake = xẹp lép,phẳng lỳ ,không mấp mô,ghồ ghề 35. It’s time we changed the ___________ regarding the roles in the family. A. idée fixe B. carte blanche C. hoi polloi D. social milieu idée fixe =a belief that someone refuses to change their mind about, even though it may be wrong 36. During pioneer days a lot of land in the United States was up for ________. A.gain B. promotion C. taking D. grabs Up for grabs = có đủ cho tất cả mọi người 37. I warned her not to say sensitive things but she was like a bull in a(n) ____________ shop A. India B. Nepal C. China D. Japan Like a bull in a China shop= người lóng ngóng,vụng về 38. The argument drove a ___________ between party members. A. wedge B. linchpin C. needle D. sword Drive wedge between = chia rẽ quan hệ giữa mọi người 39. The government is making little _________ in its fight to beat inflation. A. advance B. headway C. forward D. forward

Make headway =có bước tiến triển,tiến bộ,phát triển .... 40. It must be true. I heard it straight from the _________mouth. A. dog's B. horse's C. camel's D. cat's Heard sth from the horse’s mouth = nghe thông tin gì từ nguồn đáng tin cậy Part 2: Line Mistakes Correction 0

less

least

movement

movements

Romans

the Romans

recording

recorded

From

Since

into

their

its

success

succession

Those

That

lest

because

numerical

numerous

Part 3. 1. B

2. D

3. C

4. C

5. D

6. B

7. C

8. D

9. B

10. A LONDON’S BLACK CABS

mopeds, with a map (9) _______ to a clipboard on their handlebars. These people are essentially trying not only to master the 25,000 or so streets within a six-mile radius of Charing Cross, but also to work out the most direct routes from place to place. They must know thousands of ‘points of interest’ such as hotels, hospitals, places of worship, theatres, stations, sports and leisure facilities, to name but a few. Practically everywhere and anywhere that a potential passenger would wish to be taken to or from must be known, so a nodding acquaintance, for a black cab driver, is (10) _______, and perhaps this is the most difficult part, knowing the quickest way to get from one place to another. Little wonder so few people are successful. 1. A. commensurate with tantamount to

B. equivalent to

C. synonymous with D.

equivalent to: having the same amount, value, purpose, qualities, etc.: commensurate with :in a correct and suitable amount compared to something else synonymous with : having the same meaning//If you say that one thing is synonymous with another, you mean that the two things are so closely connected in most people's minds that one suggests the other tantamount to: being almost the same or having the same effect as something, usually something bad 2. A. hereabouts then

B. hither and thither

C. or thereabouts

D. there and

there and then=khắp mọi nơi hither and thither =in many directions or thereabouts =approximately hereabouts= in this area, or near this place 3. A. ferreted out from back to

B. hunted down from C. mapped out to

D. traced

traced back to: bắt nguồn từ ferreted out from= discover someone or something, esp. information, after searching . hunted down from =search everywhere for someone or something until you find him, her, or it . mapped out to: plan something in detail 4. A. all the rage

B. of high standing

all the rage: thịnh hành,thời thượng in vogue=hợp thời trang

C. of repute

D. in vogue

5. A. clued in on stranger to

B. gunned up on

C. in the know about D. no

Be no stranger to: không xa lạ,khác với cái gì clued in on= knowing a lot about something; having a lot of information about something. gunned up on= cause something to slow down or stop working in the know about= If you are in the know about something, especially something that is not known about or understood by many people, you have information about it. 6. A. handiwork undertaking

B. procurement

C. realisation

Procurement: the action of obtaining or procuring something. 7. A. beyond you head

B. no brainer

C. no mean feat

D. over your

no mean feat: đạt được thành tựu/thành công vĩ đại, nhưng không hề dễ dàng. over your head= too difficult or strange for you to understand 8. A. droves

B. hordes

C. packs

D. swarms

Swarms of complaints: 1 loạt lời phàn nàn,khiếu nại 9. A. chained

B. fastened

C. linked

D. sealed

Fasten to: buộc chặt,gắn liền với 10. A. beyond measure pale

B. beyond redemption D. beyond the veil

C. beyond the

beyond measure: rất lớn, rất mãnh liệt, bao la, bát ngát beyond redemption=vô phương cứu vãn beyond the pale =không thể chấp nhận được (lời nói/hành vi/cách cư xử) beyond the veil= nơi huyền bí, nhất là trạng thái tồn tại không xác định sau khi chết Part 4. Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. Write your answer in correspondent numbered boxes. (10pts) 1. shape 2. breadline 3. rise 4. intentions/intents/aims/purposes/objectives/goals/plans/schemes/aspirations/ ambitions/desires 5. expense studded/lit Part 5

6. host

7. named

8. sheaves

9. thumbed

10.

1. c

2. d

6. c

7. b

3. b 8. c

4. d 9. b

5. d 10. d

Humans are disproportionately right-handed. Scientists have not been able to agree over the exact percentages of right versus left-handers because there is no accepted standard for identifying which hand is dominant. For example, some people who write or throw with their right hands may perform other tasks with their left hands or may kick a ball with their left foot. Absent an objective measure, therefore, the range of estimates is wide. Right-handers are said to make up 85% to 95% of all people and lefthanders 5%-15%, while the remaining tiny percentage are ambidextrous, so they can use both hands with equal ability. Perhaps the most unusual fact about right-hand dominance is how little we know about its causes. Several theories have been proposed. Some evidence exists that the phenomenon is genetic, but genetics cannot agree on the process by which handedness may be passed on by inheritance. Social and cultural forces can also cause a preference for one hand, as when teachers or parents force a naturally left-handed child to use their right hand. And it has been observed by anthropologist that lefthandedness tends to be less common in restrictive societies and more common in permissive ones. But no consensus has been reached on how that could occur. The most credible explanations center on functions inside the brain. It has been shown that the brain’s two hemispheres control the opposite side of the body. It has been suggested that the nerves in the brain cross over at neck level to the other side of the body so that the right half of the brain governs the left side of the body while the left half governs the right side. Scientists believe that the left half of the brain evolved in such a way as to predominate over the right half. As a result, the right side of the body is controlled by the more influential left hemisphere, causing the right side to be more adept at physical tasks. But when a person is born with a dominant right hemisphere, that person will be left-handed. Some researchers have argued that some left-handedness may have a pathological origin, having been caused by brain trauma during birth. A theory grounded in evolution is the “warrior and his shield theory”. This theory explains that right-handedness evolved over time to be dominant because a right-handed warrior would hold his shield in his left hand to protect his heart and to

leave his right hand to free to hold a weapon. A left-handed warrior, in contrast, would hold his weapon in his left hand and his shield in his right, leaving his heart exposed. Thus a right-handed warrior, with his heart protected against enemy attacks, was more likely to survive. By the process of natural selection, the trait for right-handedness became favored over that for left-handedness. Another theory focuses on the naturally asymmetrical arrangement of the human body. Such asymmetry is evidenced by the observable facts that the right side of the face is slightly different from the left, that one leg is stronger or longer than the other, and that one foot is larger than the other one. Right-handedness, the theory proposes, is just another example of this natural asymmetry. (A) A consequence of right-hand dominance is that most common consumer products are geared to right-handers only, leaving left-handers to struggle to adapt to designs not made with them in mind. (B) Some of these include scissors, doorknobs, locks, screwdrivers, automobile fixtures, refrigerators, can openers, clothes buttons, and fasteners, and musical instruments. (C) The result of this design bias can be more than mere inconvenience. (D) Some left-handed soldiers shooting rifles designed for righthanders have sustained eye hand head injuries from ejected shell casings. Hand dominance does not seem to occur in non-human animal species. While some individual animals can be seen developing a preference for one hand or the other, there is no evidence that this preference is common to the species as a whole, as it is in humans. Some scientists claim to have observed such dominance in animals but only in controlled settings, such as a zoo or laboratory, and only when the animals are performing manual tasks that do not mirror how they use their hands in the wild. 1.

The word “absent” in the passage is closest in meaning to

a. using

b. resisting

c. lacking

d. substituting

absent =lacking = thiếu 2.

According to paragraph 3, which of the following is a possible cause of left-

hand dominance? a. the dominance of the brain’s left hemisphere b. the natural weakness of a human’s right side c. a child’s choice upon reaching school age d. brain trauma in birth

2. Theo đoạn 3, điều nào sau đây là nguyên nhân có thể dẫn đến sự thống trị của cánh tay trái? A. sự thống trị của bán cầu não trái B. điểm yếu tự nhiên của mặt phải của con người C. lựa chọn của một đứa trẻ khi đến tuổi đi học D. chấn thương não khi sinh Clue: But when a person is born with a dominant right hemisphere, that person will be left-handed. Some researchers have argued that some left-handedness may have a pathological origin, having been caused by brain trauma during birth. Nhưng khi một người sinh ra với bán cầu phải trội thì người đó sẽ thuận tay trái. Một số nhà nghiên cứu đã lập luận rằng một số người thuận tay trái có thể có nguồn gốc bệnh lý, do chấn thương não trong khi sinh. 3.

The word “adept” in the passage is closest in meaning to

a. speedy

b. skilled

c. careful

d. accustomed

adept=skilled=lão luyện,có kỹ năng 4.

According to paragraph 4, which of the following are true about the “warrior

and his shield theory”? a. a left-handed warrior is favored by natural selection. b. a right-handed warrior holds his weapon in his left hand. c. a left-handed warrior holds his weapon in his right hand. d. a left-handed warrior leaves his heart unprotected. 4. Theo đoạn 4, điều nào sau đây là đúng về “lý thuyết về chiến binh và chiếc khiên của anh ta”? A. một chiến binh thuận tay trái được ưu ái bởi chọn lọc tự nhiên. NS. một chiến binh thuận tay phải cầm vũ khí của mình trong tay trái. NS. một chiến binh thuận tay trái cầm vũ khí trong tay phải. Dmột chiến binh thuận tay trái khiến trái tim không được bảo vệ. Clue: A left-handed warrior, in contrast, would hold his weapon in his left hand and his shield in his right, leaving his heart exposed. Thus a right-handed warrior, with his heart protected against enemy attacks, was more likely to survive. Ngược lại, một chiến binh thuận tay trái sẽ cầm vũ khí của mình ở tay trái và khiên ở tay phải, để trái tim của anh ta lộ ra ngoài. Vì vậy, một chiến binh thuận tay phải, với

trái tim được bảo vệ trước các cuộc tấn công của kẻ thù, có nhiều khả năng sống sót hơn. 5.

The word “that” in the passage refers to

a. warrior 6.

b. heart

c. process of natural selection

d. trait

According to paragraph 6, left-handers would have trouble handling all of the

following EXCEPT: a. refrigerators

b. violins

c. pencils

d. shirt buttons

Clue: Some of these include scissors, doorknobs, locks, screwdrivers, automobile fixtures, refrigerators, can openers, clothes buttons, and fasteners, and musical instruments. Một số trong số này bao gồm kéo, tay nắm cửa, ổ khóa, tua vít, đồ đạc ô tô, tủ lạnh, dụng cụ mở đồ hộp, nút quần áo và dây buộc, và nhạc cụ 7.

The word “asymmetrical” in the passage is closest in meaning to

a. deformed

b. imbalanced c. geometrical d. variable

asymmetrical=imbalanced =mất cân đối,đối xứng,cân bằng 8.

Look at the four letters (A) (B) (C) (D) that indicate where the following

sentence could be added to the passage. Left-handers often search for custom-made versions of these products. Where would the sentence best fit? a. (A) 9.

b. (B)

c. (C)

d. (D)

Why does the author mention “eye and head injuries” suffered by some left-

handed soldiers shooting their rifles? a. to illustrate the “warrior and his shield theory” b. to give an example of the problems faced by left-handers c. to argue that soldiers should wear head protection d. to contrast rifle design with the design of common consumer products 9. Tại sao tác giả đề cập đến "vết thương ở mắt và đầu" do một số binh sĩ thuận tay trái bắn súng trường của họ? A. để minh họa "chiến binh và lý thuyết về chiếc khiên của anh ta" B. để đưa ra một ví dụ về những vấn đề mà những người thuận tay trái phải đối mặt NS. lập luận rằng binh lính nên đeo bảo vệ đầu

NS. để tương phản thiết kế súng trường với thiết kế của các sản phẩm tiêu dùng thông thường Clue; The result of this design bias can be more than mere inconvenience. (D) Some left-handed soldiers shooting rifles designed for right-handers have sustained eye hand head injuries from ejected shell casings. Kết quả của sự thiên lệch thiết kế này có thể không chỉ là sự bất tiện đơn thuần. (D) Một số binh sĩ thuận tay trái bắn súng trường được thiết kế cho người thuận tay phải bị thương ở mắt ở đầu do vỏ đạn bắn ra. 10.

According to the last paragraph, which of the following is true about hand

dominance in animals? a. it is the same as in humans. b. it is observed only in the wild. c. animals in controlled settings adopt the hand dominance of their handlers. d. it has been observed only with manual tasks. 10. Theo đoạn cuối, điều nào sau đây là đúng về sự thống trị tay ở động vật? Một. nó cũng giống như ở người. NS. nó chỉ được quan sát trong tự nhiên. NS. động vật trong môi trường được kiểm soát thông qua sự thống trị bằng tay của người xử lý chúng. D.nó đã được quan sát chỉ với các nhiệm vụ thủ công. Clue: Some scientists claim to have observed such dominance in animals but only in controlled settings, such as a zoo or laboratory, and only when the animals are performing manual tasks that do not mirror how they use their hands in the wild Một số nhà khoa học tuyên bố đã quan sát thấy sự thống trị như vậy ở động vật nhưng chỉ trong những môi trường được kiểm soát, chẳng hạn như sở thú hoặc phòng thí nghiệm và chỉ khi động vật đang thực hiện các công việc thủ công không phản ánh cách chúng sử dụng tay trong tự nhiên. Part 6 1. vi

2. i

3. iii

6. productive

7. perfectionists 8. dissatisfied

4. ii

5. ix

9. goal and

10. diminishing returns

usefulness

WHY COMPANIES SHOULD WELCOME DISORDER A. vi

What people are increasingly expected to do

Organizations is big business. Whether it is of our lives – all those inboxes and calendars or how companies are structured, a multi-billion dollar industry helps to meet this need. We have more strategies for time management, project management and selforganization than at any other time in human history. We are told that we ought to organize our company, our home life, our week, our day and even our sleep, all as a means to becoming more productive. Every week, countless seminars and workshops take place around the world to tell a paying public that they ought to structure their lives in order to achieve this. This rhetoric has also crept into the thinking of business leaders and entrepreneurs, much to the delight of self-proclaimed perfectionists with the need to get everything right. The number of business schools and graduates has massively increased over the past 50 years, essentially teaching people how to organize well. => Việc tổ chức/sắp xếp là một việc lớn, từ chuyện quản lí hòm thư hay sắp xếp lịch cho đến việc các công ty được vận hành như thế nào. Chúng ta được bảo là phải biết quản lí, tổ chức tốt, ngày càng có nhiều chiến lược, buổi hội thảo, trường học được mở ra để dạy ta sắp xếp tổ chức mọi việc tốt hơn. B. i Complaints about the impact of a certain approach Ironically, however, the number of business that fail has also steadily increased. Workrelated stress has increased. A large proportion of workers from all demographics claim to be dissatisfied with the way their work is structures and the way they are managed. This begs the question: what has gone wrong? Why is it that on paper the drive for organization seems a sure shot for increasing productivity, but in reality falls well short of what is expected? =>

Tuy ở đoạn A, người ta mở nhiều lớp dạy cách tổ chức, nhưng mỉa mai thay,

nó lại không hiểu quả, cụ thể qua khảo sát của các nhân viên, khi họ nói rằng mình không hài lòng với cách được quản lí và tổ chức. Vậy lí do là gì?

C. iii Early recommendations concerning business activities This has been a problem for a while now. Frederick Taylor was one of the forefathers of scientific management. Writing in the first half of the 20 th century, he designed a number of principles to improve the efficiency of the work process, which have since become widespread in modern companies. So the approach has been around for a while. =>

Một ông nào đó đề ra một số nguyên tắc để cải thiện năng suất làm việc mà

từ đó trở nên phổ biến trong các công ty hiện đại. Và phương pháp đó đã được thử nghiệm một thời gian D. ii Fundamental beliefs that are in fact incorrect New research suggests that this obsession with efficiency is misguided. The problem is not necessarily the management theories or strategies we use to organize our work; it’s the basic assumptions we hold in approaching how we work. Here it’s the assumption that order is a necessary condition for productivity. This assumption has also fostered the idea that disorder must be detrimental to organizational productivity. The result is that businesses and people spend time and money organizing themselves for the sake of organizing, rather than actually looking at the end goal and usefulness of such an effort. => Đoạn này nói về quan điểm sai lầm rằng: sự hỗn loạn , thiếu trật tự có hại cho năng suất. Nên cuối cùng họ dành thời gian tổ chức sắp xếp chỉ để sắp xếp cho thỏa cái thành kiến trên, chứ không nhìn vào mục đích cuối cùng hay lợi ích của cái việc sắp xếp đó. E. ix

Evidence that a certain approach can have more disadvantages than

advantages What’s more, recent studies show that order actually has diminishing returns. Order does increase productivity to a certain extent, but eventually the usefulness of the process of order reduces productivity. Some argue that in a business, if the cost of formally structuring something outweighs the benefits of doing it, then that thing ought not to be formally structured. Instead, the resources involved can be better used elsewhere. => Dù việc sắp xếp có làm tăng năng suất một phần, nhưng lợi ích và giá trị của cái quy trình tổ chức sẽ giảm đến cái đoạn mà dù có cố quản lí

sắp xếp thêm nữa thì cũng sẽ chỉ làm giảm năng suất thôi. Cái chi phí để quản lí còn tốn hơn lợi ích nó mang lại thì không nên làm. SectionA: đoạn này nói về sự phổ biến, sự chạy theo organisation/management, mọi người được bảo là nên có tính kỉ luật/tổ chức. So với đáp án: i-phàn nàn không phải, ii-Fundamental beliefs niềm tin cơ bản có vẻ đúng khi có vẻ như đoạn này nói về việc người ta chạy theo organisation. iii- đề xuất ban đầu cũng có vẻ hợp lí vì người ta đã mở các lớp để mọi người học về organisation mà. v-các công ty thì sai chắc vì đoạn A chưa đề cập đến các công ty nào, mà còn chịu đựng sự thay đổi thì càng không. vi-mọi người được kì vọng đề làm, khá hợp lí vì đoạn A người ta nói chúng ta được bảo rằng nên có tính kỉ luật, là đáp án sát nhất lúc này. vi-kết quả là không thể, đoạn A chưa nói gì đến mục tiêu. viii-không có phương pháp nào đảm bảo.. đoạn này chưa nói pp gì hết nên sai. ix-bằng chứng cho phương pháp mà hại nhiều hơn lợi, sai nốt vì chưa nói gì đến lợi hại. Tóm lại, từ đầu tới giờ mình thấy vi là hợp lí nhất (vì We are told that we ought to = What people are increasingly expected to do), ii, iii cũng hao hao. Nếu chưa chắc chắn ta note cả ba lại để đó. SectionB: đoạn B nói về sự thật là theo nhân khẩu học thì các nhân viên không hài lòng với việc tổ chức/quán lí –> ta loại được iii (vì không có đề xuất gì ở đây); iv (vì chưa thấy new approach), v (vì chưa có sự thay đổi approach nào); vi-(không ai được kì vọng cả); vii(không nói đến outcomes) , i- có vẻ đúng vì nói đến phàn nàn (trong đoạn mình có từ dissatified tương đương); viii và ix cũng cảm thấy có sự đúng đúng, khi đều nói về nhược điểm của thứ gì đó. Chưa chắc chắn mình lại note. SectionC: một ông nào đó từ đầu thế kỷ 20 đưa ra những nguyên tắc để cải thiện hiệu quả công việc. Liệu có giống early recommendations? lại còn liên quan đến business activities (chính bằng efficiecy of the work process) –> đáp án iii khá khớp. Mình xem qua các đáp án còn lại, cảm thấy v có vẻ cũng phù hợp vì nói đến new approach, nhưng là các công ty áp dụng new approach nên không liên quan, mấy đáp án còn lại đều không liên quan. Cậu này có thể khá chắc chắn chọn iii. SectionD: đoạn này nói về chuyện đề cao tính tổ chức là một sai lầm, với cái quan điểm cơ bản (thấy ngày basic assumption = Fundamentalbeliefs), trên thực tế lại còn sai, thì đúng là đoạn D nói về sự sai lầm (misguided) là cái quan điểm đó không tốt như ta tưởng –> Khá chắc chắc đáp án ii. Cũng có khi ta nhầm với ix nhưng đoạn này không thấy đưa evidence gì cả. viii cũng na ná vì biết đâu đang nói chuyện pp này không thể duy trì tốt mãi được? Không chắc chắn ta cứ note lại. SectionE: đoạn này nói rõ là cái pp quản lí đó chẳng tốt đẹp gì, nói đến tiêu cực, ta khoanh được ngay các đáp án i, v, vii, viii, ix. i sai vì không có phàn

nàn, mà nó khớp với đoạn B hơn. v: chưa thấy sự thay đổi pp gì, imposible cũng không thấy đề cập, còn viii và ix hợp lí hơn cả nhưng ix rõ ràng hợp lí hơn vì nhắc đến evidence (=recent studies show that) rồi thì pp hiện tại nhiều hại hơn lợi.

Part 7 47 C. ‘what had been a largely desolate stretch’ — desolate here means ‘gloomy, depressing’. Past Perfect tense implies that it is no longer so, the design has changed for the better. 48 B. Middle of the paragraph starts with ‘Explaining his approach to designing …’, Paoletti compares his style to one of ‘free-form jazz’. 49 E. Second sentence of that paragraph how the design has radically transformed the appearance of the station. 50 B. Paoletti complains how the station he designed is compared to a cathedral, and he jokingly complains that it isa cathedral, not something that looks like one. 51 E. Last sentence of this paragraph contains Paoletti’s thoughts on the function of the underground stations. 52 E. Middle of the same paragraph gives Paoletti’s comments on the criticism and how he managed to ‘save millions in tunnelling costs’. 53 D. Very beginning of the paragraph: ‘seamless marriage of architecture and engineering’— two different elements that Paoletti attempts to unite seamlessly(without any visible transition between one and the other). 54 A. Second sentence claims that Paoletti ‘possessed the persuasiveness and tenacity’ to accomplish this project. ‘Tenacity’ means persistence and willpower. 55 D. Third sentence mentions: ‘design stopped at the top of the escalators leading down to the platforms…’. This was as far as architects were allowed to go with their ideas. 56 A. Last but one sentence contains the architect’s opinion on his predecessors:‘whom Paoletti dismissed as visionless ‘trench-diggers’’

Part 8 7. I didn’t work long hours because I was aware of health risks. - I knew better than to work long hours because I was aware of health risks. - Know better than: be wise or polite enough to avoid doing a particular thing 8. We must go back to the beginning and find the error.

- We must go back to square one to find the error. - Square one: bắt đầu lại từ đầu 9. Tim failed to get into university and he gets very annoyed if it’s mentioned. - Timothy has got a chip on his shoulder about his failure to get into university. Get a chip on one’s shoulder: to seem angry all the time because you think you have been treated unfairly or feel you are not as good as other people. 10. If there is a fire, people should not use the lift. (event) In the event of a fire, people should not use the lift. In the event of: trong trường hơp 11. Harry knows about the new regulations so let’s ask him. (brains) Let’s pick Harry’s brains about the new regulations pick Harry’s brains: hỏi ý kiến của ai về vc gì 12. I managed to persuade John not to resign. (talk) I managed to talk John out of resigning. Talk sb out of: thuyết phục ai không làm gì Talk into : thuyết phục ai làm gì 13. Why did you have to cause so much trouble over something so unimportant? (dance) Why did you have to make such a song and dance about something so unimportant make a song and dance about: làm to chuyệ về vc gì 14, -It stood out a mile that he knew nothing about the subject. Stood out a mile: rõ rãng ,dễ thấy 15, I have so much on my plate at the moment that I can’t take on any extra work. Have so much on one’s plate: có quá nhiều việc phải làm,giải quyết 16, His latest theory is flies in the face of mainstream thinking. Flies in the face: annoying things

Test 15 Phần 1:

Part 1.You will hear two students, Bella and Tom, discussing an article they have read about a woman astronaut. For questions 1-5, decide whether the following statements are True (T) or False (F). (10 points) 1. The speakers agree that being an astronaut is an unexpected job for woman. 2. Bella particularly admires the astronaut Ellen Ochoa because of her determination to fulfil a childhood dream. 3. Tom was surprised to learn that people who want to become astronauts should have experience as aeroplane pilots. 4. Bella thinks the most interesting part of Ellen’s life is coping with unexpected problems. 5. Tom and Bella both now decide to go to some talks on space travel in films and literature. Your answers:

Part 2. You will hear part of a psychologist being interviewed about friendship. Choose the answer (A, B C or D) which fits best according to what you hear. (10 points) 1. From three to five years old, children ________ A. are happy to play alone. B. prefer to be with their family. C. have rather selfish relationships D. have little idea of ownership. 2. From age five to eight or ten, children ________ A. change their friends more often. B. decide who they want to be friends with. C. admire people who don’t keep to rules. D. learn to be tolerant of their friends. 3. According to Sarah Browne, adolescents ________ A. may be closer to their friends than to their parents. B. develop an interest in friends of the opposite sex. C. choose friends with similar personalities to themselves.

D. want friends who are dependable. 4. Young married couple ________ A. tend to focus on their chidren. B. often lose touch with their friends. C. make close friends less easily. D. need fewer friends than single people. 5. In middle or old age people generally prefer ________ A. to stay in touch with old friends. B. to see younger friends more often. C. to have friends who live nearby. D. to spend more time with their friends. Your answers:

Part 3: You will hear a part of an interview with a man called Ewan Richardson, who is trying to persuade people to use less paper. For questions 1-10, complete the sentences with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (20 points) 1.

Every year, the average UK citizen uses about ________ of paper.

Most of the world’s paper comes from very _______ forests.

The production of paper causes terrible ________ in some places.

The destruction of the forests is a much bigger cause of global warming than ________

Ewan says that there are already paper recycling bins in many ________

You can use less paper by avoiding unnecessary ________ when you are studying or working.

You can often reuse________ that you have received.

To receive less junk mail, don’t ask for _______ when you buy something.

Stop receiving any magazines you don’t always read, or________ them with others.

10. Most ________ published in Britain are now printed on recycled paper. Your answers:

10.

Part 1:A: PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 1. The free tickets for the band’s concert were ______________ within seconds by the enthusiasts flocking at the hall door. A. run up B. broken up C. drawn up D. snapped up 2. The whole business sounds too irrational to me to risk ______________ all my life savings. A. running through B. pulling down C. calling up D. handing over 3. Our grandfather can ______________ his war experiences all day round. Sometimes, we all get truly bored with it. A. figure out B. harp on C. turn away D. split up 4. ‘Do you think Robert is a good candidate for the job?’ ‘ Well, I have known the boy for many years and I can ______________ his great capacity for solving complex questions.’ A. vouch for B. set in C. take back D. account for 5. You’d better be ______________ your toes all day round in case a new alarm is raised. A. in B. on C. with D. about 6. There’s no point ______________ at Dr. Barker. She’s not responsible for what’s happened. A. cottoning on B. warding off C. blacking out D. lashing out 7. You should ______________ your parents ______________ and see what they think of your plan. A. answer …back B. sound …out C. crowd …around D. pick …on 8. The photo’s got a couple of marks on it, so I’ll scan it and ______________ it __________ with some software I’ve got. A. make …up B. touch …up C. scrap …through D. write … off 9. These carrots have ______________ a bit, so I think I’ll throw them out. A. shrivelled up B. creased up C. summoned up D. played up 10. That wall would fall over if it wasn’t ______________ with planks of wood. A. watered down B. propped up C. chanced upon D. stored up B. COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 1. I don’t think you have been watering the plants near the gate. The soil is _____. A. as dry as rice B. as dry as a tile C. as dry as a bone D. as dry as wood 2. They are happily married although, of course, they argue _____.

A. every now and then B. from day to day C. most times D. on the occasion 3. Mr. Jones knew who had won the contest, but he kept it under his _____ until it was announced publicly. A. cap B. tongue C. hat D. umbrella 4. The professor’s _____ theory is that singing preceded speech. A. fancied B. fond C. preferable D. pet 5. I'll have to go to the wedding of Ms. Jane, a _____ of mine. A. heart to heart B. body and soul C. flesh and blood D. skin and bones 6. If he tries to _____ ignorance as his excuse, just tell him we’ve got a copy of the authorization with his signature on it. A. defend B. plead C. pretend D. protest 7. I know you are upset about breaking up with Tom, but there are plenty more _____. A. horses in the stable B. cows in the shed C. tigers in the jungle D. fish in the sea 8. James never remembers anything; he’s got a memory like _____. A. a cow B. a mouse C. a sieve D. a bucket 9. He travelled _____ for twenty years and then he decided to return home. A. far from it B. the farthest of all C. far and wide D. farther away 10. Indicate the most suitable response to complete the following exchange - Nadine “I’ve been offered $550 for my stereo. Should I take it or wait a better one?” - Kitty: “Take the $550. _____.” A. Actions speak louder than words B. Kill two birds with one stone C. The early bird catches the worm D. A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush Part 2: The passage below contains 10 mistakes. Underline the mistakes and write their correct forms in the space provided in the column on the right. (10 points)

Line

Have you ever tried a strawberry pizza? If you went to Oxnard, the "Strawberry Capital

of California," in May, you could!

Oxnard is in Southern California and the part of the state takes its strawberries very

serious. At the two-day California Strawberry Festival you can sample strawberries

prepared in all kinds of ways. In addition to traditional treatment such as strawberry

shortcake, strawberry jam, strawberry tarts and strawberries dipped into chocolate,

there is strawberry pizza! This dessert pizza is topped with strawberries, sour cream,

cream cheese and whipped cream on a sweetened bread baked like a pizza. Strawberry

kabobs dipped in powdered sugar are another delicacy. And drinks like a strawberry

smoothie can wash it all away.

10.

Strawberries are a big business in Oxnard. Twenty-four companies harvest and cool

11.

nearly 16 million trays of berries, which are shipped throughout North America as long

12.

as to Germany and Japan. The festival, which attracts more than 85,000 visitors,

13.

features three stages with musical entertainment, 335 arts and crafting exhibits,

14.

strolling musicians, clowns, artists, face-painting, contests, and a "Strawberry land" for

15.

children with puppets, magicians, musicians, and a petting zoo.

16. 17. Line

Mistake

Correction

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Part 3: Part 1: For questions 1–10, read the following passages and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. Write your answers (A, B, C, or D) in corresponding numbered boxes. (10pts) Does wealth have anything to do with how (86) _____ and generous a person is? Can we (87) _____ greater generosity to the better off in society? And are people stingier the less (88) _____ they are? Research by psychologists in the UK and the US has revealed that, on the contrary, when it comes to charity and (89) _____, it seems that poverty brings out the (90) _____ in people. They found that although the wealthiest gave more in absolute terms, they gave less as a proportion of their income. While the poorest appear to give over three per cent of their monthly income to good causes, the richest are giving less than two per cent. But the (91) _____ classes aren’t only more (92) _____, they also seem to be less thoughtful and kind. An experiment to find out which cars were most likely to stop for a pedestrian at a zebra crossing revealed that the grander and more expensive the car, the less (93) _____ the driver was to stop. Does this mean that the more privileged you are, the more (94) _____ you feel, in this case to get there more

quickly without having to stop for others? But it isn’t all bad news for the well-to-do when it comes to generosity. There are many great (95) _____ who are prepared to give away their fortunes to the more vulnerable in society, and it has been found that the rich are more likely to do voluntary work than the poor. 86 A prosperous B vulnerable C affluent D empathetic 87 A attach B bring about C attribute D credit 88 A well-heeled B well-kept C opulent D shady 89 A affluence B miserliness C compassion D want 90 A best B worst C most D least 91 A wanting B moneyed C thrifty D cautious 92 A thick-skinned B impassive C impartial D tight-fisted 93 A likely B often C possible D expected 94 A entitled B essential C indispensable D critical 95 A misanthropes B sponsors C philanthropists D donors Part 4: Read the text below and think of one word which best fits each space. Use only ONE WORD for each space. Write your answers

in the corresponding

numbered boxes. (10 pts) Busy, busy, busy With obesity having shot up across the globe to dangerously high levels in recent years, it is litle wonded that people have started to ask why. True, (1)______ have changed; we all know that we live in a McWorld, hunting and gathering our food from fast-food outlets and supermarket aisles, but it can’t all be down to diet, can it? Technology has changed modern life to such an extent that few aspects of life today bear any (2)______ to lives only a couple of generations ago. Just taking fobs as an example, how many of us today spend twelve hours a day on our feet physically slogging ourselves (3)______ the ground? Or how many families could you imagine living without a car? Kids walking to school, parents going to half a (4)______ local shops, on foot, to buy the week’s food, family holidays by bus to the nearest seaside town. Take Tina Jameson, a mother of two (5)______ has to juggle home and a parttime job. She says ‘I have’t got time to walk annywhere. But I’d have even (6)______ time without a washing machine or dishwasher’. We now have so many (7)______ in

our lives that allow us such drastically better lifestyle choices that at times it can be difficult to picture these in a negative way. Without doubt there are (8)______ to these changes. The number of people who suffer debilitaing injuries at work is miniscule in comparison to the past. Fewer hours working and more efficient transport are all (9)______ our benefit in allowing us a greater amount of leisure time. At what cost though? We may save a few hours day travelling and enjoy less physically demanding working conditons, but is this really (10)_____ it when the cost to our health and life expectancy is so high? Modern lifestyles have become shockingly sedentary and incombinaton with the deterioration in diet this is surely creating a ticking time bomb for modern humanity. Your answers:

10.

Part 5 Read the text below. For questions 1-10, choose the best answer (A, B, C or D) according to the text. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (15 pts)

Paragrap h

Decisions In a theoretical model of decision making, a decision is defined as the process of selecting one option from among a group of options for implementation. []4A. Decisions are formed by a decision maker, the one who actually chooses the final option, in conjunction with a decision unit, all of those in the organization around the decision maker who take part in the process. []4B. In this theoretical model, the members of the decision unit react to an unidentified problem by studying the problem, determining the objectives of the organization, formulating options, evaluating the strengths and weaknesses of each of the options, and reaching a conclusion. []4C. Many different factors can have an effect on the decision, including the nature of the problem itself, external forces exerting an influence on the organization, the internal dynamics of the decision unit, and the personality of the decision maker. []4D During recent years, decision making has been studied systematically by drawing from such diverse areas of study as psychology, sociology, business, government, history, mathematics, and statistics. Analyses of decisions often emphasize one of three principal conceptual perspectives (though often the approach that is actually employed is somewhat eclectic). In the oldest of the three approaches, decisions are made by a rational actor, who makes a particular decision directly and purposefully in response to a specific threat from the external environment. It is assumed that this rational actor has clear objectives in mind, develops numerous reasonable options, considers the

advantages and disadvantages of each option carefully, chooses the best option after careful analysis, and then proceeds to implement it fully. A variation of the rational actor model is a decision maker who is a satisfier, one who selects the first satisfactory option rather than continuing the decision-making process until the optimal decision has been reached. A second perspective places an emphasis on the impact of routines on decisions within organizations. It demonstrates how organizational structures and routines such as standard operating procedures tend to limit the decision-making process in a variety of ways, perhaps by restricting the information available to the decision unit, by restricting the breadth of options among which the decision unit may choose, or by inhibiting the ability of the organization to implement the decision quickly and effectively once it has been taken. Pre-planned routines and standard operating procedures are essential to coordinate the efforts of large numbers of people in massive organizations. However, these same routines and procedures can also have an inhibiting effect on the ability of the organization to arrive at optimal decisions and implement them efficiently. In this sort of decision-making process, organizations tend to take not the optimal decision but the decision that best fits within the permitted operating parameters outlined by the organization. A third conceptual perspective emphasizes the internal dynamics of the decision unit and the extent to which decisions are based on political forces within the organization. This perspective demonstrates how bargaining among individuals who have different interests and motives and varying levels of power in the decision unit lead to eventual compromise that is not the preferred choice of any of the members of the decision unit. Each of these three perspectives on the decision-making process demonstrates a different point of view on decision making, a different lens through which the decision-making process can be observed. It is safe to say that decision making in most organizations shows marked influences from each perspective; i.e., an organization strives to get as close as possible to the rational model in its decisions, yet the internal routines and dynamics of the organization come into play in the decision.

1. It can be inferred from the information in paragraph 1 that the theoretical decisionmaking process A. involves only the decision maker B. requires the contemplation of numerous options. C. is made without the decision unit D. does not work in real situations 2. The phrase in conjunction with in paragraph 1 could best be replaced by A. along with B. tied to C. apart from D. connected to 3. All of the following are listed in paragraph 1 as having an effect on decisions EXCEPT

A. evaluation of the problem B. focus on objectives C. generation of options D. open-ended discussions 4. Look at the four squares [] that indicate where the following sentence can be added to the passage Additionally, when a decision must be made in a crisis situation, both stress and the speed at which events are progressing can have an effect, often a negative one, on the decision process. 5. The word eclectic in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to A. bizarre B. personal C. mixed D. organized 6. It can be inferred from paragraph 3 that a rational actor would be least likely to A. deal with a specific threat B. work in a random fashion C. ponder various options D. consider disadvantages of options 7. The word it in paragraph 3 refers to A. each option B. the best option C. careful analysis D. variation 8. Why does the author mention a satisfier, one who selects the first satisfactory option rather than continuing the decision-making process until the optimal decision has been reached in paragraph 3? A. A satisfier shows contrasting behavior to a rational actor. B. A satisfier exhibits more common behavior than a rational actor. C. A satisfier is the predecessor of a rational actor. D. A satisfier shares some characteristics with a rational actor. 9. According to paragraph 5, what is the end result of political bargaining within an organization? A. No decision is ever reached. B. Differing interests and motives are changed. C. No one is completely satisfied with the final outcome. D. The members of the decision unit leave the unit. 10. Which of the sentences below expresses the essential information in the underlined sentence in paragraph 4? Incorrect choices change the meaning in important ways or leave out essential information. A. Set routines within organizations tend to constrain decisions. B. The restriction of information limits the number of options in a decision. C. Organizations need to set up strict procedures to maximize the effectiveness of decisions. D. Procedures are needed to ensure that decisions are implemented quickly and effectively. Your answers

1. 6.

2. 7.

3. 8.

4. 9.

Part 4. Read the passage and answer the questions from 1-10 (15 pts)

5. 10.

TACKLING OBESITY IN THE WESTERN WORLD A. Obesity is a huge problem in many Western countries and one which now attracts considerable medical interest as researchers take up the challenge to find a cure for the common condition of being seriously overweight. However, rather than take responsibility for their weight, obese people have often sought solace in the excuse that they have a slow metabolism, a genetic hiccup which sentences more than half the Australian population (63% of men and 47% of women) to a life of battling with their weight. The argument goes like this: it doesn’t matter how little they eat, they gain weight because their bodies break down food and turn it into energy more slowly than those with a so-called normal metabolic rate. B. “This is nonsense,” says Dr Susan Jebb from the Dunn Nutrition Unit at Cambridge in England. Despite the persistence of this metabolism myth, science has known for several years that the exact opposite is in fact true. Fat people have faster metabolisms than thin people. “What is very clear,” says Dr Jebb, “ is that overweight people actually burn off more energy. They have more cells, bigger hearts, bigger lungs and they all need more energy just to keep going.” C. It took only one night, spent in a sealed room at the Dunn Unit to disabuse one of their patients of the beliefs of a lifetime: her metabolism was fast, not slow. By sealing the room and measuring the exact amount of oxygen she used, researchers were able to show her that her metabolism was not the culprit. It wasn’t the answer they expected and probably not the one she wanted but she took the news philosophically. D. Although the metabolism myth has been completely disproved, science has far from discounted our genes as responsible for making us whatever weight we are, fat or thin. One of the world’s leading obesity researchers, geneticist Professor Stephen O’Rahilly, goes so far as to say we are on the threshold of a complete change in the way we view not ony morbid obesity, but aslo everyday overweight. Prof.O’Rahilly’s groundbreaking work in Cambridge has proven that obesity can be caused by our genes. “These people are not weak-will, slothful or lazy,” says Pro.O’Rahilly, “They have a medical condition due to genetic defect and that causes them to be obese.” E. In Australia, the University of Sydney’s Professor Ian Caterson says while major genetic defects may be rare, many people probably have minor genetic variations that combine to dictate weight and are responsible for things such as how much we eat, the amount of exercise we do and the amount of energy we need. When you add up all these little variations, the result is that some people are genetically predisposed to putting on weight. He says while the fast/slow metabolism debate may have been settled, that doesn’t mean some other subtle changes in the metabolism gene won’t be found in overweight people. He is confident that science will, eventually, be able to “cure” some forms of obesity but the only effective way for the vast majority of overweight and obese people to lose weight is a change of diet and an increase in exercise.

F. Despite the $500 million a year Australians spend trying to lose weight and the $830 million it costs the community in health care, obesity is at epidemic proportions here, as it is in all Western nations. Until recently, research and treatment for obesity had concentrated on behaviour modification, drugs to decrease appetite and surgery. How the drugs worked was often not understood and many caused severe side effects and even death in some patients. Surgery for obesity has also claimed many lives. Questions 1-5: Choose the most suitable heading for each paragraph. Write the appropriate numbers (i-ix) in boxes 1-5 on your answer sheet. i. Obesity in animals ii. Hidden dangers iii. Proof of the truth iv. New perspective on the horizon v. No known treatment vi. Expert explains energy requirements of obese people vii. Nature or nurture viii. Shifting the blame ix. Lifestyle change required despite new findings

Paragraph A

1. Paragraph B 2. Paragraph C 3. Paragraph D 4. Paragraph E 5. Paragraph F

Questions 6-10 Complete the summary below, using the words from the box provided. OBESITY People with a weight problem often try to deny responsibility. They do this by seeking to blame their 6. ________ for the fact that they are overweight and erroneously believe that they use 7. ________ energy than thin people to stay alive. However, recent research has shown that a 8.________ problem can be responsible for obesity as some people seem programmed to 9.________ more than others. The new research points to a shift from trying to change people’s 10.________ to seeking an answer to the problem in the laboratory. List of words

weight mind metabolism less behaviour

Part 7

exercise bodies more physical use

sleep exercise genetic consume mental

You are going to read about four independent jewellery designers. For questions 47-56, choose from the sections of the article (A-D). The sections may be chosen more than once. Which designer … 47 is concerned about the sourcing of her materials? 48 is claimed to have the wrong attitude to business? 49 uses the same combination of metals and precious stones in each piece of jewellery? 50 creates designs that feature different versions of the same symbol? 51 intends her jewellery to stand the test of time? 52 designs pieces to reflect her beliefs that everything is linked by patterns? 53 uses inspirations from experiences when she was young? 54 makes jewellery that is easily attributable to her? 55 does not work exclusively on making jewellery? 56 was originally inspired by a social connection? Shining lights A Emma Franklin ‘It has always been about animals,’ Emma Franklin says. ‘My friend’s grandmother had an amazing stag brooch with huge antlers and that’s where it started. Everyone has a relationship with an animal in my collection.’ Franklin has focused on jewellery design since her teens and graduated from Central Saint Martins in 2005, setting up her own business immediately. Based in east London, Franklin, twenty-nine, hand-makes each necklace, bangle, ring, cuff link and pin, featuring any of fourteen animal heads, from a pig to a triceratops, as well as a shotgun. All her pieces are made in solid silver, plated in twenty-two-carat yellow gold or black rhodium,with black diamonds and freshwater pearls. Bespoke commissions, predominantly engagement rings, not all animal-related, are becoming more frequent. Franklin’s robust designs are instantly recognisable, as she has discovered. ‘Recently in a pub this girl was wearing one of my rings at the bar, so I introduced myself. She was completely star-struck and fetched over her dad, who had bought it for her. I had to explain that it was really me who was excited.’ В Alexandra Jefford ‘My design style constantly evolves,’ Alexandra Jefford says. ‘But even though I try new things, I can’t kick my art background. I’m really inspired by art, architecture,

design, furniture design.’ Jefford, forty-two, graduated in 1992 with a degree in fine art, began designing jewellery in 2003 and sold her first piece, a gold ring, on its first outing, at dinner with a friend. Her designs, produced on a project-by-project basis rather than as collections, include her signature Alphabet series for which she designed a slim font. Her recent О project interprets that letter in various typefaces. She combines jewellery design with other artistic pursuits such as sculptural welding and life drawing. Fans range from her daughter’s friends to her mother’s friends, although she doesn’t always want to sell. ‘I become emotionally involved with all my pieces, so I find it really hard to let go. There are still some pieces that I hide “for the family museum”. My husband says that I work as a shopper rather than a seller.’ C Hattie Rickards Hattie Rickards’ first collection of twelve rings, entitled Revealed, was launched last November and was an instant success. Her second, Geo, came out last month to even greater acclaim. ‘The ethos behind Geo is connection and relationships, bringing tessellating or geometrical shapes together making one, for example, the Kindredring, where two puzzle pieces fit neatly together.’ Hampshire-born Rickards, set up on her own last year. ‘I wanted to create a high-end, luxury jewellery brand with an ethical backbone, which coincided with a gap in the market.’ All Hattie Rickards’ jewellery is made using Fairtrade precious stones from Thailand and India and eighteen-carat, Fairtrade, fair-mined gold from Colombia. HRJ is one of the first twenty companies to become a certified user of this type of gold, many of its pieces having the premium ‘ecological’ label. There are no plans for e-commerce, as Rickards believes this detracts from the meaning behind the piece. ‘I am passionate that people understand the symbolism behind my work. I don’t want it to just be a ring on a website. The story is so important.’ D Mawi Keivom Mawi Keivom, thirty-nine, is known for her architectural statement jewellery: chunky box chains with coloured pearls, spiked gold rings and brightly-coloured gems. Born in the north-east of India, forty miles from the Burmese border, into the Mahr tribe, Keivom draws her influences from a peripatetic childhood with her diplomat parents that took them to Africa, the Middle East, south-east Asia and Europe. Keivom studied fashion design in New Zealand, then, after a stint in New York, moved to London in 1993, where she met her husband, Tim Awan, and together they set up Mawi in 2001 – she as the jewellery designer, he as the business brain. ‘My style of jewellery is very individual and not for the faint-hearted. I have a very strong vision that translates into an industrial, graphic aesthetic offset with crystals and pearls that are a little bit feminine. I don’t try to do something that is for the moment. My pieces are classics in their own right, not trend-specific Part 8 Rewrite the sentences in such a way that they mean almost the same as the sentences printed before them. 1. A new house is impossible – we can not afford it. Question …………………………………………………………………………………………

……… 2. The fact that the judge had been involved in some illegal activities was not revealed until several years after his death. Light ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 3. Don’t forget those who are at work on this lovely, sunny day! Spare ……………………………………………………………………………………………… … 4. The severity of the punishment bore no relation to the seriousness of the crime. Proportion ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 5. The impression most people have of him is that he is an honest person. Comes ……………………………………………………………………………………………… … 6. The manager told his staff that he was pleased, but he could do better. Room ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 7. They’ll cause a lot of trouble. Cat ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 8. Some people say that there’s hardly any difference between love and hate. Line ……………………………………………………………………………………………… … 9. She can buy anything she wants – She’s very rich. Rolling ………………………………………………………………………………………………… 10. A rise in temperature in the next century seems likely. Chance ……………………………………………………………………………………………… … KEY Phần 1:

Part 1. You will hear two students, Bella and Tom, discussing an article they have read about a woman astronaut. For questions 1-5, decide whether following statements are True (T) or False (F). (10 pts) – (CAE trainer) 1. T

2. F

3. F

4. F

5. T

Part 2. You will hear part of a psychologist being interviewed about friendship. Choose the answer (A, B C or D) which fits best according to what you hear. (10 points) 1.C

2.B

3.D

4.C

5.A

Part 3: You will hear a part of an interview with a man called Ewan Richardson , who is trying to persuade people to use less paper. For questions 1-10, complete the sentences with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each gap. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (20 points) (FCE TRAINER) 1. 250 kilos

3. pollution

2. old/ancient

4. Air travel

5. schools 6. printing

7. envelopes

9. share

8. more 10. newspapers information

Part 1. Tom: That was a really interesting article the tutor recommended about Ellen Ochoa, wasn't it, Bella? Bella: It certainly was, Tom. I used to dream of going into space when I was a kid. Though I know now I wouldn't be the right kind of person for the job. Tom: But surely they need all sorts of different types of people? Bella: Mm. I'm not sure about that I’d get too panicky if there were problems I think. (1) Anyway,I found if particularly interesting to read about a spacewoman. There aren't too many of those around Tom: You're right there! Bella: Anyway. I'm sure they'd be just as able as men to cope with all the challenges of the job. The article certainly suggests that Ellen was something special, the way she defied all the odds in her determination to do what she’d wanted to do ever since she was small. (2) What I liked best were the sections which quoted her – I thought she was amazingly good at conveying what it was like to go into space. Tom: True. And she's also obviously a very talented scientist Bella: Yes, she did amazing work and I think she sounds as if she must have been a wonderful colleague for the others in her team. Tom: Absolutely, Bella. I also found the article interesting in what it said about the requirements for becoming an astronaut. I knew you'd have to have done loads of flight hours as an ordinary aircraft pilot of course. And l suppose it's not that surprising they want people who are good at sport and who aren't either too small or too tall. Bella: Mm. well, I was surprised, Tom that being shorter than the average was not acceptable I wouldn't have expected that to be an issue. (3) But I never imagined that

you needed to have a post-graduate degree I don't think l even realised you had to be a graduate. Tom: Me neither. I never imagined that. Anyway, she does have an interesting life, doesn't she? Bella: Yes, Tom I know. Imagine walking in space and having to work inside and outside the capsule when you're weightless. Tom: Yes, that must be extraordinary. For me I think the most interesting bit would be having to deal with all the little unexpected problems that arise, having to sort things out within your little team. That must be amazing. Bella: Yes, it must. (4) But I was particularly intrigued by her account of the role she sometimes has as one of the people on earth who are in control of the mission. You know when she helps them communicate with other astronauts in space. I thought that sounded really fascinating. Being the one person present on the ground who really understands what life is like for the space crew. She must be able to make things go much more smoothly Anyway, all in all I thought it was a brilliant article. Tom: Yes. it was. Though I thought it was a pity it didn’t tell us as much as it might have done about the less pleasant sides of being in space. I can't believe that it's always straightforward, that all they do is admire the views and carry out lots of groundbreaking scientific research There must be some low points - even if it’s only being irritated by some annoying habit of a fellow crew member or getting fed up with the same old food. Bella: Well, we could always try to do a bit more research into that sort of area, if you liked. Tom. I wondered even If Ellen Ochoa’s experiences might make a topic for that science coursework we’ve got to do next term. Or, you know, we could see what we could learn about everyone who’s gone into space from Yuri Gagarin to the present day. Tom: Well, I’m not sure about that. I was quite keen to do something on the funding of space research. Anyway, I suppose we could bear it in mind. (5) But what I do fancy doing is going to a series of lectures I've seen advertised on astronauts and how they’re portrayed in the cinema and in books. Bella: Wow! That sounds brilliant! Do you mind it I come along too? Tom: Of course not, Bella. It'd be good to do it together. Part 2 Interviewer: And now Sarah Brown is here to talk to us about her latest book. Patterns of Friendship. Sarah, you’ve found that there are quite noticeable patterns in the way that people make friends… Sarah Brown: Mmm, absolutely. For example, friendship becomes important quite early on, in children as young as three. But up to about five, children have what you could call unchosen playmates, based quite practically on what’s available, they can’t exactly go out to look for them… often the children of their parents’friends, or family relations. (1C)– And it’s actually quite an egoistic relationship at this stage there may be frequent quarrels over possessions-toys and so on… Interviewer: Yes, you think they’ll play together happily sharing their toys and the next thing you know, one’s in floods of tears and you have to sort out … Sarah Brown: Yes, but by the time the child’s about five it starts to change. (2B) Once they’re at school, children begin to choose their own playmates– other children in the same class, or living nearby, maybe in the same street. And they start to co-operate

more. But friendship’s still a way of serving self-interest, and friends are expected to keep to certain rules. Interviewer: Yes, I noticed with my own kids that they can get really upset with their friends. Sarah Brown: Yes, exactly, and this carries on to eight or ten years old, but gradually they begin to be able to see things from other people’s point of view and er this, marks the point at which the child is beginning to acquire knowledge of social relationships. Interviewer: And how do they develop these social skills? Sarah Brown: Well, from 12 onwards, as they enter adolescence, children are beginning to stand on their own feet, er, the influence of their parents tend to decline, and they feel the need for a close friend, nearly always with someone of the same sex. (3D) They’re looking for friends who are people they admire, who they see as similar to the sort of person they’d like to be and these friendships take on great importance. Friends have got to be trustworthy and friendships are very exclusive, but at the same time there’s the group thing, they’re developing networks of friends, having fun together. Interviewer: So they go to clubs and cafes big groups. Sarah Brown: Mmm, yes, and spend a lot of their free time together. And this continues for some years – so young adults – from 18 to 25, or when they get married, have close friendships, like adolescents, and may see their friends every day, and spend hours on the phones. Interviewer: I suppose that for most of us, this is probably the period when our circle of friends is at its widest, isn’t it? But is it affected by marriage? Sarah Brown: oh yes, quite considerably – the couple may move away, they may have children. Friends still see one another, but instead of every day or every week, they might get together once 2 month or just at special times…parties and so on. Interviewer: And what about new friends? Sarah Brown: (4C) They may make some, but they tend to be based more on neighbourhood and work contacts, and they’re often less intimate than the friendships formed earlier on. Interviewer: So less in the way of sharing secrets and confidences. Sarah Brown: Yes, exactly. (5A) And in middle age, between 55 and 65 or even older, after retirement, people take on new friends even less easily. At this time of life they hold on to earlier friendships which are often more intimate than the more recent ones, even though they see these older friends less often. Friends now aren’t based so much on neighbourhood they can be with people of any age. And ironically, when they give up work there’s a further decline in contacts with friends. Interviewer: Really? Sarah Brown: Yes, because of transport difficulties, illness, that sort of thing. They’re more likely to turn back to their families at this point full circle, as you might say! Interviewer: Sarah Brown, thank you Part 3. Interviewer: I have with me in the studio the environmentalist Ewan Richardson, who believes we all use far too much paper in our everyday lives. So tell me, Ewan, how much of it per year do we in the UK actually get through? Ewan: The figures are truly amazing. Last year the world total came to around 335 millions tonnes, with those here accounting for 12.5 millions tonnes of that. And

whereas somebody in one of the poorer parts of the world might use about 20 kilos of paper annually, (1) in this country the equivalent figure is approximately 250 kilos per person. In other words, we use around 20 tonnes over our lifetime, and nearly all of that is simply thrown away. Apart, perhaps, from the books we keep. Interviewer: And why is it so important that we use less? Surely most paper these days comes from new trees? Ewan: That’s what many people think, that they just replace the trees that are cut down with young, fast-growing ones in brand-new forests, probably in Scandinavia. But (2) in fact those that produce nearly all the paper we use are really old, in countries such as Canada and Russia where they may take centuries to grow. And the process of turning the trees into paper can be extremely harmful to the environment, too. Interviewer: In that way? Ewan: It involves the use of very powerful chemicals and these often end up in rivers and lakes, so (3) the resulting pollution has an awful effect on the wildlife there. And of course most of the paper eventually ends up as rubbish buries in the ground, which increases the amount of carbon dioxide released into the atmosphere. As does the deforestation. It’s now a major cause of global warming. Interviewer: It’s that bad? Ewan: Definitely. Although energy production and use is the biggest single cause, (4) the massive loss of forests is in second place, well ahead, for instance, of air travel , which we hear a lot more about in the media. And for what? Junk mail that advertisers keep sending us, even though the know that 99% of it will be thrown away, magazines we don’t read, and so on. Interviewer: So what can people do about it? Recycle more paper? Ewan: Yes. (5) Special bins for this, rather like bottle banks, can certainly help. Nowadays you often see them in schools, and quite a lot of shops and officials are planning to install bins to recycle all the waste paper they create, instead of just throwing it all out. But of course the most important thing is not to use so much in the first place. For instance, when we’re on the computer, we often get into the habit of (6) printing pages, whether or not we actually need them for our work or studies. Clicking on ‘save as’ is much quicker and better for the environment. Interviewer: In the same way that emailing friends is better than posting letters to them. Ewan: Sure. By the way, whenever someone sends you documents in (7) one of those big envelopes, it makes sense to use it again when you next need to mail something large. Just put a sticker over your address and re-address it. But don’t forget the stamps! Interviewer: And what can you do about junk mail? Ewan: Well, it’s easy to have your name taken off the direct mail list so you’re not automatically sent advertising material. Also, (8) whenever you pay for a product or service, you should never tick the box that says “more information”. Doing so usually means you’ll soon be getting unwanted stuff through the post. Of course, there are bound to be other things coming through your letter box that you don’t really need. Interviewer: Such as? Ewan: Catalogues. And magazines. There are probably some of those we hardly look at, so why not cancel the subscription? If you don’t want to do that, why not (9) find out who else takes the same one, and share it with them?

Interviewer: I’m sure that individuals doing things like that can make a difference in the end, but what about big organizations? What are they doing? Ewan: It’s encouraging that publishing firms are using more and more recycled paper in their products. Magazines have been rather slow in that respect, and for books it depends on the publisher, but (10) the figure for UK newspapers is now 70%, which is very pleasing for all of us concerned about this problem. Phần 2: Part 1 : A. 1. D

2. A

3. B

4. A

5. B

6. D

7. B

8. B

9. A

10. B

1. The free tickets for the band’s concert were ______________ within seconds by the enthusiasts flocking at the hall door. A. run up B. broken up C. drawn up D. snapped up snap up something=to buy or obtain something quickly and enthusiastically 2. The whole business sounds too irrational to me to risk ______________ all my life savings. A. running throughB. pulling down C. calling up D. handing over Run through= use up an amount of something quickly 3. Our grandfather can ______________ his war experiences all day round. Sometimes, we all get truly bored with it. A. figure out B. harp on C. turn away D. split up harp on (about sth)=to talk or complain about something many times 4. ‘Do you think Robert is a good candidate for the job?’ ‘ Well, I have known the boy for many years and I can ______________ his great capacity for solving complex questions.’ A. vouch for B. set in C. take back D. account for vouch for something/someone=to support the truth of something or the good character of someone, based on your knowledge or experience 5. You’d better be ______________ your toes all day round in case a new alarm is raised. A. in B. on C. with D. about on your toes=Someone or something that keeps you on your toes forces you to continue directing all your attention and energy to what you are doing 6. There’s no point ______________ at Dr. Barker. She’s not responsible for what’s happened. A. cottoning on B. warding off C. blacking out D. lashing out lash out=to suddenly attack someone or something physically or criticize him, her, or it in an angry way 7. You should ______________ your parents ______________ and see what they think of your plan. A. answer …back B. sound …out C. crowd …around D. pick …on sound out someone=to discover someone's opinions or intentions 8. The photo’s got a couple of marks on it, so I’ll scan it and ______________ it __________ with some software I’ve got. A. make …up B. touch …up C. scrap …through D. write …off

touch up something=to improve something with small changes 9. These carrots have ______________ a bit, so I think I’ll throw them out. A. shrivelled up B. creased up C. summoned up D. played up shrivelled up=co,teo ,nhăn ,quăn 10. That wall would fall over if it wasn’t ______________ with planks of wood. A. watered down B. propped up C. chanced upon D. stored up propped up= lift and give support to something by putting something under it: water down something=to make something weaker or less effective chance upon = tình cờ gặp ai store up = keep a lot of something in one place, to be used in the future// remember things, usually so that you can tell people about them later B. 1.C 2.A 3.C 4.D 5.C 6.B 7.D 8.C 9.C 10.D 1. I don’t think you have been watering the plants near the gate. The soil is _____. A. as dry as rice B. as dry as a tile C. as dry as a bone D. as dry as wood As dry as a bone = khô như khúc xương -> nghĩa là khô thật khô (to be extremely dry); khô như ngói. 2. They are happily married although, of course, they argue _____. A. every now and then B. from day to day C. most times D. on the occasion every now and then= sometimes 3. Mr. Jones knew who had won the contest, but he kept it under his _____ until it was announced publicly. A. cap B. tongue C. hat D. Umbrella Keep sth under one’s hat = giữ bí mật điều gì 4. The professor’s _____ theory is that singing preceded speech. A. fancied B. fond C. preferable D. pet Pet theory = project, or subject is one that they particularly support or like. 5. I'll have to go to the wedding of Ms. Jane, a _____ of mine. A. heart to heart B. body and soul C. flesh and blood D. skin and bones flesh and blood = người thật, bằng da bằng thịt 6. If he tries to _____ ignorance as his excuse, just tell him we’ve got a copy of the authorization with his signature on it. A. defend B. plead C. pretend D. protest 7. I know you are upset about breaking up with Tom, but there are plenty more _____. A. horses in the stable B. cows in the shed C. tigers in the jungle D. fish in the sea 'there are plenty more fish in the sea', điều đó có nghĩa là có nhiều lựa chọn khác trong một tình huống. Câu này thường được nói để an ủi ai đó khi vừa trải qua tan vỡ quan hệ tình cảm (biển còn nhiều cá). 8. James never remembers anything; he’s got a memory like _____. A. a cow B. a mouse C. a sieve D. a bucket 'Have a memory like a sieve' = có trí nhớ như cái sàng/cái rây -> người trí nhớ kém, nhanh quên

9. He travelled _____ for twenty years and then he decided to return home. A. far from it B. the farthest of all C. far and wide D. farther away from far and wide=from many places 10. Indicate the most suitable response to complete the following exchange - Nadine “I’ve been offered $550 for my stereo. Should I take it or wait a better one?” - Kitty: “Take the $550. _____.” A. Actions speak louder than words B. Kill two birds with one stone C. The early bird catches the worm D. A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush A bird in the hand is worth two in the bush= said when you recognize that you should not risk losing something you already have by trying to get something you think might be better Kill two birds with one stone= một mũi tên trúng 2 đích Actions speak louder than words = said to emphasize that what you do is more important and shows your intentions and feelings more clearly than what you say The early bird catches the worm= nghĩa là ai đến sớm/xuất hiện sớm sẽ có khả năng thành công hơn. Tiếng Việt cũng có một câu thành ngữ tương ứng là "Trâu chậm uống nước đục". Part 2:

Line

Mistake

Correction

the

this

serious

seriously

kinds

sorts

treatment

treats

into

sweetened

sweet

away

down

a big business

big business

long

far

10.

crafting

crafts

3.C

4.A

Part 3 1.B

2.B

5.C

6.D

7.C

8.A

9.D

10.A

Does wealth have anything to do with how (86) _____ and generous a person is? Can we (87) _____ greater generosity to the better off in society? And are people stingier the less (88) _____ they are? Research by psychologists in the UK and the US has revealed that, on the contrary, when it comes to charity and (89) _____, it seems that poverty brings out the (90) _____ in people. They found that although the wealthiest gave more in absolute terms, they gave less as a proportion of their income. While the

poorest appear to give over three per cent of their monthly income to good causes, the richest are giving less than two per cent. But the (91) _____ classes aren’t only more (92) _____, they also seem to be less thoughtful and kind. An experiment to find out which cars were most likely to stop for a pedestrian at a zebra crossing revealed that the grander and more expensive the car, the less (93) _____ the driver was to stop. Does this mean that the more privileged you are, the more (94) _____ you feel, in this case to get there more quickly without having to stop for others? But it isn’t all bad news for the well-to-do when it comes to generosity. There are many great (95) _____ who are prepared to give away their fortunes to the more vulnerable in society, and it has been found that the rich are more likely to do voluntary work than the poor. 86. A prosperous B vulnerable C affluent D empathetic Empathetic: showing an ability to understand and share the feelings of another 87 A attach B bring about C attribute D credit Attribute sth to sth: góp phần vào 88 A well-heeled B well-kept C opulent D shady well-heeled = rich 89 A affluence B miserliness C compassion D want compassion: a strong feeling of sympathy for people or animals who are suffering and a desire to help them 90 A best B worst C most D least Bring out the best in" nghĩa là khiến ai đó thể hiện điểm nổi bật nhất hoặc tốt nhất của một người nào đó. 91 A wanting B moneyed C thrifty D cautious moneyed: rich and therefore powerful 92 A thick-skinned B impassive C impartial D tight-fisted tight-fisted: not willing to spend or give much money 93 A likely B often C possible D expected likely : such as well might happen or be true; probable 94 A entitled B essential C indispensable D critical Entitled: believing oneself to be inherently deserving of privileges or special treatment. 95 A misanthropes B sponsors C philanthropists D donors philanthropist: a rich person who helps the poor and those in need, especially by giving money misanthrope: a person who hates and avoids other people

Part 4. 1. diet

2. resemblance

3. into

6. less

7. conveniences 8. positives

4. dozen

5. who

9. to

10. worth

Part 5 Read the text below. For questions 1-10, choose the best answer (A, B, C or

according to the text. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (15 pts)

1. B 2. A 3. D 4. D 5. C 6. B 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. A Decisions In a theoretical model of decision making, a decision is defined as the process of selecting one option from among a group of options for implementation. []4A. Decisions are formed by a decision maker, the one who actually chooses the final option, in conjunction with a decision unit, all of those in the organization around the decision maker who take part in the process. []4B. In this theoretical model, the members of the decision unit react to an unidentified problem by studying the problem, determining the objectives of the organization, formulating options, evaluating the strengths and weaknesses of each of the options, and reaching a conclusion. []4C. Many different factors can have an effect on the decision, including the nature of the problem itself, external forces exerting an influence on the organization, the internal dynamics of the decision unit, and the personality of the decision maker. []4D During recent years, decision making has been studied systematically by drawing from such diverse areas of study as psychology, sociology, business, government, history, mathematics, and statistics. Analyses of decisions often emphasize one of three principal conceptual perspectives (though often the approach that is actually employed is somewhat eclectic). In the oldest of the three approaches, decisions are made by a rational actor, who makes a particular decision directly and purposefully in response to a specific threat from the external environment. It is assumed that this rational actor has clear objectives in mind, develops numerous reasonable options, considers the advantages and disadvantages of each option carefully, chooses the best option after careful analysis, and then proceeds to implement it fully. A variation of the rational actor model is a decision maker who is a satisfier, one who selects the first satisfactory option rather than continuing the decision-making process until the optimal decision has been reached. A second perspective places an emphasis on the impact of routines on decisions within organizations. It demonstrates how organizational structures and routines such as standard operating procedures tend to limit the decision-making process in a variety

of ways, perhaps by restricting the information available to the decision unit, by restricting the breadth of options among which the decision unit may choose, or by inhibiting the ability of the organization to implement the decision quickly and effectively once it has been taken. Pre-planned routines and standard operating procedures are essential to coordinate the efforts of large numbers of people in massive organizations. However, these same routines and procedures can also have an inhibiting effect on the ability of the organization to arrive at optimal decisions and implement them efficiently. In this sort of decision-making process, organizations tend to take not the optimal decision but the decision that best fits within the permitted operating parameters outlined by the organization. A third conceptual perspective emphasizes the internal dynamics of the decision unit and the extent to which decisions are based on political forces within the organization. This perspective demonstrates how bargaining among individuals who have different interests and motives and varying levels of power in the decision unit lead to eventual compromise that is not the preferred choice of any of the members of the decision unit. Each of these three perspectives on the decision-making process demonstrates a different point of view on decision making, a different lens through which the decisionmaking process can be observed. It is safe to say that decision making in most organizations shows marked influences from each perspective; i.e., an organization strives to get as close as possible to the rational model in its decisions, yet the internal routines and dynamics of the organization come into play in the decision. 1. It can be inferred from the information in paragraph 1 that the theoretical decisionmaking process A. involves only the decision maker B. requires the contemplation of numerous options. C. is made without the decision unit D. does not work in real situations 1. Có thể suy ra từ thông tin trong đoạn 1 rằng lý thuyết quá trình ra quyết định A. chỉ liên quan đến người ra quyết định B. đòi hỏi sự cân nhắc của nhiều lựa chọn. C. được thực hiện mà không có đơn vị quyết định D. không hoạt động trong các tình huống thực tế Clue: In a theoretical model of decision making, a decision is defined as the process of selecting one option from among a group of options for implementation. Trong một mô hình lý thuyết về ra quyết định, một quyết định được định nghĩa là quá trình lựa chọn một phương án trong số một nhóm các phương án để thực hiện. 2. The phrase in conjunction with in paragraph 1 could best be replaced by A. along with B. tied to C. apart from D. connected to In conjunction with (someone or something)" -> nghĩa là liên kết, cùng chung/chung với.=along with

3. All of the following are listed in paragraph 1 as having an effect on decisions EXCEPT A. evaluation of the problem B. focus on objectives C. generation of options D. open-ended discussions 3. Tất cả những điều sau đây được liệt kê trong đoạn 1 là có ảnh hưởng đến các quyết định NGOẠI TRỪ A. đánh giá vấn đề B. tập trung vào các mục tiêu C. tạo ra các lựa chọn D. thảo luận kết thúc mở Clue: In this theoretical model, the members of the decision unit react to an unidentified problem by studying the problem, determining the objectives of the organization, formulating options, evaluating the strengths and weaknesses of each of the options, and reaching a conclusion rong mô hình lý thuyết này, các thành viên của đơn vị quyết định phản ứng với một vấn đề chưa được xác định bằng cách nghiên cứu vấn đề, xác định mục tiêu của tổ chức, xây dựng các phương án, đánh giá điểm mạnh và điểm yếu của mỗi phương án và đi đến kết luận. 4. Look at the four squares [] that indicate where the following sentence can be added to the passage Additionally, when a decision must be made in a crisis situation, both stress and the speed at which events are progressing can have an effect, often a negative one, on the decision process. 5. The word eclectic in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to A. bizarre B. personal C. mixed D. organized Eclectic=mixed 6. It can be inferred from paragraph 3 that a rational actor would be least likely to A. deal with a specific threat B. work in a random fashion C. ponder various options D. consider disadvantages of options 6. Có thể suy ra từ đoạn 3 rằng một diễn viên lý trí sẽ ít có khả năng A. đối phó với một mối đe dọa cụ thể B. hoạt động một cách ngẫu nhiên C. suy ngẫm về các phương án khác nhau D. cân nhắc nhược điểm của các phương án Clue: It is assumed that this rational actor has clear objectives in mind, develops numerous reasonable options, considers the advantages and disadvantages of each option carefully, chooses the best option after careful analysis, and then proceeds to implement it fully. 7. The word it in paragraph 3 refers to A. each option B. the best option C. careful analysis D. variation 8. Why does the author mention a satisfier, one who selects the first satisfactory option rather than continuing the decision-making process until the optimal decision has been reached in paragraph 3? A. A satisfier shows contrasting behavior to a rational actor. B. A satisfier exhibits more common behavior than a rational actor. C. A satisfier is the predecessor of a rational actor.

D. A satisfier shares some characteristics with a rational actor. 8. Tại sao tác giả lại đề cập đến một người thỏa mãn, một người chọn phương án thỏa mãn đầu tiên thay vì tiếp tục quá trình ra quyết định cho đến khi đạt được quyết định tối ưu trong đoạn 3? A. Người thỏa mãn thể hiện hành vi tương phản với một diễn viên lý trí B. Một người thỏa mãn thể hiện hành vi phổ biến hơn một tác nhân duy lý. C. Vật thỏa mãn là tiền thân của tác nhân duy lý. D. Một vật thỏa mãn chia sẻ một số đặc điểm với một tác nhân duy lý. Clue: A variation of the rational actor model is a decision maker who is a satisfier, one who selects the first satisfactory option rather than continuing the decision-making process until the optimal decision has been reached. Một biến thể của mô hình diễn viên lý trí là người ra quyết định là người thỏa mãn, người chọn phương án thỏa mãn đầu tiên thay vì tiếp tục quá trình ra quyết định cho đến khi đạt được quyết định tối ưu. 9. According to paragraph 5, what is the end result of political bargaining within an organization? A. No decision is ever reached. B. Differing interests and motives are changed. C. No one is completely satisfied with the final outcome. D. The members of the decision unit leave the unit. 9. Theo đoạn 5, kết quả cuối cùng của thương lượng chính trị trong một tổ chức là gì? A. Không có quyết định nào được đưa ra. B. Sở thích khác nhau và động cơ bị thay đổi. C. Không ai hoàn toàn hài lòng với kết quả cuối cùng. D. Các thành viên trong đơn vị quyết định ra khỏi đơn vị. Clue: This perspective demonstrates how bargaining among individuals who have different interests and motives and varying levels of power in the decision unit lead to eventual compromise that is not the preferred choice of any of the members of the decision unit. Quan điểm này cho thấy cách thương lượng giữa các cá nhân có lợi ích và động cơ khác nhau và mức độ quyền lực khác nhau trong đơn vị quyết định dẫn đến thỏa hiệp cuối cùng không phải là lựa chọn ưu tiên của bất kỳ thành viên nào trong đơn vị quyết định. 10. Which of the sentences below expresses the essential information in the underlined sentence in paragraph 4? Incorrect choices change the meaning in important ways or leave out essential information. A. Set routines within organizations tend to constrain decisions. B. The restriction of information limits the number of options in a decision. C. Organizations need to set up strict procedures to maximize the effectiveness of decisions. D. Procedures are needed to ensure that decisions are implemented quickly and effectively.

10. Câu nào dưới đây thể hiện thông tin cần thiết trong câu gạch chân ở đoạn 4? Lựa chọn không chính xác làm thay đổi ý nghĩa theo những cách quan trọng hoặc bỏ qua thông tin cần thiết. A. Đặt ra các thói quen trong tổ chức có xu hướng hạn chế các quyết định. B. Việc hạn chế thông tin làm hạn chế số lượng lựa chọn trong một quyết định. C. Tổ chức cần thiết lập các thủ tục chặt chẽ để tối đa hóa hiệu quả của các quyết định. D. Cần có các thủ tục để đảm bảo rằng các quyết định được thực hiện một cách nhanh chóng và hiệu quả. Clue: A second perspective places an emphasis on the impact of routines on decisions within organizations. It demonstrates how organizational structures and routines such as standard operating procedures tend to limit the decision-making process in a variety of ways, perhaps by restricting the information available to the decision unit, by restricting the breadth of options among which the decision unit may choose, or by inhibiting the ability of the organization to implement the decision quickly and effectively once it has been taken Quan điểm thứ hai nhấn mạnh vào tác động của các thói quen đối với các quyết định trong tổ chức. Nó thể hiện cách cơ cấu tổ chức và các thói quen như các thủ tục hoạt động tiêu chuẩn có xu hướng hạn chế quá trình ra quyết định theo nhiều cách khác nhau, có thể bằng cách hạn chế thông tin có sẵn cho đơn vị quyết định, bằng cách hạn chế phạm vi lựa chọn mà đơn vị quyết định có thể lựa chọn. , hoặc bằng cách ức chế khả năng của tổ chức để thực hiện quyết định một cách nhanh chóng và hiệu quả sau khi nó đã được thực hiện. Part 6. Read the passage and do questions from 1-10 (15 pts) 1. vii 2. iii 3. iv 6. metabolism 7. less 8. genetic

4. xi 9. consume

5. ii 10. behaviour

actually burn off more energy. They have more cells, bigger hearts, bigger lungs and they all need more energy just to keep going.” Người béo chuyển hóa nhanh hơn người gầy. Tiến sĩ Jebb nói: “Điều rất rõ ràng là những người thừa cân thực sự đốt cháy nhiều năng lượng hơn. Chúng có nhiều tế bào hơn, trái tim lớn hơn, phổi lớn hơn và chúng đều cần nhiều năng lượng hơn chỉ để tiếp tục hoạt động ”. => Chuyên gia giải thích nhu cầu năng lượng của người béo phì C. iii. Proof of the truth It took only one night, spent in a sealed room at the Dunn Unit to disabuse one of their patients of the beliefs of a lifetime: her metabolism was fast, not slow. By sealing the room and measuring the exact amount of oxygen she used, researchers were able to show her that her metabolism was not the culprit. Bằng cách niêm phong căn phòng và đo lượng oxy chính xác mà cô ấy sử dụng, các nhà nghiên cứu đã có thể cho cô ấy thấy rằng quá trình trao đổi chất của cô ấy không phải là thủ phạm It wasn’t the answer they expected and probably not the one she wanted but she took the news philosophically. => Bằng chứng của sự thật D. iv. New perspective on the horizon Although the metabolism myth has been completely disproved, science has far from discounted our genes as responsible for making us whatever weight we are, fat or thin. One of the world’s leading obesity researchers, geneticist Professor Stephen O’Rahilly, goes so far as to say we are on the threshold of a complete change in the way we view not ony morbid obesity, but aslo everyday overweight. khi nói rằng chúng ta đang ở ngưỡng của một sự thay đổi hoàn toàn trong cách chúng ta nhìn nhận không phải bệnh béo phì nặng, mà là tình trạng thừa cân hàng ngày. Prof.O’Rahilly’s groundbreaking work in Cambridge has proven that obesity can be caused by our genes. “These people are not weak-will, slothful or lazy,” says Pro.O’Rahilly, “They have a medical condition due to genetic defect and that causes them to be obese.” Eix. Lifestyle change required despite new findings In Australia, the University of Sydney’s Professor Ian Caterson says while major genetic defects may be rare, many people probably have minor genetic variations that combine to dictate weight and are responsible for things such as how much we eat, the amount of exercise we do and the amount of energy we need. When you add up all these little variations, the result is that some people are genetically predisposed to putting on weight. He says while the fast/slow metabolism debate may have been settled, that doesn’t mean some other subtle changes in the metabolism gene won’t be found in overweight people. He is confident that science will, eventually, be able to “cure” some forms of obesity but the only effective way for the vast majority of overweight and obese people to lose weight is a change of diet and an increase in exercise. Ông tin tưởng rằng cuối cùng khoa học sẽ có thể “chữa khỏi” một số dạng béo phì nhưng cách hiệu quả duy nhất để đại đa số người thừa cân và béo phì giảm cân là thay đổi chế độ ăn và tăng cường vận động.

=> Cần thay đổi lối sống bất chấp những phát hiện mới F. ii. Hidden dangers Despite the $500 million a year Australians spend trying to lose weight and the $830 million it costs the community in health care, obesity is at epidemic proportions here, as it is in all Western nations. Until recently, research and treatment for obesity had concentrated on behaviour modification, drugs to decrease appetite and surgery. How the drugs worked was often not understood and many caused severe side effects and even death in some patients. Surgery for obesity has also claimed many lives. Cách thức hoạt động của thuốc thường không được hiểu rõ và nhiều loại thuốc gây ra tác dụng phụ nghiêm trọng và thậm chí tử vong ở một số bệnh nhân. Phẫu thuật chữa bệnh béo phì cũng đã cướp đi sinh mạng của nhiều người.  Nguy hiểm tiềm tàng Part 7 47. C HRJ is the first company to use the type of material branded’ecological’ (Middle of the paragraph). 48. B Last sentence about husband calling her a shopper (or the one who buys) rather than a seller. 49. A Middle of the paragraph: “All her pieces are made …” 50. B The O symbol is the main idea of the collection. 51. D Last sentence, about the jewellery pieces being a classic “in their own right”. 52. C Beginning of the paragraph: “The ethos behind Geo …”. 53. D Middle of the paragraph: “Keivom draws her influences from a peripatetic childhood …”. 54. A Third sentence: “Everyone has a relationship with an animal in my collection.” 55. B She designed a font for the Alphabet project. (Middle of the paragraph) 56. A Beginning of the text “My friend’s grandmother had an amazing stag brooch …”. This impression moved her to start

Part 8 1,A new house is out of question – we can not afford it. out of the question: không thể 2,the fact that the judge had been involved in some illegal activities did not come to the light until several years after his death. come to the light;đưa ra ánh sáng,sáng tỏ vấn đề

3,Spare a/ some thought for those who are at work on this lovely, sunny day! Spare a/ some thought for: suy nghĩ về cái gì 4,The punishment was out of (all) proportion to the crime. out of (all) proportion: không tương xứng 5,He comes over as (being) an honest person. Come over : seem to be a particular type of person 6,The manager told his staff that there was room for (some) improvement room for (some) improvement: a possibility or hope that someone or something will improve 7,They will put the cat among the pigeons. put the cat among the pigeons: làm vấn đề trở nên rắc rối hơn 8,Some people say that there’s a thin line between love and hate. Thin line: ranh giới mơ hồ 9,She can buy anything she wants – she is rolling in money. rolling in money: rất giàu ,có nhiều tiền 10,There is a (reasonable) chance that there will be a rise in temperature in the next century. You must resgin yourself to the fact that she has left you resgin yourself to the fact that: chấp nhận,cam chịu thực tế rằng

Test 16 Phần 1:

PET PROTECT UK PET DETAILS Type of pet: dog

Part 1. Complete the form below using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A

Pet’s name: (1) …………………

NUMBER for each answer. Write your answers in the space provided. (10pt)

Pet’s D.O.B: May 19, 2013 For Dogs Only:

Is the dog a guide dog? ……..No……. Has the dog been neutered? (2) …………….. Type of dog: (3) ………………. CUSTOMER DETAILS Name: Peter (4) ……………. Address: (5) ………………………, NW8 3HD

Your answers:

Part 2.You will hear three people discussing a film they have just seen at the cinema (Wendy, Mrs. Turner and Adrian). Listen carefully and choose the best answer A, B or C for each question. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided. (10 points) 1. What did Wendy’s mum think of the film? A. It was not her favourite film. B. She loved the film. C. She absolutely hated it. 2. Adrian mentions doing a course in order to show that ________. A. he wants to change the subject B. Mrs. Turner is wrong about the dinosaurs C. he knows what he is talking about 3. Adrian feels that watching a film at home ______. A. is always better than going to the cinema B. is not something he wants to do again C. has advantages and disadvantages 4. When Adrian suggests that Wendy was frightened, she _______. A. admits that she felt scared B. denies that she felt scared C. complains about the length of the film 5. What do Wendy and her mum disagree about? A. whether or not the film was frightening

B. whether or not Wendy covered her eyes C. whether or not the film is P.G. rated Your answers:

Part 3. You will hear an interview with a woman called Jane talking about her exciting story of survival at sea, against all the odds, and

decide whether the

following sentences are true (T) or false (F). Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided. (10 points) 1. Jane was sailing from Panama and had completed about a thousand miles. 2. Jane's boat hit a surface obstruction. 3. Jane could have used the GPS to call for help. 4. Jane wasn't concerned about her food rations. 5. Jane didn't panic because she didn't consider herself in danger. Your answers:

Part 4. You will hear an interview with a woman called Sophie Doyle, who organizes adventure holidays in Australia for teenagers. Listen carefully and complete the following sentences with NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided. (20 points) AUSTRALIAN ADVENTURE HOLIDAYS The

Australian

Adventure

Holiday

usually

the

month

…………………………. In each group, there are (2) ……………………… teenagers plus four leaders. The price covers everything except (3) …………………………. When they visit the islands, they will sleep in a (4) …………………… They will first meet the other young people at the (5) …………………….. They will visit the largest (6) ……………………. island in the world. They will sleep next to a (7) ………………….. when they are in the outback.

(1)

At the Great Barrier Reef, (8) …………………….. will be available for those who need them. From the boat on the river, you will see (9) …………………. on the banks. Teenagers normally stay in touch with people at home by (10) …………………… Your answers

10.

Phần 2 Part 1:A. PHRASAL VERBS AND PREPOSITIONS (5PTS) Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 21. He’s a tough politician – he knows how to ______ the storm. A. ride out B. run down C. keep up D. push back 22. I was __________ by the beautiful music. A. carried up B. carried out C. carried away D. carried on 23. That sneaky real estate agent cons me ______ selling her my house for a lot less than it was worth. A. out B. on C. at D. into 24. The ringleader was extremely lucky to get ____________ a suspended sentence. A. off with B. away C. throught to D. through 25. I got impatient waiting for my turn to _________. A. go out B. set out C. come out D. work out 26. Over the centuries the feet of many visistors have ________ the steps to the castle. A. worn out B. worn down C. worn through D. worn in 27. We’re going to ________ Mark since he moved into a new house. A. call on B. call at C. call into D. call for 28. Fireworks __________ the attraction of the festival night. A. appeared to B. increased to C. added up to D. added to 29. Susan’s face ________ when she heard the good news. A. lit up B. lightened up C. is bright D. brightened 30. Your plan doesn’t allow ________changes in the weather . A. with B. on C. for D. into B. COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS (5PTS) Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 31. If she gets a ________ of anger, don’t panic, that’s her uasual self. A. fit B. breath C. period D. look 32. Scientists think that resource shortages will cause an escalation of conflicts during this century,and will widen the ___________ between the rich and the poor. A. blank B. gulf C. difference D. hole

33. The government should take measures to prevent nuclear waste from being _______ at sea. A. dropped B. discharged C. dumped D. disposed 34. The actor was so nervous that he could only remember small ________ of dialogue. A. shreds B. pieces C. patches D. snatches 35. I was kept awake for most of the night by the ________ of a mosquito in my ear. A. whine B. moan C. groan D. screech 36. They are a real ________ organisation; they are only interested in making a profit. A. devil-may-care B. fly-by-night C. open-handed D. down-toearth fly-by-night: a person or business that is dishonest and only interested in making money quickly 37. I’am afraid you’ve caught me on the _____. I wasn’t expecting you until this afternoon. A. stove B. Grapevine C. spot D. hop 38. Every delicacy Miss Cook produces is done __________. A. to a turn B. at will C. there and then D. sooner or later 39. Richard started the race well but ran out of __________ in the later stages. A. power B. force C. effort D. steam 40. He might look kind and sympathetic, but deep down he’s as hard as ____ A. nails B. a mountain C. a gangster D. an iceberg Part 2: Identify and correct 10 erros in the passage. Write your answer in the numbered boxes (10 points) Line

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18.

Gambling was legalised in Nevada in 1931 to increase venue for the state. Today the casinos are very all-important for the financial growth of Las Vegas. Bugsy Siegel, the gangster and casino owner, is the developer we remember most. A Capone syndicate boss, Siegel came to Las Vegas in the late 1930s and saw a potential gold mine in the book operations that casinos used to get bets on horse races in Florida, New York, and California, Offering his syndicate’s race-reporting Continental Wire Service to the bookbinders at a lower price than any of the existing services, Siegel cornered the market. Then, in 1942, the competition was eliminated, Siegel abruptly raised the prices and demanded a profit share from each book. Without another souce for race results, and frightened by Siegel’s connections to Capone, in which the casinos capitulated.

With the profits, Siegel started his own casino. The ambitious Flamigo Hotel was finished in 1946. Situated on a strip of land along the Los Angeles Highway and designed to be an elegant resort rather than a faux Western gambling hall, the Flamingo forever moved the concentration of Las Vegas away from downtown. This helped the town assure of the succes of gambling as its major industry. Freeing from the confinement of their Western heritage, European-style casinos and resorts flourished in the years after 1946. Siegel was shot in a gangland execution in 1947, but his legacy lives on in the gaudy formalism of casinos like Ceasar’s Palace and The Sands.

Your answers

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Line

Mistake

Correction

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Line

Mistake

Correction

Part 3: Read the following passage and decide which answer (A, B, C, or D) best fits each gap. (10 pts) Is Prince William an embryonic bard? A research team in Germany claim they have found evedence that he is descended from Shakespeare and may thus have inherited literary genius. Frustrated by a lack of first-hand evidence, researchers trying to (1)___________ together details of the Bard’s life have long turned to his sonests as the only words of his that might be autobiographical. For centuries, academics have been trying to solve the (2)_________ riddle of the “Dark Lady”, the mystery person to whom Shakepeare addressed his sonnets. Those involved in the most recent detective (3)__________ have come up with some evidence that the Bard’s bloodline is linked to the youngest generation of the royal family.

This bold claim is (4)_______ by clues hidden in paintings of the previously unidentified noblewoman, to be named by a German academic team as Shakespeare’s dark-haired lover. They were assisted by forensic experts from the German police. But who was the Dark Lady? So many (5)________________ theories have been advanced that some scholars have abandoned the search. In fact, the answer may be (6)________ us in the face. According to one emenent academic, a portrait of the mysterywoman is on show in Hampton Court Palace in London, (7)______________ it is known as The Persian Lady . She argues that the pregnant woman depicted there is Elizabeth Vernon, a lady-in-waiting to Queen Elizabeth, who, after an illicit affair with Shakepeare, went on to marry his patron. (8)____________ this woman, Elizabeth, third countess of Southamton, bore Shakespeare a daughter, Penelope, who grew up to tie the (9)_______ with William, second Baron Spencer, and their descendant was the father of Diana, Princess of Wales and grandfather of Prince William. So far, Prince William’s talents have shown themselves in the sport field. But, who knows? His uncle, Earl Spencer, did after all receive world-wide acclaim for his (10) at the funeral of his sister. 1. A. part

B. mold

C. piece

D. weld

2. A. enticing

B. appalling

C. tantalizing D. petrifying

3. A. series

B. hunt

C. wave

4. A. held up

B. rallied round

C. backed up D. stuck up for

5. A. rival

B. no-nonsense

C. holistic

D. orthodox

6. A. staring

B. looking

C.glaring

D. ogling

7. A. lest

B. where

C. for

D. thread

D. while

8. A. Supposedly

B. Strangely

C. Knowingly D. Seemingly

9. A. loop

B. bond

C. hitch

10. A. monologueB. elocution Your answers:

C. oratory

D. knot D. address

Part 4. Read the text below and think of one word which best fits each space. Use only ONE WORD for each space. Write your answer in the space provided.(10 pts) From Royalist to Republican Erskine Childers was not what you would call your (1) _______ Irish freedom fighter, A Briton by birth, and a proud (2) _______ at that – for most of the early years of his life, Childers was a decorated soldier of the British Admiralty (3) _______ had demonstrated unwavering commitment and loyalty to both king and country. And yet, somewhere along the way, disillusionment (4) _______ in. While it is difficult to pinpoint the precise moment when doubt started to creep into Childers' mind (5) _______ to whether his loyalty was misguided, what was essentially a complete philosophy shift - a total realignment of ideals - did occur. Childers went from (6) _______ a royalist to a staunch nationalist, obsessed with the cause of Irish freedom. He befriended the (7) _______ of Eamon DeVelera and Michael Collins, key figures in the Irish Republican camp, and even went so far as to ship illegal armaments to the leaders of the ill-fated Easter Rising of 1916, which was easily put (8) _______ by the British army. Later, he would fight on the side of the Irish rebels in the War of Independence, (9) _______ an uneasy truce was agreed between Britain and Ireland. Eventually, a treaty was signed partitioning the country. For Childers, by now totally devoted to the cause of Irish freedom and the notion of a united Ireland, partition was (10) _______ bitter a pill to swallow. Your answers:

10.

Part 5Read the passage and choose the best answer.

It stands to reason that galaxies, large star systems that contain millions or even billions of stars, should collide with one another fairly often, given that the average separation between galaxies is only approximately 20 times the diameter of the average galaxy. In contrast, stars almost never collide because the average distance between stars is astronomical, perhaps 10,000,000 times their diameter. Using a telescope, it is possible to find hundreds of galaxies that appear to be colliding. However, when two galaxies appear to come into contact, there is in reality no direct contact between the stars of one galaxy and the stars of the other. Instead, the two galaxies pass through each other, and the gravitational forces in the two galaxies alter the shapes of the galaxies, often producing tails and bridges. One well-known pair of colliding galaxies, for example, is called the Mice because each of the two interacting galaxies resembles a mouse with a long tail, and the Whirlpool galaxy appears to be connected to a smaller galaxy by means of a bridge extending from one of its long spirals. It is impossible for astronomers to monitor the changing shapes of colliding galaxies because the interactions between galaxies last hundreds of millions of years, but it is possible to study galaxies in various stages of collision and draw conclusions about what happens when galaxies collide. In certain situations, when two galaxies collide, they do not always pass through each other and emerge as two separate galaxies. In one situation, if two galaxies are moving slowly enough, they may collide and then may not have enough velocity to escape each other's gravitational pull after the collision. In this case, the two galaxies will collide, and then move past each other, and then be pulled back to collide again, and continue this way until they eventually merge into a single galaxy. In another situation, if a much larger galaxy comes into contact with a smaller galaxy, the larger galaxy may absorb the smaller one in a process called galactic cannibalism. In this process, a larger galaxy first pulls away the outer stars of the smaller galaxy and then begins to pull at the denser core. While the process of galactic cannibalism is taking place and the two galaxies are merging into one, the cores of both the larger galaxy and the smaller galaxy can be clearly visible. Some giant elliptical galaxies, with what appear to be multiple nuclei, have been found in the skies, and astronomers once thought that these giant galaxies were giant galactic cannibals that had consumed many smaller galaxies recently enough that the cores of the cannibalized galaxies were still intact. One such galaxy, with what appeared to be eight separate nuclei, was found and was used to put forth the hypothesis that galaxies could be voracious monsters capable of swallowing up uncountable other galaxies simultaneously. However, further studies have shown that the numerous nuclei that seemed to be part of a single large galaxy were in reality the nuclei of smaller galaxies that were in front of or behind the larger galaxy. Thus, astronomers are now confident that galactic cannibalism exists among a limited number of interacting galaxies; however, astronomers are not convinced of the existence of cannibalistic galactic monsters that swallow up large numbers of smaller galaxies simultaneously. Signs of galactic cannibalism exist even in our own galaxy, the Milky Way. Astronomers have found younger stars south of the galaxy's disk, where only older stars should be found, suggesting that the younger stars formed when our galaxy cannibalized a smaller galaxy. Furthermore, it can be clearly seen now that our galaxy is beginning to digest the Magellanic Clouds, which are small irregular galaxies that are companions to the Milky Way and are visible in the southern skies over Earth.

1. Which of the following is NOT true according to paragraph 1? A. Galaxies may contain billions of stars. B. On the average, the distance between galaxies is around 20 times the diameter of a galaxy. C. It is unusual for stars to collide. D. The average distance between stars is 70 times their diameter 2. The author mentions tails and bridges in paragraph 2 in order to A. provide a visual image of the parts of galaxies that have been affected by gravitational forces B. provide examples of the types of galaxies that tend to collide C. describe the recognizable characteristics of the colliding galaxies called the Mice D. create a visual roadmap of the routes that galaxies take through the skies 3. The word last in paragraph 2 could best be replaced by A. end in B. endure for C. finish with D. lose out to 4. The word merge in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to A. divide B. swallow C. join D. appear 5. What occurs during galactic cannibalism, according to paragraph 3? A. A larger galaxy is absorbed by a smaller one. B. The first step involves pulling at the core of the smaller galaxy. C. The outer stars of the smaller galaxy are absorbed by its core. D. The core of the smaller galaxy generally manages to remain visible 6. Which of the sentences below expresses the essential information in the highlighted sentence in paragraph 4? A. Astronomers have recently found some giant galaxies that have cannibalized a number of galaxies. B. Astronomers used to think that certain giant galaxies that appeared to have a number of nuclei were galactic cannibals C. When astronomers find galaxies with multiple nuclei, they know that they have found galactic cannibals. D. Even though a galaxy has multiple nuclei, it is not certain whether or not the galaxy is a galactic cannibal. 7. The phrase put forth in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to A. encounter B. understand C. deny D. promote 8. Why does the author mention voracious monsters in paragraph 4? A. To emphasize how violently the galaxies strike each other B. To emphasize how much energy the giant galaxies consume C. To emphasize how many smaller galaxies the giant galaxies seem to consume D. To emphasize how really big the giant galaxies are 9. It is stated in paragraph 4 that scientists today are quite certain that A. galactic cannibalism does not really exist B. there is a limited amount of galactic cannibalism C. galactic cannibalism is commonplace D. galactic cannibals are capable of taking over numerous small galaxies at the same time 10. Based on the information in paragraph 5, what will be most likely to happen to the Magellanic Clouds in the distant future? A. They will become galactic cannibals. B. They will develop separate nuclei.

C. They will become regular galaxies. D. They will become part of the Milky Way Part 6: Read the following passage and do the tasks that follow. A. The space around us affects us profoundly – emotionally, behaviorally, cognitively. In Britain, that space is changing at a pace not seen for a generation. Surely psychology has something to say about all this change. But is anyone listening? “There is a huge amount of psychology research that is relevant but at the moment we are talking to ourselves” says Chris Spencer, professor of environmental psychology at the University of Sheffield. Spencer recalls a recent talk he gave in which he called on fellow researchers to make greater effort to communicate their findings to architects and planners. “I was amazed at the response of many of the senior researchers who would say: I’m doing my research for pure science. The industry can take it or leave it”. But there are models on how to apply environmental psychology to real problems if you know where to look. Professor Frances Kuo is an example. B. Kuo’s website provides pictures and plain English summaries of research conducted by her Human Environment Research Laboratory. Among these is a study using police records that found inner-city Chicago apartment buildings surrounded by more vegetation suffered 52 percent fewer crimes than apartment blocks with little or no greenery. Frances and her co-researcher William Sullivan believe that greenery reduces crimes so long as visibility is preserved because it reduces aggression, bring local residents together outdoors and the conspicuous presence of people deters criminals. C. “Environmental psychologists are increasingly in demand” says David Uzzel, professor of environmental psychology. “We are asked to contribute to the planning, design, and management of many different environments ranging from neighborhoods, offices, schools, health, transport, traffic and leisure environments for the purpose of improving quality of life and creating better people-environment fit”. Uzzel points to the rebuilding of one south London school as a striking example of how building design can affect human behavior positively. Before its redesign, it was ranked as the worst school in the area – now it is recognized as one of the country‘s twenty most improved schools. D. Uzzell has been involved in a pioneering project between MSc students in England and Scotland. Architecture students in Scotland acted as designers while environmental psychology students in England acted as consultants, as together they worked on a community project in a run-down area of Glasgow. “The psychology students encouraged the architecture students to think about who their client group was to consider issues crowding and social cohesion and they introduced them to psychological methodologies, for example observation and interviewing residents about their needs”. The collaborative project currently stands as a one-off experiment. “Hopefully, these trainee architects will now go away with some understanding of the psychological issues involved in design and will take into account people’s needs” says Uzzel. E.

Hilary Barker, a recent graduate in psychology, now works for a design consultancy. She is part of a four-person research team that contributes to the

overall work of the company in helping clients use their office space more productively. Her team all has backgrounds in psychology or social science but the rest of the firm consists mainly of architects and interior designers. “What I do is pretty rare to be honest,” Barker says “I feel very privileged to be able to use my degree in such a way.” Barker explains that the team carries out observational studies on behalf of companies to identify exactly how occupants are using their building. The companies are often surprised by the findings, for example that staff use meeting room for quiet, individual work. F. One area where the findings from environment-behavior research have certainly influenced building is in hospital design. “The government has a checklist of criteria that must be met in the design of new hospital and these are derived largely from the work of behavioral scientist Professor Roger Ulrich” Chris Spencer says. Ulrich’s work has shown, for example, how a view from patient’s window can affect their recovery. Even a hospital’s layout can impact on people’s health according to Dr John Zeisel. “If people get lost in hospitals, they get stressed, which lowers their immune system and means their medication works less well. You might think that way-finding round the hospital is the responsibility of the person who puts all the signs up but the truth is that the basic layout of s building is what helps people find their way around,” he says. G. Zeisel also points to the need for a better balance between private and shared rooms in hospitals. “Falls are reduced and fewer medication errors occur in private rooms,” he says. There is also research showing how important it is that patients have access to the outdoors and that gardens in hospitals are a major contributor to well-being. However, more generally, Zeisel shares Chris Spencer’s concerns that the lessons from environmental research are not getting through. “There is certainly a gap between what we in social science know and the world of designers and architects,” says Zeisel. He believes that most industries, from sports to film making, have now recognized the importance of an evidence-base approach and that the building trade needs to formulate itself more in that vein and to recognize that there is relevant research out there. “It would be outrageous, silly to go ahead with huge building projects without learning the lessons from the new town established between 30 and 40 years ago,” he warns. Choose one correct heading for each paragraph

I. A comparison between similar buildings II. The negative reaction of local residents III. An unusual job for a psychologist IV. A type of building benefiting from prescribed guidelines V. The need for government action VI. A failure to use available information in practical ways VII. Academics with an unhelpful attitude VIII. A refusal by architects to accept criticism IX. A unique co-operative scheme X. The expanding scope of environmental psychology 0. Paragraph A: _VII__ 1. Paragraph B: ______

2. Paragraph C: ______ 3. Paragraph D: ______ 4. Paragraph E: ______ 5. Paragraph F: ______ 6. Paragraph G: ______ Which TWO of the following benefits are said to arise from the use of environmental psychology when planning buildings? A. better relationships between staff B. improved educational performance C. reduction of environmental pollution D. fewer mistakes made by medical staff E. easier detection of crime Which TWO of the following research methods are mentioned in the passage? A. the use of existing data relating to a geographical area B. measuring the space given to a variety of activities C. watching what people do in different parts of a building D. analyzing decisions made during a planning of a building E. observing patients’ reactions to each other Part 7 You are going to read about a certain genre of movies. For questions 47-56, choose from the sections of the article (A-D). The sections may be chosen more than once. In which section does the writer… 47 praise the quality of some more serious films? 48 point out the value of feel-good films in difficult economic times? 49 mention a film character who learns from his experiences? 50 explain how a director uses a film as a vehicle for his own opinion? 51 comment on the artistic merit of the cinema? 52 talk about the importance of escapism in films? 53 mention a special technique used to create a feel good reaction? 54 insist that lighter films can also be clever? 55 talk about films that make us reflect on life? 56 refer to films where ordinary people triumph over authority? Films that make you feel good

A Feel-good films stretch back right into the early days of cinema. The Brits were pioneers of the form. Producer Cecil Hepworth’s Rescued By Rover (1905), a winsome yarn about a dog retrieving a kidnapped baby, was an early example of feel-good filmmaking. What distinguished it was the tempo. The film-makers used cross-cutting to crank up the tension, which is only finally released when the baby is found. The film “marks a key stage in the medium’s development from an amusing novelty to the ‘seventh art,’ able to hold its own alongside literature, theatre, painting, music and other more traditional forms,” claims the British Film Institute’s Screen online website. Film historians today continue to study Hepworth’s storytelling abilities but that wasn’t what interested the 1905 audiences who flocked to see it. They went because it was a feel-good film. В There has long been a tendency to sneer at feel-good films. Serious, self-conscious auteurs are often too busy trying to express their innermost feelings about art and politics to worry about keeping audiences happy. However, as Preston Sturges famously showed in his comedy Sullivan’s Travels(1941), if you’re stuck on a prison chain gang, you don’t necessarily want to watch Battleship Potemkin. Sullivan’s Travels is about John L Sullivan, a glib and successful young Hollywood director of comedies, who yearns to be taken seriously. Sullivan dresses up as a hobo and sets off across America to learn more about the plight of the common man. He ends up sentenced to six years in prison. One of the prisoners’ few escapes from drudgery is watching cartoons. As he sits among his fellow cons and sees their faces convulsed with laughter at a piece of what he regards as throwaway Disney animation, he rapidly revises his own priorities. “After I saw a couple of pictures put out by my fellow comedy directors, which seemed to have abandoned the fun in favour of the message, I wrote Sullivan’s Travels to satisfy an urge to tell them to leave the preaching to the preachers,” Sturges recalled. C A few years ago there were a lot of ‘deep-dish’ movies. We had films about guilt, (Atonement) about the all-American dream coming apart at the seams (Revolutionary Road) and even a very long account of a very long life backwards(the deeply morbid The Curious Case Of Benjamin Button). Deep-dish, feel-bad films have plenty to recommend them. If you’re not teenager and you don’t just want to see the next summer tent-pole blockbuster, you’ll welcome movies that pay attention to characterisation and dialogue and don’t just rely on CGI or the posturing of comic book heroes. However, as film-makers from Preston Sturges to Danny Boyle have discovered, there is no reason that a feel-good movie needs to be dumb. You can touch on social deprivation and political injustice: the trick is to do so lithely and, if possible, with a little leavening humour. D Historically, the best feel-good movies have often been made at the darkest times. The war years and their immediate aftermath saw the British turning out some invigorating, entertaining fare alongside all the propaganda. The Age of Austerity was also the age

of the classic Ealing comedies, perfect examples of feel-good film-making. In the best of these films like Passport To Pimlico or Whisky Galore, a community of eccentric and mildly anarchic characters would invariably come together to thwart the big, bad, interfering bureaucrats. Stories about hiding away a hoard of whisky or setting up a nation state in central London were lapped up by the audiences. To really work, feelgood movies must have energy and spontaneity – a reckless quality that no amount of script tinkering from studio development executives can guarantee. The best take you by surprise. What makes the perfect feel-good movie? That remains as hard to quantify as ever – you only know one when you see one Part 8 1.Al Pacino gave the best performance of all as the bride’s father. -Al Pacino stole …………………………………………….. 2.When it comes to money, I saw what he was really like.COLORS He showed ……………………………………….. 3.Could you explain everything about the job to the new secretary tomorrow? rope Do you ……………………………………… 4.I don’t wish to appear more important than you, but I have this to say.UPSTAGE -I don’t …………………………………………………………………. 5.The shops are near our house. STONE The shops …………………………………………………………. 6,Experience has taught me not to trust people too much. I have learned …………………………………… 7,You won’t tell anyone about it, will you? HAT You will …………………………………… 8,Dad got really angry when I told him about the fight.end Dad …………………………………… 9,He was shabbily dressed and a little drunk as well.Heel Not only …………………………………… 10,Whatever you do, don’t annoy the boss when we ask for a rise. Under no circumstances should you get ……………………………………

KEY: Phần 1: Part 1. Complete the form below using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. Write your answers in the space provided. (10pt) 1. Fenton

2.Yes

3.Mixed

4.Pischinger

5.27 Cherry Drive

breed Part 2.You will hear three people discussing a film they have just seen at the cinema (Wendy, Mrs. Turner and Adrian). Listen carefully and choose the best answer A, B or C for each question. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided. (10 points) 1. A

2. C

3. C

4. B

5. A

Part 3. You will hear an interview with a woman called Jane talking about her exciting story of survival at sea, against all the odds, and decide whether the following sentences are true (T) or false (F). Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided. (10 points) 1. F

2. T

3. F

4. T

5. F

2. 18

3. (the) air

4. boat

5. beach

fares/ airfares 6. sand

7. campfire/

8. diving

9. (huge)

10. email(s)/ e-

(camp) fire

lessons

crocodiles

mail(s)

TRANSCRIPT PART 1:

EMPLOYEE: Pet Protect UK, how can I help? CUSTOMER: Oh, hello, there. I'm calling to inquire about your pet insurance plans. EMPLOYEE: Of course, just give me a second, please. CUSTOMER: Sure. EMPLOYEE: So, have you checked our website already to see the options we offer? CUSTOMER: I've had a quick glance, and I think I'm interested in the Basic Plan. EMPLOYEE: Great. I just need to ask a few questions first, then. Is your pet a dog, a cat or a rabbit? CUSTOMER: It's a dog. EMPLOYEE: And is it a puppy, or. .. ? CUSTOMER: No, he's three years old. EMPLOYEE: Right. May I ask, has your dog been insured before? CUSTOMER: I just adopted him from the rescue centre last week and I think he'd been there a while, so I doubt it. EMPLOYEE: OK. So you've had him for a week, then. CUSTOMER: That's correct. EMPLOYEE: Great. I apologise for asking this, but your dog ... What's his name, by the way? CUSTOMER: Fenton. EMPLOYEE: Fenton. Is that spelled with an F? CUSTOMER: Yeah, F-E-N-T-O-N. EMPLOYEE: Great, thank you for that. So, according to the rescue centre, has Fenton ever attacked, bitten or been aggressive towards a person or another animal? CUSTOMER: No, not at all. EMPLOYEE: Excellent. And is he a guide dog, or ... ? CUSTOMER: No, just a house pet. EMPLOYEE: Great. And you said he's three years old. Do you know the exact date of birth?

CUSTOMER: Oh, yes, it's on the adoption certificate. Just give me a sec. Um, it's May 19th, 2013. EMPLOYEE: And do you know, has Fenton been neutered? CUSTOMER: Yes, he's been castrated. EMPLOYEE: Excellent. And final question, what type of dog is Fenton? Is he a pedigree, a crossbreed or a mixed breed? CUSTOMER: A crossbreed, I think. EMPLOYEE: Right. Cross ... breed ... CUSTOMER: Wait, sorry. What's the difference between the three? EMPLOYEE: A pedigree is a dog whose parents are of the same breed. A crossbreed is from two different breeds, while a mixed breed is three or more. CUSTOMER: Then he's a mixed breed. Sorry about that. EMPLOYEE: Right, no worries. So, could I take your full name, please? CUSTOMER: My name is Peter Pischinger. That's P-I-S-C-H-I-N-G-E-R. EMPLOYEE: Right, thank you for that. And your address? CUSTOMER: That's 27 Cherry Drive, NW8 3HD. EMPLOYEE: 3 ... H ... D ... And finally a telephone number, please? CUSTOMER: 020 3634 7957. …. (Source: IELTS PREMIER with 8 practice tests – Third edition) PART 2: W = Wendy M = Mrs. Turner A = Adrian W: What a load of old rubbish. You hated it too, didn't you, Mum? M: Well, I have seen better films. I mean it wasn't as good as 'Aliens' or that 'Werewolf' film, you know the one. A: Oh, come on, some bits were brilliant. What about the scene where the accountant is ...

W: Well, you always like these mindless special-effects movies; I mean, where was the acting? M: The dinosaurs were good. The last film I saw with dinosaurs - you could see they were made of rubber but these ones looked real. It's amazing. A: It's all done with computer graphics. I will say they looked much better on the big screen than they did on my mate's pirate video - but at least I could smoke at my mate's house. W: Well, if everyone was smoking in the cinema you wouldn't be able to see the picture, would you? Anyway, that's one movie I won't be bothering to take out on video. A: You just didn't like it because you were frightened. W: No, I wasn't! What are you talking about? A: I saw you covering your eyes! W: I wasn't covering my eyes, I was laughing. M: Well, I couldn't look sometimes. I mean, it was only a P.G. film but some of the scenes were ... well ... pretty ... W: You mean hilarious. Well, at least it wasn't too long. Look, it's only quarter past ten. M: Ooh, yes. Ten minutes till last orders. Why don't we go for a quick one at the King's Head? W: Adrian can't. Don't you remember? He's driving. M: Don't worry. I'll have a fruit juice and I can drive us home. A: That's very kind of you, Mrs. Turner, but I'm afraid you're not insured to drive my car and if the police stopped us we'd both be in trouble. (Source: Successful FCE 10 practice test – 2015) PART 3: Edward:Have you ever been out on a boat in the middle of a calm lake? Felt the soft breeze in your hair and felt it gently rock your boat. It's difficult to think of anything more relaxing, isn't it? But for my guest tonight on Special People, Jane Walters, being becalmed on any stretch of water in a boat would bring rushing back memories of a

terrifying experience she encountered last year in the Pacific Ocean. Jane, am I right in thinking my lake image did not comfort you at all? Jane:Hi, Edward. No, it pains me still to think of myself out on the water in any type of situation similar to that which you described. Edward:Could you tell our listeners what happened to you? Jane:Well, basically, I had crossed the Pacific, west to east and was bound for Panama. A thousand miles west of Panama, my yacht "The Belle Trieste", hit what I can only assume was either a whale or a log floating in the water. It was four o'clock in the morning and I couldn't see a thing. Edward:So the yacht was holed? Jane:Oh yes, I started taking on water immediately. You just can't believe the utter panic that grips you in a situation like that. I realized I had about two to three minutes to get off the boat, onto my life raft with as much useful equipment as I could possibly manage. But I made a big mistake. Edward:Oh? Jane:I threw into the lifeboat a few extra supplies on top of what was always stored there. You know, the lifeboat is there already stocked up...as a timesaver. I threw in a few extra things but I forgot the most important thing which was my G.P.S. device. Edward:Now, could you explain what G.P.S. is for our listeners, Jane? Jane:Yeah, sure...now G.P.S. stands for global positioning system. It uses a network of satellites in orbit around the Earth to pinpoint the exact position of everybody who has a G.P.S. set. Down to a couple of meters, it can know where you are. So it's obviously a really useful tool for people such as sailors, trekkers and the like. If you have it with you!

Edward:I would have thought there would have been a device with G.P.S. in the life raft. Jane:Ah, yes there was! But I had taken it out two days previously to check something and I had really stupidly forgotten to put it back. It was negligence of the highest order and it almost cost me my life. "The Belle Trieste" sank and took two fully operational G.P.S. devices with her to the bottom of the ocean. And I was left with an 8ft life raft and enough supplies for about a week...which I thought would suffice. Edward:I can't imagine how terrifying an experience it would be out there, you know, in the middle of nowhere on a small boat. Didn't you feel absolutely powerless, Jane? Jane:Err, not so much actually. Us sailors are well used to the rigors of being in the middle of nowhere as you put it. I was certainly concerned about the G.P.S. device...I thought things were going to be a lot trickier without that, but I can't say I lost my cool, lost control of the situation. I was pretty calm considering the great danger that I had just been thrust into. (SOURCE: http://www.esl-lounge.com/student/listening/4L4-survival-transcript.php) PART 4: Interviewer: I; Sophie: S I: Today I have with me in the studio Sophie Doyle from the travel organization Adventure Holidays International, and she’ going to be telling us about some exciting ideas for teenagers for the summer. Sophie, what kind of holidays do you organize? S: They’re three-week trips to a variety of destinations in the country chosen, normally from late June to mid-July in the USA and the first three weeks of August in the case of Australia. Trips in New Zealand are available from early September, when the weather is a little warmer, bearing in mind that our summer is their winter. The Australian holidays are currently the most popular though, probably because they’re mainly in the north of the country where it never gets cold. I: And who goes on the Australian ones? Who looks after the people on them? S: There are always four experienced leaders with every group, which consists of 18 young people aged 15 or 16 at the time of the trip. This means there’s one leader for every 4 or 5 teenagers, all of whom are close to each other in age.

I: Is it very expensive? What’s included in the price? S: For next year, it’ll be 4,990 euro. For that you get accommodation, three meals a day, all transport apart from air fares, entry fees and any equipment needed for activities. I: And what kind of accommodation is there? Tents? S: No, it’s not like a summer camp. In fact, there’s a whole range of places, from huts in the rainforests to motels on the desert roads, boats when we’re visiting tropical islands and comfortable apartments in surfing resorts. I: So where do you actually go? S: Well, for the teen it all begins when we meet you at Brisbane Airport Arrivals. We take you to a hostel on the coast and help you settle in. After a good night’s sleep, which you’ll probably need after all that travelling, we’ll introduce you to your travelling companions, and what better place to do that could there be than the beach? You’ll spend all day there, swimming and surfing if you like. Then, in the morning, it’s off to Fraser Island, on the Pacific Coast of Queensland. I: What are the attractions there? S: Well, it has the most wonderful beaches, including one that’s 75 miles – 120 kilometers long. It seems to go on forever. In fact, the island as a whole is in the record books as the biggest one on Earth made entirely of sand. It’s a long way from being a desert island, though. It has beautiful lakes, huge forests and some fascinating wildlife. I: And where do you go next? S: Inland. The next stop is in the outback; it really is a huge area where almost nobody lives. There you have the chance to see remarkable animals including kangaroos of course, swim in a lake and then spend the night Australian-style; by the campfire in a sleeping bag. After several days in the outback, it’s back to the coast, but further north, and out to the islands of the Great Barrier Reef, for over a week. I: That sounds wonderful, but you don’t need to be an experienced diver? S: No, because we’ll arrange diving lessons if you don’t already have a certificate. That’s all included. As are wetsuits and other diving equipment for everyone, of course. I: And after that? S: It’s north again, towards the north-eastern trip Australia and into the tropical rainforest. You start with a cruise along the fast-moving river there, which cuts right through the forest.

I: What do you usually see there? S: Well, there are some very big fish in the water and colorful tropical birds in the trees, as well as some huge crocodiles in the mud on either side. You might also have the odd giant butterfly fluttering around the boat – there are some wonderful species unique to the area. I: Do you spend quite some time in the rainforest? S: Yes, most of the rest of the trip, in fact. I: And in all these remote places, how do you stay in touch with your family and friends? S: Well, you can bring your mobile phone but normally we ask people to keep them switched off. Otherwise, there are constant incoming calls, which interrupt everything. But every few days we make sure we’re somewhere you can email people. Of course, if there’s an emergency, we’ll arrange it so you can speak to your family, but that rarely seems to happen. I: That’s good to hear. Thank you, Sophie. (Source: FCE Trainer)

Part 1: A. KEY: 21. A 22. C 23. D 24. A 25. C 26. B 27. A 28. D 29. A 30. C 21. He’s a tough politician – he knows how to ______ the storm. A. ride out B. run down C. keep up D. push back ride (out) the storm=to manage not to be destroyed, harmed, or permanently affected by the difficult situation you experience 22. I was __________ by the beautiful music. A. carried up B. carried out C. carried away D. carried on be/get carried away=to be so excited about something that you cannot control what you say or do: 23. That sneaky real estate agent cons me ______ selling her my house for a lot less than it was worth. A. out B. on C. at D. into con (someone) into (something)=To trick or deceive someone into doing something. 24. The ringleader was extremely lucky to get ____________ a suspended sentence. A. off with B. away C. throught to D. through get off with sb=to begin a sexual relationship with someone: 25. I got impatient waiting for my turn to _________. A. go out B. set out C. come out D. work out 26. Over the centuries the feet of many visistors have ________ the steps to the castle. A. worn out B. worn down C. worn through D. worn in

wear sb down=to make someone feel tired and less able to deal successfully with a situation 27. We’re going to ________ Mark since he moved into a new house. A. call on B. call at C. call into D. call for call on someone=to ask someone to do something: 28. Fireworks __________ the attraction of the festival night. A. appeared to B. increased to C. added up to D. added to add to something) to make something such as a feeling or a quality greater or more extreme 29. Susan’s face ________ when she heard the good news. A. lit up B. lightened up C. is bright D. brightened light (sth) up=If your face or eyes light up, or if a smile lights up your face, you suddenly look happy: 30. Your plan doesn’t allow ________changes in the weather . A. with B. on C. for D. into allow for sth=to consider something when you are planning something B. 31. A 32. B 33. C 34. D 35. A 36. B 37. D 38. A 39. D 40. A 31. If she gets a ________ of anger, don’t panic, that’s her uasual self. A. fit B. breath C. period D. look A fit of anger = throw a tantrum= rất tức giận 32. Scientists think that resource shortages will cause an escalation of conflicts during this century,and will widen the ___________ between the rich and the poor. A. blank B. gulf C. difference D. hole Widen the gulf = mở rộng khoảng cách giữa 2 điều gì ngyaf càng rộng 33. The government should take measures to prevent nuclear waste from being _______ at sea. A. dropped B. discharged C. dumped D. disposed dumped at sea = hoang mang,không biết gì cả 34. The actor was so nervous that he could only remember small ________ of dialogue. A. shreds B. pieces C. patches D. snatches Snatches of dialogue= 1 đoạn hội thoại 35. I was kept awake for most of the night by the ________ of a mosquito in my ear. A. whine B. moan C. groan D. screech By the whine of a mosquito= tiếng muỗi kêu 36. They are a real ________ organisation; they are only interested in making a profit. A. devil-may-care B. fly-by-night C. open-handed D. down-toearth fly-by-night: a person or business that is dishonest and only interested in making money quickly 37. I’am afraid you’ve caught me on the _____. I wasn’t expecting you until this afternoon. A. stove B. Grapevine C. spot D. hop Catch sb on the hop= làm ai bất ngờ,choáng váng 38. Every delicacy Miss Cook produces is done __________. A. to a turn B. at will C. there and then D. sooner or later be done to a turn=To be done for exactly the right amount of time necessary or desired.

39. Richard started the race well but ran out of __________ in the later stages. A. power B. force C. effort D. steam run out of steam=to suddenly lose the energy or interest to continue doing what you are doing 40. He might look kind and sympathetic, but deep down he’s as hard as ____ A. nails B. a mountain C. a gangster D. an iceberg as hard as nails= (of a person) very tough or callous Part 2

Line Mistake 6. 1 venue

Correction Revenue

Line Mistake 1. 10 in which

7. 2

very allimportant

2. 14

Concentration focus

8. 5

get

3. 14

assure itself

Assure

9. 6

bookbinders

4. 15

Freeing

Freed

10. 8

was eliminated

very important / allimportant make / place / put / take bookmakers / bookies eliminate

5. 15

confinement

Confines

Part 3: (10 pts) 1 pt/correct answer 1.C 2. C 3.D 4.C

5. A

6.A

7.B

8.D

Correction to which

9.D

10. D

Is Prince William an embryonic bard? A research team in Germany claim they have found evedence that he is descended from Shakespeare and may thus have inherited literary genius. Frustrated by a lack of first-hand evidence, researchers trying to (1)___________ together details of the Bard’s life have long turned to his sonests as the only words of his that might be autobiographical. For centuries, academics have been trying to solve the (2)_________ riddle of the “Dark Lady”, the mystery person to whom Shakepeare addressed his sonnets. Those involved in the most recent detective (3)__________ have come up with some evidence that the Bard’s bloodline is linked to the youngest generation of the royal family. This bold claim is (4)_______ by clues hidden in paintings of the previously unidentified noblewoman, to be named by a German academic team as Shakespeare’s dark-haired lover. They were assisted by forensic experts from the German police. But who was the Dark Lady? So many (5)________________ theories have been advanced that some scholars have abandoned the search. In fact, the answer may be (6)________ us in the face. According to one emenent academic, a portrait of the mysterywoman is on show in Hampton Court Palace in London, (7)______________ it is known as The Persian Lady . She argues that the pregnant woman depicted there is Elizabeth Vernon, a lady-in-waiting to Queen Elizabeth, who, after an illicit affair with Shakepeare, went on to marry his patron. (8)____________ this woman, Elizabeth, third countess of Southamton, bore Shakespeare a daughter, Penelope, who grew up to tie the (9)_______ with William, second Baron Spencer, and their descendant was the father of Diana, Princess of Wales and grandfather of Prince William.

So far, Prince William’s talents have shown themselves in the sport field. But, who knows? His uncle, Earl Spencer, did after all receive world-wide acclaim for his (10) at the funeral of his sister. 1. A. part B. mold C. piece D. weld Piece together = put the parts of something into place 2. A. enticing B. appalling C. tantalizing D. petrifying Tantalizing: causing excitement, interest, and desire=> tantalizing riddle 3. A. series B. hunt C. wave D. thread Thread: The thread of a book, discussion, speech, etc. is its story or the way that it develops, one part connecting with another 4. A. held up B. rallied round C. backed up D. stuck up for Back up=(someone or something that provides) support or help, or something that you have arranged in case your main plans, equipment, etc. go wrong//a copy of information held on a computer that is stored separately from the computer 5. A. rival B. no-nonsense C. holistic D. orthodox Rival : competing with other people, companies, products, etc. for the same thing or in the same area 6. A. staring B. looking C.glaring D. ogling star sb in the face=Nhìn thẳng/trực tiếp vào mặt ai mà không chớp mắt; đương đầu hoặc đối mặt với một vấn đề một cách trực tiếp. 7. A. lest B. where C. for D. while 8. A. Supposedly B. Strangely C. Knowingly D. Seemingly Seemingly = appearing to be something, especially when this is not true//according to the facts that you know 9. A. loop B. bond C. hitch D. knot Tie the knot = get married 10. A. monologueB. elocution C. oratory D. address

Part 4: (10 pts) 1 pt/correct answer 1. average

2. one

3. who

4. set

5. as

6. being

7. likes

8. down

9. until

10. Too

Part 5

1. D 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. D 6. B 7. D 8. C 9. B 10. D It stands to reason that galaxies, large star systems that contain millions or even billions of stars, should collide with one another fairly often, given that the average separation between galaxies is only approximately 20 times the diameter of the average

galaxy. In contrast, stars almost never collide because the average distance between stars is astronomical, perhaps 10,000,000 times their diameter. Using a telescope, it is possible to find hundreds of galaxies that appear to be colliding. However, when two galaxies appear to come into contact, there is in reality no direct contact between the stars of one galaxy and the stars of the other. Instead, the two galaxies pass through each other, and the gravitational forces in the two galaxies alter the shapes of the galaxies, often producing tails and bridges. One well-known pair of colliding galaxies, for example, is called the Mice because each of the two interacting galaxies resembles a mouse with a long tail, and the Whirlpool galaxy appears to be connected to a smaller galaxy by means of a bridge extending from one of its long spirals. It is impossible for astronomers to monitor the changing shapes of colliding galaxies because the interactions between galaxies last hundreds of millions of years, but it is possible to study galaxies in various stages of collision and draw conclusions about what happens when galaxies collide. In certain situations, when two galaxies collide, they do not always pass through each other and emerge as two separate galaxies. In one situation, if two galaxies are moving slowly enough, they may collide and then may not have enough velocity to escape each other's gravitational pull after the collision. In this case, the two galaxies will collide, and then move past each other, and then be pulled back to collide again, and continue this way until they eventually merge into a single galaxy. In another situation, if a much larger galaxy comes into contact with a smaller galaxy, the larger galaxy may absorb the smaller one in a process called galactic cannibalism. In this process, a larger galaxy first pulls away the outer stars of the smaller galaxy and then begins to pull at the denser core. While the process of galactic cannibalism is taking place and the two galaxies are merging into one, the cores of both the larger galaxy and the smaller galaxy can be clearly visible. Some giant elliptical galaxies, with what appear to be multiple nuclei, have been found in the skies, and astronomers once thought that these giant galaxies were giant galactic cannibals that had consumed many smaller galaxies recently enough that the cores of the cannibalized galaxies were still intact. One such galaxy, with what appeared to be eight separate nuclei, was found and was used to put forth the hypothesis that galaxies could be voracious monsters capable of swallowing up uncountable other galaxies simultaneously. However, further studies have shown that the numerous nuclei that seemed to be part of a single large galaxy were in reality the nuclei of smaller galaxies that were in front of or behind the larger galaxy. Thus, astronomers are now confident that galactic cannibalism exists among a limited number of interacting galaxies; however, astronomers are not convinced of the existence of cannibalistic galactic monsters that swallow up large numbers of smaller galaxies simultaneously. Signs of galactic cannibalism exist even in our own galaxy, the Milky Way. Astronomers have found younger stars south of the galaxy's disk, where only older stars should be found, suggesting that the younger stars formed when our galaxy cannibalized a smaller galaxy. Furthermore, it can be clearly seen now that our galaxy is beginning to digest the Magellanic Clouds, which are small irregular galaxies that are companions to the Milky Way and are visible in the southern skies over Earth. 1. Which of the following is NOT true according to paragraph 1? A. Galaxies may contain billions of stars.

B. On the average, the distance between galaxies is around 20 times the diameter of a galaxy. C. It is unusual for stars to collide. D. The average distance between stars is 70 times their diameter 1. Điều nào sau đây KHÔNG đúng theo đoạn 1? A. Các thiên hà có thể chứa hàng tỷ ngôi sao. B. Trung bình, khoảng cách giữa các thiên hà bằng khoảng 20 lần đường kính của một thiên hà. C. Các ngôi sao va chạm vào nhau là điều bất thường. D. Khoảng cách trung bình giữa các ngôi sao gấp 70 lần đường kính của chúng Clue: given that the average separation between galaxies is only approximately 20 times the diameter of the average galaxy do sự khoảng cách trung bình giữa các thiên hà chỉ bằng khoảng 20 lần đường kính của thiên hà trung bình 2. The author mentions tails and bridges in paragraph 2 in order to A. provide a visual image of the parts of galaxies that have been affected by gravitational forces B. provide examples of the types of galaxies that tend to collide C. describe the recognizable characteristics of the colliding galaxies called the Mice D. create a visual roadmap of the routes that galaxies take through the skies 2. Tác giả đề cập đến đuôi và cầu trong đoạn 2 nhằm mục đích A. cung cấp hình ảnh trực quan về các phần của thiên hà đã chịu tác dụng của lực hấp dẫn B. cung cấp ví dụ về các loại thiên hà có xu hướng va chạm C. mô tả các đặc điểm dễ nhận biết của các thiên hà va chạm được gọi là the Mice D. tạo ra một lộ trình trực quan về các tuyến đường mà các thiên hà đi qua bầu trời Clue: Instead, the two galaxies pass through each other, and the gravitational forces in the two galaxies alter the shapes of the galaxies, often producing tails and bridges. 3. The word last in paragraph 2 could best be replaced by A. end in B. endure for C. finish with D. lose out to Last= kéo dài,chịu đựng =endure for 4. The word merge in paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to A. divide B. swallow C. join D. appear Merge=join= hợp nhất,gộp lại 5. What occurs during galactic cannibalism, according to paragraph 3? A. A larger galaxy is absorbed by a smaller one. B. The first step involves pulling at the core of the smaller galaxy. C. The outer stars of the smaller galaxy are absorbed by its core. D. The core of the smaller galaxy generally manages to remain visible 5. Điều gì xảy ra trong quá trình nuốt chửng của các thiên hà, theo đoạn 3? A. Thiên hà lớn hơn bị hấp thụ bởi thiên hà nhỏ hơn. B. Bước đầu tiên liên quan đến việc kéo lõi của thiên hà nhỏ hơn. C. Các ngôi sao bên ngoài của thiên hà nhỏ hơn bị hấp thụ bởi lõi của nó. D. Lõi của thiên hà nhỏ hơn nói chung vẫn có thể nhìn thấy được Clue: While the process of galactic cannibalism is taking place and the two galaxies are merging into one, the cores of both the larger galaxy and the smaller galaxy can be clearly visible.

Trong khi quá trình nuốt chửng/hút đồng loại của các thiên hà đang diễn ra và hai thiên hà đang hợp nhất thành một, có thể nhìn thấy rõ lõi của cả thiên hà lớn hơn và thiên hà nhỏ hơn. 6. Which of the sentences below expresses the essential information in the highlighted sentence in paragraph 4? A. Astronomers have recently found some giant galaxies that have cannibalized a number of galaxies. B. Astronomers used to think that certain giant galaxies that appeared to have a number of nuclei were galactic cannibals C. When astronomers find galaxies with multiple nuclei, they know that they have found galactic cannibals. D. Even though a galaxy has multiple nuclei, it is not certain whether or not the galaxy is a galactic cannibal. 6. Câu nào dưới đây thể hiện thông tin cần thiết trong câu được đánh dấu ở đoạn 4? A. Các nhà thiên văn gần đây đã tìm thấy một số thiên hà khổng lồ đã ăn thịt một số thiên hà. B. Các nhà thiên văn từng nghĩ rằng một số thiên hà khổng lồ dường như có một số hạt nhân là thiên hà hút các thiên hà khác C. Khi các nhà thiên văn tìm thấy thiên hà có nhiều hạt nhân, họ biết rằng họ đã tìm thấy thiên hà ăn thịt người. D. Mặc dù một thiên hà có nhiều hạt nhân nhưng không thể chắc chắn thiên hà đó có phải là thiên hà ăn thịt đồng loại hay không. Clue: astronomers once thought that these giant galaxies were giant galactic cannibals that had consumed many smaller galaxies recently enough that the cores of the cannibalized galaxies were still intact và các nhà thiên văn từng nghĩ rằng những thiên hà khổng lồ này là những kẻ nuốt chửng khổng lồ đã hút nhiều thiên hà nhỏ hơn gần đây đủ để lõi của các thiên hà ăn thịt người vẫn còn nguyên vẹn. 7. The phrase put forth in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to A. encounter B. understand C. deny D. promote Put forth =promote= thúc đẩy 8. Why does the author mention voracious monsters in paragraph 4? A. To emphasize how violently the galaxies strike each other B. To emphasize how much energy the giant galaxies consume C. To emphasize how many smaller galaxies the giant galaxies seem to consume D. To emphasize how really big the giant galaxies are 8. Tại sao trong đoạn 4 tác giả lại nhắc đến những con quái vật phàm ăn? A. Để nhấn mạnh mức độ dữ dội của các thiên hà tấn công nhau B. Để nhấn mạnh mức năng lượng mà các thiên hà khổng lồ tiêu thụ C. Để nhấn mạnh có bao nhiêu thiên hà nhỏ hơn mà các thiên hà khổng lồ dường như tiêu thụ D. Để nhấn mạnh mức độ thực sự lớn của các thiên hà khổng lồ Clue; One such galaxy, with what appeared to be eight separate nuclei, was found and was used to put forth the hypothesis that galaxies could be voracious monsters capable of swallowing up uncountable other galaxies simultaneously. Một thiên hà như vậy, với những gì dường như là tám hạt nhân riêng biệt, đã được tìm thấy và được sử dụng để đưa ra giả thuyết rằng các thiên hà có thể là những con

quái vật phàm ăn có khả năng nuốt chửng các thiên hà khác không đếm được đồng thời. 9. It is stated in paragraph 4 that scientists today are quite certain that A. galactic cannibalism does not really exist B. there is a limited amount of galactic cannibalism C. galactic cannibalism is commonplace D. galactic cannibals are capable of taking over numerous small galaxies at the same time 9. Trong đoạn 4 có nêu rằng các nhà khoa học ngày nay khá chắc chắn rằng A. thiên hà nuốt chửng đồng loại không thực sự tồn tại B. số lượng thiên hà nuốt chửng/hút đồng loại có hạn C. thiên hà nuốt chửng đồng loại là phổ biến D. những nuốt chửng thiên hà khác có khả năng chiếm đoạt nhiều thiên hà nhỏ cùng một lúc Clue: Thus, astronomers are now confident that galactic cannibalism exists among a limited number of interacting galaxies Do đó, các nhà thiên văn học hiện nay tin chắc rằng thiên hà nuốt chửng thiên hà khác tồn tại trong một số lượng hạn chế các thiên hà tương tác; 10. Based on the information in paragraph 5, what will be most likely to happen to the Magellanic Clouds in the distant future? A. They will become galactic cannibals. B. They will develop separate nuclei. C. They will become regular galaxies. D. They will become part of the Milky Way 10. Dựa vào thông tin ở đoạn 5, hãy cho biết điều gì có khả năng xảy ra với Đám mây Magellan trong tương lai xa? A. Chúng sẽ trở thành những kẻ ăn thịt thiên hà. B. Chúng sẽ phát triển các hạt nhân riêng biệt. C. Chúng sẽ trở thành những thiên hà thông thường. D. Chúng sẽ trở thành một phần của Dải Ngân hà Clue: Furthermore, it can be clearly seen now that our galaxy is beginning to digest the Magellanic Clouds, which are small irregular galaxies that are companions to the Milky Way and are visible in the southern skies over Earth. Hơn nữa, có thể thấy rõ rằng hiện nay thiên hà của chúng ta đang bắt đầu tiêu hóa các Đám mây Magellan, là những thiên hà nhỏ không đều, là bạn đồng hành của Dải Ngân hà và có thể nhìn thấy ở bầu trời phía nam trên Trái đất. Part 6: 1. I 2. X 3. IX 4. III 5. IV 6. VI 7. B/D 8. B/D 9. A/C 10. A/C A. The space around us affects us profoundly – emotionally, behaviorally, cognitively. In Britain, that space is changing at a pace not seen for a generation. Surely psychology has something to say about all this change. But is anyone listening? “There is a huge amount of psychology research that is relevant but at the moment we are talking to ourselves” says Chris Spencer, professor of environmental psychology at the University of Sheffield. Spencer recalls a recent talk he gave in which he called on fellow researchers to make greater effort to communicate their

findings to architects and planners. “I was amazed at the response of many of the senior researchers who would say: I’m doing my research for pure science. The industry can take it or leave it”. But there are models on how to apply environmental psychology to real problems if you know where to look. Professor Frances Kuo is an example. B. I.

A comparison between similar buildings

Kuo’s website provides pictures and plain English summaries of research conducted by her Human Environment Research Laboratory. Among these is a study using police records that found inner-city Chicago apartment buildings surrounded by more vegetation suffered 52 percent fewer crimes than apartment blocks with little or no greenery. Trong số này, một nghiên cứu sử dụng hồ sơ của cảnh sát cho thấy các tòa nhà chung cư nội thành Chicago được bao quanh bởi nhiều thảm thực vật hơn bị tội phạm ít hơn 52% so với các khu chung cư có ít hoặc không có cây xanh. Frances và đồng nghiên cứu của cô Frances and her co-researcher William Sullivan believe that greenery reduces crimes so long as visibility is preserved because it reduces aggression, bring local residents together outdoors and the conspicuous presence of people deters criminals. => So sánh giữa các tòa nhà tương tự C. X. The expanding scope of environmental psychology “Environmental psychologists are increasingly in demand” says David Uzzel, professor of environmental psychology. “We are asked to contribute to the planning, design, and management of many different environments ranging from neighborhoods, offices, schools, health, transport, traffic and leisure environments for the purpose of improving quality of life and creating better people-environment fit “Các nhà tâm lý học môi trường ngày càng có nhu cầu cao. “Chúng tôi được yêu cầu đóng góp vào việc lập kế hoạch, thiết kế và quản lý nhiều môi trường khác nhau, từ các khu dân cư, văn phòng, trường học, y tế, giao thông, giao thông và môi trường giải trí nhằm mục đích cải thiện chất lượng cuộc sống và tạo ra môi trường phù hợp với con người hơn” ”. Uzzel points to the rebuilding of one south London school as a striking example of how building design can affect human behavior positively. Before its redesign, it was ranked as the worst school in the area – now it is recognized as one of the country‘s twenty most improved schools. => Phạm vi mở rộng của tâm lý học môi trường D. IX. A unique co-operative scheme Uzzell has been involved in a pioneering project between MSc students in England and Scotland. Architecture students in Scotland acted as designers while environmental psychology students in England acted as consultants, as together they worked on a community project in a run-down area of Glasgow Uzzell đã tham gia vào một dự án tiên phong giữa các sinh viên MSc ở Anh và Scotland. Sinh viên kiến trúc ở Scotland đóng vai trò là nhà thiết kế trong khi sinh viên tâm lý môi trường ở Anh

đóng vai trò là nhà tư vấn, khi họ cùng nhau thực hiện một dự án cộng đồng ở một khu vực hoang tàn của Glasgow. . “The psychology students encouraged the architecture students to think about who their client group was to consider issues crowding and social cohesion and they introduced them to psychological methodologies, for example observation and interviewing residents about their needs”. The collaborative project currently stands as a one-off experiment. “Hopefully, these trainee architects will now go away with some understanding of the psychological issues involved in design and will take into account people’s needs” says Uzzel.  Một chương trình hợp tác độc đáo E III. An unusual job for a psychologist Hilary Barker, a recent graduate in psychology, now works for a design consultancy. She is part of a four-person research team that contributes to the overall work of the company in helping clients use their office space more productively. Her team all has backgrounds in psychology or social science but the rest of the firm consists mainly of architects and interior designers. “What I do is pretty rare to be honest,” Barker says “I feel very privileged to be able to use my degree in such a way.” Barker explains that the team carries out observational studies on behalf of companies to identify exactly how occupants are using their building. The companies are often surprised by the findings, for example that staff use meeting room for quiet, individual work. Thành thật mà nói, những gì tôi làm là khá hiếm,” Barker nói “Tôi cảm thấy rất vinh dự khi có thể sử dụng bằng cấp của mình theo cách như vậy.” Barker giải thích rằng nhóm thực hiện các nghiên cứu quan sát thay mặt cho các công ty để xác định chính xác cách những người cư ngụ đang sử dụng tòa nhà của họ. Các công ty thường ngạc nhiên trước những phát hiện này, chẳng hạn như việc nhân viên sử dụng phòng họp để làm việc riêng, yên tĩnh.  Một công việc bất thường cho một nhà tâm lý học F IV. A type of building benefiting from prescribed guidelines One area where the findings from environment-behavior research have certainly influenced building is in hospital design. Một lĩnh vực mà những phát hiện từ nghiên cứu hành vi-môi trường chắc chắn đã ảnh hưởng đến việc xây dựng là trong thiết kế bệnh viện. “The government has a checklist of criteria that must be met in the design of new hospital and these are derived largely from the work of behavioral scientist Professor Roger Ulrich” Chris Spencer says. Ulrich’s work has shown, for example, how a view from patient’s window can affect their recovery. Even a hospital’s layout can impact on people’s health according to Dr John Zeisel. “If people get lost in hospitals, they get stressed, which lowers their immune system and means their medication works less well. You might think that wayfinding round the hospital is the responsibility of the person who puts all the signs up but the truth is that the basic layout of s building is what helps people find their way around,” he says. Bạn có thể nghĩ rằng việc tìm đường xung quanh bệnh viện là trách nhiệm của người đặt tất cả các biển báo nhưng sự thật là cách bố trí cơ bản của tòa nhà mới là thứ giúp mọi người tìm đường, ”anh nói. => Một loại tòa nhà được hưởng lợi từ các hướng dẫn quy định

G. VI. A failure to use available information in practical ways Zeisel also points to the need for a better balance between private and shared rooms in hospitals. “Falls are reduced and fewer medication errors occur in private rooms,” he says. There is also research showing how important it is that patients have access to the outdoors and that gardens in hospitals are a major contributor to wellbeing. However, more generally, Zeisel shares Chris Spencer’s concerns that the lessons from environmental research are not getting through. “There is certainly a gap between what we in social science know and the world of designers and architects,” says Zeisel. He believes that most industries, from sports to film making, have now recognized the importance of an evidence-base approach and that the building trade needs to formulate itself more in that vein and to recognize that there is relevant research out there. “It would be outrageous, silly to go ahead with huge building projects without learning the lessons from the new town established between 30 and 40 years ago,” he warns. Ông tin rằng hầu hết các ngành công nghiệp, từ thể thao đến làm phim, hiện đã nhận ra tầm quan trọng của phương pháp tiếp cận dựa trên bằng chứng và thương mại xây dựng cần phải hình thành nhiều hơn theo hướng đó và nhận ra rằng đã có nghiên cứu phù hợp ở đó. Ông cảnh báo: “Sẽ là thái quá và ngớ ngẩn nếu tiếp tục với những dự án xây dựng khổng lồ mà không học hỏi những bài học từ thị trấn mới được thành lập từ 30 đến 40 năm trước.  Thất bại trong việc sử dụng thông tin có sẵn theo những cách thực tế Part 7 47 C. Middle of the paragraph: “… you’ll welcome movies that pay attention to characterisation and dialogue…“. 48 D. Second sentence of Paragraph D goes on about the importance of a feel-good movie during a less fortunate period of human history. 49 B. The movie’s character “revises his own priorities” after going through a difficult period of their life. 50 В. Last sentence of the paragraph explains what made author make the movie and what message he decided to carry across — “leave preaching to the preachers”. 51 A. It is stated in the middle of the paragraph how cinema becomes a recognised form of art, just like music, theatre, painting and the rest. 52 B. Escapism is desire to escape from harsh reality. Second part of the sentence mentions the importance of it in the example with cartoons. 53 A. The technique of cross-cutting was used that made the narrative more dramatic and the culmination — more satisfying. 54 C. Second part of the paragraph states that a feel-good movie doesn’t have to ‘be dumb’.

55 B. This is a tricky one — it is about the example with Battleship Potemkin. The author hints at the idea, without saying it outright — when you are in a tough situation, you start worrying about the basics and not something exquisite. 56 D. Middle of the paragraph mentions how a group of characters manages to win the struggle with ‘big, bad, interfering bureaucrats‘.

Part 8: 1,-Al Pacino stole the show with his performance as the bride’s father. Steal the show: if you say that someone steals the show, you mean that they get a lot of attention or praise because they perform better than anyone else in a show or event. 2,He showed his true colors when it came to money. Show one’s true colors: to show what one is really like : to reveal one's real nature or character 3,Do you mind showing the new secretary the ropes tomorrow? Show someone the ropes: to explain or demonstrate to one how to do or perform a job, task, or activity. 4,She’d better see a doctor; she is black and blue after falling down the stairs. Black and blue: with dark marks on your skin caused by being hit or having an accident 5,I’m in Uncle Edward’s black books at the moment. 6,Jun answers my questions not in a month of Sundays. Not in a month of Sundays: never 7,Talking to her is like banging your head against a brick wall. Bang one’s head against the wall: useless 8,the town hall has given the green light to the plans for the new sports center. 9,- You’d better get your skates on if you want to be on time for the performance. Get one’s skates on: be hurry 10,My boss hauled me over the coals for not keeping my deadlines.

Haul someone over the coals: to scold, reprimand, or reprove someone

Test 17 Phần 1: Part 1: You will hear a television news report about stress. For questions 6-105, decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided (1.0pt) 6. Canadians have less stress than Americans. 7. The most common sources of stress are jobs and money. 8. Only the richest members of society experience stress. 9. Mexico had the lowest rate of stress in the survey. 10. France is a stress-free country to live in. Your answers:

10.

Part 2. You will hear an interview with a sports writer about football referees. Listen carefully and choose the correct answer A, B or C for each question. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (1.0 pt) 11. Martin says that referees become concerned if A. they are no longer chosen for important matches. B. they cease to cause strong reactions. C. they feel that other referees do not regard them highly. D. they attract a lot of attention from strangers. 12. Martin says that referees think they gain the respect of players by A. resorting to strict disciplines when it is necessary. B. adopting different approaches with different players. C. showing that they do not care what players think of them. D. treating players with a certain amount of tolerance. 13. According to Martin, it would be wrong to believe that referees A. are not passionately interested in football. B. do not feel that they are performing a duty. C. are largely motivated by their own vanity. D. are poorly paid for their efforts. 14. What does Martin say about the system for assessing referees? A. It causes some referees to be indecisive. B. It requires referees not to be sensitive people. C. It enables poor referees to be identified quickly.

11.

D. It leads to inconsistencies in referees’ decisions. 15. Martin says that a referee should deal with the bad behavior of players by A. informing them that they cannot influencehis decisions. B. admitting to them when they has made a mistake underpressure. C. deciding rapidly what a player’s real intention was. D. treating the worst offences with the greatest severity. Your answers: 12. 13. 14. 15. Part 3: You will hear a man called Neil Brown giving a talk about cycling. Complete the sentences by writing NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. Write your answers in the space provided. (2.0pts) The Cycle Campaign Network promotes cycling as a (16) ______________________, a sport, and a means of transport. Cycling helps reduce pollution caused by (17) ______________________ from cars and also traffic noise. Local authorities are starting to emphasize (18) ______________________ by developing special cycle routes. Cycling is now being taught at a number of (19) ______________________. However, if the project is to develop, (20) ______________________ will be needed. A regimen of regular cycling can prevent (21) ______________________ disease and strokes. It also makes your body better able to recover from (22) ______________________. Neil suggests that an individual’s (23) ______________________ may be enhanced by cycling to work. The majority of organized cycling events are (24) ______________________ to anone wishing to take part. Some organizations participate in Bike Week to promote cycling and (25) ______________________ for charity. Phần 2 Part 1:A.PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS (10 pts) Choose the best option. 21. It’s like banging your head ………………… a brick wall. A. into B. against C. onto D. up 22. We lay in the sun until our bodies felt saturated…………………..the heat. A. up B. with C. upon D. within 23. Some very important issues was taking…………………..all his attention. A. up B. on C. out D. within 24. He……………………….by pointing out the dangers involved in rock climbing.

A. started on B. started off C. started up D. started out 25. She……………….till the early hours listening to pop music. A. help me up B. caught me up C. kept me up D. took me up 26. Old Mr Brown’s condition looks very serious and it is doubtful if he will……………………….. A. pull through B. pull up C. pull back D. pull out 27. I do wish you wouldn’t……………Charles. I’m trying to talk to your father. A. put off B. call up C. butt in D. tell off 28. After the accident at the nuclear power station, the authorities tried to ………….. the danger to the public from radioactive waste. A. calm down B. get through C. get over D. play down 29. The witness’s evidence………….what Peter had said. A. bore out B. gave off C. told off D. wiped out 30. When David started speaking everyone fell …….laughing. A. up B. at C. in D. about B COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS (10 pts) Choose the best option. 31. Thanks for listening to me complain about my boss. I just needed to__________ A. cry my heart out B. get this off my chest C. face the music D. stick my neck out 32. The news of his death was like a bolt _____ A. from the red B. from the blue C. from the black D. from the white 33. This is an exciting book which ____________ new ground in the educational research A. breaks B. reaches C. scratches D. turns 34. Were you on the __________ when you said you had resigned from work? A. wagon B. flat C. level D. town 35. This painting stands a good _____ of winning the prize. A. possibility B. chance C. opportunity D. certainty 36. The optician says you have to wear glasses, like it or ___________ it. A. jump B. loathe C. dislike D. lump 37. When her daughter didn't come home on the last bus, Mrs. Lee was at _____. A. a loss B. death’s door C. her wits' end D. the crack of dawn 38. Her health has improved in _____. A. leaps and bounds B. odds and ends C. sick and tired D. trial and error 39. We've lost everything. Still, there's no point in complaining. We’ll just have to try and make _____. A. the best of a bad job B. no bones about it C. a splash D. a clean sweep 40. He made a number of _____ remarks about my cooking, which upset us. A. slashing B. stabbing C. chopping D. cutting Part 2: The passage below contains 10 mistakes. Identify the errors and write the corrections. (10 points)

Line

Human and primates, the family of apes, gorillas, and chimpanzees,

among others, divide many common traits. While primates are deemed the

most intelligent of animals, most researchers believed they lack the

capacity to produce language. However, a research project in the 1970s at

University of Georgia showed promise that chimpanzees have the abilit to

learn a certain language, just as human children do. The project used

several chimpanzees as test subjects in which Lana , a female chimp was

the study focus .Though the primates lack the vocal construct ions to make

human speech patterns, the researchers created a language called Yerkish,

using lexigram made up of symbols that represent sounds and words. 125

symbols were placed on a keyboard, which Lana was taught how to use the

board to communicate with the researchers. She successfully expressed her

thoughts by pressing different keys in succession. In some cases, she used

up to seven at times.

15 16

Key

Line

Mistake

Correction

Line

Mistake

Correction

divide

study focus

study’s focus

believed

have believed

though

since

University

the University

up of

just as

just like

which

and

in which

among which

at times

times

Part 3: . For questions 1-10, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each space. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided (10pts). Oxford is a city with such a mind-blowing reputation that many who come here find themselves intimidated by the place and can't wait to leave, while others, taking to it like a (1.)_________ to water, find themselves returning again and again. The college

lawns provide a gorgeous backdrop to serious study, and in the right light, on a sunny winter's morning say, one feels as if one is (2.)_________ on air, such is the sense of unreality. Oxford may like to pretend that it is at the intellectual (3.)_________ of things, but in many ways it is no more than a sleepy backwater where, to mix metaphors, transitory students, the (4.)_________ of their generation, wait in the wings, allowing their talents to (5.)_________ before moving off into the industrial or political fast-lane. Much of this is a myth, of course. Hardship and hard work are very much part and (6.)_________ of student life. The (7.)_________ get through the three years' hard (8.)_________ by simply putting their shoulders to the (9.)_________ before going on to fairly average jobs. Only for the tiny minority is Oxford the first (10.)_________ on the ladder to fame and fortune. 1. A. fish

B. duck

C. boat

D. swimmer

2. A. flying

B. gliding

C. floating

D. swimming

3. A. wheel

B. engine

C. spoke

D. hub

7. A. froth

B. cream

C. fat

D. caviar

5. A. flourish

B. open

C. spread

D. float

6. A. package

B. section

C. province

D. parcel

7. A. level-headed

B. hot-headed

C. hot-blooded

D. kind-

hearted 8. A. push

B. pul1

C. grind

D. roughage

9. A. cart

B. wheel

C. engine

D. boat

10. A. step

B. position

C. elevation

D. ascent

Your answers

10.

2. For questions 1-10, fill each of the following numbered blanks with ONE suitable word and write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided. (10pts) THE HAPPINESS APP Until recenly, if psychologists wanted to know in (1) ____________________ way an experience or activity affected us, they had to put their trust (2) ____________________ our ability to remember. With the advent of smartphone apps,

that has changed. Researchers at Havard University have persuaded thousands of people to take (3) ____________________ in studies in which an app downloaded to their phones periodically asks (4)____________________ they happen to be in their city or town, what they’re doing, what they’re thinking and how happy they feel. I’m one of (5) ____________________. It’s

been

irritating

but

enlightening

experience.

often

(6)

____________________ not, I’ve found myself muttering “Leave me alone!” when my phone beeped at some inopportune moment but it’s also made me aware of how frequently

I’m

distracted

and

how,

when

distracted,

feel

lot

(7)

____________________ contented than I want to be. It seems I’m not the (8) ____________________ one. The researchers have found that whatever we’re doing, if we’re thinking about something (9) ____________________, we just don’t feel as happy as we might. So focus! It will (10) __________________ you good. Your answers

10.

Part 5 Read the passage and choose the right answer for each question. (10 points) READING WATS In many developed countries literacy skirts are under siege. This is true even in societies where access to primary education is universal and governments invest heavily in education. New Zealand, for example, was leading the world in literacy rates in 1970, but tumbled to thirteenth place in 2001 and then again to twenty-fourth just a few years later. Test scores in the USA also stumped ten percent during the 1990s despite the country riding an economic boom for much of the decade. In some cases these statistics reverse trends that were in motion for over a century and a haft. The steady, graduate expansion of literacy across social groups and classes was one of the greatest successes of the period of industrialization that began in the mid-1850s. This reversal of fortunes has lead to widespread contention over the pedagogy of teaching Literacy. What was once a dry and technical affair—the esoteric business of linguists and policy analysts—rapidity escalated into a series of skirmishes that were

prayed out in high-visibility forums: Newspapers ran special features, columns and letters-to-the-editor on the literacy crisis; politicians successfully ran their national campaigns on improving reading test scores; and parents had their say by joining Parent

Teacher

Associations

(PTAs)

and

obi

groups.

The arguments around reading pouted into two different classroom methodologies: constructivism and behaviorism. The constructivist methodology grew from a holistic conception of knowledge creation that understood reading and writing to be innate, humanistic and interpretative practices that suffered when they were spliced and formalized within rigid doctrines, strict ruts and universal skill-sets. Constructivists associate words with meanings; each word might be thought of as a Chinese ideogram. Students are encouraged to learn individual words and skip over and guess words they do not understand, or learn to interpret those words by situating them within the lexical infrastructure of the sentence and the story's wider narrative. These practices materialize as learning processes centered on guided group reading and independent reading of high-quantity, culturally diverse literature or textual composition that emphasizes pup[is conveying their own thoughts and feelings for rear purposes such as letters

pen

pats

journal

entries.

Behaviorism sees the pedagogy cat process in a tests dialectical fashion—words are initially taught not toxically, as vehicles to convey meaning, but rather sub-rexicatty, as a combination of features that can be separated and learn in a schematic process. The behaviorist approach does not focus on words at all in the early stages of learning. Rather, it is centered on a universally applicable method of teaching students to isolate graphemes and phonemes with the intention that students will eventually learn to synthesize these individual parts and make sense of spoken words textually. In this way, individual components are not equated with the strokes of a brush on a Chinese ideogram, but rather as the focal pieces of interpretation—as in, for example, learning to read musical notations or Morse code. Because of its emphasis on universal rules, behaviorism is much more conducive to format examination and the consolidation of results across regions and countries. The ability to master language is considered to rest in the acquisition of a set of skills that exist independently of individuals. Classroom learning is therefore based upon the transmission of knowledge from tutor to student, rather than seen as an internalized process that erupts within the students themselves.

So who comes out on top? It is not easy to say. Champions of behaviorism have claimed victory because constructivist learning took over in the late 1980s, just before test scores on literacy began sinking across the West. Constructivists, however, can make the valid claim that the behaviorist approach has a heavy methodological bias towards testing and examination, and that test results do not represent the ability of individuals to use and interpret language freely and creatively. Furthermore, different socio-economic groups respond in different ways to each method. Those from wealthier families tend to do well regardless of the method, but thrive on the constructivist approach imp emended in the 1990s. Children from poorer families, however, are better served by behaviorism. These outcomes have ramped up levels of socio-economic based educational disparities in educational systems that have pushed the constructivist method. It is unlikely that either constructivism or behaviorism will be permanently sidelined from curricula in the near future. Most teachers find it easier to incorporate aspects of each approach. Constructivism may ultimately hold the trump card because of its proven success with pupils who come from families where they are introduced to reading and writing in various forms from a young age—this process of 'living and (earning' and immersing oneself in language is a sound principle. In a world rife with social inequities, households with illiterate parents and a scarcity of funding for education, however, the behaviorist approach may have the upper hand in teaching children to access the basic skills of literacy quickly and efficiently, even if some linguistic creativity is crushed in the process. 1. Which of the following topics is the passage primarily concerned with? A. The rise and fall of literacy in countries around the world B. Reasons why language teaching has been on firm ground C. Main features of two languages teaching approaches D. Best classroom methodologies in literacy approaches 2. Which describes one attitude towards a teaching method mentioned in the text? A. Too many rules and regulations can hinder natural knowledge mastery B. Dependence on learning assistants is no longer praiseworthy now C. Understanding deserves much more emphasis that putting knowledge to use

D. Universal rules must be must be appreciated if individual interpretation of ideas is to be achieved 3. By ‘was a dry and technical affair’, the writer means that: A. Literacy education was less flexible and cultural than it is B. There was one time when language teaching was very technological C. Nobody but linguistics and politicians found literacy was a matter of interest D. Literacy teaching methods used to be entitled to specialists only 4. Which is one feature of constructivism? A. People are naturally inclined to develop language abilities B. Students learn best by working on their own C. It is vital that a disciplined and regulated approach is used D. Everyone learns to read and write in a similar manner 5. Which is one feature of behaviorism? A. There is hardly a common set of conventions B. Meaning is created by connecting word fragments C. Linguistic capacities are built into people D. Self-study is crucial in acquiring language knowledge 6. Which is NOT one feature of constructivism? A. Context can provide helpful cues to understand words B. Language is best learned as a single, organic process C. Practical means are used to encourage individual and self-expression D. It is crucial that students understand every words they encounter 7. The phrase ‘hold the trump card’ mostly means: A. Achieve dominance B. Be described in documents C. Maintain its originality D. Overcome challenges 8. Which is NOT one feature of behaviorism? A. Students often learn by receiving information from teachers B. The whole word is less important than its parts C. It is difficult to judge how well students are doing collectively D. Test results, rather than real abilities, are more likely to be achieved

9. What is one disadvantage of behaviorism teaching and learning? A. It is only suitable to children with a good financial background B. It may discourage learners’ creative abilities in language acquisition C. It seems to overemphasize the needs for tests and examinations D. It lessens the possibility of equality in education between social classes 10. Which best summarizes the writer’s general conclusion? A. Constructivism is better, while behaviorism leads to negative social effects B. Ideally, constructivism would be used, but behaviorism is more pragmatic C. Neither is particular useful, and there needs to be new alternative D. Each method complements the other, and their application should be integrated Your answers

10.

Part 6: You are going to read an article. Read the passage and answer the questions (10pts). HELIUM’S FUTURE UP IN THE AIR A In recent years we have all been exposed to dire media reports concerning the impending demise of global coal and oil reserves, but the depletion of another key non renewable resource continues without receiving much press at all. Helium – an inert, odourless, monatomic element known to lay people as the substance that makes balloons float and voices squeak when inhaled – could be gone from this planet within a generation. B Helium itself is not rare; there is actually a plentiful supply of it in the cosmos. In fact, 24 per cent of our galaxy’s elemental mass consists of helium, which makes it the second most abundant element in our universe. Because of its lightness, however, most helium vanished from our own planet many years ago. Consequently, only a miniscule

proportion – 0.00052%, to be exact – remains in earth’s atmosphere. Helium is the byproduct of millennia of radioactive decay from the elements thorium and uranium. The helium is mostly trapped in subterranean natural gas bunkers and commercially extracted

through

method

known

fractional

distillation.

C The loss of helium on Earth would affect society greatly. Defying the perception of it as a novelty substance for parties and gimmicks, the element actually has many vital applications in society. Probably the most well known commercial usage is in airships and blimps (non-flammable helium replaced hydrogen as the lifting gas du jour after the Hindenburg catastrophe in 1932, during which an airship burst into flames and crashed to the ground killing some passengers and crew). But helium is also instrumental in deep-sea diving, where it is blended with nitrogen to mitigate the dangers of inhaling ordinary air under high pressure; as a cleaning agent for rocket engines; and, in its most prevalent use, as a coolant for superconducting magnets in hospital MRI (magnetic resonance imaging) scanners. D The possibility of losing helium forever poses the threat of a real crisis because its unique qualities are extraordinarily difficult, if not impossible to duplicate (certainly,

biosynthetic ersatz product is close to approaching the point of feasibility for helium, even as similar developments continue apace for oil and coal). Helium is even cheerfully derided as a “loner” element since it does not adhere to other molecules like its cousin, hydrogen. According to Dr. Lee Sobotka, helium is the “most noble of gases, meaning it’s very stable and non-reactive for the most part … it has a closed electronic configuration, a very tightly bound atom. It is this coveting of its own electrons that prevents combination with other elements’. Another important attribute is helium’s unique boiling point, which is lower than that for any other element. The worsening

global shortage could render millions of dollars of high-value, life-saving equipment totally useless. The dwindling supplies have already resulted in the postponement of research and development projects in physics laboratories and manufacturing plants around the world. There is an enormous supply and demand imbalance partly brought about by the expansion of high-tech manufacturing in Asia. E The source of the problem is the Helium Privatisation Act (HPA), an American law passed in 1996 that requires the U.S. National Helium Reserve to liquidate its helium assets by 2015 regardless of the market price. Although intended to settle the original cost of the reserve by a U.S. Congress ignorant of its ramifications, the result of this fire sale is that global helium prices are so artificially deflated that few can be bothered recycling the substance or using it judiciously. Deflated values also mean that natural gas extractors see no reason to capture helium. Much is lost in the process of extraction. As Sobotka notes: "[t]he government had the good vision to store helium, and the question now is: Will the corporations have the vision to capture it when extracting natural gas, and consumers the wisdom to recycle? This takes long-term vision because present market forces are not sufficient to compel prudent practice”. For Nobel-prize laureate Robert Richardson, the U.S. government must be prevailed upon to repeal its privatisation policy as the country supplies over 80 per cent of global helium, mostly from the National Helium Reserve. For Richardson, a twenty- to fifty-fold increase in prices would provide incentives to recycle. F A number of steps need to be taken in order to avert a costly predicament in the coming decades. Firstly, all existing supplies of helium ought to be conserved and released only by permit, with medical uses receiving precedence over other commercial or recreational demands. Secondly, conservation should be obligatory and enforced by

a regulatory agency. At the moment some users, such as hospitals, tend to recycle diligently while others, such as NASA, squander massive amounts of helium. Lastly, research into alternatives to helium must begin in earnest. Passage 4 has six paragraphs, A–F. Which paragraph contains the following information? Write the correct letter, A–F 1. A use for helium which makes an activity safer 2. The possibility of creating an alternative to helium 3. A term which describes the process of how helium is taken out of the ground 4. A reason why users of helium do not make efforts to conserve it 5. A contrast between helium’s chemical properties and how non-scientists think about it Your answers:

Complete the summary below. Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each answer. Sobotka argues that big business and users of helium need to help look after helium stocks because 6……………….. will not be encouraged through buying and selling alone. Richardson believes that the 7……………….. needs to be withdrawn, as the U.S. provides most of the world’s helium. He argues that higher costs would mean people

have

8………………..

use

the

resource

many

times

over.

People should need a 9……………….. to access helium that we still have. Furthermore, a 10 ……………….. should ensure that helium is used carefully. Your answers:

Part 7

10.

You are going to read about items from science fiction that became real. For questions 47-56, choose from the sections of the article (A-D). The sections may be chosen more than once. Which science fiction work … 47 had a purpose other than pure entertainment? 48 presented a concept that is familiar today but through a different process? 49 was written by an author who has more famous fictional creations? 50 features machines that threaten to cause the downfall of man? 51 shows us a device that would have enormous significance for us if it really existed? 52 was created by a writer whose name will never be forgotten? 53 was given a title that might be better understood by people today than when it was written? 54 revolves around a character who uses a particular device to escape from the reality of a situation? 55 delighted people over a period of many years? 56 foresaw something that is controversial today? We’ve seen it all before! Just how many of the technological advances we take for granted today were actually predicted in science fiction years ago? Karen Smith checks out four influential works. A R.U.R Originally a word that appeared solely in science fiction, the term ‘robot’ has now become commonplace as developments in technology have allowed scientists to design ever more complex machines that can perform tasks to assist us at work or home. But how did the word originate and when? To answer this, we have to go back nearly 100 years to a play written in 1920 by a Czech playwright, Karel Capek, called R. U. R — Rossum’s Universal Robots. The word is a derivation from the Czech robota, meaning ‘forced labour’, or rab, meaning ‘slave’. Capek’s robots are biological machines which are uncannily similar to what we today refer to as ‘clones’ or ‘androids’ but are assembled from various parts rather than being genetically ‘grown.’ The play eerily predicts problems that concern people today regarding machines that can think independently. Rossum’s robots plan a rebellion against their creator, a man who in his own words, wants to ‘play God’. The famous science fiction writer Isaac Asimov was

unimpressed by the literary value of Capek’s play but believed it had enormous significance because it introduced the word robot to the world. В Ralph 124C41+ If you’re a science fiction aficionado, you’ll definitely have heard of Hugo Gernsback. Considered by many to be the founding father of science fiction back in 1926 with the publication of his magazine Amazing Stories, his name has been immortalised in the annual science fiction awards, the ‘Hugos’. However, the quality of his writing is questionable and his stories are more highly regarded for their content rather than plot or character development. Gernsback was deeply interested in the world of electronics and, believing that science-fiction should inspire future scientists, he filled his stories with ideas for numerous new gadgets and electronic devices. An extraordinary number of his predictions have actually come true. Today we have television, televised phone calls, sliding doors and remote controls, to name only a few, and the precursors of many of these can be found in just one novel: Ralph 124C41+.The mystifying title is itself a prediction of language used in text talk today: ‘one to foresee for all (1+)’! Gernsback’s prophetic stories included other predictions which currently remain unfulfilled, such as complete weather control, thought records and aircabs. Watch this space! C From the London Town of 1904 Mark Twain is a familiar name to most of us as the author of magnificent books such as Huckleberry Finn and Tom Sawyer . He is less well-known, however, for his science fiction but to avid readers of that genre, he is considered one of the best writers of all time. It is also quite possible that he predicted one of the most influential scientific inventions the world has ever seen — something that we all use and rely on every day: the Internet! It is in a little-known short story called From the London Town of 1904 that a character invents a device called a ‘telectroscope’. This is a machine that uses telephone line links across the world to enable him to see and hear what is going on in any place on the globe at a given time. How familiar does that sound? The character, while on death row for a murder that he did not commit, uses his machine to ‘call up’ different places in the world and the narrator of the story comments that although in a prison cell, the man is ‘almost as free as the birds.’ D Star Trek These days mobile phones have become such an integral part of our daily lives that we would be lost without them but there was a time when we had to communicate using landlines or — horror of horrors — by writing letters! Viewers watching the birth of a new TV science fiction series in the 1960s would have been amazed at the thought that the ‘communicator’ used by Star Trek’s Captain Kirk would one day become an everyday form of communication available to us all. Kirk’s ‘communicator’ was a small device he used to flip open and, in retrospect, it seems surprisingly similar to a mobile phone that became popular in the late 90s. The long-running series also featured several other devices that have since moved from fiction to the real world. However, the famous Star Trek ‘Transporter’, through which people can immediately materialise

in different places, still remains the Holy Grail for many in the world of science. Now, that really would make a difference to our lives. ‘Beam us up, Scottie,’ please? Part 8 11,She should see a doctor; she bruised herself terribly when she fell down the stairs. BLACK She’d better see a doctor; she is …………………………………… 12,I’m not very popular with Uncle Edward at the moment. BOOKS I’m in …………………………………… 13,Jun never answers my questions. Month Jun answers …………………………………… 14,Talking to her is useless - she doesn’t respond. HEAD Talking to her is like …………………………………… 15,The town hall has approved the plans for the new sports centre.GREEN The town hall has …………………………………… 16,You’d better get hurry if you want to be on time for the performance.SKATES - You’d better …………………………………… 17,My boss criticized me for not keeping my deadlines. COALS My boss …………………………………… 18,It really put Betty in her place when the boss said she was the office junior. TWO -The boss really …………………………………… 19,I think having to earn his own living was quite a shock to Billy. -Billy was brought …………………………………… 20,I’m only here for a minute; I’m due at the hospital shortly.FLYING -I’m only here on …………………………………… KEY Phần 1: Part 1: You will hear a television news report about stress. For questions 6-105, decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F). Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided (1.0pt) 6.F

7.T

8.F

9.T

10.F

12. D

13. A

14. B

15. C

Part 3: You will hear a man called Neil Brown giving a talk about cycling. Complete the sentences by writing NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer. Write your answers in the space provided. (2.0pts) 16.leisure activity

17.(carbon 18.road safety 19.(comprehensive) 20. new dioxide) schools recruits emissions 21. (coronary) 22. injuries 23. mental 24. free of charge 25. raise heart and fractures performance money PART 1 A: News Anchor B: Dr. Sachs A: Good morning. If you’ve just joined us on The Morning Neat-It’s 7:20. If you’re like many of our viewers, you’re probably getting ready for the day, the kids need to get off to school, and you’re looking at another long commute to work. Maybe you’re thinking about the bills that you need to pay, or the mortgage, or next month’s paycheck. So, is the answer moving to another country where life is less stressful? Canada, perhaps, or France, Germany, or Italy? The bad news is that people in those countries are almost as stressed as we are in the United States. A recent poll in 10 countries around the world found some surprising results. Our neighbors to the north often tell us that they lead a more relaxed lifestyle in Canada. But according to this survey, the same number of Canadians and Americans reported that they sometimes or frequently experienced stress. That number? Over 75%. That’s right. Three-quarters of the North American population is stressed out. To find out why, we’re joined by our chief medical correspondent, Dr.Tim Sachs. Dr.Tim, what’s going on? Why all the stress. Why all the stress? B: Sue, blame it on the modern world. In almost every country surveyed, the number one source of stress was either money or jobs, which amounts to the same thing. Financial stress either means you don’t have enough money or you want more. Wealth has become so important in our society that we are literally making ourselves ill because of it. More and more people are working two or more jobs, or working crazy hours every week just to make a living. A: It’s interesting to me how similar the results of the poll are in so many countries. The same levels of stress. Why is that? B: I think we’re exporting our stress. It’s a common misconception that technology makes our life easier. But technology means fewer manual jobs because factories use

robots not people. Email, cell phones, and the Internet mean that some businesses are switched on for 24 hours a day. And with more people owning bigger cars and living further our of the cities, commutes are getting longer. In fact, you see more stress at every level of society. People without much money find that it’s harder and harder to survive. The middle classes need to make more money in order to maintain their standards of living. Meanwhile, the wealthiest members of society are often those with the most stressful jobs. A: Okay, so where should we go to escape? I understand Mexico is a good choice. B: Mexico is a great country- I was there on vacation last year. And it’s true that Mexicans reported the least stress of all the countries in the survey-fewer than half the people questioned there experienced frequent stress. That’s not to say life is perfect there. Far from it. There is widespread poverty and very high crime rates in parts of Mexico. A: But at least they’re cool about it! What about Europe? B: The results from Europe were very interesting. The stereotype is that the French don’t care about the modern world, and that they spend their days calmly sipping coffee and discussing philosophy. But they are as stressed as any nation. The survey asked this question: “Do you ever feel that you have lost control over your life? And nearly half of the French respondents replied yes. That’s close to the highest result on that question, which by the way was found in Britain. Our transatlatic cousins in the U.K feel like they’re losing control. A: What’s the story in Germany? I read that the Germans don’t have that feelings of life being beyond control, but they do have a high level of stress. What does that mean? B: I think it means that the Germans are really good at handling their stress. They live stressful lives, but they keep their stress under control. We could learn a lesson or two from them. PART 2. Presenter (P): I’m talking to Martin Groves, who’s written a series of articles about football referees. Martin, something you discovered, didn’t you, that most people might not realize, is how competitive the average referee is? Martin: Yes, referees regard selection for the most glamorous matches, such as cup finals and international games, with every bit as much longing and pride as players do. They suffer from tension before and during matches. They admit to jealousy and vindictiveness among their fraternity. They become minor celebrities. They receive letters of praise and sour abuse from people they have never met. They see themselves as part of the action, closer to it than managers and coaches. Just as with the players, it is when a referee stops getting letters and is no longer bieng booed outside football grounds that he worries most about his future. P: What’s the relationship between players and referees really like then, Martin? M: Referees like to feel that they are respected by players for their astuteness and their fairness. They are, in this respect, like schoolteachers who regard themselves as close to the boys or police detectives who think what that give-and-take with criminals is the best way to deal with them in the long run. For example, I spoke to one referee who expressed this attitude explicitly when he said, with evident pleasure and pride, that a certain international player, known for his unpredictable temper,”responds to the right

treatment”. By and large, he found professional footballers were “a great crowd”, which is generous of him, considering the low opinion players are often prepared to give of referees. It’s striking how closely referees like to align themselves with the players, in contrast with the scorn with which players will detach themselves from connection with referees. There is no question about who would like to change places with whom. P: Now what makes someone want to be a referee? M: It is romantic and, it seems to me, most unrealistic view of refereeing to say, as one president of the international football authority FIFA once did, that “it is a job for volunteers, who are doing a service to their community”. Plainly it is not publicspiritedness that motivates men into the ambition of controlling big football matches, even if the authorities insist on treating them like servants of duty. As with managers and directors, there is undoubtedly a deep absorption in football here, and the material reward is insubstantial to say the least. But there is much more satisfying of ego than disinterest in the motive. The referee wants to be recognized in the game, and he wants to feel he is important to it. He even wants to be liked. P: Now referees get assessed, don’t they, they get given marks for their performance in each game by representatives of the clubs involved, don’t they? M: Yes, and the reports on the referees are sent to the football authorities, to whom the referees are directly responsible. So the referee is in the unsatisfactory position of a consultant brought in to adjusticate, instructed to brook no interference and then made subject to the criticism of his employers on the grounds that he was not up to the job. Under these circumstances one referee I spoke to could hardly be siad to be overstating the referee’s predicament when he said that he needed, above all else, “ a skin like a rhinoceros and to be as deaf as a post”. Fire is breathed on him from crowd, obscenity may be muttered at him by the players and afterwards he can be accused of both laxity and over-jealousness by assessors. As that referee said: “The referee’s only got to make one bad mistake and everything else he does in the game is forgotten.” P: So they’re under a lot of pressure. I mean, referees get some awful stick from players, don’t they? That must put them off quite a bit. M: Yes, but a referee ought to be able to differentiate quickly between the spontaneous expletives of angered players and the malevolent abuse of those trying to intimidate him. In a game which creates as much passion and as much demand on a man’s resources as does professional football, there are bound to be moments when gamesmanship and outright villainly test a referee to his limit. There are also times when he has to decide instantly which of the two is present in an incident. The good referee is not the man who plays safe with either a blind eye or a public display of moral outrage, but the one who can unobtrusively deal with the offence and defuse the situation. P: Who’d be a referee?Thanks, Martin. And now… PART 3 You will hear a man called Neil Brown giving a talk about cycling. Neil: Good evening, everyone. My name is Neil Brown and I’m here to talk to you about the merits of a favourite pastime of mine:cycling. I am involved in the Cycle Campaign Network, an organization which helps to promote cycling- as a sport, as a viable means of transport and also as a pleasurable leisure activity.

In 1996 the National Cycling Strategy was launched, whose aim is to promote and develop cycling as a means of transport. It’s come a logn way towards achieving its aims, but there’s still room for improvement. Some of you may be wondering: why cycle to work in this cold, wet climate of ours? Well, there are numerous reasons. For one thing, the bike offers a valuable alternative to the car in that not only does it make for reduced carbon dioxide emissions and noise levels, but as more people use it regularly to get to and from work, the less congestion there is in town and city centres. Increasingly, local authorities are becoming aware of the potential benefits to the community and are taking steps to create safer cycle routes and provide cycle training programmes to promote road safety. The upshot of this is that we are now more able to actively encourage children to cycle to school. I am delighted to say that many compreshensive schools have already incorporated cycling into their sports curriculum, and this has been received enthusiastically by teachers and students alike. We’re hoping to expand the project further and are looking for new recruits to help us. So, er, don’t hesitate to add your names, please! Aside from the obvious benefits to the environment cycling is also good for you. Regualr cycling encourages you to breathe more deeply, assisting circulation and burning off body fat. It can provide protection against such health problems as coronary heart disease, strokes and mild diabetes, among others. It strengthens your musculo-skeletal system, which in turn protects you against the effects of fractures and injuries sustained during falls. And another benefit has recently been uncovered by research. Those people who cycle to work regularly generally arrive at the office feeling more alert, confident and ready for action. So there’s a possibility that cycling to work has made me more efficient. And because these days I rarely take sick leave, my relations with my boss have definitely improved. Cycling is easy and enjoyable and won’t dent your bank balance. Today there are more than sixteen cycling organizations in Britain, which shows how cycling has grown in popularity. Thousands of bike events are held throughout the year, and entry to most of these is free of charge to participants of all ages and abilities. So why not do yourself a favour and help the environment at the same time? Start cycling to school or work and leave the car in the garage. An easy way to make a start is by joining in one or more of the events organized for Bike Week, which is held annually every June. There are events all over the country and the organizations Bike2Work and BikeHub participate to promote cycling and raise money for charity. It’s great fun and many events are open to all the family. To give you an idea of what I’m talking about, the oldest participant in one event last year was seventy-eight and the youngest was five! Anyone who is interested can phone or e-mail and request a free Events Guide to see which events are being organized in their area. Or you can talk to me this evening. In the meantime, I look forward to seeing many of you out on the road some time. Thank you for listening. If anyone has any questions, I’ll be… Phần 2 Part 1: KEY TO PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS 21. B 22. B 23. A 24. B 26. A 27 C 28. D 29. A 21. It’s like banging your head ………………… a brick wall.

25. C 30. D

A. into B. against C. onto D. up be banging your head against a brick wall=to do, say, or ask for something repeatedly but to be unable to change a situation 22. We lay in the sun until our bodies felt saturated…………………..the heat. A. up B. with C. upon D. within saturate (someone or something) with (something)= 1. To cause someone or something to be completely soaked by or drenched with some kind of liquid. 2. To cause something to permeate and spread throughout some place; to fill or supply something or some place thoroughly or to the limit. 3. In physical chemistry, to cause some substance to dissolve and unite with another substance to maximum capacity. 23. Some very important issues was taking…………………..all his attention. A. up B. on C. out D. within Take up = chiếm lấy 24. He……………………….by pointing out the dangers involved in rock climbing. A. started on B. started off C. started up D. started out start (sth) off=to begin by doing something, or to make something begin by doing something 25. She……………….till the early hours listening to pop music. A. help me up B. caught me upC. kept me up D. took me up keep sb up=to prevent someone from going to bed or sleeping: 26. Old Mr Brown’s condition looks very serious and it is doubtful if he will……………………….. A. pull through B. pull up C. pull back D. pull out pull through (sth)=to become well again after a serious illness, especially when you might have died 27. I do wish you wouldn’t……………Charles. I’m trying to talk to your father. A. put off B. call up C. butt in D. tell off butt in=to interrupt a conversation or discussion or someone who is talking 28. After the accident at the nuclear power station, the authorities tried to ………….. the danger to the public from radioactive waste. A. calm down B. get through C. get over D. play down play down something=to make something seem less important than or not as bad as it really is 29. The witness’s evidence………….what Peter had said. A. bore out B. gave off C. told off D. wiped out bear out something/someone=to support the truth of something, or to support someone's statement or claim: 30. When David started speaking everyone fell …….laughing. A. up B. at C. in D. about fall about=to laugh without being able to stop B. 31. B 32. B 33. A 34. C 35. B 36. D 37.C 38. A 39. A 40. D 31. Thanks for listening to me complain about my boss. I just needed to__________ A. cry my heart out B. get this off my chest C. face the music D. stick my neck out get sth off your chest=to tell someone about something that has been worrying you or making you feel guilty for a long time

'stick your neck out' (vươn cổ ra), điều đó có nghĩa là bạn liều nói hay làm điều gì mà người khác có thể không thích Face the music = chiu trận,gánh chịu hậu quả do hành dộng của bản thân Cry (one's) heart out" = Khóc như muốn rớt tim ra ngoài -> Khóc thầm thì; khóc sướt mướt trong một thời gian dài. 32. The news of his death was like a bolt _____ A. from the red B. from the blue C. from the black D. from the white 'a bolt from the blue' (tiếng sét từ trời xanh), điều đó là sự ngạc nhiên hoàn toàn bất thình lình. 33. This is an exciting book which ____________ new ground in the educational research A. breaks B. reaches C. scratches D. turns Break new ground" -> Đề xuất sáng kiến để cải tiến, làm những điều mà từ trước chưa từng làm được, thiết lập một kỷ lục mới hoặc là người tiên phong làm điều gì đó. 34. Were you on the __________ when you said you had resigned from work? A. wagon B. flat C. level D. town On the level = trung thực ,thành thật 35. This painting stands a good _____ of winning the prize. A. possibility B. chance C. opportunity D. certainty Stand a chance (of something) có nghĩa là “có khả năng thành công hoặc đạt được điều gì đó 36. The optician says you have to wear glasses, like it or ___________ it. A. jump B. loathe C. dislike D. lump Like it or lump it = If you tell someone to like it or lump it, you mean that person must accept a situation they do not like, because it cannot be changed 37. When her daughter didn't come home on the last bus, Mrs. Lee was at _____. A. a loss B. death’s door C. her wits' end D. the crack of dawn At sb wit’s end = to be so worried, confused, or annoyed that you do not know what to do next At the crack of dawn= vào lúc bình minh,sáng sớm At death’s door = ở cửa tử thần ,sắp chết At a loss= not to know what to do or say 38. Her health has improved in _____. A. leaps and bounds B. odds and ends C. sick and tired D. trial and error leaps and bounds= tiến bộ,phát triển vượt bậc sick and tired of= chán ngán làm gì odds and ends = những thứ linh tinh,lặt vặt trial and error có nghĩa là hoàn thành một việc bằng cách thử dùng những biện pháp khác nhau cho đến khi tìm được biện pháp đúng. 39. We've lost everything. Still, there's no point in complaining. We’ll just have to try and make _____. A. the best of a bad job B. no bones about it C. a splash D. a clean sweep Make the best of a bad job= to do one’s best in difficult circumstances=còn nước còn tát

'Make no bones about sth' có nghĩa là thành thật nói rõ điều mình suy nghĩ, không do dự, không ngập ngừng, tuy rằng mình có thể làm người khác vui vẻ hay buồn phiền make a splash=to become suddenly very successful or very well known 'Make a clean sweep' có một từ mới là clean nghĩa là sạch. Vì thế make a clean sweep nghĩa là quét sạch hay gạt bỏ những đồ vật hay những người không cần thiết. 40. He made a number of _____ remarks about my cooking, which upset us. A. slashing B. stabbing C. chopping D. cutting cutting remark=A remark or comment intended to injure the feelings of others. Part 3. For questions 1-10, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each space. (10 points) 1. B

2. C

3. D

4. B

5. A

6. D

7. A

8. C

9. B

10. A

Oxford is a city with such a mind-blowing reputation that many who come here find themselves intimidated by the place and can’t wait to leave, while others, taking to it like a duck to water, find themselves returning again and again. The college lawns provide a gorgeous (86)______ to serious study, and in the right light, on a sunny winter’s morning say, one feels as if one is (87)______ on air, such is the sense of unreality. Oxford may like to (88)______ that it is at the intellectual hub of things, but in many ways it is no more than a sleepy (89)______where, to mix metaphors, transitory students, the (90)______of their generation, wait in the (91)______, allowing their talents to (92)______ before moving off into the industrial or political fast-lane. Much of this is a myth, of course. Hardship and hard work are very much part and (93)______ of student life. The (94)______ get through the three years’ hard grind by simply putting their shoulders to the wheel before going on to fairly average jobs. Only for the tiny minority is Oxford the first (95)______ on the ladder to fame and fortune. 86. A. backdrop B. curtain C. scene D. screen backdrop: the general conditions in which an event takes place scene: the place where something happens, especially something unpleasant 87. A flying B. gliding C. floating D. swimming float: to move slowly on water or in the air glide: to fly using air currents, without the birds moving their wings or the aircraft using the engine 88. A. pretend B. act C. dissemble D. produce to claim to be, do or have something, especially when this is not true 89. A. backwater B. stream C. tributary D. watershed backwater: ) a place that is away from the places where most things happen, and is therefore not affected by events, progress, new ideas, etc. 90. A. froth B. cream C. fat D. caviar the cream of something: the best people or things in a particular group 91. A. pavilion B. dressing room C. wings D. foyer in the wings: ready to take over a particular job or be used in a particular situation when needed 92. A. flourish B. open C. spread D. float 93. A. package B. section C. province D. parcel Part and parcel of: phần quan trọng,thiết yếu của cái gì 94. A. level-headed B. hot-headed C. hot-blooded D. kind-hearted

level-headed: calm and sensible. 95. A. step B. position C. elevation D. ascent the first step on the ladder : bước đầu tiên trên nấc thang( đạt tới danh vong,thành công)

Part 4 For questions 1-10, fill each of the following numbered blanks with ONE suitable word and write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes provided. (10 points) 1. what 6. than

2. in 7. less

3. part 8. only

4. where 9. else

5. them 10.do

Part 5 1C

10D

In many developed countries literacy skirts are under siege. This is true even in societies where access to primary education is universal and governments invest heavily in education. New Zealand, for example, was leading the world in literacy rates in 1970, but tumbled to thirteenth place in 2001 and then again to twenty-fourth just a few years later. Test scores in the USA also stumped ten percent during the 1990s despite the country riding an economic boom for much of the decade. In some cases these statistics reverse trends that were in motion for over a century and a haft. The steady, graduate expansion of literacy across social groups and classes was one of the greatest successes of the period of industrialization that began in the mid-1850s. This reversal of fortunes has lead to widespread contention over the pedagogy of teaching Literacy. What was once a dry and technical affair—the esoteric business of linguists and policy analysts—rapidity escalated into a series of skirmishes that were prayed out in high-visibility forums: Newspapers ran special features, columns and letters-to-the-editor on the literacy crisis; politicians successfully ran their national campaigns on improving reading test scores; and parents had their say by joining Parent

Teacher

Associations

(PTAs)

and

obi

groups.

pen

pats

journal

entries.

towards testing and examination, and that test results do not represent the ability of individuals to use and interpret language freely and creatively. Furthermore, different socio-economic groups respond in different ways to each method. Those from wealthier families tend to do well regardless of the method, but thrive on the constructivist approach imp emended in the 1990s. Children from poorer families, however, are better served by behaviorism. These outcomes have ramped up levels of socio-economic based educational disparities in educational systems that have pushed the constructivist method. It is unlikely that either constructivism or behaviorism will be permanently sidelined from curricula in the near future. Most teachers find it easier to incorporate aspects of each approach. Constructivism may ultimately hold the trump card because of its proven success with pupils who come from families where they are introduced to reading and writing in various forms from a young age—this process of 'living and (earning' and immersing oneself in language is a sound principle. In a world rife with social inequities, households with illiterate parents and a scarcity of funding for education, however, the behaviorist approach may have the upper hand in teaching children to access the basic skills of literacy quickly and efficiently, even if some linguistic creativity is crushed in the process. 11. Which of the following topics is the passage primarily concerned with? E. The rise and fall of literacy in countries around the world F. Reasons why language teaching has been on firm ground G. Main features of two languages teaching approaches The arguments around reading pouted into two different classroom methodologies: constructivism and behaviorism → Các tranh luận xung quanh việc đọc đã phân thành hai phương pháp luận sử dụng trong lớp học khác nhau: thuyết kiến tạo và thuyết hành vi H. Best classroom methodologies in literacy approaches 12. Which describes one attitude towards a teaching method mentioned in the text? E. Too many rules and regulations can hinder natural knowledge mastery That suffered when they were spliced and formalized within rigid doctrines, strict ruts, and universal skill-sets → Tuy nhiên, phương pháp này đã phải gặp nhiều khó khăn khi chúng được liên kết và hợp thức hóa vào những học thuyết cứng nhắc, những bài học nghiêm khắc và những bộ kỹ năng phổ quát.

F. Dependence on learning assistants is no longer praiseworthy now G. Understanding deserves much more emphasis that putting knowledge to use H. Universal rules must be must be appreciated if individual interpretation of ideas is to be achieved 13. By ‘was a dry and technical affair’, the writer means that: E. Literacy education was less flexible and cultural than it is F. There was one time when language teaching was very technological G. Nobody but linguistics and politicians found literacy was a matter of interest H. Literacy teaching methods used to be entitled to specialists only Cue: What was once a dry and technical affair—the esoteric business of linguists and policy analysts—rapidity escalated into a series of skirmishes that were prayed out in high-visibility forums: Newspapers ran special features, columns and letters-to-the-editor on the literacy crisis; politicians successfully ran their national campaigns on improving reading test scores; and parents had their say by joining Parent Teacher Associations (PTAs) and obi groups. → Những gì đã từng là một chuyện khô khan và kỹ thuật — công việc bí truyền của các nhà ngôn ngữ học và các nhà phân tích chính sách — nhanh chóng trở thành một loạt các cuộc chạm trán được diễn ra trên các diễn đàn có khả năng tuyên truyền cao: Các tờ báo chạy các tính năng đặc biệt, các cột và thư gửi cho người biên tập trên khủng hoảng biết chữ; các chính trị gia đã điều hành thành công các chiến dịch quốc gia của họ về cải thiện điểm số của việc đọc hiểu; và phụ huynh nâng cao sự tham gia của họ trong vấn đề bằng cách tham gia Hiệp hội Giáo viên Phụ huynh (PTA) và các nhóm obi. 14. Which is one feature of constructivism? E. People are naturally inclined to develop language abilities Cue: The constructivist methodology grew from a holistic conception of knowledge creation that understood reading and writing to be innate, humanistic → Phương pháp luận kiến tạo được phát triển từ một quan niệm tổng thể về việc tạo ra tri thức, trong đó phương pháp trên hiểu rằng đọc và viết là những thực hành bẩm sinh, là đặc tính của con người F. Students learn best by working on their own G. It is vital that a disciplined and regulated approach is used H. Everyone learns to read and write in a similar manner 15. Which is one feature of behaviorism?

E. There is hardly a common set of conventions F. Meaning is created by connecting word fragments Cue: Behaviorism sees the pedagogy cat process in a tests dialectical fashion— words are initially taught not toxically, as vehicles to convey meaning, but rather sub-rexicatty, as a combination of features that can be separated and learn in a schematic process. → coi quá trình sư phạm là một thử nghiệm theo kiểu biện chứng — các chữ cái là thứ được dạy đầu tiên chứ không phải được truyền đạt bằng cách độc hại, hay như phương tiện truyền đạt ý nghĩa, mà là phụ thuộc, như một sự tập hợp các phần có thể được tách ra và học trong một sơ đồ. G. Linguistic capacities are built into people H. Self-study is crucial in acquiring language knowledge 16. Which is NOT one feature of constructivism? E. Context can provide helpful cues to understand words F. Language is best learned as a single, organic process G. Practical means are used to encourage individual and self-expression H. It is crucial that students understand every words they encounter Cue: Students are encouraged to learn individual words and skip over and guess words they do not understand, or learn to interpret those words by situating them within the lexical infrastructure of the sentence and the story's wider narrative. → Người học chữ được khuyến khích học các từ riêng lẻ, bỏ qua, đoán những từ mà họ không hiểu, hoặc học cách giải thích những từ đó bằng cách đưa chúng vào kết cấu

17. The phrase ‘hold the trump card’ mostly means: E. Achieve dominance Constructivism may ultimately hold the trump card because of its proven success with pupils who come from families where they are introduced to reading and writing in various forms from a young age—this process of 'living and (earning' and immersing oneself in language is a sound principle → Sau tất cả, chủ nghĩa kiến tạo giữ vị thế cao hơn vì sự thành công đã được minh chứng bởi những học sinh đến từ các gia đình nơi chúng được làm quen với việc đọc và viết dưới nhiều hình thức khác nhau từ khi còn nhỏ - quá trình 'sống và (tận hưởng và đắm mình trong ngôn ngữ có vẻ như là phương thức hay

F. Be described in documents G. Maintain its originality H. Overcome challenges 18. Which is NOT one feature of behaviorism? E. Students often learn by receiving information from teachers F. The whole word is less important than its parts G. It is difficult to judge how well students are doing collectively Cue:Because of its emphasis on universal rules, behaviorism is much more conducive to format examination and the consolidation of results across regions and countries → Do nhấn mạnh vào các quy tắc phổ quát, phương pháp luận hành vi có lợi hơn nhiều trong việc thực hiện kiểm tra và tổng hợp kết quả giữa các khu vực và quốc gia.

H. Test results, rather than real abilities, are more likely to be achieved 19. What is one disadvantage of behaviorism teaching and learning? E. It is only suitable to children with a good financial background F. It may discourage learners’ creative abilities in language acquisition Cue:In a world rife with social inequities, households with illiterate parents and a scarcity of funding for education, however, the behaviorist approach may have the upper hand in teaching children to access the basic skills of literacy quickly and efficiently, even if some linguistic creativity is crushed in the process. → Tuy nhiên, trong một thế giới đầy rẫy những sự thiếu bình đẳng trong quan hệ xã hội, các hộ gia đình có cha mẹ mù chữ và khan hiếm kinh phí cho giáo dục, phương pháp tiếp cận theo chủ nghĩa hành vi có thể có ưu thế trong việc dạy trẻ em tiếp cận các kỹ năng cơ bản của việc đọc viết một cách nhanh chóng và hiệu quả, ngay cả khi một số sáng tạo ngôn ngữ bị loại bỏ trong quá trình này. G. It seems to overemphasize the needs for tests and examinations H. It lessens the possibility of equality in education between social classes 20. Which best summarizes the writer’s general conclusion? E. Constructivism is better, while behaviorism leads to negative social effects F. Ideally, constructivism would be used, but behaviorism is more pragmatic

G. Neither is particular useful, and there needs to be new alternative H. Each method complements the other, and their application should be integrated It is unlikely that either constructivism or behaviorism will be permanently sidelined from curricula in the near future. Most teachers find it easier to incorporate aspects of each approach. → Không có khả năng chủ nghĩa kiến tạo hoặc chủ nghĩa hành vi sẽ vĩnh viễn bị loại khỏi chương trình giảng dạy trong tương lai gần. Hầu hết các giáo viên thấy dễ dàng hơn khi kết hợp các khía cạnh của mỗi cách tiếp cận.

Part 6: ( Source: Ielts practice test- British council)

1. C

2. D

3. B

4. E

5. A

6. PRUDENT PRACTICE 7.PRIVATISATION POLICY 8.INCENTIVES 9.PERMIT 10.REGULATORY AGENCY 1. C (But helium is also instrumental in deep-sea diving, where it is blended with nitrogen to mitigate the dangers of inhaling ordinary air under high pressure) → Nhưng helium cũng đóng vai trò quan trọng phục vụ trong công việc lặn biển sâu, nơi nó được pha trộn với nitơ để giảm thiểu nguy cơ hít phải không khí thông thường dưới áp suất cao; 2.D- if not impossible to duplicate (certainly, no biosynthetic ersatz product is close to approaching the point of feasibility for helium, even as similar developments continue apace for oil and coal) → nếu không muốn nói là không thể tạo ra bản sao hoàn chỉnh (chắc chắn, không có sản phẩm thay thế sinh tổng hợp nào gần đạt đến điểm khả thi so với khí heli, ngay cả khi những phát triển tương tự tiếp tục xảy ra đối với dầu và than đá) 3.B The helium is mostly trapped in subterranean natural gas bunkers and commercially extracted through a method known as fractional distillation.

→ Khí heli chủ yếu bị giữ lại trong các hầm chứa khí tự nhiên dưới lòng đất và được chiết xuất thương mại thông qua một phương pháp được gọi là chưng cất phân đoạn. 4.E- Deflated values also mean that natural gas extractors see no reason to capture helium. → Giá trị dần bị bốc hơi đáng kể đồng nghĩa với việc các máy khai thác khí tự nhiên không có lý do gì để thu giữ heli trong quá trình khai thác. 5.A- Helium – an inert, odourless, monatomic element known to lay people as the substance that makes balloons float and voices squeak when inhaled – could be gone from this planet within a generation. → Heli - một nguyên tố cấu trúc trơ, không mùi, được người dân gọi là chất làm cho bóng bay lơ lửng và phát ra tiếng kêu khi hít vào - có thể biến mất khỏi hành tinh này trong vòng một thế hệ.

have

8………………..

use

the

resource

many

times

over.

People should need a 9……………….. to access helium that we still have. Furthermore, a 10 ……………….. should ensure that helium is used carefully. Your answers:

10.

6. PRUDENT PRACTICE -As Sobotka notes: "[t]he government had the good vision to store helium, and the question now is: Will the corporations have the vision to capture it when extracting natural gas, and consumers the wisdom to

recycle? This takes long-term vision because present market forces are not sufficient to compel prudent practice”. → Như Sobotka lưu ý: "Chính phủ của có tầm nhìn đúng đắn về việc tích trữ khí heli, và câu hỏi bây giờ là: Liệu các công ty có dự định sử dụng phương pháp để giữ nó lại trong quá trình khai thác khí tự nhiên và người tiêu dùng đủ thông thái để thực hành việc tái chế chúng hay không? Điều này cần tầm nhìn dài hạn bởi vì chỉ dựa vào các động lực thị trường hiện tại thì không đủ để bắt buộc các cá nhân tổ chức sử dụng phải thực hành việc bảo tồn loại khí này một cách thận trọng ”. 7. PRIVATISATION POLICY For Nobel-prize laureate Robert Richardson, the U.S. government must be prevailed upon to repeal its privatisation policy as the country supplies over 80 percent of global helium, mostly from the National Helium Reserve. → Đối với người đoạt giải Nobel Robert Richardson, chính phủ Hoa Kỳ phải được thuyết phục để bãi bỏ chính sách tư nhân hóa của mình vì quốc gia này cung cấp hơn 80% khí heli toàn cầu, chủ yếu là từ Khu dự trữ Khí Heli Quốc gia. 8. INCENTIVES For Richardson, a twenty- to fifty-fold increase in prices would provide incentives to recycle. → Đối với Richardson, việc tăng giá gấp từ 20 đến 50 lần sẽ tạo ra động lực để người sử dụng thực hành việc tái chế. 9. PERMIT Firstly, all existing supplies of helium ought to be conserved and released only by permit → Thứ nhất, tất cả các nguồn cung cấp helium hiện có phải được bảo tồn và chỉ được cung cấp khi nhận được sự cho phép. 10. REGULATORY AGENCY Secondly, conservation should be obligatory and enforced by a regulatory agency → Thứ hai, việc bảo tồn cần được bắt buộc và thực thi bởi một cơ quan quản lý Part 7 KEY 47 В. The author believed that his stories should be an inspiration for future people of science so he included many ideas in his writing. (Sentence in the middle starting with ‘Gernsback was …’)

48 A. The ‘different process’ mentioned is how the clones are made — from various parts rather than grown. 49 C. Mark Twain is largely known for his non-science fiction books such as Adventures of Huckleberry Finn. 50 A. The robots are those that threaten to make humanity extinct. 51 D. One but last sentence of Paragraph D explicitly states that the importance of such device would have been enormous. 52 B. The paragraph states that the author’s name ‘has been immortalised in the annual science fiction awards’. 53 B. ‘The mystifying title is itself a prediction of language used in text talk today’ suggests that author’s contemporaries had trouble understanding the title of the book. 54 C. The character uses the sci-fi analogue of the modern Internet to communicate with other people, unconfined by his prison cell. 55 D. ‘The long-running series’ is the only part that suggest it ran for a prolonged period of time to much joy of the viewers. 56 A. The controversy is concern of many people how machines can become independent and cause potential problems.

Part 8 11- I don’t wish to upstage you, but I have this to say. Upstage someone: to take people’s attention away from someone and make them listen to or look at you instead 12,The shops are just a stone’s throw away. A stone’s throw (away): a short distance 13, I have learned the hard way not to trust people too much. Learn something the hard way: to discover what you need to know through experience or by making mistakes 14,You will keep it under your hat, won’t you?

Keep something under one’s hat: to keep something secret 15,Dad went off deep end when I told him about the fight. Go off deep end: give way immediately to an emotional outburst, especially of anger. 16,Not only was he down at heel, but also a little drunk. Be down at heel: wearing old clothes, or in bad condition, because of not having much money 17,Under no circumstances should you get the boss’s back up when we ask for a rise. Get someone’s back up: to become or be caused to be angry, defensive 18,-The boss really brought Betty down a peg or two by saying she was the office junior. Bring somebody down a peg or two: put somebody in their right position, say the real ability of somebody 19,-Billy was brought down to earth by having to earn his own living. Be brought down to Earth: be shocked 20,-I’m only here on a flying visit; I’m due at the hospital shortly. Be on a flying visit: be at somewhere for a short time

Test 18 Phần 1: Part 1: For questions 6-10, listen to the radio programme. Decide whether the information in each sentence is true (T) or false (F). You will hear it TWICE. 6. Andy says his job doesn’t feel like hard work. 7. Cedar Point in Ohio has life-sized moving dinosaurs. 8. On a wing coaster the track is next to you, not under you.

9. Ocean Park in Hong Kong has sea animals but no rides. 10. A dark ride is a ride inside a building. Your answers:

10.

Part 2: You will hear part of a radio interview in which Harry and Jennifer, two members of an after-work adult drama class, are asked about their reasons for attending the class . For questions 11-15, choose the answer (А, В, C or D) which fits best according to what you hear. You will hear it TWICE. 11. How does Jennifer feel about working with strangers in the class? A. resigned to the need for it

B. doubtful about the value of it

C. relaxed in her attitude towards it D. excited at the thought of it 12. According to Harry, the improvisation sessions A. require some careful preparation

B. enable him to use his imagination

C. allow him to show his acting talent

D. encourage him to relate to the group

13. What does Jennifer say about improvisation? A. It is important not to make a mistake B. It is necessary to be aware of the timing C. You should be familiar with the character you invent D. You need to be completely involved in the activity 14. In Jennifer’s opinion, playing written parts will A. be less challenging than improvisation B. include research into previous performances C. involve guidance from an expert D. lead to competition for parts 15. Harry was annoyed because the newcomer to the group A. interrupted the class by arriving late B. was reluctant to participate C. seemed unaware of the mood of the group D. wasted the tea break with pointless questions Your answers:

11.

12.

13.

14.

15.

Part 3: You will hear part of a scientific television programme for young people in which the speaker explains what meteors are. For questions 16-25, complete the sentences. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer in the corresponding numbered boxes. You will hear it TWICE.  ‘Meteors’ is another name for 16 ________________.  To help explain meteors, planet Earth is compared to a 17 _______________.  You can think of meteors as a group of 18 _______________.  In reality, meteors are very small chunks of 19 _______________.  The circular path the Earth travels around the Sun is called its 20_____________.  The Earth comes close to a meteor, the meteor is pulled 21 _______________by gravity.  A meteor travels very fast – a hundred times faster than 22_______________.  Due to the speed it travels through the air, the meteor becomes 23___________.  Because of the heat, the meteor becomes less hard, 24 ____________ and then burns.  We are lucky that most meteors burn up and never 25 ______________. Your answers:

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

22.

23.

24.

25.

Phần 2 Part 1:PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS Choose the best option to complete each of the following sentences: 1. I’ve been _____ at this report for hours. I’m really fed up with it. A. slogging away B. stowing away C. whittling away D. surfing away 2. The anaesthetic is _____ and my mouth is beginning to feel quite sore now. A. dozed off B. wearing off C. tipping off D. rocketing off

3. There have been many complaints that universities are _____ their degree courses in order to attract more students. A. pelting down B. playing down C. dumbing down D. coming down 4. When parents are stressed at work, they sometimes _____their children. A. take it out on B. miss it out on C. have it in for D. make it out of 5. Being spoken to like that really took me _____. A. away B. on C. through D. aback 6. Therefore, _____ accordance with our regulations, you will be issued with a formal written warning. A. on B. at C. in D. for 7. Our aunt is really intolerant _____ anyone who has a different point of view to her own. A. on B. at C. with D. of 8. I think that _____ the circumstances it would be a good idea if you stayed at home for a few days. A. under B. on C. at D. over 9. Following the financial scandal he left the job _____ disgrace. A. on B. in C. for D. with 10. We solved the problem …………………. a new device developed by our engineers. A. by means of B. by means C. by means to D. by mean of B. COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS Choose the best word or phrase which best completes the following sentences. Write your answer in the corresponding numbered boxes. 1. A …………………….. of dirt and oil lay over the surface of the pond. A. piece B. film C. charm D. flock 2. You can’t simply ………………. the blame on the government whenever things go wrong. A. put B. give C. lay D. press 3. The company offered to pay in ………………………., so in this way we would not have to wait until work is done to get our money. A. advance B. arrears C. purchase D. full 4. Janet gushed over the sculpture in the antique shop, but Kevin thought that the craftsmanship was merely run of the mill. A.He thinks that it is of exceptionally high quality. B. He thinks that it is marked by creativity or originality. C. He thinks that it is too expensive for the average person too afford. D. He thinks that it is low quality, common or ordinary. 5. After Michael missed three shots in a row and passed the ball to a player on the other team, the boys were only up by two and they suspected that Michael would be theAchilles' heelof the team. A.Michael performs well under pressure. B. Michael is a valuable contributor to the team.

C. Michael is a weakness in an otherwise strong entity. D. Michael inspires others to succeed. 6. Lyle chose Marco for his partner, thinking that it would be fun to work with his best friend, but now that the project was due tomorrow and the boys had nothing done, Lyle realized that he should havehitched his ………………… to a different wagon. A. dog B. horse C. camel D. bull 7. While Kristie's cake pops are both delicious and artistic, nobody can………………. a candle toher pecan pie. A. hold B. lit C. blow D. make 8. Don't be such a..............Thomas. It will work. There will be no problems," Mary said to her husband as she tried to convince him to buy laminate flooring for the back bedroom. A. doubting B. quirky C. mistrusting D. wavering 9. The school staff needs new …………….. in order to bring in novel ideas. A. thing B. blood C. employees D. offices 10. Could I pick your …………… on the subject before the meeting? A. intellect B. mind C. head D. brains Your answer 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Part 2 In the following passage, there are 10 mistakes. Identify and correct the mistakes. (1pt/each) Line1 Scientists have estimated that influenza viruses are taken from man can cause the disease in animals. In addition, man can catch the disease from Line 2 animals. In fact, a great amount of wild birds seem to carry the virus without showing some evidence of illnesses. Some scientists conclude that a large Line 3 family of influenza viruses may have evolved in the bird kingdom, a group Line 4 that has been on the earth for 100 million years and is able to carry the virus without attracting the disease. There is even convincing evidence to show Line 5 that virus strains are transmited from place to place and from continent to continent by migrating birds. Line 6 Line 7 Line 8 Line 9 Line 10 Line 11 Line 12 Line 13

It is known that two influenza viruses can recombine when all are present in an animal at the same time. The result of such recombinations is a great variety of strains containing different H and N spikes. This rises the possibility that a human influenza virus can recombine with an influenza virus from a lower animal produce an entirely new spike. Research is underway to determine if that is the way that major new strains come into being. Other possibility is that two animal influenza strains may recombine in a pig, for example, to produce a new strain which is transmitted from man.

Line 14 Part 3: Read the passages and choose the best option (A, B, C, or D) for each bank space. PASSAGE A: After a four-decade-long career, Tri has not lost his passion for (1) _____ antique radios and cassette players to retain the (2) _____ memory of vintage sounds. The repair shop of 67-year-old technician Tri catches the eye of passers-by with its oldschool (3) _____ that has been kept from the early post-war years. Tri learned the trade of radio repair from his brother and has kept the heritage alive in his shop for the past 40 years. In recent years, the shop has seen a significant (4) _____ in its customer base, leaving only a few loyal visitors. Because of the slowdown, Tri has had to (5) ______ working as a ‘xe om’ motorbike taxi driver as a side job to support his family. “Yet, I still want to keep the shop running to cure the ‘disease’ for them [the radios] and let the old sounds have their own world,” Tri said. He stores a (6) _____ of vintage pieces and gadgets from the past century in the mere two-square-meter area of his kiosk. The technician has acquired (7) _____ experience in repairing virtually every product line (8) _____ of radios and cassette players. No matter how much time or effort it takes, he never fails to figure out the issue and find the right spare parts to fix his customers' devices. According to Tri, there are two options for repairing a radio, depending on the condition of the device: recovery or replacement. In the shop, there have been instances of antique, seemingly can-not-be-(9) _____ devices that were brought back to (10) ______ thanks to Tri's diligence. Tri said the avid collectors as well as the people who fix radio devices find it too hard to give up the antique equipment for new tech pieces. [...] 1. A. reassuring B. reusing C. rejuvenating D. reselling 2. A. loathsome B. execrated C. hostile D. treasured 3. A. signature B. signings C. assignment D. signage 4. A. downswing B. disparity C. incandescence D. non-aggression 5. A. salted away B. put by C. blotted out D. ushering in 6. A. shortage B. dearth C. many D. plethora 7. A. hands-down B. onhand C. hands-on D. hands-free 8. A. over the counter B. on the back C. in the realm D. at the coalface 9. A. salvaged B. retrieved C. relinquished D. ditched 10. A. society B. life C. day D. Heart Part 4: Read the following passage. Fill each blank with ONE suitable word. Write your answers in the numbered blanks provided below the passage. (15 points) It is often said that the British talk about the weather more than any (1) ________ people in the world; some extremists claim that they talk about nothing else. But in fact, even in countries with (2)________ less changeable climates than Britain’s, the weather is an endless, if not varied, source of conversational folder. This seems only natural when you (3)________ that the weather is one of the few things we all have in

(4)________. It affects our senses, and even our moods, so directly and, at times, so intensely that it is only natural we should talk about it. After several days (5)________ even weeks of dark, gloomy weather, a bright day tends to bring about the best in everyone; people recognize the relief (6)________ others’ expressions which they feel inside themselves, and (7)________ it hard to resist commenting on a change which is having such an evident (8)________ on everyone. “Nice day, isn’t it?” is much more than simply a comment on the state of the weather; it is a comment on the human state (9)________, an acknowledgement that the tenability of our place in the universe (10)________ on the existence of a community of human feeling. Part 5 Read the passage and choose the best answer to each of the following questions. (15 points) Archaeological records-paintings, drawings, and carvings of humans engaged in activities involving the use of hands - indicate that humans have been predominantly right-handed for more than 5,000 years. In ancient Egyptian artwork, for example, the right hand is depicted as the dominant one in about 90 percent of the examples. Fracture or wear patterns on tools also indicate that a majority of ancient people were right-handed. Cro-Magnon cave paintings some 27,000 years old commonly show outlines of human hands made by placing one hand against the cave wall and applying paint with the other. Children today make similar outlines of their hands with crayons on paper. With few exceptions, left hands of Cro-Magnons are displayed on cave walls, indicating that the paintings were usually done by right-handers. Anthropological evidence pushes the record of handedness in early human ancestors back to at least 1.4 million years ago. One important line of evidence comes from flaking patterns of stone cores used in toolmaking: implements flaked with a clockwise motion (indicating a right-handed toolmaker) can be distinguished from those flaked with a counter-clockwise rotation (indicating a left-handed toolmaker). Even scratches found on fossil human teeth offer clues. Ancient humans are thought to have cut meat into strips by holding it between their teeth and slicing it with stone knives, as do the present-day Inuit. Occasionally the knives slip and leave scratches on the users' teeth. Scratches made with a left-to-right stroke direction (by right-handers) are more common than scratches in the opposite direction (made by left-handers). Still other evidence comes from cranial morphology: scientists think that physical differences between the right and left sides of the interior of the skull indicate subtle physical differences between the two sides of the brain. The variation between the hemispheres corresponds to which side of the body is used to perform specific activities. Such studies, as well as studies of tool use, indicate that right- or left-sided dominance is not exclusive to modern Homo sapiens. Populations of Neanderthals, such as Homo erectus and Homo habilis, seem to have been predominantly righthanded, as we are.

1. What is the main idea of the passage? A. Human ancestors became predominantly right-handed when they began to use tools. B. It is difficult to interpret the significance of anthropological evidence concerning tool use. C. Humans and their ancestors have been predominantly right-handed for over a million years. D. Human ancestors were more skilled at using both hands than modern humans. 2. What does the author say about Cro-Magnon paintings of hands? A. Some are not very old. B. It is unusual to see such paintings. C. Many were made by children. D. The artists were mostly right-handed. 3. The word "depicted" in the first paragraph refers to ________. A. written B. portrayed C. referred D. mentioned 4. When compared with implements "flaked with a counter-clockwise rotation”, it can be inferred that "implements flaked with a clockwise motion" are ______. A. more common B. larger C. more sophisticated D. older 5. The word "cranial morphology" in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to ______. A. the form of crane B. the form of study C. the study of physical bodies D. the study of skulls 6. The fact that the Inuit cut meat by holding it between their teeth is significant because ______. A. the relationship between handedness and scratches on fossil human teeth can be verified B. it emphasizes the differences between contemporary humans and their ancestors C. the scratch patterns produced by stone knives vary significantly from patterns produced by modern knives D. it demonstrates that ancient humans were not skilled at using tools 7. The word "hemispheres" in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to _______. A. differences B. sides C. activities D. studies 8. Why does the author mention Homo erectus and Habilis in the last paragraph? A. To contrast them with modern humans B. To explain when human ancestors began to make tools C. To show that early humans were also predominantly right-handed D. To prove that the population of Neanderthals was very large 9. All of the following are mentioned as types of evidence concerning handedness EXCEPT _______. A. ancient artwork B. asymmetrical skulls C. studies of tool use D. fossilized hand bones 10. Which of the following conclusions is suggested by the evidence from cranial morphology?

A. Differences in the hemispheres of the brain probably came about relatively recently B. There may be a link between handedness and differences in the brain's hemispheres. C. Left-handedness was somewhat more common among Neanderthals. D. Variation between the brain's hemispheres was not evident in the skulls of Homo erectus and Homo habilis. Part 4: Read the passage and do the tasks that follow. (15 points) THE EVOLUTION OF LANGUAGE A. Language everywhere changes over time; it has to. A central reason that necessitates modification is to allow for developments in our world to be expressed. For example, the technological revolution alone has been responsible for the addition of a plethora of words to our vocabulary: hard drive, software, modem to name just a few. The Japanese writing script katakana, which was originally introduced in the 9th century as a means by which Buddhist monks could correctly interpret Chinese pronunciations, is now most commonly used to embrace foreign words for which there is no original Japanese character; pizza or hamburger for example. Likewise the western world’s exposure to and familiarity with foreign cultures now means that words such as sushi, nam bread and kebab, for example, are used by diners on a regular basis. B. However, expansion of our vocabulary is just one element involved in how and why language evolves. Given the variation of dialects or regional accents present in most language systems, it is clear that an individual’s interpretation of what is actually correct and commonly used will vary quite dramatically, since this perception is based upon a combination of factors including the age, educational level and region of the country a person is from. As we go about our daily lives and interact with others from different backgrounds and experiences, the language we hear is often taken on board and incorporated into the way in which we communicate ourselves. Many phrases with American origins are now commonplace in British English for example, due to the frequency with which they are heard on television and in the movies. C. Changes in language are often driven by the young and many such changes are commonly considered by older people to be a disintegration of standards rather than an evolution and an improvement. Let’s consider an Americanism commonly used by youngsters in all pans of the English speaking world. Used as an alternative to “Tom said…” it is now commonplace to hear “Tom goes, the pay rise was unacceptable.” or, “Tom was all, the pay rise was unacceptable.”; much to the horror of many traditionalists. However, this modification could also be considered to be adding to and not detracting from our ability to communicate effectively. To illustrate, let’s consider the original phrase “Tom said”; it is used solely to show’ the listener that we are reporting the words of Tom, while the modern variation, “Tom goes” has literally the same meaning. However, if the speaker chooses instead to use the latter phrase, “Tom was all”, they are also able to convey the message that Tom had an emotional reaction to the situation they are reporting, therefore a much more effective method of communicating information has been created, some may say. However, should the now’ commonly used texting abbreviations such as ‘gr8t’ (great) and ‘l8r’ (later) become permanent replacements of the original words, it is likely that even the most liberal amongst us would be horrified. D. Variations on language are usually more readily accepted into informal language prior to them being absorbed for use in formal writing. Examples of words that we now

commonly use, but were once considered incorrect, are ‘pea’ and ‘hopefully’. Let’s take pea; it derived from the word ‘pease’, which being an uncountable noun has the same form regardless of whether one or more pease were being spoken about. However, this was commonly overlooked and misunderstood, and through error the singular form of the vegetable became ‘pea’. More recently ‘hopefully’ was considered by many to be an inappropriate alternative to ‘I hope’; at best only accepted in informal use. The word hopefully is now’ fully acceptable in both informal speech and formal writing. E. Some people believe that traditional usages of language are always more superior and refined than modern variations even when the reasons behind the rule were dubious in the first place. For example, it was once seriously frowned upon to split an infinitive in a sentence and even today it is considered grammatically incorrect to do so. To demonstrate, let’s consider the following sentence: ‘The examiner asked me to quietly leave the room’; this was considered incorrect as the word ‘quietly’ splits the infinitive of the verb ‘to leave’. The origins of this rule hail back to the 17th century when scholars believed that the English language should be adapted to follow the rules of Latin; then considered the perfect language. Since splitting infinitives in Latin is impossible, it was decided that splitting infinitives in English, even though possible, was not acceptable, Given that initial motivations behind the rule were questionable and the clarity of meaning of the sentence is not compromised in the ‘incorrect’ form, it could be argued that this grammar rule is a prime example of an unnecessary sanction which is likely to be abandoned in the future. F. As language evolves, changes in grammar structures which would result in confusion of the actual meaning of the sentences are unlikely; however, the meanings of words are often modified or altered beyond recognition by different generations and can be easily misinterpreted by other social groups. Take, for example, the modern version of the word ‘bad’ meaning ‘great’ when used in contemporary slang. Many slang words remain dated in the era in which they are developed, for example words like ‘to beef, meaning to complain (introduced in the 1920’s) are not only dated but may not even be understood in a modern context, while others such as ‘guy’ become absorbed into mainstream language. Who knows what future generations will add to the ever changing environment of communication? Questions 1 – 4 Reading the passage and choose the correct heading for paragraphs B, C, E and F from the list of headings below. List of Headings i. Historical acceptance of change ii. The Generation Gap iii. Influences on speech iv. Ancient writing in Asia v. Cultural evolution and its impact on language vi. Slang expected in the future vii. Questioning logic viii. Lifespan of vocabulary Example: Paragraph A; Answer: v 1. Paragraph B 2. Paragraph C Example: Paragraph D; Answer: i

3. Paragraph E 4. Paragraph F Questions 5 – 7 Do the following statements reflect the claims of the writer in Reading Passage 1? Write: YES if the statement reflects the claims of the writer NO if the statement contradicts the claims of the writer NOT GIVEN if it is impossible to say what the writer thinks about this 5. If language were static, it would negatively affect our ability to incorporate other cultures into our own way of life. 6. The language we grow up knowing and that we adopt through new experiences have equal effects on the way we speak. 7. All modern adaptations of language are suitable for mainstream use. Questions 8 – 10 Complete the summary of paragraphs E and F with the list of words A-H below. Some grammar rules such as avoiding 8. ____________ are deeply entrenched in history and were created by academics who wished to perfect the English language. It is likely, however, since they do not affect the 9. ______________ of the sentence that such rules are likely to be 10. ______________ in the future. In the same way, many contemporary words in common usage today are likely to become defunct. A. Slang B. Split infinitives C. Grammatically incorrect D. Meaning D. Recognition F. Disregarded G. Misinterpreted H. Confusion Part 7 You are going to read four movie series reviews. For questions 47-56, choose from the sections of the article (A-D). The sections may be chosen more than once. Which reviewer(s) … 47 states the film he liked least? 48 mentions the difficulty in following the story plot? 49 criticises how one of the directors managed the film production? 50 gives importance to how the characters respond to some tragic events? 51 supports a venue’s decision to run the film? 52 implies that the film will not appeal to a certain group of people?

53 liked the acting? 54 wouldn’t have noticed that the trilogy was meant for TV viewers? 55 suggests how some people may find it difficult to understand? 56 says one film is good thanks to the feelings of one of the characters? Red Riding Trilogy A The “Red Riding” films all come across as great, gritty tales of police corruption and human failing, but it’s the first film that has the most impact, mainly because the young reporter Dunford is such a mix of romantic notions — he’s going to solve the crime and save the girl. Such optimism runs dead against reality in these films. Mix the best episodes of the superb British crime series “Prime Suspect” with the current real-feel cinema (“Fish Tank”) coming out of England and you’ve got a sense of what “Red Riding” is about. The key isn’t the murders; the key is the reactions to the murders on a breadth of levels, and those reactions lay bare gray and grave souls. Each film works well separately, although 1983 is necessarily dependent on 1974, but taken as one great sweep of a dark hand, “Red Riding” stands as a wrenching tale of power abused and lives discarded. It is powerful stuff. В Red Riding is a challenge. The convoluted story is not easily summarized and it demands constant viewer attention. A two-minute trip to the lavatory or snack bar can be deadly. For American audiences, there is an additional problem: some of the accents are so thick that it can be difficult to decipher dialogue and entire passages may be missed. I’m generally not in favor of subtitling English movies in English, but this is one occasion when such an approach might have been helpful. There are times when the movie is slow going. Patience is rewarded not only in the second half of this film, when the violence mounts and secrets are revealed, but during the subsequent productions, when a degree of familiarity with the initial narrative bears fruit. Red Riding: 1974 is the weakest of the three Red Riding films, but it is effective at setting the stage, introducing some of the characters, and capturing the attention of those who love gritty, uncompromising dramas about police corruption and the dark side of human nature. C There’s a good reason the indie-minded Zeitgeist Multi-Disciplinary Arts Center has turned over its programming for the next three weeks to the superb and ambitious “Red Riding” film trilogy: because “Red Riding” isn’t so much a film series as it is a film event, and it deserves to be treated as such. Inspired by author David Peace’s neo-noir “Red Riding Quartet” novels, it is ambitious, it is gripping and it is dark. It’s also entirely irresistible cinema, an uncompromising and hard-to-turn-away-from nightmare in three acts. With its muted colours but unmuted violence, the beautifully shot “Red Riding” is similar both tonally and texturally to David Fincher’s superb 2007 thriller “Zodiac” about another 1970s serial killer. It’s also just as disturbing. “Red Riding” is

so richly produced, in fact, and so cinematic, that it’s easy to forget it and its sister films were produced for British television, airing on England’s Channel 4 last spring. This is movie that deserves to be seen in a theatre. D Buoyed by very strong performances and a deliberate, grim style, the first installment in the acclaimed Red Riding Trilogy, Red Riding 1974 sets the tone for the movies to come and makes clear that these are not sunny days for the faint of heart. These are gloomy times; films not merely about the seedy underbelly of society but the fact that the seedy underbelly keeps things moving. They have been compared to Zodiac but they are more realistically grim than David Fincher’s masterpiece. The film can be a bit too self-serious at times, director Julian Jarrold (Brideshead Revisited) would have been wise to focus on the procedural a bit more than the lead’s dream sequences or moments of reflection, and the film’s television roots show on a production level, but Red Riding 1974 is a well-made, expertly performed mystery with the added bonus that there are two more films to watch when the first one’s over Part 8 1. “ Because of this new evidence I have no alternative but to release you,” the judge told the accused. ( LIGHT)  “______________________________________ I have no alternative but to release you,” the judge told the accused. 2. It is important to know the difference between a joke and a lie. (DRAW) It is important to know __________________________ between a joke and a lie. 3. The government recommends a balance of reward and punishment when dealing with young offenders. (STICK)  The government favours a ________________________________________to young offenders. 4. Let’s all work together, and we’ll finish the job very quickly. (NEXT)  We’ll have this job done _______________________________ if we cooperate. 5.The guide book speaks highly of this hotel.SEAL The guide book ........................................................................ 6.He will be the one to accept responsibility for this affair.CAN He .................................................................................. 7. I completely emptied the drawers but couldn’t find the address. I turned the drawers ........................................................................... 8. That wasn’t what I meant at all. You’ve completely misunderstood me as usual (STICK)  That wasn’t what I meant at all. You’ve………………………………………………

9. Going to and fro with al the cases is what I can’t stand about holidays  It’s all……………………………………………………………………………..….. 10. If something’s worrying you, you should tell me about it now. chest If you have a problem, why don’t you…………………………………………………..now?

Answer key Phần 1: Part 1

7. T

8. T

9. F

10. T

12. B

13. D

14. C

15. C

Part 2

11.

Part 3

16. shooting 17. car stars 21. 22.a jet plane downwards Part 1: Theme parks

18.insects

19.iron

23. hotter and 24. melts hotter

20. orbit 25. reach the ground

Interviewer: Good morning. Today we’re going to talk about theme parks and we’re going to hear from Andy Wells who has written a guide to theme parks around the world. Welcome to the programme, Andy. Andy: Hi, it’s good to be here. Interviewer: You really have a dream job, don’t you, Andy? Flying round the world all the time, visiting adventure parks ...Andy: Well, yes, it’s pretty exciting. But it’s really hard work too, you know. Interviewer: I bet. So, what’s the number one theme park in the world? Andy: That all depends what you’re looking for. In terms of numbers, it has to be Magic Kingdom at Disney World in Florida, the most famous theme park. But the most popular park for people who like adventure rides is Cedar Point in Ohio, USA. It has the biggest number of roller coasters in one park, 17, and three water rides. There are lots of other attractions too. Last year they introduced 50 nimatronic dinosaurs. You know, life-size models that move and look real.

Interviewer: Cool! Have they got anything lined up for this year? Andy: Yeah, there’s a new rollercoaster called the Gatekeeper. Well, actually it’s not a rollercoaster, it’s a wingcoaster. It’ll be the biggest in the world. Interviewer: What’s a wingcoaster? Andy: With a normal rollercoaster you are sitting on a seat with the track under you. With a wingcoaster the seats kind of stick out at the side so the passengers have nothing below or above them. You feel as if you’re flying. Interviewer: So it’s more frightening? Andy: More exciting! Way more exciting. Interviewer: What other attractions have you seen recently? Andy: I’ve just been to The Wizarding World of Harry Potter at the Islands of Adventure in Orlando, Florida. It’s great! You know those shops that sell magic sweets and things in the Harry Potter books? Well, they have those, just like you’ve imagined. There’s a fantastic tour of Hogwarts School where you meet characters from the books. It’s so well done. Interviewer: Right, sounds interesting. In your book you have a lot of theme parks in Asia too. Can you tell us about them? Andy: Sure. Tokyo has had a Disneyland for quite a long time, which attracts a lot of people. Ocean Park in Hong Kong has also been going for a long time – that has a lot of marine animals as well as rides. Lotte World, a huge park in South Korea, has the world’s biggest indoor theme park. And then there’s Universal Studios in Singapore. That’s expanding with additions to its New York street section. There’s going to be a Sesame Street dark ride. A dark ride’s a ride inside a building. Interviewer: I see. New York in Singapore? Andy: Yeah, it’s weird, but it works. But the place to watch at the moment is China – they’re really expanding. Lots more parks will open in China in the next few years, including another one with dinosaurs in the north, and Ocean Kingdom in the south.

That will have the world’s longest roller coaster and tallest Ferris wheel, as well as boat rides and a night-time zoo. Interviewer: Wow, so that’s opening soon? Andy: Yes, this year. I’ll be there! Interviewer: Have a ride for me, then. Part 2: Interviewer:I gather these drama courses which you are attending have really given you a new lease of life. Jennifer, can you try and explain the fascination you derive from a hard three-hour session at the college after a full day’s work? Jennifer:Above all, each session is fun, it energizes me. I actually go home with more energy on a Tuesday than any other day of the week. The reason is simple, I feel alive after the drama classes. At first I wasn’t sure if I would enjoy the course; you have to relate to the others in the group. In fact most of the work is in small groups or at least in pairs andobviously the natural barriers between strangers exist. I can honestly say that from the first evening this did not bother me , and I’m not an extrovert by nature. In fact,

anything,

Interviewer:And

I’m what

rather about

shy

and

reserved.

you,

Harry?

Harry:Well, as far as I’m concerned, drama classes have freed me, they’ve allowed me to be creative and successful in so many ways that I’m not, usually. I particularly enjoy the sessions when we just create something out of nothing, we improvise. There is usually some time in the evening whenwe make upeither a character or a conversation or a situation and act that out with the others.The spontaneous nature of improvisation

what’s

appealing

Jennifer:You can’t ‘get it wrong’, you’re having a go, that’s all. I mean you just stand up and become another person for five minutes; perhaps you’re like yourself or totally different, that doesn’t matter.What counts is that you take on a new personality, and you actually become that person. And, since you invent the part, you can’t be out of character and it’s impossible to make mistakes . I expect this will change when we move

onto

text,

won’t

it,

Harry?

Harry:Yes, yes, I’m really looking forward to using text in the classes and even tolearning lines. I just find some text fascinating and can’t wait to really work on it. Of course it will be different from improvisation, where we make up the parts we play, but

I know you can lose yourself in a part, and playing it your way is going to be the challenge. Jennifer:Obviously, a specific part will be open to interpretation and adirector may want you to do it in a certain way Imagine playing a Shakespearean hero or heroine, well, there are bound to be different ways of saying those famous lines and the actor or actress may not agree with the director, but this is a stage we haven’t reached yet. For the moment, it’s about overcoming self-consciousness and learning to be sensitive. Last week

had

new

person

in the group and it became really clear that he hadn’t tuned in to the way in which the classes work, you know, it was embarrassing really, he overdid it and tried to dominate the group, he didn’t wait and watch and listen.This was when it struck me that we’ve been learning to listen to each other and to respond accordingly and of course you bring yourself

into

it,

but

not

too

much

and

not

too

inappropriately.

Harry:I couldn’t agree more. He actually asked me personal questions which were intrusive and could have been saved for the tea break. I found it off the point and distracting. Well, I suppose he felt awkward too, but if I’ve learned anything this term, it’s not to jump in, but to take my time and allow the others time by being patient when they are struggling with, for example, creating an unfamiliar character.The group has to develop together and the newcomer was an outsider [20]. I guess it wasn’t his fault, but he didn’t seem interested in learning from the situation. That’s probably what annoyed

me.

Jennifer:I’d be surprised if he came again. He didn’t look comfortable. Interviewer:Would you say this receptiveness to each other is the key lesson so far, Jennifer? Part 3 You will hear part of a scientific television programme for young peole in which the speaker explains what meteors are. Even if you have never watched the sky at night, you probably know what you would see if you did. The view is best on a night with no moon. You stare upwards into the inky blackness over which are scattered millions of tiny points of light. These, of course, are the stars. Then just as you’re beginning to get bored with this unchanging scene, a tiny white streak of light shoots across the sky. It’s going too fast to be a plane.

Then two seconds later you see another one. What you are witnessing is the beginning of a shower of meteors or shooting stars. To understand what is happening, it helps us to imagine a car driving fast along the road. In a way, our planet Earth is like that car. As it is racing along, it comes towards a large group of insects all flying together just above the road. Now, not all the insects are hit by the car, but several of them crash into the car’s windscreen with an unpleasant noise. In many ways, the meteors are similar to the swarm of insects, although they aren’t really animals. In fact, meteors are mostly tiny pieces of iron that look like little stones. In a similar way, the Earth is not really moving along a road. But it does follow the same circular route around the sun once every year. This enormous circular path is called the Earth’s are in orbits like this as well. Now there are small groups of those stones waiting in certain places along the Earth’s route around the sun. some of them are fixed in one orbit while others are moving around the sun in their own orbits. Once every year, the Earth’s circular path around the sun takes us through some of these groups of little rocks. Now, when the earth approaches one of these stones, it is pulled downwards towards our planet by a strong force called gravity. And when the meteor starts to rush towards the ground, a shooting star is born. Normally, as shooting stars fall, they are travelling at speeds of 10km every second. This is about a hundred times faster than a jet plane. However, before the meteor can reach the Earth, it must go through the air around itthe atmosphere. Now, because it is going through the air so fast, the shooting star starts to become hotter and hotter and the air around it gets very hot too. This is a bit like the heard of a match rubbing along the side of a matchbox. Now, very soon the outside of this piece of iron gets very hot indeed and, as a result, it gets soft and melts and then starts to burn. So, as this hot little rock rushes through the atmosphere, it leaves a tail of hot burning metal and flames behind it. This is the bright streak we can see from the ground – 100km below. Yes, you see, fortunately for us, most meteors are so small that they have completely burned up long before they could ever reach the ground – which is just as well because, otherwise, we could need to carry rather stronger umbrellas!

Part 1: A.

1. A 6. C

2. B 7. D

3. C 8. A

4. A 9. B

5. D 10. A

1. I’ve been _____ at this report for hours. I’m really fed up with it. A. slogging away B. stowing away C. whittling away D. surfing away slog (away) at something=miệt mài; say sưa; cặm cụi làm việc 2. The anaesthetic is _____ and my mouth is beginning to feel quite sore now. A. dozed off B. wearing off C. tipping off D. rocketing off wear off=If a feeling or the effect of something wears off, it gradually disappears 3. There have been many complaints that universities are _____ their degree courses in order to attract more students. A. pelting down B. playing down C. dumbing down D. coming down double down (on sth)=to continue to do something in an even more determined way than before 4. When parents are stressed at work, they sometimes _____their children. A. take it out on B. miss it out on C. have it in for D. make it out of take it out on= treat someone badly because you are upset or angry, even if they have done nothing wrong 5. Being spoken to like that really took me _____. A. away B. on C. through D. aback take sb aback=to surprise or shock someone so much that they do not know how to behave for a short time 6. Therefore, _____ accordance with our regulations, you will be issued with a formal written warning. A. on B. at C. in D. for In accordance with= theo”, "tuân theo", “phù hợp với” 7. Our aunt is really intolerant _____ anyone who has a different point of view to her own. A. on B. at C. with D. of Intolerant of= disapproving of or refusing to accept ideas or ways of behaving that are different from your own 8. I think that _____ the circumstances it would be a good idea if you stayed at home for a few days. A. under B. on C. at D. over under the circumstances= in this specific situation 9. Following the financial scandal he left the job _____ disgrace. A. on B. in C. for D. with In disgrace = embarrassment and the loss of other people's respect, or behaviour that causes this 10. We solved the problem …………………. a new device developed by our engineers. A. by means of B. by means C. by means to D. by mean of . by means of= bằng cách,với

B. 1. B 2. C 3. A 4. D 5. C 6. B 7. A 8. A 9. B 10. D 1. A …………………….. of dirt and oil lay over the surface of the pond. A. piece B. film C. charm D. flock 2. You can’t simply ………………. the blame on the government whenever things go wrong. A. put B. give C. lay D. press lay the blame/responsibility (for something) on =to say that someone or something deserves to be considered responsible for something that has happened 3. The company offered to pay in ………………………., so in this way we would not have to wait until work is done to get our money. A. advance B. arrears C. purchase D. full in advance=before a particular time, or before doing a particular thing: 4. Janet gushed over the sculpture in the antique shop, but Kevin thought that the craftsmanship was merely run of the mill. A.He thinks that it is of exceptionally high quality. B. He thinks that it is marked by creativity or originality. C. He thinks that it is too expensive for the average person too afford. D. He thinks that it is low quality, common or ordinary. run-of-the-mill=ordinary and not special or exciting in any way: 5. After Michael missed three shots in a row and passed the ball to a player on the other team, the boys were only up by two and they suspected that Michael would be theAchilles' heelof the team. A.Michael performs well under pressure. B. Michael is a valuable contributor to the team. C. Michael is a weakness in an otherwise strong entity. D. Michael inspires others to succeed. Achilles heel=a small problem or weakness in a person or system that can result in failure 6. Lyle chose Marco for his partner, thinking that it would be fun to work with his best friend, but now that the project was due tomorrow and the boys had nothing done, Lyle realized that he should havehitched his ………………… to a different wagon. A. dog B. horse C. camel D. bull Hitched his horse to a different wagon= Start living with someone else, found a new partner 7. While Kristie's cake pops are both delicious and artistic, nobody can………………. a candle toher pecan pie. A. hold B. lit C. blow D. make can't hold a candle to=to not be as good as the person or thing mentioned: 8. Don't be such a..............Thomas. It will work. There will be no problems," Mary said to her husband as she tried to convince him to buy laminate flooring for the back bedroom. A. doubting B. quirky C. mistrusting D. wavering doubting Thomas=a person who refuses to believe anything until they are shown proof 9. The school staff needs new …………….. in order to bring in novel ideas.

A. thing B. blood C. employees D. offices new blood=people with a lot of energy or fresh ideas who are brought into an organization in order to improve it 10. Could I pick your …………… on the subject before the meeting? A. intellect B. mind C. head D. brains 'Pick someone's brain' có từ pick là chọn lọc, nhặt nhạnh, và brain là bộ óc. Thành ngữ này có nghĩa là nhặt nhạnh các thứ trong óc của một người, tức là hỏi người đó để thu thập thông tin cho mìn Part 2 1. are taken => taken/ which are taken (line 1) 2. amount => number (line 2) 3. some evidence => any evidence (line 3) 4. attracting => contracting (line 5) 5. transmited => transmitted (line 6) 6. all => both (line 8) 7. rises => raises (line 10) 8. produce => to produce (line 11) 9. Other => Another (line 12) 10. from => to (line 14) Part 3 After a four-decade-long career, Tri has not lost his passion for (1) _____ antique radios and cassette players to retain the (2) _____ memory of vintage sounds. The repair shop of 67-year-old technician Tri catches the eye of passers-by with its oldschool (3) _____ that has been kept from the early post-war years. Tri learned the trade of radio repair from his brother and has kept the heritage alive in his shop for the past 40 years. In recent years, the shop has seen a significant (4) _____ in its customer base, leaving only a few loyal visitors. Because of the slowdown, Tri has had to (5) ______ working as a ‘xe om’ motorbike taxi driver as a side job to support his family. “Yet, I still want to keep the shop running to cure the ‘disease’ for them [the radios] and let the old sounds have their own world,” Tri said. He stores a (6) _____ of vintage pieces and gadgets from the past century in the mere two-square-meter area of his kiosk. The technician has acquired (7) _____ experience in repairing virtually every product line (8) _____ of radios and cassette players. No matter how much time or effort it takes, he never fails to figure out the issue and find the right spare parts to fix his customers' devices. According to Tri, there are two options for repairing a radio, depending on the condition of the device: recovery or replacement. In the shop, there have been instances of antique, seemingly can-not-be-(9) _____ devices that were brought back to (10) ______ thanks to Tri's diligence. Tri said the avid collectors as well as the people who fix radio devices find it too hard to give up the antique equipment for new tech pieces. [...] 1. A. reassuring B. Reusing C. rejuvenating D. reselling

Rejuvenate=/to make someone/stomething look or feel young and energetic again//make an organization or system more effective by introducing new methods, ideas, or people 2. A. Loathsome B. execrated C. Hostile D. treasured treasured memory= kho tàng ký ức 3. A. signature B. signings C. assignment D. signage Signage= all the signs that advertise a product, etc.// signs that tell people what something is or where to go: 4. A. Downswing B. disparity C. incandescence D. non-aggression Downswing= a reduction in the amount or success of something, such as a country's economic activity 5. A. salted away B. put by C. blotted out D. ushering in usher sth in=to be at the start of a new period, especially when important changes or new things happen, or to cause important changes to start happening: 6. A. shortage B. dearth C. many D. plethora plethora=a large or excessive amount of (something). 7. A. hands-down B. onhand C. hands-on D. hands-free Hands-on = actively involved with other people in making decisions and doing work// obtained by doing something, not by reading about it or by watching it done 8. A. over the counter B. on the back C. in the realm D. at the coalface In the realm of = an area of interest or activity 9. A. salvaged B. Retrieved C. Relinquished D. ditched 10. A. society B. life C. day D. Heart Bring (someone or something) back to life” = lấy lại sự sống -> nghĩa là tái sinh, tu sửa, cải thiện lại cái gì; cứu sống/tiếp thêm năng lượng cho ai. Part 4: Read the text below and think of one word which best fits each space. Use only ONE WORD for each space. Write your answers

in the corresponding

numbered boxes. (15 pts) 1. other 6. in

2. far/much 7. find

3. consider

4. common

5. or

8. effect

9. itself

10. depends

/impact

. Part 5 Read the passage and choose the best answer to each of the following questions. (15 points) 1. C 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. C 9. D 10. B

Archaeological records-paintings, drawings, and carvings of humans engaged in activities involving the use of hands - indicate that humans have been predominantly right-handed for more than 5,000 years. In ancient Egyptian artwork, for example, the right hand is depicted as the dominant one in about 90 percent of the examples. Fracture or wear patterns on tools also indicate that a majority of ancient people were right-handed. Cro-Magnon cave paintings some 27,000 years old commonly show outlines of human hands made by placing one hand against the cave wall and applying paint with the other. Children today make similar outlines of their hands with crayons on paper. With few exceptions, left hands of Cro-Magnons are displayed on cave walls, indicating that the paintings were usually done by right-handers. Anthropological evidence pushes the record of handedness in early human ancestors back to at least 1.4 million years ago. One important line of evidence comes from flaking patterns of stone cores used in toolmaking: implements flaked with a clockwise motion (indicating a right-handed toolmaker) can be distinguished from those flaked with a counter-clockwise rotation (indicating a left-handed toolmaker). Even scratches found on fossil human teeth offer clues. Ancient humans are thought to have cut meat into strips by holding it between their teeth and slicing it with stone knives, as do the present-day Inuit. Occasionally the knives slip and leave scratches on the users' teeth. Scratches made with a left-to-right stroke direction (by right-handers) are more common than scratches in the opposite direction (made by left-handers). Still other evidence comes from cranial morphology: scientists think that physical differences between the right and left sides of the interior of the skull indicate subtle physical differences between the two sides of the brain. The variation between the hemispheres corresponds to which side of the body is used to perform specific activities. Such studies, as well as studies of tool use, indicate that right- or left-sided dominance is not exclusive to modern Homo sapiens. Populations of Neanderthals, such as Homo erectus and Homo habilis, seem to have been predominantly righthanded, as we are. 1. What is the main idea of the passage? A. Human ancestors became predominantly right-handed when they began to use tools. B. It is difficult to interpret the significance of anthropological evidence concerning tool use. C. Humans and their ancestors have been predominantly right-handed for over a million years. D. Human ancestors were more skilled at using both hands than modern humans. 1. Ý chính của đoạn văn là gì? A. Tổ tiên loài người chủ yếu thuận tay phải khi họ bắt đầu sử dụng các công cụ. B. Rất khó để giải thích ý nghĩa của bằng chứng nhân học liên quan đến việc sử dụng công cụ. C. Loài người và tổ tiên của họ chủ yếu thuận tay phải trong hơn một triệu năm. D. Tổ tiên loài người sử dụng cả hai tay thành thạo hơn loài người hiện đại. Clue: Archaeological records-paintings, drawings, and carvings of humans engaged in activities involving the use of hands - indicate that humans have been predominantly right-handed for more than 5,000 years.

Hồ sơ khảo cổ học - các bức tranh, bản vẽ và chạm khắc của con người tham gia vào các hoạt động liên quan đến sử dụng tay - chỉ ra rằng con người chủ yếu thuận tay phải trong hơn 5.000 năm. 2. What does the author say about Cro-Magnon paintings of hands? A. Some are not very old. B. It is unusual to see such paintings. C. Many were made by children. D. The artists were mostly right-handed. 2. Tác giả nói gì về những bức tranh vẽ bàn tay của Cro-Magnon? A. Một số không phải là rất cũ. B. Thật bất thường khi xem những bức tranh như vậy. C. Nhiều người được tạo ra bởi trẻ em. D. Các nghệ sĩ chủ yếu thuận tay phải. Clue: With few exceptions, left hands of Cro-Magnons are displayed on cave walls, indicating that the paintings were usually done by right-handers. Với một số ngoại lệ, bàn tay trái của Cro-Magnons được hiển thị trên các bức tường hang động, cho thấy rằng các bức tranh thường được thực hiện bởi những người thuận tay phải. 3. The word "depicted" in the first paragraph refers to ________. A. written B. portrayed C. referred D. mentioned Depict=portray= miêu tả 4. When compared with implements "flaked with a counter-clockwise rotation”, it can be inferred that "implements flaked with a clockwise motion" are ______. A. more common B. larger C. more sophisticated D. older Clue: One important line of evidence comes from flaking patterns of stone cores used in toolmaking: implements flaked with a clockwise motion (indicating a right-handed toolmaker) can be distinguished from those flaked with a counter-clockwise rotation (indicating a left-handed toolmaker). 5. The word "cranial morphology" in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to ______. A. the form of crane B. the form of study C. the study of physical bodies D. the study of skulls 5. Từ "hình thái sọ não" trong đoạn cuối gần nghĩa nhất với ______. A. hình thức cần cẩu B. hình thức nghiên cứu C. nghiên cứu các cơ thể vật chất D. nghiên cứu hộp sọ 6. The fact that the Inuit cut meat by holding it between their teeth is significant because ______. A. the relationship between handedness and scratches on fossil human teeth can be verified B. it emphasizes the differences between contemporary humans and their ancestors C. the scratch patterns produced by stone knives vary significantly from patterns produced by modern knives D. it demonstrates that ancient humans were not skilled at using tools 6. Việc người Inuit cắt thịt bằng cách kẹp giữa hai hàm răng của họ là rất quan trọng bởi vì ______.

A. mối quan hệ giữa thuận tay và vết xước trên răng người hóa thạch có thể được xác minh B. nó nhấn mạnh sự khác biệt giữa con người đương thời và tổ tiên của họ C. các mẫu xước do dao đá tạo ra khác nhau đáng kể so với các mẫu do dao hiện đại tạo ra D. nó chứng tỏ rằng con người cổ đại không có kỹ năng sử dụng công cụ Clue: Even scratches found on fossil human teeth offer clues. Ancient humans are thought to have cut meat into strips by holding it between their teeth and slicing it with stone knives, as do the present-day Inuit. Occasionally the knives slip and leave scratches on the users' teeth. Scratches made with a left-to-right stroke direction (by right-handers) are more common than scratches in the opposite direction (made by lefthanders). Ngay cả những vết xước được tìm thấy trên răng người hóa thạch cũng đưa ra manh mối. Người cổ đại được cho là đã cắt thịt thành từng dải bằng cách kẹp giữa hai hàm răng và thái thịt bằng dao đá, giống như người Inuit ngày nay. Đôi khi dao bị trượt và để lại vết xước trên răng của người sử dụng. Vết xước theo hướng từ trái sang phải (của người thuận tay phải) thường phổ biến hơn vết xước theo hướng ngược lại (của người thuận tay trái). 7. The word "hemispheres" in the last paragraph is closest in meaning to _______. A. differences B. sides C. activities D. studies 8. Why does the author mention Homo erectus and Habilis in the last paragraph? A. To contrast them with modern humans B. To explain when human ancestors began to make tools C. To show that early humans were also predominantly right-handed D. To prove that the population of Neanderthals was very large 8. Tại sao tác giả nhắc đến Homo erectus và Habilis trong đoạn cuối? A. Để đối chiếu họ với con người hiện đại B. Để giải thích tổ tiên loài người bắt đầu chế tạo công cụ từ khi nào C. Để chứng tỏ rằng con người thời kỳ đầu cũng chủ yếu thuận tay phải D. Để chứng minh rằng dân số của người Neanderthal rất lớn Clue: Populations of Neanderthals, such as Homo erectus and Homo habilis, seem to have been predominantly right-handed, as we are. Các quần thể người Neanderthal, chẳng hạn như Homo erectus và Homo habilis, dường như chủ yếu thuận tay phải, giống như chúng ta. 9. All of the following are mentioned as types of evidence concerning handedness EXCEPT _______. A. ancient artwork B. asymmetrical skulls C. studies of tool use D. fossilized hand bones 9. Tất cả những điều sau đây được đề cập như là các loại bằng chứng liên quan đến sự thuận tay phải NGOẠI TRỪ _______. A. tác phẩm nghệ thuật cổ đại B. hộp sọ không đối xứng C. nghiên cứu sử dụng công cụ D. xương bàn tay hóa thạch Clue: Still other evidence comes from cranial morphology: scientists think that physical differences between the right and left sides of the interior of the skull indicate subtle physical differences between the two sides of the brain

Vẫn còn những bằng chứng khác đến từ hình thái sọ: các nhà khoa học cho rằng sự khác biệt vật lý giữa bên phải và bên trái của phần bên trong hộp sọ cho thấy sự khác biệt tinh tế về thể chất giữa hai bên não 10. Which of the following conclusions is suggested by the evidence from cranial morphology? A. Differences in the hemispheres of the brain probably came about relatively recently B. There may be a link between handedness and differences in the brain's hemispheres. C. Left-handedness was somewhat more common among Neanderthals. D. Variation between the brain's hemispheres was not evident in the skulls of Homo erectus and Homo habilis. 10. Kết luận nào sau đây được đưa ra bởi các bằng chứng từ hình thái sọ não? A. Sự khác biệt trong các bán cầu não có thể xuất hiện tương đối gần đây B. Có thể có mối liên hệ giữa thuận tay phải và sự khác biệt trong các bán cầu não. C. Người Neanderthal thuận tay trái phổ biến hơn. D. Sự khác biệt giữa các bán cầu não không được thấy rõ trong hộp sọ của Người Homo erectus và Người Homo habilis. Clue: The variation between the hemispheres corresponds to which side of the body is used to perform specific activities. Sự biến đổi giữa các bán cầu tương ứng với bên nào của cơ thể được sử dụng để thực hiện các hoạt động cụ thể.’ Part 6: Read the passage and do the tasks that follow. (15 points) 1. iii 2. ii 3. vii 4. viii 5. YES 6. NOT GIVEN 7. NO 8. B 9. D 10. F A. Language everywhere changes over time; it has to. A central reason that necessitates modification is to allow for developments in our world to be expressed. For example, the technological revolution alone has been responsible for the addition of a plethora of words to our vocabulary: hard drive, software, modem to name just a few. The Japanese writing script katakana, which was originally introduced in the 9th century as a means by which Buddhist monks could correctly interpret Chinese pronunciations, is now most commonly used to embrace foreign words for which there is no original Japanese character; pizza or hamburger for example. Likewise the western world’s

exposure to and familiarity with foreign cultures now means that words such as sushi, nam bread and kebab, for example, are used by diners on a regular basis. B. iii. Influences on speech However, expansion of our vocabulary is just one element involved in how and why language evolves. Given the variation of dialects or regional accents present in most language systems, it is clear that an individual’s interpretation of what is actually correct and commonly used will vary quite dramatically, since this perception is based upon a combination of factors including the age, educational level and region of the country a person is from. As we go about our daily lives and interact with others from different backgrounds and experiences, the language we hear is often taken on board and incorporated into the way in which we communicate ourselves. Many phrases with American origins are now commonplace in British English for example, due to the frequency with which they are heard on television and in the movies. => Paragraph B refers to a region, age, education and other factors that influence the way we speak. Therefore, the best answer is ‘influences on speech’ C. ii. The Generation Gap Changes in language are often driven by the young and many such changes are commonly considered by older people to be a disintegration of standards rather than an evolution and an improvement. Let’s consider an Americanism commonly used by youngsters in all pans of the English speaking world. Used as an alternative to “Tom said…” it is now commonplace to hear “Tom goes, the pay rise was unacceptable.” or, “Tom was all, the pay rise was unacceptable.”; much to the horror of many traditionalists. However, this modification could also be considered to be adding to and not detracting from our ability to communicate effectively. To illustrate, let’s consider the original phrase “Tom said”; it is used solely to show’ the listener that we are reporting the words of Tom, while the modern variation, “Tom goes” has literally the same meaning. However, if the speaker chooses instead to use the latter phrase, “Tom was all”, they are also able to convey the message that Tom had an emotional reaction to the situation they are reporting, therefore a much more effective method of communicating information has been created, some may say. However, should the now’ commonly used texting abbreviations such as ‘gr8t’ (great) and ‘l8r’ (later) become permanent replacements of the original words, it is likely that even the most liberal amongst us would be horrified. => Paragraph C refers to differences in speech and attitudes of different age groups. Therefore, the best answer is ‘Generation Gap’ D. Variations on language are usually more readily accepted into informal language prior to them being absorbed for use in formal writing. Examples of words that we now commonly use, but were once considered incorrect, are ‘pea’ and ‘hopefully’. Let’s take pea; it derived from the word ‘pease’, which being an uncountable noun has the same form regardless of whether one or more pease were being spoken about. However, this was commonly overlooked and misunderstood, and through error the singular form of the vegetable became ‘pea’. More recently ‘hopefully’ was considered by many to be an inappropriate alternative to ‘I hope’; at best only accepted in informal use. The word hopefully is now’ fully acceptable in both informal speech and formal writing. E. vii. Questioning logic

Some people believe that traditional usages of language are always more superior and refined than modern variations even when the reasons behind the rule were dubious in the first place. For example, it was once seriously frowned upon to split an infinitive in a sentence and even today it is considered grammatically incorrect to do so. To demonstrate, let’s consider the following sentence: ‘The examiner asked me to quietly leave the room’; this was considered incorrect as the word ‘quietly’ splits the infinitive of the verb ‘to leave’. The origins of this rule hail back to the 17th century when scholars believed that the English language should be adapted to follow the rules of Latin; then considered the perfect language. Since splitting infinitives in Latin is impossible, it was decided that splitting infinitives in English, even though possible, was not acceptable, Given that initial motivations behind the rule were questionable and the clarity of meaning of the sentence is not compromised in the ‘incorrect’ form, it could be argued that this grammar rule is a prime example of an unnecessary sanction which is likely to be abandoned in the future. => Paragraph E questions how important or logical rules certain rules of grammar are (such as not splitting infinitives). Therefore, the best answer is ‘Questioning logic’. F. viii. Lifespan of vocabulary As language evolves, changes in grammar structures which would result in confusion of the actual meaning of the sentences are unlikely; however, the meanings of words are often modified or altered beyond recognition by different generations and can be easily misinterpreted by other social groups. Take, for example, the modern version of the word ‘bad’ meaning ‘great’ when used in contemporary slang. Many slang words remain dated in the era in which they are developed, for example words like ‘to beef, meaning to complain (introduced in the 1920’s) are not only dated but may not even be understood in a modern context, while others such as ‘guy’ become absorbed into mainstream language. Who knows what future generations will add to the ever changing environment of communication? => Paragraph F refers to language such as ‘to beef’ (now outdated) and ‘guy’(now part of mainstream speech). The paragraph also says that words are often modified…by different generations’. Therefore, the best answer is ‘Lifespan of vocabulary’. 5. If language were static, it would negatively affect our ability to incorporate other cultures into our own way of life. Y Clue: Foreign food used as an example. 6. The language we grow up knowing and that we adopt through new experiences have equal effects on the way we speak.NG Clue: Both affect but does not specify which has more influence or whether they are equal. 7. All modern adaptations of language are suitable for mainstream use.N Clue: The writer says texting language not suitable for mainstream use. Part 7

47 B. The second part of the review states that “Red Riding: 1974 is the weakest of the three Red Riding films …”. The first reviewer talks about their favourite movie, not their least favourite. 48 B. Third sentence of the review states that a short toilet break is likely to make you lose the stream of narrative. 49 D. Second part of the paragraph, starting with “The film can be too self-serious…” and how film’s “television roots show on a production level”. Reviewer C talks about production, but he admires rather than criticises it. 50 A. The second part of the paragraph states that murders aren’t the key of the film, but rather the reactions to them. 51 C. First sentence of the paragraph. Venue is a place where show such as movie is shown. In this case, it’s the art’s centre that chose to broadcast the movies for three weeks. 52 D. Last part of the first sentence: “… these are not sunny days for the faint of heart.” meaning that the softer viewers might find the content of the movie shocking or even revolting. 53 D. The last sentence mentions that the film, among other things, is “expertly performed” — meaning that the actors did a good job. 54 C. Last sentence goes: “… it’s easy to forget it and its sister films were produced for British television …”. 55 B. Third sentence talks about viewers from America who could be having difficulties making out the peculiar accents. 56 A. The first sentence refers to reporter Dunford as having mix of feelings.

Part 8 1. “In the light of this new evidence I have no alternative but to release you” the judge told the accused. In the light of =because of 2. It is important to know how to draw the line between a joke and a lie. draw the line between: tách rõ hoặc tạo ranh giới giữa hai điều gì; phân biệt hoặc đặt ra giới hạn giữa hai nhóm, chuỗi hành động hoặc giữa những cái giống nhau. 3. The government favours a carrot and stick approach/policy to young offenders. carrot and stick approach/policy to: offer people things in order to persuade them to do something and punish them if they refuse to do it. 4. We’ll have this job done in the next to no time if we cooperate . in the next to no time: it happens almost immediately or very quickly. 5. -The guide book gives the hotel its seal of approval. Give something/ somebody seal of approval: speak highly of something/ somebody 6,He will be the one to carry the can for this affair. Carry the can for something: take the responsibility for someth

7-I turned the drawers inside out but I couldn’t find the address. Turn something inside out: Empty something to look for something else 8. That wasn’t what I meant at all. You’ve got hold of the wrong end of the stick got hold of the wrong end of the stick: hiểu nhầm 9. It’s all toing and froing with all the cases that I can’t stand about holidays all toing and froing: repeated movement from one place to another: 10.get it off your chest get it off your chest; say something that one has wanted to say for a long time, resulting in a feeling of relief.

Test 19 Phần 1: Part 1: You will hear an interview with Paul Hanks, a member of The International Fair Trade Association. For questions 1-5, choose the answer A, B, C or D, which fits best according to what you hear1. Paul Hanks states that the basic aim of Fair Trade is to A. marginalise small producers in developing countries. B. make ends meet. C. exploit international marketeers. D. safeguard the welfare of small producers. 2. Paul Hanks clearly believes that Fair Trade A. does away with inequalities between rich and developing nations. B. assists in making small producers economically autonomous and stable. C. determines the fickle nature of demand and supply. D. receives a premium from small producers.

3. What must farmers do to get Fair Trade certification? A. meet preconditions B. accumulate capital C. own processing plants D. finance community projects 4. Paul Hanks states that A. none of the families whose children work want to send them to school. B. children may work hard but they receive good pay for the work they do. C. the Fair Trade movement takes measures to fight child labour. D. certified farmers are not obliged to send their children to school if they don't want to. 5. What is true of Fair Trade produce? A. It has a large market share. B. It is limited in variety. C. It accounts for 70 per cent of the market. D. It is easily distinguished by the Fair Trade label. Your answers:

Part 2: You will hear a journalist talking about alphabetism, which he calls a new type of discrimination. As you listen, complete the notes for questions 1 – 10.Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. Types of discrimination mentioned: racism; sexism; 1._______________ ; alphabetism Alphabetism = discrimination against those whose surnames begin with a letter in the 2._______________ of the alphabet. Number of US Presidents before George W Bush whose names began: with a letter in the first half of the alphabet 3._______________ with a letter in the second half of the alphabet 4._______________ Other groups of people who illustrate the same phenomenon include the world’s top three 5._______________ and the five richest men in the world.

Children whose names are at the beginning of the alphabet are made to sit at the 6._______________ of the class in infant school and so get 7._______________ from the teacher. Lists of people at graduation ceremonies, for job interviews, etc. are usually drawn up in alphabetic order and by the end the audience, interviewers, etc. have 8._______________. What can women do to change this? 9._______________. One consolation for those whose names begin with a letter in the ‘wrong’ half of the alphabet is that such people are better at 10._______________. Your answers:

10.

Part 3: You will hear a talk about one of the seven natural wonders. Listen and decide if the statements are true or false. Write T (for True) or F (for False). Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. (10 points) 1. Cairns has the fifth busiest airport in the southern hemisphere. 2. Great Adventures is the name of a travel company. 3. Green Island is 6,000 years old. 4. It takes 45 minutes to fly to Green Island from Cairns. 5. You are only allowed to go to the pontoon once. Your answers:

Phần 2: Part 1:A. PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS (5 PTS) Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 1. I need to ______ your offer very carefully before I make a decision. A. look over B. see out C. figure out D. mull over 2. There’s nothing to ______ as it’s a general knowledge quiz. A. come round to B. face up to C. swot up on D. come up with

3. The account of their journey has been ______ together from personal letters and diaries. A. pieced B. set C. pulled D. got 4. Perhaps it is the almost universal use of flavourings that makes it so hard to ______ the products ______. A. take – apart B. tell – apart C. come – apart D. fall – apart 5. We finally ______ out a way to get the band into the hotel without the press knowing. A. tried B. set C. puzzled D. put 6. He has taken some painkillers but when the effects ______, his leg will hurt quite badly. A. wear away B. wear down C. wear off D. wear out 7. Following years of intense training, the accomplished athlete ______ the medal triumphantly. A. took off B. went off C. ran off D. carried off 8. My car broke down and I had to _______ a huge sum of money to have it towed and serviced. A. splash out B. fork out C. put aside D. pay off fork out: miễn cưỡng chi ra 1 khoản tiền 9.My parents had a lot of children, so sometimes there wasn’t enough food to _____. A. put on B. fall back on C. give out D. go round 8. The noise from the unruly fans celebrating their team’s victory didn’t _____ until early in the morning. A. shut off B. give away C. let up D. fall over B. COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS (5 PTS) Choose the best options to complete the following sentences. 1. How did they manage to keep me completely ______ about this for so long? A. in the dark B. under the shadow C. in the shade D. out of shape 2. You’ve got to ______ to succeed in advertising. A. go to your head B. have your wits about you C. have your head in the clouds D. gather your wits 3. It took Dane a long time to understand what was going on. He’s usually ______ than that, isn’t it? A. round the bend B. harder and faster C. easier on the ear D. quicker on the uptake 4. Stop wasting time splitting ______ and look at the big picture. A. hairs B. ears C. eyes D. noses

5. The country is an economic ______ with chronic unemployment and rampant crime. A. lost cause B. basket caseC. false dawn D. dark horse 6. My mother nearly ______ when I said I was going to buy a motorbike. A. let the cat out of the bag B. put the cat among the pigeons C. had kittens D. got out of the rat race 7. Fresh evidence has recently ______ which suggests that he didn’t in fact commit the murder. A. come a long way B. come under fire C. come into bloom D. come to light 8. We’d been working hard for a month and so decided to go out and ______. A. paint the town red B. face the music C. read between the linesD. steal the show 9. The boss was ______ with the new employee over his qualifications and ability to perform his job well. A. at a loose end B. at a loss C. at a standstill D. at odds 10.Discussions on the issue of expansion of the company have been in _______ since the outbreak of the disease in the area. A. hitch

B. limbo

C. feud

D. core

Part 2: Read the text and find 10 mistakes and correct them. You should indicate in which line the mistake is. (5 pts) For the past eight years, many of the world’s leading classical musicians have gathered together in Switzerland’s most glitzy ski resort to play, to teach and socialise. If this were all, it would be the ultimate classical music insiders’ club. But the attraction of Verbier, their charm and relevance, is that it is also home for three weeks to more than 100 young musicians from 31 countries, starried-eye about meeting the masters and getting a crashing course at the highest possible level. Conductors of the world’s top orchestras are off hand to get the young musicians into shape, coaxing fine performances of so daunting challenges as Mahler’s Third Symphony and Brahms’ First Symphony. Verbier is the creation of the Swede, Martin Engstroem, who for many years was a leading agent. He wanted to run his own festival and, having some of the best contacts of the business, it was not hard to find a Swiss ski report to look for a summer boost, rich villa owners keen to open their houses to musical celebrities and stars used to

being indulgent. Engstroem is the most relaxed and charming of men, but in his way he is a dictator. The music heard at Verbier tends to be of his classical taste with barely a note of the contemporary.

Part 3: Culture shock refers to the feelings of discomfort experienced as a person adjusts to a new culture. It is caused by having to (11) _______ many new and unfamiliar situations and traditions. Newcomers feel helpless because they cannot understand all the new things they experience. However, understanding the stages of culture shock - and knowing that it is only (12) ______ - can help new comers make the transition. There are four stages of culture shock, although the length of time each stage lasts will diff er for each person. The first stage is the honeymoon stage. During this time, when you first (13) _______ a new culture, everything is interesting and exciting. You are (14) ______ about the new culture and eager to learn. Everything seems interesting, the people are friendly, the food is delicious, and you are eager to explore your new surroundings. However, after some time, the (15) ______ stage begins. The newcomer starts to feel uncomfortable and unhappy in the new culture. Everything seems very difficult: shopping, getting around, and making friends (16) _____ confusing. You may begin to feel homesick and want to return home. Feelings of anger and sadness are common, and you may (17) _______ be overwhelmed by small problems. However, these feelings don’t last long. Gradually, the newcomer becomes more comfortable in the culture and enters the (18) _______ stage. The new customs seem clearer, and (19) ______ seem(s) rather easier. You begin to enjoy the new culture once more. Finally, the stability stage begins. Life becomes more normal, and your sense of humor returns. You may not like everything about the new culture, but it doesn't make you so unhappy. You begin to feel (20) ______ home in the new culture. 11. A. prevail upon B. slot in C. attend to D. tussle with 12. A. for good B. temporary C. contemporary D. ephemeral 13. A. set foot on B. hammer out at C. commit yourself to D. make way for 4. A. interrogative B. inquisitive C. interested D. intermingling 15. A. distress B. agony C. hardship D. jeopardy 16. A. to seem B. seemingly C. seems D. seem 17. A. like B. also C. well D. both 18. A. recover B. resurrection C. regeneration D. regain 19. A. interactions of everyday B. everyday interactiveness C. everyday interactions D. being interactive everyday 20. A. as B. similarly C. Like D. at Part 4. For questions 1-10, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in each space.( 15 pts) In most discussions of cultural diversity, attention has focused on visible, explicit aspects of culture, such as language, dress, food, religion, music, and social rituals. Although they are important, these visible expressions of culture, which are

taught deliberately and learned consciously, are only the (1) ………….. of the iceberg of culture. Much of culture is taught and learned implicitly, or outside awareness. Thus, neither cultural insiders nor cultural outsiders are aware that certain "invisible” aspects of their culture (2) ……….. Invisible elements of culture are important to us. For example, how long we can be late (3) …………..being impolite, what topics we should avoid in a conversation, how we show interest or attention through listening behavior, what we consider beautiful or ugly. These are all (4) ………… of culture that we learn and use without being aware of it. When we meet other people whose invisible cultural assumptions differ from (5) ……………. we have learned implicitly, we usually do not recognize their behavior as cultural in origin. Differences in invisible culture can cause problems in (6) ………… relations. Conflicts may arise when we are unable to recognize others’ behavioral differences as cultural rather than (7) …………. We tend to misinterpret other people’s behavior, blame them, or judge their intentions or competence without realizing that we are experiencing cultural rather than individual differences. Formal organizations and institutions, such as schools, hospitals, workplaces, governments, and the legal system are collection sites for invisible cultural differences. If the differences were more visible, we might have less (8)………… . For example, if we met a man in a courthouse who was wearing exotic clothes, speaking a language (9) ……………. than ours, and carrying food that looked strange, we would not assume that we understood his thoughts and feelings or that he understood ours. Yet when such a man is dressed similarly to us, speaks our language, and does not differ from us in other obvious ways, we may fail to recognize the invisible cultural differences between us. As a result, mutual misunderstanding may (10) ……………. ( Extracted from “ Succeed in Cambridge English, CAE”) Your answers: 1.

10.

Part 5 For questions 1–10, read the text below and choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D). Write your answers in corresponding numbered boxes. (15 points) Continents and ocean basins represent the largest identifiable bodies on Earth. On the solid portions of the planet, the second most prominent features are flat plains, elevated plateaus, and large mountain ranges. In geography, the term "continent" refers to the surface of continuous landmasses that together comprise about 29.2% 5

of the planet's surface. On the other hand, another definition is prevalent in the general use of the term that deals with extensive mainlands, such as Europe or Asia, that actually represent one very large landmass. Although all continents are bounded by water bodies or high mountain ranges, isolated mainlands, such as Greenland and India-Pakistan areas are called subcontinents. In some circles, the

10 distinction between continents and large islands lies almost exclusively in the size of a particular landmass. The analysis of compression and tension in the earth's crust has determined that continental structures are composed of layers that underlie continental shelves. A great deal of disagreement among geologists surrounds the issue of exactly how 15 many layers underlie each landmass because of their distinctive mineral and chemical composition. It is also quite possible that the ocean floor rests on the top of unknown continents that have not yet been explored. The continental crust is believed to have been formed by means of a chemical reaction when, lighter materials separated from heavier ones, thus settling at various levels within the 20 crust. Assisted by the measurements of the specifics within crust formations by means of monitoring earthquakes, geologists can speculate that a chemical split occurred to form the atmosphere, sea water, and the crust before it solidified many centuries ago. Although each continent has its special features, all consist of various 25 combinations of components that include shields, mountain belts, intracratonic basins, margins, volcanic plateaus, and blockvaulted belts. The basic differences among continents lie in the proportion and the composition of these features relative to the continent size. Climatic zones have a crucial effect on the weathering and formation of the surface features, soil erosion, soil deposition, land formation, vegetation, and human activities. Mountain belts are elongated narrow

zones that have a characteristic folded sedimentary organization of layers. They are typically produced during substantial crustal movements, which generate faulting and mountain building. When continental margins collide, the rise of a marginal edge leads to the formation of large mountain ranges, as explained by the plate tectonic theory. This process also accounts for the occurrence of mountain belts in ocean basins and produces evidence for the ongoing continental plate evolution. 1.

What does this passage mainly discuss? A. Continental drift and division B. Various definitions of the term "continent" C. Continental structure and crust D. Scientific analyses of continental crusts

According to the passage, how do scientists define continents? A. As masses of land without divisions B. As extensive bodies of land C. As the largest identifiable features D. As surficial compositions and ranges

In the first paragraph, the word "bounded" is closest in meaning to ______. A. covered

B. convened

C. delimited

dominated 4.

The author of the passage implies that the disagreement among scientists is based on the fact that ______. A. each continent has several planes and shelves B. continents have various underlying layers of crust C. continents undergo compression and experience tension D. continents have different chemical makeup

The word "specifics" in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to ______. A. specialties

B. speculations

precise movements 6.

The word "it" in paragraph 2 refers to ______.

C. exact details

A. sea water

B. the atmosphere

C. the crust

D. a

chemical split 7.

The author of the passage implies that ______. A. it is not known exactly how the continental crust was formed B. geologists have neglected the exploration of the ocean floor C. scientists have concentrated on monitoring earthquakes. D. the earth's atmosphere split into water and solids

According to the passage, what are the differences in the structure of continents? A. The proportional size of continents to one another B. Ratios of major components and their comparative size C. The distinctive features of their elements D. Climatic zones and their effect on the surface features

In the last paragraph, the phrase "This process" refers to ______. A. continental collision

B. mountain ranges

C. the rise of margins

D. plate tectonic theory

10.

IV. For questions 1–10, read the following passage. Choose the correct heading for each paragraph from the list of headings below. Write the correct number, i-ix in corresponding numbered boxes. (15 points) List of Headings i.

A business-model approach to education

ii.

The reforms that improved education in Finland

iii.

Educational challenges of the future

iv.

Ways in which equality is maintained in the Finnish education system

The benefits of the introduction of testing

vi.

An approach that helped a young learner

vii.

Statistical proof of education success

viii.

Support for families working and living in Finland

ix.

The impact of the education system on Finland's economy Why Are Finland's Schools Successful? The country's achievements in education have other nations doing their

homework A. At Kirkkojarvi Comprehensive School in Espoo, a suburb west of Helsinki, Kari Louhivuori, the school's principal, decided to try something extreme by Finnish standards. One of his sixth-grade students, a recent immigrant, was falling behind, resisting his teacher's best efforts. So he decided to hold the boy back a year. Standards in the country have vastly improved in reading, math and science literacy over the past decade, in large part because its teachers are trusted to do whatever it takes to turn young lives around. 'I took Besart on that year as my private student,' explains Louhivuori. When he was not studying science, geography and math, Besart was seated next to Louhivuori's desk, taking books from a tall stack, slowly reading one, then another, then devouring them by the dozens. By the end of the year, he had conquered his adopted country's vowel-rich language and arrived at the realization that he could, in fact, learn. B. This tale of a single rescued child hints at some of the reasons for Finland's amazing record of education success. The transformation of its education system began some 40 years ago but teachers had little idea it had been so successful until 2000. In this year, the first results from the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA), a standardized test given to 15-year-olds in more than 40

global venues, revealed Finnish youth to be the best at reading in the world. Three years later, they led in math. By 2006, Finland was first out of the 57 nations that participate in science. In the latest PISA scores, the nation came second in science, third in reading and sixth in math among nearly half a million students worldwide. C. In the United States, government officials have attempted to improve standards by introducing marketplace competition into public schools. In recent years, a group of Wall Street financiers and philanthropists such as Bill Gates have put money behind private-sector ideas, such as charter schools, which have doubled in number in the past decade. President Obama, too, apparently thought competition was the answer. One policy invited states to compete for federal dollars using tests and other methods to measure teachers, a philosophy that would not be welcome in Finland. 'I think, in fact, teachers would tear off their shirts,' said Timo Heikkinen, a Helsinki principal with 24 years of teaching experience. 'If you only measure the statistics, you miss the human aspect.' D. There are no compulsory standardized tests in Finland, apart from one exam at the end of students' senior year in high school. There is no competition between students, schools or regions. Finland's schools are publicly funded. The people in the government agencies running them, from national officials to local authorities, are educators rather than business people or politicians. Every school has the same national goals and draws from the same pool of university-trained educators. The result is that a Finnish child has a good chance of getting the same quality education no matter whether he or she lives in a rural village or a university town. E. It's almost unheard of for a child to show up hungry to school. Finland provides three years of maternity leave and subsidized day care to parents, and preschool for all five-year-olds, where the emphasis is on socializing. In addition, the state subsidizes parents, paying them around 150 euros per month for every child until he or she turns 17. Schools provide food, counseling and taxi service if needed. Health care is even free for students taking degree courses. F. Finland's schools were not always a wonder. For the first half of the twentieth century, only the privilege a got a quality education. But In 1963, the Finnish

Parliament made the bold decision to choose public education as the best means of driving the economy forward and out of recession. Public schools were organized into one system of comprehensive schools for ages 7 through 16. Teachers from all over the nation contributed to a national curriculum that provided guidelines, not prescriptions, for them to refer to. Besides Finnish and Swedish (the country's second official language), children started learning a third language (English is a favorite) usually beginning at age nine. The equal distribution of equipment was next, meaning that all teachers had their fair share of teaching resources to aid learning. As the comprehensive schools improved, so did the upper secondary schools (grades 10 through 12). The second critical decision came in 1979, when it was required that every teacher gain a fifth-year Master's degree in theory and practice, paid for by the state. From then on, teachers were effectively granted equal status with doctors and lawyers. Applicants began flooding teaching programs, not because the salaries were so high but because autonomous decisionmaking and respect made the job desirable. And as Louhivuori explains, 'We have our own motivation to succeed because we love the work.' Your answers: 0.

Paragraph

vi. 1. Paragraph B:

2. Paragraph C:

4. Paragraph E:

5. Paragraph F:

(example) 3. Paragraph D:

Complete the notes below. Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER from the passage for each answer. The school system in Finland PISA tests  In the most recent tests, …………………………………

Finland's

top

subject

was

(6)

Finland's

(7)

History 1963:  A new school system ……………………………

was

needed

improve

 Schools followed (8) …………………………… that were created partly by teachers.  All teachers were given the same (9) ………………………………… to use. 1979:  Applicants were attracted to the (10) …………………………… that teaching received.

Your answers: 6.

10.

Part 7 You are going to read an article about the Royal Society, a British scientific institution. For questions 47-56, choose from the sections of the article (A-E). The sections may be chosen more than once. In which section of the article are the following mentioned? 47 a belief that a certain development has been of particular use to scientists 48 the variety of ways in which the Royal Society encourages people who are not scientists to consider scientific issues 49 a rapid reaction to research being made public 50 a particular development that requires urgent action to improve it 51 a resource for information on past scientific discoveries 52 a lack of understanding of scientific matters among people in general 53 a system that the Royal Society introduced 54 the fact that scientists do not always reach firm conclusions 55 a problem that is not limited to the world of science 56 the belief that certain things that are possible are not desirable The unstoppable spirit of inquiry The president of the Royal Society, Martin Rees, celebrates the long history of one of Britain’s greatest institutions.

A The Royal Society began in 1660. From the beginning, the wide dissemination of scientific ideas was deemed important. The Society started to publish Philosophical Transaction, the first scientific journal, which continues to this day. The Society’s journals pioneered what is still the accepted procedure whereby scientific ideas are subject to peer review – criticised, refined and codified into ‘public knowledge’. Over the centuries, they published Isaac Newton’s researches on light, Benjamin Franklin’s experiments on lightning, Volta’s first battery and many of the triumphs of twentieth century science. Those who want to celebrate this glorious history should visit the Royal Society’s archives via our Trailblazing website. В The founders of the Society enjoyed speculation, but they were also intensely engaged with the problems of their era, such as improvements to timekeeping and navigation. After 350 years, our horizons have expanded, but the same engagement is imperative in the 21st century. Knowledge has advanced hugely, but it must be deployed for the benefit of the ever-growing population of our planet, all empowered by ever more powerful technology. The silicon chip was perhaps the most transformative single invention of the past century; it has allowed miniaturisation and spawned the worldwide reach of mobile phones and the internet. It was physicists who developed the World Wide Web and, though it impacts us all, scientists have benefited especially. C Traditional journals survive as guarantors of quality, but they are supplemented by a blogosphere of widely varying quality. The latter cries out for an informal system of quality control. The internet levels the playing fields between researchers in major centres and those in relative isolation. It has transformed the way science is communicated and debated. In 2002, three young Indian mathematicians invented a faster scheme for factoring large numbers -something that would be crucial for codebreaking. They posted their results on the web. Within a day, 20,000 people had downloaded the work, which was the topic of hastily convened discussions in many centres of mathematical research around the world. The internet also allows new styles of research. For example, in the old days, astronomical research was stored on delicate photographic plates; these were not easily accessible and tiresome to analyse. Now such data (and large datasets in genetics and particle physics) can be accessed and downloaded anywhere. Experiments and natural events can be followed in real-time. D We recently asked our members what they saw as the most important questions facing us in the years ahead and we are holding discussion meetings on the ‘Top Ten’. Whatever breakthroughs are in store, we can be sure of one thing: the widening gulf between what science enables us to do and what it’s prudent or ethical actually to do. In respect of certain developments, regulation will be called for, on ethical as well as prudential grounds. The way science is applied is a matter not just for scientists. All citizens need to address these questions. Public decisions should be made, after the widest possible discussion, in the light of the best scientific evidence available. That is one of the key roles of the Society. Whether it is the work of our Science Policy Centre,

our journals, our discussion meetings, our work in education or our public events, we must be at the heart of helping policy-makers and citizens make informed decisions. E Our science isn’t dogma. Its assertions are sometimes tentative, sometimes compelling; noisy controversy doesn’t always connote balanced arguments; risks are never absolutely zero, even if they are hugely outweighed by potential benefits. In promoting an informed debate, the media are crucial. When reporting a scientific controversy, the aim should be neither to exaggerate risks and uncertainties, nor to gloss over them. This is indeed a challenge, particularly when institutional, political or commercial pressures distort the debate. Scientists often bemoan the public’s weak grasp of science — without some ‘feel’ for the issues, public debate can’t get beyond sloganising. But they protest too much: there are other issues where public debate is, to an equally disquieting degree, inhibited by ignorance. The Royal Society aims to sustain Britain’s traditional strength in science, but also to ensure that wherever science impacts on people’s lives, it is openly debated.

Part 8 11. I think you should confront your boss right now with how you feel about this. out Why don’t you………………………………………………………your boss right now? 12. Anna had decided Tom was not telling the truth about what happened. teeth Anna was sure Tom ……………………………………………….. about what happened 13.

Tom reckoned that his success was due to incredible luck. Tom put ……………………………………………………………...

14.Our children are crazy about Korean singers.

HEAD

…………………………………………………………………. 15.Were you at all worried about telling the truth.

MISGIVINGS

…………………………………………………………………. 16.He was shouting as loud as he could.

TOP

…………………………………………………………………. 17.The prisoner was recaptured as he rushed towards the gate. ………………………………………………………………….

DASH

18. However unfavorable our position is, we mustn’t surrender. (face) …………………………………………………………………………………….. 19. Tim failed to get into university and he gets very annoyed if it’s mentioned. CHIP Timothy has ..................................................................................... 20. I happen to know the manager of the firm. I can recommend you if you like. (word) …………………………………………………………………………………….. KEY Phần 1: Part 1 1. D

2. B

3. A

4. C

5. D

Part 2 1. ageism

2. second half

3. 26

4.16

5. central bankers

6. front

7. more attention

8. lost interest

9. marry Part 3 1. F

10. running a big business/ running firms

2. T

3. T

4. F

5. F

Part 1 Interviewer:

With us in the studio is Paul Hanks, a member of The International

Fair Trade Association, an umbrella group of organizations in more than 70 countries. Welcome Paul, and thanks for joining us today. Paul Hanks:

My pleasure.

Interviewer:

Many people will have heard of the Fair Trade movement, which

aims to help producers in developing countries, and they may have even bought products with the Fair Trade label on them, but this does not necessarily reflect a true understanding of the fair trade initiative. Paul Hanks:

That’s why I am genuinely grateful for any opportunity given to me

to enlighten consumers about this venture, as consumer awareness, sensitivity and involvement are required to ensure its success. You see the essence of Fair Trade lies in ensuring the well-being of marginalized small producers in developing countries who

are struggling to make ends meet and maintain an acceptable standard of living. They are the ones that are either unscrupulously exploited by international marketers or eliminated by the cut-throat competition of free-trade. Interviewer:

In other words, Fair Trade aims to do away with inequalities in the

relationship between rich nations and the developing world. Paul Hanks:

Well, Fair Trade will never be the answer to such a complicated

problem but it can and does help small procedures achieve economic self-sufficiency and stability. This it does by offering better trading conditions as it ensures that prices are stable, not determined by the fickle nature of demand and supply, and that members of consortiums certified as Fair Trade receive a guaranteed premium, in other words, a sum of money in addition to the normal cost. This premium boosts their earning potential and enhances their standard of living. Interviewer:

So, correct me if I’m wrong, Fair Trade is a trading partnership that

helps marginalized producers secure their place in the international market, and in doing so alleviates poverty. Paul Hanks:

Exactly! But Fair Trade is not only concerned with the economic

well-being of small producers. It actually helps them develop knowledge, skills and resources to improve their lives. To get Fair Trade certification, farmers need to adhere to prerequisites that determine eligibility. Interviewer:

Do you mean a list of rules that they must stick to?

Paul Hanks:

Yes. Rules that involve things like agricultural practices, which need

to be environmentally friendly and sustainable, use of pesticides, which are limited to ensure the farmers’ as well as the customers’ safety, and even issues regarding recycling and the use of waste products, such as coffee skins, for the production of fuel for processing plants. And these are just a few. So, certification enables them to access expertise and know-how, and amass capital that can be utilized to build a better infrastructure, which benefits not only individual producers but the community as a whole. Premiums often finance community projects like schools and drinkable water that facilitate social development. Interviewer: I see. What about child labour? Some families in these developing countries are so poor that every member of the family, regardless of age or gender,

needs to work, to put bread on the table. Many of these children have never seen the inside of a school! Paul Hanks: This is a sad fact! A UNICEF survey recently revealed the severity of child labour and the extent of the physical and emotional abuse experienced by these children. The results were shocking. Children in many countries work over ten hours a day under very difficult conditions for wages that amount to no more than 20 pence a day! The families of these children are so poor that no alternative course of action is at hand. The Fair Trade initiative helps alleviate problems like this as it makes it possible for parents to earn a living while educating their children at the same time. You see, to obtain certification, farmers have to show that their children are enrolled in school. So, even if they don’t want to send their children to school, they are forced to. Certified farms are visited fairly regularly by various organizations to verify adherence to criteria, such as a ban on child labour. Interviewer: That’s good to know! So, what do consumers need to do to support the Fair Trade initiative? Paul Hanks: They need to look out for the Fair Trade label and buy the large variety of products available on the market now. Products range from things like rice, nuts and fruit juices to footballs, clothes and jewellery. Although Fair Trade produce accounts for only a global scale, there has been substantial growth. For instance, in 2008, sales of Fair Trade goods rose by a staggering 70 per cent. People do care! All I’m asking is for them to carry on caring, and spread the word. Money spent on Fair Trade goods is money well spent. Interviewer: So, there we have it ladies and gentlemen. You all have your work cut out for you! Paul Hanks, thank you very much. Paul Hanks:

Thank you.

Part 2 Speaker: Over the past century all kinds of unfairness and discrimination have been denounced or made illegal. We’ve fought and are still fighting against racism, sexism, ageism ... . But yet another has recently been highlighted: alphabetism. This, for those of you who, like me, were unaware of such a sad affliction, refers to discrimination against those whose name begins with a letter in the second half of the alphabet.

It has long been known that a firm called AAA cars has a big advantage over Zodiac cars when customers thumb through their phone books. Less well-known is the advantage which Adam Abbott has in life over Zoe Zysman. English names are apparently fairly evenly spread between the halves of the alphabet. Yet a suspiciously large number of top people have surnames beginning with the letters between A and K. Thus the current American President and Vice President have names beginning with B and C respectively and twenty-six of George Bush’s predecessors, including his father, of course, had surnames in the first half of the alphabet with just 16 in the second half. Even more striking, six of the seven current heads of the G7 rich countries are alphabetically advantaged. The world’s three top central bankers have names beginning with letters close to the top of the alphabet, even if one of them really uses Japanese characters. As do the world’s five richest men – Gates, Buffet, Allen, Ellison and Albretch. Can this merely be a coincidence? One theory, dreamt up in all their spare time by the alphabetically disadvantaged, is that the rot sets in early. At the start of the first year in infant school, teachers seat pupils alphabetically from the front, to make it easier to remember their names. So short-sighted Zysman junior gets stuck in the back row and is largely ignored by the teacher. At the time the alphabetically disadvantaged juniors may think they have had a lucky escape. Yet the result may be worse qualifications because they get less individual attention as well as acquiring less confidence in speaking publicly. The humiliation continues. At university graduation ceremonies, the ABCs proudly get their awards first; by the time they reach the Zs, most of the audience are asleep. Shortlists for job interviews, election ballot papers, conference speakers and the like all tend to be drawn up alphabetically and their recipients gradually lose interest as they plough their way through the list. What is to be done? Awkward though it may be for the independent-minded, women can at least achieve alphabetic advancement by marrying up. Thus Ms Zysman could become Mrs Abbott. However, do not give up hope, all you Ps, Qs and Ws. The alphabetically disadvantaged may not become presidents, central bankers or rich but do seem to thrive at running firms. Nine of the world’s ten biggest companies (by revenues) are run by

bosses with names that begin in the second half of the alphabet. An old theory is thus supported –only those who have battled against the odds will really make it in business. Part 3 Located on the northern tip of Australia’s East Coast, the tropical city of Cairns is internationally recognized as the gateway to the Great Barrier Reef, one of the seven natural wonders of the world. The city is home to 100,000 people and also boasts the fifth busiest international airport in Australia with many carriers flying direct to Cairns from countries around the world. Cairns has many outdoor restaurants and cafés and great shopping, and also offers a complete range of accommodation options from budget right through to five-star. Great Adventures Cruises have been running trips to the Great Barrier Reef for more than 100 years and, as a result, are recognised as an industry leader. Great Adventures offer day cruises to Green Island, a beautiful 6,000-year-old coral bay. It is perfect for lazing on white sands, swimming, or snorkelling around the surrounding reef or relaxing around the luxurious day-visitor facilities – all just 45 minutes crossing from Cairns. A full range of options on the island include introductory scuba diving, certified scuba diving and guided snorkel tours, as well as a crocodile farm, parasailing and private beach hire. For those wanting the ultimate reef adventure, cruise from Cairns to the luxury of Great Adventures’ multi-level pontoon on the Outer Reef. The pontoon features undercover seating and tables where you can enjoy a sumptuous buffet lunch. There’s also a sundeck, full bar facilities, an underwater observatory, a semisubmersible coral viewing tour and a swimming enclosure for children. You’ll be able to snorkel or dive among the reef’s spectacular coral gardens and diverse marine life. A once-in-a-lifetime experience!

Part 1:A. KEY TO PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS: 1. D

2. C

3. A

4. B

5. C

6. C

7. D

8. B

1. I need to ______ your offer very carefully before I make a decision.

9. D

10. C

A. look over B. see out

C. figure out D. mull over

mull over something=to think carefully about something for a period of time 2. There’s nothing to ______ as it’s a general knowledge quiz. A. come round to

B. face up to C. swot up on D. come up with

swot up (on sth)=to learn as much as you can about a subject, especially before an examination 3. The account of their journey has been ______ together from personal letters and diaries. A. pieced

B. set C. pulled

D. got

piece together something=to put the parts of something into place 4. Perhaps it is the almost universal use of flavourings that makes it so hard to ______ the products ______. A. take – apart

B. tell – apart C. come – apart

D. fall – apart

Tell apart = phân biệt điều gì 5. We finally ______ out a way to get the band into the hotel without the press knowing. A. tried

B. set C. puzzled

D. put

puzzle sth out=to discover or understand something by thinking hard about it 6. He has taken some painkillers but when the effects ______, his leg will hurt quite badly. A. wear away B. wear down C. wear off

D. wear out

wear off=If a feeling or the effect of something wears off, it gradually disappears 7. Following years of intense training, the accomplished athlete ______ the medal triumphantly. A. took off

B. went off

C. ran off

D. carried off

carry off something=to succeed in doing or achieving something, esp. when this is difficult 8. My car broke down and I had to _______ a huge sum of money to have it towed and serviced. A. splash out

B. fork out

C. put aside

D. pay off

fork out: miễn cưỡng chi ra 1 khoản tiền9. My parents had a lot of children, so sometimes there wasn’t enough food to _____. A. put on

B. fall back on

C. give out

D. go round

Go round = If there is enough of something to go round, there is enough for everyone in a group of people 10. The noise from the unruly fans celebrating their team’s victory didn’t _____ until early in the morning. A. shut off B. give away C. let up D. fall over fall off=If the amount, rate, or quality of something falls off, it becomes smaller or lower KEY TO COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS: 1. A

2. B

3. D

4. A

5. B

6. C

7. D

8. A

9. D

10. B

4. How did they manage to keep me completely ______ about this for so long? A. in the dark B. under the shadow C. in the shade D. out of shape Keep sb in the dark = giấu,không cho ai biết điều gì 5. You’ve got to ______ to succeed in advertising. A. go to your head B. have your wits about you C. have your head in the clouds D. gather your wits have your wits about= giữ được tâm trí, bình tĩnh về bản thân mình -> giữ bình tĩnh, cảnh giác go to one’s head = làm ai trở nên kiêu ngạo 'Head in the clouds' nghĩa là đầu óc ở trên mây, ám chỉ người không thực tế, hay mơ mộng. 6. It took Dane a long time to understand what was going on. He’s usually ______ than that, isn’t it? A. round the bend B. harder and faster C. easier on the ear D. quicker on the uptake Be quick on the uptake = phản ứng vấn đề 1 cách nhanh nhạy >< be slow on the uptake 'drives you round the bend', có nghĩa là điều đó khiến bạn thực sự buồn chán hoặc tức giận easy on the eye/ear=pleasant to look at/listen to 6. Stop wasting time splitting ______ and look at the big picture. A. hairs B. ears C. eyes D. noses Splitting hairs= argue about small details of something 7. The country is an economic ______ with chronic unemployment and rampant crime. A. lost cause B. basket case C. false dawn D. dark horse lost cause= a person or thing that can no longer hope to succeed or be changed for the better

basket case = someone who is extremely nervous or anxious and is therefore unable to organize their life// a country or company that is very unsuccessful financially false dawn= something that seems to show that a successful period is beginning or that a situation is improving when it is not dark horse= chỉ người, một vật gì đó mà ít ai biết đến. 9. My mother nearly ______ when I said I was going to buy a motorbike. A. let the cat out of the bag B. put the cat among the pigeons C. had kittens D. got out of the rat race let the cat out of the bag= tiết lộ bí mật put the cat among the pigeons= làm mọi chuyện trở nên rắc rối,nghiêm trọng hơn have kittens=to be very worried, upset, or angry about something 10. Fresh evidence has recently ______ which suggests that he didn’t in fact commit the murder. A. come a long way B. come under fire C. come into bloom D. come to light Come a long way =đi một đoạn đường khá xa, tức là đạt được rất nhiều tiến bộ. Come under fire = bị chỉ trích gay gắt,nặng nề Come into bloom = nở rộ,thành công có bước phát triển Come to light = đc đưa ra ánh sáng,vấn đề đc làm tỏ 11. We’d been working hard for a month and so decided to go out and ______. A. paint the town red B. face the music C. read between the linesD. steal the show paint the town red= go out and enjoy yourself by drinking alcohol, dancing, laughing with friends, etc.: face the music= chịu trận,gánh chịu hậu quả read between the lines = look for or discover a meaning that is hidden or implied rather than explicitly stated steal the show= ý nói một người biết cách gây sự chú ý (hài hước, thú vị...), được hoan nghênh nhiệt liệt 10. The boss was ______ with the new employee over his qualifications and ability to perform his job well. A. at a loose end B. at a loss C. at a standstill D. at odds 12.Discussions on the issue of expansion of the company have been in _______ since the outbreak of the disease in the area. A. hitch B. limbo C. feud D. core in limbo: in a situation in which you are not certain what to do next, cannot take action, etc., especially because you are waiting for somebody else to make a decision Part 2

Line

Mistake

Correction

Line

Mistake

Correction

glitzy

glitziest

such

their

its

starried-eye

starry-eyed

to look

looking

crashing

crash

indulgent

indulged

off

Part 3

Culture shock refers to the feelings of discomfort experienced as a person adjusts to a new culture. It is caused by having to (11) _______ many new and unfamiliar situations and traditions. Newcomers feel helpless because they cannot understand all the new things they experience. However, understanding the stages of culture shock and knowing that it is only (12) ______ - can help new comers make the transition. There are four stages of culture shock, although the length of time each stage lasts will diff er for each person. The first stage is the honeymoon stage. During this time, when you first (13) _______ a new culture, everything is interesting and exciting. You are (14) ______ about the new culture and eager to learn. Everything seems interesting, the people are friendly, the food is delicious, and you are eager to explore your new surroundings. However, after some time, the (15) ______ stage begins. The newcomer starts to feel uncomfortable and unhappy in the new culture. Everything seems very difficult: shopping, getting around, and making friends (16) _____ confusing. You may begin to feel homesick and want to return home. Feelings of anger and sadness are common, and you may (17) _______ be overwhelmed by small problems. However, these feelings don’t last long. Gradually, the newcomer becomes more comfortable in the culture and enters the (18) _______ stage. The new customs seem clearer, and (19) ______ seem(s) rather easier. You begin to enjoy the new culture once more. Finally, the stability stage begins. Life becomes more normal, and your sense of humor returns. You may not like everything about the new culture, but it doesn't make you so unhappy. You begin to feel (20) ______ home in the new culture. 11. A. prevail upon B. slot in C. attend to D. tussle with tussle with= try hard to understand or deal with a difficult idea or problem 12. A. for good B. temporary C. contemporary D. ephemeral temporary = not lasting or needed for very long 13. A. set foot on B. hammer out at C. commit yourself to D. make way for set foot on = To physically board something or travel to some place 4. A. interrogative B. inquisitive C. interested D. intermingling Inquisitive=wanting to discover as much as you can about things, sometimes in a way that annoys people 15. A. distress B. agony C. hardship D. jeopardy

Distress= a situation in which you are suffering or are in great danger and therefore in urgent need of help// a feeling of extreme worry, sadness, or pain 16. A. to seem B. seemingly C. seems D. seem 17. A. like B. also C. well D. both May also 18. A. recover B. resurrection C. regeneration D. regain Recover= become completely well again after an illness or injury:// become successful or normal again after being damaged or having problems 19. A. interactions of everyday B. everyday interactiveness C. everyday interactions D. being interactive everyday 20. A. as B. similarly C. Like D. at Feel at home = có cảm giác thoải mái/tự nhiên. Part 4. ( 15 pts) 1. tip

2. exist

3. before

4. aspects

7. personal

8.misunderstanding 9. other

5. those 6. cross-cultural

10. arise

Part 5 For questions 1–10, read the text below and choose the correct answer (A, B, C or D). Write your answers in corresponding numbered boxes. (15 points) 1. C

2. A

3. C

4. D

5. C

6. C

7. A

8. B

9. A

10. D

Continents and ocean basins represent the largest identifiable bodies on Earth. On the solid portions of the planet, the second most prominent features are flat plains, elevated plateaus, and large mountain ranges. In geography, the term "continent" refers to the surface of continuous landmasses that together comprise about 29.2% 5

15 many layers underlie each landmass because of their distinctive mineral and chemical composition. It is also quite possible that the ocean floor rests on the top of unknown continents that have not yet been explored. The continental crust is believed to have been formed by means of a chemical reaction when, lighter materials separated from heavier ones, thus settling at various levels within the 20 crust. Assisted by the measurements of the specifics within crust formations by means of monitoring earthquakes, geologists can speculate that a chemical split occurred to form the atmosphere, sea water, and the crust before it solidified many centuries ago. Although each continent has its special features, all consist of various 25 combinations of components that include shields, mountain belts, intracratonic basins, margins, volcanic plateaus, and blockvaulted belts. The basic differences among continents lie in the proportion and the composition of these features relative to the continent size. Climatic zones have a crucial effect on the weathering and formation of the surface features, soil erosion, soil deposition, land formation, vegetation, and human activities. Mountain belts are elongated narrow zones that have a characteristic folded sedimentary organization of layers. They are typically produced during substantial crustal movements, which generate faulting and mountain building. When continental margins collide, the rise of a marginal edge leads to the formation of large mountain ranges, as explained by the plate tectonic theory. This process also accounts for the occurrence of mountain belts in ocean basins and produces evidence for the ongoing continental plate evolution. 11. What does this passage mainly discuss? A. Continental drift and division B. Various definitions of the term "continent" C. Continental structure and crust D. Scientific analyses of continental crusts 1. Đoạn văn này chủ yếu bàn về điều gì? A. Sự trôi dạt và phân chia lục địa B. Các định nghĩa khác nhau về thuật ngữ "lục địa" C. Cấu trúc lục địa và lớp vỏ

D. Phân tích khoa học về lớp vỏ lục địa 12. According to the passage, how do scientists define continents? A. As masses of land without divisions B. As extensive bodies of land C. As the largest identifiable features D. As surficial compositions and ranges 2. Theo đoạn văn, các nhà khoa học xác định lục địa như thế nào? A. Là những vùng đất rộng lớn không có sự phân chia B. Là vùng đất rộng lớn C. Là đặc điểm nhận dạng lớn nhất D. Là thành phần và phạm vi bề ngoài Clue: In geography, the term "continent" refers to the surface of continuous landmasses that together comprise about 29.2% of the planet's surface . Trong địa lý, thuật ngữ "lục địa" dùng để chỉ bề mặt của các khối đất liền nhau chiếm khoảng 29,2% bề mặt hành tinh. 13. In the first paragraph, the word "bounded" is closest in meaning to ______. A. covered

B. convened

C. delimited

dominated Từ “bounded” gần nghĩa nhất với từ

Đáp án C. delimited delimit (v): giới hạn, định ranh giới, bao bọc (ở xung quanh) ~ bound (v) Các đáp án khác: cover (v): che phủ (ở phía trên) convene (v): triệu tập, họp dominate (v): trội hơn, chiếm ưu thế 14. The author of the passage implies that the disagreement among scientists is based on the fact that ______. A. each continent has several planes and shelves B. continents have various underlying layers of crust C. continents undergo compression and experience tension D. continents have different chemical makeup

4. Tác giả của đoạn văn ngụ ý rằng sự bất đồng giữa các nhà khoa học dựa trên thực tế là ______. A. mỗi lục địa có một số mặt phẳng và giá B. các lục địa có nhiều lớp vỏ bên dưới khác nhau C. lục địa chịu nén và căng D. các lục địa có cấu tạo hóa học khác nhau Clue: A great deal of disagreement among geologists surrounds the issue of exactly how many layers underlie each landmass because of their distinctive mineral and chemical composition Có một sự bất đồng lớn giữa các nhà địa chất học xung quanh việc có chính xác bao nhiêu lớp nằm dưới các khối đất bởi mỗi khối đất có cấu tạo hóa học và khoáng chất riêng biệt. 15. The word "specifics" in the second paragraph is closest in meaning to ______. A. specialties

B. speculations

C. exact details

precise movements Từ “specifics” gần nghĩa nhất với từ

Đáp án C. exact details: các chi tiết cụ thể ~ specifics: các lớp cụ thể Các đáp án khác: specialty (n): hợp đồng có đóng dấu, chuyên môn, chuyên khoa, nét đặc biệt speculation (n): sự suy xét, nghiên cứu precise movements (n): những chuyển động chính xác 16. The word "it" in paragraph 2 refers to ______. A. sea water

B. the atmosphere

C. the crust

chemical split 17. The author of the passage implies that ______. A. it is not known exactly how the continental crust was formed

D. a

B. geologists have neglected the exploration of the ocean floor C. scientists have concentrated on monitoring earthquakes. D. the earth's atmosphere split into water and solids 7. Tác giả của đoạn văn ngụ ý rằng ______. A. người ta không biết chính xác lớp vỏ lục địa được hình thành như thế nào B. các nhà địa chất đã bỏ bê việc khám phá đáy đại dương C. các nhà khoa học đã tập trung theo dõi các trận động đất. D. bầu khí quyển của trái đất tách thành nước và chất rắn Clue: The continental crust is believed to have been formed by means of a chemical reac¬tion when, lighter materials separated from heavier ones, thus settling at various levels within the crust. Lớp vỏ lục địa được cho là đã được hình thành bởi một phản ứng hóa học khi các vật chất nhẹ hơn tách ra khỏi các vật nặng hơn, do đó lắng đọng ở các mức độ khác nhau trong lớp vỏ. 18. According to the passage, what are the differences in the structure of continents? A. The proportional size of continents to one another B. Ratios of major components and their comparative size C. The distinctive features of their elements D. Climatic zones and their effect on the surface features 8. Theo đoạn văn, cấu trúc của các lục địa có gì khác nhau? A. Kích thước tỉ lệ của các lục địa với nhau B. Tỷ lệ các thành phần chính và kích thước so sánh của chúng C. Các tính năng đặc biệt của các yếu tố của chúng D. Các đới khí hậu và ảnh hưởng của chúng đến các đặc điểm bề mặt Clue: The basic differences among continents lie in the propor¬tion and the composition of these features relative to the continent size. Sự khác biệt cơ bản giữa các lục địa nằm ở tỷ lệ và thành phần của các đặc điểm này so với kích thước lục địa 9.In the last paragraph, the phrase "This process" refers to ______. A. continental collision

B. mountain ranges

C. the rise of margins

D. plate tectonic theory

10.The author of the passage implies that ______. A. the process of mountain formation has not been accounted for B. mountain ranges on the ocean floor lead to surface mountain building C. faulting and continental margins are parts of plate edges D. the process of continent formation has not been completed 10. Tác giả của đoạn văn ngụ ý rằng ______. A. chưa tính đến quá trình hình thành núi B. các dãy núi dưới đáy đại dương dẫn đến hình thành núi bề mặt C. rìa đứt gãy và rìa lục địa là những phần của rìa mảng D quá trình hình thành lục địa . chưa được hoàn thành Clue:

This process also accounts for the occurrence of mountain belts in ocean

basins and produces evidence for the ongoing continental plate evolution. Quá trình này cũng giải thích cho sự xuất hiện của các vành đai núi trong các lưu vực đại dương và tạo ra bằng chứng cho quá trình tiến hóa mảng lục địa đang diễn ra. Part 6.

For questions 1–10, read the following passage.

Choose the correct heading for each paragraph from the list of headings below. Write the correct number, i-ix in corresponding numbered boxes. (15 points) 0.

Paragraph

vi. 1. Paragraph B: vii.

2. Paragraph C: i.

4. Paragraph E: viii.

5. Paragraph F: ii.

(example) 3. Paragraph D: iv. B This tale of a single rescued child hints at some of the reasons for Finland’s amazing record of education success. The transformation of its education system began some 40 years ago but teachers had little idea it had been so successful until 2000. In this year, the first results from the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA), a standardized test given to 15-year- olds in more than 40 global venues, revealed Finnish youth to be the best at reading in the world.Three years later, they led in math. By 2006, Finland was first out of the 57 nations thatparticipate in science. In the latest PISA scores, the nation came second in science, third inreading and sixth in math among nearly half a million students worldwide (Q2) (Q7). Câu chuyện về một đứa trẻ được ‘giải cứu’ này gợi ý một số lý do giải thích cho thành công giáo dục đáng kinh ngạc của Phần Lan. Sự chuyển đổi hệ thống giáo dục của nó đã bắt đầu cách đây khoảng 40 năm nhưng các giáo viên ít biết rằng nó đã thành công như vậy cho đến năm 2000. Trong năm này, kết quả đầu tiên từ Chương trình Đánh giá

Học sinh Quốc tế (PISA), một bài kiểm tra tiêu chuẩn cho những đứa trẻ 15 tuổi tại hơn 40 địa điểm trên toàn cầu, cho thấy giới trẻ Phần Lan đọc sách giỏi nhất thế giới. Ba năm sau, họ dẫn đầu về môn Toán. Đến năm 2006, Phần Lan là quốc gia đầu tiên trong số 57 quốc gia tham gia vào lĩnh vực khoa học. Trong điểm số PISA mới nhất, quốc gia này đứng thứ hai về khoa học, thứ ba về đọc và thứ sáu về Toán trong số gần nửa triệu học sinh trên toàn thế giới. C In the United States, government officials have attempted to improve standards by introducingmarketplace competition into public schools (Q3). In recent years, a group of Wall Street financiers and philanthropists such as Bill Gates have put money behind private sector ideas, such as charter schools, which have doubled in number in the past decade. President Obama, too, apparently thought competition was the answer. One policy invited states to compete for federal dollars using tests and other methods to measure teachers, a philosophy that would not be welcome in Finland. ‘I think, in fact, teachers would tear off their shirts,’ said Timo Heikkinen, a Helsinki principal with 24 years of teaching experience. If you only measure the statistics, you miss the human aspect.’  

attempt to do something/əˈtempt/ (verb): nỗ lực philanthropist/fɪˈlænθrəpɪst/ (noun): mạnh thường quân

Tại Hoa Kỳ, các quan chức chính phủ đã cố gắng cải thiện các tiêu chuẩn bằng cách đưa sự cạnh tranh trên thị trường vào các trường công lập. Trong những năm gần đây, một nhóm các nhà tài chính và nhà từ thiện ở Phố Wall như Bill Gates đã bỏ tiền ra hỗ trợ các ý tưởng của khu vực tư nhân, chẳng hạn như các trường bán công, đã tăng gấp đôi số lượng trong thập kỷ qua. Tổng thống Obama cũng nghĩ rằng cạnh tranh là câu trả lời. Một chính sách đã mời các bang cạnh tranh để giành được đô la liên bang bằng cách sử dụng các bài kiểm tra và các phương pháp khác để đánh giá giáo viên, một triết lý sẽ không được hoan nghênh ở Phần Lan. Timo Heikkinen, hiệu trưởng Helsinki với 24 năm kinh nghiệm giảng dạy cho biết: “Tôi nghĩ thực tế là giáo viên sẽ xé áo ra đi. Nếu bạn chỉ đo lường các số liệu thống kê, bạn đã bỏ lỡ khía cạnh con người. ‘ D There are no compulsory standardized tests in Finland, apart from one exam at the end of students’ senior year in high school. There is no competition between students, schools or regions. Finland’s schools are publicly funded. The people in the government agencies running them, from national officials to local authorities, are educators rather than business people or politicians. Every school has the same national goals and draws from the same pool of university-trained educators.Theresult is that a Finnish child has a good chance of getting the same quality education no matterwhether he or she lives in a rural village or a university town (Q4).

Ở Phần Lan không có bài kiểm tra tiêu chuẩn bắt buộc nào, ngoài một kỳ thi vào cuối năm cuối cấp ba của học sinh. Không có sự cạnh tranh giữa học sinh, trường học hoặc khu vực. Các trường học của Phần Lan được tài trợ công khai. Những người trong các cơ quan chính phủ điều hành chúng, từ quan chức quốc gia đến chính quyền địa phương, là những nhà giáo dục hơn là những người kinh doanh hay chính trị gia. Mọi trường học đều có những mục tiêu quốc gia như nhau và đều có các nhà giáo dục được đào tạo ở trường đại học. Kết quả là một đứa trẻ Phần Lan có cơ hội nhận được nền giáo dục chất lượng như nhau cho dù trẻ sống ở một ngôi làng nông thôn hay thị trấn đại học. E It’s almost unheard of for a child to show up hungry to school.Finland provides three years ofmaternity leave and subsidized day care to parents, and preschool for all five-year-olds, where the emphasis is on socializing.In addition, the state subsidizes parents, paying them around 150euros per month for every child until he or she turns 17 (Q5). Schools provide food, counseling and taxi service if needed. Health care is even free for students taking degree courses.  

maternity leave/məˈtɜːnəti liːv/ (noun): nghỉ thai sản subsidize somebody/ˈsʌbsɪdaɪz/ (verb): trợ cấp

Việc một đứa trẻ mang bụng đói đến trường là điều hầu như chưa từng có. Phần Lan cung cấp ba năm nghỉ thai sản và trợ cấp dịch vụ giữ trẻ ban ngày cho cha mẹ và trường mầm non cho tất cả trẻ em năm tuổi, nơi tập trung vào hoạt động xã hội. Ngoài ra, nhà nước còn trợ cấp cho phụ huynh, trả họ khoảng 150 euro mỗi tháng cho mỗi đứa trẻ cho đến khi trẻ bước sang tuổi 17. Trường học cung cấp dịch vụ ăn uống, tư vấn và taxi nếu cần. Chăm sóc sức khỏe thậm chí còn miễn phí cho sinh viên tham gia các khóa học cấp bằng. F Finland’s schools were not always a wonder.For the first half of the twentieth century, only theprivileged got a quality education. But in 1963, the Finnish Parliament made the bold decisionto choose public education as the best means of driving the economy forward and out ofrecession (Q6) (Q8). Public schools were organized into one system of comprehensive schools for ages 7 through 16.Teachers from all over the nation contributed to a national curriculumthat provided guidelines, not prescriptions, for them to refer to (Q9).Besides Finnish andSwedish (the country’s second official language), children started learning a third language(English is a favorite) usually beginning at age nine (Q10).The equal distribution ofequipmentwas next, meaning that all teachers had their fair share of teaching resources to aid learning(Q11). As the comprehensive schools improved, so did the upper secondary schools (grades 10 through 12).The second critical decision came in 1979, when it was required that every teachergain a fifth-yearMaster’s degreein theory and practice, paid for by the state (Q12). From then on,teachers were effectively granted equal status with doctors and

lawyers. Applicants beganflooding teaching programs, not because the salaries were so high but because autonomousdecision making and respect made the job desirable (Q13). And as Louhivuori explains, ‘We have our own motivation to succeed because we love the work.’   

the privileged/ˈprɪvəlɪdʒd/ (noun): những người có đặc quyền recession/rɪˈseʃn/ (noun): suy thoái kinh tế autonomous/ɔːˈtɒnəməs/ (adj): tự chủ, tự mình

Các trường học của Phần Lan không phải lúc nào cũng là một điều kỳ diệu. Trong nửa đầu thế kỷ XX, chỉ những người có đặc quyền mới có được một nền giáo dục chất lượng. Nhưng vào năm 1963, Quốc hội Phần Lan đã đưa ra quyết định táo bạo khi chọn giáo dục công là phương tiện tốt nhất để thúc đẩy nền kinh tế tiến lên và thoát khỏi suy thoái. Các trường công lập được tổ chức thành một hệ thống trường học toàn diện dành cho lứa tuổi từ 7 đến 16. Bên cạnh tiếng Phần Lan và tiếng Thụy Điển (ngôn ngữ chính thức thứ hai của đất nước), trẻ em bắt đầu học ngôn ngữ thứ ba (tiếng Anh là một ngôn ngữ được yêu thích) thường bắt đầu từ chín tuổi. Tiếp theo là việc phân phối thiết bị đồng đều, có nghĩa là tất cả giáo viên đều có phần tài nguyên giảng dạy công bằng để hỗ trợ việc học. Khi các trường phổ thông được cải thiện toàn diện, các trường trung học phổ thông (lớp 10 đến lớp 12) cũng vậy. Quyết định quan trọng thứ hai được đưa ra vào năm 1979, khi nhà nước yêu cầu mọi giáo viên phải có bằng Thạc sĩ năm thứ năm về lý thuyết và thực hành, do nhà nước chi trả. Từ đó trở đi, các giáo viên có địa vị bình đẳng với bác sĩ và luật sư một cách hiệu quả. Các ứng viên bắt đầu tràn ngập các chương trình giảng dạy, không phải vì mức lương quá cao mà vì quyền tự quyết định và sự tôn trọng khiến công việc trở nên đáng mơ ước. Và như Louhivuori giải thích, ‘Chúng tôi có động lực riêng để thành công bởi vì chúng tôi yêu thích công việc.’

Questions 7-13: Complete the notes below. Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER from the passage for each answer Write your answers in boxes 7-13 on your answer sheet. The school system in Finland PISA tests In the most recent tests, Finland’s top subject was7………………… >In the latest PISA scores (~ in the most recent tests), the nation came second in science, third in reading and sixth in math. > Đáp án:science History

1963: A new school system was needed to improve Finland’s8………………… >For the first half of the twentieth century, only the privileged got a quality education. But in 1963, the Finnish Parliament made the bold decision to choosepublic education (~ a new school system)as the best means ofdriving the economy forward (~ improve Findland’s economy). > Đáp án:economy Schools followed9………………… that were created partly by teachers. >Teachersfrom all over the nationcontributed to (~ created partly)a national curriculum that provided guidelines, not prescriptions,for them to refer to (~ schools followed). > Đáp án:guidelines Young pupils had to study an additional10………………… >Besides Finnish and Swedish (the country’s second official language), children started learning a third language (English is a favorite) usually beginning atage nine (~ young pupils). > Đáp án:language All teachers were given the same11………………… to use. >The equal distribution (~ the same)of equipment was next, meaning that all teachers hadtheir fair share (~ the same)of teaching resources to aid learning. > Đáp án:equipment/ resources 1979: Teachers had to get a12………………… but they did not have to pay for this. >The second critical decision came in 1979, when it was required that every teacher gain a fifth-year Master’s degree in theory and practice,paid for by the state (~ not have to pay for it).

> Đáp án:Master’s degree/ Masters degree Applicants were attracted to the13………………… that teaching received. >Teachers were effectively granted equal status with doctors and lawyers.Applicants began flooding teaching programs, not because the salaries were so high but because autonomous decision making and respect made the jobdesirable (~ attracted to). > Đáp án:respect/ status

Part 7 47 В. The development in question is World Wide Web, which is stated in the last sentence of the paragraph. 48 D. Science Policy Centre work, journals and discussion meetings are the ways that are meant to make the public more informed on the matters of science. 49 C. An example of young mathematicians from India that had posted result of their research and the rapid reaction to it are mentioned in the middle of this paragraph. 50 C. Sentence two of this paragraph: “The latter cries out for an informal system of quality control”. This sentence refers to the urgent need to regulate blogosphere that can be a source of all kinds of unconfirmed and even harmful data. 51 A. Last sentence of the paragraph mentions Trailblazing website which can be used to access data on scientific discoveries of the past. 52 E. Middle of this paragraph: “Scientists often bemoan the public’s weak grasp of science” 53 A. Middle of the paragraph describes a “procedure whereby scientific ideas are subject to peer review” that is still used. 54 E. First few sentences of this paragraph confirm that scientific knowledge and discoveries are not always conclusive and there are certain controversies connected to them. 55 E. Second part of the paragraph talks about involvement of media, politicians and institutions in certain scientific matters, so the issue is no longer purely scientific. 56 D. First part of the paragraph: “… the widening gulf between what science enables us to do and what it’s prudent or ethical actually to do”.

Part 8 11.have it out with have it out with; Thảo luận hoặc tranh luận một vấn đề để cải thiện tình hình 12.was lying through his teeth Lie through one’s teeth : nói dối trắng trợn 13.Tom put his success down to incredible luck. Put sth down to: quy cái gì là do,quy cho là 14.Our children are head over heels in love with Korean singers. Be head over heels in love with : đắm chìm trong tình yêu vs ,say mê mẩn ai đó/cái gì 15.Did you have any misgivings about telling the truth? misgivings : a feeling of doubt or apprehension about the outcome or consequences of something. 16,He was shouting at the top of his voice. at the top of his voice: nói rất to; hét toáng lên. 17,The prisoner was recaptured as he made a dash for the gate Make a dash for: lao thẳng,chạy thẳng về phía nào 18. However unfavorable our position is, we must put a bold face on it. Put a bold face on: seem bold or confident about 19.Timothy has got a chip on his shoulder about his failure to get into university. Get a chip on one’s shoulder: to seem angry all the time because you think you have been treated unfairly or feel you are not as good as other people 20 I happen to know the manager of the firm. I can put in a good word for you if you like. Put in a good word : say positive things about someone

Test 20 Phần 1: PART 1: Circle the letter before the best answers according to the recording

1. What is one of Shawn's concerns about the dog? A. It can be somewhat aggressive. B. It eats too much food at one time. C. The dog might mess on his carpet. 2. What is Shawn supposed to do between 3:00-4:00 p.m. for the dog? A. Take the dog for some exercise with a Frisbee. B. Feed him an afternoon doggie treat for a snack. C. Let the dog watch a program on television. 3. Which point is NOT true about the cat? A. The cat becomes a little moody at times. B. The cat enjoys listening to rock music. C. The cat will run away if it gets outside the house. 4. What can we infer from the conversation on the snake's reaction to Shawn? A. The snake appears to warm up to him. B. The snake doesn't care for Shawn at all. C. The snake is extremely shy of Shawn. 5. What is Shawn's final response to Norman? A. Norman should seek someone who is well-trained with animals. B. Norman should take his animals to the zoo for special care. C. Norman agrees to watch them for a lot of extra money. PART 2: Decide whether the following statements are true (T) or false (F) or not given (NG) 1. Jackie was surprised that David had problems placing his order.

2. David needs to order the software for his office. 3. Jackie gives him the 25% discount even though he's not ordering online. 4. Jackie tells David that the free microphones are usually not very good quality. 5. David buys both versions of the software. PART 3 1.

Both Hilary and Mike comment that not everybody ___________ what SETI is.

Hilary says that SETI researchers all believe in ___________ planets.

She uses the snail example to illustrate __________ involved.

NASA sent messages on spacecraft during the ____________.

Current SETI techniques involve _____________ rather than sending signals.

In an ideal world, NASA would like to find ___________ and not just simple

plant life. 7.

It's possible to get depressed by the continued ___________ but Hilary remains

optimistic. 8.

One reason an advanced form of life cannot be detected is that they may have

___________ themselves. 9.

Hilary mentions nuclear proliferation, overpopulation and ___________ as

examples of how our civilization puts itself in danger. 10.

If Hilary met any aliens, she would ask them how it was possible for them

____________. Phần 2 Part 1: A. PREPOSITIONS AND PHRASAL VERBS (5 points) Choose the word which best completes each sentence. 1. The latest novel by Grant is hilarious. It had me______ stitches. A. in B. at C. on 2. The computer has______ a long way over the last thirty years. A. taken on B. come on C. broken down

D. with D. put in

3. Steve threw______ his chances of passing by spending too much time on the first question. A. on B. off C. away D. in 4. Did you notice Bob trying to _________ doing the washing-up. A. get up to B. break out of C. get out of D. get along with 5. This pesticide kills insects______ contact. A. with B. at C. for D. on 6. Eva doesn’t care what she says. People are often______by her outspoken comments. A. set aside B. taken aback C. stood over D. taken off 7. Steve used to be easy to work with, but since his promotion he’s begun to______ . A. throw his weight around B. throw in the towel C. throw him off balance D. turn up trumps 8. The new regim determined to ________ compulsory military service. A. stop of B. end up C. phase out D. break off 9. Terry’s quite nice really. Don’t be______by his appearance. A. checked off B. put off C. set on D. taken over 10. The court______ scot-free. A. let her off B. took her away C. set her up D. kept her out Your answers:

10.

B. COLLOCATIONS AND IDIOMS (5 points) Choose the word which best completes each sentence. 1. It takes a very determined person to achieve results as good as this; you really have to put your______ to it. A. mind B. head C. brain D. thoughts 2. They are always on the______ young and versatile people. A. search for B. look out for C. need for D. terms of 3. There's a______ balance between success and failure. A. small B. narrow C. fine D. light 4. My camera was stolen from my bag at the airport so I _________ a claim on my insurance. A. had B. did C. took D. made 5. Reports that he earns more than $5m a year are______ exaggerated. A. grossly B. perfectly C. absolutely D. extremely 6. The manager hesitated to assign the job to the newcomer as he was__________ . A. wet behind the ears B. feeling your ears burning C. ringing in your ears D. keeping your ears open 7. If you want to solve the problem for ever, you must face a difficulty or danger boldly, that is, you must_________ . A. pull the bull’s horns B. take the bull by horns C. blow your own horn D. be on the horns of a dilemma

8. Mrs Roy ________ on Saturday evening parties-you’ll find all kinds of people there. A. keeps the doors of the house open B. sets her house in order C. keeps an open house D. brings the house down 9. Terry______of the matter long ago. A. was good with his hands B. got his hands dirty C. had his hands full D. washed his hands 10. People are always critical. One needs to______ to cope with criticism. A. have a thick skin B. have a thin skin C. get under their skin D. make their skin crawl Your answers:

10.

Part 2: The passage below contains 10 mistakes. Identify and correct the mistakes. Write your answers in the answer box below. Line (0) has been done for you as an example. (10 points) Line 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

THE EIGHTH WONDER OF THE WORLD

The Thames Barrier is a major part of the flood defending scheme for protecting London against rise water levels. The defenses also include raised river embankments and additional flood gates at strategic points, including the Barking Barrier. The unique structure that are the Barrier spans the 520-metre wide Woolwich reach and consist of 10 separate movable gates, each pivoting and supported between concrete structures which house the operating machinery. When raising, the four main gates each stands as high as a five-storey building and as wide as the opening of Tower Bridge. Each weights 3700 tonnes. During the first twelve years of operation, the Barrier has closed twenty-nine times to protect London. View the Barrier from the comfortable cafeteria. Picnic at the riverside embankment. Enjoy beautiful views from the riverside walk. Visit the shop stocks a large selection of souvenirs, books and Barrier information. There is a children play area suitable for 4-to-12-year olds, located adjacent near the riverside walk. A visit to the spectacular Thames Barrier is a memorable experience. Source: FCE successful practice tests

Your answers

e.g. Line 0: defending  defence Line Mistake Correction

Line

Mistake

Correction

Part 3. Read the following passage and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. Write your answers in the corresponding numbered boxes. Digitally connected manufacturing, often (86) _________ “Industry 4.0”, (87) __________ a wide variety of technologies, ranging from 3D printing to robotics, new materials and production systems. A move towards Industry 4.0 would benefit the private sector. Large, integrated manufacturers would find in it a way to (88) __________ and shorten their supply chain, for example via flexible factories. A more digitalized manufacturing would also open new market (89) _________ for SMEs providing such specialized technologies as sensors, robotics, 3D printing or machine-to-machine communications. For developed nations, Industry 4.0—a term initially (90) __________ in Germany— could be a way to regain manufacturing competitiveness. This is particularly relevant in the case of Western Europe, which, unlike the US, does not currently enjoy reduced energy costs. As for (91) __________ markets, Industry 4.0 could provide the much-needed route to moving up the value chain, something that has become increasingly important to achieve in the (92) ___________ of rising labor costs. For example, China’s new tenyear plan, issued last May and (93) ____________ named “Made in China 2025”, targets key sectors such as robotics, information technology and energy (94) ___________ turning the country from a “manufacturing giant” into a “world manufacturing power. As promising as it is, much more work remains to be done to make Industry 4.0 a large scale reality. On the regulatory side, for instance, policymakers will have to ensure that data—the (95) ___________ of Industry 4.0—can move freely and securely throughout the supply chain, including across borders. This is an effort that is likely to take some time. 86. A. deferred to as B. referred to as C. deferred to D. referred to 87. A. involves B. supports C. encompasses D. necessitates 88. A. optimize B. maximize C. customize D. legitimize 89. A. chances B. possibilities C. opportunities D. places

90. A. yielded coined 91. A. novel immature 92. A. loop 93. A. aptly D. distinctively 94. A. in the interests of the hope of 95. A. pins and needles and parcel

B. pieced

C. lauded

B. emerging

C. premature

B. teeth B. particularly

C. feat

B. in lieu of

C. in awe of

B. nuts and bolts

C. root and branch

D. part

D. wake C. unwittingly in

Part 4: Read the text below and think of the word which best fits each space. Use only one word in each space. Write your answers in the space provided. (1.5 pts.) A very useful bag Imagine you are walking to school listening to music on your MP3 player. All of a sudden, it stops working and you 1. _______that the batteries have run out. Wouldn’t it be wonderful if you could simply 2. ______the batteries wherever you are? This might be possible in a few years’ 3._____as scientists are now working on a bag that make electricity. They say that all someone needs to do is put the bag their back and start walking. The 4.______ of the body makes electricity in a special part of the bag. This new 5._____ sounds like a brilliant idea, doesn’t it? Scientists developed the “electric backpack” in order to help soldiers, who often carry around with them torches, radios and other equipment. All these things 6_______ on batteries and at the moment, the soldiers 7._____ on these batteries to 8_______ the power this equipment needs. With the “electric backpack”, the soldiers won’t need to 9.______ extra batteries around with them. Rescue workers and mountain climbers will also find the bag 10._______, as will students who don’t want their MP3 players to run out by chance on their way to school Part 5: Part 1. Read the passage and choose the best answers (A, B, C or D) to the questions. (10 pts) Population ecology is the science that measures changes in population size and composition and identifies the causes of these fluctuations. Population ecology is not concerned solely with the human population. In ecological terms, a population consists of the individuals of one species that simultaneously occupy the same general area, rely on the same resources, and are affected by similar environmental factors. The characteristics of a population are shaped by its size and by the interactions among individuals and between individuals and their environment.

Population size is a balance between factors that increase numbers and factors that decrease numbers. Some factors that increase populations are favourable light and temperature, adequate food supply, suitable habitat, ability to compete for resource, and ability to adapt to environmental change. Factors that decrease populations are insufficient or excessive light and temperature, inadequate food supply, unsuitable or destroyed habitat, too many competitors for resources, and inability to adapt to environmental change. Another important characteristic of any population is its density. Population density is the number of individuals per units, such as the number of maple trees per square kilometer in a county. Ecologists can rarely determine population size by actually counting all individuals within geographical boundaries. Instead, they often use a variety of sampling techniques to estimate densities and total population sizes. For example, they might estimate the number of black bears in a national park by counting individuals in a few sample plots representative of the whole park. In some cases, they estimate population size through indirect indicators, such as the number of nests or burrows, or signs such as tracks or droppings. Another important population characteristic, dispersion, is the pattern of spacious among individuals within the population’s geographical boundaries. Various species are distributed in their habitats in different ways to take better advantage of food supplies and shelter, and to avoid predators or find prey. Within a population’s range, densities may vary greatly because not all areas provide equally suitable habitat, and also because individuals space themselves in relation to other members of the population. Three possible patterns of dispersion are clumped, uniform, and random. A clumped dispersion pattern means that individuals are gathered in patches throughout their habitat. Clumping often results from the irregular distribution of resources needed for survival and reproduction. For example, fallen trees keep the forest floor moist, and many forest insects are clumped under logs where the humidity is to their liking. Clumping may also be associated with mating, safety, or other social behavior. Crane flies, for example, swarm in great numbers, a behavior that increases mating chances, and some fish swim in large schools so they are less likely to be eaten by predators.

A uniform or evenly spaced distribution results from direct interactions among individuals in the population. For example, regular spacing of plants may result from shading and competitions for water. In animal populations, uniform distribution is usually caused by competition for some resource or by social interactions that set up individual territories for feeding, breeding, or testing. Random spacing occurs in the absence of strong attraction or repulsion among individuals in a population. Overall, random pattern are rare in nature, with most populations showing a tendency toward either clumped or uniform distribution. Populations change in size, structure, and distribution as they respond to changes in environmental conditions. Four main variables- births, deaths, immigration and emigration – determine the rate of change in the size of the population over time. A change in the birth rate or death is the major way that most populations respond to changes in resource availability. Members of some animal species can avoid or reduce the effects of another with more favorable environmental conditions, thus altering the population’s dispersion. 1.According to the passage, which factor might cause the population of a species to decrease in size? A. A favorable amount of light and water B. An ability to hide from or defend against predators C. A large number of other species competing for food D. A greater number of births than deaths 2. Which of the following is an indirect indicator of a population’s density? A. The distribution of food in a given area B. The number of nests in a given area C. The number of births in a given period of time D. The number of individuals counted in a given area 3. The distribution pattern of individuals within a population’s geographical boundaries is known as A. population ecology C. population change

B. population density D. population dispersion

4. The word range in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to A. territory

B. control

C. history

D. shelter

5. The word patches in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to A. dark placesB. family groups

C. warm spotsD. small areas

6. The word their in paragraph 5 refers to A. resources

B. trees

C. insects

D. logs

7. All of the following are given as reasons for clumping EXCEPT A. uneven resource distribution

B. territorial disputes

C. mating behavior

D. safety from predators

8. The phrase set up in paragraph 6 is closest in meaning to A. forbid

B. establish

C. increase

D. conceal

9. Which of the following situation s would be most likely to result in a uniform dispersion pattern? A. Birds compete for a place to build their nests B. Fish swim in large schools to avoid predators C. Whales develop strong bonds among relatives D. Elephants form a circle to protect their young 10. Why does the author mention immigration and emigration in paragraph 8? A. To identify factors affecting population dispersion B. To give examples of territorial behavior in animals C. To show that populations balance themselves over time D. To explain why animal populations are uniformly dispersed Your answers:

10.

Part 2. The reading passage has seven paragraphs,A–G. Choose the correct heading for paragraphsA–Gfrom the list below. Write the correct number,i–ix, in boxes113on your answer sheet.(10 pts) List of headings

I. key people that made a difference II. An alternative to fingerprinting III. The significance of prints IV. How to identify a criminal V. Patterns in the making VI. An uncertain past VII. Family connections

1. Paragraph A ____________ 2. Paragraph B ____________ 3. Paragraph C ____________ 4. Paragraph D ____________ 5. Paragraph E ____________ A.

To detectives, the answers lie at the end of our fingers. Fingerprinting offers an

accurate and infallible means of personal identification. The ability to identify a person from a mere fingerprint is a powerful tool in the fight against crime. It is the most commonly used forensic evidence, often outperforming other methods of identification. These days, older methods of ink fingerprinting, which could take weeks, have given way to newer, faster techniques like fingerprint laser scanning, but the principles stay the same. No matter which way you collect fingerprint evidence, every single person’s print is unique. So, what makes our fingerprints different from our neighbors? B.

A good place to start is to understand what fingerprints are and how they are

created. A fingerprint is the arrangement of skin ridges and furrows on the tips of the fingers. This ridged skin develops fully during foetal development, as the skin cells grow in the mother’s womb. These ridges are arranged into patterns and remain the same throughout the course of a person’s life. Other visible human characteristics, like weight and height, change over time whereas fingerprints do not. The reason why ever fingerprint is unique is that when a baby’s genes combine with environmental influences, such as temperature, it affects the way the ridges on the skin grow. It makes

the ridges develop at different rates, buckling and bending into patterns. As a result, no two people end up having the same fingerprints. Even identical twins possess dissimilar fingerprints. C.

It is not easy to map the journey of how the unique quality of the fingerprint came

to be discovered. The moment in history it happened is not entirely clear. However, the use of fingerprinting can be traced back to some ancient civilizations, such as Babylon and China, where thumbprints were pressed onto clay tablets to confirm business transactions. Whether people at this time actually realized the full extent of how fingerprints were important for identification purposes is another matter altogether. One cannot be sure if the act was seen as a means to confirm identity or a symbolic gesture to blind a contract, where giving your fingerprint was like giving your word. D.

Despite this uncertainty, there are those who made a significant contribution

towards the analysis of fingerprinting. History tells us that a 14 th century Persian doctor made an early statement that no two fingerprints are alike. Later, in the 17 th century, Italian physician Marcello Malpighi studied the distinguishing shapes of loops and spirals in fingerprints. In his honor, the medical world later named a layer of skin after him. It was, however, an employee for the East India Company, William Herschel, who came to see the true potential of fingerprinting. He took fingerprints from the local people as a form of signature for contracts, in order to avoid fraud. His fascination with fingerprints propelled him to study them for the next twenty years. He developed the theory that fingerprints were unique to an individual and did not change at all over a lifetime. In 1880 Henry Faulds suggested that fingerprints could be used to identify convicted criminals. He wrote to Charles Darwin for advice, and the idea was referred on to Darwin’s cousin, Sir Francis Galton. Galton eventually published an in-depth study of fingerprint science in 1892. E.

Although the fact that each person has a totally unique fingerprint pattern had

been well documented and accepted for a long time, this knowledge was not exploited for criminal identification until the early 20 th century. In the past, branding, tattooing and maiming had been used to mark the criminal for what he was. In some countries, thieves would have their hands cut off. France branded criminals with the fleur-de-lis

symbol. The Romans tattooed mercenary soldiers to stop them from becoming deserters. F.

For many years, police agencies in the Western world were reluctant to use

fingerprinting, much preferring the popular method of the time, the Bertillon System, where dimensions of certain body parts were recorded to identify a criminal. The turning point was in 1903 when a prisoner by the name of Will West was admitted into Leavenworth Federal Penitentiary. Amazingly, Will had almost the same Bertillon measurements as another prisoner residing at the very same prison, whose name happened to be William West. It was the only their fingerprints that could tell them apart. From that point on, fingerprinting became the standard for criminal identification. G.

Fingerprinting was useful in identifying people with a history of crime and who

were listed on a database. However, in situations where the perpetrator was not on the database and a crime had no witnesses, the system fell short. Fingerprint chemistry is a new technology that can work alongside traditional fingerprinting to find clues than ever before. From organic compounds left behind on a print, a scientist can tell if the person is a child, an adult, a mature person or a smoker, and much more. It seems, after all these years, fingers continue to point the way. For questions 6-10, decide which statement is true, false and not given. Write T for True, F for False, and NG for Not Given. 6. Fingerprinting is the only effective method for identifying criminals. 7. The ridges and patterns that make up fingerprints develop before birth. 8. Malpighi conducted his studies in Italy. 9. Roman soldiers were tattooed to prevent them from committing violent crimes. 10. Fingerprint chemistry can identify if a fingerprint belongs to an elderly person. Your answers:

10.

Part 3: You are going to read an article about polyglots, people who speak many languages. For questions 1-10, choose from the people (A-D). the people may be chosen more than once. Questions

Answers

1. a lack of cocern about their identity? 2. advice about when to fit an important aspect of language acquisition? 3. a reason for concentrating on one language at a time? 4. a means of coping with the most challenging phase of language acquisition? 5. a description of the stages in a person’s language learning method? 6. an early appreciation of an advantage of being multilingual? 7. a long-term view of their own language leraning? 8. an emotion brought on by the sound of a language? 9. appreciation for an experience arising from being a polyglot? 10. the prospect of changing their language-learning goal?

Natural born linguists What drives multi-language speakers? Martin Williams finds out.

A. Ludmila Orlova Being multilingual is fundamental to who I am because I think in different languages. My mind starts a thought in one language, then finds a particular word in another language that fits exactly what I am thinking. Each language resonates with me in a distinct way. Russian makes me more melancholic because of its minor tone, for example. There's a downside though: when I'm in a monolingual environment for too long, I yearn to switch to a different language. I have to think "will this person understand me if I say something in language X"? I had an early start at learning languages. I moved to the US from the former Soviet Union when I was three and learnt English quickly. For some reason though, my primary teacher didn't think I was bright enough to study languages at secondary school which goes to show you that general academic achievement isn't always a

good indicator of one's ability to learn a language. If I had just studied languages the formal way in school, I would never have become a hyperpolyglot. B. Simon Richards I was always fascinated by languages and accents – I tried to mimic them all the time when I was a child. At school I was always drawn to the kids who had some link to abroad and I wanted to find out more. I got to study languages at school and university eventually, and it grew from there. Today, my daily life is multilingual. I often get mistaken for other nationalities and I honestly no longer regard nationality as important. It seems almost odd for me to talk about being just British now. Learning languages is an endless and ongoing process for me, which I intend to continue for as long as my body will allow. When I am really in the learning zone, my focus is narrow and I try to forget about my other languages. If I did, I'd go mad I simply start a new language and don't think about the others, unless I see obvious links to help the learning process and to understand grammar. C. Anthony Fields I used to spend long summers in Greece and Japan as a child, trying to play with the other kids, but none of them spoke any English . It struck me how nice would it be to be able to talk to anybody in the world, regardless of what language they spoke. Pronunciation is the most important thing for me. So I start off really basic, focus on that. Once I to feel more confident, I move on to music from the language to tune in further. The dead time when you're on a bus or doing any mundane task is deal for squeezing incrucial subconscious language learning, which will all pay off in the long run. Learning new languages never stops: there is always more to learn. But my student days are almost over and the prospect of searching for a career is looming closer – so I am thinking about taking a couple of languages to a much higher level. Speaking other languages at native level is an entirely different task with different rewards to just being a polyglot. D. Liam Clarke I did poorly in languages in school. I barely passed German and, until I was 21, I only spoke English. I moved to Spain after graduating; after six months, I still hadn’t leraned any Spainish. I kept telling myself that I didn't have the language gene. Eventually I decided to put my excuses aside and dive in. It took a few weeks, but as soon as I had a basic conversation in Spanish I got hooked. That was 10 years ago, and since then I've travelled the world, learning the many languages. I don't think visiting the country where the language is spoken is really that necessary nowadays, because of the internet. But if you do travel, it opens a lot of interesting doors.I recently had a birthday lunch withfour generations of Italians, for example. No way would that have happened If I’d only spoken English. The initial stage is the hardest, but the only real way to get through this is to grin and bear it. I’ve learned to ignore the fact that I’m making mistakes. That confidence allows me to strive for the next level.

Part 8:

11. We conducted market research to see whether the public would like our new car. [gauge] ➔ We carried __________________________________________________________________. 12. I think the mayor is involved in everything that goes on in this town.PIE I think the mayor has .................................................................................. 13. Peter was in trouble with his boss because he didn’t finish an important project by the deadline. [hot] ➔ Missing _____________________________________________________________________. 14. His latest theory is in complete opposition to mainstream thinking. FACE His latest theory is __________________________________________________ 15. He worked very hard but he was unable to earn enough for his living. [nose] ➔ Despite ________________________________________________________________ meet. 16. She herself admitted to having given false figures in the company’s financial records. [fiddled] ➔ On ______________________________________________________________________ ___. 17. Tom is forever teasing Daisy for having spoonerism. [mickey] ➔ On account __________________________________________________________________. 18. Sam did all the illustrations for the book but no one acknowledged his work. [credit] ➔ For ______________________________________________________________________ __. 19. Had it not been for John, she couldn’t have got the job. [agency] ➔ Only ______________________________________________________________________ _. 20. Mrs. Black has promised to help me on Monday. [service] ➔ Mrs. Black has given __________________________________________________________. KEY Phần 1: PART 1 1. It can be somewhat aggressive. 2. Let the dog watch a program on television. 3. The cat enjoys listening to rock music. 4. The snake doesn't care for Shawn at all. 5. Norman should seek someone who is well-trained with animals. Norman: Hey, neighbor. How's it going?

Shawn: Fine. How about you? Norman: Okay. Huh, by the way, my wife and I are going out of town this weekend, and I was wondering if you could take care of some of our animals while we're gone. You know our dog, Jaws, don't you? Shawn: Yeah. My leg still hurts from the last incident. Norman: Hey, he's just a playful little beast. Shawn: Right. Norman: Hey, he likes to bark a little, and his bark is worse than his bite. Shawn: Oh yeah. Norman: Just feed him a can of dog food a day, and make sure he has plenty of water in his dish. [Oh] And then, take him for a walk around the block. Shawn: Well, how about if I just throw a Frisbee over the fence to give him some exercise? Wouldn't that work? Norman: Ah, and then, he likes to watch the 3:00 soap opera on Channel 4 [What?] . . . and brush his teeth after you give you some doggie treats around 4:00. Shawn: Man, you really pamper your dog. Norman: And, then brush his fur for about twenty minutes. He tends to shed this time of year. [Ah, what?] And then scratch him around the ears. Otherwise, he feels neglected. Shawn: Is that it? Norman: Well, and then there's Claws. Shawn: Claws? Who's Claws. Norman: Oh, he's the cat we adopted from the animal shelter, but he's a little temperamental. Shawn: What do you mean "temperamental"? Norman: Well, he has mood swings [Mood swings?], but he's been doing better since he's been going to the animal therapist. Shawn: A therapist? Norman: So, be sure to feed him a half cup of cat food two times a day [What? A therapist . . .], and don't forget to put out (on) some soft classical music during his nap time at 2:40 p.m. But don't let him out of the house because he might run away and chase the neighbor's dog. Shawn: You have some high-maintenance animals. Norman: Not really. And, don't forget to change the cat litter daily, or he might have an accident on the carpet. [Oh, great.] And finally, there's Buttercup. Shawn: Buttercup? Who's Buttercu . . . ? I'm afraid to ask. Norman: Ah, she's a sweetie [What?] . . . if you know how to handle her right. [Oh, great.] Wait. Let me get her for you. Here you are. Shawn: That's . . . That's a snake . . .[Hold her.] That's a big snake with big fangs. Does the snake go to a therapist, too? Norman: Of course not . . . just an anger-management class. Shawn: Oh! What?

Norman: I'm joking. Buttercup is a very docile creature, and she never bites anyone she likes. If she doesn't, you'll know because she starts hissing and staring at you . . . . kind like what she's doing now. Shawn: Well, I'm leaving. You must be going out of you mind to think I'm going to watch a zoo full of misunderstood animals. You'd better hire some professional help 'cause I wouldn't watch them even if you paid me a million dollars. PART 2 Question 1: false. Question 2: true. Question 3: true. Question 4: true. Question 5 : false. Jackie: Good morning, Power Net Software, this is Jackie. Can I help you? David: Hi, I've been trying to order some of your software from the website but there seems to be a problem because my order didn't go through. Jackie: Oh, I'm sorry about that Sir. The technical department sent everyone a memo this morning saying there was a problem with one of the servers. That's probably why you had some difficulty. David: Would it be possible for me to place my order through you now? I really need this software as soon as possible. It's for my work you see. I don't want to have to wait until tomorrow as I might be out seeing customers. Jackie: OK, sure. Now then, what is it you would like to order from us? David: Your site had a great offer on something called Viva Voce. The price was something like 25% off the normal recommended retail price. Could you tell me something more about this product please? Jackie: Well, I'm afraid that price is only available for those of our customers who order through our site. David: That's hardly fair, is it? I just tried to order through your site and, as I told you, the sale wouldn't go through. Can't you give me that discount anyway? Jackie: Yeah, I think that would be alright. It's not as if it's your fault. Now, what did you want to know about Viva Voce? It's one of our best selling products. David: Do you have that program also in the Professional edition? I only saw the Standard edition but we need the extra recording software which comes with the Professional edition. Jackie: Fine, let's have a look ... Yes, we have the Professional edition and that is also discounted 25%. David: Now, in our office, there are both Windows and Mac computers. How much is the Mac version of this software? I don't want to have to pay too much more. Jackie: Hmmm, we don't seem to have the Mac version in stock at the moment. It's arriving this evening or tomorrow morning.

David: One more question for you and then I'll be done. Is there a microphone included with the software? I tried to find out from your website but it didn't seem to be very clear whether there was a mic included or not. Jackie: Yes, all our speech recognition software comes with a free microphone although, between you and me, the quality isn't the best. I would recommend you buy a higher quality one, especially if you are planning to use this for your work. David: Thanks a lot for that information. Those free mics are usually pretty poor, aren't they? OK, we're done. I have ordered through you before and my customer number is 794791. You should have all my contact information and credit card number on file. Jackie: 794791 ... let's see, oh yes. Here you are, Mr. David Thompson, is that correct? David: Yes, that's me. How long will the delivery take? Jackie: You should have this by Wednesday. Can I just confirm then - you want one Windows edition and one Mac edition when it comes through to us this evening or tomorrow? David: No, just send me the one Windows Professional. We'll just have to do all the speech recognition work on the Windows computers, it's not such a big deal. Jackie: Great. Thanks for calling Power Net Software. Have a nice morning. David: Thanks very much, goodbye. PART 3 Question 1: understands exactly what. Question 2: life on other. Question 3: the distances. Question 4: 1960s and 1970s. Question 5: listening for signals. Question 6: intelligent life. Question 7: silence from space. Question 8: destroyed. Question 9 : environmental damage. Question 10: to survive. Mike: Tonight on Science Tonight, we are joined by Professor Hilary Twaine who works at Yale University and also participates in research on various SETI related programs for NASA and private organizations. First Professor, you have to tell us exactly what SETI is as I feel there's a lot of confusion out there. Hilary: Thanks Mike. It's a pleasure to be here and above all, to be given this chance to explain to your listeners what my work is about and more importantly what it is NOT about. Many of you will know that SETI stands for the Search for Extra Terrestrial Intelligence but it doesn't mean we are standing out in our back yards looking for flying saucers in the sky. Mike: Do you not believe in UFO's? Hilary: Me personally? Err,..no...I think.. Mike: Oh? That surprises me greatly. It's your job, isn't it?

Hilary: Ah...this is where the confusion lies. SETI scientists do not necessarily believe that there are aliens running around on Earth..or, for that matter, that they are flying about your neighborhood in silver discs. Whether I or my colleagues believe in the classic notion of UFO's is immaterial. What we do all believe in is that there is intelligent life out there somewhere in our solar system or in another galaxy - and it is that which we seek. Not E.T in our garden shed! Mike: OK, that makes things a bit clearer. So a belief in UFO's is not a pre-requisite to be able to do your job. Hilary: Exactly. We all believe these intelligent civilizations exist. But not all of us believe they have placed a foot on our planet. Mike: Or a paw indeed. Hilary: Oh, of course. Mike: Now, what does this "search for intelligence" consist of. I understand the distances involved are quite staggering and it's not just a case of picking up the phone. Hilary: It is one of the hardest parts of my job as SETI researcher to get across to people what a difficult task it is trying to find this needle in a haystack. Another of my colleagues, a Professor John Turgan who works for NASA, explained it like this to some kids in a school last year. Imagine you have a single solitary snail sat slap bang in the center of Alaska. He knows there are two or three other snails sitting on the coast of Alaska hundreds and hundreds of miles away and he can't go any faster than...well, we know how slow a snail is! Mike: Yeah, pretty slow. Is that what we face? Hilary: Yeah, the snail can set off in one direction, travel for years and years towards a point on the coast before trying another direction. Mike: So we would never find anything like that. Hilary: No, precisely! Searching for life on other planets involved a active stance in the 1960s and 1970s. We were actively putting signals out there trying to find the other guys. We sent probes into space with messages on, with photos and music from Earth on rudimentary picture discs. We even sent out a map of how to find us. Mike: That could be dangerous....these fellows might not be that friendly! Hilary: There were many who thought that! But then in the last twenty or so years, we have taken up a more passive policy, I mean we wait and listen out for their signals. Mike: What's the thinking behind that? Hilary: Well there are many reasons why this makes far more sense. First of all, it's a question of logistics. Think of our snail in Alaska again. Instead of trying to guess where his buddy snails are, he can sit back and wait for them to come to him. Also, we are looking for advanced civilizations. It would be nice to find some fungus on Mars or some other planet but we would ultimately like to find an intelligent civilization - one that was capable of long distance inter-stellar communication and possibly travel Mike: So that is why we listen. Hilary: Pretty much yes. We have been emanating radio and TV waves into space for about 70 years. Any civilization within 70 light years of Earth - and that's quite a few

stars, believe me - would have been made aware of our presence by now. We are simply looking for the same tell tale signs coming from other planets and star systems. Mike: OK, that makes sense. But so far it seems we have found nothing. Hilary: well, in a word, yes, that's true. A famous SETI scientist once said many years ago something to the effect of, if these guys are out there in such great numbers as many of us believe, where are they? It's quite worrying, the total silence and it's quite easy to begin to think that we might actually be alone here. Mike: Do you personally believe that? Hilary: Hmmmm, no, not really. Mike: So how would you explain the silence? Hilary: It could be any of a whole list of things. We may be looking in the wrong place? We may not have the technology to pick up whatever is being broadcast by civilizations more advanced than us. Would we have been able to pick up radio waves in the days of Jefferson and Washington? I don't think so.... Mike: Is it also true that any advanced civilization in our corner of the universe may not be around anymore? Hilary: That is another interesting theory. What, in the end, is the life span of an advanced civilization? Maybe these extra terrestrial intelligences got so smart that they destroyed themselves. You only need to look at ourselves to see that possibility. We have only been what one might call advanced for a matter of a century or two - and look at environmental damage, nuclear proliferation and overpopulation. Yeah, it's a distinct possibility that any life form may only be at our level of advancement for a relatively short time. Mike: Pretty depressing when you think about it. Hilary: I'm optimistic. The universe is a staggeringly large place and we have only scanned our galaxy really. When you think that there are as many galaxies in the observable universe as there are grains of sand on Earth - it makes you realize we have a lot of real estate to get through yet. Mike: What's the first question you would ask the little green men? Hilary: Oh, good question. Hmmm....well, I think, err, I would ask how they survived! Mike: In what sense, do... Hilary: I mean, I mean referring back to what we were talking about before. How did you get past the stage of being capable, technologically speaking, of destroying yourselves, something we are struggling with today. And how did you feed an ever expanding population. And how did you ultimately control that population without destroying the environment of your home planet. Just that! Mike: Well, you cheated as I only gave you one question to ask! Hilary: Oh, that's right I'm sorry... Mike: Professor Hilary Twaine, it's been an entertaining and educational talk this evening. Be sure to come back and tell us if ET does phone you. Hilary: You'll be the first to know! Thanks for having me here tonight Phần 2:

Part 1: A. KEY 1. A 2. B 3. C 4. B 5. D 6. B 7. A 8. C 9. B 10. A . The latest novel by Grant is hilarious. It had me______ stitches. A. in B. at C. on D. with Have sb in stitches= làm ai cười không ngớt,ngã ngửa 2. The computer has______ a long way over the last thirty years. A. taken on B. come on C. broken down D. put in Come on = start to happen or work 3. Steve threw______ his chances of passing by spending too much time on the first question. A. on B. off C. away D. in Throw away one’s chances = bỏ lỡ,đánh mất cơ hội 4. Did you notice Bob trying to _________ doing the washing-up. A. get up to B. break out of C. get out of D. get along with Break out of=Trốn thoát, thoát khỏi... 5. This pesticide kills insects______ contact. A. with B. at C. for D. on On contact = as soon as two things physically touch 6. Eva doesn’t care what she says. People are often______by her outspoken comments. A. set aside B. taken aback C. stood over D. taken off Take aback = surprise or shock someone so much that they do not know how to behave for a short time 7. Steve used to be easy to work with, but since his promotion he’s begun to______ . A. throw his weight around B. throw in the towel C. throw him off balance D. turn up trumps throw his weight around = to act as if you have a lot of power or authority throw him off balance= cảm giác choáng váng,bất ngờ throw in the towel= đầu hàng chịu thua 8. The new regim determined to ________ compulsory military service. A. stop of B. end up C. phase out D. break off Phase out = remove or stop using something gradually or in stages 9. Terry’s quite nice really. Don’t be______by his appearance. A. checked off B. put off C. set on D. taken over Put off= make somebody dislike somebody/something or not trust them/it 10. The court______ scot-free. A. let her off B. took her away C. set her up D. kept her out let sb off=to not punish someone who has committed a crime or done something wrong, or to not punish them severely B. 1. A 2. B 3. C 4. D 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. C 9. D 10. A 1. It takes a very determined person to achieve results as good as this; you really have to put your______ to it. A. mind B. head C. brain D. thoughts Put one’s mind to = decide you are going to do something and to put a lot of effort into doing it: 2. They are always on the______ young and versatile people.

A. search for B. look out for C. need for D. terms of look out for sb/sth=to try to notice someone or something 3. There's a______ balance between success and failure. A. small B. narrow C. fine D. light Fine balance =sự cân bằng hợp lý 4. My camera was stolen from my bag at the airport so I _________ a claim on my insurance. A. had B. did C. took D. made Make aclaim= đòi,yêu cầu điều gì 5. Reports that he earns more than $5m a year are______ exaggerated. A. grossly B. perfectly C. absolutely D. extremely Grossly exaggerated= cực kỳ,hết sức phóng đại 6. The manager hesitated to assign the job to the newcomer as he was__________ . A. wet behind the ears B. feeling your ears burning C. ringing in your ears D. keeping your ears open wet behind the ears= inexperienced Ring in one's ears/head' = rung lên trong tai/ đầu ai đó -> hiện diện sống động trong tâm trí của ai đó khiến họ cảm tưởng như đang nghe thấy nó ở ngay bên cạnh; văng vẳng bên tai Feel one's ears burning" = cảm thấy tai nóng bừng -> hẳn là có ai đang nói xấu mình. keep your ears open=to always be listening in order to find out what is happening or to hear some useful information 7. If you want to solve the problem for ever, you must face a difficulty or danger boldly, that is, you must_________ . A. pull the bull’s horns B. take the bull by horns C. blow your own horn D. be on the horns of a dilemma take the bull by the horns có nghĩa là giải quyết một tình huống khó khăn một cách can đảm và quyết liệt be on the horns of a dilemma= trong tình thế tiến thoái lưỡng nan blow your own horn= khoe khoang,khoác lác 8. Mrs Roy ________ on Saturday evening parties-you’ll find all kinds of people there. A. keeps the doors of the house open B. sets her house in order C. keeps an open house D. brings the house down Keep open house" = Cứ mở cửa nhà -> Luôn tạo được sự hiếu khách, luôn tạo không khí và cảm giác được chào đón cho khách bất cứ lúc nào 9. Terry______of the matter long ago. A. was good with his hands B. got his hands dirty C. had his hands full D. washed his hands washed his hands of=phủi bỏ trách nhiệm đáng nhẽ thuộc về mình 10. People are always critical. One needs to______ to cope with criticism. A. have a thick skin B. have a thin skin C. get under their skin D. make their skin crawl have a thick skin=cứ trơ ra trước sự chỉ trích, chửi rủa get under your skin=to make you annoyed or angry make sb's skin crawl=If someone or something makes your skin crawl, you think they are very unpleasant or frightening

Part 2:

Lines 1 3 4 5 9 7 8 10 12 12

Mistake rise are consist raising at weights has closed shop stocks children adjacent near

Correction rising is consists raised on weighs has been closed shop which/that stocks children’s adjacent to

Part 3: Part 3 Digitally connected manufacturing, often (86) _________ “Industry 4.0”, (87) __________ a wide variety of technologies, ranging from 3D printing to robotics, new materials and production systems. A move towards Industry 4.0 would benefit the private sector. Large, integrated manufacturers would find in it a way to (88) __________ and shorten their supply chain, for example via flexible factories. A more digitalized manufacturing would also open new market (89) _________ for SMEs providing such specialized technologies as sensors, robotics, 3D printing or machine-to-machine communications. For developed nations, Industry 4.0—a term initially (90) __________ in Germany— could be a way to regain manufacturing competitiveness. This is particularly relevant in the case of Western Europe, which, unlike the US, does not currently enjoy reduced energy costs. As for (91) __________ markets, Industry 4.0 could provide the much-needed route to moving up the value chain, something that has become increasingly important to achieve in the (92) ___________ of rising labor costs. For example, China’s new tenyear plan, issued last May and (93) ____________ named “Made in China 2025”, targets key sectors such as robotics, information technology and energy (94) ___________ turning the country from a “manufacturing giant” into a “world manufacturing power. As promising as it is, much more work remains to be done to make Industry 4.0 a large scale reality. On the regulatory side, for instance, policymakers will have to ensure that data—the (95) ___________ of Industry 4.0—can move freely and securely throughout the supply chain, including across borders. This is an effort that is likely to take some time. 86. A. deferred to as B. referred to as C. deferred to D. referred to referred to as: call (something or someone) by (a specified name or title

87. A. involves B. supports C. encompasses D. necessitates Encompasses: surround and have or hold within. 88. A. optimize B. maximize C. customize D. legitimize 89. A. chances B. possibilities C. opportunitiesD. places Open opportunities for: mở ra cơ hội cho 90. A. yielded B. pieced C. lauded D. coined coin something: to invent a new word or phrase that other people then begin to use 91. A. novel B. emerging C. premature D. immature 92. A. loop B. teeth C. feat D. wake If something happens or is done in the teeth of difficulties, the difficulties cause problems but do not stop it 93. A. aptly B. particularly C. unwittingly D. distinctively aptly: in a way that is suitable or right for a particular situation 94. A. in the interests of B. in lieu of C. in awe of D. in the hope of in lieu of= instead in the hope of : với hy vọng rằng in awe of: kính nể,sợ hãi 95. A. pins and needles B. nuts and bolts C. root and branch D. part and parcel part and parcel: phần quan trọng,thiết yếu Part 8: 11,We carried out market research to gauge public reaction about new car gauge public reaction about: dấy lên những phản ứng của cộng động về điều gì 12, I think the mayor has a finger in every pie in this town. Have a finger in every pie: know everything about somebody or something 13,Missing the dealine for an important project.Peter was in hot water Be in hot water : lâm vào cảnh khó khăn 14, His latest theory is flies in the face of mainstream thinking. Flies in the face: annoying things 15,Despite putting his nose to the grindstone,he was unable to make ends meet Make ends meet: xoay sở kiếm sống 16,On her own admission, she had fiddled the books fiddled the books: alter financial records in order to commit fraud, tax evasion or theft 17,On account of for having spoonerism,Tome is forever taking the mickey out of her Take the mickey out of: Lấy ai/cái gì làm chuột mickey -> Biến ai/cái gì làm trò cười, chọc ghẹo hoặc chế giễu họ

18,For all the illustrations Dam did for the book, he wasn’t given any credit Give credit: nhận đc sự công nhận từ ai đó 19,Only through the agency of John could she get the job by/through the agency of somebody: being done as the result of someone’s help 20,Mrs.Black has given me her word that she will be of service to me on Monday Give sb one;s word : hứa với ai rằng

KEY: Part 1

1.C

2.B

3.D

4.A

5.D

6.C

7.B

8.B

9.A

10.A

2. V 7. T

3. VI 8. NG

4. I 9. F

5. IV 10. T

1.B

2.C

3.B

4.D

5.C

6.C

7.B

8.A

9.D

10.C

Part 2

1. III 6. F Part 3

Part 1. Read the passage and choose the best answers (A, B, C or D) to the questions. (10 pts) Population ecology is the science that measures changes in population size and composition and identifies the causes of these fluctuations. Population ecology is not concerned solely with the human population. In ecological terms, a population consists of the individuals of one species that simultaneously occupy the same general area, rely on the same resources, and are affected by similar environmental factors. The characteristics of a population are shaped by its size and by the interactions among individuals and between individuals and their environment. Population size is a balance between factors that increase numbers and factors that decrease numbers. Some factors that increase populations are favourable light and temperature, adequate food supply, suitable habitat, ability to compete for resource, and

ability to adapt to environmental change. Factors that decrease populations are insufficient or excessive light and temperature, inadequate food supply, unsuitable or destroyed habitat, too many competitors for resources, and inability to adapt to environmental change. Another important characteristic of any population is its density. Population density is the number of individuals per units, such as the number of maple trees per square kilometer in a county. Ecologists can rarely determine population size by actually counting all individuals within geographical boundaries. Instead, they often use a variety of sampling techniques to estimate densities and total population sizes. For example, they might estimate the number of black bears in a national park by counting individuals in a few sample plots representative of the whole park. In some cases, they estimate population size through indirect indicators, such as the number of nests or burrows, or signs such as tracks or droppings. Another important population characteristic, dispersion, is the pattern of spacious among individuals within the population’s geographical boundaries. Various species are distributed in their habitats in different ways to take better advantage of food supplies and shelter, and to avoid predators or find prey. Within a population’s range, densities may vary greatly because not all areas provide equally suitable habitat, and also because individuals space themselves in relation to other members of the population. Three possible patterns of dispersion are clumped, uniform, and random. A clumped dispersion pattern means that individuals are gathered in patches throughout their habitat. Clumping often results from the irregular distribution of resources needed for survival and reproduction. For example, fallen trees keep the forest floor moist, and many forest insects are clumped under logs where the humidity is to their liking. Clumping may also be associated with mating, safety, or other social behavior. Crane flies, for example, swarm in great numbers, a behavior that increases mating chances, and some fish swim in large schools so they are less likely to be eaten by predators. A uniform or evenly spaced distribution results from direct interactions among individuals in the population. For example, regular spacing of plants may result from shading and competitions for water. In animal populations, uniform distribution is

usually caused by competition for some resource or by social interactions that set up individual territories for feeding, breeding, or testing. Random spacing occurs in the absence of strong attraction or repulsion among individuals in a population. Overall, random pattern are rare in nature, with most populations showing a tendency toward either clumped or uniform distribution. Populations change in size, structure, and distribution as they respond to changes in environmental conditions. Four main variables- births, deaths, immigration and emigration – determine the rate of change in the size of the population over time. A change in the birth rate or death is the major way that most populations respond to changes in resource availability. Members of some animal species can avoid or reduce the effects of another with more favorable environmental conditions, thus altering the population’s dispersion. 1.According to the passage, which factor might cause the population of a species to decrease in size? A. A favorable amount of light and water B. An ability to hide from or defend against predators C. A large number of other species competing for food D. A greater number of births than deaths Clue: Factors that decrease populations are insufficient or excessive light and temperature, inadequate food supply, unsuitable or destroyed habitat, too many competitors for resources, and inability to adapt to environmental change(.Các yếu tố làm giảm quần thể là thiếu hoặc thừa ánh sáng và nhiệt độ, cung cấp thức ăn không đầy đủ, môi trường sống không phù hợp hoặc bị phá hủy, có quá nhiều đối thủ cạnh tranh về tài nguyên và không có khả năng thích ứng với sự thay đổi môi trường.) 2. Which of the following is an indirect indicator of a population’s density? A. The distribution of food in a given area B. The number of nests in a given area C. The number of births in a given period of time D. The number of individuals counted in a given area 2. Chỉ số nào sau đây là chỉ số gián tiếp về mật độ dân số?

A. Sự phân bố thực phẩm trong một khu vực nhất định B. Số lượng tổ trong một khu vực nhất định C. Số lần sinh trong một khoảng thời gian nhất định D. Số lượng cá thể đếm được trong một khu vực nhất định Clue: In some cases, they estimate population size through indirect indicators, such as the number of nests or burrows, or signs such as tracks or droppings.( Trong một số trường hợp, họ ước tính kích thước quần thể thông qua các chỉ số gián tiếp, chẳng hạn như số lượng tổ hoặc hang, hoặc các dấu hiệu như dấu vết hoặc phân.) 3. The distribution pattern of individuals within a population’s geographical boundaries is known as A. population ecology C. population change

B. population density D. population dispersion

3. Mô hình phân bố của các cá thể trong ranh giới địa lý của một quần thể được gọi là A. sinh thái quần thể B. mật độ dân số C. sự thay đổi dân số D. sự phân tán dân số Clue: Another important population characteristic, dispersion, is the pattern of spacious among individuals within the population’s geographical boundaries 4. The word range in paragraph 4 is closest in meaning to A. territory

B. control

C. history

D. shelter

Range=territory: phạm vi,lãnh thổ 5. The word patches in paragraph 5 is closest in meaning to A. dark placesB. family groups

C. warm spotsD. small areas

Patches=small areas: khu vực nhỏ 6. The word their in paragraph 5 refers to A. resources

B. trees

C. insects

D. logs

7. All of the following are given as reasons for clumping EXCEPT A. uneven resource distribution

B. territorial disputes

C. mating behavior

D. safety from predators

7. Tất cả những điều sau đây được đưa ra làm lý do cho sự kết khối NGOẠI TRỪ

A. phân bố tài nguyên không đồng đều B. tranh chấp lãnh thổ C. hành vi giao phối D. an toàn khỏi động vật ăn thịt Clue:- Clumping often results from the irregular distribution of resources needed for survival and reproduction. -Clumping may also be associated with mating, safety, or other social behavior 8. The phrase set up in paragraph 6 is closest in meaning to A. forbid

B. establish

C. increase

D. conceal

Set up= establish: thành lập,thiết lâp 9. Which of the following situation s would be most likely to result in a uniform dispersion pattern? A. Birds compete for a place to build their nests B. Fish swim in large schools to avoid predators C. Whales develop strong bonds among relatives D. Elephants form a circle to protect their young 9. Tình huống nào sau đây có nhiều khả năng dẫn đến dạng phân tán đồng đều nhất? A. Các loài chim tranh nhau chỗ làm tổ B. Cá bơi thành đàn lớn để tránh thú săn mồi C. Cá voi phát triển mối quan hệ bền chặt giữa họ hàng với nhau D. Voi tạo thành một vòng tròn để bảo vệ con non của chúng Clue: In animal populations, uniform distribution is usually caused by competition for some resource or by social interactions that set up individual territories for feeding, breeding, or testing.( Trong các quần thể động vật, sự phân bố đồng đều thường là do sự cạnh tranh về một số nguồn tài nguyên hoặc do các tương tác xã hội thiết lập các vùng lãnh thổ riêng lẻ để kiếm ăn, sinh sản hoặc thử nghiệm.) 10. Why does the author mention immigration and emigration in paragraph 8? A. To identify factors affecting population dispersion B. To give examples of territorial behavior in animals C. To show that populations balance themselves over time D. To explain why animal populations are uniformly dispersed

10. Tại sao tác giả lại đề cập đến vấn đề nhập cư và di cư trong đoạn 8? A. Để xác định các nhân tố ảnh hưởng đến sự phân tán dân cư B. Cho ví dụ về tập tính lãnh thổ ở động vật C. Để chứng tỏ rằng quần thể tự cân bằng theo thời gian D. Để giải thích tại sao các quần thể động vật lại phân tán đồng đều Clue: Four main variables- births, deaths, immigration and emigration – determine the rate of change in the size of the population over time.( Bốn biến số chính - sinh, chết, nhập cư và di cư - xác định tốc độ thay đổi quy mô dân số theo thời gian) Part 2. List of headings I. key people that made a difference II. An alternative to fingerprinting III. The significance of prints IV. How to identify a criminal V. Patterns in the making VI. An uncertain past VII. Family connections

1. Paragraph A ____________ 2. Paragraph B ____________ 3. Paragraph C ____________ 4. Paragraph D ____________ 5. Paragraph E ____________ A. III. The significance of prints To detectives, the answers lie at the end of our fingers. Fingerprinting offers an accurate and infallible means of personal identification. The ability to identify a person from a mere fingerprint is a powerful tool in the fight against crime. It is the most commonly used forensic evidence, often outperforming other methods of identification(.khả năng nhận dạng một người chỉ từ một dấu vân tay là một công cụ

mạnh mẽ trong cuộc chiến chống tội phạm. Đây là bằng chứng pháp y được sử dụng phổ biến nhất, thường vượt trội hơn các phương pháp nhận dạng khác.) These days, older methods of ink fingerprinting, which could take weeks, have given way to newer, faster techniques like fingerprint laser scanning, but the principles stay the same. No matter which way you collect fingerprint evidence, every single person’s print is unique. So, what makes our fingerprints different from our neighbors? => Tần quan trọng của bản in B. V. Patterns in the making A good place to start is to understand what fingerprints are and how they are created. A fingerprint is the arrangement of skin ridges and furrows on the tips of the fingers. This ridged skin develops fully during foetal development, as the skin cells grow in the mother’s womb(dấu vân tay là sự sắp xếp của các gờ và rãnh trên da trên các đầu ngón tay. Làn da có rãnh này phát triển đầy đủ trong quá trình phát triển của thai nhi, khi các tế bào da phát triển trong tử cung của người mẹ. )These ridges are arranged into patterns and remain the same throughout the course of a person’s life.( những đường gờ này được sắp xếp thành các khuôn mẫu và giữ nguyên trong suốt cuộc đời của một người) Other visible human characteristics, like weight and height, change over time whereas fingerprints do not. The reason why ever fingerprint is unique is that when a baby’s genes combine with environmental influences, such as temperature, it affects the way the ridges on the skin grow. It makes the ridges develop at different rates, buckling and bending into patterns.( . Nó làm cho các đường gờ phát triển với tốc độ khác nhau, vênh và uốn cong thành các mẫu.) As a result, no two people end up having the same fingerprints. Even identical twins possess dissimilar fingerprints. => Các mô hình /mẫu trong việc chế tạo C. VI. An uncertain past It is not easy to map the journey of how the unique quality of the fingerprint came to be discovered. The moment in history it happened is not entirely clear. (Không dễ dàng để vạch ra hành trình khám phá ra chất lượng độc đáo của dấu vân tay như thế nào. Thời điểm trong lịch sử nó xảy ra không hoàn toàn rõ ràng.)However, the use of

fingerprinting can be traced back to some ancient civilizations, such as Babylon and China, where thumbprints were pressed onto clay tablets to confirm business transactions. Whether people at this time actually realized the full extent of how fingerprints were important for identification purposes is another matter altogether. One cannot be sure if the act was seen as a means to confirm identity or a symbolic gesture to blind a contract, where giving your fingerprint was like giving your word.( Liệu mọi người vào thời điểm này có thực sự nhận ra mức độ quan trọng của dấu vân tay đối với mục đích nhận dạng hay không là một vấn đề hoàn toàn khác. Người ta không thể chắc chắn rằng hành động đó được coi là một phương tiện để xác nhận danh tính hay một cử chỉ tượng trưng để che giấu một hợp đồng, trong đó việc đưa ra dấu vân tay của bạn giống như đưa ra lời nói của bạn.)

D. I. key people that made a difference Despite this uncertainty, there are those who made a significant contribution towards the analysis of fingerprinting(Bất chấp sự không chắc chắn này, có những người đã đóng góp đáng kể vào việc phân tích dấu vân tay.). History tells us that a 14 th century Persian doctor made an early statement that no two fingerprints are alike. Later, in the 17th century, Italian physician Marcello Malpighi studied the distinguishing shapes of loops and spirals in fingerprints. In his honor, the medical world later named a layer of skin after him. It was, however, an employee for the East India Company, William Herschel, who came to see the true potential of fingerprinting. He took fingerprints from the local people as a form of signature for contracts, in order to avoid fraud. His fascination with fingerprints propelled him to study them for the next twenty years. He developed the theory that fingerprints were unique to an individual and did not change at all over a lifetime. In 1880 Henry Faulds suggested that fingerprints could be used to identify convicted criminals. He wrote to Charles Darwin for advice, and the idea was referred on to Darwin’s cousin, Sir Francis Galton. Galton eventually published an indepth study of fingerprint science in 1892. => những người chủ chốt đã tạo ra sự khác biệt E. IV. How to identify a criminal

Although the fact that each person has a totally unique fingerprint pattern had been well documented and accepted for a long time, this knowledge was not exploited for criminal identification until the early 20th century(.Mặc dù thực tế rằng mỗi người có một mẫu dấu vân tay hoàn toàn duy nhất đã được ghi nhận và chấp nhận trong một thời gian dài, nhưng kiến thức này đã không được khai thác để nhận dạng tội phạm cho đến đầu thế kỷ 20) In the past, branding, tattooing and maiming had been used to mark the criminal for what he was. In some countries, thieves would have their hands cut off. France branded criminals with the fleur-de-lis symbol. The Romans tattooed mercenary soldiers to stop them from becoming deserters. => Cách xác định tội phạm F.

For many years, police agencies in the Western world were reluctant to use

Fingerprinting was useful in identifying people with a history of crime and who

Clue: Fingerprinting was useful in identifying people with a history of crime and who were listed on a database. However, in situations where the perpetrator was not on the database and a crime had no witnesses, the system fell short.( Việc lấy dấu vân tay rất hữu ích trong việc xác định những người có tiền sử phạm tội và những người đã được liệt kê trên cơ sở dữ liệu. Tuy nhiên, trong các tình huống mà thủ phạm không có trong cơ sở dữ liệu và tội phạm không có nhân chứng, hệ thống sẽ không hoạt động.) 7. The ridges and patterns that make up fingerprints develop before birth. T Clue: . This ridged skin develops fully during foetal development, as the skin cells grow in the mother’s womb(dấu vân tay là sự sắp xếp của các gờ và rãnh trên da trên các đầu ngón tay. Làn da có rãnh này phát triển đầy đủ trong quá trình phát triển của thai nhi, khi các tế bào da phát triển trong tử cung của người mẹ. 8. Malpighi conducted his studies in Italy. NG 9. Roman soldiers were tattooed to prevent them from committing violent crimes. F Clue: The Romans tattooed mercenary soldiers to stop them from becoming deserters 10. Fingerprint chemistry can identify if a fingerprint belongs to an elderly person. T Clue: . Fingerprint chemistry is a new technology that can work alongside traditional fingerprinting to find clues than ever before. From organic compounds left behind on a print, a scientist can tell if the person is a child, an adult, a mature person or a smoker, and much more (hóa học dấu vân tay là một công nghệ mới có thể hoạt động cùng với phương pháp lấy dấu vân tay truyền thống để tìm ra manh mối hơn bao giờ hết. Từ các hợp chất hữu cơ còn sót lại trên một bản in, một nhà khoa học có thể biết được người đó là trẻ em, người lớn, người trưởng thành hay người hút thuốc, v.v.) Part 3: You are going to read an article about polyglots, people who speak many languages. For questions 1-10, choose from the people (A-D). the people may be chosen more than once. Questions

Answers

11. a lack of cocern about their identity? 12. advice about when to fit an important aspect of language acquisition? 13. a reason for concentrating on one language at a time? 14. a means of coping with the most challenging phase of language acquisition? 15. a description of the stages in a person’s language learning method? 16. an early appreciation of an advantage of being multilingual? 17. a long-term view of their own language leraning? 18. an emotion brought on by the sound of a language? 19. appreciation for an experience arising from being a polyglot? 20. the prospect of changing their language-learning goal?

Natural born linguists What drives multi-language speakers? Martin Williams finds out. A.Ludmila Orlova Being multilingual is fundamental to who I am because I think in different languages. M mind starts a thought in one language, then finds a particular word in another language that fits exactly what I am thinking. Each language resonates with me in a distinct way. Russian makes me more melancholic because of its minor tone, for example.( Mỗi ngôn ngữ cộng hưởng với tôi theo một cách riêng biệt. Ví dụ như tiếng Nga khiến tôi buồn hơ vì âm điệu nhỏ của nó. ) Q8 There's a downside though: when I'm in a monolingual environment for too long, I yearn to switch to a different language. I have to think "will this person understand me if I say something in language X"? I had an early start at learning languages. I moved to the US from the former Soviet Uni when I was three and learnt English quickly. For some reason though, my primary teach didn't think I was bright enough to study languages at secondary school which goes to show you that general academic achievement isn't always a good indicator of one's abilit to learn a language. If I had just studied languages the formal way in school, I would nev have become a hyperpolyglot. B.Simon Richards I was always fascinated by languages and accents – I tried to mimic them all the time when I was a child. At school I was always drawn to the kids who had some link to abroad and I wanted to find out more. I got to study languages at school and university eventually, and it grew from there. Today, my daily life is multilingual. I often get mistaken for other nationalities and I honestly no longer regard nationality as important(tôi thường bị nhầm với các quốc tịch khác và thành thật mà nói, tôi không còn coi quốc tịch là quan trọng nữa)Q1. It

seems almost odd for me to talk about being just British now. Learning languages is an endless and ongoing process for me, which I intend to continue for as long as my body will allow.( Học ngôn ngữ là một quá trình liên tục và vô tận đối với tôi, tôi dự định sẽ tiếp tục cho đến khi nào cơ thể tôi cho phép) Q7When I am really in the learning zone, my focus is narrow and I try to forget about my other languages. If I did, I'd go mad I simply start a new language and don't think about the others, unless I see obvious links to help the learning process and to understand grammar. C.Anthony Fields I used to spend long summers in Greece and Japan as a child, trying to play with the other kids, but none of them spoke any English . It struck me how nice would it be to be able to talk to anybody in the world, regardless of what language they spoke. Pronunciation is the most important thing for me. So I start off really basic, focus on that. Once I to feel more confident, I move on to music from the language to tune in further. The dead time when you're on a bus or doing any mundane task is deal for squeezing incrucial subconscious language learning, which will all pay off in the long run. Learning new languages never stops: there is always more to learn. But my student days are almost over and the prospect of searching for a career is looming closer – so I am thinking about taking a couple of languages to a much higher level(Nhưng thời sinh viên của tôi đã gần kết thúc và viễn cảnh tìm kiếm sự nghiệp đang đến gần hơn - vì vậy tôi đang nghĩ đến việc học một vài ngôn ngữ lên một trình độ cao hơn nhiều) Q10. Speaking other languages at native level is an entirely different task with different rewards to just being a polyglot. D. Liam Clarke I did poorly in languages in school. I barely passed German and, until I was 21, I only spoke English. I moved to Spain after graduating; after six months, I still hadn’t leraned any Spainish. I kept telling myself that I didn't have the language gene. Eventually I decided to put my excuses aside and dive in. It took a few weeks, but as soon as I had a basic conversation in Spanish I got hooked. That was 10 years ago, and since then I've travelled the world, learning the many languages.( Đó là 10 năm trước, và kể từ đó tôi đã đi khắp thế giới, học nhiều ngôn ngữ) Q9 I don't think visiting the country where the language is spoken is really that necessary nowadays, because of the internet. But if you do travel, it opens a lot of interesting doors.I recently had a birthday lunch withfour generations of Italians, for example. No way would that have happened If I’d only spoken English. The initial stage is the hardest, but the only real way to get through this is to grin and bear itQ4. I’ve learned to ignore the fact that I’m making mistakes. That confidence allows me to strive for the next level.

hsg loại 20 đề tập 1 (lấy giải cao) - PDFCOFFEE.COM (2025)